initial commit of ebook 21197HEADmain

161 files changed, 23255 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/21197-0.txt b/21197-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d631d6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6517 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Diego Collado's Grammar of the Japanese
+Language, by Diego Collado
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Diego Collado's Grammar of the Japanese Language
+
+Author: Diego Collado
+
+Translator: Richard L. Spear
+
+Release Date: April 21, 2007 [EBook #21197]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JAPANESE LANGUAGE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Starner, Keith Edkins and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's note: A few typographical errors have been corrected: they
+are listed at the end of the text. Page numbers {99} are those of Spear's
+edition and are referenced in the Table of Contents, the Index and the list
+of typographical errors. Page numbers (99 relate to the Latin original and
+are referenced in the Introduction and Footnotes.
+
+The reproduction of the Latin original _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_
+has been extracted as a separate Project Gutenberg text No. 17713.
+
+This e-text contains some letters with unusual diacritics:
+  ã ẽ ĩ õ ũ (tilde on any vowel)
+  ǒ ǔ (hacek / caron)
+  ō ū (macron)
+If any of these characters do not display properly--in particular, if the
+diacritic does not appear directly above the letter--you may have better
+results with the Latin-1 version of this file.]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+DIEGO COLLADO'S
+GRAMMAR OF THE
+JAPANESE
+LANGUAGE
+
+Edited and Translated
+by
+Richard L. Spear
+
+INTERNATIONAL STUDIES, EAST ASIAN SERIES
+RESEARCH PUBLICATION, NUMBER NINE
+
+CENTER FOR EAST ASIAN STUDIES.
+THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+DEDICATED
+TO
+THE MEMORY OF
+JOSEPH K. YAMAGIWA
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Table of Contents
+
+  PREFACE
+
+  I INTRODUCTION                                                     1
+      The Grammatical Framework                                      3
+      The Phonological System                                        6
+      The Morphological System                                       8
+      The Structure of Collado's and Rodriguez' Descriptions
+  	    Contrasted                                              11
+      Bibliography                                                  26
+      Editorial Conventions                                         28
+  II _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_
+  III A GRAMMAR OF THE JAPANESE LANGUAGE                           105
+      Prologue to the Reader                                       107
+      The noun--Its Declension and its Gender                      111
+      Pronouns                                                     118
+      First Person Pronouns--Ego, etc.                             118
+      Second Person Pronouns--Tu, tui, tibi, etc.                  119
+      Third Person Pronouns--Ille, illa, illud.                    120
+      Relative Pronouns                                            122
+      The Formation of the Verb and its Conjugation                123
+      The Preterit, Perfect, Imperfect, and Pluperfect             124
+      The Future of the First Conjugation                          125
+      The Imperative of the First Conjugation                      125
+      The Optative of the First Conjugation                        126
+      The Subjunctive of the First Affirmative Conjugation         127
+      The Infinitive                                               129
+      The First Negative Conjugation                               131
+      The Second Affirmative Conjugation                           134
+      The Second Negative Conjugation                              135
+      The Third Affirmative Conjugation                            135
+      The Third Negative Conjugation                               136
+      The Conjugation of the Negative Substantive Verb             137
+      The Conditional Particles                                    139
+      The Potential Verb                                           140
+      The Conjugation of Irregular Verbs                           141
+      The Aforementioned Verbs--Their Formation and Diversity      143
+      Certain Verbs Which of Themselves Indicate Honor             147
+      Cautionary Remarks on the Conjugations of the Verb           148
+      The Adverbs: First Section                                   156
+      Adverbs of Place                                             156
+      Adverbs of Interrogation and Response                        159
+      Adverbs of Time                                              159
+      Adverbs of Negation                                          160
+      Adverbs of Affirmation                                       160
+      Comparative Adverbs                                          161
+      Superlative Adverbs                                          162
+      Adverbs of Intensity and Exaggeration                        162
+      Accumulative Adverbs                                         162
+      Adverbs that Conclude and Claim Attention                    163
+      The Case Prepositions                                        164
+      Conjugation and Separation                                   166
+      Interjections                                                167
+      The Syntax and the Cases that are Governed by the Verbs      168
+      Japanese Arithmetic and Numerical Matters Concerning Which
+  	    Much Painful Labor Is Required                         174
+      Some Rules on the Conjugation of the Verb in the Written
+  	    Language                                               182
+  IV WORKS CONSULTED                                               185
+  V INDEX TO GRAMMATICAL CATEGORIES                                187
+  VI INDEX TO GRAMMATICAL ELEMENTS                                 189
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Preface
+
+The purpose of this translation of Collado's _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae
+Linguae_ of 1632 is to make more readily available to the scholarly
+community an annotated version of this significant document in the history
+of both Japanese language study and grammatical description in general.
+
+Collado's work, derived in all its significant features from the _Arte da
+lingoa de Iapam_ completed in 1608 by João Rodriguez, is in a strict,
+scholarly sense less valuable than its precursor. However, if used with the
+_Arte_ as a simplified restatement of the basic structure of the language,
+Collado's Grammar offers to the student of the Japanese language an
+invaluable ancillary tool for the study of the colloquial language of the
+early 17th Century.
+
+While less extensive and less carefully edited than the _Arte_, Collado's
+Grammar has much to recommend it as a document in the history of
+grammatical description. It is an orthodox description attempting to fit
+simple Japanese sentences into the framework established for Latin by the
+great Spanish humanist Antonio Lebrija. Thus, as an application of
+pre-Cartecian grammatical theory to the structure of a non-Indo-European
+language, the _Ars Grammaticae_ is an important document worthy of careful
+examination by those wishing insight into the origins of what three
+centuries later was to become the purview of descriptive linguistics.
+
+The present translation was begun with the able assistance of Ms. Roberta
+Galli whose contribution to my understanding of the Latin text is most
+gratefully acknowledged. For his continued encouragement in this
+undertaking I am grateful to Professor Roy Andrew Miller. Thanks are also
+due to the Graduate School of the University of Kansas for its support in
+the preparation of the manuscript and to Ms. Sue Schumock whose capable
+typing turned a scribbled, multi-lingual draft into a legible manuscript.
+The imperfections are my own.
+
+R.L.S.
+
+  Lawrence, Kansas
+  May, 1975
+
+{1}
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Introduction
+
+In 1632, as the Christian Century in Japan was drawing swiftly to a close,
+three works pertaining to the Japanese language were being published at
+Rome by the Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith. These works were
+by the Spanish Dominican Father, Diego Collado (d. 1638), who had spent the
+years from 1619 to 1622 in Japan. Their publication clearly reflects the
+vitality of the missionary spirit in that age as well as the important
+place reserved for language study in the propagation of the faith.
+
+The first two works, whose manuscripts had been prepared in Madrid the year
+before, were a grammar and a dictionary of Japanese. The third, prepared in
+1631, while the larger works were being seen through the press, was a guide
+to the taking of confession written in both Latin and Japanese.[1] The
+grammar, drafted in Spanish, was published in Latin in 1632 under the title
+_Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_. It is this work that is translated
+here. The dictionary, only at the last moment supplied with Latin glosses
+to supplement those in Spanish, was published in the same year with the
+title _Dictionarium sive Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae Compendium_.[2] Taken
+together these three works by Collado constitute the final extant efforts
+of those who studied the Japanese language first hand during the Christian
+Century.[3]
+
+Two other grammatical works must be mentioned here as central to the proper
+assessment of Collado's Grammar. They are both by the great Jesuit scholar,
+Father João Rodnguez (1561-1634);[4] the _Arte da Lingoa de Iapam_
+(Nagasaki, 1604-8, hereafter the _Arte_), and the _Arte Breve da Lingoa
+Iapoa_ (Macao, 1620, hereafter _Arte Breve_). The first {2} is by any
+standards the greatest grammatical study of Japanese made during the
+Christian Century. It is further, as we shall see, the primary source for
+Collado's Grammar. The _Arte Breve_, on the other hand, is not directly
+related to Collado's work. Indeed it is clear that Rodriguez' 1620 Macao
+publication was unknown to Collado. Nevertheless, since the _Arte Breve_ is
+an abbreviated version of the _Arte_ with a purpose similar to the _Ars
+Grammaticae_, a comparison of these two books with respect to the way they
+systematize the material from the _Arte_ is included in this introduction
+to contribute some insight into the treatment of the Japanese language at
+the beginning of the Tokugawa Period.
+
+In presenting this translation two potential audiences are envisioned. The
+first, and more restricted, group is that having an interest in the history
+of the Japanese language. It is hoped that an English version of this work
+will make more readily available this significant material pertaining to
+the Japanese language as spoken in the early modern period. I use the word
+significant here to avoid granting excessive value to a work which derives
+such a large portion of its material and insight from Rodriguez' _Arte_.
+
+The second, and wider group for whom this translation is intended is that
+which has a need for an edited edition of an important document in the
+history of grammatical description. In this area of scholarship Collado's
+work is of more than moderate significance. It was accepted for publication
+by the prestigious Propaganda Press; and, even if those more familiar with
+Japanese than the editorial board of that Press might have had serious
+reservations concerning the linguistic accuracy of the text, it is
+reasonable to assume that the Press judged it to be a good example of
+grammatical description. It thus represents a grammar of a non-European
+language which suited the requirements of the day for publication at
+Rome.[5]
+
+{3}
+
+In order to permit this translation of the _Ars Grammaticae_ to be of use
+in both these areas of scholarship I have made an effort to reduce to a
+minimum those places where a knowledge of either Japanese or Latin is
+required for the comprehension of the translation. It is sincerely hoped
+that the result is not an effort that is satisfying to neither, and thus to
+no one.
+
+Because of the derivative nature of the text, this translation has put
+aside a number of important philological problems as better dealt with
+within the context of Rodriguez' grammars. This decision has its most
+obvious consequences in the section on the arithmetic, where innumerable
+data require exposition. However, since a basic purpose of this translation
+is within the context of the history of descriptive grammar, these
+tantalizing side roads have been left unexplored. It is, nevertheless,
+hoped that this translation will serve as a convenient tool for those
+wishing to make a more detailed investigation into the philological
+questions raised by the text. But I must caution those who would undertake
+such an inquiry that they had best begin with a careful study of the works
+of Father Rodriguez.
+
+With its limitations acknowledged, the _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_
+remains a document worthy of our interest, and I offer this translation in
+order that Collado's work may more easily find its proper place in the
+history of descriptive grammar.
+
+_The Grammatical Framework_
+
+Collado perceived his task to be the presentation of a grammar of Japanese
+which would have sufficient scope to equip those dedicated to the
+propagation of the faith with a knowledge of the proper spoken language of
+his time. While he concludes his grammar with a brief, and rather
+presumptuous, statement concerning the written language, his purpose is
+clearly to train his students in the fundamentals of colloquial speech. His
+sensitivity to this point is demonstrated by his carefully transforming
+those examples presented by Rodriguez in the written language in the _Arte_
+into correct colloquial expressions in his own grammar.
+
+The description is, of course, prescriptive. But given its age and its
+purpose this ought not to be construed in the contemporary, pejorative {4}
+sense. Collado, as Rodriguez and indeed all the grammarians of the period,
+felt obligated to train their students in those patterns of speech which
+were appropriate to the most polite elements of society. Particularly as
+they addressed themselves to missionaries, they wished to warn them away
+from such illiteracies as might undermine their capacities to propagate the
+faith.
+
+The description further reflects the traditional process conceptualization
+of language. This is particularly obvious in the treatment of the verb.
+Thus:
+
+    _Praesens subiunctiui fit ex praesenti indicatiui mutato_ u _in quo
+    finitur in_ eba.... (The present subjunctive is formed from the present
+    indicative by changing the _u_ in which it ends to _eba_....) [p. 23].
+
+In general each of the verbal forms is conceived to be the result of a
+specified alteration of a basic form. Likewise the nouns are treated within
+the framework of the declension of cases.
+
+The treatment of Japanese forms is based upon a semantic framework within
+which the formal characteristics of the language are organized. For
+example, given the construction _aguru coto aró_ (p. 31) and its gloss
+'_Erit hoc quod ist offere: idest offeret_ (It will be that he is to offer,
+or he will offer),' it is clear that the _aguru coto_ is classified as an
+infinitive because of its semantic equivalence to _offere_. The same is
+true of the latter supine. If the form in Latin is closely associated with
+such constructions as 'easy to,' or 'difficult to,' the semantically
+similar form which appears as the element _iomi_ in _iominicui_ 'difficult
+to read,' must be classed as the latter supine. Rodriguez in his _Arte
+Breve_ of 1620--unknown to Collado--makes an attempt to classify the
+structural units of Japanese along more formal lines; but in Collado's
+treatment the semantic, and for him logical and true, classes established
+by the formal structure of Latin constitute the theoretical framework
+through which the Japanese language is to be described.
+
+Collado makes reference to two specific sources of influence upon his
+grammar. The first is included in the title to the first section of the
+grammar, Antonius Nebrissensis. It is to this great Spanish humanist, {5}
+better known as Antonio Lebrija (1444-1522), that Collado turns for the
+model of his description.
+
+An examination of Lebrija's grammar, the _Introductiones Latinae_
+(Salamanca, 1481), shows that from the basic outline of his presentation,
+to the organization of subsections and the selection of terminology, there
+is little departure by Collado from his predecessor.
+
+Even in such stylistic devices as introducing the interrogatives by giving
+the form, following it with "to which one responds," and then listing a
+number of characteristic answers; Collado is faithful to the
+_Introductiones_.
+
+But it is from his Jesuit colleague, Father João Rodriguez, that Collado
+receives his most significant influence. There is no section of his grammar
+that does not reflect Rodriguez' interpretation of the raw linguistic data
+of Japanese. On the basis of the innumerable examples taken from
+Rodriguez--most of the substantive sentences are directly quoted from the
+_Arte_--as well as the parallel listing of forms and identical descriptions
+of certain grammatical phenomena, it is clear that the writing of the _Ars
+Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_ consisted to no small degree of abridging
+the exhaustive material contained in Rodriguez' grammar and arranging it
+within the framework of Lebrija's _Introductiones_.
+
+To say that Collado followed Lebrija in the general structure of his
+description is not to imply that he fell heir to all of his precursor's
+virtues. The Salamanca grammar of 1481 is a masterpiece of orderly
+presentation. Printed in _lettera formata_ with carefully indented
+subdivisions, it offers the student a clear display of the conjugational
+system as well as long columns of Latin examples of a given grammatical
+structure, accompanied on the right side of the page with Spanish
+equivalents. Collado makes little effort at copying this orderly display.
+There are in his presentation no paradigms, but instead only loosely
+connected sentences that talk the student through the various forms of the
+conjugation; and there is no orderly array of examples. Add to this the
+innumerable factual and typographical errors, and one is left with a
+presentation that lacks most of the basic scholarly virtues of its
+precursor.
+
+A similar criticism may be leveled against the work from the point {6} of
+view of Rodriguez' influence. Without matching the _Introductiones_ in
+orderliness, the _Arte_ more than compensates for its casual format by
+containing a mass of exhaustively collected and scrupulously presented
+linguistic data.[6] There was available no better source than the _Arte_
+from which Collado might have culled his examples of Japanese.
+
+One doubt that remains in assessing Collado's use of Rodriguez' material is
+that perhaps his presentation of the most readily understandable material
+in the _Arte_ is not so much an effort on his part to simplify the learning
+of Japanese for his students, as it is a reflection of his lack of adequate
+familiarity with the language he was teaching.
+
+_The Phonological System_
+
+A study of the phonological data reveals the _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae
+Linguae_ to be of minimal historical value. Any student of the phonology of
+early modern Japanese should turn to the far more reliable work of Father
+Rodriguez. Nevertheless, certain aspects of Collado's transcription require
+our attention.
+
+The most obvious innovation in the representation of the language is
+Collado's transcription with an _i_ of the palatal consonant which all his
+contemporaries record with a _y_. Thus in the text we find _iomi_ and
+_coie_ (terms for native words and Chinese borrowings) where Rodriguez
+writes _yomi_ and _coye_. This change was affected while the text was being
+translated from the Spanish manuscript which uses _y_; and Collado himself
+must have felt the innovation to be of dubious value since he retained _y_
+for the spellings in the _Dictionarium_.[7]
+
+Collado's handling of the nasal sounds is too inconsistent to be a reliable
+source for phonological data. Given his rather awkward specification that
+nasalization is predictable before what we must assume he means to be the
+voiced stops and affricates,[8] his grammar presents an uncomfortably
+irregular pattern in the transcription of the phenomena. Thus, on page 39
+we find _vo mõdori aró ca?_ as well as {7} _modori aró ca?_. Again, what he
+presents as the ending _zũba_ in his description of the formation of the
+negative conditional (p. 34) appears in _tovazunba_ in its only occurrence
+in a sample sentence (p. 62). To further confound the issue such forms as
+_tovazunba_ and _qinpen_ occur in contrast to _sambiacu_, _varambe_, and
+_varãbe_.
+
+In Chart 1 the traditional pattern of the _gojūonzu_ (chart of 50 sounds)
+is followed as a convenient framework in which to display the
+transcriptional system employed by Collado.
+
+                             Chart 1
+
+                 COLLADO'S TRANSCRIPTION SYSTEM
+
+                     _The Simple Series_
+
+        /#/ /k/ /g/ /s/ /z/ /t/ /d/ /n/ /φ/ /b/ /p/ /m/ /y/ /r/ /w/
+
+  /a/    a  ca  ga  sa  za  ta  da  na    fa    ba  pa  ma  ia  ra  va
+  /i/    i  qi  gui xi  ji  chi gi  ni    fi    bi  pi  mi  -   ri  -
+  /u/    u  cu  gu  su  zu  tçu zzu nu    fu    bu  pu  mu  iu  ru  -
+  /e/  [ie] qe  gue xe  je  te  de  ne    fe    be  pe  me  ie  re  -
+  /o/  [vo] co  go  so  zo  to  do  no    fo    bo  po  mo  io  ro  vo
+
+                      _The Long Series_
+
+  /au/ [vó] có  gó  só  zó  tó  dó  nó    fó    bó (pó) mó  ió  ró  vó
+  /uu/   ú  cú (gú)(sú) -  (tçú) -  -     fú   (bú)(pú) -   iú  rú  -
+  /ou/ [vô] cô (gô) sô  zô  tô  dô  nô   (fô)  (bô) pô  mô  iô  rô  vô
+
+                 _The Palatal and Labial Series_
+
+       /ky/       /sy/    /ty/      /ny/      /by/      /my/       /kw/
+            /gy/      /zy/     /dy/     /φy/   /py/       /ry/     /gw/
+
+  /a/  (qua)(guia) xa  ja  cha  gia (nha) fia  bia  pia (mia) (ria) qua gua
+  /u/   qui (guia) xu  ju (chu)(giu)(nhu)(fiu)  -    -  (miu) (riu)  -   -
+  /o/   qio  guio  xo (jo) cho  gio (nho)(fio)(bio)  -  (mio) (rio)  -   -
+  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  /au/  qió  guió  xó  jó  chó  gió   -  (fió)(bió)  -   mió  (rió) quó guó
+  /uu/ (qiú)(guiú)(xú) jú (chú) giú  nhú   -    -    -    -   (riú)  -   -
+  /ou/  qiô (guiô) xô  jô  chô  giô  nhô  fiô (biô) piô (miô) (riô)  -   -
+             gueô               geô  neô       beô             reô
+
+In this chart the phonemic grid is presented in a broad phonetic {8}
+notation while the underlined entries are in the form used by the text.
+Dashes indicate sequences which do not occur in the Christian material;
+while the forms in parentheses are sequences which do not occur in the text
+but have been reconstructed on the basis of the overall system from
+sequences attested to elsewhere. The forms _ie_, _vo_, _vó_, and _vô_ have
+been placed in brackets to indicate that neither /e/, /o/, /oo/, or /au/
+occur in the syllable initial position; and, where in the modern language
+they do, the text regularly spells that with an initial _i_ or _v_. The
+forms in _eô_ at the foot of the chart represent sequences that are
+phonetically identical to the forms above them, but which are transcribed
+differently to reflect morphological considerations; e.g., the form _agueô_
+from the stem _ague_. The phonetic values of /au/, /uu/, and /ou/ are
+[[IPA: Open-mid back rounded vowel]:], [u:], and [o:].
+
+Two aspects of the usage of _q_ should be noticed. First, as in the _Arte_,
+_c_ is changed to _q_ before _o_ and _u_, when the sequence occurs at a
+morphological juncture; e.g., _ioqu_ 'well,' and _iqó_ 'I shall go.' (This
+rule does not extend to _a_ in such contexts; cf., _iocatta_ 'was good.')
+Second, in contrast to the system used by Rodriguez, Collado does not feel
+compelled to follow _q_ with _u_ in all contexts. Thus what Rodriguez
+spells as _queredomo_ Collado spells as _qeredomo_. Finally, the text
+records one usage of the letter _h_ in the exclamation _ha_.
+
+_The Morphological System_
+
+Collado's treatment of the morphology contains one quite obvious difference
+from those of his predecessors: he isolates the particles of the language
+as separate elements of the structure. While his effort is more or less
+carelessly maintained by the type setter, his attempt to establish a
+division between the semantemes (_shi_) and the morphemes (_ji_) of
+Japanese by establishing formal distance between his _verba_ and
+_particula_, reflects his consciousness that the morphological elements in
+Japanese are of a different order than those in Latin. At times, such as
+when he describes the preterit subjunctive as _agueta raba_, his divisions
+fly in the face of derivational history. But he can claim a reasonable
+justification for his decision by citing Rodriguez' rule for the formation
+of this form; "add _raba_ to the preterit of the verb" (_Arte_, 18v).
+Perhaps it is a prejudice founded upon familiarity with {9} contemporary
+romanizations, but I cannot help but consider this attempt to give greater
+independence to the particles as an improvement in the representation of
+the morphological system.
+
+In all other significant facets of the morphology Collado follows the
+principles established by Rodriguez with the one exception that in the
+over-all systematization of the verbal formation and conjugation he follows
+the classifications established in Lebrija's _Introductiones_ rather than
+those which Rodriguez inherited from the _Institutiones_ of Alverez. The
+most significant difference between the two systems is the use by Lebrija
+of the term subjunctive in his description of the moods where Rodriguez
+gives independent status to the conjunctive, conditional, concessive, and
+potential. As we shall see, after presenting the conjugational system of
+the verb within the framework of Lebrija, Collado breaks the expected
+sequence of his description of the verb to interject a section on
+conditional constructions and another on those of the potential.
+
+In the treatment of the tenses Collado breaks with Rodriguez in not
+attempting to establish an imperfect for Japanese, but he does follow him
+in the overall classification of the conjugations. Thus:[9]
+
+  1st Conjugation    verbs ending in _e_, _gi_, and     e.g., _ague, uru_
+                       _ji_ (_xi_ and _maraxi_)
+  2nd Conjugation    verbs ending in _i_                e.g., _iomi, u_
+  3rd Conjugation    verbs ending in _ai_, _oi_, and    e.g., _narai, ó_
+                       _ui_
+
+To the description of this general system Collado adds the treatment of the
+substantive verbs. This section in many respects is the weakest in his
+grammar with a portion of his description lost in composing the final text.
+
+Since Collado does not, as Rodriguez, present the conjugations in
+paradigmatic form, I have extracted from his presentation the most
+representative forms of the verb _ague, uru_ for each of the categories of
+the system, and presented them in Chart 2 for reference.
+
+                         CHART 2
+
+                 THE CONJUGATIONAL SYSTEM
+
+                   _Affirmative_         _Negative_
+
+                      INDICATIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           aguru                 aguenu
+  Perfect           agueta                aguenanda
+  {10}
+  Pluperfect        aguete atta           aguenande atta
+  Future            agueôzu               aguru mai
+  Future perfect    aguete arǒzu          ----
+
+                      IMPERATIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           ague io               aguru na
+  Future            agueôzu               aguru mai
+
+                       OPTATIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           avare ague io caxi    avare aguru na caxi
+  Preterit          agueôzu mono vo       aguru mai mono vo
+  Future            avare ague io caxi    avare aguru na caxi
+
+                     SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           agureba               agueneba
+  Perfect           agueta reba           aguenanda reba
+  Pluperfect        aguete atta reba      ----
+  Future            agueô toqi            aguru mai qereba
+
+                PERMISSIVE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           agueredomo            aguenedomo
+  Preterit          agueta redomo         aguenanda redomo
+  Future            agueôzu redomo        aguru mai qeredomo
+
+                        INFINITIVE
+
+  Present           aguru coto            aguenu coto
+  Preterit          agueta coto           aguenanda coto
+  Future            agueô coto            aguru mai coto
+
+                      GERUND IN _DI_
+
+  Present           aguru [jibun]         aguenu [jibun]
+  Future            agueô [jibun]         aguru mai [jibun]
+
+                      GERUND IN _DO_
+
+  ----              aguete                agueĩde
+
+                      GERUND IN _DUM_
+
+  Present           aguru tame            aguenu tame
+  Future            agueô tame            aguru mai tame
+
+                      SUPINE IN _TUM_
+
+  ----              ague ni               ----
+
+                      SUPINE IN _TU_
+
+  ----              ague                  ----
+
+                        PARTICIPLE
+
+  Present           aguru fito            aguenu fito
+  Preterit          agueta fito           aguenando fito
+  Future            agueô fito            aguru mai fito
+
+  The forms treated separately are:
+
+                       THE CONDITIONAL
+
+  Present           agueba                aguezũba
+  Preterit          agueta raba           aguenanda raba
+  Future            agueô naraba          aguru mai naraba
+
+                        THE POTENTIAL
+
+  Present           aguru ró              aguenu coto mo arózu
+  Preterit          aguetçu ró            aguenanzzu ró
+  Future            agueôzu ró            aguru mail coto mo arózu
+
+{11}
+
+_The Structure of Collado's and Rodriguez' Descriptions Contrasted_
+
+In every section of his description, Collado is indebted to the material
+presented by Rodriguez in his _Arte da Lingoa de Iapam_. The structure of
+the _Ars Grammaticae_, however, follows a much more simplistic design than
+that of the _Arte_. As a consequence Collado found it necessary to assemble
+his data from various sections of Rodriguez' description. In the paragraphs
+which follow we will briefly sketch the structural relation between these
+two grammars.
+
+As he clearly states in his title to the main portion of the grammar
+Collado bases his description on the _Introductiones_ of Antonio Lebriya,
+and more specifically upon that portion of the great Latin grammar which
+dealt with the parts of speech. Further, he limits himself to the spoken
+language rather than attempting, as does Rodriguez, an integrated treatment
+of both the spoken and written grammars.
+
+Under these influences Collado's grammar takes on the following form:
+
+  A Prologue (including the phonology)               3-5
+  The Body of the Grammar (by parts of speech)       6-61
+  A Brief Syntax                                    61-66
+  A Treatment of the Arithmetic                     66-74
+  A Note on the Written Language                    74-75
+
+In contrast Rodriguez' _Arte_, prepared under the influence of Alvarez'
+_Institutiones_, develops its description over the span of three books
+which treat both the spoken and written grammar in progressively greater
+detail. Thus:
+
+  The Introduction                          iii-v
+
+          BOOK I
+
+  The Declensions                             1-2v
+  The Conjugations                           2v-54
+  The Parts of Speech (_Rudimenta_)          55-80v
+
+          BOOK II
+
+  The Syntax of the Parts of Speech          83-168
+  Styles, Pronunciation, Poetics, etc.      168-184
+
+          BOOK III
+
+  The Written Language                     184v-206v
+  Names, Titles, etc.                      206v-212v
+  The Arithmetic                           212v-239
+
+{12}
+
+Given these differing formats[10] it is clear that Collado is unable to
+cope adequately with the more complex aspects of the grammar, specifically
+those syntactic constructions to which Rodriguez devotes almost an entire
+book.
+
+An analysis of Collado's description and a listing of the portions of
+Rodriguez' grammar from which material was taken yields the following:
+
+  _Collado_                        _Rodriguez_
+
+  Phonology (3-5)             {Parts of Speech (55-58)
+                              {Book III (173-179v)
+
+  Nouns (6-13)                {Declensions (1-2v)
+                              {Parts of Speech (59-61)
+
+  Adjectives (9-11, 32-33)    {Declensions (2-2v)
+                              {Conjugations (47-52)
+                              {Parts of Speech (61-67)
+
+  Pronouns (13-18)            {Declensions (2v)
+                              {Parts of Speech (67-68)
+
+  Verbs (18-49)               {Conjugations (6v-54v)
+                              {Parts of Speech (69-73)
+                              {Syntax (83v-112v)
+
+  Adverbs (49-57)             {Parts of Speech (73v-77)
+                              {Syntax (113-125)
+
+  Prepositions (57-59)        {Parts of Speech (73-73v)
+                              {Syntax (140-148v)
+
+  Conjunctions (59-60)        {Parts of Speech (76-76v)
+                              {Syntax (130-137)
+
+  Exclamations (60-61)        {Parts of Speech (76-76v)
+                              {Syntax (125-130)
+
+  Syntax (61-66)               Book II (83-168)
+
+  Arithmetic (66-75)           Book III (212v-239)
+
+  Written Language (74-75)     Book III (184v-206v)
+
+Two aspects of Japanese were not able to be described with any degree of
+satisfaction by Collado; the adjectives (_adjectiva_) and the prepositions
+(_praepositio_). His difficulties, attributable to the basic structural
+difference between Latin and Japanese, were compounded by the fact that
+Rodriguez too was unable to find a satisfactory solution to their
+description.
+
+With respect to the adjectives, Collado attempts to deal with their
+functions in the manner appropriate to Latin, that is as a sub-class of
+{13} nouns (pp. 9-11). He also recognizes their formal similarity to the
+verb and treats them briefly as a sub-class of the substantive verb (pp.
+32-33), but his heavy reliance upon the semantic categories of Latin does
+not permit him to follow Rodriguez who is able more clearly to recognize
+their formal as well as their functional distinctiveness.
+
+Concerning prepositions, Collado was confronted with an all but
+insurmountable taxonomic problem. Here too Rodriguez was unable to develop
+a completely satisfactory descriptive framework. In the _Arte_ the term
+_posposição_ is used for those particles which function in a manner similar
+to the Latin prepositions; e.g., _tameni_, _taixite_, and _tomoni_ (cf.
+73-73v and 140-148v); the term _artigo_ is used for those particles having
+the functions of the inflectional endings of Latin; e.g., _ga_, _ye_, and
+_ni_ (cf. 1-2, 78, and 137-140); and the general term _particula_ is used
+to cover the broad spectrum of particles that include adverbs,
+conjunctions, and exclamations, as well as those otherwise unaccounted for
+elements which end phrases, clauses, and sentences; e.g., _no_, _nite_, and
+_yo_ (cf. 77-78 and 144-154v).
+
+Collado, rather than attempting to refine the system suggested by
+Rodriguez, follows the _Arte_ in listing as _praepositio_ those elements
+which translate the Latin prepositions (pp. 57-59) but uses the term
+_particula_ to cover all the other particles of the language.
+
+This tendency of Collado's to retreat from the challenging problems left
+unresolved by Rodriguez constitutes the greatest weakness of his
+description. Given concise grammatical descriptions on the one hand and
+over-simplified versions of previous works on the other, the _Ars
+Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_ unfortunately falls among the latter.
+
+In his shorter work, the _Arte Breve_ of 1620, Rodriguez retains the same
+general format, but makes every effort to reduce the description to its
+barest essentials. Thus:
+
+                      BOOK I
+
+  A General Note on the Language                   1-2
+  An Essay on How to Learn the Language           2v-6
+  The Orthography                                  6-8
+  Composition of the Syllables                    8v-9v
+  The Way to Write and Pronounce the Letters      10-12v
+  The Declension of Nouns                         13-18
+  The Conjugation and Formation of Verbs          18-52
+  {14}
+
+                      BOOK II
+
+  The Rudimenta                                   52-59v
+  The Syntax                                      59v-66v
+
+                      BOOK III
+
+  The Written Language                            67-75
+  The Various Kinds of Names                     75v-98v
+
+Of particular interest in the context of Collado's grammar is the manner in
+which Rodriguez displays the verbal system. While the _Ars Grammaticae_
+presents the verbal system as a series of alterational rules to be applied
+to the base forms, the _Arte Breve_ goes even further than the _Arte_ to
+differentiate the formational rules from the conjugational displays.
+Rodriguez tries several devices to elucidate his material. For example,
+Charts A and B below represent very early attempts to use a bordered format
+for linguistic description.
+
+In order to indicate the differences to be found between the descriptions
+presented by Rodriguez and Collado, I have extracted the formational rules
+from the _Arte Breve_ and, setting aside only two short appendices dealing
+with variant forms, present them here in their entirety.
+
+_THE CONJUGATION AND FORMATION OF THE TENSES AND MOODS OF THE VERBS_
+
+_All the verbs of this language may be reduced _(se reduzem)_ to four
+affirmative and three negative conjugations. This is because the negative
+conjugation of the adjectival verb, which we discussed before,[11] agrees
+with the second of the three conjugations; and the conjugation of the
+substantive verb _Sǒrai_, _Sǒrǒ_, or _soro_, which is an abbreviated form
+of _Samburai_, _samburǒ_[12] both in the affirmative and the negative is
+reduced to the third conjugation. At this point we will treat the three
+affirmative and three negative ordinary conjugations of the regular
+personal verbs.[13] Following this, and on account of its particular usage
+and formation, we will discuss the conjugation of the adjectival verb._
+
+_The verbs of this language do not change _(naõ fẽ variedade)_ to show
+person and number as do those of Latin; rather, one form _(voz)_ {15} is
+used for all persons, singular and plural. Number and person are understood
+according to the subject _(Naminativo [_sic_])_, or pronoun, which is
+joined to the verb. The moods of the verb, which in this language have
+distinct forms for the tenses, are indicative, imperative, conjunctive,
+conditional, and preterit participle. The remaining moods are made up of
+these forms joined to certain particles. Each mood has but three tenses
+which have distinct forms; these are preterit, present, and future. These
+forms are signified by the Japanese terms _(vocabulos)_ _Quaco_, _ghenzai_,
+_mirai_. The preterit imperfect and pluperfect are made up of the present,
+preterit, and preterit participle together with the substantive verb, as
+will be seen below in the conjugations._
+
+_Concerning the formation of the tenses and moods of the verbs in general,
+one is reminded that to understand the actual root _(raiz)_ and the natural
+formation of all the tenses and moods, both affirmative and negative, it is
+extremely important to take notice of the usage of the _Goyn_,[14] which
+are the five vowels _(cinco letras vogaes)_ in the syllables which are
+below each aforementioned formation; and that it is also important to
+understand _Canadzucai_,[15] which is the way to write with _Firagana_ as
+well as the way one joins together syllables, or letters, to form other
+words _(palauras)_, while noticing which syllable is changed by which, what
+constitutes long, short, or diphthongal syllables, which combinations cause
+contraction _(sincope)_, which cause augmentation _(incremento)_ of the
+verb, whether one makes a syllable liquid _(liquescit)_[16] or not, and how
+the tenses of the moods are written with the same _Cana_.[17] The term
+_Goyn_, not only indicates the syllables, or _Cana_, which are transformed
+to others, such as _Fa_, _Fe_, _Fi_, _Fo_, _Fu_, which are changed to the
+closely related sounds _Ba_, _Be_, _Bi_, _Bo_, _Bu_ and _Pa_, _Pe_, _Pi_,
+_Po_, _Pu_; but it also indicates another kind of change from one sound to
+another in the same order _(ordem)_, as happens among the syllables _Fa_,
+_Fe_, _Fi_, _Fo_, _Fu_. _Ba_, _Be_, _Bi_, _Bo_, _Bu_. _Ma_, _Me_, _Mi_,
+_Mo_, _Mu_, {16} etc. where often by rule _(regna)_ _Ma_ is changed to
+_Mi_; or to the contrary _Bu_ to _Ba_ and _Bi_ to _Ba_, and likewise for
+others. The greater part of the formation of the tenses of each mood is
+confined to such changes, as is clearly seen in the way one writes the
+tense forms with _Cana_. It is to this that another change belongs. That
+which exists among those syllables having a certain relationship and
+rapport between them, as _Ma_, _Fa_, _Ba_, _Pa_; _Me_, _Fe_, _Be_, _Pe_;
+_Mi_, _Fi_, _Bi_, _Pi_; _Mo_, _Fo_, _Bo_, _Po_; _Mu_, _Fu_, _Bu_, _Pu_;
+with _Mu_ and _V_. Thus, what is written _Vma_ in _Cana_ is written _Muma_,
+and _Mume_ written for _Vme_ in order to conform more closely to its
+pronunciation.[18] Also _Mu_ is written for _Bu_[19] so that all the
+harmony _(armonia)_ in the formations of this language are contained in the
+rules for _Goyn_ and _Canadzucai_. Those who are informed see, as native
+speakers, how the tenses are formed for any mood, and which letter, or
+syllable, must be changed to another to affect a formation. Concerning this
+matter there is a booklet[20] which teaches _Canadzucai_, and the general
+rules on the subject. Teachers should have this booklet to teach more
+easily and advantageously those students who are learning _Cana_. Lacking a
+knowledge of _Goyn_ and _Canadzucai_, some of the rules which until now
+have been used in the formation of verbs (some of which I have let remain
+as they were), are not the original and natural rules as are the
+_Goyn_.[21] They are rather devices, some forming affirmative tenses and
+moods from negative forms and others forming them from yet other more
+remote sources, which appear to correspond to formational rules, but for
+which the proper rules are not known. The fact is that the affirmative as
+well as negative are formed from the affirmative, beginning with the root,
+as will be seen below._
+
+_Speaking in general of the formation of the verb, the forms of the
+indicative and imperative moods of all three conjugations are formed from
+the root of the verb. The rest of the tenses in the other affirmative moods
+are formed from either the indicative or imperative forms. In the same way,
+the negative indicative present is formed from the root of the verb and the
+other tenses of the indicative are formed from {17} the present form. The
+other negative moods are formed from the indicative forms._
+
+FORMATION OF THE TENSES FOR THE INDICATIVE AND IMPERATIVE MOODS OF THE
+VERBS OF THE FIRST AFFIRMATIVE CONJUGATION
+
+_The final syllables of the roots of the first affirmative conjugation, by
+which the verbs conjugated here are known, and from which the tenses of the
+indicative will be formed, end in _E_, with the exception of the verb "to
+do," _Xi_, or _Ii_, with its compounds and certain other verbs which end in
+_I_. The verbs which belong to the first conjugation, are as follows [in
+Charts A & B]._
+
+_The verb _Xi_ "to do," with its compounds ending in _Xi_ or _Ii_, follows
+the formation of the verbs of the first conjugation. _Ii_ is _Xi_ which has
+been changed _(alterado)_ to _Ii_ because it follows the letter _N_. _Xi_
+conforms to the rules for the syllables which are changed _(se mudam)_ to
+others. Thus:_
+
+  Xi         _In the present change _Xi_ to    Suru, xita, xeô, ôzu, ôzuru,
+             _Suru_. In the preterit add         xeyo, xenu, _or_ zu.
+  Faixi      _Ta_ to the root. In the future   Faisuru, faixita, faixeô,
+             change _Xi_ to _Xeô_. In the        faixeyo, faixenu.
+  Tayxi[22]  imperative change _Xi_ to _Xe_    Tassuru, taxxita, taxxeò,
+             and add _Yo_, _i_, or _sai_. In     taxxeyo, taxxenu.
+  Gaxxi      the negative add _Nu_, or _zu_    Gassuru, gaxxita, gaxxeô,
+             to _Xe_._                           gaxxeyo, gaxxenu.
+
+  Zonji      _In the present _Ii_ is changed   Zonzuru, zonjita, zonjeô,
+             to _Zuru_. In the preterit _Ta_     ôzu, ôzuru, zonjeyo,
+             is added to the root. In the        zonjenu.
+  Caronji    future _Ii_ is changed to _Ieô_,  Caronzuru, caronjita,
+             etc._                               _etc._
+
+  Vomonji                                   Vomonzuru, vomonjita.
+  Sanji                                     Sanzuru, sanjita.
+  Goranji                                   Goranzuru, goranjita.
+  Soranji                                   Soranzuru, soranjita.
+  Ganji                                     Canzuru, canjita.
+  Manji                                     Manzuru, manjita.
+
+_Many of these verbs have another, less used, form made by adding _Ru_ to
+the root; e.g., _Abi, abiru_; _Mochiy, mochiyru_; _xiy, xiyru_. Among these
+are some that have only this second form and lack the first; e.g., _Mi,
+miru_; _Ni, niru_; _Fi, firu_; _Cagammi, cagammiru_; _Ki, kiru_ "to dress,"
+as distinct from _Ki, kuru_ "to come"; and _y, yru_._
+
+{18}
+
+                            CHART A
+
+      [The Formation of First Conjugation Verbs Ending in _E_]
+
+  ------------+---------+-----------------+-----------+------------
+  _Syllables_ |_Roots_  |_Formation_      |_Present_  |_Preterit_
+  ============+=========+=================+===========+============
+              |Tate,    |_In the present  |Tatçuru.   |Tateta.
+              |         |change _Te_ to   |           |
+    Te,       |         |_Tçuru._ The     |           |
+              |Fate,    |remainder are    |Fatçuru.   |Fateta.
+              |         |from the root.   |           |
+              |         |See above._      |           |
+              |         |                 |           |
+    Ie,       |Maje,    |_Change _Ie_ to  |Mazuru.    |Majeta.
+              |         |_Zuru_ in the    |           |
+              |         |present. The     |           |
+              |         |remainder are    |           |
+              |         |from the root.   |           |
+              |         |See above._      |           |
+              |         |                 |           |
+              |Saxe,    |_In the present  |Sasuru.    |Saxeta.
+    Xe,       |         |change _Xe_ to   |           |
+              |         |Suru. The        |           |
+              |Mairaxe, |remainder are    |Mairasuru. |Mairaxeta.
+              |         |from the root.   |           |
+              |         |See above._      |           |
+  ============+=========+=================+===========+============
+
+  ------------+---------+------------+-------------+-----------
+  _Syllables_ |_Roots_  |_Future_    |_Imperative_ |_Negative_
+  ============+=========+============+=============+===========
+              |Tate,    |Tateô, ôzu, |Tateyo.      |Tatenu,
+              |         |ôzuru.      |Tatei,       |_or_, zu.
+    Te,       |         |            |tatesay.[23] |
+              |Fate,    |Fateô, ôzu  |Fateyo,      |Fatenu,
+              |         |ôzuru.      |_etc._       |_or_, zu.
+              |         |            |             |
+              |         |            |             |
+    Ie,       |Maje,    |Majeô.      |Majeyo,      |Majenu,
+              |         |            |_etc._       |_or_, zu.
+              |         |            |             |
+              |Saxe,    |Saxeô.      |Saxeyo.      |Saxenu,
+    Xe,       |         |            |             |_or_, zu.
+              |         |            |             |
+              |Mairaxe, |Mairaxeô.   |Mairaxeyo,   |Mairaxenu,
+              |         |            |_etc._       |_or_, zu.
+              |         |            |             |
+  ============+=========+============+=============+===========
+
+{19}
+
+                            CHART B
+
+  ------------+---------+-----------------+------------+-----------
+  _Syllables_ |_Roots_  |_Formation_      |_Present_   |_Preterit_
+  ============+=========+=================+============+===========
+    Be,       |Curabe,  |_In the present  |Curaburu.   |Curabeta.
+              |         |tense of these   |            |
+              |         |eight forms,     |            |
+    Fe,       |Fe,      |change _E_ to    |Furu, _or_, |Feta.
+              |         |Vru. _In the     |feru.       |
+              |         |preterit add     |            |
+    Ghe,      |Aghe,    |_Ta_ to the root.|Aghuru.     |Agheta.
+              |         |In the future    |            |
+              |         |_ô, ôzu, ôzuru_  |            |
+    Ke,       |Tokoke,  |to the root.     |Todokuru.   |Todoketa.
+              |         |In the Negative  |            |
+    Me,       |Motome,  |present add      |Motomuru.   |Motometa.
+              |         |_Nu_, or _zu_    |            |
+    Ne,       |Fane,    |to the root._    |Fanuru.     |Faneta.
+    Re,       |Fanare,  |                 |Fanaruru.   |Fanareta.
+    Ye,       |Ataye,   |                 |Atayuru.    |Atayeta.
+              +---------+-----------------+------------+-----------
+              |De,      |_In the present  |Dzuru.      |Deta.
+              |         |change _De_ to   |            |
+              |Ide,     |_Dzuru_. The     |Idzuru.     |Ideta.
+  [De,]       |         |other tenses     |            |
+              |Mǒde,    |are formed, as   |Mǒdzuru.    |Mǒdeta.
+              |         |above, from      |            |
+              |Mede,    |the root._       |Medzuru.    |Medeta.
+              |         |                 |            |
+  ============+=========+=================+============+===========
+
+  ------------+---------+------------+----------------+-----------
+  _Syllables_ |_Roots_  |_Future_    |_Imperative_    |_Negative_
+  ============+=========+============+================+===========
+    Be,       |Curabe,  |Curabeô,    |Curabeyo,       |Curabenu,
+              |         |ôzu, ôzuru. |ei, sai.        |_or_, Curabezu.
+              |         |            |                |
+    Fe,       |Fe,      |Feô, ôzu,   |Feyo, fei,      |fenu,
+              |         |ôzuru.      |fesai.          |fezu.
+              |         |            |                |
+    Ghe,      |Aghe,    |Agheô,      |Agheyo,         |Aghenu,
+              |         |_etc._      |_etc._          |_etc._
+              |         |            |                |
+    Ke,       |Tokoke,  |Todokeô.    |Todokeyo,       |Todokenu,
+              |         |            |_etc._          |_etc._
+    Me,       |Motome,  |Motoneô.    |Motomeyo,       |Motomenu,
+              |         |            |_etc._          |_etc._
+    Ne,       |Fane,    |Faneô.      |Faneyo.         |Fanenu.
+    Re,       |Fanare,  |Fanareô.    |Fanareyo.       |Fanarenu.
+    Ye,       |Ataye,   |Atayeô.     |Atayeyo.        |Atayenu.
+              +---------+------------+----------------+-----------
+              |De,      |Deô, ôzu,   |Deyo,           |Denu.
+              |         |_etc._      |_etc._          |
+              |Ide,     |Ideô, ôzu.  |Ideyo.          |Idenu.
+  [De,]       |         |            |                |
+              |Mǒde,    |_This verb is defective and lacks
+              |         |other forms._
+              |Mede,    |_This verb is defective and has no
+              |         |other forms_.
+  ============+=========+============+================+===========
+
+{20}
+
+FORMATION OF THE OPTATIVE, CONJUNCTIVE, AND CONDITIONAL MOODS, AND THE
+PARTICIPLE
+
+_The optative mood does not have forms of its own but compensates for this
+in part by adding to the imperative certain particles which indicate
+desire, in part by adding to the future indicative particles which show
+regret for not doing something, and in part by circumlocutions with the
+conditional mood and certain particles, as will be seen in the
+conjugations._
+
+_The conjunctive mood has two sorts of proper forms. The first is the
+common and ordinary form ending in _Eba_, corresponding to the Latin _cum_.
+The other ends in _Domo_, corresponding to the particle "although _(posto
+que)_." The other verbs of this mood do not have their own forms, but are
+expressed by circumlocutions as we shall see.[24]_
+
+_The present tense of the first conjunctive is formed from the present
+indicative by changing the final _Ru_ to _Reba_; e.g., _Motomureba_. For
+the preterit _Reba_ is added to the preterit indicative; e.g.,
+_Motometareba_. For the future the final _Ru_ of the third form of the
+future indicative is changed to _Reba_; e.g., _Motomeôzureba_. For a second
+form of the future the syllable _Rǒ_ is added to the indicative preterit
+perfect; e.g., _Motometarǒ_. This particle is _Ran_ in the written
+language; e.g., _Motometaran_.[25] An utterance _(oraçam)_ does not end in
+this form, but must be followed by a noun.[26]_
+
+_The present tense of the second conjunctive is formed by changing the
+final _Ru_ of the present indicative to _Redomo_; e.g., _Motomuredomo_. For
+the preterit _Redomo_ is added to the indicative preterit perfect; e.g.,
+_Motometaredomo_. Strictly speaking this form is _Motomete aredomo_, losing
+the _E_ of the participle. Furthermore, _Motometa_, together with the other
+preterit forms in _Ta_ is from _Motometearu_ which is first elided to
+_Motometaru_ and then by common usage _(pratica)_ to _Motometa_. All of
+which is seen in its _Canadzucai_. For the future, the final _Ru_ of the
+future indicative is changed to _Redomo_; e.g., _Motomeôzuredomo_._
+
+_The conditional mood, for the present tense, is formed by adding the
+syllable _Ba_ to the root of the verb and _Naraba_ or _Ni voiteua_ to the
+{21} present tense form; e.g., _Motomeba_, _motomuru naraba_, and
+_motomuruni voiteua_. For the preterit, _Raba_, _Naraba_, or _Ni voiteua_
+are added to the indicative preterit; e.g., _Motometaraba_, which is in
+reality _Motomete araba_, _motometa naraba_, and _motometani voiteua_. For
+the future _Naraba_ or _Ni voiteua_ are added to the future forms; e.g.,
+_Motomeô naraba_ and _motomeôni voiteua_. The present tense forms are also
+used for the future._
+
+VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION THAT END IN I
+
+_There are some irregular verbs ending in _I_ which follow the formational
+rules of the first conjugation, both affirmative and negative. There are a
+precise number of them. Those which have been found to date are shown
+below. They are formed for the present indicative by changing _I_ to _Uru_,
+for the preterit by adding _Ta_ to the root of the verb, and for the future
+by adding long _û_, _ûzu_, or _ûzuru_ to the same root. For the present
+conditional _Ba_ is added to the root, for the preterit _Raba_ is added to
+the preterit indicative, and for the future _Naraba_ is added to the future
+indicative. For the present conjunctive the _Ru_ of the present indicative
+is changed to _Reba_, for the preterit _Reba_ is added to the same preterit
+indicative, and for the future the final _Ru_ of the future is changed to
+_Reba_. All the other forms are formed as has been stated for the formation
+of the first conjugation. Thus:[27]_
+
+        { Abi, aburu, abita, abiû, ûzu, ûzuru, abiyo, _or_ sai, abiba,
+        {     taraba.
+        { Cabi, caburu, cabita, cabiû, ûzu, ûzuru, biyo, sai, biba,
+        {     bitaraba.
+  Abi   { Carabi, caraburu, bita, biû, ûzu, ûzuru, biyo, sai, biba, taraba.
+        { Sabi, saburu, sabita, sabiû, ûzu, ûzuru, sabiyo, bisai, biba,
+        {     taraba.
+        { Vabi, vaburu, vabita, vabiû, ûzu, ûzuru, yo, sai, biba,
+        {     bitaraaba.
+
+        { Nobi, buru, bita, biû, ûzu, ûzuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+        { Corobi, buru, bita, biû, biûzu, ûzuru, biyo, bisai, biba,
+        {     bitaraba.
+  Obi   { Forobi, buru, bita, biû, ûzu, ûzuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+        { Fitobi, bu, bita, biû, ûzu, ûzuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+        { Fokorobi, bu, bita, biû, ûzu, ûzuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+
+  Ubi   { Furubi, bu, bita, biû, ûzu, ûzuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+
+{22}
+
+  Vochi,   { Chi _to_   } Votçuru, chita, chiû, chiyo, chiba, tçureba.
+  Cuchi,   { Tçuru      } Cutçuru, chita, chiû, chiyo, chiba, tçureba.
+
+  Fagi,    { _Change_   } Fadzuru, fagita, giû, giyo, giba, gitaraba.
+  Vogi,    { Gi _to_    } Vodzuru, gita, giû, giyo, giba, gitaraba.
+  Negi,    { Dzu        } Nedzuru, gita, giû, giyo, giba, gitaraba.
+
+  Mochiy,  } _the_      { Mochiyuru, mochiyta, chiyû, yûzu, ûzuru, iyo,
+           } _final_    { yba, yttaraba.
+  Xiy,     } Y          { Xiyuru, xiyta, yû iyo, yba ytaraba.
+  Mimixiy, } _to_       { Mimixiyta, mimixiyte, _Defective_.
+  Mexiy,   } Yuru       { Mexiytaru, mexiyte, _Defective_.
+
+  Y, yru, yta, yû, ûzu, ûzuru, yyo, yba, yreba. _To be_
+  Ki, kiru, kita kiû, kiyo, _&c._ _To wear_
+  Ki, kuru, kita, kô, kôzu, kôzuru, koyo _or_ koi. _To Come_
+  Coru, coruru, corita, coriû, _&c._
+  Furi, fururu, furita, furiû, _&c._
+  Iki, ikuru, ikita, ikiû, _&c._
+  Ideki, idekuru, idekita, idekiû, _&c._
+  Deki, dekuru, dekita, dekiû, _&c._
+  Voki, vokuru, vokita, vokiû, _&c._
+  Tçuki, tçukuru, tçukita, tçukiû, _&c._
+  Vori, voruru, vorita, voriû, _&c._
+  Vrami, vramuru, vramita, vramiû, _&c._
+  Cagammi, cagammiru, cagammita, cagammiû, _&c._
+  Mi, miru, mita, miû, _&c._
+  Ni, niru, nita, niû, _&c._
+  Sughi, sughuru, sughita, sughiû, _&c._
+
+FORMATION OF THE VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION
+
+_All the roots of second conjugation verbs end in_ I. _There are eight
+final syllables for these verbs; i.e._, Bi, Chi, Ghi, Ki, Mi, Ni, Ri, Xi.
+_It is by these syllables that the verbs of the second conjugation (except
+for those mentioned above as being in the first conjugation) are
+recognized, and from which the tenses are formed._
+
+_The roots ending in the syllables_ Bi, Ghi, Ki, Mi, _and_ Ri _change the_
+I _to_ V _for the present tense; e.g._, Tobi, tobu; Coghi, coghu; Caki,
+caku; Yomi, yomu; Kiri, kiru.
+
+_Those ending in_ Chi _change to_ Tçu _for the present; e.g._, Mochi,
+motçu; Cachi, catçu; Tachi, tatçu.
+
+_Those ending in_ Ni _change to_ Nuru _for the present; e.g._, Xini,
+xinuru; Yni, ynuru.[28]
+
+{23}
+
+_Those ending in _Xi_ change to _Su_ for the present; e.g., _Fanaxi,
+fanasu_; _Cudaxi, cudasu_; _Taraxi, tarasu_._
+
+_For the preterit those ending _Obi_ and _Omi_ change to _ôda_; e.g.,
+_Yomi, yôda_; _Tobi, tôda_; _Yobi, yôda_; _Yorocobi, yorocôda_. _Tomi_
+becomes _tonda_._
+
+_Those ending in _Abi_ and _Ami_ change to _ǒda_; e.g., _Yerabi, yerǒda_;
+_Vogami, vogǒda_; _Yami, yǒda_._
+
+_Those ending in _Imi_ change to _ûda_; e.g., _Najimi, najǔda_; _Nijimi,
+nijǔda_; _Ximi, xûda_.[29]_
+
+_Those ending in _Umi_ and _Ubi_ change their endings to _Vnda_ or in some
+instances _ûda_. While some have two forms others have only one form which
+is seen in use, the more general is _Vnda_; e.g., _Musubi, musunda_;
+_Susumi, susunda_ or _susûda_; _Nusumi, nusunda_ or _nusûda_; _Sumi, sunda_
+or _sûda_; _Cumi, cunda_ only._
+
+_Those ending in _Ebi_ and _Emi_ change to _Eôda_; e.g., _Sakebi, sakeôda_;
+_Sonemi, soneôda_._
+
+_Those ending in _Ghi_ change to _Ida_; e.g., _Auoghi, auoida_; _Voyoghi,
+voyoida_; _Coghi, coida_._
+
+_Those ending in _Ni_ change to _Inda_; e.g., _Xini, xinda_; _Yni, ynda_._
+
+_Those ending in _Chi_ and _Ri_ change to _Tta_; e.g., _Machi, matta_;
+_Cachi, catta_; _Tachi, tatta_; _Kiri, kitta_; _Chiri, chitta_; _Cari,
+catta_._
+
+_Those ending in _Ki_ and _Xi_ change to _Ita_; e.g., _Caki, caita_; _Faki,
+faita_; _Nuki, nuita_; _Todoki, todoita_; _Sosoki, sosoita_; _Saxi, saita_;
+_Fataxi, fataita_; _Maxi, maita_ or _maxita_; _Coxi, coita_ or _ oxita_.
+The following add _Ta_ to the root; e.g., _Moxi, moxita_; _Muxi, muxita_;
+_Fuxi, fuxita_; _Mexi, mexita_._
+
+_The future can be formed in two ways. The first and more common way is to
+change _I_ to _ǒ_, _ǒzu_, or _ǒzuru_; e.g., _Yomi, yomǒ, yomǒzu, yomǒzuru_;
+_Yerabi, yerabǒ_, etc.; _Kiri, kirǒ_; _Xini, xinǒ_; _Auoghi, auogǒ_.[30]
+Those ending in _Chi_ change to _Tǒ_; e.g., _Cachi, catǒ_, etc.; _machi,
+matǒ_. Those ending in _Xi_ change to _Sǒ_; e.g., _Mǒxi, mǒsǒ_; _Nagaxi,
+nagasǒ_; _Mexi, mesǒ_; _Coxi, cosǒ_, etc. The other way, which is easy too,
+is to change the final _V_ of the present indicative to _ǒ_; e.g., _Yomu,
+yomǒ_; _Kiku, kikǒ_; _Mǒsu, mǒsǒ_; _Mesu, mesǒ_. Those ending in {24} _çu_
+change to _Tǒ_; e.g., _Tatçu, tatǒ_; _Catçu, catǒ_. Those ending in _Nuru_
+change to _Nǒ_; e.g., _Xinuru, xinǒ_; _Ynuru, ynǒ_. This second rule seems
+to be more naturally in accord with the rules for the Japanese language._
+
+_The imperative changes the final _I_ of the root to _E_. Those ending in
+_Chi_ change to _Te_; e.g., _Yome_; _Kike_; _Tamochi, tamote_; _Vchi, ute_;
+_Machi, mate_._
+
+_The present conjunctive is formed by adding _Ba_ to the imperative; e.g.,
+_Yomeba_; _Tateba_.[31] For the preterit, _Reba_ is added to the preterit
+indicative; e.g., _Yôdarebe_.[32] For the future the final _Ru_ of the
+future indicative is changed to _Reba_; e.g., _Yomǒzureba_. The conjunctive
+in _Domo_ is formed in the same manner; e.g., _Yomedomo, yôdaredomo,
+yomǒzuredomo_._
+
+_The conditional is formed from the future indicative by changing the _ǒ_
+to _Aba_; e.g., _Yomaba_; _Tataba_.[33] The preterit is formed by adding
+_Raba_ to the indicative preterit; e.g., _Yôdaraba_; _Tattaraba_.[34]_
+
+_The preterit participle is formed from the preterit by changing the _A_ to
+_E_; e.g., _Yôde_; _Kite_; _Tatte_. The present participle, in _Te_, is
+formed by adding _Te_ ['hand'] to the root of any verb. This is properly a
+substantive and thus governs the genitive as do the other substantives. It
+does not indicate tense; e.g., _Yomite_; _Cakite_; _Machite_, etc._
+
+_The negative present can be formed in two ways. The first, and that which
+accords with the rules for _Canadzucai_, is formed by changing _I_ of the
+root to _Anu_ or _Azu_; e.g., _Corobi, corobanu, corobazu_; _Yomi, yomanu_,
+etc.; _Coghi, coghanu_; _Caki, cacanu_;[35] _Kiri, kiranu_; _ini, inanu_.
+Those ending in _Chi_ change to _Tanu_; e.g., _Tachi, tatanu_. Those ending
+in _Xi_ change to _Sanu_; e.g., _Fanasanu_. Another formation common to all
+is made with the future indicative by changing _ǒ_ to _Anu_ or _Azu_; e.g.,
+_Corobǒ, corobanu, corobazu_; _Yomǒ, yomanu_, etc.; _Coghǒ, coghanu_;
+_Cakǒ, cakanu_; _Kirǒ, kiranu_; _Inǒ, inanu_; _Tatǒ, tatanu_; _Matǒ,
+matanu_; _Fanasǒ, fanasanu_. This rule is common to all three conjugations
+by changing the affirmative future indicative _ǒ_ to _Anu_ and the _ô_ {25}
+and _û_ to _Nu_ or _Zu_;[36] e.g., _Todomeô, todomenu, todomezu_; _Saxeô,
+saxenu_, etc.; _Tateô, tatenu_; _Miû, minu_; _Yomǒ, yomanu_; _Tatǒ,
+tatanu_; _Fanasǒ, fanasanu_; _Narauǒ, narananu_; _Vomouǒ, vomouanu_;
+_Furuuo, furuuanu_. For the second conjugation preterit, those in _Nu_ are
+changed to _Nanda_: e.g., _Yomananda_. For the preterit participle _Da_ is
+changed to _De_; e.g., _Yomanande_. For the second form of the negative
+participle, the _Nu_ is changed to _Ide_; e.g., _Yomaide, Corobaide_,
+_Tataide_, _Totonouaide_. For the future the particle _majij_[37] or _mai_
+is added to the affirmative present indicative; e.g., _Yomumajij, yomumai_;
+_Matçumajij, matçumai_._
+
+FORMATION OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION AND THE ROOTS FROM WHICH THE TENSES ARE
+FORMED
+
+_The final syllables of the third conjugation are the diphthongs _Ai_,
+_Oi_, _Vi_. By these syllables the verbs are known to belong to this
+conjugation, and from them the tenses are formed. The present indicative is
+formed by changing _Ai_ to _ǒ_, _Oi_ to _ô_, and _Vi_ to _û_; e.g., _Narai,
+narǒ_; _Vomoi, vomô_; _furui, furû_. The preterit is formed by adding the
+syllable _Ta_ to the present; e.g., _Narǒta_, _Vomôta_, _Furûta_. The
+future is formed by changing the final _I_ of the root to _Vǒ, vǒzu,
+vǒzuru_; e.g., _Narauǒ, narauǒzu_, etc.; _Vomouǒ, vomouǒzu_, etc.; _Furuuǒ,
+furuuǒzu_, etc. The present imperative is formed by changing the final _I_
+to _Ye_; e.g., _Naraye_, _Vomoye_, _Furuye_._
+
+_For the present conjunctive _Ba_ or _Domo_ is added to the imperative;
+e.g., _Narayeba, narayedomo_; _Vomoyeba, vomoyedomo_; _Furuyeba,
+furuyedomo_. For the preterit _Reba_ or _Redamo_[38] is added to the
+indicative preterit; e.g., _Narǒtareba, narǒtaredomo_; _Vomôtareba,
+vomôtaredomo_; _Furûtareba, furûtaredomo_._
+
+_The present conditional is formed by changing _ǒ_ of the future to _Aba_;
+e.g., _Narauaba_, _Vomouaba_, _Furuuaba_. The preterit is formed by adding
+_Raba_ to the indicative preterit; e.g., _Narǒtaraba_, _Vomôtaraba_,
+_Furûtaraba_._
+
+{26}
+
+_The negative present is formed by changing the _I_ of the root to _Vanu_
+or _vazu_; e.g., _Narai, narauanu, narauazu_; _Vomoi, vomouanu_, etc.;
+_Furui, Furuuana_, etc. This form can also be formed from the future by
+changing the _ǒ_ to _Anu_ or _azu_; e.g., _Narauǒ, narananu_, etc. For the
+preterit the _Nu_ is changed to _Nanda_; e.g., _Narauananda_. For the
+preterit participle the _Da_ is changed to _De_; e.g., _Narauanande_. For
+the second form the _Nu_ of the present is changed to _Ide_; e.g.,
+_Narauaide_, _Vomouaide_, _Furuuaide_. For the future the particle
+_Majii_,[39] _maji_, or _mai_ is added to the affirmative present
+indicative; _e.g._, _Narǒmajii, narǒmaji, narǒmai_; _Vomômajii, ji_, or
+_mai_; _Furûmajii, ji_, or _mai_._
+
+_The verb _Yy_ 'to speak' becomes _Yû, yûta, yuǒ, yye, yuanu_. _Yei_ or
+_yoi_ 'to become sick' becomes _Yô, yôta, youǒ, yoye, yonanu_. The
+substantive verb _Saburai_, which also belongs to this conjugation, becomes
+_Saburǒ, saburauanu_; and _Sǒrai_ becomes _Sǒrǒ, soro, sǒraite, sǒraye,
+sorouanu_._
+
+Rodriguez follows these formational rules with a full display of all the
+forms of the three conjugations. In his display he, like Alvarez before
+him, recapitulates the appropriate rules for each form. Collado nowhere
+presents his conjugational system as a paradigm but does, as we shall see,
+include a full complement of example sentences in his description,
+something which Rodriguez does not do in the _Arte Breve_.
+
+_Bibliography_
+
+In the examination of any portion of the Christian materials certain works
+are indispensable. Father Johannes Laures, S.J., _Kirishitan Bunko_ (Tokyo,
+1957) remains the basic bibliographic source for the study of all sources
+of the Christian Century, while Hashimoto Shinkichi, _Kirishitan kyōgi no
+kenkyū_ (Tokyo, 1929) and Doi Tadao, _Kirishitan gogaku no kenkyū_ (Tokyo,
+1942) serve as indespensible guides to our understanding of the linguistic
+aspects of the field. A later contribution to the general bibliography has
+been made by Fukushima Kunimichi, _Kirishitan shiryō to kokugo kenkyū_
+(Tokyo, 1973).
+
+The basic grammatical study of the period, based upon the _shōmono_
+materials, is Yuzawa Kōkichirō, _Muromachi jidai gengo no kenkyū_ {27}
+(Tokyo, 1958). More closely related to the language reflected in the text
+is his "Amakusabon Heike monogatari no gohō," in _Kyōiku ronbunshū_ (no.
+539, Jan. 1929). An English treatment of the grammatical system of the
+period is to be found in R. L. Spear, "A Grammatical Study of _Esopo no
+Fabulas_," an unpublished doctoral thesis (Michigan, 1966). The phonology
+has been carefully analyzed by Ōtomo Shin'ichi, _Muromachi jidai no kokugo
+onsei no kenkyū_ (Tokyo, 1963), with a valuable contribution made in
+English by J. F. Moran, "A Commentary on the _Arte Breve da Lingoa Iapao_
+of João Rodriguez, S.J., with Particular Reference to Pronunciation," an
+unpublished doctoral thesis (Oxford, 1971). This latter work presents an
+exhaustive examination of the phonological system reflected in the _Arte
+Breve_ of 1620 within the framework of Berhard Bloch's phonemic theory.
+
+Two lexical works have been used as basic references in this translation.
+The _Vocabulario de Lingoa de Iapam_ (hereafter the _Vocabulario_) produced
+by the Jesuit Mission Press at Nagasaki in the years 1603 and 04. In a
+carefully annotated version by Professor Doi, under the title _Nippo jisho_
+(Tokyo, 1960), this work is the most important single source for the
+vocabulary of the period. The second work is the _Dictionarium sive
+Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae Compendium_ (hereafter the _Dictionarium_) which
+is the companion piece to the present text. This dictionary has been
+carefully edited and cross-referenced by Ōtsuka Mitsunobu, under the title
+_Koriyaado Ra Su Nichi jiten_ (Tokyo, 1966). In this form it has served as
+a constant aid to the translator in the determination of the proper glosses
+for the lexical items in the text.
+
+The aforementioned _Arte_ of 1604-08 by Rodriguez, has been the single most
+frequently used tool in the preparation of this translation.[40] As the
+most significant influence upon Collado's work and the source for most of
+his material, both theoretical and practical, I have related the two works
+at every point in the translation. In its Japanese version by Professor
+Doi, _Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten_ (Tokyo, 1950), this work has been
+invaluable in gaining a clearer understanding of many of the passages which
+might have otherwise been obscure.
+
+Rodriguez' _Arte Breve_ of 1620, while having no influence upon the
+preparation of the _Ars Grammaticae_, is nevertheless of fundamental {28}
+importance as a work against which Collado's treatment of Japanese grammar
+is to be judged. This shorter grammar is as yet to be fully translated into
+English--Moran having limited his study to the treatment of the phonology.
+
+With respect to the text itself I have made this translation on the basis
+of the facsimile edition published by the Tenri Central Library in 1972 as
+part of its _Classica Japonica_ series. Ōtsuka Takanobu, _Koiyaado-cho
+Nihongo bunten_ (Tokyo, 1934) and its revised edition under the title of
+_Koriyaado Nihon bunten_ (Tokyo, 1957) have served as invaluable aids at
+every step of the translation.
+
+Ōtsuka's second edition is of invaluable scholarly importance because it
+contains a cross-reference to the Spanish manuscript from which Collado
+prepared the printed Latin edition as well as a concordance to the Japanese
+vocabulary.[41] This translation attempts to supplement Ōtsuka's invaluable
+contribution by relating the Latin text of this grammar with Rodriguez'
+_Arte_.
+
+_Editorial Conventions_
+
+The Latin matrix of the text is printed in italic letters while the
+Japanese is in roman. For this translation I have reversed the convention.
+(In footnotes where the text is quoted the style of the original is
+followed.) In making editorial corrections in the Japanese material the
+corrected version is presented in brackets with periods to indicate the
+general location;
+
+    e.g., _mairu mai queredomo_ [... qeredomo]
+
+(The only exception to this rule is the correcting of a missing open _o_,
+q.v.) Sentences that have been taken from the _Arte_ are indicated by the
+parenthetical recording of the leaf number of the citation immediately
+after the sentence;
+
+    e.g., _xô tame no chôqui gia_ (22) 'it is....
+
+Shorter sentences and specific words that in all likelihood have been taken
+from the _Arte_ are not listed if they are to be found in the section
+elsewhere noted as being the source of the material covered. Any {29}
+significant alteration in the form of the source is noted. Since the _Arte_
+is numbered by the leaf, _v_ is added to the number to indicate the
+_verso_.
+
+All the corrections made by the _errata_ (on page 75 of the text) have been
+applied to the text without notation unless the correction is itself in
+error.
+
+The punctuation follows the text with the following exceptions;
+
+1. In translating from Latin the English follows modern rules of
+punctuation.
+
+2. Single quotes have been introduced into the text to mark glosses and
+translations.
+
+3. In transcribing the Japanese citations any alteration of the original
+punctuation is noted.
+
+4. The spacing of words in Japanese--a relatively casual matter in the
+text--has been regularized on the basis of the predominant pattern.
+
+5. Two specific rules, based upon Collado's more or less consistent usage,
+are followed in the citing of verb forms:
+
+    a. In the most frequent citation of verbs, where the root form is
+    followed by the present indicative ending, a comma is used;
+
+        e.g., _ari,u_; _ague,uru_; _mochi,tçu_
+
+    b. In an alternate form of citation, where the two forms are given in
+    their entirety, a colon is used;
+
+        e.g., _ari:aru_; _ague:aguru_; _mochi:motçu_
+
+Spelling and accentuation are treated in the following manner:
+
+1. The _ſ_ in all instances is represented by _s_.
+
+2. The usage of _v_ and _u_ has been regularized: the _v_ serves as the
+consonant; and _u_ as the vowel, semi-vowel, and orthographic symbol; e.g.,
+_vaga_, _uie_, _quan_, and _agueta_.
+
+3. The predictable nasalization--marked by a tilde in the text--has not
+been included in the translation unless the presence of nasalization is
+morphologically significant; e.g., _tobu:tõda_. {30}
+
+4. The accent grave--which appears in no discernible pattern--is not
+transcribed in the translation.
+
+5. The accent acute is used in the translation to mark the long _ú_ [u:]
+and the long, open _ó_ [[IPA: Open-mid back rounded vowel]:], in those
+places where the length is marked by Collado. Since the most frequent
+typographical error in the text is the failure to mark the presence of
+these long syllables, I follow the convention of correcting the absence of
+this feature in the Latin text by using the inverted caret in the
+translation. Thus, the appearance in the translation of _mósu_ indicates
+that Collado recorded the length of this word, either by an accent acute
+(e.g., _mósu_), or an inverted caret (e.g., _mǒsu_). The appearance of
+_mǒsu_ indicates that he did not, and that its absence is being corrected.
+The form _mǒsu_ in the translation is therefore the shorthand equivalent
+for what would more regularly be _mosu_ [_mósu_].
+
+6. The circumflex, which indicates the long, closed _ô_ [o:], is corrected
+as other errors by placing the corrected version of the item in brackets;
+e.g., _roppio_ [_roppiô_].
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+ARS
+GRAMMATICAE
+IAPONICAE
+LINGVAE
+
+IN GRATIAM ET ADIVTORIVM
+eorum, qui prædicandi Euangelij causa ad
+Iaponiæ Regnum se voluerint conferre.
+
+_Composita, & Sacræ de Propaganda Fide Congregationi
+dicata à Fr. Didaco Collado Ordinis Prædicatorum
+per aliquot annos in prædicto Regno
+Fidei Catholicæ propagationis
+Ministro._
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ROMÆ,
+Typis & impensis Sac. Congr. de Propag. Fide.
+MDCXXXII.
+_SVPERIORVM PERMISSV_.
+
+{105}
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+A
+Grammar
+of the Japanese
+Language
+
+FOR THE SAKE AND HELP
+of those who wish to go to the Kingdom of
+Japan to preach the Gospel.
+
+Composed and dedicated to the Blessed Congregation for the
+Propagation of the Faith by Brother Didico Collado,
+O.P., who was for many years in that Kingdom
+as a Minister for the Propagation of
+the Catholic Faith.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Printed by the Blessed Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith.
+1632
+BY PERMISSION OF THE SUPERIORS.
+
+{106}
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+      It may be published if it please the Most Reverend Father,
+          Master of the Holy Apostolic Palace.
+              For the Archbishop of Umbria. The Vicar General.
+
+  It may be published.
+
+      Brother Nicolaus Riccardius, Master of the Holy Apostolic Palace,
+          Order of Preachers.
+
+{107}
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Prologue to the Reader
+
+_With Some Advice on the Correct Pronunciation of the Japanese Language_
+
+Long ago, at the beginning of the establishment of our orthodox faith in
+the Japanese kingdom, a grammar of this language was made by Father Ioannus
+Rodriguez of the Society of Jesus.[42] However, since things rarely turn
+out perfect at first attempt, and, because of the passing years that have
+made it difficult to find a copy of this grammar; I thought that it would
+honor God and the ministers who preach the faith (which cannot be taught
+without the use of language) if I were to select examples (and there are
+many) that are useful to this language, neglect those not accepted by the
+experts of the language, add, with the help of God (who gives words to the
+evangelists), the words that I have learned from experience, practice, and
+continuous reading, and by such means offer up a handbook of the Japanese
+language in which I would bring together in a brief span these examples
+with those precepts which the preachers (for whom I began this work) need
+to learn of the Japanese language. This is done because examples are
+necessary with the rules and precepts so that it is possible to demonstrate
+the rule which has just been explained. Not only have these examples been
+selected for the greater help and enjoyment of the students, but also their
+explanation has been added in Latin (which is the language most common to
+theologians); thus the teacher will have very little left to be desired.
+Even if all the elements included in this grammar, as in the dictionary
+(which with the help of God I plan to publish shortly),[43] are polished
+enough and sure enough to be used with trust; I would still want them to be
+submitted to the judgement of the reader so that the preaching of the
+faith, carried on with a more correct language, may become more fruitful.
+
+When two vowels follow each other in any Japanese word, they are not
+pronounced as in the Latin word _valeo_ or in the Spanish, _vaca_, but each
+is pronounced independently; _v_, _a_; _v_, _o_; _v_, _i_.
+
+{108}
+
+The letter _s_ is pronounced as _sç_; e.g., _susumuru_, _sçusçumuru_.
+
+The letter _j_ is pronounced smoothly (_blande_), as in the Portuguese
+_joaõ_ and _judeo_.
+
+The letter _x_ is also pronounced smoothly, as in the Portuguese (4
+_queixumes_.
+
+When there is the sign ˆ over the letter _o_ it is pronounced _ou_ with the
+lips almost closed and the mouth partly closed; e.g., _buppô_.
+
+When there is the sign ˇ or ´ over the letter _o_ it is pronounced with the
+mouth open as if there were two letters, _oo_; e.g., _tenxó_ or
+_gacuxǒ_.[44]
+
+If the signs we have just shown are over the letter _u_, it is pronounced
+long as if there were two letters, _uu_; e.g., _taifú_ or _aiaǔ_.
+
+When the sign ˜ is over the vowel, the sign should be pronounced like an
+_n_, not strongly but swiftly (_cursim_) and softly (_leniter_); e.g.,
+_vãga_.[45]
+
+_Qe_ and _Qi_ are written without _u_, because when _u_ follows _q_ or _c_
+both letters are pronounced as a _sinalepha_;[46] e.g., _quódai_ or
+_quainin_.
+
+When _u_ follows _g_ and immediately after the _u_ is the letter _e_ or
+_i_, it should be pronounced as in the Spanish word _guenin_; but if the
+letter _e_ or _i_ follows _g_ immediately without the _u_, it should be
+pronounced as in the Italian word _giorno_; e.g., _xitãgi_.
+
+The letter _z_ is pronounced with the same strength as in the Spanish word
+_zumbar_; e.g., _mizu_.
+
+But if there are two _zz_ then they are pronounced more strongly; _e.g._,
+_mizzu_.
+
+When there are two _tt_, _xx_, _zz_, _qq_, _cq_, _ij_, or _pp_[47] it is
+important to persist in order to obtain perfect pronunciation and the exact
+value of the word; for _mizu_ means 'honey' and _mizzu_ means 'water.'
+Therefore, if the words are said with the same strength or the same
+gentleness they can mean either 'water' or 'honey.'
+
+When _ch_ comes before a vowel it is pronounced as in the Spanish
+_chimera_; e.g., _fochó_.
+
+{109}
+
+But if _nh_ comes before a vowel it is pronounced as in the Spanish _maña_;
+e.g., _nhuva_.
+
+The letter _f_ is pronounced in various regions of Japan as it is in Latin.
+In others it is pronounced as if it were an imperfect _h_. For both
+pronunciations the lips and the mouth should be nearly, but not completely,
+closed.
+
+When _tç_ is in a word (and it appears quite frequently) the student should
+pray that God have mercy on his pronunciation because the word is very
+difficult, and its pronunciation is not to be found (5 in any other
+language. It is not truly pronounced _tç_, nor as _s_, nor as _c_ alone,
+but rather by striking the tongue violently against the teeth in order to
+pronounce both _t_ and _ç_, but with more _ç_ than _t_ seeming to be
+sounded; e.g., _tçutçumu_.
+
+The letter _r_ is said smoothly and softly everywhere it is found, either
+at the beginning or in the middle of a word; e.g., _ranguió_, or
+_cutabiruru_.
+
+_Ya_, _ye_, _yo_, and _yu_ are pronounced as in Spanish.[48]
+
+When words ending in _i_ or _u_ are pronounced by the Japanese, the last
+letter is almost not heard by the student. For instance, if he hears
+_gozaru_ he will think he hears _gozar_, if he hears _fitotçu_ he will
+believe he hears only _fitotç_, and when he hears _axi no fara_ he will
+perceive only _ax no fara_.
+
+When a word ending in a vowel is followed immediately by a consonant,
+particularly _b_ or _s_,[49] between that vowel and consonant is pronounced
+the letter _n_, not perfectly, but softly; e.g., _sonõ gotoqu._
+
+I have given special care to the accenting of words.[50] This has been done
+so that the signs that have been placed correctly over the accented letter
+will allow the listener to understand the meaning of the words and the
+sentences of the speaker. For instance, _qèixèi_ has the accent on both
+_èè_; _fìbicàxi_ has it on the first _i_ and on the a.[51] This same {110}
+arrangement will be respected in the dictionary, with the accent being
+written with the same degree of correctness as is able to be achieved with
+great attention. If at times I have made mistakes, I am prepared to correct
+them immediately. Concerning what has been explained too briefly or left
+out of this grammar and the dictionary, learned people will be able to do
+that when they add a third dictionary and a third grammar, since it is easy
+to supply this material. Because I wish neither to be criticized by the
+Head of our Order (_pater familias_) and the Lord our God, nor do I wish
+this knowledge to be wrapped up in a handkerchief;[52] I want by these two
+works to help and to cooperate in the salvation of the Japanese not only by
+preaching but also by offering to the preachers, if I can, the tools of the
+language and chiefly the method by which they might better learn the
+Japanese language, a task made very difficult by the persecutions in Japan.
+Farewell, Reader, and be of good cheer. Madrid, 30 August 1631.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+{111} (6
+
+IN THIS GRAMMAR WE HAVE FOR THE MOST PART OBSERVED THE ARRANGEMENT WHICH
+ANTONIUS NEBRISSENSIS AND OTHERS HAVE FOLLOWED IN LATIN FOR THE TREATMENT
+OF SENTENCES, NAMELY NOUNS, PRONOUNS, ETC.
+
+_The Noun--Its Declension and Its Gender_
+
+In the Japanese language there are no case declensions as there are in
+Latin; but there are certain particles, which when suffixed to nouns,
+determine the differences between the cases for both common and proper
+nouns. The particles which form the nominative are five; _va_, _ga_,
+_cara_, _no_, and _iori_. The particle _va_ is used when we want to give a
+sort of reduplicative[53] and specific turn to the person or thing that is
+signified by such a noun. It indicates either the first, second, or third
+person; e.g., _Vatacuxi va mairanu_ 'I, or those related to me, will not
+come.' The particle _no_ is suffixed to the second and third person,
+especially if they are inferior in rank or in a sentence where there is a
+relative construction which does not indicate a transitive action; e.g.,
+_sonata no móxita coto_ 'that which you said.' The particle _no_ is also
+used when some indefinite form is used; e.g., _iie no aru ca miió_ [...
+_miio_] 'see if there are houses.' The particle _ga_ is used usually for
+the first and third persons of inferior status as well as for the second
+person when he is the most lowly or is to be humiliated; e.g., _Pedro ga
+qita_ 'Peter came.' This particle is also used to indicate something
+indefinite, as has been said of the particle _no_; e.g., _coco ni va iie ga
+nai ca?_ 'aren't the houses here?' It is also used in sentences that have a
+relative construction which does not indicate a transitive action. If the
+reference is to something of inferior or humble status the particle _ga_ is
+also used; e.g., _soregaxi ga caita fumi_ 'the letter which I wrote,'
+_sochi ga iúta coto_ 'what you said.' The particles _cara_ and _iori_ are
+used to form the {112} nominative case when the sentence shows a transitive
+action, especially if the sentence contains a relative construction; e.g.,
+_Deus iori cudasareta gracia_ 'the mercy which God gave,' _tono cara core
+vo vôxe tçuqerareta_ 'the Lord taught this.' Sometimes the words are in the
+nominative case without any particle; e.g., _Pedro Ioaõ vo iobareta_ 'Peter
+called (7 John.' There are two particles for the genitive; i.e., _no_ and
+_ga_. The particle _no_ is used for all persons of superior rank; e.g.,
+_Padre no võ qiru mono_ 'the priest's clothes, or habit.' The particle _ga_
+is used for people of inferior rank; e.g., _Pedro ga fumi_ 'Peter's
+letter,' _sochi ga mono_ 'your thing,' _are ga cane_ 'your money,' _tono va
+iocu ga fucai fito gia_ 'the Lord is of great cupidity, that is to say he
+is very eager.' Sometimes the particle _to_ is suffixed to the genitive;
+e.g., _Pedro no to degozaru_ 'it belongs to Peter.' But since this is not a
+perfect way of speaking, it is better not to use it. I have cited it so
+that if you hear it you will understand. When two nouns are joined to form
+a single word, the one which is like an adjective does not require the
+genitive particle; e.g., _cocuxu_ 'the Lord of the kingdom.' According to
+the ordinary rule we should say _cocu no xu_. This way of forming the
+genitive is very common in Japanese; e.g., _Maria coto_ 'Mary's thing.'
+
+Two particles form the dative; i.e., _ni_ and _ie_. For example, _Pedro ni
+móxita_ 'I told Peter,' _Padre ie ague maraxita_ 'I gave, or offered, it to
+the priest.'
+
+There are five particles which form the accusative case; i.e., _vo_,
+_voba_, _va_, _ie_, and _ga_. The first, _vo_, is the most used; e.g.,
+_Pedro vo iobe_ 'call Peter.' _Va_ is used when one wishes to express in
+particular a noun in the accusative; e.g., _niffon guchi va xiranu_[54] 'I
+don't know Japanese.' The ending _voba_ is the same as _vo va_, changing
+the second _v_ to _b_ they use it as _va_; e.g., _fune voba nori sutete;
+cane bacari tori maraxita_ 'abandoning ship, I took only money, or gold,
+with me.' _Ie_ is used to indicate the place to which one goes; e.g., _Roma
+ie mairó_ 'I go to Rome.' _Ga_ is used for nouns which indicate non-living
+or humble things; e.g., _are ie gozare, mono ga móxitai_ 'go there! I have
+something to tell you.' The accusative is also formed without any particle,
+as has {113} been shown in the example second before last, where the second
+accusative is without a particle.
+
+The vocative is formed with the particle _icani_. It is not suffixed to
+words as are the other particles but it is prefixed instead; e.g., _icani
+qimi core vo goronjerarei_ 'look at this, My Lord.'[55] Usually, however,
+the vocative is formed without any particle; e.g., _Padre sama_ (8
+_qicaxerareio_ 'listen, Reverend Father.'
+
+There are three particles for the ablative; i.e., _iori_, _cara_, and _ni_.
+The third indicates the place in which; e.g., _iglesia ni gozaru_ 'he is in
+church.' Sometimes _ni_ is used after _no_; e.g., _sonata no ni xi aru ca?_
+'are you going to make it yours, or take it for yours?' But this seems much
+more a dative than an ablative. The particles _cara_ and _iori_ are more
+common in the formation of the ablative; e.g., _Madrid cara maitta_ 'I came
+from Madrid,' _Pedro iori corosareta_ 'he was killed by Peter.'
+
+There are four particles used to form the plural. They are placed
+immediately after the noun they pluralize and before the particles which
+indicate case. These four particles are _tachi_, _xu_, _domo_, and _ra_.
+The first, _tachi_, forms the plural of those noble things which one wishes
+to honor; e.g., _tono tachi_ 'lords.' The particle _xu_ forms the plural
+for noble things but not those of the highest rank; e.g., _samurai xu_
+'nobles (_nobiles_), but not lords (_domini_).' The particle _domo_ is
+suffixed to words which indicate humble things, either abstract, animate,
+or inanimate; e.g., _fiacuxó domo_ 'farmer,' _ixi domo_ 'stones,' _mma
+domo_ 'horses.' The particle _ra_ forms the plural of nouns which indicate
+very low things which are to be despised; e.g., _Iudeo ra_ 'Jews.'[56] The
+case particles which are required by the sentence are placed after the
+pluralizing particles; e.g., _tono tachi no coto domo vo varú iú na_ 'don't
+speak badly about the Lords' affairs.'
+
+There are some words that are plural in themselves; e.g., _tomo gara_ means
+'men,' _Nan ban mono_ 'European things,' _Nan ban mono vo fomuru na_ 'don't
+praise European things.'
+
+The particle _icani_, which as has been indicated above forms the vocative,
+is not placed after but always before the pronouns which are {114} made
+plural, while the particles which form the plural are placed after; e.g.,
+_icani Padre tachi vo qiqi nasare io_ 'listen to the priests.'
+
+But two of the four particles which form the plural, _domo_ and _ra_, are
+with certain words singular. _Varera_ and _midomo_ mean 'I.' Sometimes both
+are found together in the singular; e.g., _midomora_ 'I,' _midomora ga_
+'my, or mine.' The particles _domo_ and _ra_ are also (9 suffixed to the
+singular when one wishes to humiliate the thing mentioned; e.g., _hara domo
+ga itai_ 'I have a stomach ache,' _asu domo va aru mai_ 'tomorrow will not
+come,' _asu ra va naró mode_ 'tomorrow will perhaps not come.'
+
+The particle _va_ is suffixed to singular and plural nouns which already
+have a particle; e.g., _coco ie va mairanu_ 'he will not come here,' _coco
+cara va denu_ 'he did not go out from here,' _coco ni va aru mai_ 'he will
+not enter here.' Sometimes _va_ replaces the particles of the declension;
+e.g., _fune de saie ióió tçuita ni, cachi va nacanaca naru mai_ (119v) 'I
+arrived with such difficulty by ship: I would undoubtedly never have
+arrived had I come by foot, or on foot.'[57] The particle _va_ here
+replaces _cara_.
+
+Japanese does not have the genders feminine, masculine, and neuter as Latin
+does. There are, however, certain nouns which are feminine or masculine
+because of their meaning. Other nouns are common to both these genders. For
+things which do not have a proper gender _vo_ is placed before masculine
+nouns and _me_ before feminine; e.g., _voivo_ means 'male fish' and _meivo_
+'female fish,' _vojica_ means 'roe-buck,' _melica_ [_mejica_]
+'roe-doe,'[58] _coma_ means 'horse,' _zoiacu_ 'mare,' _xô_ means 'male
+hawk,' _dai_ 'female hawk,' _cotoi_ means 'bull,' _meuxi_ 'cow,' _votoco_
+means 'man,' _vonago_, _nhóbó_, or _vonna_ 'woman.' All these words are
+placed in the dictionary as they come to mind.
+
+The nominal adjectives have no gender or declension but make use of the
+same particles as the nouns. There are however many and diverse adjectives.
+Certain ones end in _ai_ others in _oi_, _ei_, _ui_ and _ij_. There are
+other, more proper adjectives, which are formed by adding _no_ to nouns.
+When the first five types of adjectives are placed before nouns they are
+then properly adjectives and do not in any way alter the composition of
+{115} the sentence. But when they are placed after nouns they become more
+like verbs and are in fact conjugated like them; e.g., _tacai iama_ 'a high
+mountain,' _xiguei ideiri_ 'frequent comings and goings,' _caxicoi_ (10
+_fito_ 'a wise man,' _cavaij mono_ 'a wretched thing,' _aiaui coto_ 'a
+dangerous thing,' _umare tçuqi no cuchi_ 'one's natural, or mother tongue.'
+There are also adjectives ending in _na_ which, when they are placed before
+nouns, do not alter the construction; e.g., _qirei na coto_ 'a clean
+thing.' All the adjectives, except those ending in _no_, change their form
+in some way when they occur before verbs. Those that end in _ai_ change to
+_ó_; e.g., _cono iama va tacó gozaru_ 'this mountain is lofty.' Those
+ending in _ei_ change to _eô_; e.g., _cono iama va xigueô gozaru_ 'these
+mountains are dense.' Those ending in _oi_ change to _ô_; e.g., _caxicô
+gozaru_ 'he is wise.' Those ending in _ui_ change to _ú_; e.g., _xei no
+ficú gozaru_ 'he is small in stature.' Those ending in _ii_ [_ij_] change
+to _iú_; e.g., _caiú gozaru_ 'it itches.'[59] Among those adjectives ending
+in _ij_ there are many which come from verbs; e.g., _nozomi,u_ means 'to
+wish,' and from it comes _nozomaxij_ 'which is to be wished for.' Other
+adjectives come from nouns; e.g., _varambe_ means 'a child, or infant,' and
+from this comes _varamberaxij_ which means 'childish.' Other examples may
+be found in the dictionary.
+
+Adjectives which end in _na_ change the _na_ to _ni_ when they are placed
+before verbs; e.g., _fuxin ni zonzuru_ 'I think it doubtful.' The
+adjectives that end in _no_ sometimes change the _no_ to _na_; e.g., _bechi
+no fito_ changes to _bechi na fito_ 'a different man.' Sometimes when it is
+followed by a verb the _na_ changes to a _ni_; e.g., _bechi ni gozaru_ 'it
+is different.' However, the meaning remains the same whether the word ends
+in _na_ or _no_; e.g., _bechi no fito no cuhi cara qiita_ [... _cuchi_ ...]
+is the same as _bechi na fito no cuchi cara qiita_ 'I heard it from the
+mouth of a different person.'[60] The only difference in these forms is
+that when the word ends in _no_ no change occurs as a consequence of what
+follows. But, as has been said, those adjectives that end in _na_ change to
+_ni_ when they come before a verb. If a substantive verb follows an
+adjective, it is an elegant statement; e.g., _cono iami va tacó gozaru_
+'this mountain is high.' But if this kind of verb does not follow, the
+sense {116} is not altered since the adjective is used as a substantive
+verb. But this is not used before superiors. To them we will not say _cono
+iama va tacai_ but rather _cono iama va tacó gozaru_. The same is true for
+the other adjectives.
+
+Adjectives usually end in _i_ but infrequently these adjectives change to
+_xi_ or to _qu_. _Ioi_, which means 'good,' changes to _ioqu_, or _ioxi_;
+e.g., _ioqu dancó xite_, which has the meaning of 'offering good (11
+council.'[61] There are innumerable nouns which become adjectives if _na_
+is suffixed to them; e.g., _afo_ means 'ignorance' and from it comes the
+word _afo na_ which means 'ignorant,' _jiiu_ means 'liberty' and _jiiu na_
+means 'which is free.' Other examples are offered by the dictionary.
+
+There are certain abstract nouns which become adjectives when they precede
+a vocable (_vocabulis_) with the meaning of 'man'; e.g., _jifi_ means
+'pity,' but when the word _jin_ is placed after it, it becomes _jifijin_ 'a
+pitiable person.' _Fin_ means 'poverty,' but when the word _nin_ is
+suffixed to it, it becomes _finnin_ 'a poor person.' In the same way, when
+one suffixes _ja_ to _fin_, it makes _finja_, which also means 'a poor
+person.' The word _ban_ means 'watch,' but if the word _ja_ is added to it,
+it becomes _banja_ 'a careful person.' Many other examples can be found in
+the dictionary.
+
+There are in Japanese certain words which are borrowed from Chinese, called
+_cobita_[62] or _coie_, and are written together to form by their union a
+noun and an adjective. Thus, _ten_ mean 'heaven,' _xu_ means 'lord,' and
+_tenxu_ means 'lord of heaven.'
+
+The preterit of verbs (which will be taken up in their place) seem to have
+the same strength and meaning as adjectives when they are used before
+nouns; e.g., _iogoreta te_ 'dirty hands,' where _iogoreta_ is the preterit
+of the verb _iogore,uru_ 'I became dirty.' _Caita qió_ means 'a written
+book' and _caita_ is the preterit of the verb _caqi,u_ I write.' The
+abstract (_abstracta_), or root from which the verb is formed, is itself a
+noun which signifies the action of the verb in the abstract; e.g., {117}
+_facari_ means 'measure,' and it comes from the verb _facari,u_ 'I measure'
+while _fajime_ means 'beginning,' and comes from the verb _fajime,uru_ 'I
+begin.' Others will be found in the dictionary. The prepositional particle
+_mono_, when placed before an abstract or verbal noun, forms a noun which
+indicates the subject who does the action; e.g., _mono_ before _caqi_ makes
+_monocaqi_ 'one who writes.' This same particle when placed after a root
+forms a noun which indicates the effect of an action; e.g., _caqimono_ 'a
+writing.'
+
+The particle _goto_ placed after these same roots forms a noun (12 which
+means a thing which is worthy of the action indicated by the verb; e.g.,
+_mi_ is the root of the verb _mi,uru_ 'I see,' and _migoto_ is 'a visible
+thing, or a thing worthy of being seen'; while _qiqi_ is the root of the
+verb _qiqi,u_ 'I hear,' and _qiqigoto_ means 'a thing which can be heard,
+or is worthy of being heard.'
+
+If we place certain substantive nouns after certain of the verbal nouns
+about which we have been speaking, there is formed a noun which has the
+meaning of the action; e.g., _foxi_ is the root of the verb _foxi,u_ 'to
+dry under the sun'; but, if _ivo_ 'fish' is placed after it, the meaning of
+the expression _foxiivo_ becomes 'fish dried in the sun.'
+
+When the particle _dógu_ 'instrument' is placed after the root of a verb it
+forms a noun meaning the cause or instrument of the action indicated by the
+verb; e.g., _varaidógu_ 'the cause, or instrument of ridicule,' _caqidógu_
+'a writing instrument, or an instrument for writing.'
+
+The particle _me_ when suffixed to a verb forms a noun which indicates the
+terminus of the action; e.g., _avaxe_ is the root of the verb _avaxe,uru_
+'to unite or join two things,' and _avaxeme_ means 'junction.' The same is
+true of other forms.
+
+An abstract noun can be formed from those adjectives ending in _i_ if the
+_i_ is changed to _sa_; e.g., _nagai_ means 'is long,' and _nagasa_ means
+'length.' The adjectives ending in _na_ change the _na_ to _sa_ in order to
+form abstract nouns; e.g., _aqiraca na_ which means 'clear' will become
+_aqiracasa_ 'clarity.'
+
+Sometimes from two nouns taken together, often with a change in the first
+or last letter, there is formed a third noun, which is quasi-descriptive
+(_quasi connotativus_), almost like an adjective or noun with a {118}
+genitive; e.g., from _qi_ 'wood' and _fotoqe_ 'idol' there results
+_qibotoqe_ 'wooden idol,' with the _f_ changed to _p_ [_b_]. But if the
+prefixed noun ends in _e_, this _e_ is changed to _a_ in the attributive of
+the compound; e.g., _tçumasaqi_ 'the tip of the nail,' _canacugui_ 'iron
+nails.' A word which is placed second in these compounds may change its
+first letter; if it is _f_ it becomes _b_ or _p_, if it is _s_ it becomes
+_z_, if it is _c_ it becomes _g_, if it is _tç_ it becomes _zz_, if it is
+_x_ it becomes _j_; e.g., _caribune_, _buppô_, (13 _nigorizaqe_,
+_soragoto_, _qizzumari_, and _sorajeimon_. See the dictionary.
+
+_Pronouns_
+
+In the Japanese language there are no derivative pronouns, such as
+_meus,a,um_, etc.; but the primitive pronouns, such as _mei_, _tui_, etc.,
+are used. These primitive forms do not have declensions for case, but
+rather use the particles which are common to both nouns and pronouns.
+
+Certain particles (about which we will speak later) when added to a word
+indicate honor and thereby form a pronoun or substitute for it in such
+circumstances as pronouns would normally be used. Thus, if I say _von
+fumi_, when speaking to someone else, it is immediately understood that I
+am speaking about his letter and not mine; for if I were speaking about
+mine I would not say _von fumi_ but only _fumi_, since the particle _von_,
+which indicates honor, signifies 'your letter.' This is also true for such
+particles as _mi_ which also attributes honor to the noun to which it is
+joined.
+
+_First Person Pronouns--Ego, etc._[63]
+
+There are eight particles which signify 'I, mine, to me, etc.' They are
+_vatacuxi_, _soregaxi_, _vare_, _mi_, _varera_, _midomo_, _midomora_,
+_vare_.[64] The first four indicate a degree of superiority on the part of
+those who use them. The others are more humble. Women use three other
+particles _mizzucara_, _varava_, and _vagami_ which are not used by men.
+The people in the countryside use two others, _vara_ [_vora_] and _vorara_,
+while priests {119} when speaking of themselves use _gusô_, that is to say
+'I, a worthless man of the cloth,' and old men when speaking of themselves
+use _guró_, 'I, a worthless and despicable old man.' The king (_rex_) says
+_chin_ or _maru_ which means 'I, the King.' (14
+
+To form the plural of these pronouns the pluralizing particles _domo_ or
+_ra_ are added; e.g., _midomo ga maitta toqi_ 'when we went.' To indicate
+the difference between the cases, the endings about which we have spoken
+are suffixed.
+
+_Second Person Pronouns--Tu, tui, tibi, etc._[65]
+
+There are many particles that form the second person pronoun. They are
+differentiated to indicate those persons deserving no honor and respect,
+those deserving some, moderate, great, or maximal honor and respect. In
+speaking to inferiors there are three particles used for 'you'; _vare_,
+_vonore_, and _sochi_. If _me_ or _mega_ is added as in _vareme_ or
+_varemega_ it means we very much despise the person being spoken to. If we
+speak to people who are on our own level, or just a little inferior, we use
+one of the three particles _sonata_, _sonofǒ_, or _varesama_. If we speak
+to a superior person, or someone on an equal level but with whom we must
+speak elegantly, we use one of the seven particles _conata_, _qixo_,
+_qifó_, _gofen_, _qiden_, _conatasama_, and _sonatasama_. When speaking to
+persons of high rank, if we place the name of their office before _sama_,
+it serves as a pronoun; e.g., _Padresama gozare_ 'will the Father come.'
+
+_Conata_, _cochi_, and _conofǒ_ mean 'I, mine,' but in the distributive
+sense of 'from me, or what concerns me.' In the same way _sochi_, _sonofó_,
+and _sonata_ mean 'you, from you, or what concerns you.'
+
+The plurals are formed by adding the particles listed above to the pronouns
+according to the different degrees of honor. _Vonore domo_, _varera_, and
+_sochira_ mean 'you' when speaking to inferiors. _Vare tachi_ and _sonata
+domo_ mean 'you' with persons of the same rank. _Qifó tachi_, _vocatagata_,
+and _vono vono_ mean 'you' to persons requiring honor. The declension of
+these honorable expressions follows the declension (15 of common particles.
+
+{120}
+
+_Third Person Pronouns--Ille, illa, illud_[66]
+
+The two particles _care care_ and _are are_ mean 'this (_ille, illa,
+illud_)' when speaking of inferior things.[67] There are four particles;
+_aitçu_, _aitçume_, _areme_, and _caitçume_ which mean 'this' when one
+wants to show disrespect for the things being spoken about. This idea is
+emphasized if one adds _ga_ to those forms that end in _me_; e.g.,
+_aitçuga_ and _aitçumega_ 'this humble man.' _Cono_ means 'this (_hic,
+haec, hoc_),' _sono_ means 'that (_iste, ista, istud_),' and _ano_ means
+'that (_ille, illa, illud_).' These words require a noun after them; e.g.,
+_cono fito_ 'this man' with _cono mono_ having the same meaning but not
+being an honorific expression. _Sono coto_ means 'that thing,' _ano fito_
+'that person,' _conata_ or _conofó_ 'here,' _sonata_ or _sonofó_ 'there,'
+and _anofó_ 'there, yonder.' _Core_ means 'this (_hic_),' _sore_ 'that
+(_istud_),' and _are_ 'that (_illud_).' These forms are in the neuter
+gender and are not followed by nouns. Their plurals are _corera_, _sorera_,
+and _arera_, while the others follow the common rules. _Cano_ means 'that
+which we have mentioned'; e.g., _cano fito_ 'that person.' The pronoun 'a
+certain (_quidam_)' is made with the particle _aru_; e.g., _aru fito_ 'a
+certain person,' _aru tocoro ni_ 'in a certain place.'
+
+The pronoun 'each (_unusquisque_)' is formed with the particles _men men_
+and _sore sore_.
+
+The pronoun 'each and every (_universi & singuli_)' is formed with _tare mo
+mina_.
+
+The pronoun 'anyone (_quicumque_)' is formed with _tare nite mo_, _tare
+nite mo are_, and _tare nari tomo_.
+
+The particle _tare mo_, when placed before a negative, forms the pronoun
+'no one, or nobody'; e.g., _tare mo mairananda_ 'nobody went.' The particle
+_nani taru coto nari tomo_ means 'whatever happens, or whichever thing
+happens.' The particle _mei mei_ means 'to each, or everyone in
+particular.'
+
+The particle _goto_ makes the distributive pronoun meaning 'every.' This
+form is used after vocables which are proper to the Japanese language;
+i.e., _iomi_. The same results are achieved by placing the (16 particle
+_mai_ before vocables which come from the Chinese language; i.e., {121}
+_coie_. For example, _fi_ means 'day,' and _figoto ni_ means 'daily.' _Nen_
+is a Japanese borrowing from a Chinese word meaning 'year,' and _mainen_
+means 'every year, or all year.' The same result is obtained by the
+repetition of the noun; e.g., _fito_ means 'person,' and _fitibito_ means
+'all the people, or many people,' _fi_ means 'day,' and _fibi ni_ means
+'all of the days, or every day.'
+
+The indefinite pronoun 'some (_aliqui_)' is formed with _niiotte_; e.g.,
+_toqi niiotte_ 'some times,' _fito niiotte_ 'some men.'
+
+The pronoun 'the same (_idem_)' is formed with _vonaji_; e.g., _vonaji
+tocoro cara_ 'from the same place.' The particle _dôjen_ means the same
+thing but in the neuter ; e.g., _dôjen degozaru_ 'it is the same.' This
+word is used in reply to some one who has congratulated you, etc.
+
+The pronoun 'himself (_ipse_)' is formed with the particles _nuxi_, _sono
+mi_, and _vaga_. The particle _vareto mi_ forms the pronoun 'himself
+(_ipsemet_)'; e.g., _vareto mi ni ata vo nasu_ (96) 'he brings harm to
+himself,' _mi vo vasurete; ta vo tasuquru_ 'he forgets himself and saves
+others.' The particle _vatacuxi_ means 'a thing which belongs to oneself
+(_re propria_)'; e.g., _vatacuxi no coto_ 'ones own thing,' _vatacuxi ni
+ivareta_ 'he spoke for himself.'
+
+The pronoun 'somebody (_aliquis_)' is made with the particles _tare zo_ and
+_taso_; e.g., _tare zo maittaraba_ 'if somebody were to come,' _taso sacana
+ga aru ca tói ni iqe_ [... _toi_ ...] 'let someone go and ask if there is
+food.'
+
+The neuter pronoun 'something (_aliquid_)' is formed with the particles
+_nan zo_ and _nanica_; e.g., _nan zo ga araba cuvózu_ 'I would eat if there
+were something,' _ima faia te ga jiiú ni gozaru fodo ni nanica caqi maraxô_
+'I would write something if I were to have my hands free, or untied.'
+
+The interrogative 'who (_quis_)' is translated with the three particles
+_tare_, _taga_, and _taso_. The particles _taga_ or _tare no_ form the
+genitive; e.g., _taga mono ca_ 'whose thing is this.' When someone comes to
+the door and knocks, he says _mono mó_.[68] To this one responds _taso_,
+_taga_, or _tare_ 'who is it?' _Nani_ means 'what (_quid_)'; e.g., _nani vo
+suru_ (17 _ca_ or _nani goto vo suru ca?_ 'what are you doing?' _nani ni
+sore vo totte iqu ca?_ 'for what reason do you bring this to me?'
+
+{122}
+
+_Relative Pronouns_
+
+The relative pronoun is formed by placing the noun, in connection with
+which there is a relative (_relativum_), after the verb; e.g., _ten ni
+maximasu varera ga von voia_ 'Our Father who is in Heaven,' _deta tocoro
+va_ 'the place from which he came out,' _te ni sumi no tçuita fito_ (88) 'a
+man to whose hands ink is adhering.' If the sentence (_oratio_) requires a
+nominative before the verb it must be formed with one of the particles
+which indicate the nominative; _ga_, _no_, or _iori_. For example,
+_vatacuxi ga caita fumi_ 'the letter which I wrote,' _conata no vôxerareta
+coto_ 'the thing which Your Lordship says.' The third particle, _iori_, is
+used when there is movement in the sentence; e.g., _Deus iori ataie
+cudasareta gracia_ 'the grace which God provided, or gave,' _ano tocoro ni
+amata no qió atta vo torareta_ (87v.) 'he brought what many books there
+were in that place.' When two sentences containing a relation come together
+the first is placed second by general rule,[69] and the second uses either
+a past, present, or future particle according to what is required by the
+sense of the sentence; e.g., _qesa Oracio vo móxita qió ga tçucuie no uie
+ni aru vo motte coi_ 'bring the book which is on the desk (_sedila_) at
+which I said my prayers this morning.' In this sentence _qió ga_, which is
+the first relative, comes after the verb _móxita_; and the _vo_ which
+stands for the second relative comes after the verb _aru_. When we want to
+be more specific about that of which we are speaking we place the particle
+_tocoro no_ between the thing itself and the verb; e.g., _vare to dôxin
+xita tocoro no mono domo va mina buguen ni natta_ 'all those who agreed
+with me became rich.' Sometimes the relative, because of the difficulty in
+understanding it, is expressed by expositions (_per exponentes_). Thus, in
+place of _ima corosareta Pedro no co va sonata no chijn gia_ which means
+'the son of Peter who has just been killed was your friend,' we say _ima
+Pedro corosareta sono co va sonata no chijn de gozaru_.
+
+Sometimes they join two particles, as determined by the case, and form a
+kind of relative pronoun which is placed before the relative; e.g., _sono
+tocoro de no dancó_ 'the consultation at that place,' (18 _Marsella ie no
+fune_ 'the ship to Marseille,' _maire to no móxi goto dearu_ [ ... _gia_]
+'it is said that I should go.'
+
+{123}
+
+_Mairu mai to no dancó ni qivamatta_ 'it was resolved that he not go,'
+_maitte nochi no dancó_ 'the consultation he arrived after,' _varambe cara
+no catagui_ 'a custom from youth,' _xô tame no chôgui gia_ (22) 'this is
+the plan (_ars_) according to which it will be done,' _anofito no vo toró_
+'I shall take what belongs to that man.' This ends the note on relative
+pronouns.
+
+_The Formation of the Verb and Its Conjugation_[70]
+
+The verbs in Japanese have no number or person. These distinctions are
+indicated instead by the particles used in the formation of the plurals and
+in the declensions. There are three affirmative conjugations and the same
+number of negative.
+
+The root (_radix_) of the verb does not by itself indicate tense. For this
+reason it is necessary to conjugate the verb in order to show the tenses.
+
+All the verbs of the first conjugation[71] end in e. Those ending in _gi_
+or _ji_, together with _xi_ and _maraxi_, although they end in _i_, are
+also in the first conjugation. If the root ends in _de_ or _gi_, the
+present form is made by changing them to _zzuru_; e.g., _fagi_ forms its
+present in _fazzuru_ and means 'to blush,' _de_ becomes _zzuru_ and means
+'to leave.' If the root ends in _je_ or _ji_ it changes in the present to
+_zuru_; e.g., _maje:mazuru_ 'to mix,' _anji:anzuru_ 'to consider.' If they
+end in _xe_ they change to _suru_; e.g., _avaxe:avasuru_ 'to join.' _Xi_
+and _maraxi_, which (as we have said) are in the first conjugation,[72]
+change _xi_ to _suru_; e.g., _xi:suru_ 'to do,' _maraxi:marasuru_ which
+also means 'to do.' If the root ends in _te_ it changes to _tçuru_; e.g.,
+_sodate:sodatçuru_ 'to nourish, or support.' The remaining roots which end
+in _e_ change, in their separate ways, the _e_ to _uru_; e.g., _ague:aguru_
+'to offer,' _nigue:niguru_ 'to run away.'
+
+There are certain verbal preterits which have present tense meanings. They
+are those which are passive in form but active in (19 meaning; e.g.,
+_cocoroieta_ 'to understand,' _qicoieta_ 'to hear,' _voboieta_ 'to
+remember,' _qiqiieta_ 'to understand,' _zonjita_ 'to know,' and there may
+{124} be many others. The verbs which follow belong to the first
+conjugation even though their roots do not end as previously stated.[73] If
+the present tense of these forms does not change the _i_ to _uru_ they are
+exceptional; e.g., _abi,uru_ 'to wash oneself,' _fotobi,uru_ 'to become
+soft,' _focorobi,uru_ 'to become unstitched,' _cabi_ [_cabi,uru_] 'to be
+moldy,'[74] _sabi_ [_sabi,uru_] 'to rust,' _deqi_ [_deqi,uru_] 'to be
+finished, or ended,' _cuchi:cutçuru_ 'to rot,' _michi:mitçuru_ 'to be
+filled in by the sea,' _ini,uru_ 'to leave,' _nobi:nobiru_ or _noburu_ 'to
+be spread out,' _tçuqi,uru_ 'to be used,' _vori:uru_ 'to descend from
+above,' _xij:xijru_[75] 'to invite to dine, by compulsion,' _ni:niru_ 'to
+resemble,' _mochij:mochiiuru_ 'to evaluate,' _ni:niru_ 'to cook,' _mi:miru_
+'to look at,' _cori,uru_ 'to correct,' _vochi:votçuru_ 'to fall,' _i:iru_
+'to exist, or be present,' _fugui,uru_ 'to pass, as time passes,'
+_vabi,uru_ 'to beg for mercy,' _carabi,uru_ 'to become dry,' _iqi:iquru_
+'to live,' _fi:firu_ 'to become dry,' _qi:quru_ 'to come,' _qi:qiru_ 'to
+dress oneself,' _voqi,uru_ 'to get out of bed.' The following four verbs
+have irregular, as well as regular, present tenses;[76] _ataie_ has _atóru_
+'to give,' _vaqimaie_ has _vaqimǒru_ 'to discriminate,' _tonaie_ has
+_tonóru_ 'to bless,' _sonaie_ has _sonóru_ 'to place in a high position.'
+
+_The Preterit, Perfect, Imperfect, and Pluperfect_
+
+In Japanese there is no imperfect. In its place the perfect is used. The
+perfect is formed in two ways. The first is by suffixing _ta_ to the root
+of a verb ; e.g., _agueta_ is the preterit of the verb _ague,uru_ 'to
+offer.' The second is by suffixing _te_ to the root and to that adding
+_gozari,u_ or _ari,u_ which is then conjugated in the present or the
+preterit of the second conjugation; e.g., _aguete gozaru_ or _aguete
+gozatta_, or _aguete aru_ or _aguete atta_ 'offered, or had offered.' If
+the particle _fáia_ [_faia_] is placed before the verb the expression is
+strengthened; e.g., (20 _fáia aguete gozatta_ [_faia_ ...] 'I had already
+offered it.' When the verb _ari,u_ is suffixed to the perfect it is not as
+elegant a way of speaking as {125} when _gozari,u_ is used. Therefore when
+speaking one must be careful about what one says, or in front of whom one
+speaks, so as to give each person the honor he deserves.
+
+_The Future of the First Conjugation_
+
+If the root of the verb ends in _te_ this syllable is changed to _teô_ or
+_chô_ to form the future; e.g., _tate,uru_ will become _tateô_ or _tachô_
+'I shall build.'[77] If the root ends in _ji_ the future is formed by
+changing _ji_ to _jô_; e.g., _xenji_ becomes _xenjô_ 'I shall prepare, or
+brew, the medicine.' If the root ends in _xe_ [_xi_] it changes to _xô_;
+e.g., _xi_ becomes _xô_, and _maraxi_ becomes _maraxô_ 'I shall do.' If it
+ends in _ie_ it is changed to _io_ [_iô_]; e.g., _voxiie_ becomes _voxiio_
+[_vaxiiô_] 'I shall teach.' The remaining roots ending in _e_ suffix the
+particles _ô_, _ôzu_, or _ôzuru_; e.g., _agueô_, _agueôzu_, or _agueôzuru_
+'I shall offer.' These endings are used for the first conjugation[78] even
+when the roots end in _i_; e.g., _deqiôzu_ 'I shall be finished.'
+
+The future is also formed by taking the syllable _nu_ from the negative
+present (see below) and putting in its place the particle _baia_. Thus, by
+taking _nu_ away from _aguenu_ and putting in its place _baia_, we obtain
+_aguebaia_ 'I will offer.' For _minu_ if you take away the _nu_ and put in
+its place _baia_ it will become _mibaia_ 'I will see, or behold.'
+
+The future perfect is formed by suffixing the particles _te arózu_ or
+_tarózu_ to the root; e.g., _aguete arózu_ or _aguetarózu_ 'I shall already
+have offered.' The same results are obtained if _faia_ is placed before the
+simple future; e.g., _faia agueôzu_.
+
+(21
+
+_The Imperative of the First Conjugation_
+
+The imperative of the first conjugation is formed with the root of the verb
+alone, or with the addition of the particle _io_; e.g., _ague_ or _ague io_
+'offer!'[79] The future of the imperative is the future absolute _agueô_ or
+_agueôzu_. This is a more elegant and polite way of speaking than giving a
+command with the regular imperative. The imperative is also formed by
+taking the _nu_ from the negative present (see below) and {126} putting in
+its place the particle _sai_. Thus, if one takes the _nu_ from _aguenu_ and
+replaces it with _sai_ it becomes _ague sai_ which means 'offer!' If the
+particle _tai_ is placed after the root there is formed a kind of future or
+optative by which the wish of the speaker is expressed. It is therefore an
+elegant imperative; thus _mizzu fitotçu nomitai_ 'I would like to have a
+drink of water' is the same as 'give me some water to drink.' When a
+relative [clause] concerns a precept, rule, admonition, or prohibition the
+imperative is expressed word for word in whatever the conjugation,
+affirmative or negative; e.g., _Christiani naru na to no xógun no fatto ga
+aru_ [_Christian ni_ ...] 'it is the law of the Shōgan (_imperator_) that
+no one should become a Christian,' _Padre core vo coxiraie io to voxerareta
+niiotte_ [... _vôxerareta_ ...] 'because the Priest told me to do it.'
+
+_The Optative of the First Conjugation_
+
+The optative, both present and future, is the present tense of the
+imperative with the particles _negavacu va_ or _avare_ placed before it and
+the particles _gana_ or _caxi_ placed after it. Sometimes it is formed by
+adding the particle _gana_ without any prefix; e.g., _negavacu va ague io
+caxi?_ or _avare aguei gana_[80] 'would that you were to offer?' _avare
+icanaru tengu, bangue mono nari tomo vare vo totte, fiie no iama ni noboxe
+io caxi!_ (15v)[81] 'Oh! if there were some one, either devil or
+soothsayer, who could make me ascend the mountain called Hie.' The particle
+_gana_ when it is placed after a noun indicates a wish for the thing
+specified by the noun; e.g., _saqe gana_ 'oh! sake'; and if (22 one is
+asked if he would like something to drink, the answer is _nani gana_ 'would
+that I had some.'
+
+The perfect of the optative is the second form of the future followed by
+the particle _mono vo!_; e.g., _niqueozu mono vo!_ [_nigueôzu_ ...] 'would
+that I had fled!' The same is achieved by _niguetaraba iocaró mono vo_.
+Sometimes they say only _niguetaró va_ or _niguete aró ni va iocaró mono
+vo_.
+
+{127}
+
+_The Subjunctive of the First Affirmative Conjugation_
+
+The present tense of the subjunctive is formed by changing the _u_ in which
+the present indicative ends to _eba_; e.g., _aguru_ becomes _agureba_
+'since I offer.' It is also formed from the present by adding _ni_, _de_,
+_vo_, or _va_ to the particle _tocoro_ according to the case requirements
+of the verb that follows, with the first verb being controlled by the noun;
+e.g., _aru toqi Pedro chinsui xite iraruru tocoro ie fito ga qite_
+(16v)[82] 'since a certain man came to the place where Peter was when he
+was drunk,' _nhóbó ni tachi vacarete iru tocoro ni_ (16v)[83] 'since they
+were separated and divorced,' _có aru tocoro ni_ 'since things are this
+way,' _ioso ie zzuru tocoro va fito ni corosareta_ (16v)[84] 'when he went
+outside, he was killed by someone,' _go misa vo asobaruru tocoro vo uchi
+coroita_ (121)[85] 'he killed him while he was celebrating mass.' This is a
+general rule which applies to all conjugations.
+
+The perfect and the pluperfect of the subjunctive are formed from these
+same tenses in the indicative with the addition of the particle _reba_;
+e.g., _agueta reba_ 'since he had offered.' It is also formed by taking
+away _gozaru_ from the preterit pluperfect and putting in its place _atta
+reba_ or _atta_; but, when _atta_ is used, the particles _ni_, _vo_, _va_,
+or _ie_ must be added according to the requirements of the following verb,
+just as with _tocoro_ in the present tenses; e.g., _aguete atta reba_ or
+_aguete atta ni_, _vo_, _va_, or _ie_ 'since I had already offered it.'
+
+The future of the subjunctive is formed by adding the particle _toqi_ to
+the future indicative; e.g., _agueô toqi_ 'since he would offer it later.'
+
+The pluperfect subjunctive, with all the expressions (_vox_) which signify
+that which comes after a completed action, is formed by (23 placing _cara_,
+_nochi_, or _igo_ after the pluperfect indicative, minus _gozaru_; {128}
+e.g., _aguete cara, nochi_, or _igo, mairó_ 'I shall leave after he has
+offered it.' This is like _aguetaró toki mairó_ 'I shall leave after he has
+already offered it.' _Agueôzuru ni_ or _agueôzuru tocoro ni_ means 'since
+he was already prepared to offer it.' _Agueôzuru coto no saqi ni_ means 'a
+little while before he offered it.'
+
+The present tense of the permissive subjunctive is formed in two ways. The
+first is by changing the _u_ of the present indicative to _edomo_; e.g.,
+_aguredomo_ 'although I could offer it.'
+
+The preterit of the permissive subjunctive is formed by adding _redomo_ to
+the preterit indicative; e.g., _agueta redomo_ 'although he had offered
+it.' The future permissive is formed by adding _redomo_ to the second form
+of the future indicative; e.g., _agueôzu redomo_ 'although he would be able
+to offer it.' The second form of the permissive subjunctive is formed by
+adding the particle _tomo_ to the present indicative; e.g., _aguru tomo_
+'although he could offer it.' The particles _mamaio_ or _madeio_ may also
+be added to the present tense; e.g., _sore vo voxiiuru mamaio_ or _sore vo
+voxiiuru madeio_ 'although he could teach this.'
+
+The preterit of the second permissive is formed by suffixing _ritomo_ to
+the preterit indicative; e.g., _agueta ritomo_ 'although he had offered
+it.' The same meaning is achieved by adding the particles _mamaio_ or
+_madeio_ to the preterit indicative; e.g., _agueta mamaio_ or _agueta
+madeio_; or by adding _tote_ to the preterit subjunctive; e.g., _aguetareba
+tote_.
+
+The future permissive is formed by adding _tomo_ to the second form of the
+future indicative; e.g., _agueozu tomo_ [_agueôzu tomo_ 'although he would
+offer it']. It is also formed by adding _mamaio_ or _madeio_ to the same
+future form. If the particle _tatoi_ is placed before the forms of the
+permissive subjunctive great strength is added to the sentence; e.g.,
+_tatoi vôxeraruru tomo_ 'even though you may state this.' The same meaning
+is obtained by removing the verbs _gozaru_ or _aru_ from the pluperfect
+indicative and replacing it with the particle _mo_; e.g., _aguete mo_
+'although he may offer it.' The same _mo_ when placed after the present
+indicative gives the same meaning; e.g., _doco de qiqi marasuru mo, sono
+sata va mósanu_ 'although he hears that everywhere, he does not pay any
+attention.' The same meaning is obtained by the sentences _ague mo xeio
+caxi?_, _aguete mo xô madeio_, and _nanto mo ague caxi?_ {129} [... _aguei
+caxi?_][86] 'although he offers.' _Aguru ni saxerarei_, (24 _agueta ni
+saxerarei_, or _agueo ni saxerarei_ [_agueô_ ...] have the meanings of
+'although he could have offered, although he could offer, or although he
+would offer'; or one might say 'let us offer' or 'let us give.'
+
+_The Infinitive_
+
+The present infinitive is formed by adding _coto_ or _to_ to the present
+indicative; e.g., _aguru coto_ or _aguru to_ 'to offer.'
+
+The preterit infinitive is formed by adding the same particles to the
+preterit indicative; e.g., _agueta coto_ or _agueta to_ 'to have offered.'
+The future infinitive is formed by adding the same particles to the future
+indicative; e.g., _agueô coto_ or _agueô to_ 'to be about to offer.' The
+same meaning is obtained by adding _ióni_ to the present, preterit, or
+future indicative; e.g., _nai nai guioi ni caqerareô ióni va vare mo
+zonzuru fitobito mo zonjita_ (22v) 'I think and others believed me to have
+been favored by you with many benefits,' _qeccu vare ni voxiie marasuru
+ióni gozaru_ (117v) 'he is truly able to teach me,' _agueta ióni gozaru_
+'he is said to have offered it.'
+
+To ask or answer a question the infinitive is often subordinate to the verb
+which follows; e.g., _nhóbógata ni vochita coto ga atta ca?_ 'did you fall
+into the sin of adultery with this woman? is this what happened?' etc. All
+the tenses of the infinitive are used in the same way.
+
+Sometimes the preterit infinitive is replaced by the pluperfect with
+_gozaru_ or _aru_ removed; e.g., _Deus no minori vo firomete iocaró_ 'it is
+good to spread the Gospel.' Sometimes the present or preterit indicative
+plus _ga_ replaces the present or preterit of the infinitive; e.g., _sore
+vo vôxeraruru ga varú gozaró_ 'it will be bad to say that,' _maitta ga maxi
+gia_ (21) 'it is better to have come, or it was better to come.'
+
+When the substantive verb follows the infinitive, the particle _coto_ is
+not required; e.g., _cosacazzuqi de va saqe vo nomu devanai_ (23) 'to drink
+sake from a small glass is not to drink sake,' _core coso caqu de gozare_
+'this we are able to say, or better, write,' _caqu de gozatte coso_ 'this
+is not the way for it to be written,' _sore va aguru devanai_ 'that is not
+to offer it.' Some of these examples are taken from other (25 conjugations
+but the general rule applies to all. The idea of the {130} infinitive is
+also obtained by the following means of expression; _ague va_, _aguredomo_
+'although I offered, or even if I made it so that it was offered.' Because
+this is a general rule for all the conjugations, they also say _qiqi va
+tçucamatçure domo gatten xenu_ 'although I have listened, or done
+everything necessary to hear; I still don't understand.' They also say
+_aguru vo motte_ 'by offering, or with the fact that he is to offer,'
+_aguru iori_ 'from the fact that he is to offer,' _aguru nitçuite_ 'about
+the fact that he is to offer.'
+
+The gerund in _Di_ is the present or future indicative followed by the
+particle _jibun_, or less frequently some other particle meaning 'time';
+e.g., _aguru jibun_ 'the time for offering,' _agueô ni qivamatta_ 'he made
+the decision that it be offered,' _niguru jibun gia_ 'it is time to flee,'
+_corosareôzuru ni aisadamatte arǒzu_ (13) 'it will have been decided that
+he will be killed, or will have to be killed.'
+
+The gerund in _Do_ is formed in two ways. The first is by adding the
+particles _ni_ or _tote_ to the present indicative; e.g., _aguruni_ or
+_agurutote iurusareta_ 'I was freed by it being offered.' The second way is
+by removing the verb _gozaru_ from the pluperfect; e.g., _aguete
+cutabireta_ 'I became tired by offering, or raising up,' that is to say,
+'from the action of presenting, or raising up, I suffered the result of
+becoming tired.' There is also another elegant, and frequently used, way to
+form the gerund in _Do_. It is done by placing the root of the verb in
+front of another verb making a compound; e.g., _fiqi iosuru_ 'to approach,
+pulling.' The roots which are used in this way do not change with respect
+to their function. The gerund in _Do_ is also used to express purpose
+_taixó to xite_ 'since he was a commander (_dux_), or was fulfilling the
+function of a commander,' _von rei to xite_ 'giving thanks,' _rǒtai nomi ni
+xite_ 'since he was an old man,' _tçucai xite ivaruru_ 'he said it as a
+messenger.'
+
+The gerund in _Dum_ is formed by adding the particles _tame_ or _tote_ to
+the present or future indicative; e.g., _aguru tame_ or _agueo tote_
+[_agueô tote_] 'in order to offer.' The same meaning is obtained by _aguru
+ni fatto ga aru_ 'there is a law about offering,' unless this should be
+considered a gerund in ni [_Di_].
+
+The supine in _Tum_ is formed in two ways. The first is by adding _ni_ to
+the root. The second is by adding _tameni_ to the present indicative; {131}
+e.g., _tazzune ni maitta_ or _tazzunuru tameni maitta_ 'I came in order to
+obtain it.'
+
+The supine in _Tu_ is the root of the verb alone. To obtain the same
+meaning they also use _mósu ni voiobanu_ 'it is not necessary to (26
+speak.'
+
+The present, preterit, and future participles are formed by adding the
+particles _fito_ or _mono_ to the indicative. When _fito_ is used the
+result is a more honorable way of speaking; e.g., _aguru fito_ or _aguru
+mono_ 'he who offers,' _agueta fito_ 'he who offered,' _agueô mono_ 'he who
+will offer,' _Buppôgacu suru tomogara ni voite va_ (73v) 'as for those who
+devote themselves to the study of the laws of idolatry,' _von vo xiru vo
+fito to va iúzo; von vo xiranu voba chicuxó to coso iie_ (96v). In this
+last sentence the _vo_ takes the place of the participle, and the sentence
+therefore means 'those who know kindness (_beneficia_) are correctly called
+men; those who do not know it are truly called beasts.' This is a general
+rule for all the conjugations and therefore the example contains a verb
+from the second conjugation. The participle is also made by adding _te_
+['hand'] to the root of the verb; e.g., _aguete_ 'one who offers.'
+
+_The First Negative Conjugation_
+
+The negative root is formed by adding _zu_ to the affirmative root; e.g.,
+_aguezu_.
+
+The present tense is formed with _nu_ instead of _zu_; e.g., _aguenu_ 'I do
+not offer.' This is a general rule no matter how the root ends. The only
+exceptions are _xi_ and _maraxi_ which form the negative present in _xenu_
+and _maraxenu_ 'I do not do.' The roots that end in _ji_ change the _ji_ to
+_je_ and then suffix the particle _nu_ to the present; e.g., _zonji_ in the
+negative present becomes _zonienu_ [_zonjenu_] 'I do not know.' In some
+areas of Japan they form the negative by removing the final _u_ from the
+negative root and adding _ari,u_, which is then conjugated according to the
+required tense; e.g., _aguezaru_ 'I do not offer,' _aguezatta_ 'I did not
+offer,' _aguezatta reba_ 'since I did not offer.' They also say _aguezu
+xite_ 'by not offering.'[87]
+
+{132}
+
+The negative of the preterit is formed in like manner by adding the
+particle _nanda_ instead of _nu_; e.g., _aguenanda_ 'I did not offer,'
+_zonjenanda_ 'I did not know,' _vorinanda_ 'I did not descend.'
+
+The pluperfect is formed by changing the last _a_ of the preterit to _e_
+and adding the verb _gozaru_ in the present and _gozatta_ in the preterit;
+e.g., _aguenande gozaru_ or _aguenande gozatta_ 'I have not offered.' It is
+also formed by adding _ide gozaru_ or _ide gozatta_ instead of (27 _nande
+gozaru_; e.g., _agueide gozaru_ or _agueide gozatta_ 'I had not offered,'
+_zonzeide gozaru_ [_zonjeide_ ... ][88] 'I had not known,' _vochiide
+gozatta_ 'I had not fallen.'
+
+The negative future is formed by adding _mai_ or _maji_ to the affirmative
+root or the affirmative present tense; e.g., _ague mai_ or _aguru maji_
+'you will not offer.'
+
+The imperative is formed by placing _na_ after the present indicative;
+_aguru na_ 'do not offer.'
+
+It is also formed by placing _na_ before the root and _so_ after it; e.g.,
+_na ague so_ 'do not offer.'
+
+It is also formed by placing _na_ after the root; e.g., _ague na_ 'do not
+offer,' _mixe na_ 'do not show,' _mesare na_ 'do not do.' The roots which
+end in _xi_ or _ji_, but are in the first conjugation,[89] change the _i_
+to _e_ to form the negative imperative; e.g., _sǒ xe na_ or _só maraxe na_
+'do not do that,' _sǒ zonze na_ [_só zonje na_] 'do not think that.'
+
+The optative is formed by placing _negavacuva_ or _avare_ before the
+negative imperative and placing _caxi_ or _gana_ after it; e.g., _avare
+aguru na caxi_ 'oh! if only you would not offer,' and _negavacuva na ague
+so gana_ with the same meaning.
+
+The preterit of the optative is formed by placing _mono vo_ after the
+negative future; e.g., _aguru mai mono vo_ 'oh! if only you would not have
+offered.'
+
+The negative subjunctive is formed by changing the _u_ which ends the
+negative present to _eba_; e.g., _agueneba_ 'since he did not offer.'
+
+The preterit of the subjunctive is formed by adding _reba_ to the negative
+preterit of the indicative; e.g., _aguenanda reba_ 'since he had not
+offered.'
+
+{133}
+
+The future of the subjunctive is formed by adding _qereba_ to the negative
+future; e.g., _niguru mai qereba_ 'since he is not going to escape.'
+
+The permissive subjunctive is formed by adding _domo_ to the negative
+present after changing the final _u_ of the verb to _e_; e.g., _aguenedomo_
+'although he cannot offer.' They also say, and this usage is preferred,
+_aguenaidemo_ or _agueidemo_ 'even if he not offer.'[90]
+
+The preterit of the permissive subjunctive is formed by placing _redomo_
+after the negative preterit; e.g., _aguenanda redomo_ 'although he had not
+offered.' _Aguenaidemo_ or _agueidemo_ 'although he would not be allowed to
+offer,' is also said.
+
+The permissive future is formed by adding _qeredomo_ to the negative
+future; e.g., _aguru mai qeredomo_ 'although he is not going to be allowed
+to offer.' (28
+
+Another way of forming the permissive subjunctive is to place the particle
+_tomo_ after the negative root; e.g., _aguezu tomo_ 'although he is not
+going to be able to offer.' It is also formed by placing _tote_ after the
+[negative] present subjunctive; e.g., _agueneba tote_. A third way is to
+add _mamaio_ or _madeio_ to the negative present; e.g., _aguenu mamaio_ or
+_aguenu madeio_ 'although he cannot offer.'
+
+The preterit is formed by placing _ritomo_ after the negative preterit;
+e.g., _aguenanda ritomo_ 'although he had not offered.' It is also formed
+by placing _tote_ after the negative preterit of the subjunctive; e.g.,
+_aguenanda reba tote_, or better, _aguenaidemo_ or _agueidemo_ 'although he
+does not offer, or had not offered.'
+
+The future is formed by placing _tomo_ after the negative future; e.g.,
+_aguemai tomo_ 'although he is not going to offer,' _vochiidemo_ 'although
+he will not fall.'
+
+The present, preterit, and future infinitives are the present, preterit,
+and future negative indicative present tenses followed by _coto_ or _to_;
+e.g., _aguenu coto_ 'not to offer,' _aguenanda coto_ 'not to have offered,'
+_aguru mai coto_ 'not to be going to offer.'
+
+Sometimes they use the negative present instead of the preterit in all the
+conjugations; e.g., _mi maraxenu_ 'I did not see.'
+
+{134}
+
+The negative gerund in _Di_ is the same as the negative present or future;
+e.g., _aguenu_ or _aguru mai_ 'of not offering.'
+
+The gerund in _Do_ is formed by placing _ni_ after the negative root or the
+negative present tense; e.g., _aguezuni_ or _aguenuni_ 'by not offering.'
+The same meaning is obtained with _agueide_, _aguenaide_ or _aguezu xite_.
+
+The gerund in _Dum_ is formed by placing _tote_ or _tame_ after the
+[negative] present or future of the indicative; e.g., _aguenu tame_ or
+_aguru mai tote_ 'in order not to offer.'
+
+The present, preterit, and future participles are formed by adding _fito_
+or _mono_ to the negative of the present, preterit, and future indicatives;
+e.g., _aguenu fito_ 'he who is not offering,' _aguenanda mono_ 'he who did
+not offer,' _aguru mai mono_ 'he who will not offer,' _aguenaide cara_ or
+_agueide nochi_ 'after he had not offered, after they did not offer, or
+after it was not offered.'
+
+(29
+
+_The Second Affirmative Conjugation_
+
+All the roots of the second conjugation end in _i_ and form their present
+tense by changing _i_ to _u_; e.g., _iomi:iomu_ 'I read.' If the root ends
+in _chi_ it changes its ending to _tçu_ e.g., _machi:matçu_ 'I wait.' If
+the root ends in _xi_ it changes to _su_; e.g., _coroxi:corosu_ 'I kill.'
+
+For the preterit, if the root ends in _ami_ it changes to _óda_; e.g.,
+_cami:códa_ 'I ate, or chewed.' If it ends in _ebi_ or _emi_ it changes to
+_eôda_; e.g., _saqebi:saqeôda_ 'I am injured,' _sonemi:soneoda_ [_soneôda_]
+'I envied, or I had envy.' If it ends in _obi_ or _omi_ it changes to
+_ôda_; e.g., _corobi:corôda_ 'he fell,' _comi:côda_ 'it enclosed itself.'
+If it ends in _umi_ it changes to _únda_ [_unda_]; e.g., _casumi:casunda_
+'it is cloudy.' The same change is made for roots ending in _imi_; e.g.,
+_canaximi:canaxúnda_ [_canaxunda_] 'he became sad.' If it ends in _gui_ it
+changes to _ida_; e.g., _fegui:feida_ 'it is divided.' _Xini,uru_ has the
+preterit _xinda_ 'he is dead,' and _ini:uru_ has the preterit _inda_ 'he
+left.' While in this respect they [_xini_ and _ini_] are in the second
+conjugation, in the other tenses they are in the first. A root ending in
+_chi_ or _ri_ changes in the preterit to _tta_; e.g., _mochi:motçu_ in the
+preterit becomes _motta_ 'he received,' _chiri,u:chitta_ 'it is scattered.'
+Those which end in _xi_ or _qi_ change to _ita_; e.g., _coroxi,u:coroita_
+'he killed,' _qiqi,u:qiita_ 'he heard,' _xiqi,u:xiita_ 'he stretched it
+out.' {135}
+
+The future is formed by changing the _i_ in which the root ends to _ó, ǒzu,
+ózuru_; e.g., _iomó_, _iomǒzu_, or _iomózuru_ 'you will read.' If the root
+ends in _chi_ it changes to _tó_; e.g., _machi:mató_ 'I shall wait.' A root
+ending in _xi_ changes to _só_; e.g., _móxi,u:mósó_ 'I shall say, or
+speak.'
+
+The imperative is formed by changing the _i_ in which the root ends to _e_;
+e.g., _iomi:iome_ 'read! or may you read.' If the root ends in _chi_ it
+changes to _te_; e.g., _machi:mate_ 'wait!' The imperative is also formed
+by changing the _nu_ in which the negative present ends to _ai_; if you
+remove the _nu_ from _iomanu_ and replace it with _ai_ it gives you _yomai_
+'read!'[91] This is a common rule for the third conjugation, but this
+imperative is used only when addressing inferiors.
+
+The future of the imperative is the future absolute; e.g., (30 _iomó_ 'you
+will read.' This is used when addressing very low people.
+
+The remaining tenses of the optative, subjunctive, gerund, and infinitive
+are formed in the same way and with the same particles as are used for each
+in the first conjugation.
+
+_The Second Negative Conjugation_
+
+The root of the negative second conjugation is made by changing _i_, in
+which the affirmative root ends, to _azu_; e.g., _iomi:iomazu_ 'not
+reading.'
+
+If the root ends in _chi_ the present tense is formed by changing it to
+_tanu_; e.g., _machi:matanu_ 'I do not wait.' If it ends in _xi_ it changes
+to _sanu_; e.g., _coroxi:corosanu_ 'I do not kill.' If they end in any
+other way change _i_ to _anu_; e.g., _corobi:corobanu_ 'I do not fall.'
+
+The preterit is formed by changing the _nu_ of the present tense to
+_nanda_; e.g., _corobanu:corobananda_ 'I did not fall,' _iomananda_ 'I did
+not read.' The other tenses are formed in the same way as the negative
+first conjugation.
+
+_The Third Affirmative Conjugation_
+
+The roots of the third conjugation end in _ai_, _oi_, or _ui_. Those ending
+in _ai_ change to _ó_ to form the present; e.g., _narai:naró_ 'I learn.'
+Those {136} ending in _oi_ change to _ô_; e.g., _vomoi:vomô_ 'I think.'
+Those ending in _ui_ change to _ú_; e.g., _cui:cú_ 'I eat.'
+
+The preterit is formed by adding _ta_ to the present tense; e.g., _naróta_
+'I learned,' _vomôta_ 'I thought,' _cúta_ 'I ate.'
+
+The pluperfect is formed by changing the final _a_ of the preterit to _e_
+and adding the verb _gozaru_ in the present and _gozatta_ in the past, in
+the same way as we have described for the first conjugation; e.g., _naróte
+gozaru_ or _narǒte gozatta_ 'I have already learned.'
+
+The future is formed by changing the final _i_ of the root to _vó_, _vózu_,
+or _vózuru_; e.g., _naravó_, _naravǒzu_, or _naravózuru_ 'I shall learn.'
+If the root ends in _oi_ it is changed to _vô_, _vôzu_, or _vôzuru_ [_vǒ_,
+_vǒzu_, (31 or _vǒzuru_]; e.g., _vomoi:vomouô_, _vomovozu_, or _vomovôzuru_
+[_vomoi:vomovǒ_, _vomovǒzu_, or _vomovǒzuru_] 'I shall think.'[92]
+
+The imperative is formed by placing _e_ after the root; e.g., _naraie_
+'learn!' _toie_ 'ask!' _cuie_ 'eat!'[93] It is also formed by removing the
+syllable _nu_ from the negative present tense and replacing it with the
+letter _i_; e.g., _naravai_ 'learn!' _tovai_ 'ask!' _cuvai_ 'eat!' This
+form is used when addressing inferiors, as are those of the other
+conjugations.
+
+_The Third Negative Conjugation_
+
+The root of the third negative conjugation is formed by changing the _i_ of
+the affirmative root to _vazu_; e.g., _naravazu_, _tovazu_, and _cuvazu_.
+The present tense is formed by changing the _i_ to _vanu_; e.g., _naravanu_
+'I do not learn,' _tovanu_ 'I do not ask,' _cuvanu_ 'I do not eat.'
+
+The preterit is formed by changing the _i_ of the root to _vananda_; e.g.,
+_naravananda_ 'I did not learn,' _tovananda_ 'I did not ask,' _cuvananda_
+'I did not eat.'
+
+The pluperfect is formed by changing the final _a_ of the preterit to _e_
+and adding the verb _gozaru_ or _gozatta_; e.g., _cuvanande gozatta_ 'I had
+{137} not eaten,' or _naravanande gozaru_ 'I had not learned.' The
+remaining forms are like the other conjugations.[94]
+
+If the substantive verb is placed after the gerund in _Do_ for all the
+affirmative and negative conjugations, it means that the action signified
+by the gerund is or is not done; e.g., _aguete aró_ 'it will already be
+offered,' _cono qió ga caite gozaranu_ 'this book is not written,' _agueide
+arózu_ 'he will not yet have offered.' The substantive verbs are
+_gozaru:gozaranu_, _voru:vori nai_, _dea_ or _gia:devanai_, _aru:aranu_ or
+_gozaranu_, _voru:voranu,_ and each of these verbs follows the general
+rules for its conjugation.[95]
+
+If the substantive verb from any of the conjugations is placed after the
+infinitive form it means that whatever is signified by the infinitive is,
+was, or will be; or the negative thereof; e.g., _aguru coto aró_ 'it will
+be that he offers,' that is to say 'he will offer,' _naróta coto gozaru
+mai_ 'he will not learn.' All these substantive verbs are conjugated in the
+second conjugation to which they belong by virtue of the fact that their
+(32 roots end in _i_; _ari,u:gozari,u_.
+
+_The Conjugation of the Negative Substantive Verb_
+
+The negative substantive verb is _nai_, _gozanai_, or _vori nai_ which
+means 'not to be.' Its root is _naqu_, _gozanaqu_, or _vori naqu_.
+
+The preterit is formed by changing the _i_ in which the present tense ends
+to _c_ and then adding the preterit of _ari,u_ which is _atta_; e.g.,
+_nacatta_ or _gozanacatta_ 'he was not.' The other tenses are conjugated,
+as is _ari,u_, in the second conjugation.
+
+The imperative is _nacare_, _nanaiso_, or _nai na_ 'be not!'
+
+{138}
+
+The subjunctive is formed by changing the _i_ of the present tense to
+_qereba_; e.g., _naqereba_ or _gozanaqereba_ 'if it be not.'
+
+The permissive subjunctive is formed by changing the _i_ of the present to
+_qeredomo_; e.g., _gozanaqeredomo_ 'although he is not.'
+
+The preterit of the subjunctive is formed by adding _redomo_ to the
+preterit of the indicative; e.g., _nacatta redomo_ 'although he was not.'
+
+The substantive [verb] with the particle _tomo_ is formed with the root;
+e.g., _naqu tomo_ 'even if it were not.' The gerund is _nó_, _nóte_, _naqu
+xite_, or _nacatte_ 'since it is not.' The remaining are formed as above,
+with the verb _ari,u_ added, and are conjugated in the second conjugation.
+
+Adjectives, when they do not precede verbs, are conjugated in the same way
+as the negative substantive verb. The adjectives, which have been said
+above to end in _ai_, _ei_, _oi_, _ui_, and _ij_, form their roots by
+changing the final _i_ to _qu_; e.g., _fucaqu_ is the root of 'deep,'
+_ioqu_ the root of 'good,' _xiguequ_ the root of 'dense,' _varuqu_ the root
+of 'bad,' and _vonajiqu_ the root of 'the same.'
+
+The present tense is the form (_vox_) of the adjective itself; e.g., _ioi_
+'good,' _fucai_ 'deep,' _varui_ 'bad,' _vonaji_ 'the same.'[96]
+
+The preterit is formed by changing the _i_ of the adjective to _c_ or _q_
+and adding _ari,u_. This form is then conjugated according to (33 the tense
+required by the sentence.
+
+The permissive subjunctive with _tomo_ is _fucaqu tomo_ or _fucai tomo_
+'although deep.'
+
+The gerund in _Do_ is _fucóte_ 'since it was deep,' _ióte_ 'since it was
+good,' _canaxiúte_ [_canaxúte_][97] 'since it was sad,' _xingueote_
+[_xigeôte_][98] 'since it was dense.' It also takes the form of _fucó
+xite_, _fucaqu xite_, or _fucacatte_, or again _iô xite_, _ioqu xite_, or
+_iocatte_.
+
+The adjectives which end in _na_ are not conjugated. There is, however, a
+gerund in _Do_. For example, _aqiracana_ has for its gerund _aqiracani
+xite_ 'since it was clear,' and with the same meaning there is _aqiraca
+de_. _Arisóna_ has _arisǒni xite_ 'since it became apparent, or easy to
+believe.' _Ióna_ has _ióni_ as in _ióni xite_ 'since it is in a good way,
+or since it has a good manner.' _Cava ga fucóte vatarananda_ 'because the
+{139} river was deep, I did not cross it,' _xebǒte irarenu_ 'since it was
+narrow, he was unable to enter,' _varúte cuvarenu_ 'it is inedible, or it
+cannot be eaten, because it is bad.' The other tenses of the adjective, as
+has been said, are formed with the verb _ari,u_ and conjugated according to
+the requirements of the sentence. The negative conjugation is also formed
+with _ari,u_; e.g., if the root is _fucacarazu_ the present tense is
+_fucacaranu_ 'it is not deep.' The preterit is _fucacarananda_ 'it was not,
+etc.'
+
+_The Conditional Particles_[99]
+
+There are five particles which make an utterance (_oratio_) conditional;
+_naraba_, _ni voite va_, _raba_, _va_, and _ba_. When the first two are
+placed after any verb, affirmative or negative, present, preterit, or
+future, the result is that the verb becomes conditional. For example;
+_niguru naraba_ 'if you flee,' _iôda ni voite va_ 'if you had read,'
+_naravó naraba_ 'if you will learn,' _cuvazu ni voite va_[100] 'if you do
+not eat.' Sometimes _voi_ [_voite_] is removed from _ni voite va_; _agueô
+ni va_ 'if you would offer,' _aguetaró ni va_ 'if you would have offered.'
+Sometimes _voite_ [_voite va_] is removed, leaving only _ni_; e.g., _mairó
+ni coso, nen goro ni mǒsǒzure_ (19) 'if I go, or if I shall have gone, I
+will tell him so in a friendly way,' _xitaró ni coso, saisocu tçuqu maji
+qere_ (19) 'if I (34 had done it, it would not have been done with
+diligence and persuasion.'
+
+The particle _raba_ is placed after the preterit;[101] e.g., _naróta raba_
+'if I would have learned,' _naravananda raba_ 'if I would not have
+learned.'
+
+The particle _va_ is added to the negative roots of all three conjugations;
+e.g., _aguezu va_ 'if I not offer,' _iomazu va_ 'if I not read,' _naravazu
+va_ 'if I not learn,' _naqu va_ 'if it not be,' _fucacarazu va_ 'if it be
+not deep.'
+
+The particle _ba_ has the same effect and is, like _va_, joined to the
+root; _aguezũba_, _iomazũba_, _naravazũba_.[102] If the particle _ba_
+replaces the negative _zu_, an affirmative conditional is formed; e.g.,
+_agueba_, 'if I offer,' _iomaba_ 'if I read,' _naravaba_ 'if I learn,' and
+_iocaraba_ 'if it be good.' The particle _va_ is not only added to the
+negative roots of adjectives, but also to the affirmative; e.g., _fucaqu
+va_ 'if it be deep,' _vonajiqu va_ 'if it be the same.' Sometimes they use
+this expression to give the idea 'if it be not {140} too troublesome, will
+you do it.' They also say _aguemajiqu va_ 'if you would not offer.'
+
+The particle _ni voite va_ is joined to nouns in such a way as to
+substitute for the substantive verb; e.g., _jójó ni voite va uqe toró_
+(121v)[103] 'I shall get it, if it be very good, or the best,'
+_curuxicarazaru gui ni voite va_ 'if it would not have been unpleasant, or
+if it had not been an unpleasant thing.'
+
+If the particle _saie_ is placed in a clause (_oratio_) in which there is
+already a conditional particle, it adds strength to the meaning; e.g.,
+_fune saie mairu naraba_ 'if only a ship were to come,' _sonata saie
+vocutabire naku va_ (118) 'if he be not tired,' or it might be said 'as for
+me, or as far as it depends upon me, I am not tired.'
+
+The particle _saie_ alone sometimes forms a conditional; e.g., _Niffon no
+xôcocu ni saie caióna coto gozaru fodo ni_ [_Nifon_ ...] (118) 'if in the
+small kingdom of Japan things of this kind be found, or exist,' that is to
+say 'how much more there will be in a large one,' _coco moto no tocai ni
+saie meivacu itasu ióni gozaru fodoni, etc._ (118) 'on the voyage here I
+suffered very much, and so ...,' _fito saie côquai suru mono vo iurusu ni
+ivan ia, Deus ni voite voia?_ [... _va?_] (118v) 'if one forgives one who
+repents, how much more will God,' _core fodo xei vo iruru saie coto
+naricanuru ni; ucato xite va, incadeca banji canavǒzo?_ [... _icadeca_ ...]
+(119) 'if gathering all one's strength this can be done only with
+difficulty, how could it be done if it were done without any strength?,'
+_core saie xinicui ni_ 'if this be difficult to do,' _fune de saie ioio
+tçuita_ (35 _ni, cachi va nananaca naru mai_ [... _nacanaca naru mai_]
+(119v) 'if I arrived by ship with such difficulties, without doubt I could
+not have done it on foot.'
+
+_The Potential Verb_[104]
+
+The placing of the particle rǒ[105] after the present or future tense makes
+a potential; e.g., _aguru rǒ_ 'he perhaps offers,' _nigueozurǒ_
+[_nigueôzurǒ_] 'he will perhaps escape.'
+
+The preterit is made by changing _ta_ to _tçu_ and adding rǒ; e.g., {141}
+_aguetçurǒ_ 'he perhaps offered.' But if it is added to the negative
+preterit, the _da_ must be changed to _zzu_; e.g., _aguenanzzurǒ_ 'it has
+perhaps not been offered, etc.'
+
+The present potential is also formed by adding _arǒzu_ [_mo arǒzu_] or
+other future verbs to the infinitive; e.g., _aguru coto mo arǒzu_ or _ague
+mo xôzu_ 'he will perhaps offer.'
+
+The preterit is formed by adding this same future to the preterit
+infinitive; e.g., _agueta coto mo arǒzu_ 'he perhaps offered.'
+
+The future is _agueô coto mo arǒzu_ 'he will perhaps offer.' The negative
+is formed in the same way; e.g., _aguenu_, _aguenanda_, or _aguru mai coto
+mo arǒzu_ 'he perhaps does not offer, he perhaps did not offer, or he will
+perhaps not offer.' When we wish to say that something is perhaps the case
+we use _mono_ instead of _coto_; e.g., _noxenanda mono de arózu_ 'they
+perhaps did not place it aboard ship,' _iqi chigǒta mono de arǒzu_ 'they
+seem not to have met along the way,' _moreqicoieta mono de gozarǒ ca to
+zonzuru_ 'I believe it is perhaps as it has been said.'
+
+To express the meaning 'become' the verb _nari,u_ is added to the adjective
+and then conjugated according to the requirements of the adjective taken
+adverbally; e.g., _fucǒ naru_ 'it becomes deep,' _varǔ natta_ 'it became
+bad.' Also they say _fucǒ aru_ 'it is deep,' and sometimes _fucǒ nai_ 'it
+is not deep.' They obtain this same meaning by conjugating _nai_ according
+to the tense required by the sentence. They also use _fucǒ nai coto mo
+arǒzu_ 'perhaps it will be that this is not deep.' (36
+
+_The Conjugation of Irregular Verbs_[106]
+
+The verb _qi,uru_ 'to come' has _quru_ 'I come,' _qita_ 'I came,' _côzu_ 'I
+shall come,' _coi_ or _coio_ 'come!' _qitareba_ 'since he will have come,
+or would have come,' _qitaredomo_ 'although he came.' The negative root is
+_côzu_ [_cozu_] and the negative present is _conu_ 'I do not come.' _Mede_,
+which is the root of the verb meaning 'to enjoy,' has a present in
+_mezzuru_ and its gerund in _Do_ is _medete_ 'by enjoying.' _Cui_, which is
+the root of the verb meaning 'to be mournful,' has its present in _cuiuru_.
+{142} Its gerund in _Do_ is _cuite_ 'by mourning,' its negative root is
+_cuizu_, and its negative present is _cuinu_. _Araie_, which is the root of
+the verb 'to be,'[107] has a present in _araiuru_ or _arǒru_ 'it is.'
+_Furi_, which is the root of the verb 'to become old,' has a preterit in
+_furita_ 'he became old,' and a gerund in _Do_ which is _furite_ 'by
+becoming old.' _Fe_, the root of the verb meaning 'to cross over,' has a
+present in _furu_ 'he crosses over,' and a preterit in _feta_ 'he crossed
+over.' _Tari,u_ is a verb which signifies that a thing is complete or
+entire. It has a present in _taru_ 'it is complete,' a preterit in _tatta_
+'it was complete,' and a future in _tari maraxo_ [_maraxô_] 'it will be
+complete.' Its negative root is _tarazu_, its negative present is _taranu_,
+its preterit is _tarananda_ 'it was not complete,' its future is _taru mai_
+'it will not be complete,' and its imperfect subjunctive is _taraneba_
+'since it has not been completed.'
+
+The [negative] permissive is _taranedomo_, the infinitive is _taranu coto_,
+and the gerund in _Do_ is _taraide_ or _tarazu xite_. The verb _taxi:tasu_,
+which means 'to complete, or finish,' has a future in _taxi maraxô_ 'I
+shall finish.' _Tasanu_ is the negative present. _Tari_ [_Tarai_] is the
+root of the verb _tarǒ_ which has the meaning 'to be completed.' In the
+negative the preterit is _taravananda_ 'it was not completed,' the
+subjunctive is _taravaneba_ 'since it is not completed,' the permissive is
+_taravanedomo_, the infinitive is _taravanu coto_, and the gerund in _Do_
+is _taravaide_ or _taravaxu xite_ [_taravazu xite_]. _Vocotari_ is the root
+of the verb _vocotaru_ 'to be negligent.' It has an infinitive in _vocotaru
+coto_, a negative root in _vocotarazu_, and a negative present in
+_voicotaranu_ [_vocotaranu_]. _Voi_ is the root of a verb which has a
+preterit in _voita_ 'he was old.' (37 _Voitaru_ has the same meaning. The
+negative present is _voinu_ and the gerund in _Do_ is _voite_. _Urei_ is
+the root of the verb 'to be sad.' It has a present in _ureô_, an imperative
+in _ure io_ [_ureie io_][108] an infinitive in _ureoru coto_ [_ureôru_
+...].[109] Its gerund in _Do_ is _ureite_. _Tomi_ is the root of the verb
+_tomu_ or _tomeru_ 'to become rich.' Its preterit is _tonda_, its gerund in
+_Do_ is _tonde_, and its negative root is _tomazu_. _Saiguiri,u_ means 'to
+go before, or anticipate.' Its preterit is _saiguitta_ and its gerund in
+_Do_ is _saiguitte_.
+
+{143}
+
+_The Aforementioned Verbs--Their Formation and Diversity_[110]
+
+In this language there are simple active, causative active, passive,
+neutral, and impersonal verbs.[111] All are conjugated by the three
+conjugations according to the way in which their roots terminate.
+
+From certain adjectives come (_procedo_) certain verbs; e.g., from _catai_
+'hard' comes _catame,uru_ 'I make hard' which is active, _catamari,u_ 'I
+become hard' which is neutral, _catamerare,uru_ 'I am made hard' which is
+passive. From the adjective _canaxii_ 'sad' comes _canaximi,u_ which means
+'to be sad.'
+
+The causative verbs (_verba faciendi facere_) are formed with the particles
+_saxe_ or _xe_. The first is added to the roots of verbs in the first
+conjugation,[112] while the second is [not] added to the roots of the
+second and third conjugation, but rather to the negative present after the
+_nu_ has been removed; e.g., _aguesaxe,uru_ 'I make him offer,'
+_iomaxe,uru_ 'I make him read,' _naravaxe,uru_ 'I make him learn.' All of
+these forms are in the first conjugation because the particles end in e.
+Sometimes, but rarely, _saxe_ follows verbs of the second and third
+conjugation, but this is to make the verbs more elegant. It is used with
+the particle _rare_ to honor someone; e.g., _iomasaxe rare,uru_ ['he makes
+him read']. _Padre va dojucu ni cathecismo vo naravasaxeraruru_ 'the priest
+orders his servant to learn his cathecism,'[113] _mono no fon vo fito ni_
+(38 _iomasaxeraruru_ (162v.) 'he makes him read his book.'
+
+The passive verbs (_verba passiva_) are made with the particles _rare_ and
+_re_. The particle _rare_ is added to the active verbs, according to the
+way explained before, after removing the _nu_ from the negative form; e.g.,
+_aguerare,uru_ 'I am offered it,' _iomare,uru_ 'I am read to,'
+_naravare,uru_ 'I am taught.' They use these passive forms to mean 'to be
+read to by someone,' or 'to be, or not to be legible.' There are other
+passive forms which come from neutral verbs or verbs which have neutral
+meanings. They are also formed with the particles _rare_ and _re_, but when
+they are so formed they do not govern the cases common to {144} the passive
+(for which see below) but rather the cases of the verbs from which they
+come; e.g., from _agari,u_ comes _agarare,uru_; and, since _agari,u_ 'I
+ascend' requires the accusative, this verb also requires the accusative.
+For example; _cono iama ie agararenu_ (102) 'it is not possible to climb
+this mountain, or this mountain is unable to be climbed,' _xiro cara
+derarenu_ (102) 'it is not possible to leave the castle,' _xebóte irarenu_
+(102) 'it is not possible to penetrate because it is too narrow, or
+confined,' _cono michi va arucarenu_ (102) 'it is not possible to walk this
+street,' _natçu va coco ni irare mai_ 'it will not be possible to live here
+during the summer,' _cono fude de va cacarenu_ (102) 'it cannot be written
+with this pen,' _fima ga nóte cacarenanda_ (102) 'it cannot be written
+because of the lack of time,' _cono bun ni coso cacaruru mono de gozare_
+(69v) 'it will indeed be well written in this way,' _axi ga itóte
+arucarenu_ (102) 'it is impossible to walk because of painful feet.' All of
+these passive verbs are of the first conjugation.[114] The neutral verbs
+(_verba neutra_) are those which have a neutral meaning; i.e., being
+initiated by oneself, and not by others. For example; _ivo ga toruru_ 'the
+fish are caught,' _caje ga toruru_ 'the wind ceases,' _ito ga qiruru_ 'the
+string is cut,' _ji ga iomuru_ (100) 'the letter [Chinese character] is
+well read,' _aqi,u_ 'I am uncovered.' _Qiri,u_ 'I cut' is active,
+_qirare,uru_ is passive, and _qire,uru_ 'I am cut' is neutral. This last
+form is used when a sword cuts well because it is sharp. _Qiraxe,uru_ is a
+causative verb which means 'I make someone cut.' _Ague,uru_ means 'I
+raise,' _aguerare,uru_ 'I am raised' passively, _aguesaxe,uru_ 'I make
+someone raise,' _agari,u_ 'I am raised' neutrally, _agarare,uru_ 'to be
+ascendable,' _agaraxe,uru_ 'I cause something to be raised, or I cause him
+or it to raise himself or itself.' If to these verbs are added the
+particles which indicate honor (see below) other combinations are made. The
+adjectives when they are conjugated have a neutral meaning; e.g., _fidarui_
+'I am thirsty,' _fucacatta_ 'it was deep.'
+
+The impersonal verbs (_verba impersonalia_) do not name or refer to a
+person; e.g., _mi vo fatasu tomo itçuvari vo ivanu mono gia_ (39 (69v)
+'even if one were to die, one should not tell a lie,' _mono mo tabezu saqe
+mo nomaide ichinichi fataraqu mono ca?_ (69v) 'is it possible to work all
+day without eating anything or drinking any wine?', _xujin no_ {145} _maie
+de sono ióna coto vo iú mono ca?_ 'is it possible to speak this way in
+front of ones lord?' Concerning the conjugations for these verbs they
+follow the rules according to their roots.
+
+The root of any verb of whatever conjugation can be taken from its
+conjugation and changed to another conjugation by adding one of the
+particles of honor (_honor_). The resulting form will belong to the
+conjugation determined by the final letter of the particle. These particles
+are: _maraxi,uru_, _ari,u_, _saxerare,uru_, _xerare,uru_, _nasare,uru_,
+_saxemaxi,u_, _tamai,ó_, _rare_ and _re_.[115]
+
+The particle _maraxi_ does not add honor to that which is talked about, but
+rather it is used to speak honorably to those in front of us. For example;
+_cui,u_ means 'I eat,'[116] but a servant in front of his master will not
+say _nezumi ga cúta_ 'the mice ate the cheese'; he will rather say _nezumi
+ga cui maraxita_. By itself _cui,u_ is in the third conjugation because its
+root ends in _ui_, but if _maraxi_ is added it becomes a verb in the first
+conjugation. When we refer to something about a people (_natio_) we do not
+show honor to that word but only pay attention to the person we are
+speaking to by adding _maraxi_ or not. For example, if we are addressing an
+inferior we say _Nan ban jin va core vo cuvanu_; but if we are addressing a
+person of nobility we say _Nan ban jin va core vo cui maraxenu_ 'Europeans
+do not eat this.' When _ari,u_ is added to the root of any verb it attaches
+a middling (_mediocris_) degree of honor; e.g., _modori aró ca?_ 'are you
+going to come back?' If you add _vo_ in front of the verb it is honored
+moderately (_satis_); e.g., _vomodori aró ca?_ 'Your Lordship is going to
+come back?' _Tono sama vo xini atta toqi_ 'when the master died,' _Deus
+cono xecai vo gosacu atta_ 'God created the world.'[117] We use these
+particles when we are speaking with honored persons whom we like and with
+whom we are on friendly terms.
+
+The particle _nasare,uru_ gives the highest (_supremus_), or moderately
+great (_satis magnus_) honor and is placed after the root of the verb;
+e.g., _Deus cono xecai vo gosacu nasareta_ 'God created the world.'
+
+The particles _rare_ and _re_ add a middling and not a great amount {146}
+of honor to the verbs to which they are added. The particle _rare_ is added
+mainly when we are talking about someone who is absent. It is formed by
+taking the _nu_ from the negative present and replacing (40 it with this
+particle; e.g., _aguerare,uru_ means 'I offer' when the person to whom the
+offering is made requires a middling degree of honor and respect
+(_reverentia_). This verb coincides letter for letter with the passive but
+is distinguished from it by the cases which it governs. The particle _re_
+is placed after verbs of the second and third conjugation only; e.g.,
+_iomare,uru_ 'to read' and _naravare,uru_ 'to learn,' said of a person
+having a good reputation. We speak in this way when speaking of those who
+are equal to us and the servants of our lord, but not of other servants, or
+nobles.
+
+The particles _saxemaxi_ and _xemaxi_ give the same degree of honor as
+_ari,u_ and _rare_ or _re_. These particles are added to the root of a
+first conjugation verb,[118] or to the negative present from which the _nu_
+has been removed; _aguesaxemasu_ 'he offers.' _Maxi,u_ [_Xemaxi,u_] is
+added to the negative present of the second and third conjugation verbs
+after taking away _nu_; e.g., _iomaxemasu_ 'he reads,' and _naravaxemasu_
+'he learns.'
+
+The particles _saxerare,uru_ and _xerare,uru_ attribute great honor. The
+first is added to the negative present of verbs in the first
+conjugation[119] after the _nu_ is removed, and the second is added to the
+[other] negatives in the same way; e.g., _aguesaxeraruru_ 'I offer,'
+_iomaxeraruru_ 'I read,' _naravaxeraruru_ 'I learn.' Because these forms
+coincide letter for letter with the honorific causative, the particle
+_ari,u_ may be placed after the verb and the particle _vo_ may be placed
+before to avoid confusion; e.g., _yomaxe aru_ [_vo iomaxe aru_] 'I read'
+and _naravaxe aru_ [_vo naravaxe aru_] 'I learn.'
+
+The passive verb, concerning which see below, also permits the particle
+_saxerare,uru_; e.g., _viamavaresaxeraruru_ (99v) 'I am honored.'
+
+The particle _tamai,ó_ bestows the highest honor. We use it when speaking
+of God, saints, kings, or generals. It is added to the roots of verbs and
+conjugated in the third conjugation. It is placed after the root of the
+passive form when referring to God; e.g., _Deus filio, umare_ {147} _tamǒ
+toqi_ 'when the son of God was born,' _Deus agamerare tamǒ_ 'God is
+honored.'
+
+The particle _tate matçuri,u_ makes the meaning of the verb to which it is
+added humble. It is placed after the root of affirmative verbs; e.g., _Deus
+vo gotaixet ni zonji tate matçuru coto va ichi sugureta jen gia_ 'to love
+God is the supreme virtue.' This particle permits some degree of honor if
+_re_ is added to it after the final _e_ [_i_] has been changed to a. Thus,
+when speaking of the saints in respect to God, one says, (41 _Sancto
+Domingo, Deus vo gotaixet ni zonji tatematçurareta_ 'St. Dominic loved
+God.'
+
+The particle _maraxi_ [_mairaxi_][120] is able to elevate to honor the
+particle _rare_; e.g., _tono iori cono coto vo Padre ni
+vataximairaxerareta_ 'the lord gave it to the priest.'
+
+_Certain Verbs Which of Themselves Indicate Honor_[121]
+
+_Mesare,uru_ indicates any act which can be done, or which is properly done
+by a noble person (_persona nobilis_). This includes such things as eating,
+drinking, sailing, riding a horse, etc. _Vôxerare,uru_ means that a noble
+person speaks. _Vomaraxi,uru_ and _vomaraxi ari,u_ mean that a noble person
+gives. _Voxe,uru_ [_Vôxe,uru_] and _vôxe ari,u_ mean that a middling person
+(_persona mediocris_) says or declares.
+
+Verbs preceded by _vôxe_ or _mexi_ are given the same degree of honor by
+either; e.g., _vôxe tçuqerare,uru_ 'I declare,' _mexi tçucavare,uru_ 'I
+serve,' which have the same meanings as _tçuqerare,uru_ and
+_tçucavare,uru_. To call someone we use _coi_ with an inferior, with
+someone not quite as inferior we use _iorai_, with someone a little better
+we use _vaxei_, while _vogiare_ is the superior way to call. _Gozare_,
+which means that your Lordship should come, and _gozarǒ_ in the future
+tense are even more honorable ways to indicate the imperative. _Voide
+nasarei_, _voide nasareô_, or _voide nasarei caxi_ mean 'might your
+Lordship come,' or 'Oh! would that your Lordship come.' _Cudasare,uru_
+means that a noble person gives. _Tamavari,u_ means that a noble person
+gives to an inferior. _Tamóri,u_ means that a middling person gives. _Mizzu
+vo nomaxete tamǒre_ 'Give me a drink of water.' _Cudasare,uru_ and
+_tamóri,u_ mean {148} that a humble person eats honoring his food.
+_Coximexi,u_ and _qicoximexi,u_ mean that a noble person eats and hears.
+_Voboximexi,u_ and _voboximesare,uru_ mean that a noble person thinks.
+_Saxerare,uru_ means that a noble person does. _Nasare,uru_, _asobaxi,u_,
+and _asobasare,iuru_ [_asobasare,uru_] mean that a noble person does what
+is proper to him such as hunting, writing, reading, or reciting. _Ii,ú_ is
+used when the person addressed is humbler than the person or thing spoken
+to; (42 and _mexi,u_ [_móxi,u_] means the person or the thing spoken to is
+addressed with honor. Therefore I would be incorrect were I to say _mi ni
+móxe_ 'tell me!' I should rather say _mi ni iie_. I should not say _tono ni
+iie_ 'tell it to the lord,' but rather _tono ni móxe_. _Mairi,u_ means to
+go to a place to which honor should be shown; e.g., _iglesia ie maire_ 'go
+to church!' _Cure,uru_ and _toraxe,uru_ mean to give in a way that humbles
+the person to whom the thing is given. _Cui,ú_ means 'to eat' without
+showing respect (_respectus_); _mexi,u_ also means 'to eat' but it is
+cultivated (_urbanum_); e.g., in addressing those deserving respect I will
+not say _mexi vo cui maraxita_ but rather _mexi vo tabe maraxita_ 'I ate.'
+_Mairi,u_ or _vomairari,u_ [_vomairi ari,u_] means that a middling person
+eats, while _agaraxerare,uru_ and _voagari ari,u_ are nobler ways to say
+this. _Qiqi,u_ means to hear and _uqetamavari,u_ and _uqetamóri,u_ mean to
+hear in a way which honors the person heard; e.g., _goiqen vo uqetamǒtta_
+'I heard your advice.' _Móxi ague,uru_ means to speak in a way which
+humbles oneself while bestowing honor on the person being addressed. _Móxi
+ire,uru_ means to speak between equals (_equales_). _Chómon xi,uru_ means
+to listen to the word of God. _Goranji,zuru_ or _goranjerare,uru_ is to
+look at a noble thing. _Xi,uru_ means to do in common way, _itaxi,u_ means
+to do in a cultivated way, and _tçucamatçuri,u_ means to do in a humble
+way.
+
+_Cautionary Remarks on the Conjugations of the Verb_[122]
+
+The particle _nama_ placed before any verb in any tense means that the
+action has been done poorly or in an incomplete manner; e.g., _nama aró_ 'I
+wash poorly,' _nama iaqu_ 'I am incompletely broiled.'
+
+{149}
+
+If the particles _tçui_, _cai_, _uchi_, _faxe_, _voi_, _ai_, and
+_tori_[123] are placed in front of a verb they do not change the meaning,
+but they add emphasis; e.g., _uchi cobosu_ has the same meaning as _cobosu_
+'I pour,' _faxe noboru_ is the same as _noboru_ 'I ascend,' _voxi comi,u_
+is the same as _comi,u_ 'I enclose,' _ai cavari,u_ is the same as
+_cavari,u_ 'I am changed,' _tçui mavari,u_ is the same as _mavari,u_ 'I go
+around,' and _tori firogue,uru_ is the same as _firogue,uru_ 'I spread
+out.'
+
+The particle _qitte_ is the gerund in _Do_ for the verb _qiri,u_ and when
+it is placed after the roots of certain verbs it gives them great emphasis;
+e.g., _tanomiqitte_ 'imploring with great prayers,' _vomoiqitte_ (43
+'assuming a strong resolution.' The verbs _tanomiqiri,u_ and _vomoiqiri,u_
+are also used.
+
+The particle _ma_, when placed in front of certain verbs and nouns, gives
+them a stronger meaning; e.g., _mamucai_ 'quite present,' _macuroi_
+'completely black.'
+
+The particle, or better root of the verb, _macari,u_, when placed before
+verbs of motion, makes the verbs modest and a bit more cultivated; e.g.,
+_macari noboru_ 'I ascend,' _macari cudari,u_ 'I descend,' and _macari
+i,iru_ 'I am present.'
+
+The particle _va_ placed after a sentence confirms what has been said
+before, as one might boast of making a prediction; e.g., _fune va
+cuchinotçu ie iru va_ 'the ship calls at Kuchinotsu; and, if he says so or
+not, I say so,' _aru va_ 'see if it is not as I have said.'
+
+The particle _aidani_ means 'between' in the sense of the time consumed in
+performing an action; e.g., _agura aidani_ [_aguru aidani_] 'while
+offering,' _iôda aidani_ 'while he read,' _naravózuru aidani_ 'while he
+will learn.'
+
+The particle _ga_ means 'but;' _só iú ga; nanto aró ca?_ 'they say so, but
+will it be so?' or 'it may be so, but I don't know for certain,' _furi va
+furu mai ga, fune no dasu coto naró ca xiranu_ 'it's not raining any more,
+but I still don't know if it will be possible to launch the boat or not,'
+_sono qinpen ni va gozaru mai ga; doco cara toraxeraruru zo?_ (20)[124]
+'there are probably none in the neighborhood, or in the surroundings, so
+from where can they be gotten?'
+
+{150}
+
+The particle _gotoqu_ is added to the present, preterit, and future tenses
+meaning 'in the same way'; e.g., _coxiraiuru gotoqu_ 'in the same way as
+you furnish or carry out,' _qiita gotoqu_ 'as I heard.' The form is
+sometimes _ga gotoqu_; e.g., _móxita ga gotoqu_ 'as he said,' _caracavózu
+ga gotoqu_ 'as in jest I will tease or laugh at.' This same meaning is
+obtained with _iǒni_; _Nifon no catagui vo xirareta iǒni, vôxeraruru_
+(122v) 'he speaks as one who knows the customs of Japan,'[125] _mósu ióni_
+'as I say.' The particle _furi_ is also used for the same purpose; e.g.,
+_toza no chijocu vo nogareôzuru tameni catana vo saita furi vo mixerareta_
+(123) 'he showed himself wearing his sword in order to avoid the danger of
+infamy.' _minu furi vo saxerareta_ (123) 'he made it known that he did not
+see.'
+
+The particle _saie_ is used [with the negative] to mean 'not at all'; e.g.,
+_mma saie nacatta_ (118)[126] 'there are not any horses at all,' _cotoba
+saie xiranu mono_ (118) 'he does not know how to speak at all,' _ji saie
+mixiranu mono_ 'he does not know any letters at all.' This same particle is
+used for emphasis; e.g., _qiden to saie mǒxeba_ (119) 'it would (44 suffice
+if you were to say that you are,' _Padre no tçucavaruru to saie móxeba_ 'if
+only he had said that this was useful to the priest,' or one might say 'it
+would suffice if, etc.'
+
+The particle _qere_ is a confirmative particle which comes at the end of a
+sentence with the meaning 'therefore'; e.g., _maitta qere_ 'therefore he
+came,' _sate só aru qere_ 'finally this is the situation.'[127]
+
+The particle _coso_ is of great importance among the Japanese for they use
+it first in an adversative sense (_in sensu adversativo_); _core coso ió
+gozare_ [... _iô_ ...] 'he is truly good.'[128] If the sentence in which
+this particle is found ends in a verb, that verb ends in _e_, as in the
+example above. If the verb is in the preterit it ends in _re_; e.g., _yô
+coso gazattare!_ (117) 'you are welcome! (_bene veneris!_).' The exceptions
+to this rule are when the sentence does not end in a verb or an adjective;
+e.g., _core coso xixó yô_ [... _io_] (116) 'he is a true teacher,' when
+after the particle _coso_ there is in the sentence a gerund in _e_, a
+permissive in _tomo_, or a {151} potential preterit in _tçuró_ or
+_zzuró_;[129] e.g., _vare coso iro iro xinro tçucamatçutte cutatireba
+toxiiórini nari maraxita_ [... _cutabireba toxiiorini_ ...] (117)
+'suffering many and various hardships, I became an old man,' _vare coso
+corosaruru tomo_ 'if I be killed,' _fara coso tattçurǒ_ (117) 'he was
+perchance quite angry,' _sato chicaqereba coso fi ga miiure_ (116) 'the
+fire is already seen because the village is so near.' This [last] sentence
+ends in _e_ because it does not contain an exception to the rule.
+_Vóxerareta coto domo vo go côquai de coso gozarózure_ (97) 'without doubt
+you will do penance for what you have said,' _catajiqe nǒ coso gozare_ (97)
+'I congratulate you very much and thank you.' If someone says, 'Who did
+that?' the answer is _Patre coso_ [_Padre coso_] 'the Priest did.' If
+someone asks, 'is there anyone who did that?' and if he does not hear, or
+does not understand the answer, and asks again, the person who answered
+will say _Juan coso_ 'I have already said it was John.'
+
+When someone is careless about what was said, or when he has not heard
+something and asks again, the answer is; e.g., _tovoru na to iieba_ 'I have
+already told you not to pass through,' _iome to iieba_ 'I have already told
+you to read,' _Padre coso to iieba_ 'I have already told you that it is the
+Priest.'
+
+Adding the particles _maieni_ and _saqini_ to the negative present tense
+makes the construction affirmative; e.g., _iglesia ie mairanu maieni_
+(141v) 'before he goes to church.' They are also added to the affirmative
+future tense; e.g., _mairǒzuru tote no saqini_ 'a little before (45 I
+come.'
+
+The particle _tocoro_ signifies the time during which the action indicated
+by the verb is done. It is placed after the verb; _taburu tocoro ni_ 'when
+I was eating,' _tabeta tocoro ni_ 'after dinner,' _tabeôzuru tocoro ni_ or
+_tabeôzuru ni_ 'when I will be eating.' It also serves as a reduplicative
+particle which denotes a reduplication to the degree possible; e.g., _jesu
+christo humanidad no von tocoro va_ (121v)[130] 'Jesus Christ in so far as
+he was a man,' _vonore ga foxxezaru tocoro vo fodocosu coto nacare_ (121)
+'as you do not want done to you, do not do to others,' _fudai no tocoro vo
+vo iurusu_ [... _tocoro vo iurusu_] (120v) 'I gave him his freedom,' _fito
+no acu no tocoro ni va dôxin xenu_ (121v) 'I do {152} not consent to the
+sins of man,' _utagó tocoro mo nai_ (120v) 'there remains no place to
+doubt, or for doubt,' _nocoru tocoro mo nai_ 'it does not remain any more,'
+_tçuini, sono tocoro ie mairózu_ (121v) 'finally he will arrive at this
+place,' _fumbet ni voiobanu tocoro gia_ (121v) 'there are some things which
+are not understood, or to which one's comprehension does not extend,' _nani
+mo nai tocoro vo iô qicoximexe_ (120v) 'will your Lordship kindly eat from
+this littleness which is nothing.' From these examples it is possible to
+see the force of this particle.
+
+The particles _tocoro_, _made_, and _made de gozaru_ are often added to an
+utterance (_cadentia_). They do not have any special meaning and are the
+same as _coto de gozaru_; e.g., _naranu made_ or _naranu coto de gozaru_
+mean the same as _naranu_ 'it is not possible.' _Guijet tçucamatçurǒ to
+zonzuru coto va cacugo itasanu coto gia_ (10v) 'the breaking of this
+friendship does not come to mind.' Here the _itasanu coto gia_ is the same
+as _itasanu_ alone.
+
+The particle _madeio_ is used to confirm what has been said; e.g., _caita
+madeio_ 'that which I wrote, I wrote.'
+
+The particle _toqi_ when added to the present tense, forms a preterit
+imperfect; e.g., _jennin tachi va saigo ni voiobi tamó toqi va buji ni
+gozatta_ 'when saints arrive at the time of their death, they are peaceful
+and quiet.'
+
+Changing the _ta_ of the preterit to _tçu_ and the _da_ of the negative to
+_zzu_[131] the meaning becomes 'I do it this way and then that way'; e.g.,
+_mono vo caitçu, iôzzu, nando xite curasu bacari gia_ 'I spend my life
+reading, writing and doing other things,' _tattçu itçu vocu iori zaxiqi ie
+ide zaxiqi iori vocu ie iri xitten battǒ xeraruru_ (11v) 'standing and
+sitting, entering and departing, he stands up and falls down.' The particle
+_ri_ gives the same meaning after the preterit; e.g., _xeqen no mono va
+netari voqitari nǒdari curasu bacari gia_ (11) 'men of the world spend
+their lives sleeping, arising, and drinking,' _mazzu_ (46 _ite niva vo mo
+facaxetari, cusa vo mo ficaxetari iroiro no xigoto vo ategǒte cosó
+mairǒzure_ [... _coso_ ...] (10v) 'I shall go and sweep out the courtyard
+(_atrium_), pull up the weeds, and then having dispensed with these things
+I shall go,' _ima cono io fuqe iuqeba nome ia, utaie ia fito bito motçu,
+utǒtçu sacamori suru_ (129) 'when it already is late at {153} night, urging
+themselves on to drink and sing, the men enjoy themselves dancing and
+singing.'
+
+The particle _ie_, which is the root of the verb _ie iuru_ [_ie:uru_][132]
+'I can,' signifies, when placed before negative verbs, that the action
+expressed by the verb cannot be done; e.g., _ie iomanu_ 'I cannot read.'
+This particle is also placed after the infinitive; e.g., _iomanu coto vo
+ienu_ 'I cannot read.' _Iomi va ieide_, or _iomi mo ieide_ 'since I could
+not read, or not being able to read' is also said. The infinitive sometimes
+acts as a substitute verb (_suppositum verbum_); e.g., _xinuru coto va
+vosoroxij_ 'it is terrible to die.'
+
+The particle _tai_ 'I want' is added to the roots of verbs and signifies
+the desire to do the thing indicated by the verb; e.g., _mizzu vo nomi
+tai_[133] 'I want to drink some water,' _mizzu vo nomi tó gozaru_ or _mizzu
+vo nomi tó zonzuru_, but these last two forms are more noble. Here is an
+example of the noble form in the negative, _tǒ mo nai_; e.g., _mizzu vo
+nomi tǒ mo nai_ 'I do not want to drink water,' and _mizzu vo nomi tǒ mo
+gozaranu_. _Mairu tó mo zonjenu_ means 'I do not want to go.' When the
+particle _tai_ is added to adjectives, or verbs indicating a sensory act
+(_actionem sensitiuam_) in the first person,[134] the _i_ is changed to
+_c_; and the verb _ari,u_ is added and conjugated in the tense required by
+the sentence; e.g., _cuitacatta_ 'I wanted to eat.' If the verb is in the
+second or third person, the _i_ is changed to _g_ and again the verb
+_ari,u_ is added, or an honorific particle depending upon what the person
+deserves, or without it as an absolute form. But if the person is inferior,
+the _i_ is changed to _c_ as said before.
+
+The particle _de_ sometimes gives a subjunctive sense when it is added to
+nouns; e.g., _varãbe de xinda_ 'he died a child, or when he was a child,'
+_vare ga buchófó de tofó mo gozanai_ (163v)[135] [... _buchôfó_ ...] 'since
+I am clumsy and not careful, nothing will work out in a way that will be
+harmonious.'
+
+The particle _ió_ 'way' is added to the roots of verbs and also to the
+{154} verbs themselves. When the root governs the genitive, the verb
+governs the same case; e.g., _cono qiǒ no iomi ió va_ 'the way of (47
+reading this book,' or _cono qió vo iomu iǒ va_. In the first sentence
+_qiǒ_ is in the genitive with the particle _no_; in the second sentence it
+is in the accusative with _vo_ because _yomu_ governs this case. _Tei_
+signifies an extraordinary and marvelous way of doing something; e.g.,
+_machicanuru tei vo goron jerarei_ (122)[136] 'might your Lordship observe
+the way that they are expectant.' Also, _arisama_ means 'way,' _me mo
+aterarenu arisama gia_ 'it is a way, or a form (_figura_), which is unable
+to be seen.'
+
+_Sama_ indicates the time of the action of the verb to which it is added
+while governing the case required by the verb. It is added to the root of
+the verb; e.g., _saqe vo nomi sama ni_ (105) 'when he actually drank the
+wine,' _iado ie caieri sama ni_ (105) 'when he returned home,' _fune iori
+agari sama ni_ (105) 'when he actually disembarked from the ship,' _fune ni
+nori sama ni_ 'when he actually boarded the ship.'
+
+When there are in a sentence two verbs whose actions form a single action,
+the first verb is put into the form of the gerund in _Do_; e.g., _mizzu vo
+motte coi_ 'bring some water, or come bringing water,' _fune vo voite coi_
+'bring the boat here, or come poling the boat,' _core vo totte iqe_ 'take
+this, or carry this and go.'
+
+The gerund in _Do_ when added to verbs of asking, giving, or doing, means
+that one is asking to know or to acquire the thing which is indicated by
+the verb to which it is added; e.g., _nifon guchi vo voxiiete cure io_
+'teach me Japanese,' _sǒ voxerarete cudasaruru na_ [_sǒ vôxerarete_ ...]
+'your Lordship ought not say that,' _Deus no coto vo catatte tamǒre_ 'do me
+the favor of relating to me those things which pertain to God.'
+
+The particle _mo_ placed after the gerund in _Do_, whether it ends in _te_
+or _de_, means 'although'; e.g., _sǒ mǒxite mo_ 'although you say so,' _ica
+fodo susumete mo, corobu mai_ 'no matter how much you try to persuade me, I
+will not deny the faith.' They also use _sǒ mǒxeba atte mo_ 'even if you
+say that,' _dǒxitemo cǒxitemo_ (134v) 'what ever you do.'
+
+If the particle _coso_ (see above) is added to the affirmative gerund in
+_Do_; and, if the sentence ends in this particle, the sentence becomes
+{155} negative; e.g., _mite coso_ 'I did not see anything,' _atte coso_
+'there is no way.' But if the sentence does not end in _coso_, it becomes
+affirmative (48 and emphatic; e.g., _mite coso gozare_ (116) 'I certainly
+saw.' The verb ends in _e_ according to the rule explained above when the
+particle _coso_ was being discussed.
+
+When the negative gerund in _Do_, which ends in _e_, is followed by _va_,
+_naranu_, or _canavanu_ it expresses necessity or the impossibility of the
+contrary; e.g., _mairaide canavanu_ (106v)[137] 'it is necessary to go,'
+_ivaide va no coto naredomo, nanto xô ca?_ 'and if the thing which is said
+to be necessary happens, what shall I do?' _xitagavaide naranu_ 'it is
+necessary to obey.' The same meaning, but with less strength, is obtained
+with the future of the affirmative or negative infinitive and the
+permissive subjunctive in _domo_; e.g., _mairǒ coto de gozatta redomo_
+(18)[138] 'although I should have gone,' _mairu mai queredomo_ [...
+_qeredomo_] (18)[139] 'although I should not be going,' _mairǒ coto de
+gozanacatta redomo_ (18) 'although I did not have to go.' They also use the
+negative gerund in _Do_ to obtain the meaning of 'if not'; e.g., _òracio vo
+mǒsaide cú na_ 'do not eat unless you have said your prayers.'
+
+The gerund in _e_ indicates an action already done; e.g., _mexi cúte coi_
+'come after eating!' _cono qió ga caite gozaru_ 'this book was written,'
+_chichi ni fumi vo cacaide cuiaxiú gozaru_ [... _cuiaxú_ ...] 'I am ashamed
+that I did not send a letter to your father,' _cono qió ga caite gozaranu_
+'this book was not written.'
+
+The particle _nagara_, when added to the root of a verb, forms a gerund in
+_Do_ if it is followed by a verb indicating a repugnant or contrary action;
+e.g., _toganin Deus iori bacutai no go von, o uqetatematçuri nagara;
+caietta somuqi tatematçuru_ [... _go von vo uqe_ ...][140] 'sinners
+receiving, or even if sinners receive, benefits from God, they will offend
+him rather than be grateful,' _Jesu Cristo Deus de gozari nagara, fito ni
+taixite cruz ni cacaraxerareta_ 'while Jesus Christ was a God, he was
+crucified for man.' _Nagara_ is also added to nouns; e.g., _quantai nagara_
+(136v) 'although there was some lack of education,' _sannin nagara_ (137)
+'three at the same time, or even if there are three' _aqiraca_ {156}
+_nagara_ (136v) 'although he is famous.' In this instance _aqiraca na_
+loses its _na_ as do all the other adjectives that end in _na_.
+
+The particle _iasui_ is added to the roots of active and passive verbs to
+form the supine in _Tu_; e.g., _iomi iasui_ 'easy to read,' _corosare
+iasui_ 'easy to be killed.' The same thing is achieved by the following way
+of speaking; _iúte va vosoroxij_ 'it is terrible to say,' _mite va_ (49
+_fuxiguina_ 'it is admirable to see,' _iú vo mo vosoroxij_ 'it is terrible
+to say.'
+
+The Adverbs
+
+_First Section_[141]
+
+Adverbs are formed from adjectives ending in _ai_ by changing the _ai_ to
+_ó_; e.g., _fucó_ 'deeply,' for those ending in _oi_ by changing the _oi_
+to _ô_; e.g., _caxico_ [_caxicô_] 'wisely,' for those ending in _ei_ by
+changing the _ei_ to _eô_; e.g., _xigueo_ [_xigueô_] 'densely,' for those
+ending in _ui_ by changing the _ui_ to _ú_; e.g., _aiǔ_ 'in danger,' and
+for those ending in _ij_ by changing the _ij_ to _iú_; e.g., _cavaiú_
+'unhappily.'
+
+_Adverbs of Place_[142]
+
+The interrogative pronouns are eight in number; _izzucu_[?], _izzucata_[?],
+_donata_[?], _doco?_, _dochi?_, _dochira?_, _dono tocoro_[?], and _dono
+fǒ?_, and they signify 'which place?' To these adverbs are added the
+particles _va_, _no_, _ni_, _ie_, _vo_, _cara_, and _iori_ according to the
+case required, such as 'from where,' 'whither,' 'through which place,' 'in
+what place,' etc. _Made_ can also be added to them with the meaning of 'to
+the limit of which'; _doco made ie iqó ca_[?] 'up to where will you go?'
+The interrogative particle, _ca?_ or _zo_[?], is added to these questions
+but it is better to use _zo_ rather than _ca_ in sentences with an
+interrogative particle; e.g., _izzuru ie maitta zo_ 'where did you go,'
+_dono tocoro vo tovotta zo_ 'at which place did you cross,' _doco iori itta
+zo_ 'through where did he enter,' _dochi cara qita zo?_ 'from where did he
+come?', {157} _donata va Pedro no iado zo_[?] 'which is Peter's house?',
+_doco ni voru zo_[?] 'where, or in what place is he?' One may respond in
+many ways; _cono tocoro_, _coto moto_, [_coco moto_], _core_, _conata_,
+_cochi_, _cochira_, _coco_, _cocora_, _cono cata_, _cono fǒ_, which mean
+'here (_hic_)'; _sono tocoro_, _soco moto_, _sore_, _sonata_, _sochi_,
+_sochira_, _soco_, _socora_, _sono cata_, _sono fǒ_ (50 which mean 'there
+(_istic_)'; _ano tocoro_, _asoco moto_, _are_, _anata_, _achi_, _achira_,
+_asoco_, _asocora_, _ano cata_, _anofó_, which mean 'there (_illic_).' To
+these particles are added the case particles. The interrogative adverbs
+with the case particles and _mo_ added mean 'everywhere,' 'through every
+place,' or 'to every place,' e.g., _dono tocoro ie mo tovorǒ_ 'I shall go
+everywhere,' _doco ni mo_ 'everywhere,' _doco cara mo_ 'from everywhere.'
+However, if, instead of _mo_, _nari tomo_ is added the meaning becomes 'any
+place,' in a distributive sense; e.g., _doco ie nari tomo mairǒ_ 'I shall
+go to each place individually.' The same meaning is obtained by _doco zo_
+with the case particles placed between the _doco_ and the _zo_; e.g., _doco
+ni zo aru fodo ni_ 'if someone is any place.' _Coco caxico_ means 'here and
+there.' _Doco mo caxico mo_ means 'the whole place.' The case particles are
+placed before _mo_; e.g., _doco ni mo caxico ni mo_ 'in the whole place,'
+but after the adverb; e.g., _coco caxico ni_ 'here and there,' _coco caxico
+ie doco_, _caxico iori_ [_coco caxico ie_ 'to here and there,' _coco caxico
+iori_ 'from here and there'], etc.[143]
+
+The particle _uie_ means 'above.' The genitive case is placed before it;
+e.g., _fandai no uie ni voqe_ 'place it on the table,' _cono uie va gozaru
+mai_ 'it will not be above this,' that is to say 'it will not be better
+than this,' _sono uie ni_ 'about that,' _sono uie no sata vo catari are_
+'tell me about that,' _core va izzure iori mo uie de gozaru_ 'one will not
+discover anything better than his,' that is to say 'this is the best.'
+_Xita_ means 'below.' It governs the genitive; e.g., _fandai no xita ni
+voqe_ 'place it under the table,' _micotoba no xita iori_ (141v) 'when the
+king finishes speaking,' _voxita vo cudasarei_ (141v) 'would your Lordship
+be so kind as to give to me that which remains of your drink.'
+
+The particle _soba_ means 'side' and governs the genitive; e.g., _fito no
+soba vo fanaruru_ 'he separates himself from the side of another.'
+
+The particle _maie_ means 'before' and governs the genitive; e.g., _fito no
+maie vo tovoru_ 'I pass in front of someone else,' _cacugo no maie_ {158}
+(141v) 'according to ones disposition,' _funbet no maie_ (141v) 'as I
+believe, or think, or according to the sense (_iuxta sensum_).'
+
+The particle _mavari_ means 'around' and governs the genitive; e.g.,
+_iglesia no mavari ni tçuchi vo nague sutçuru na_ 'do not put earth around
+the church.'
+
+The particle _uchi_ means 'within,' and the noun which precedes it must be
+in the genitive; e.g., _iglesia no uchi_ 'in the church,' _ano fito va,
+fito no uchi de va nai_ 'that man is not among men,' that is (51 to say 'he
+is not a man,' _futacuchi cúta coto va, cúta uchi de va nai_ (142v)[144]
+'to eat two mouthfuls is not to eat.'
+
+The particle _foca_ means 'outside,' and the genitive is placed before it;
+e.g., _igelsia no foca ni_ 'outside the church,' _foca ie iqe_ 'go out, or
+go outside.' Sometimes the genitive particle is replaced by _iori_; e.g.,
+_Deus vonago ichinin iori foca tçucuri tamavanu_ (142v)[145] 'God did not
+create but one woman,' that is to say 'he created just one,' _Tengu fito ni
+acu vo susumuru iori foca va, nai_ (142v) 'the Devil does nothing if he is
+not persuaded by man to sin,' _goxǒ vo tasucaru tame baptismo vo sazzucaru
+iori foca bechi no michi ga nai_ 'there is no other way to save men than by
+baptism,' that is to say 'without baptism we cannot be saved.' _Deus no
+gracia iori foca_ 'without the grace of God.'
+
+The particle _naca_ means 'in the middle.' It is used when the material is
+either dense or defuse; e.g., _qi no naca ni_ 'in the wood,' _fito no naca
+ni_ 'among the men.'
+
+The particle _nacaba_ means 'in the midst of things' when referring to a
+sequence. It follows the genitive; e.g., _dangui no nacaba ni_ 'in the
+midst of the sermon,' _sore vo qijte, nacaba va vosore; nacaba va aqirete
+ita_ (145v) 'hearing that, he feared and was afraid,' that is to say 'he
+spent most of his time being afraid.'
+
+The particle _ato_ means 'behind' and governs the genitive; e.g., _sonata
+no ato cara mairǒ_ 'I shall come after you' that is to say 'I shall follow
+you.'
+
+The particle _vaqi_ means 'near' and governs the genitive; e.g., _Pedro no
+vaqi_ 'near Peter,' _misa no vaqi_ 'the mass is ended,' _cono vaqi_ 'in the
+last few days.' All of these adverbs require after them the cases that are
+required by the verb which follows.
+
+{159}
+
+_Adverbs of Interrogation and Response_[146]
+
+There are many ways to ask 'why?' or 'for what reason[?]'; e.g.,
+_najeni_[?], _najoni_[?], _nani xini?_, _nani tote ca?_, _nani no iuie
+ni?_, _nanto xita coto ni?_, _nani no xisai ni iotte?_. The question 'how?'
+is said; _nanto xite?_, _nanto iǒ ni_[?], _icani to xite?_ The answer is
+'because' or 'for the reason that'; e.g., _sono iuie va_, _najeni to iúni_.
+'Because' is also said; _tocoro de_, _fodo ni_, _ni iotte_, or _sacai ni_.
+The first expresses (52 the greatest degree of causality, the second not so
+much, and the third the least.
+
+_Uie va_ means 'since (_cum_ or _si quidem_)'; e.g., _toganai uie va
+qizzucai ga nai_ (40v)[147] 'I am not afraid because I have no fault.' The
+same meaning is achieved by the particle _cara_; e.g., _caiǒ ni iro vo
+misuru cara va; cacusu coto va iranu_ 'since you have thus shown your
+feelings (_iro_), you can't hide them.' 'Since (_si quidem_)' means
+approximately the same as _toqi va_ and _xicaru toqi va_. _Sari nagara_
+means 'but,' _sari tote va_ means 'until,' _saru tote va_ means 'since the
+thing is this way,' _saru tote va, qicoienu coto gia_ 'since it is so, it
+is unbearable.'
+
+_Adverbs of Time_[148]
+
+One asks 'when' with _itçu_ or _itçugoro_. One asks 'from what day' with
+_icca saqi_ or _icca maie_, 'from what month' with _icutçuqi saqi_, and
+'from what year' with _nannen maie_. Usually _ni_ is added when it is
+required by the verb, and the interrogatives _ca_ or _zo_ are always put at
+the end of the sentence, with _zo_ preferred.
+
+One answers 'now' with _ima_ or _tada ima_, and 'already' with _mǒ_, e.g.,
+_mǒ iqe_ 'be already gone!' 'Sometimes' is said with _toqi ni iotte_ or
+_jibun ni iotte_. 'Afterwards' is _nochi_. _Sore cara_ or _sore iori_ means
+'after that,' _core cara_ or _core iori_ means 'after this,' and _are iori_
+or _are cara_ means 'after that.' 'Immediately' is said with _iagate_.
+'Afterwards' or 'again' is _ima iori nochi_, _ima iori xite va_, or _ima
+iori igo_. 'This morning' is said with _qesa_. _Connichi_ or _qio_ [_qiô_]
+is 'today,' and _asu_ or _miônichi_ [_miónichi_][149] is 'tomorrow.'
+'Tomorrow morning' is _asa_, _axitatô_, or {160} _asatocu_, and 'tomorrow
+night' is _mionia_ [_miǒia_]. 'Before' is _ijen_ or _saqi ni_. 'Yesterday'
+is _qinô_ or _sacujit_. 'The day before yesterday' is _vototoi_ or _futçuca
+saqi ni_. 'Several days in the past' is _cono giǔ_. _Cono fodo_ and
+_xenjit_ have the same meaning, as does _xendo_. _Condo_ means 'several
+days in the future.' 'The day after tomorrow' is _asatte_ or _miógonichi_.
+'Three days hence' is _xiasatte_ or _miómiógonichi_. _Qiônen_ [_Qionen_] or
+_cozo_ means 'last year.' 'This year' is _cotoxi_. 'Two years ago' is
+_vototoxi_ or _votodoxi_. 'Three years ago' is _sanuruvotodoxi_ [_sannuru
+votodoxi_].[150] 'Immediately' is _tachimaqi_ [_tachimachi_] (53 or _socuij
+ni_ [_socuji ni_]. _Sunavachi_ is also 'immediately.' _Tanteqi_ is 'in a
+moment.'
+
+_Itçumade?_ means 'until when?' _Itçumademo_ means 'always.' _Itçu cara_
+means 'after what time.' _Itçu iori_ means 'from what time.'
+
+_Adverbs of Negation_[151]
+
+_Iia_ or _iia_ [_iia iia_][152] means 'not.' _Só devanai_ means 'it is not
+so.' _Iccana_ or _iccanagueni_ means 'by no means,' _iume iume_ means 'not
+even in a dream,' _sarani_, _ichiien_, _catçute_, or _catçute motte_ means
+'in no way,' and _io_, _iomo_, or _iomo iomo_ means 'without thinking';
+e.g., _catçute mairu mai_ 'in no way shall I come,' _iomo só va gozaru mai_
+(117v) 'it will in no way come to mind why it will be so.' When affirmative
+verbs are added to these adverbs they become negative; e.g., _iomo iomo to
+mǒxitareba vo mairi atta_ (117v) 'although you said you would not go, you
+went,' _io mairó_ 'in no way shall I go.'
+
+_Adverbs of Affirmation_[153]
+
+_Nacanaca_ means 'it is so,' _vó_ means 'so,' when one agrees. _Gueni_ or
+_gueni gueni_ means 'it is thus'; e.g., _gueni gueni só mo aró_ 'without
+doubt the situation is thus.' _Chódo_ means 'at all.' _Saiǒni_, _sono bun_,
+_sono gotoqu_, _sǒ de gozaru_, _sore sore_, _massǒ gia_, or _xicato_ means
+'it is so.' _Mottomo_ means that something is reasonably said. _Guioi no
+gotoqu_ means 'as your Lordship believes, or says.' _Mochiron_ indicates
+that a thing does not come in to doubt or discussion. _Nacanaca naru_ {161}
+_coto de gozaranu_ means 'truly it is not possible.' _Nacanaca no coto_
+indicates a thing with which it is possible to agree. _Macotoni_ means
+'truly,' as does _xinjit_ or _xinjitni_. _Xeimon_ means 'I affirm by oath.'
+_Isasaca_ or _isasaca motte_ means 'not even a little,' and _issai_ or
+_ixxet_ means 'in no way, or by no means,' and when these particles are
+added to the affirmative they mean 'truly.'
+
+(54
+
+_Comparative Adverbs_[154]
+
+_Iori_, _iori mo_, and _iori mo navo_ mean 'more' in a comparison. The
+person compared is in the nominative case and the person to whom he is
+compared is in the ablative with one of the particles which we have listed
+above; e.g., _Pedro va juan iori mo gacuxó de gozaru_ 'Peter is wiser than
+John,' _soco ie noboru iori va; mairanu ga maxi gia_ 'it is better not to
+go than to climb up there.' _Gotoqu_, _mama_, and _iǒni_ are adverbs of
+similitude (_adverbia similitudinis_) and require the genitive for the
+thing with which the comparison is made. If the particle is preceded by a
+verb, no genitive is required; e.g., _no iama ie nari tomo qitai mama ni
+qite, nurureba, nugui suteraruru_ (124v) 'if they were to go to the
+mountains or the plains wearing such clothes as they want to wear, they
+will have to take them off when they become wet on account of the water.'
+_Vomô mama ni, vomô gotoqu_, and _vomô iǒni_, mean 'as I think,' _cono mi
+no mama ni_ 'according to his desires, or his pleasure.' _Fodo_ means 'to
+such a degree as (_tantum_),' or 'just as (_quasi_)'; e.g., _qifen ano fito
+fodo no gacuxó de gozaru_[155] 'you are as wise as he,' _fara ga cudaru
+fodo ioi_ 'he will recover as soon as he has a bowel movement,' _michi vo
+aruqu fodo cutabiruru_ (123v) 'as I walk so I get tired,' _acai fodo ioi_
+'the redder the better,' _xinuru fodo no vazzurai de va nai_ 'this disease
+is not strong enough to cause death,' _fune ni mesaruru fodo naraba vare mo
+norózu_ (124) 'if Your Lordship would take up the task of boarding the
+ship, so shall I,' _tamexi mo nai fodo ni atta to mǒsu_ (124v) 'they say it
+was as if it had never been,' _voquru fodo araba sore ie mairǒzu_ (124) 'if
+I am able to arrive at the state where I can get up from bed, I shall come
+to you,' _chicara no fodo vo mite_ 'seeing the degree of his strength,'
+_fodo nó tçuita_ 'he arrived in {162} an instant,' _core fodo_ 'as this,'
+_sore fodo_ 'as that,' _are fodo_ 'as that,' _vovoi fodo_ 'while more,'
+_sucunai fodo_ 'while less.'
+
+(55
+
+_Superlative Adverbs_[156]
+
+_Uie_ means 'the highest'; e.g., _christian no voxiie va izzure iori mo uie
+de gozaru_ 'the doctrine and faith of Christianity are supreme, or above
+all,' _cono saqe no uie va nai_ 'there is no better wine than that.' _Ichi_
+or _daiichi_ means 'supreme, or unique'; e.g., _gacuxǒ no uchi ni Sancto
+Thomas daiichi de gozatta_ 'among wise men Saint Thomas was the best,'
+_core va are iori uie_ 'this is superior to that.' The particle _xita_ has
+the opposite meaning of 'inferior, or the lowest'; e.g., _xiqitai va anima
+iori xita de gozaru_ (141) 'the body is inferior to the soul.'
+
+_Adverbs of Intensity and Exaggeration_[157]
+
+_Ichidan_, _chicagoro_, and _iccǒ_ mean 'intensely (_valde_)'; e.g.,
+_chicagoro no vo cocoro gaqe de gozaru_ 'this is the greatest care and
+diligence,' _sore va icco varui coto gia_ 'this is extremely bad.'
+_Bexxite_ means 'chiefly,' _tori vaqe_ means 'especially,' _coto no foca_
+means 'rarely, or extraordinarily,' _icanimo_ means 'intensely,' and
+_amarini_ means 'too much.' As has been said, adverbs are formed from
+adjectives according to the rules above, and these adverbs mean adverbially
+what the adjectives mean adjectivally; e.g., _fucai_ means 'deep,' and
+_fucó_ means 'deeply.' _Icani mo xizzucani_ means 'extremely quietly,'
+_tani coto ni_ means 'extraordinarily,' and _xitatacani_ or _guiósanni_
+means 'in a way that is to be feared' that is to say 'too much.' See the
+dictionary.[158]
+
+_Accumulative Adverbs_[159]
+
+_Voxinabete_ means 'universally'; _sôbet_ means 'generally,' as do
+_tçuneni_ and _sojite_ [_sôjite_]; _feijeini_ means 'regularly'; and
+_voioso_, _tabun_, _vocata_, _ioppodoni_ mean 'for the most part,' and
+_qeccu_ or _caiette_ (56 means 'after all.' _Tennen_ means 'perhaps,' as do
+_xijen_ and _icasama_. _Sadamete_ means 'probably,' _canarazu_ means
+'without doubt,' _moxi xijien_ [_moxi xijen_] means 'perhaps,' _xǒtocu_
+means 'naturally,' _jinen_ {163} means 'by chance,' _xidai vidai ni_ or
+_jen jen ni_ means 'gradually,' and _vonozzucara_ means 'by oneself.'
+
+_Adverbs that Conclude and Claim Attention_[160]
+
+_Ficqiǒ_ and _tçuini_ mean 'finally, or in conclusion.' _Tçugǒ_ means 'in
+summary.' _Nǒ nǒ_ means 'is it not so?' e.g., _nǒ nǒ icani qicaxeruru ca?_
+'do you hear me then?' _Moxi_[161] means 'ho there (_heus_),' but it is an
+elegant word; e.g., _moxi Padre sama_ 'ho there, Reverend Father.' _Iare_
+also means 'ho there,' but with inferiors; e.g., _iare tarǒ quaja to iieba_
+'saying "Ho there, Tarōkaja."' _Iai_ means 'ho there' with very low people;
+e.g., _iai sochi ga motta mono va nani zo?_ 'hey! what is it that you
+bring?' _Ia_ has the same meaning; e.g., _ia vo tono bara domo va nani vo
+savagu zo?_ (128) 'hey! you soldiers and good men, why do you quarrel?' The
+particle _ai_ has the same meaning but it is placed after the sentence;
+e.g., _izzure mo mina qiqe ai_ (129) 'hey! all of you listen.'
+
+The particles _ca_ and _zo_, as has been said above, are used as
+interrogatives. The particles _ia_ and _caia_ have the same function but
+they are more humble; e.g., _are va tare caia?_ 'who is he?', _core ia_[?]
+'this?', _io fuqete tare ca va tazzuneô zo?_ (89v) 'when it becomes late at
+night, who will be able to visit?', _sore de arǒ ca to iú coto gia_ 'I
+said, "will it be this?"'
+
+_No?_ asks for agreement; e.g., _gozarǒ ca no?_ 'will he come?'[162] _mairǒ
+to voxerareta no?_ [... _vôxerareta no?_] 'did he say that he will come?'
+_no Pedro dono?_ 'isn't that so, Peter?' _Na_[?] means the same thing, but
+it is used with inferiors; e.g., _sǒ qiita na?_ 'didn't you hear so?'
+Sometimes, in a sentence containing _zo_, _baxi_, which is a dubitive
+particle (_particula dubitandi_), is placed; e.g., _nanto xita xisai de
+baxi gozaru zo?_ (122v)[163] 'for what reason did this happen?', _sate
+nanto iú voqiacu de baxi gozaru zo_[?] (123) 'what is the name of your
+guest?', _goiô baxi gozaru ca?_ 'isn't there something of use to you?'
+
+_Io_ and _zo_ strengthen or give cadence to the sentence; e.g., _caita zo_
+{164} 'he truly wrote,' _maitta io_ 'he certainly came,' _sono toqi vare_
+(57 _va ichi dan varui tçucai vo xiraruite gozaru io_ [... _siaruite_ ...]
+(95) 'at that time I was following bad advice.' _Bacari_ means 'only, or in
+only one way,' _sore ni caguitte_ means 'that only,' _core ni caguirazu_
+'not only this.' _Bacari_ also means 'more or less'; e.g., _fiacu bacari_
+'there were a hundred,' _fiacunin bacari corosareta_ 'about one hundred men
+were killed.' _Nó_, _nóte_, _naqu xite_, and _naqute_ mean 'without'; e.g.,
+_raxxi mo nó_ 'without reason or order,' _cacugo nó_ 'without any
+preparation.'
+
+The adverbs of sound (_adverbia sonus_) are many and vary in accordance
+with the way that the Japanese perceive the sound. The particle _to_ is
+added to them; e.g., _va va to xite_ 'vociferously saying _wa wa_,' and if
+they add _meqi,u_, it means to make even a louder noise; e.g., _va meqi,u_
+'to shout saying _wa_.'
+
+_The Case Prepositions_[164]
+
+_Tame_ or _ni_ means 'concerning';[165] e.g., _sonata no tame_ 'for you
+(_tibi_).' It governs the genitive which precedes it; _nan no tame_ 'for
+what,' _nani ni naru ca?_ 'for what is it?', _nani ni xô ca?_ 'what do you
+do that for?', _nani no iô ni tatçu ca?_ (171v) 'for what is it needed, or
+useful?', _maitte no iô va?_ (130) 'what's the use of going?'
+
+_Tai xite_ means 'on account of' or 'against'; e.g., _tengu ni tai xite
+teqito_ 'to fight against the devil, or resist him,' _Deus ni tai xite
+cuguio vo coraiuru_ 'I endure the pain (_labor_) because of God.' _Uie
+iori_ also means 'because'; e.g., _von jifi no uie iori_ (167) 'because of
+his mercy.'
+
+_Ni iotte_ signifies the reason for which; e.g., _Deus iori fito no jento
+acu ni iotte go fempô vo ataiesaxerareozu_ [... _ataiesaxerareôzu_] (146v)
+'God gives to man according to his virtues and vices.' This form is derived
+from the verb _iori,u_.
+
+_Ni tçuite_ means 'around, or about' and is derived from the verb
+_tçuqi,u_; e.g., _core ni tçuite_, _core ni tçuqi_, or _core ni tçuqete_
+means 'about that.' _Sono gui ni voite va zonjenu_ (120) 'I do not know
+anything about this matter,' _Vôxe va mottomo naredomo vagami ni totte va
+canai gatai_ (120) 'Your Lordship speaks well but what concerns me is that
+(58 {165} it is difficult to do.' _Dai quan ni itatte va ichinin bacari
+sadame io_ (120)[166] 'decide that which concerns the steward only.'
+_Itatte_ and _totte_[167] are the gerunds of verbs just as the preceding.
+They also say _Padre coto va_ 'the things belonging to the priest,' _varera
+coto va_ 'about my things, or those things which belong to me.' _Xitagatte_
+or _xitagǒte_ means 'near' and is the gerund of the verb _xitagari,u_ or
+_xitagai,ó_. As with the other verbs it governs the dative case; e.g.,
+_guioi ni xitagatte_ or _xitagǒte_ 'according to Your Lordship's
+understanding.' _Xidai_ has the same meaning; e.g., _conata xidai_
+'according to your wishes.' Sometimes it is added to the roots of verbs;
+e.g., _mairi xidai_ 'according to when he comes, or according to his
+coming.'
+
+_Ni_ indicates the place in which. _Ni voite_ has the same meaning but
+indicates permanence; e.g., _fatto va fuximi ni voite vôxeidasareta_ 'he
+established the law while he was in Fushimi,' _Bungo funai ni itatte_ 'in
+the city of Funai in the kingdom of Bungo,' _iglesia ni uoru_ 'he is in
+church.'
+
+_De_ indicates the place of an action; e.g., _michi de Pedro ni vǒta_ 'I
+met Peter in the street.' The same particle _de_, together with _vo motte_,
+indicate the instrument with which an action is done; e.g., _bo vo motte
+Pedro vo uchi coroita_ 'he killed Peter with a stick,' _Padre sama
+catarareta de navo qicoieta_ 'from what the Reverend Father told me, it
+became easier to understand,' _necqi de xinda_ 'he died of a fever.'
+
+_Cara_ or _iori_ indicate the place from which; e.g., _iglesia cara_ 'from
+church.' They also say _fune cara maitta_ 'he came by ship' and _cachi cara
+maitta_ 'he came on foot.' _Fune de maitta_ is the same as _fune cara
+maitta_ and _fune ni notte maitta_. _Fana cara me cara miguruxij mono gia_
+'it is unpleasant to the nose and the eyes.' _Iori_ indicates the place
+through which; e.g., _sama iori faitta_ 'he entered through the window.'
+
+_Tomo ni_ means 'at the same time'; e.g., _sonata to tomo ni mairǒzu_ I
+shall go at the same time as you,' _mǒsu to tomo ni_ 'at the same time as
+he spoke.'
+
+_Ie_ indicates the place to which; e.g., _achi ie mairǒ_ 'I shall go
+directly to court (_curia_),' _miiaco no cata ie noboru_ 'he went up to
+court' and also _miiaco no fǒ ie noboru_. They also say _miiaco no iori_,
+{166} _miiaco sama_, or _miiaco no gotoqu noboru_, but this is not a good
+way of speaking and is more characteristic of a rustic (_rusticus_).
+
+_De_ indicates the material from which; e.g., _tçuchi de cavara_ (59 _vo
+tçuquru_ 'to make bricks out of earth or mud,' _nande core vo tçuquru ca?_
+'from what is this made?'
+
+_Uie_ means 'concerning'; e.g., _zuibun codomo no uie vo fito ni mo naxi
+marasuru iǒni to cocoro gaqe marasuru_ 'with great diligence I took care of
+my sons so as to make them men.' _Sonata no fiquan no vo saiban mesare io_
+[... _no uie vo_ ...] (141) 'take care of your servants.'
+
+_Made_ means 'until'; _asu made_ 'until morning,' _inochi vo uxinǒ made aru
+mai_ 'he will not lose his life, or he will not arrive at the loss of his
+life,' _sore made vomoi mo ioranu gui gia_ 'it will not come to my mind,'
+_cocoro zaxi areba canavanu made mo xei vo iruru_ 'when something is wished
+for, one uses his strength up to the point of impossibility,' _mǒsu made mo
+nai_ 'it is not necessary to say,' _cono tocoro made maitta_ 'I came to
+this place.'
+
+_Conjunction and Separation_[168]
+
+_To_ means 'and'; e.g., _Pedro to juan to Nagasaqi ie ita_ 'Peter and John
+went to Nagasaki,' _core to, are to vo toru_ 'I take this and that.' _Mo_
+has the same meaning; e.g., _Pedro mo juan mo Nagasaqi cara modotta_ 'Peter
+and John returned from Nagasaki,' _naqu mono mo ari, varó mono mo aru_
+'there are those who cry and those who laugh. _Mo_ is often placed before
+negative verbs; e.g., _nanigoto mo gazaranu ca?_ 'is that not something
+new?'
+
+_Mata_ means 'and,' whether it is found between nouns or verbs. _Ca_ means
+'or'; e.g., _Pedro ca; juan ca coi to iie_ 'tell Peter or John to come.'
+_Arui va_ also means 'or'; e.g., _arui va Pedro, arui va juan_ 'either
+Peter or John,' _arui va iomu, arui va caqu_ 'I either read or write.'
+_Moxi va_ means 'if in fact,' and it is used in the middle of a sentence;
+e.g., _moxi va cane ga nai naraba_ 'if in fact you were to have no money.'
+
+_Mata va_ is used to bind the sentences more tightly together (_ad
+orationem contexturam_). It means 'besides that, or besides'; e.g., (60
+_arui va iamai ga vocoru ca, mata va isogui no fumi qitaru ca etc._ [...
+_ca_, etc.] (135) 'either some sickness occurs, or besides that some urgent
+letter arrives.'
+
+{167}
+
+_Xicareba_ means 'since things are this way,' _sari nagara_ means 'but,'
+_sǒ aru tocoro de_ means 'since it is thus,' _saraba_ means 'since it is
+so,' and _sareba sareba_ means 'since then.' _Ca?_ means 'if'; e.g.,
+_maitta ca mi io_ 'see if he came, or went,' _maitta ca xiranu_ 'I don't
+know if he went.' _Iara_ means 'if,' but distributively (_divisive_); e.g.,
+_fito iara chicuxǒ iara xiranu_ 'I don't know if it's man or beast,' _nani
+iara to mǒxita_ 'I wonder what he said.'
+
+Some disjunctive and emphatic particles are formed from _nanica_ and
+_tocacu_ with the addition of other particles; e.g., _nani ia ca ia?_
+'which thing?' The same meaning is expressed by _nani iara ca iara?_ and
+_nanto iara cato iara?_ _Nanto xite_, _cato xite_ means 'how,' _nanto mo
+cato mo_ means 'in no way,' and _nani mo ca mo_ means 'nothing.' _Nanigoto
+mo cagoto mo, mina içtuvari naru zo_ [... _itçuvari_ ...] 'when all is said
+and done they are all lies.' _Nani no ca no_, and _nanto xite_, _cato xite_
+are ways to excuse oneself. _Nani no ca no to iúte_ means 'saying this and
+that.' _Domo como_ means 'in whatever way it is,' as does _dǒ xite mo cǒ
+xite mo_. _Dǒ xite cǒ xite_ means 'doing this and that differently.' _Dǒ xô
+cǒ xô_ means 'I shall do this and that.'
+
+_Tomo cacumo_ means 'all the same,' as do _toni cacuni_, _tonimo cacunimo_,
+and _totemo cacutemo_. _Core to ij; care to ij_ means 'saying this and
+that, or making excuses.' _Care core_ means 'this and that,' _coco caxico_
+means 'here and there (_hic and illic_).' _Vomoxirô, vocaxu_[169]
+[_vomoxirovocaxǔ_] is used when accommodating oneself almost to flattery.
+
+If the particle _motte_ is added to the particles _catçute_, _isasaca_,
+_tomoni_, _nani_, and _nani nani iori_ [... and _nani iori_] it adds
+strength and force; e.g., _catçute motte sǒ aru mai_ 'the situation will
+not be this way at all.'
+
+_Interjections_[170]
+
+_Sate_, _sate sate_, [_satemo_,] and _satemo satemo_ are interjections of
+admiration; e.g., _satemo Deus no voqinaru vonjifi cana_ 'oh! great mercy
+of God!'
+
+{168}
+
+_Avare_ is the interjection for pity; e.g., _avare mutçucaxij io no naca
+cana_ 'oh! world replete with misery!'
+
+_Ha!_[171] is the interjection of penetence; e.g., _ha faxi demo_ (61
+_vomoxiroi ga; tocoro ni iote qicoie canuru_ [... _ni iotte_ ...] (127v)
+'ah, the workmanship of the sound and the harmony of the singing is most
+graceful, but it is not able to be heard well.'
+
+_Iara!_ is the interjection for joy and pain; e.g., _iara iara medeta ia_
+(128) 'oh! how much I rejoice.' _Ia_ is also used; e.g., _satemo iiaxii
+iatçubara ia_ (129)[172] 'oh! how vile and despicable,' _gongo dǒdan
+fuxigui na xisai cana_ (128v) 'oh! how rare and ridiculous a reason.' _Iei_
+is the interjection of wonder; e.g., _iei Padre sama cochi gozaru io_ 'oh!
+here is the Reverend Father.'
+
+_Hat_ is the interjection that indicates that one is repentent; e.g.,
+_Benqei core vo mite hat coto naxi to zonjite, sono mama niva ni bǒ vo
+voraxi,_ etc. (127v) 'Benkei seeing this,' etc.[173]
+
+_The Syntax and the Cases that are Governed by the Verbs_[174]
+
+The nominative is placed at the beginning of the sentence and the verb at
+the end: the remaining elements are placed according to the cadence
+(_cadentia_) of the sentence; e.g., _Pedro va Nagasaqi de xutrai xita iqi
+iqi ni tçuite juan vo coroita_ 'Peter killed John because of an argument
+that took place in Nagasaki.' In certain sentences of serious import a
+substitute verb (_verbum suppositum_) is placed after the verb, but this is
+rare; e.g., _tare mo canavanu futari no qimi ni tçucǒru coto va_ (84)[175]
+'no one can serve two masters.' In this sentence the substitute verb is
+_tçucǒru coto va_. _Core ni iote tanomi tatematçuru itçumo virgen_ [_Core
+ni iotte_ ...] (84) 'therefore I pray to the ever virgin [Mary].'
+
+Clauses (_orationes_) in the absolute or permissive subjunctive,
+infinitive, conditional, and causative are always placed before clauses
+that are in the indicative or imperative, even if it does not make sense
+{169} in Latin or any other European language; e.g., _achi cara tomeraruru
+tomo; tomaru na_ 'do not stay, even if they want you to remain,' _sore vo
+qiitareba, fara vo tatete modotta_ 'when he heard that, he came back very
+angry,' _taxicani uqetamotta ni iotte coso, móxi ague maraxitare_ 'I
+listened carefully, and then I spoke,' _faiǒ gozatta raba vo mexi vo xinjô
+mono vo_ 'if you had come earlier, I would have offered you food.'
+
+When there are two verbs in the same sentence, the first will (62 be in the
+gerund form and the other will be in the tense that is required by the
+sense of the sentence; e.g., _core vo totte giqi ni mi ga comono ni vataxe_
+'take this and give it to my servant at once.'
+
+When there are two or more clauses which have the same subject or tense,
+only the last verb will be in the tense that is required by the sense of
+the sentence. The other verbs will be in the root form, while still others
+will be in the gerund in _e_ form; e.g., _tovazunba cotaiezu, voxe raba
+tçuxxinde qiqi_ [_tovazũba_ ... _vôxe_ ... _qiqe_] (85v)[176] 'if they
+don't ask don't answer: if they speak listen carefully,' _Deus no vo coto
+vo macoto ni uqe, go voqite mo camavaide, sono mama inferno ni vochita_ 'he
+did not believe in God, and he did not respect His precepts; therefore, he
+fell into Hell.'
+
+Verbs are always placed in the third person to indicate honor. No one
+honors himself except the king when he is speaking of himself; e.g.,
+_iorocobi ni voboximesu_ 'I am enjoying it very much.'
+
+When there are many adjectives in a sentence, they will all be in the
+adverbial form except the last; e.g., _qe nangǒ, iro curô, icanimo
+utçucuxij mono_ [_qe nagǒ_ ...][177] 'a very beautiful person with long,
+black hair.'
+
+The particle _to_ is placed before verbs of understanding, believing, and
+hearing, takes the place of the verb 'to be,' and means 'that'; _fito to
+zonjita_ 'I thought, or believed that he was a man,' _qixó vo jennin to
+vomovô ca?_ [_qixo_ ... _vomovǒ ca?_] 'shall I believe that you are a
+saint?' _Amata no fito xini no fonovo ni moiuru vo misaxerareô_ (20)[178]
+'you {170} will see many men burning in the flames of indignation.' Here
+one has replaced _to_ with _moiuru vo_, which is a substitute verb. When
+_mo_ is added to _to_ it strongly affirms what is said; e.g., _mairó to mo_
+'I shall certainly go, or I will be going.'
+
+The particle _to_, in the first meaning, is sometimes replaced by _iǒni_;
+e.g., _agueta iǒni gozaru_ 'they say that he offered it,' _ica iǒna fito to
+va xiranu_ 'I did not know what kind of a man he was.' Sometimes the
+substantive verb takes the place of the particle _to_; e.g., _mairó de
+gozatta_ 'he said that he would come,' _xô de va naqeredomo_ 'although I
+did not say that I would do it.'
+
+_Qiuzo core vo mite, ima vo saigo no coto de areba_ (97)[179] 'seeing this,
+Kiso believed that the hour of death was present, etc.' Here the
+substantive verb replaces _to_ and serves as an active verb governing the
+accusative _ima vo_, which also replaces _to_. The particles _sǒna_ and
+_guena_ mean 'it seems.' _Sǒna_ is added to the roots of verbs; e.g.,
+_deqi_ (63 _sǒna_ 'it seems that it is finished.' If a substantive verb is
+placed after this particle the _a_ is changed to _i_; e.g., _deqi sǒni
+gozaru_ 'it seems that he will finish,' _deqi sǒni mo zonjenu_ 'I believe
+that it will not be finished.'[180] _Sǒna_ is also added to adjectives in
+_i_, and when it is the _i_ is lost; e.g., _io sǒna_ 'it seems good, or it
+seems that it is good,' _xigue sǒna_ 'it seems dense,' and _aiau sǒna_ 'it
+seems that I am in danger.' If this particle is added to adjectives in
+_na_, the _na_ is lost; e.g., _aqiraca sǒna_ 'it seems that it is clear.'
+
+The particle _guena_ is added to the nouns and verbs previously formed;
+e.g., _maitta guena_ 'I believe that he has come.' If a substantive verb is
+added to this particle the _a_ changes to _i_; e.g., _maitta gueni gozaru_
+'I believe that he has come.' _Sǒna_ means 'it seems,' and _guena_ means 'I
+believe,' but either of these forms may occasionally be used in any of the
+examples given.
+
+When a sentence has two preterits, the first may be in the preterit and the
+second in the future; e.g., _qesa cara sǒ vôxerareta raba mo faia de
+maraxô_ 'If you would have said that this morning, I would have already
+left.'
+
+When reporting what someone else has said, it is said this way; {171}
+_Padre mósaruru va: iagate sonata ie mairó to mǒsaruru_ 'the priest said
+that he was going to come.' Sometimes when one is excusing himself he will
+use _no_ in place of _to_; e.g., _asu no, raiguat no, nando to noburu na_
+'don't spread around that it is tomorrow, next month, or whenever.'
+
+When _vo_ follows _n_ it loses its _v_; e.g., _go von o uqetatematçutta_ 'I
+received benefits.'[181]
+
+Adverbs are always placed before their verbs except for the adverbs of time
+which are placed at the beginning of the sentence; e.g., _sore vo qijte
+iccó xicari maraxita_ 'hearing that he was very angry,' _qiô nen espana
+cara vatatta toqi_ [_qio nen_ ...] 'when I sailed from Spain last year.'
+Each verb requires before it a subject in the nominative case, either
+expressed or understood; e.g., _vare iqe_ or _iqe_ 'come!', where the
+_vare_ is understood. In some sentences this rule is not respected; e.g.,
+_xisai voba core ni mósare maraxozu_ [... _maraxôzu_] 'he will explain, or
+give the reason for this.' In the following case we do not see the
+nominative, but rather _are ni va_, which is in the dative or ablative;
+_are ni va, navo voixri atta_ [... _voxiri atta_] 'he knows better.' In
+this sentence the _are ni va_ ought to be in the nominative. _Cacaru vo ni
+va cogane no cusari vo icusugi mo tçuqeta dógu de gozaru_ (138v) 'for a
+necklace (_torques_) he had a chain of gold with many links.'
+
+_Core ni va gozonji aru mai_ 'Your Lordship does not know (64 about this.'
+Here the _core ni va_ replaces the accusative which is governed by
+_zonji,uru_.
+
+The impersonal verb or the infinitive requires a nominative before it;
+e.g., _Pedro va maitta to mósu_ 'they say that Peter came.'
+
+The verb _iri,u_, which means 'to need,' governs two nominatives, one for
+the thing and the other for the person in need; e.g., _vatacuxi va cono
+cane ga iru_ 'I need, or I have a necessity for this money.' It also
+governs the dative for the person; e.g., _sono tame ni va cane ga iranu_
+'he does not need any gold, or money.'
+
+The active verb requires the accusative before it; e.g., _cane vo motanu_
+'I have no money.'
+
+Certain _cobita_ or _coie_ nouns, as we have said above, are borrowed from
+Chinese and govern the same cases as the Japanese verbs to which {172} they
+correspond; e.g., _niva vo qenbut no aida ni mexi vo coxiraie io_ 'prepare
+the food while we visit the garden.' The noun _qenbut_ requires the
+accusative _niva vo_. The same is true with _fito ni guenzan suru_ (97)
+which is like _fito ni vó_ 'I meet the man.' The _guenzan_ governs the
+dative just as does the verb _ai,ó_.
+
+When a borrowed word (_vocabulum cobitum_)[182] is a compound of two
+elements it is possible to determine if it is a verb by seeing if the first
+part has the meaning of a verb; e.g., _jóten_ is a verb which means 'to
+ascend to heaven' with the _jǒ_ meaning to 'go up.' _Tenjǒ_ is a noun in
+which the _jǒ_ is placed after the _ten_ and means 'heaven.'
+
+The passive verb has the ablative for its agent (_persona agente_); e.g.,
+_Pedro cara corosareta_ 'he was killed by Peter,' but it is better that it
+govern the dative; e.g., _Pedro ni corosareta_, or _Pedro va nusubito ni
+cane vo torareta_ 'Peter had his money stolen by thieves.'
+
+There are also certain neutral verbs which govern the accusative as if they
+were active verbs; e.g., _xiqitai vo fanaruru_ 'to depart from the body, or
+to die,' _axi vo vazzuró_ 'to have a pain in the foot.' This is also true
+for _nigue,uru_ 'to escape,' _nogare,uru_ 'to evade,' _de,uru_ 'to go out,'
+_noqe,uru_ 'to retreat,' _tovori,u_ 'to go across,' _nori,u_ 'to sail,' as
+in _caixǒ vo noru_ 'I sail the sea,' _iuqi,u_ 'to walk,' as in _michi vo
+iuqu_ 'I walk the streets,' _vovari,u_ 'to finish,' _mairi,u_ as in _xogui
+vo mairu_ 'I play chess (_tabula laterucularia_),' _iorocobi,u_ as in
+_cocoro vo iorocobu_ 'I gladden the heart,' _abi,uru_, as in _mizzu vo
+abiru_[183] 'I wash myself with water, or I pour water on myself,'
+_avaremi,u_ 'I am sad,' (65 _canaximi,u_ 'I am unhappy,' _coie,uru_ 'to
+cross over,' _fabacari,u_ 'to be shy,' _facarai,ǒ_ 'to take care of,'
+_faxiri,u_ 'to sail,' as in _caixǒ, vo, faxiru_ [_caixǒ vo faxiru_] 'I sail
+the sea,' _fagi,zzuru_ 'to be ashamed,' _fedate,tçuru_ 'to separate,'
+_fe,uru_ 'to spend,' as in _ficazu vo furu_ 'I spend many days,'
+[_fumaie,uru_ 'to be based on,' as in] _dori vo fumaiuru_ 'to be based on
+reason, or to have reason as a basis,' _itami,u_ 'to be sick,' _mavari,u_
+'to go around,' as in _cono cotovari vo móxi mavatta_ 'he goes around and
+spreads the news here and there,' _meguri,u_ has the same meaning,
+_nagusami,u_ 'to please,' as in _cocoro vo nagusamu_ 'I make the heart
+{173} happy,' _naqi,u_ 'to weep,' _tasucari,u_ 'to be saved,' as in _inochi
+vo tasucaru_ 'I am saved from the dangers of life,' or _goxǒ vo tasucaru_
+'to be saved for a future life,' _tachi,tçu_ 'to go away from,' as in
+_tocoro vo tatçu_ 'I go away from this place,' _tomurai,ó_ 'to make a
+funeral for the dead,' _ucagai,ó_ 'to inquire with hesitation,' _voximi,u_
+'to value,' _urami,u_ 'to enquire,' _xinobi,u_ 'to wait in hiding, almost
+insidiously,' as in _fito no me vo xinobu_ 'I am careful lest someone see
+me.'[184] A few of these verbs which require the accusative of location
+admit to the use of the ablative with the particles _cara_ or _iori_; e.g.,
+_tocoro vo tatçu_ is the same as _tocoro iori tatçu_ 'I leave the place.'
+
+There are some active verbs which require two accusative cases; e.g.,
+_fori,u_, _daxi,u_, _fanaxi,u_, _tate,tçuru_. For example, _Pedro vo soco
+vo voi idaita_ 'they led Peter away from that place.' It is possible that
+it governs the ablative of location; e.g., _Pedro vo soco cara voi daita_
+[... _voi idaita_]. Some take either the dative or the accusative; e.g.,
+_fito vo_, or _fito ni fanare,uru_ 'to go away from the men,' _Deus vo_, or
+_Deus ni somuqi,u_ 'to offend God.' Verbs of this kind are generally verbs
+of fearing, offending, or going away.[185]
+
+Many verbs of helping, harming, damning, obeying, recognizing as superior
+or inferior, being subjugated, being victorious, and similar verbs govern
+the dative; e.g., _chiie saicacu iǒni coieta_ 'he is superior to others in
+wisdom and industry.'[186]
+
+Verbs of giving, promising, and the like, govern the accusative for the
+thing and the dative for the person; e.g., _fito ni cane vo cururu_ 'to
+give money to someone.'[187]
+
+There are many verbs which permit before themselves the roots of other
+verbs without change, letting the roots take on the function of an
+infinitive; e.g., _qiqi fajime,uru_ 'to begin to hear.' Some of these verbs
+are: _nare,uru_ 'to become accustomed,' _tçuqe,uru_ with the same (66
+meaning, _fate,tçuru_ 'to finish,' _narai,ó_ 'to learn,' _some,uru_ 'to
+begin,' _todoqe,uru_ 'to continue,' _ate,tçuru_ 'to direct,' _atari,u_ 'to
+find by chance,' _vaqe,uru_ 'to divide,' _cane,uru_ 'to be able to do with
+difficulty,' _soconai,ǒ_ 'to be wrong,' _sumaxi,u_ 'to finish,' _sugoxi,u_
+'to exceed,' _fague maxi,u_ {174} 'to work much and intensely,' _aqi,u_ 'to
+become bored,' _tai_ 'to want,' and _tǒ mo nai_ 'to not want.'[188] If the
+roots of verbs are placed before certain adjectives ending in _i_, they
+form a kind of supine in _Tu_; e.g., _iomi iasui_ (92) 'easy to read
+(_facile lectu_),' etc.
+
+A numeral, if a substantive noun is placed after it, must be in the
+genitive case; e.g., _fitotçu no toga_ 'one sin.' The same is true with the
+particle _fodo_ when it means 'all'; e.g., _aru fodo no fito_ 'how so ever
+many.' The same is true with _iori_; e.g., _Nanban iori no mono_ 'things
+from Europe.' But this is a relative formation (_relatiuum_). The genitive
+is also required with nouns that mean much or little; e.g., _amata no fito_
+'many men.' These nouns are; _bechi_ 'other,' _fon_ 'one's own,' _cazucazu_
+'many,' _sama zama_ 'many ways.' _Iro iro_ 'much' is the same as _iorozzu_
+and _izzure_. _Issai_ means 'all,' as does _vono vono_, _cotogotoqu_, and
+_reqi reqi_ for a noble person, _igue_ 'that which follows,' _nocori_ 'that
+which remains,' _itçumo_ 'always,' _itçumo no coto_ 'that which always is,'
+_tçune_ 'usual,' _ima_ 'now.' _Isasaca_ means 'a little,' as does _soto_ or
+_sucoxi_, _xotocu_ 'natural,' _sono foca_ 'others.'[189] These nouns are in
+the genitive if they are followed by a substantive noun, but when they are
+not followed by a noun they must be taken as adjectives. If they are
+followed by a verb rather than a noun, they do not require the genitive;
+e.g., _iorozzu dancǒ xite iocarǒ_ 'it will be good if you all confer.'
+
+Japanese Arithmetic and Numerical Matters
+Concerning Which Much Painful
+Labor Is Required
+
+There are two ways to count in Japanese.[190] The first is with the
+ordinary numerals which are called _iomi_. With these one is able to count
+to ten; e.g., _fitotçu_ means 'one,' which is also used to (67 say 'a
+little,' as in _saqe fitotçu nomaxite tamǒre_ 'give me a little sake to
+drink.' _Futatçu_ means 'two,' _mitçu_ 'three,' _iotçu_ 'four,' _itçutçu_
+'five,' _mutçu_ 'six,' _nanatçu_ 'seven,' _iatçu_ 'eight,' _coconotçu_
+'nine,' and _tovo_ {175} 'ten.' _Icutçu_ means 'what?' and is used when one
+does not have the proper number.
+
+The second way of counting is with the _coie_ vocables which are borrowed
+from Chinese. These numbers are not used by themselves to count to ten; but
+are rather used when counting things which are represented by Chinese, and
+not Japanese vocables. These bound numerals (_termini numerales_) are:
+_ichi_ 'one,' _ni_ 'two,' _san_ 'three,' _xi_ 'four,' _go_ 'five,' _rocu_
+'six,' _xichi_ 'seven,' _fachi_ 'eight,' _cu_ 'nine,' _jú_ 'ten.' The
+numbers eleven and above are made by joining these numbers together. Thus,
+'eleven' is _jǔichi_; _júni_ is 'twelve,' _júsan_ 'thirteen,' _júcu_
+'ninteen.' The tens are obtained by placing one of the numbers in front of
+ten; e.g., _nijú_ 'twenty,' _sanjú_ 'thirty,' _sanjǔichi_ 'thirty-one,'
+_cujǔ_ 'ninety.' _Fiacu_ means 'hundred,' _fiacu ichi_ 'one hundred and
+one,' _fiacu jǔ_ 'one hundred and ten,' _fiacu sanjǔ_ 'one hundred and
+thirty,' _ni fiacu_ 'two hundred,' _sambiacu_ 'three hundred.' _Xen_ means
+'thousand,' and _xen roppiacu sanjǔ ichi_ is 'sixteen thirty-one.'
+
+By placing the Japanese numerals in front of Japanese vocables, which are
+called _iomi_, and by removing the _tçu_ of the aforementioned numbers
+before they are joined to nouns or verb stems, one is able to enumerate
+those things which are indicated by the vocable; e.g., _fito cotoba_ 'one
+word,' _futa cotovari_ 'two reasons,' _mi ami_ 'three nets, or three casts
+of the net,' _iocama_ 'to bake something four times in an oven,' _itçu
+caqe_ 'five attacks,' _mu casane_ 'six robes, or covers,' _nana catana_
+'seven wounds by a sword,' _ia catague_ 'eight loads,' _cu cavari_[191]
+'nine changes,' _to cusa_ 'ten varieties.' Above the number ten this way of
+counting is not used, instead they say _iro júichi_ or _júichi no iro_ for
+'eleven colors.' The interrogative is _icutçu_. If the thing being
+questioned is placed after the interrogative the particle _no_ is added;
+e.g., _itçucu no qi zo_ [_icutçu_ ...] 'how many trees are there?' To such
+a question the answer is _futatçu_ 'two,' _mitçu_ 'three,' etc. If the
+_tçu_ is removed from _icutçu_, one may place it in front of the thing
+being asked about; e.g., _icu tocoro_ 'how many places?' _icu toqi_ 'how
+many hours?'; also _fito fanaxi_ 'one sermon, or conversation,' _futa sugi_
+'two treads,' _io te_ 'four hands, as in a fight,' _itçu tçubu_ 'five
+grains,' _mu tocoro_ 'six (68 places,' _ia mavari_ 'six [eight] circuits,'
+_cu ninai_ 'nine loads, carried in {176} the Japanese fashion on a stick
+with the load in front,' _to vatari_ 'ten crossings.' It is possible to
+count the same thing in different ways. Thus, _mu tocoro_ is also _mutçu no
+tocoro_ and _tocoro mutçu_ 'six places.' _Fito ie_ means 'one plain thing,'
+_futa ie_ 'doubled, or duplicate,' _mi ie_ 'triplicate,' etc. In the same
+way one may add Chinese numerals to Chinese vocables, or _coie_. Usually in
+this way of counting a [phonetic] change occurs in either the number or the
+thing counted. Sometimes this change is in the first part, sometimes in the
+second, and at other times in both. This is particularly true with the
+first, second, third, sixth, tenth, and one hundredth numbers. With the
+items below, if nothing is noted, it is an indication that nothing is
+changed.
+
+When asking about men one says _icutari?_ 'how many men?' The response is
+made by adding _nin_ to the Chinese numeral; e.g., _ichi nin_ 'one man,'
+_ni nin_ 'two men,' _iottari_ 'four men'; this is because _xinin_ means
+'dead person.'
+
+When asking about days one says _icca_ 'how many days?' The response is _fi
+fitoi_,[192] because _ichi nichi_ means 'one entire solar day,' _futçuca_
+'two days,' _micca_ 'three days,' _iocca_ 'four days,' _itçuca_ 'five
+days,' _muica_ 'six days,' _nanuca_ 'seven days,' _iǒca_ 'eight days,'
+_coconoca_ 'nine days,' _toca_[193] 'ten days,' _fatçuca_ 'twenty days.'
+The remaining days are counted with _coie_ numerals.
+
+When counting nights _ia_ is added to the _coie_ numerals; e.g., _ichi ia_
+'one night,' _ni ia_ 'two nights,' etc. It is also possible to add _io_
+which means 'night' in Japanese to the _iomi_ numeral; e.g., _icu io_ 'how
+many nights?' _futa io_ 'two nights,' _nana io_ 'seven nights,' etc.
+
+When enumerating the months of the year _guat_ is added to the _coie_
+numeral, with the exception that the first month is called _xóguat_. The
+second is _niguat_, the third is _saguat_,[194] the fourth is _xiguat_, the
+eleventh is _ximotçuqi_, and the twelfth and last is _xi vasu_. When
+counting months the _tçu_ is removed from the _iomi_ numeral and the word
+_tçuqi_, which means 'month,' is added. _Icutçuqi?_ means 'how many
+months.' In response one says _fitotçuqi_ 'one month,' up to ten which is
+_totçuqi_, and from there on one counts with _coie_ numerals; e.g.,
+_júichiguat_ 'eleven months.' If one wants to ask what month it is, {177}
+January, February, one says _nanguat_. The first month of the (69 Japanese
+year is March.
+
+In the enumeration of the years _nen_ is placed after the _coie_ numeral.
+In asking how many, _nen_ [_nan_] is placed before _nen_; e.g., _nannen_
+'how many years?' In response one says _ichinen_ 'one year,' _ionen_ 'four
+years,' _sanganen_ 'three years,' _sǒ ionen_[195] 'three or four years,'
+_sǒ xijúnen_ 'thirty or forty years,' _fatachi_ means 'twenty years of
+age,' as does _nijǔnen_, _nijǔ no toxi_, or _toxi niju_. They ask with
+_icutoxi_ or _toxi icutçu_ 'how old are you.' They count the age of men and
+animals such as cattle and horses by adding _sai_ to the _coie_ numeral;
+e.g., _issai_ 'one,' _nisai_ 'two,' _sanzai_ 'three.'
+
+In counting turns (_visis_) _do_ is added to the _coie_ numerals; e.g.,
+_nando_ 'how many times,' _ichido_ 'once,' _iodo_ 'four times,' _godo_
+'five times,' _sai san_ 'twice or thrice.'
+
+In the enumeration of ships _sô_ is placed after the _coie_ numeral; e.g.,
+_nanzo_ [_nanzô_] 'how many ships,' to which one answers _issô_ 'one ship,'
+_niso_ [_nisô_] 'two,' _sanzô_ 'three,' _fassô_ 'eight,' _jússô_ [_jissô_]
+'ten.'
+
+_Ichiren_ 'one string,' _niren_ 'two,' _saren_ 'three,' as in figs or
+pearls.
+
+When enumerating sermons, homilies (_tractatus_), or repetitions of things,
+_fen_ is placed after the numeral; e.g., _ippen_ 'one sermon,' _nifen_
+'two,' _sanben_ 'three,' _ave maria fiacu gojippen_ 'one hundred and fifty
+Hail Mary's.'
+
+In counting gold currency _momme_ is placed after the numeral; e.g., _ichi
+momme_ 'one _momme_,' _ni momme_ 'two,' _san mome_ [_san momme_] 'three.'
+When a _momme_ is divided into tenths it is called an _ippun_ [_fun_].
+Thus, _ippun_ means one tenth part of a _momme_, _nifun_ means 'two
+tenths,' _gofun_ means half the basic unit (_media dragma_), _roppun_ means
+'six tenths of a _momme_.'
+
+When the tenth part of a _momme_ is divided again into ten parts it is
+counted as _ichirin_, _nirin_, _sarin_, _iorin_, _gorin_, _rocurin_,
+_xichirin_, _fachirin_, and _curin_. Then comes _ippun_, which is one tenth
+of a _momme_. _Fiacu me_ means 'one hundred _momme_,' _fiacu ichi momme_
+'one hundred and one,' _icquan me_ means 'one thousand _momme_,'
+_jicquanme_ means 'ten thousand.' There are other coins of silver which are
+counted by placing _mai_ or _mon_ after the numeral; e.g., _ichi mon_ means
+one of {178} that unit, _ni mon_ is 'two,' _San mai_ is three hundred
+_mon_. They no longer produce a coin which is one half of the gold coin,
+but one thousand of these coins make _icquan_, while _jicquan_ is 'ten (70
+thousand _quan_.'[196]
+
+_Core va ica fodo ni suru_ 'how much is this worth?' or _ica fodo ni uru_
+'at what price will you sell this?' _Ni momme suru_ 'I consider it worth
+two _momme_,' or _ni momme ni iasui_ 'I can sell this for more than two
+_momme_, or at two _momme_ this is cheap.'
+
+The enumeration of liquid measurements is done by placing the particle _xô_
+in front of the liquid quantity; e.g., _ixxo_ [_ixxô_] 'one _xô_,' _nixo_
+[_nixô_] 'two,' _sango_ [_sanjô_] 'three.' Ten _xô_ are _itto_ which is the
+particle _to_ placed after the numeral; _nito_ means 'twenty _xô_,' _sando_
+'thirty.' For one tenth of a _xô_ one places the particle _go_ after the
+numeral; e.g., _Ichigo_ 'one _go_,' _nigo_ 'two,' _sango_ 'three,' _ixxô
+gogo_ 'one and one half _xô_.' _Fatto_ is eighty _xô_. One hundred _xô_
+make _ichi cocu_. By placing the _cocu_ after numerals one obtains _ni
+cocu_ 'two hundred _xô_,' _sangocu_ 'three hundred,' _jiccocu_ 'one
+thousand,' _xencocu_ 'ten thousand,' _ichi mangocu_ 'one hundred thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of the measurements of human height is achieved by placing
+_fito_ [_firo_] after the _iomi_ numerals; e.g., _fito firo_ 'one _firo_,'
+_futa firo_ 'two,' _jippiro_ 'ten.' The measurement of a span (_palmus_) is
+made by adding _xacu_ to the _coie_ numerals; e.g., _ixxacu_ 'one span, or
+three spans by the Spanish measuring system,'[197] _sanjaku_ 'three.'
+_Goxacu_ is the same as _fito firo_ which is a measurement we have referred
+to before. Six _xacu_ make up a measurement called _icqen_ 'one _qen_,'
+_nicqen_ [_niqen_] 'two,' _jicqen_ 'ten,' and _sanguen_ 'three.' From sixty
+of these measurements one makes a measurement called _icchó_, that is 'one
+mountain path,' _nicchǒ_ [_nichǒ_] 'two,' _jichiǒ [jicchǒ]_ 'ten,' _sangiǒ_
+'three.' From sixty-three [thirty-six] _chô_, as measured in the northern
+part of Japan, one obtains _ichiri_ which is one league or one miliar. One
+enumerates by adding _ri_ to the _coie_ numerals; e.g., _niri_ 'two,'
+_sanri_ 'three,' _gori_ 'five,' _júri_ 'ten'; _iori_ is 'four,' because
+_xiri_ means anus.[198] _Fan michi_ {179} means 'a half of a league.' They
+say; _ioco fan miqi tate ichiri_ [... _michi_ ...] 'a half a _ri_ wide and
+one _ri_ long,' _faba icqen_ 'the width is one _qen_,' _iofǒ futa firo_
+'two _hiro_ on all sides.'
+
+The cardinal numbers first, second, etc. are made by adding _ban_ to the
+_coie_ numerals; e.g., _ichi ban_ 'first,' _ni ban_ 'second.' To these are
+also added _me_, as said before; e.g., _xi ban me_ 'fourth.' One may also
+make the cardinal numbers by placing _dai_ in front of the _coie_ (71
+numerals; e.g., _daiichi_ 'first,' _daini_ 'second,' etc.
+
+The enumeration of multiples is done by adding _bai_ to the numbers; e.g.,
+_ichibai_ 'double,' _nibai_ 'triple,' _sanbai_ 'quadruple,'[199] _fiacu
+zobai_ 'one hundred fold.'
+
+The enumeration of the parts from the whole is done by placing _buichi_
+after the numeral; e.g., _ni buichi_ 'one from two parts,' _san buichi_
+'one from three parts.'
+
+To indicate one tenth _vari_ is placed after the numeral; e.g., _ichi vari_
+'one from ten parts,' _xi vari gobu_ 'four and one half from ten parts.'
+_Jú buichi_ is the same as _ichi vari_.
+
+The enumeration of oars, muskets, and long things made of wood is done by
+placing _chó_ after the numerals; e.g., _icchó_ 'one oar,' _nichó_ 'two,'
+_sangiǒ_ 'three,' _jichó_ [_jicchó_] 'ten.'
+
+The enumeration of fish and fire wood is done by placing _con_ after the
+numerals;[200] e.g., _iccon_, 'one fish,' _sangon_ 'three,' _jiccon_ 'ten,'
+_fiaccon_ 'one hundred,' _fiacu gojǔ sangon_ 'one hundred and fifty-three.'
+This is the amount Saint Peter caught, and even though he caught that
+number the net did not tear.
+
+The enumeration of leaves of paper and sheets of gold, etc. is done by
+placing _mai_ after the numeral; e.g., _ichimai_ 'one leaf,' _cami gomai_
+'five leaves of paper.'
+
+The enumeration of the stories of a house is done by placing _cai_ after
+the numeral; e.g., _nicai_ 'the first floor,' _sangai_ 'the second,'
+_xigai_ 'the third,' _gocai_ 'the fourth,' when counted as in a house in
+Madrid.
+
+The enumeration of utensils and cups for drinking is done by placing _fai_
+after the numeral; e.g., _ippai_ 'one drink, or one draught,' _nifai_
+'two,' _sanbai_ 'three,' _jippai_ 'ten.'
+
+{180}
+
+The enumeration of rolls of silk or the like is done by placing _tan_ after
+the numeral; e.g., _ittan_ 'one roll,' _nitan_ 'two,' _sandan_ 'three,'
+_jittan_ 'ten.' _Xichitan bune_ is a ship with a sail seven _tan_ wide.
+
+This is also said by adding _mai_ to the numeral; e.g., _gomai_ 'five,' as
+in _gomai bune_ 'a ship having a sail five _mai_ wide.'
+
+The enumeration of four-footed animals is done by placing _fiqi_ after the
+numeral; e.g., _ippiqi_ 'one animal,' _nifiqi_ 'two,' _sanbiqi_ 'three,'
+_roppiqi_ 'six,' _jippiqi_ 'ten,' _fiappiqi_ 'one hundred,' _xenbiqi_ 'one
+thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of images, pictures, and medicines is done (72 by placing
+_fucu_ after the numeral; e.g., _ippucu_ 'one item,' _nifucu_ 'two,'
+_sanbucu_ 'three,' _roppucu_ 'six,' _jippucu_ 'ten.' Needles are also
+counted this way.
+
+The enumeration of pounds (_libra_) is done by placing _qin_ after the
+numeral; e.g., _icqin_ 'one pound,' _niqin_ 'two,' _sanguin_ 'three,'
+_rocqin_ 'six,' _jicqin_ 'ten,' _fiacqin_ 'one hundred,' _xenqin_ 'one
+thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of masses and congregations of men is done by placing _za_
+after the numeral; e.g., _ichiza_ 'one congregation,' _niza_ 'two,' _sanza_
+'three,' _jǔza_, or better _toza_ 'ten.'
+
+The enumeration of sacks of rice, wheat, and the like, is done by placing
+_fiô_ after the numeral; e.g., _ippiô_ 'one sack,' _nifiô_ 'two,' _sanbiô_
+'three,' _xifio_ [_xifiô_] 'four,' _roppio_ [_roppiô_] 'six,' _jippio_
+[_jippiô_] 'ten,' _fiiappio_ [_fiappiô_] 'one hundred,' _xembiô_ [_xenbiô_]
+'one thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of pieces of wood, reeds, and needles is done by placing
+_fon_ after the numeral; e.g., _ippon_ 'one item,' _nifon_ 'two,' _sanbon_
+'three,' _roppon_ 'six,' _jippon_ 'ten,' _fiappon_ 'one hundred,' _xenbon_
+'one thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of bundles (_fasciculus_) is done by placing _va_ after the
+numeral; e.g., _ichiva_ 'one bundle,' _niva_ 'two,' _sanba_ 'three,'
+_jippa_ 'ten,' _júichiva_ 'eleven,' _ni jippa_ 'twenty.'
+
+The enumeration of burdens or the packs that horses carry is done by
+placing _só_ after the numeral; e.g., _issó_ 'one burden,' _nisǒ_ 'two,'
+_sanzó_ 'three,' _jissǒ_ 'ten.' In the same way one counts those
+furnishings called _biǒbu_; two or a pair from a set is called _issó_, etc.
+
+The enumeration of that which in the vernacular is called a quire of paper
+(_mano de papel_) is done by placing _giô_ after the numeral; e.g.,
+_ichigio_ [_ichigiô_] 'one quire,' _nigio_ [_nigiô_] 'two,' _sangiô_
+'three,' so on {181} to ten. Units of ten are counted by adding _socu_ to
+the numeral; e.g., _issocu_ 'ten quires, or what in the vernacular is
+called a half ream (_media resma_),' _nisocu_ 'twenty, or an entire ream.'
+With this particle _socu_ added to numerals one also counts pairs of shoes;
+e.g., _issocu_ 'a pair of shoes.'
+
+The enumeration of substance (_substantia_) is done by placing _tai_ after
+the numeral; e.g., _ittai_ 'one substance,' _nitai_ 'two,' _sandai_
+'three.' _Deus no von tocoro va goittai de gozaru_ 'God as God is of one
+substance and one essence.'
+
+The enumeration of the divisions in a writing (_capitulum_) is done by
+placing _cagiô_ after the numeral; e.g., _iccagiô_ 'one chapter,' (73
+_nicagio_ [_nicagiô_] 'two,' _sangagio_ [_sangagiô_] 'three,' _roccagio_
+[_roccagiô_] 'six,' _fiaccagio_ [_fiaccagiô_] 'one hundred.'
+
+The enumeration of drops is done by placing _teqi_ after the numeral; e.g.,
+_itteqi_ 'one drop,' _jitteqi_ 'ten.' The same meaning is obtained by
+adding _xizzucu_ to the _iomi_ numeral; e.g., _fito xizzucu_ 'one drop,'
+etc. In this case the _tçu_ must be removed from the numeral.
+
+The enumeration of the pairs of small sticks (_paxillus_) with which they
+eat is done by placing _tçui_ after the numeral; e.g., _itçui_ [_ittçui_]
+'one pair,' _jittçui_ 'ten.'
+
+The enumeration of bundles is done by placing _ca_ after the numeral; e.g.,
+_icca_ 'one bundle,' _nica_ 'two,' _sanga_ 'three.'
+
+The enumeration of books is done by placing _quan_ after the numeral; e.g.,
+_icquan_ 'one book,' _niquan_ 'two,' _sanguan_ 'three,' _roquan_
+[_rocquan_] 'six,' _jiquan_ [_jicquan_] 'ten.'
+
+With the interrogative _nan_, when it is placed before one of these nouns,
+it changes it in the same way as does the number three; e.g., _ano mmadomo
+va nanbiki zo?_ 'how many horses are there?'
+
+The enumeration of kingdoms (_regnum_) is done by placing _cacocu_ after
+the numeral; e.g., _iccacocu_ 'one kingdom,' _nicacocu_ 'two,' _sangacocu_
+'three,' _jiccacocu_ 'ten.' Kingdoms are divided into provinces or
+districts called _gun_, and this word also is placed after the numeral;
+e.g., _ichigun_ 'one province,' _nigun_ 'two,' _sangun_ 'three,' etc.
+
+Sermons and exhortations are enumerated by placing _dan_ after the numeral;
+_ichidan_ 'one sermon, or assembly.' Words are enumerated by {182} placing
+_gon_ or _guen_ after the numeral; e.g., _ichigon_ 'one word,' _sanguen_
+'three words.'
+
+Placing the particle _zzutçu_ after either _coie_ or _iomi_ numerals gives
+the meaning of 'each'; e.g., _ichinin ni uxi sanbiki zzutçu vo toraxeta_
+'he let the men have three oxen each,' _ichinin zzutçu saqe sanbai zzutçu
+vo nomareta_ 'each man drank three sake each.'
+
+In speaking of two or three things separately, they join the two numbers;
+e.g., _xigonin_ 'four or five men,' from which others may be copied.
+
+The honorific particles are four; _vo_, _von_, _go_, and _mi_.[201] The
+first two are joined to _iomi_ vocables. The last two are joined to _coie_,
+or Chinese vocables. The last is the most honorific and is used when
+speaking of things divine; e.g., _midexi tachi_ 'disciples of Christ the
+Lord,' _goichinin vocoite cudasarei_ 'please send one from among the
+Lords.'
+
+The words which follow have honorific particles that have (74 been added by
+the speaker. However, the honor is shown to the person addressed or to
+those related to him; e.g., _go focô_ [_go fôcô_] 'a duty,' _von furu mai_
+'a banquet,' _von cotoba_ 'a word, or a sermon,' _von mono gatari_ 'a
+conversation,' _von natçucaxij_ or _von nocori vovoi_ which mean the same
+as what the Portuguese call _saudades_ (nostalgia) and the Spanish call
+_carino_ (affection), _von tori avaxe_ 'intercession,' _von mi mai_ 'a
+visit,' _von cha_ 'that which one drinks when they invite you,' _go dancó_
+'a consultation or congregation for the purpose of obtaining advice,' _von
+rei_ 'an act of gratitude,' _von busata_ 'a lapse of good manners,' _vo
+motenaxi_ 'to treat well and elegantly,' _go chiso_ [_go chisô_] 'esteem,'
+_go iqen_ 'an opinion,' e.g., _fabacari nagara go iqen vo mǒxitai_ 'forgive
+me but I would like to give you some advice,' etc.
+
+Some Rules on the Conjugation of the Verb
+in the Written Language
+
+If the final _u_ is removed from the negative present it becomes an
+affirmative verb; e.g., _oracio vo tçutomen toqi va_ 'when I say my
+prayers,' {183} _xosa no tçutomen tame ni va_ 'in order to execute the
+work,' _michibiqi tamavan to voboximexi_ 'thinking of leading forth.'[202]
+
+For the affirmative future _beqi_ is added to the affirmative form with the
+_ru_ removed; for the future negative _becarazu_ is added to the
+affirmative form; e.g., _mǒsu beqi_ 'you will speak,' _mósu becarazu_ 'you
+will not speak.' When the sentence ends in the future, _beqi_ is changed to
+_bexi_.
+
+The infinitive for the future is formed by adding _coto_ to the future
+tense; e.g., _iomu beqi coto_. The subjunctive is formed by adding _qereba_
+to the root of the verb; e.g., _sugure qereba_.
+
+The gerund in _Do_ is formed by adding _te_ to the root of the verb; e.g.,
+_qiqi tamaite_.
+
+The substantive verb in the written language is _nari,u_ or _qeri,u_. If it
+comes at the end of the sentence it takes the root form;[203] e.g., _sadame
+naqi io no ixei nari_ 'it is the dignity of a world without stability.'
+
+The preterit is formed by adding _ari,u_ [_tari,u_] to the root; e.g.,
+_suguretaru_. If the form comes at the end of a sentence _ari,u_ (75
+[_tari,u_] is retained in the root form; e.g., _suguretari_.
+
+The pluperfect is formed by placing _nari_ after the present tense; e.g.,
+_ague tamǒ nari_ 'they had shown respect.'
+
+Even though there are other rules for the written language, if the reader
+knows Japanese well enough to read books, he will be able to progress in
+the language without difficulty.
+
+_PRAISE BE TO GOD_
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+{185}
+
+Works Consulted
+
+Alvarez, Manuel (Emmanuel Alvarus), _De Institutione Grammatica, Libri
+III_, Lisbon, 1572. (Also Amakusa, 1594. Cf. _Laures_ #14.)
+
+Collado, Diego, O.P., _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_, Rome, 1632.
+(Trans. by Ōtsuka Takanobu as _Koiyaado-chō Nippon bunten_, 1934 and
+revised as _Koryaado Nihon bunten_, 1957. Cf. _Laures_ #54.)
+
+Collado, Diego, O.P., _Dictionarium sive Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae
+Compendium_, Rome, 1632. (Edited by Ōtsuka Mitsunobu as _Koryaado
+Ra-Su-Nichi jiten_, 1966. Cf. _Laures_ #56.)
+
+Collado, Diego, O.P., _Niffon no cotõba ni yô confesion_, Rome, 1632.
+(Transcribed by Ōtsuka Mitsunobu as _Koryaado zangeroku_, 1957. Cf.
+_Laures_ #56.)
+
+Doi Tadao [Japanese], _Kirishitan gogaku no kenkyū_ [Japanese], Tokyo,
+1971.
+
+Doi Tadao [Japanese], "Koryaado Nihon bunten no seiritsu [Japanese],"
+_Nihon gogaku shinkō iinkai kenyū hōkoku_, #3, 1941.
+
+Doi Tadao [Japanese], ed., _Nippo jisho_ [Japanese], Tokyo, 1960. (Japanese
+edition of the _Vocabulario_.)
+
+Doi Tadao [Japanese], trs., _Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten_ [Japanese] Tokyo,
+1955. (Trans. of Rodriguez' _Arte_.)
+
+Fukushima Kunimichi [Japanese], _Kirishitan Shiryō to kokugo kenkyū_
+[Japanese], Tokyo, 1973.
+
+Hashimoto Shinkichi [Japanese], _Kirishitan kyōgi no kenkyū_ [Japanese],
+Tokyo, 1928.
+
+Iwai Yoshio [Japanese], _Nihongohō-shi: Muromachi-jidai hen_ [Japanese]
+Tokyo, 1973.
+
+Laures, Johannes, S.J., _Kirishitan Bunko_, Tokyo, 1957.
+
+Lebrija, Antonio (Antonius Nebrissensis), _Introductiones Latinae_,
+Salamanca, 1481.
+
+Moran, Joseph F., _A Commentary on the Arte Breve da Lingoa Iapoa of João
+Rodriguez, S.J.: With Particular Reference to Pronunciation_, Unpublished
+doctoral thesis, Oxford, 1971.
+
+Ōtomo Shin'ichi [Japanese], _Muromachi-jidai no kokugo-onsei no kenkyū_
+[Japanese], Tokyo, 1963.
+
+Ōtsuka Mitsunobu [Japanese], ed., _Koryaado Ra-Su-Nichi jiten_ [Japanese],
+Tokyo, 1966. (Japanese edition of Collado's _Dictionarium_.)
+
+Ōtsuka Mitsunobu [Japanese], ed., _Koryaado zangeroku_ [Japanese], Tokyo,
+1957. (Japanese edition of Collado's _Confesion_.)
+
+{186} Ōtsuka Takanobu [Japanese], tr., _Koiyaado-chō Nihongo bunten_
+[Japanese], Tokyo, 1934. (Revised as _Koryaado Nihon bunten_ [Japanese],
+Tokyo, 1957. Translation of Collado's _Ars Grammaticae_.)
+
+Rodriguez, João, S.J., _Arte Breve da Lingoa Iapoa_, Macao, 1620. (Cf.
+_Laures_ #35.)
+
+Rodriguez, João, S.J., _Arte da Lingoa de Iapam_, Nagasaki, 1604-1608.
+(Translated by Doi Tadao as _Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten_, 1955. Cf.
+_Laures_ #28.)
+
+Rodriguez, João, S.J., ed., _Vocabulario da Lingoa de Iapam_, Nagasaki,
+1603-1604. (Edited by Doi Tadao as _Nippo Jisho_, 1960. Cf. _Laures_ #27.)
+
+Thurot, Charles, _Extraits de divers manuscrits Latins pour servir a
+l'historie des doctrines grammaticales au moyen-age_, Paris, 1869.
+
+Yuzawa Kōkichirō [Japanese], _Muromachi-jidai gengo no Kenkyū_ [Japanese],
+Tokyo, 1958.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+{187}
+
+Index To Grammatical Categories
+
+The list which follows refers to the location of the general categories
+defined by Collado's description of Japanese. A broader classification of
+the grammar will be found in the table of contents while the specific
+grammatical elements are listed in the index which follows.
+
+  ablative (_see_ cases)
+  accusative (_see_ cases)
+  adjectival roots 114, 116, 138, 139
+  adjectives  114-117, 138, 139
+  adjectives, conditional 139
+    gerund 138
+    negative 138, 139
+    permissive 138
+  adverbial roots 115, 139, 162
+  adverbs 156-164
+  adverbs, accumulative 162
+    affirmative 160
+    comparative 161
+    conclusive 163
+    exaggerative 162
+    exclamatory 163
+    intensifying 162
+    interrogative 159
+    locational 156
+    negative 160
+    superlative 162
+    temporal 159
+  adversitive (_see_ particles)
+  alternative (_see_ particles)
+  arithmetic 174-182
+  auxiliaries 145-147, 149
+  auxiliaries, emphatic 149
+    humble 147
+    honorific 145, 146, 147
+
+  cases 111-113
+  cases, ablative 113
+    accusative 112
+    dative 112
+    genitive 112, 174
+    nominative 111
+    vocative 113
+  causative (_see_ verbs)
+  conditional (_see_ moods)
+  confirmation (_see_ particles)
+  conjugations 166, 167
+  comparatives 161
+  copulas 137
+  copulas, negative 137
+
+  dative (_see_ cases)
+  deciderative (_see_ particles)
+  disjunctive (_see_ particles)
+  disjunctive constructions 167
+  distributive (_see_ particles)
+  dubitive (_see_ particles)
+
+  emphatic (_see_ particles)
+  exclamatory (_see_ adverbs, particles)
+
+  future tense (_see_ verbs)
+
+  genitive (_see_ cases)
+  gerund (_see_ verbs)
+
+  honorific (_see_ auxiliaries, particles, verbs)
+
+  imperative (_see_ moods)
+  imperfect aspect (_see_ verbs)
+  infinitive (_see_ verbs)
+  intensifier (_see_ particles)
+  interjections 126, 132, 167, 168
+  interrogative (_see_ particles)
+  irregular verbs (_see_ verbs)
+
+  moods 125-142
+  moods, conditional 139, 140
+    imperative 125, 126, 132, 135-137
+    optative 126, 132
+    permissive 127-129, 133, 138, 139, 155
+    potential 140, 141
+    subjunctive 127, 128, 131-133, 138, 153
+
+  negative (_see_ verbs)
+  neutral (_see_ verbs)
+  nominalizers (_see_ particles)
+  nominative (_see_ cases)
+  nouns 111-118
+
+  optative (_see_ moods, particles)
+
+  participle (_see_ verbs)
+  particles 113-120, 148-156, 164-168, 182
+  particles, adversative 150, 153, 154
+    alternative 152
+    deciderative 126, 153
+  {188}
+    disjunctive 167
+    distributive 120, 157
+    dubitive 162, 163
+    emphatic 124, 125, 149, 167, 150
+    exclamatory 163
+    honorific 118, 119, 146, 147, 182
+    intensive 120, 148, 149, 162, 163, 164
+    interrogative 156, 159, 163, 168
+    nominalizing 117
+    optative 126, 132
+    pejorative 119, 120
+    permissive 128, 133
+    pluralizing 113, 114, 118, 119
+    presumptive 170
+    quotative 168, 170, 171
+    temporal 149, 154, 159
+  particles of manner 153, 154
+  particles of possibility 153
+  particles of similarity 149, 150, 161
+  passive (_see_ verbs)
+  perfect aspect (_see_ verbs)
+  pejorative (_see_ particles)
+  permissive (_see_ moods, particles)
+  pluralizers (_see_ particles)
+  pluperfect tense (_see_ verbs)
+  possibility (_see_ particles)
+  potential (_see_ moods, verbs)
+  prepositions 164, 165, 166
+  present tense (_see_ verbs)
+  presumptive (_see_ particles)
+  preterit tense (_see_ verbs)
+  pronouns 118-122
+  pronouns, first person 118, 119
+    second person 119
+    third person 120, 121
+
+  quotative (_see_ particles)
+
+  relative constructions 122
+
+  subjunctive (_see_ moods, particles)
+  substantive verbs (_see_ copulas)
+  superlatives 162
+  supine (_see_ verbs)
+  syntax 168-174
+
+  temporal (_see_ particles, adverbs)
+
+  verbal roots 123, 131, 134-136
+  verbs 123-156
+  verbs, causative 143
+    future 125, 135-137
+    gerund 129, 130, 134, 138, 154, 155, 174, 183
+    honorific 145-147
+    imperfect 152
+    infinitive 128-130, 133
+    irregular 141, 142
+    negative, future 132, 133, 141
+      pluperfect 132, 136
+      present 131, 136
+      preterit 131
+    neutral 172
+    participle 131, 134
+    passive 143, 172
+    perfect 124, 137
+    pluperfect 125
+    potential 144
+    present 123, 134, 135
+    preterit 124, 134-137
+    supine 130, 131, 156
+
+  vocative (_see_ cases)
+
+  written style 182, 183
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+{189}
+
+Index to Grammatical Elements
+
+There follows a list of those elements which Collado describes in his
+grammar. To a certain degree I have regularized his morphophonological
+analysis. For example, the preterit permissive form, described by Collado
+as _redomo_ after a preterit verb, is cross-listed as _-ta redomo_ in order
+to bring together morphologically similar forms. All forms occurring in the
+text with the honorific _gozaru_, etc. are indexed as _aru_, etc. For
+example, the element found in _aguenande gozaru_ 'I have not offered' will
+be indexed under _-nande aru_. As a general rule in this index items
+beginning with a hyphen are classified as endings, while the remaining
+items are particles.
+
+The spelling used in this index is that of the original. Those readers more
+familiar with the modified Hepburn system of romanization, as reflected in
+Kenkyūsha's Dictionary, will find the following simplified chart of help.
+Syllables presented in _Kenkyūsha_ as beginning with the following initial
+letters will have the corresponding spellings in Collado's grammar:
+
+  _e = ie_  |  _k = ca, qi, cu, qe, co_
+  _o = vo_  |  _s = sa, xi, su, xe, so_
+  ----------|  _z = za, ji, zu, je, zo_
+  _h = f_   |  _t = ta, chi, tçu, te, to_
+  _y = i_   |  _d = da, gi, zzu, de, do_
+  _w = v_   |
+
+The citations are numbered according to their location in the translation
+and are limited to those places where the element is explained or used to
+demonstrate a grammatical point.
+
+The following abbreviations are used:
+
+  abl.    ablative        excl.   exclamatory     part.   participle
+  adj.    adjective       fut.    future          perf.   perfect
+  adv.    adverb          gen.    genitive        perm.   permissive
+  advers. adversitive     ger.    gerund          pot.    potential
+  acc.    accusative      hon.    honorific       plup.   pluperfect
+  aff.    affirmative     imp.    imperative      prep.   preposition
+  alt.    alternative     ind.    indicative      pres.   present
+  aux.    auxiliary verb  inf.    infinitive      pret.   preterit
+  concl.  conclusive      interj. interjection    pron.   pronoun
+  cond.   conditional     interr. interrogative   quot.   quotative
+  conj.   conjunction     intens. intensive       subj.   subjunctive
+  const.  construction    irr.    irregular       temp.   temporal
+  cop.    copula          loc.    locative        v.      verb
+  dat.    dative          n.      noun            voc.    vocative
+  disj.   disjunctive     neg.    negative        writ.   written style
+  dist.   distributive    nom.    nominative      1st     1st conjugation
+  dub.    dubitive        opt.    optative        2nd     2nd conjugation
+  emph.   emphatic        p.      particle        3rd     3rd conjugation
+
+{190}
+
+  _-aba_ (cond., 2nd) 139
+  _-ai_ (adj.) 114, 138
+  _-ai_ (imp.) 135, n. 91
+  _-ai_ (v. root, 3rd) 135
+  _ai_ (emph.) 149
+  _ai_ (hort.) 163
+  _aidani_ (temp.) 149
+  _-ananda_ (neg. pret., 2nd) 135
+  _-anu_ (neg. pres., 2nd) 135
+  _arisama_ (p. of manner) 154
+  _ari,u_ (hon. aux.) 145, 146
+  _arui va_ (conj.) 166
+  _avare_ (interj.) 168;
+    (w. opt.) 126, 132
+  _-azu_ (neg. root, 2nd) 135
+
+  _-ba_ (cond.) 139
+  _-ba atte mo_ (advers.) 153
+  _bacari_ (intens.) 164
+  _-baia_ (w. fut.) 125
+  _-ba tote_ (perm.) 133
+  _baxi_ (dub.) 163
+  _becarazu_ (neg. fut., writ.) 183
+  _beqi_ (fut., writ.) 183
+  _beqi coto_ (fut. inf., writ.) 183
+  _bexi_ (fut., writ.) 183
+
+  _ca_ (interr.) 156, 163;
+    (temp.) 159;
+    (conj.) 167
+  _cai-_ (intens.) 149
+  _caia_ (interr.) 163
+  _cana_ (interj.) 168
+  _canavanu_ (w. const. showing necessity) 155
+  _cara_ (nom.) 111;
+    (abl.) 113;
+    (w. subj.) 127;
+    (w. neutral v.) 172;
+    (w. passive v.) 172
+  _-carananda_ (neg. pret. adj.) 139
+  _-caranu_ (neg. pres. adj.) 139
+  _-carazu_ (neg. adj. root) 139
+  _-catte_ (neg. adj. ger.) 138
+  _caxi_ (w. opt.) 126, 132;
+    (w. subj.) 128
+  _coso_ (advers.) 150;
+    (w. ind. ending in _-e_) 150;
+    (neg. meaning w. aff. ger.) 154
+  _coto_ (w. inf.) 129, 133;
+    (w. pot.) 154
+  _coto gia_ (p. w. no special meaning) 152
+  _coto mo arózu_ (w. pot.) 141
+
+  _-da_ (see _-ta_)
+  _-dari_ (see _-tari_)
+  _-de_ (see _-te_)
+  _de_ (prep.) 165, 166;
+    (w. subj.) 127, 153
+  _-demo_ (see _-temo_)
+  _dógu_ (nominalizer) 117
+  _-domo_ (perm.) 127, 133, 138
+  _domo_ (p. of necessity) 155
+  _domo_ (n. pluralizer) 113, 114, 119
+
+  _-e_ (ind. w. _coso_) 150
+  _-e_ (see _-te_)
+  _-e_ (v. root, 1st) 123
+  _-e_ (imp.) 135, 136, 137
+  _-eba_ (pres. cond., 1st) 139
+  _-edomo_ (see _redomo_)
+  _-ei_ (adj.) 114, 138
+  _-enu_ (neg. pres., 1st) 131
+  _-eô_ (adv.) 115, 156
+  _-eô_ (fut., 1st) 125
+  _-eôda_ (pret., 1st) 135
+  _-ezu_ (neg. v. root, 1st) 131
+
+  _faia_ (emph.) 124, 125
+  _faxi-_ (intens.) 149
+  _fito_ (w. part.) 131, 134
+  _fodo_ (w. gen.) 174
+  _furi-_ (p. of similarity) 150
+
+  _ga_ (nom.) 111;
+    (gen.) 112;
+    (acc.) 112;
+    (w. inf.) 129;
+    (in relative const.) 122
+  _ga_ (intens. w. pron.) 120
+  _ga_ (conj.) 148
+  _ga gotoqu_ (p. of similarity) 149
+  _gana_ (w. opt.) 126, 132
+  _go_ (hon.) 182
+  _goto_ (dist.) 120
+  _goto_ (nominalizer) 117
+  _gotoqu_ (p. of similarity) 150, 161
+  _guena_ (presumptive) 170
+
+  _ha_ (interj.) 168
+  _hat_ (interj.) 168
+
+  _-i_ (adj.) 116
+  _-i_ (imp.) 135, 136
+  {191}
+  _-i_ (v. root, 2nd) 134
+  _-i_ (irr. v. root, 1st) 123
+  _ia_ (excl.)    163
+  _ia_ (interj.)    168
+  _iai_ (excl.)    163
+  _iara_ (interj.)    168;
+    (w. disj. const.)    167
+  _iare_ (excl.)    163
+  _-iasui_ (w. supine)    156
+  _icani_ (voc.)    113;
+    (w. plurals)    113
+  _-i caxi_ (perm.)    129
+  _-ide_ (neg. ger.)    134
+  _-ide arózu_ (neg. plup. showing completed action)    137
+  _-ide aru_ (neg. plup.)    132
+  _-ide atta_ (neg. plup.)    132
+  _-ide canavanu_ (ending showing necessity)    155
+  _-idemo_ (neg. fut. perm.)    133, 154
+  _-ide naranu_ (ending showing necessity)    155
+  _-ide nochi_ (neg. ger.)    134
+  _-ide va_ (ending showing necessity)   155
+  _ie_ (acc.)    112;
+    (dat.)    112;
+    (prep.)    165;
+    (w. subj.)    127
+  _ie_ (w. neg. possibility)    153
+  _ie,uru_ (aux. of neg. possibility)    152
+  _iei_ (interr.)    168
+  _igo_ (w. subj.)    127
+  _-ij_ (adj.)    114, 138
+  _io_ (intens.)    163
+  _io_ (imp.)    125
+  _ió_ (p. of manner)    153
+  _io caxi_ (w. opt.)    126
+  _ióni_ (w. inf.)    129;
+    (w. quot.)    170
+  _iori_ (nom.)    111;
+    (abl.)    113;
+    (w. inf.)    130;
+    (w. ger.)    174;
+    (w. comparative const.)    161;
+    (w. relative const.)    122
+  _iori mo_ (w. comparative const.)    161
+  _iori mo nao_ (w. comparative const.)    161
+  _-i tomo_ (perm. adj.)    138
+  _-iú_ (adv.)    115, 156
+
+  _jibun_ (w. ger.)    130
+
+  _ma-_ (v. intensifier)    149
+  _macari-_ (p. showing modesty)    149
+  _made_ (prep.)    166
+  _made gia_ (p. w. no special meaning)    152
+  _madeio_ (w. perm.)    128, 133;
+    (p. of confirmation)    152
+  _mai_ (dist.)    120
+  _mai_ (neg. fut.)    132
+  _mai coto_ (neg. fut. inf.)    133
+  _mai coto mo arózu_ (neg. fut. pot.)    141
+  _maieni_ (w. neg. v.)    133
+  _mai mono_ (neg. ger.)    134
+  _mai mono vo_ (neg. opt.)    132
+  _mai qereba_ (neg. subj.)    133
+  _mai qeredomo_ (neg. perm.)    133, 155
+  _mairaxi,u_ (hon. aux.)    147
+  _mai tomo_ (neg. fut. perm.)    133
+  _mai tote_ (neg. ger.)    134
+  _maji_ (neg. fut., cf. _mai_)    132
+  _maji qere_ (neg. cond.)    139
+  _majiqu va_ (neg. cond.)    140
+  _mamaio_ (w. perm.)    128, 133
+  _maraxi,u_ (hon. aux.)    145
+  _mata_ (conj.)    166
+  _mata va_ (conj.)    166
+  _me_ (pejorative, w. pron.)    119, 120
+  _me_ (p. showing terminus of action)    117
+  _me-_ (feminine)    114
+  _mega_ (pejorative, w. pron.)    119, 120
+  _mexi-_ (hon.)    147
+  _mi-_ (hon.)    118, 182
+  _mo_ (conj.)    166;
+    (dist.)    157;
+    (advers. w. ger.)    154;
+    (w. subj.)    128
+  _mono_ (p. showing performer of action)    117
+  _mono_ (w. part.)    131, 134;
+    (w. pot.)    141
+  _mono de arózu_ (w. cond.)    141
+  _mono vo_ (w. opt.)    126, 132
+  _motte_ (emph.)    167
+  _moxi_ (excl.)    163
+  _moxi va_ (conj.)    166
+
+  _-n_ (pres., writ.)    182
+  _na_ (concl.)    163
+  _na_ (neg. imp.)    132, 137
+  {192}
+  _na_ (adj.) 115, 117, 138
+  _na caxi_ (neg. opt.) 132
+  _-nagara_ (ger.) 155
+  _nal coto mo arózu_ (neg. pot. w. adj.) 141
+  _-naide_ (neg. ger.) 134
+  _-naide cara_ (neg. ger.) 134
+  _-naidemo_ (neg. perf. perm.) 133
+  _nama_ (p. showing incomplete action) 148
+  _-nanda_ (neg. pret.) 132
+  _-nanda coto_ (neg. pret. inf.) 133
+  _-nanda mono_ (neg. ger.) 134
+  _-nanda mono de arózu_ (neg. perf. pot.) 141
+  _-nandaraba_ (neg. perf. cond.) 139
+  _-nanda reba_ (neg. perf. subj.) 133
+  _-nanda reba tote_ (neg. perf. perm.) 133
+  _-nanda redomo_ (neg. perf. subj.) 133
+  _-nanda ritomo_ (neg. perf. perm.) 133
+  _-nanda to_ (neg. perf. inf.) 133
+  _-nande aru_ (neg. plup.) 132
+  _-nande atta_ (neg. plup.) 132
+  _-nanzzu ró_ (neg. perf. pot.) 141
+  _-naraba_ (cond.) 139
+  _naranu_ (w. const. showing necessity) 155
+  _nari,u_ (pot. aux. w. adj.) 141
+  _nasare,uru_ (hon. aux.) 145
+  _na ... so_ (neg. imp.) 132, 137
+  _-neba_ (neg. subj.) 132
+  _-neba tote_ (neg. perm.) 133
+  _-nedomo_ (neg. perm.) 133
+  _negavacu va_ (w. opt.) 126, 132
+  _ni_ (dat.) 112;
+    (abl.) 113;
+    (prep.) 164, 165;
+    (w. ger.) 130, 134;
+    (w. cond.) 138;
+    (w. subj.) 127;
+    (w. supine) 130, 131;
+    (w. passive v.) 172;
+    (adv. form of _na_) 121
+  _ni iotte_ (prep.) 164;
+    (w. indefinite pron.) 121
+  _ni itatte_ (prep.) 165
+  _ni tai xite_ (prep.) 164
+  _ni tçuite_ (prep.) 164;
+    (w. inf.) 130
+  _ni totte_ (prep.) 165
+  _ni va_ (w. cond.) 139
+  _ni voite va_ (prep.) 165;
+    (w. cond.) 139, 140
+  _ni xitagatte_ (prep.) 165
+  _ni xitagóte_ (see _ni xitagatte_)
+  _ni xite_ (w. ger.) 130, 138
+  _no_ (nom.) 111;
+    (gen.) 112;
+    (w. quote.) 171;
+    (to form adj.) 114;
+    (in relative const.) 122
+  _nó_ (p. of confirmation) 163
+  _nochi_ (w. subj.) 127
+  _no gotoqu_ (prep., dialect) 166
+  _no iori_ (prep.) 165
+  _-nu_ (neg. pres., 1st) 131
+  _-nu madeio_ (neg. pres. perm., 1st) 133
+  _-nu maie ni_ (w. aff. meaning) 151
+  _-nu mamaio_ (neg. pres. perm., 1st) 133
+
+  _o_ (form of _vo_ after _n_) 171
+  _-ó_ (pres., 3rd) 135
+  _-ó_ (fut., 2nd) 135;
+    (fut. imp., 2nd) 135
+  _-ó_ (adv.) 115, 156
+  _-ô_ (pres., 3rd) 136
+  _-ô_ (fut., 1st) 125;
+    (fut. imp., 1st) 125
+  _-ô_ (adv.) 115, 156
+  _-ô coto_ (fut. inf., 1st) 129
+  _-ô coto mo arózu_ (fut. pot., 1st) 141
+  _-óda_ (pret., 2nd) 134
+  _-ôda_ (pret., 2nd) 134
+  _-ô fito_ (fut. part., 1st) 131
+  _-oi_ (adj.) 114, 138
+  _-oi_ (v. root, 3rd) 135
+  _-ô mono_ (fut. part., 1st) 131
+  _-ô ni_ (ger., 1st) 130
+  _-ô tame_ (ger., 1st) 130
+  _-óte_ (adj. ger.) 138
+  _-ôte_ (adj. ger.) 138
+  _-ô to_ (fut. inf., 1st) 129
+  _-ô toqi_ (fut. subj., 1st) 127
+  _-ô tote_ (ger., 1st) 130
+  _-ó xite_ (adj. ger.) 138
+  _-ôzu_ (fut., 2nd) 135
+  _-ôzu_ (imp., 1st) 125
+  _-ôzu mono vo_ (perf. opt., 1st) 126
+  _-ôzure_ (fut., 1st, w. _coso_) 151
+  _-ôzuru_ (fut., 2nd) 135
+  {193}
+  _-ôzuru_ (fut., 1st)    125
+  _-ôzuru coto no saqi ni_ (plup. subj., 1st)    128
+  _-ôzuru ni_ (plup. subj., 1st)    128
+  _-ôzuru tocoro ni_ (plup. subj., 1st)    128
+  _-ôzu tomo_ (fut. perm., 1st)    128
+
+  _qere_ (p. of confirmation)    150
+  _qereba_ (w. subj.)    133, 138
+  _qeredomo_ (w. perm.)    133, 139
+  _-qi_ (adj.)    116
+  _qiri,u_ (emph. aux.)    149
+  _-qu_ (adj. root)    138
+  _-qu tomo_ (adj. perm.)    138
+  _-qu va_ (adj. cond.)    139
+  _-qu xite_ (adj. ger.)    138
+
+  _ra_ (pluralizer)    113, 114, 118, 119
+  _-raba_ (cond.)    139
+  _-rare,uru_ (pot., 1st)    144;
+    (hon., 1st)    145;
+    (passive, 1st)    143
+  _-re,uru_ (pot., w. 2nd & 3rd) 144;
+    (hon., w. 2nd & 3rd) 145, 147;
+    (passive, w. 2nd & 3rd) 143
+  _-re_ (pret. ending after _coso_, see _-tare_) 150
+  _-reba_ (subj., 1st)    127
+  _reba_ (w. perf. subj.)    132;
+    (w. cop.)    138
+  _-redomo_ (perm., 1st)    128
+  _redomo_ (w. perf. perm.)    133;
+    (w. inf.)    130;
+    (w. cop.)    138
+  _-ri_ (alt.)    152
+  _ritomo_ (w. perf. perm.)    128, 133
+  _ró_ (pot.)    140
+  _-ru_ (see _-uru_)
+
+  _sa_ (nominalizer for adj.)    117
+  _sai_ (imp.)    126
+  _saie_ (emph.)    150;
+    (w. cond.)    140;
+    (w. neg. const.)    150
+  _sama_ (prep., dialect)    166
+  _sama_ (temp.)    154
+  _sama_ (hon.)    119
+  _saqini_ (w. neg. v.)    151
+  _saraba_ (conj.)    167
+  _sareba sareba_ (conj.)    167
+  _sari nagara_ (conj.)    167
+  _satemo_ (interj.)    167
+  _satemo satemo_ (interj.)    167
+  _sate sate_ (interj.)    167
+  _-saxe,uru_ (causative)    143
+  _saxemaxi,u_ (hon. aux.)    145
+  _-saxerare,uru_ (hon.)    146
+  _só aru tocoro de_ (conj.)    167
+  _sóna_ (p. of presumption)    170
+
+  _-ta_ (pret., 1st)    124, 134, 136;
+    (w. adj. function)    116
+  _-tacatta_ (pret. of _-tai_)    153
+  _tachi_ (pluralizer)    113, 119
+  _-ta coto_ (pret. inf., 1st)    129
+  _-ta fito_ (pret. part., 1st)    131
+  _-tagari,u_ (2nd & 3rd person deciderative)    153
+  _-tai_ (deciderative)    153;
+    (w. imp. meaning)    126
+  _-ta madeio_ (per. perm., 1st)    128
+  _tamai,ó_ (hon. aux.)    145
+  _-ta mamaio_ (perf. perm., 1st)    128
+  _tame_ (prep.)    164;
+    (w. ger.)    130, 134
+  _tameni_ (w. supine)    130
+  _-ta mono_ (pret. part., 1st)    131
+  _-ta mono de arózu_ (perf. pot., 1st)    141
+  _-taraba_ (perf. cond., 1st)    139
+  _-taraba iocaró mono va_ (perf. opt., 1st)    126
+  _-tare_ (pret. ending w. _coso_)    150
+  _-ta reba_ (perf. subj., 1st)    127
+  _-ta reba tote_ (perf. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-ta redomo_ (perf. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-tari_ (pret. writ.)    183
+  _-tari_ (alt.)    152
+  _-ta ritomo_ (perf. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-taró ni va_ (perf. cond., 1st)    139
+  _-taró va_ (perf. opt.)    126
+  _-tarózu_ (plup., 1st)    125
+  _tate matçuri,u_ (humble aux.)    147
+  _-ta to_ (pret. inf., 1st)    129
+  _tatoi_ (w. perm.)    128
+  _-tçu_ (alt.)    152
+  _tçui-_ (intens.)    148
+  _-tçu ró_ (perf. pot., 1st)    140, 151
+  _-te_ (ger.)    129, 130, 155, 183;
+    (inf.)    129
+  _-te_ (part.)    131
+  _-te aranu_ (neg. pret., completed action)    137
+  _-te aró_ (fut., completed action)    137
+  {194}
+  _-te aró ni va iocaró mono vo_ (perf. opt.)    126
+  _-te arózu_ (perf.) 124, 137
+  _-te atta_ (perf.)  124, 137;
+    (w. perf. subj.)    127
+  _-te atta reba_ (plup. subj.)    127
+  _-te cara_ (plup. subj.)    127
+  _-te coso_ (w. neg. meaning)    154
+  _tei_ (p. of manner)    154
+  _-te igo_ (plup. subj.)    127
+  _-te mo_ (subj.)    128;
+    (w. advers.)    154
+  _-te nochi_ (plup. subj.)    127
+  _to_ (gen.)    112
+  _to_ (conj.)    166
+  _to_ (w. inf.)    129, 133
+  _to_ (quot.)    168;
+    (w. adv. of sound)    163
+  _tocacu_ (disj.)    167
+  _tocoro_ (w. subj.)    127;
+    (p. of completed action)    151
+  _tocoro gia_ (p. w. no special meaning)    151
+  _tocoro no_ (w. relative const.)    122
+  _-tomo_ (w. perm.)    128, 133, 138, 150
+  _to mo_ (quot.)    170
+  _-tó mo nai_ (neg. of _-tai_)    153
+  _toqi_ (w. subj.)    127;
+    (w. pret. imperfect)    152
+  _tori-_ (intens.)    149
+  _tote_ (w. perm.)    128, 133;
+    (w. ger.)    134
+  _to tomo ni_ (prep.)    165
+  _to xite_ (w. ger.)    130
+  _-tta_ (pret., 2nd)    134
+
+  _-u_ (pres., 2nd)    134
+  _-ú_ (adv.)    115, 156
+  _-ú_ (pres., 3rd)    136
+  _uchi-_ (intens.)    149
+  _-ui_ (adj.)    115, 138
+  _-ui_ (v. root, 3rd)    135
+  _uie_ (prep.)    166
+  _uie iori_ (prep.)    164
+  _-unda_ (pret., 2nd)    134
+  _-ureba_ (pres. cond.)    139
+  _-uru_ (pres., 1st)    123
+  _-uru fito_ (pres. part., 1st)    131
+  _-uru iori_ (pres. inf., 1st)    130
+  _-uru jibun_ (ger., 1st)    130
+  _-uru madeio_ (pres. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-uru mamaio_ (pres. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-uru mo_ (fut. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-uru mono_ (pres. part., 1st)    131
+  _-uru ni_ (ger., 1st)    130
+  _-uru ni tçuite_ (pres. inf., 1st)   130
+  _-uru tame_ (ger., 1st)    130
+  _-uru tameni_ (supine, 1st)    130
+  _-uru tomo_ (fut. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-uru tote_ (ger., 1st)    130
+  _-uru vo motte_ (pres. inf., 1st)    128
+
+  _va_ (nom.)    111;
+    (acc.)    112;
+    (w. subj.)    127;
+    (w. inf.)    130;
+    (w. cond.)    139;
+    (w. other p.)    114;
+    (replacing other p.)    114;
+    (w. const. showing necessity)    155
+  _va_ (p. of confirmation)    149
+  _-vaba_ (cond., 3rd)    139
+  _-vananda_ (neg. pret., 3rd)    136
+  _-vanande aru_ (neg. pret., 3rd)    136
+  _-vanande atta_ (neg. pret., 3rd)    136
+  _-vanu_ (neg. pres., 3rd)    136
+  _-vazu_ (neg. root, 3rd)    136
+  _vo_ (acc.)    113;
+    (w. subj.)    127;
+    (w. neutral v.)    172;
+    (becomes _o_ after _n_)    171
+  _vo-_ (hon.)    146, 182
+  _vo-_ (masculine)    114
+  _-vó_ (fut., 3rd)    136
+  _voba_ (acc.)     112
+  _voi-_ (intens.)    149
+  _vo motte_ (prep.)    165;
+    (w. inf.)    130
+  _von-_ (hon.)   118, 182
+  _vôxe-_ (hon.)    147
+  _-vózu_ (fut., 3rd)    136
+  _-vózuru_ (fut., 3rd)    136
+
+  _-xe,uru_ (causative)    143
+  _xemaxi,u_ (hon. aux.)    145
+  _-xerare,uru_ (hon.)    146
+  _-xi_ (adj.)    116
+  _xicareba_ (conj.)    167
+  _xidai_ (prep.)    165
+  _xite_ (w. neg. ger.)    131, 134
+  _xu_ (n. pluralizer)    113
+
+  _-zaru_ (neg. pres., dialect)    131
+  {195}
+  _-zatta_ (neg. pret., dialect)    131
+  _-zatta reba_ (neg. perf. subj. dialect)    131
+  _zo_ (interr.)    156, 159, 163;
+    (temp.)    159;
+    (dub.)    162;
+    (intens.)    162
+  _-zu_ (neg. v. root, 1st)    131
+  _-zũba_ (neg. cond.)    139
+  _-zumba_ (see _zũba_)
+  _-zu tomo_ (neg. perf. perm., 1st)    133
+  _-zu va_ (neg. cond.)    139
+  _-zu xite_ (neg. ger., 1st)    131, 134
+  _-zzu_ (alt.)    152
+  _-zzu ró_ (perf. pot.)    140, 151
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Notes
+
+[1] Diego Collado, O.P., _Niffon no Cotoba no Yô Confesion_, etc. (Rome,
+1632). For further bibliographic data cf. Johannes Laures, _Kirishitan
+Bunko_ (Tokyo, 1957). Cf. also Ōtsuka Mitsunobu, _Koriyaado zangeroku_
+(Tokyo, 1967), for a Japanese transliteration and concordance. It should be
+noted that the material in this work had no direct influence upon the
+concurrently written grammar. The only example in the _Ars Grammaticae_
+which might have been borrowed from the _Confesion_ is on p. 23 where we
+find _doco de qiqi marasuru mo, sono sata va mósanu_ 'although this is
+heard everywhere, I have heard nothing of it.' which parallels the
+_Confesion_, p. 6, l. 18; _docu _[_sic_]_ de qiqi marasuru mo; sono sata ga
+gozaranu_ 'one hears about this everywhere; but, it doesn't seem to be so.'
+
+[2] The bibliographical data on these and other works directly related to
+the study of Collado's Grammar will be found in the section on bibliography
+which follows.
+
+[3] Other works by Collado have come down to us; cf. a memorial by him
+published in 1633 (Laures, _Kirishitan Bunko_, item 411). Such material is,
+however, only peripherally related to the study of language.
+
+[4] For a brilliantly written biography see Michael Cooper, S.J.,
+_Rodrigues the Interpreter: An Early Jesuit in Japan and China_ (Tokyo,
+1974).
+
+[5] The Press of the Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith was
+founded in 1626 when the Congregation was at the height of its activity.
+Grammars of the major non-European languages published during this period
+are:
+
+  _Date_   _Language_  _Grammarian_
+
+   1628     Syrian      Abraham Ecchell
+   1630     Ethiopian   V. M. Rearino
+   1631     Arabic      Thomas Obicini
+   1632     Japanese    Diego Collado
+   1636     Coptic      A. Kircher
+   1637     Arabic      Germano de Silesia
+   1642     Arabic      P. Guadagnoli
+   1643     Georgian    F. M. Maggio
+   1645     Armenian    Clemente Galano
+   1647     Syrian      J. Acurense
+   1650     Arabic      Antonio de Aguila
+   1661     Persian     Ignazio de Jesu
+
+[6] Rodriguez' own work is strongly influenced by the format found in
+Manuel Alvarez (1526-1582), _De Institutione Grammatica, Libri III_
+(Lisbon, 1572). So much a part of the training in the Society of Jesus was
+this work that an edition was printed in 1594 as one of the earliest
+products of the Mission Press at Amakusa.
+
+[7] The palatal semi-vowel is represented, as in most the Christian
+materials, by a number of transcriptional devices such as _i_, _e_, _h_,
+and palatal consonants; e.g., _fiacu_, _agueô_, _cha_, and _xô_.
+
+[8] See the translation, p. [82], n. 8.
+
+[9] Collado's and Rodriguez' analyses agree in classifying the _ni-dan_
+verbs and _suru_ into one conjunction, the _yo-dan_ verbs into a second,
+and the _ha-gyō_ of the _yo-dan_ into a third.
+
+[10] It should be recalled that the _Ars Grammaticae_ is numbered by the
+page and the _Arte_ by the leaf.
+
+[11] See p. 14, under _Dos nomes adiectivos_, where the initial distinction
+is drawn between nominal and verbal adjectives.
+
+[12] Rodriguez does not treat the substantive verb in _Arte Breve_, but
+refers the reader to his earlier work for its description.
+
+[13] _Verbo pessoal_ as contrasted with _verbo substantivo_ and _verbo
+adjectivo_.
+
+[14] Rodriguez defines this term elsewhere (_Arte_, 56) as the vowels, _A_,
+_I_, _V_, _Ye_, _Vo_, in that order. See also the introduction to the
+_Vocabulario_.
+
+[15] This term, not found in the _Arte_, is applied to the entire complex
+of "spelling" rules which Rodriguez introduces into his description. While
+no clear-cut influences can be established, it is generally held by Doi and
+others that these rules are based upon _Kanazukai no chikamichi_ or some
+similar work. See _Kokugogaku taikei_, Vol. 9 (Tokyo, 1964), pp. 69-77.
+
+[16] Latin _liquesco_, "to become fluid, or melt." Used here as a term to
+describe the palatal and labial series.
+
+[17] This last phrase is to be understood in the context of the following
+passages which deal with euphonic change in the absence of a devise,
+_nigori ten_, to show voicing.
+
+[18] Rodriguez used _Vma_ regularly in the _Arte_, but notes the variant
+_Muma_ on 178v.
+
+[19] Presumably a reference to such variants as _Samurô_ for _Saburô_.
+
+[20] _Liurinho_, presumably a treatise such as the _Kanazukai no
+chikamichi_, by Ichijō Kanera.
+
+[21] In this passage Rodriguez is suggesting that certain European
+grammarians, out of ignorance of native grammatical theory, have
+misinterpreted the formational rules; and that, perhaps for pedogogical
+convenience, he has retained some of these "unnatural" rules in his
+description.
+
+[22] Read _Taxxi_.
+
+[23] Read _tatesai_. The punctuation _Tateyo_. _Tatei_, _tatesai_, is in
+all likelihood a typesetter's error for _Tateyo_, _tatei_, _tatesai_.
+
+[24] The conjugational display (27v) lists _motomuruni_ and
+_motomurutocoroni_.
+
+[25] Rodriguez is here confusing the usage of the classical particle _ran,
+ramu_ with the construction _te + ara + mu_.
+
+[26] In the conjugational charts we find:
+
+  _motomeô_        }
+  _motometarǒ_  } _toki_
+  _motomeôzuru_    }
+
+[27] The following notes are necessary to correct the printer's errors that
+occur in this listing:
+
+a. In the perfect conditional of _Vabi_ read _bitaraba_ for _bitaraaba_.
+
+b. The form _Fitobi_ should in all likelihood read _Fotobi_ 'to be wet.'
+
+c. The forms _Fotobi_, _Fokorobi_, and _Fusabi_ are all given present
+indicatives in _bu_. There seems to be no reason for the ending appropriate
+to the classical _shūshikei_ to be used for these particular verbs and the
+_bu_ is taken as a misprint of _buru_. The _Arte_ (28) lists these forms as
+regular.
+
+d. In the perfect conditional of _Mochiy_ read _ytaraba_ for _yttaraba_.
+
+e. The form _Coru_ should read _Cori_.
+
+f. It will be noticed in the final segment of this listing, beginning with
+Y, Rodriguez makes no effort to distinguish among _Kami-ichidan_,
+_kami-nidan_, and the irregular verb _Ki_ 'to come.'
+
+[28] By this single rule Rodriguez brings the two _na-hen_ verbs into the
+second conjugation.
+
+[29] Read _najûda_ and _nijûda_.
+
+[30] Although the spelling _auoghǒ_ would contain a redundancy it would
+agree with such forms as _aghuru_, _coghanu_ and _coghǒ_ found elsewhere.
+
+[31] This use of the imperative reflects a purely formal solution to the
+morphological problem.
+
+[32] Read _Yôdareba_.
+
+[33] This rule, which consciously or unconsciously associates the future
+and the conditional, is also applied to the third conjugation, while the
+first conjugation uses the root.
+
+[34] The future is the same as the present.
+
+[35] This spelling of the final root consonant with a _c_ is irregular for
+verbs. Cf. _cakanu_ just below.
+
+[36] The association of the negative with the future, and by extension with
+the conditional, suggests a keen awareness of the underlying system,
+particularly since the _Canadzucai_ rules to which he refers require the
+formation be made from the present. It should be noted that this rule is
+significantly more elegant than that which derives the negative from the
+root.
+
+[37] The _ij_ in the original is the digraph _ij_, as elsewhere.
+
+[38] Read _Redomo_.
+
+[39] _Majij_ with the digraph would be more regular.
+
+[40] A photostatic copy of the entire text has been made available by Shima
+Shōzō, _Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten_ (Tokyo, Bunka Shobō, 1969).
+
+[41] Ōtsuka's comparison of the Spanish manuscript with the printed version
+of the text suggests that many of the typographical errors found in our
+text are the result of material being too hastily transcribed from a more
+correct original while the work was being translated from Latin.
+
+[42] This Reference is to _Arte_ of 1604-8. The _Arte Breve_, printed in
+1620 in Macao, was not available to Collado.
+
+[43] The _Dictionarium sive Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae_, which was in fact
+published at the same time.
+
+[44] See the Introduction for the regularized usage of these symbols in the
+translation. (The transcription of _gacuxǒ_, and the _aiaǔ_ below, are at
+variance with the rule for the translation and are here transcribed as
+printed.)
+
+[45] This convention is not transcribed in the translation (cf.
+Introduction).
+
+[46] More regularly _synaloephy_--the contraction of two syllables into
+one.
+
+[47] The geminates that actually appear in the text are; _tt_, _xx_, _zz_,
+_cq_, _ij_ & _pp_, as well as _cc_ (_cch_), _mm_, _nn_, and _ss_. Two
+appear initially _mm_, as in _mma_ 'horse,' and _zz_, as in _zzuru_ 'to
+leave.' The form _qq_ which would be phonetically equivalent to _cq_ is not
+recorded.
+
+[48] This sequence is not used in the body of the grammar, rather the less
+phonetically accurate _ia_, _ie_, etc. It should be noted that the
+_Dictionarium_, which was written contemporaniously, does use _y_ for the
+semivowel.
+
+[49] For _s_ read _g_. The _Arte_ (177v) discusses this phenomenon as being
+characteristic of vowels before _d_, _dz_, and _g_.
+
+[50] Since in fact the accent has been carelessly recorded in the text--in
+places added in an almost random fashion by either the author, his helpers,
+or the printer--we have not included its marking in the translation. (Cf.
+Introduction.)
+
+[51] The _Dictionarium_ has the spelling _fibicàxi_ in one entry and in the
+only other it is transcribed as above.
+
+[52] Acts, 19:20. Referring to the servant in the parable of the pounds who
+is condemned for keeping his money "laid away in a napkin."
+
+[53] The text uses _reduplicatiuus_, with the grammatical meaning of plural
+singular; e.g., the singular I with the meaning of myself and those around
+me.
+
+[54] Both the _Dictionarium_ and the _Vocabulario_ have either _Nifon_ or
+_Nippon_, but do not record this form. It seems not to be a simple
+typographical error since the spelling is used in the title of the
+companion piece to this work, the _Confesion_, and since the text itself
+has _niffion_ and it is changed to _niffon_ in the _errata_. _Nifon_
+appears on page 43.
+
+[55] The _Arte_ and the _Vocabulario_ use the forms _goran_ and _gorǒ_ in
+free variation. Collado here and in the _Dictionarium_ uses what appears to
+be the less phonetically accurate transcription. The Spanish manuscript has
+_goranjerarei_.
+
+[56] May I submit this as a candidate for the most exotic bit of
+anti-semitism in Christendom.
+
+[57] The text reads _funè-de_, and apparently Collado is attempting to
+indicate both accent and nasalization at the same time. He does not
+continue this practice.
+
+[58] The text has _caper silvester_ 'the wild he-goat' presumably the
+_capreolus capreolus_ which is similar in appearance to the Japanese deer,
+_cervus sika_.
+
+[59] While this rule is operative for _caij_, it creates difficulties after
+_x_. Rodriguez' rule is _ij_ becomes _ǔ_ with the example of _ataraxǔ_.
+Collado's rule would create _ataraxiú_. (Cf. p. 33.)
+
+[60] Neither Collado nor Rodriguez make a clear distinction between the
+quantitative function of _no_ and the qualitative function of _na_.
+
+[61] Collado usually make a clear distinction between colloquial and
+literary forms. He apparently is suggesting that these non-colloquial forms
+are heard in the spoken language. Here, not only is the style left
+unexplained, but the translation _faciendo bonam consultationem_ is less
+than ellucidating. Here the _ioqu_ is in fact adverbial.
+
+[62] From _kobu_ 'to flatter.' An abbreviation of _kobita kotoba_, and used
+to indicate refined speech; i.e., that speech containing Chinese
+borrowings. See Doi Tadao, _Kirishitan gogaku no kenkyū_ (Tokyo, 1942, pp.
+67-70). The term is also found in the introduction to the _Vocabulario_ in
+the expression _palauras Cobitas_.
+
+[63] The text reads _De pronomine secundae personae_....
+
+[64] This list, unquestionably derived from the _Arte_ (67v), has been in
+several ways confounded. The _mi_ is out of order and the second _vare_ is
+clearly in error. If we put aside the genitive forms from Rodriguez' list,
+the first four forms should be _vare_, _varera_, _vatacuxi_, and
+_soregaxi_. Rodriguez' second set consists of _mi_, _midomo_, and
+_midomora_. We would suggest that Collado meant to include _ura_, which is
+listed by Rodriguez as the genitive form _vraga_. I offer _vatacuxi_,
+_soregaxi_, _vare_, _varera_, _mi_, _midomo_, _midomora_, and _ura_ as the
+intended list, with the order of _mi_ and _varera_ reversed to accommodate
+the sentence which follows.
+
+[65] The forms for the second person are derived from the _Arte_ (68).
+Throughout this section the accent marks are quite erratic. In several
+places, for example, Collado has _sónata_ and even _sónatá_.
+
+[66] In the material which follows Collado has brought together items from
+several sections of the _Arte_; for the interrogatives see (65-65v), the
+indefinites (66), and the demonstratives (68).
+
+[67] These reduplicated forms are not derived from Rodriguez' description
+and are apparently misstatements of the forms _care_ and _are_ which would
+otherwise be missing.
+
+[68] An abbreviated form of _monomósu_; cf. _Arte_ (139v).
+
+[69] Collado is here speaking with reference to the normal order in Latin.
+
+[70] The treatment of the verbal system by Collado follows in a general way
+the _Arte_ (6v-54v). In the material that follows specific references will
+be made when a comparison of the two works is suggested.
+
+[71] The text has _secundae coniugationis_. This error, which is repeated
+throughout the text, is not present in the Spanish manuscript.
+
+[72] The text again has _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[73] This list covering the _Kami-ichidan_ and _Kami-nidan_ verbs is
+derived from a similarly defined sub-group of the first conjugation in the
+_Arte_ (28). Since the verbs _cabi_, _sabi_, and _deqi_ are in no way
+indicated as extraordinary in Rodriguez' presentation, I have amended the
+text to include their present tense form.
+
+[74] The text reads for this gloss _fucore afficior_. The proper word is
+_mucore_ 'mould,' with the literal translation being 'I am affected by
+mould.'
+
+[75] The _Dictionarium_ has this verb listed as _kami-nidan_, _xij_, _uru_,
+and therefore not exceptional.
+
+[76] Cf. _Arte_ (7) where a similar list is presented.
+
+[77] For the source of Collado's description of the future tense cf. _Arte_
+(7v).
+
+[78] The text reads _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[79] Rodriguez more correctly has this rule as the root plus _i_ or _yo_;
+e.g., _aguei_ or _agueyo_. The form _aguei_ is used by Collado in the
+construction of the optative below.
+
+[80] This form is correct but does not follow his rule for the formation of
+the imperative (see note 79).
+
+[81] Rodriguez has _baquemono_ 'evil spirit' and the Spanish manuscript
+_baqemono_, rather than _banguemono_ 'soothsayer.'
+
+[82] Extracted from Rodriguez' version of a sentence in the Amakusa edition
+of Esop's Fables (p. 417). The original reads, _Arutoqi Xantho chinsui xite
+yraruru tocoroye, fitoga qite daicaino vxiuouo fitocuchino nomi tçucusaruru
+michiga arǒcato tôni_,... 'One time when Xantho [Esop's master] was drunk,
+a man came and asked if there was a way to drink all the waters of the
+ocean in one swallow....' it is abbreviated by Collado in such a way as to
+obscure the construction.
+
+[83] Also apparently extracted from the _Esopo_ (p. 477). The original has,
+... _riǒbǒni tachiuacarete yru tocoroni qitçunega yosocara coreuo mite,
+futatçuno nacani vocareta fittçu jiuo totte curǒta_, 'when they [two lions]
+had gone their separate ways, the fox, seeing this from afar, took the
+sheep which had been between the two of them and ate it.' By changing
+_riǒbǒ_ to _nhóbó_ Collado created a less than satisfactory example.
+
+[84] Modeled on _Iyeuo idzuru tocorouo cubiuo quiri votoita_ 'when he went
+outside his head was cut off.'
+
+[85] Modeled on _Missauo asobasaruru tocoroye vôjei faxe atçumatta_ 'when
+mass was being celebrated, many came running and gathered around.'
+
+[86] Apparently modelled after _Arte_ (20v) _nantomo voxiare caxi_
+'whatever you say,' with the imperative formation again confounded.
+
+[87] Rodriguez (25v) specifies the location of this usage as Chūgoku,
+Bungo, Hakata, and other _Ximo_ districts.
+
+[88] This example, together with _so zonze na_ below, reflects the loss of
+a distinction between _z_ and _j_ which was taking place during this
+period.
+
+[89] The text has _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[90] The _Arte_ (27) records here _aguenedomo_, _aguenuto mǒxedomo_,
+_aguezutomo_, _aguenebatote_, and _agueidemo_. Neither _aguenaidemo_ nor
+the participle _aguenaide_, below, are found in the _Arte_, though they are
+attested to elsewhere. Cf. Yuzawa Kōkichirō, _Edo kotoba no kenkyū_ (Tokyo,
+1954), p. 626.
+
+[91] This rule, derived from Rodriguez (_Arte_, 29), is misformulated by
+Collado. Rodriguez' rule is correct; change the _nu_ of the negative
+present to _i_. It is formulated correctly for the third conjugation,
+below.
+
+[92] Collado's rule clearly confuses the formulation of the present with
+that of the future. Significantly in the _Arte_ Rodriguez never refers to
+the future forms of any verb other than his model _narai_. If Collado had
+had access to the _Arte Breve_ he would have found (41) the following
+principal parts for _vomoi_; _ vomoi_, _vomô_, _vomôta_, _vomovǒ_,
+_vomoye_. The only other use in the _Ars Grammaticae_ of this form is on
+page 62 where Collado has the incorrect form _vomovô_. The manuscript does
+not record this form.
+
+[93] Although Collado's transcription permits this rule to yield the
+appropriate forms, it obscures the fact that the final _i_ of the root is a
+vowel, while the _i_ of the imperative is a semivowel. Rodriguez'
+transcription better reflects the phonological facts; _naraye_, _vomoye_,
+and _cuye_.
+
+[94] This completes Collado's treatment of the third negative conjugation.
+The two paragraphs which follow are part of his treatment of the
+substantive verb. There is no section heading for the affirmative
+substantive verb; and clearly a portion of the text has been deleted. The
+Spanish manuscript (cf. Ōtsuka's 1957 edition, p. 45) includes a new
+section which begins by recording the following substantive verb forms;
+_ari:aru_, _gozari:gozaru_, _i:iru_, and _vori:voru_.
+
+[95] Collado's presentation of the substantive verbs is obscure. The text
+reads: _Verba verò substantiua sunt_, gozaru, gozaranu, voru, uori nai, dea
+_vel_ gia: deuanai, aru:aranu, _vel_, gozaranu uoru ùôrinai, _&_ .... The
+translation attempts to punctuate the list to reflect the contrast between
+affirmative and negative forms. The main confusion is the apparent effort
+to contrast _voru_ and _vorinai_. _Voru_ (glossed by the supplement of the
+_Vocabulario_ as _estar_, and used in the _Dictionarium_ as the gloss for
+_existo_, _etc._) is not used by Rodriguez in the _Arte_. _Vorinai_
+(unglossed in the dictionaries) is clearly defined by Rodriguez as the
+negative of the polite verb _voriaru_, which is derived by him from _von
+iri+aru_ (_Arte_, 165v). Possibly Collado had intended to contrast _voru_
+with _voranu_ and _voriaru_ with _vorinai_ but confounded the two pairs and
+then repeated his error at the end of the list; or again he may, in the
+absence of Rodriguez' guidance, have simply misunderstood the matter.
+Putting the alternative forms aside, the list should read
+_gozaru:gozaranu_, _vori aru:vori nai_, _gia:devanai_, _aru:aranu_, and
+_voru:voranu_. Collado's treatment is patterned only loosely after the
+_Arte_ (2v-6v).
+
+[96] Collado seems to be unaware of the irregularity of _vonaji_.
+
+[97] Collado is following the general rule established on p. 10 for such
+forms as _caij_. He might better have followed Rodriguez who would
+transcribe _canaxǔte_, as do we.
+
+[98] The missing 'closed o' aside, Collado's transcription of this form
+with an _n_ is indicative of the clarity with which he perceived the
+nasalization in this context.
+
+[99] Cf. _Arte_ (18v-19v).
+
+[100] The text reads _cú vaau ni voite va_, with the errata changing the
+verb to _cuvazu_.
+
+[101] This historically inaccurate rule is derived from the _Arte_ (18v).
+
+[102] In the one example of this construction, on page 62, Collado has the
+form _tovazunba_.
+
+[103] The original is in the _soro_ style; _Iǒjǒni voiteua uquetori
+mǒsubequ soro._
+
+[104] Cf. _Arte_ (19v).
+
+[105] Here and throughout the section Collado transcribes as _ro_ the
+potential particle which should correctly be written _ró_ (cf. _Arte_,
+11v). It will be noticed that all but one instance of the 'open o' on p. 35
+of the text has been left unmarked.
+
+[106] Collado has derived this list from the _Arte_ (45-47). His
+terminology is, however, rather misleading. What he classifies as _verba
+irregularia_ are those which Rodriguez considers deponent, that is _verbo
+defectiuo_, with the term _verbo irregular_ being used by Rodriguez for the
+adjective. Given this misunderstanding Collado begins his list with an
+explanation of the irregularities of _qi,uru_. This verb is on Rodriguez'
+list only because "it lacks certain forms in the affirmative" (45v).
+Rodriguez has a list of 43 deponent verbs, beginning with _tari_, from
+which Collado has selected the first 14 and then a few from the remainder.
+
+[107] In the restricted context of an adjectival; cf. modern _arayuru
+koto_.
+
+[108] Cf. _Arte_ (45v) where Rodriguez transcribes _vreyeyo_.
+
+[109] Loc. cit. Rodriguez presents _vreôru_ as an alternative form for
+_vreô_ in the present tense and then selects that variant for the
+infinitive.
+
+[110] Formation (_formatio_) is to be understood here in the sense of
+derivation, and diversity (_differentia_) in the sense of class membership.
+
+[111] The opening paragraphs of this section follow the _Arte_ (68-70 and
+96-108v). The list of particles, beginning with _maraxi_, follows 160-168.
+
+[112] The text, here and in the next sentence, reads _secundae
+coningationis_.
+
+[113] The form _dojucu_ is incorrect. It is taken by Ōtsuka to be _dōshuku_
+'a person living in the same house.' The _Vocabulario_ records the item
+_dôjucu_ 'a young boy who serves a priest.' _Dôjucu_ best fits Collado's
+translation.
+
+[114] The text again reads _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[115] Cf. _Arte_ (160-164) from which this list and the following material
+have been derived.
+
+[116] Throughout his treatment of the respect language Collado glosses his
+verb forms in the first person, even though that translation might be
+inappropriate to any context.
+
+[117] Rodriguez (_Arte_, 162v) specifies the distribution of _vo_ and _go_,
+using _gosacu atta_ as his example of the construction in context of a
+Chinese vocabulary item. Collado does not refer to this distinction.
+
+[118] The text reads _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[119] The text reads _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[120] Ōtsuka (1957) suggests _maraxi_ is correct and alters the example.
+Since the list begins with _maraxi_, I assume the error to be in the
+citation.
+
+[121] The material for this section is derived from the _Arte_ (164v-168).
+
+[122] While the material for this section is drawn from various sections of
+the _Arte_, the bulk of the particles and their descriptions are derived
+from Rodriguez' treatment of postpositional (73-77) and adverbial
+constructions (112v-125).
+
+[123] Rodriguez' list (77v) runs as follows; _vchi_, _voi_, _faxe_, _ai_,
+_tori_, _mexi_, _tçui_, and _voxi_. On the basis of Collado's examples
+_voxi_ should have been included in his list.
+
+[124] Collado's transcription _qinpen_ is phonemically correct while being
+phonetically less accurate than Rodriguez' _quimpen_.
+
+[125] Collado has altered Rodriguez' version from _Nippon_, even though the
+_Dictionarium_ glosses _consuetudo japonica_ as _Nippon catagui_.
+
+[126] Collado, in the _Dictionarium_ and here, prefers _mmu_ to _uma_.
+
+[127] This particle is not described in the _Arte_.
+
+[128] Rodriguez (_Arte_, 116) records _Core coso yocarǒzure_ and states
+that in this context _coso_ has the same meaning as _Queccu_ and _Cayette_.
+
+[129] Cf. the _Arte_ (117) where the list is given as _Reba_, _Ni_, _Tomo_,
+the potential, and _Te_.
+
+[130] Rodriguez' version runs _Iesu Christo fitono vontocoroua_. (For
+Collado's use of _reduplicatiuus_ see note 53.)
+
+[131] As the first example indicates, the _zzu_ variant is not restricted
+to the negative preterit, but is the form which appears for _da_ in all
+contexts, as here with the preterit of _iomu_.
+
+[132] In the absence of other examples it is not possible to determine if
+Collado assumed the present tense form to be _iuru_ or _uru_. The
+correction here follows the spelling used consistently in the _Arte_.
+
+[133] Both Collado and Rodriguez agree that verbs ending in _tai_ govern
+the accusative case; cf. _Nanigaxiuo yobitai_ (_Arte_, 14v).
+
+[134] The text reads _secunda persona_.
+
+[135] Rodriguez has _Vatacuxiua nantomo buchôfôde tofǒ ga gozanai_ [...
+_buchôfǒde_ ...].
+
+[136] Rodriguez uses the transcription _gorǒjerarei_ in the example from
+which this sentence is derived. (The ten other occurrences in the _Arte_
+have _goran_.) The _Dictionarium_ uses only _goron_, while the
+_Vocabulario_ lists both _goran_ and _goron_. The Spanish manuscript has
+_goran_.
+
+[137] Rodriguez has _mairade canauanu_.
+
+[138] The _Arte_ has the plain form _mairǒcotode attaredomo_.
+
+[139] The _Arte_ has _mairumajiqueredomo_.
+
+[140] Perhaps an attempt to follow the rule, established in the syntax
+below, that states the _v_ of the accusative particle is lost after _n_. If
+this is the intent, the comma is in error.
+
+[141] Rodriguez treats adverbs in two sections of the _Arte_; under the
+parts of speech (73v-77), and under the syntax (113-125). As has been
+observed in the introduction, there is little consistancy of classification
+between Rodriguez and Collado in this area of grammatical description.
+
+[142] The interrogatives are derived from the _Arte_ (110v) and are
+presented in substantially the same order. The adverbial particles which
+begin with _uie_ are taken from (140-148v) and classified by Rodriguez as
+_posposiçao_.
+
+[143] The errata has; page 50, line 10, _doco_ read _coco_. This would
+require the _doco zo_ above to read _coco zo_. It seems that the errata
+should have read; page 50, line 16, which would have corrected this error.
+The punctuation is not corrected by the errata.
+
+[144] Rodriguez has the complete version; _Fitocuchi futacuchi cǔ cotoua
+cǔta vchideua nai_.
+
+[145] Rodriguez uses _vonna_ for _vonago_.
+
+[146] The material for this section is derived from the _Arte_ (74v and
+76v).
+
+[147] Rodriguez has _Ayamari nai vyeua_, ...
+
+[148] For the temporal interrogatives cf. _Arte_ (89v-90v) and for the
+remaining forms 107-107v.
+
+[149] Cf. the _Dictionarium_ under _cras_.
+
+[150] The _Vocabulario_ has _sãnuru_ and _sannuru_ as the _ombin_ form of
+the attributive perfective _sarinuru_.
+
+[151] Cf. _Arte_ (74v).
+
+[152] The Spanish manuscript has _iya iya_.
+
+[153] Cf. _Arte_ (74v).
+
+[154] Cf. _Arte_ (75, 94v, and 123v-124v).
+
+[155] Cf. _Arte_ (94v) _Quixoua ano fito fodono gacuxǒdeua nai._
+
+[156] Cf. _Arte_ (95 and 141).
+
+[157] Cf. _Arte_ (75).
+
+[158] The _Dictionarium_ has a selection of a dozen intensifying adverbs
+listed under _valde_.
+
+[159] Cf. _Arte_ (74v, 75, and 76).
+
+[160] Cf. _Arte_ (74, 75, and 75v).
+
+[161] The _Dictionarium_ also has the spelling _moxi_ which suggests that
+Collado perceived a different vowel quantity than Rodriguez who has _mǒxi_,
+as does the _Vocabulario_.
+
+[162] The Latin particle is _nonne_, which expects an affirmative answer.
+
+[163] Rodriguez, and consequently Doi (_Nihon daibunten_, p. 449), have
+_xidai_ for _xisai_. The original source is the _Esopo no Fabulas_ where on
+p. 493 the form is _xisai_.
+
+[164] While the material for this section has been drawn from various
+portions of the _Arte_, Rodriguez handles the bulk of the matters dealt
+with here on 106v-108v and 140-148v.
+
+[165] The text is not clear at this point. It reads: Tame, _significat ni
+vel erga: v.g._ ... where one would expect: Tame _vel_ ni _significat erga:
+v.g._ ... Ōtsuka translates this passage as if it were the later, as do I.
+
+[166] Collado has recast into the colloquial a quote from the _Shikimoku_.
+Rodriguez records: _Mata daiquanni itatteua ichininnomi sadamubequi nari_.
+
+[167] The text reads: itatte _v.g._ totte.... where the _v.g._ is clearly a
+misprint of _vel_.
+
+[168] Cf. _Arte_ (130-137).
+
+[169] This item is the only one in this paragraph which Rodriguez does not
+list as a _casane cotoba_ on 134v of the _Arte_. Collado is apparently
+interpreting this construction as a repetition of two adverbs, as for
+example _coco caxico_. If so, the form should be spelled _vomoxirô_,
+_vocaxiú_ (if we follow his rule for the formation of adverbs from _ij_
+ending adjectives). However, the form which he seems to be recording is
+more likely the compound adverb which is listed in the _Vocabulario_ as
+_vomoxirovocaxǔ_ and glossed as _contemporizando de boa maneira_
+'temporizing in a carefree manner.' The spelling that we suggest is derived
+from the attested lexical item without the application of Collado's
+formational rules.
+
+[170] Cf. _Arte_ (125-130v).
+
+[171] This interjection, together with _hat_ below, are the only uses of
+initial _h_ found in the description. Rodriguez transcribes the latter item
+as _at_ or _vat_ (_Arte_, 127) which suggests a close relationship between
+the labial and glottal aspirates.
+
+[172] Rodriguez has _Benquei satemo yasaxij yatçubaraya_.
+
+[173] Rodriguez has: ... _nituaye bǒno saxivorosu_. The entire passage
+would be, 'Benkei, seeing this, thought, "Oh, this isn't very important,"
+and dropped the stick into the garden.' which Rodriguez explains to mean
+being sorry for not paying sufficient attention to a matter.
+
+[174] The material for this section is derived from various sections in
+Book II of the _Arte_.
+
+[175] Matthew, 6:24.
+
+[176] Rodriguez has the spelling _touazumba_. In transcribing the form
+Collado failed to follow the rule he established in his treatment of
+conditional constructions.
+
+[177] The model for this sentence appears to be _Arte_ (62): _Ichidan
+medzuraxij yenoco, que nagǒ, uquino gotoqu xirǒ_ [_sic_], _me curô, cauo
+icanimo airaxijuo cureta._ If this is the source of Collado's example, he
+is clearly demonstrating his sensitivity to the nasalization of such items
+such as _nagǒ_. The _Dictionarium_ under _longus_ has _nagai_.
+
+[178] Collado's transcription is unable accurately to express the proper
+phonological, or morphological, form of _shin'i_ 'indignation.' He would
+have been well advised to follow Rodriguez' model and transcribe this item
+as _xiny_ with the specification that consonant plus _y_ indicates a
+morphological juncture.
+
+[179] Rodriguez has the spelling _Quiso_, which agrees with the _Amakusaban
+Heike_ (p. 239), the ultimate source of the sentence. Collado's spelling in
+the translation is _quiuzo_. The Spanish manuscript has _Kiso_.
+
+[180] One might expect the more literal 'I do not believe that it will be
+finished,' but Collado has _credo quod non finietur_.
+
+[181] This rule, which might more appropriately have been included with the
+phonology, is not followed in Collado's description, with the possible
+exception of p. 48 where the same construction is apparently used.
+
+[182] Collado here demonstrates the absorbitive capacity of Latin as he
+creates an accusative singular adjective from the past attributive of the
+verb _kobu_.
+
+[183] The use of _abiru_, where one would expect _aburu_, may be a simple
+typographical error or evidence that Collado accepted the shift from
+_ni-dan_ to _ichi-dan katsuyō_ as unworthy of notice. Rodriguez (_Arte_,
+101v) has _midzuuo aburu_.
+
+[184] This list is derived from the _Arte_ (101v-102v). From _abi,uru_ on,
+the list is in the same order as that made by Rodriguez. _Fanaruru_,
+_zzuru_, _nosquru_, _noru_, _vovaru_, and _mairu_ are Collado's
+contributions.
+
+[185] Cf. _Arte_ (101v).
+
+[186] Cf. _Arte_ (100).
+
+[187] Cf. _Arte_ (98).
+
+[188] Cf. _Arte_ (104).
+
+[189] Cf. _Arte_ (64 and 79).
+
+[190] The material presented in this section is gleaned from the exhaustive
+treatment of the numerical system which makes up the last 20 leaves of
+Rodriguez' grammar.
+
+[191] This compound does not follow the rule, since _cu_ is not a _iomi_
+numeral. See also _cu ninai_ below.
+
+[192] Rodriguez has _fitoi_ or _fifitoi_ (Arte, 228v).
+
+[193] While this form fits the general rule for combining counters and
+days, Rodriguez (_Arte_, 228v) has _tǒca_, which is a misprint for _tôca_,
+cf. Doi, _Daibunten_, p. 818.
+
+[194] Spelled with a tilde, _sãguat_, as are all the other forms before
+_guat_.
+
+[195] For the _sǒ_ and _sa_ allomorph of _san_ cf. _Arte_ (173v).
+
+[196] Rodriguez gives the following equivalents in the monetary system on
+217-217v of the _Arte_: ... ten _Rin_ in one _Fun_, ten _Fun_ in one
+_Momme_, one thousand _Momme_ in one _Quamme_.
+
+[197] The text is confused at this point. It runs: Ixxacu, _unus palmus seu
+tertia quam Hispania vocant_ sanjacu. _tres_, ...
+
+[198] The text has _culus_ 'posterior,' but the errata changes the word to
+_anus_. The original seems closer to the Japanese.
+
+[199] The examples here lag one behind the glosses.
+
+[200] Here and elsewhere Collado combines homophonous enumerators which
+Rodriguez keeps distinct. Cf. _Arte_ (220-223v) for an extensive list of
+enumerators.
+
+[201] Cf. _Arte_ (159-159v).
+
+[202] This rule, apparently an invention of Collado's, has no precedent in
+Rodriguez or in linguistic derivation. The _n_ in this construction is the
+contracted form of the classical _mu_, the source for what Collado calls
+the future.
+
+[203] These forms might better have been presented as _nari,i_ and _qeri,i_
+to indicate that the sentence-ending forms are _nari_ and _qeri_.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Corrections made to printed original.
+
+p. 14. `BOOK II. The Rudamenta' corrected to `Rudimenta'.
+
+Ib. `While the Arts Grammaticae presents ...' corrected to `Ars
+Grammaticae'.
+
+p. 16. `booklet which teaches Canaduzcai' changed to much other uses as
+`Canadzucai'.
+
+p. 17. `Tassuru, taxxita, taxxeò ...' the last amended to match the
+paradigm `taxxeô'.
+
+p. 19. `Motoneô.' in future column, amended to fit the paradigm `Motomeô'.
+
+p. 20. Heading, `Conjuctive' corrected to `Conjunctive'.
+
+p. 21. Table of irregular verbs, the left hand column has separate entries
+`A' and `Bi', these appear to mean a single entry `Abi'.
+
+p. 24. `Those ending in çu change to Tǒ' - `to' omitted in text.
+
+Ib. `thus governs the genative' corrected to `genitive'.
+
+p. 116. `There are ennumerable nouns' corrected to `innumerable'.
+
+p. 117. `a visable thing' corrected to `visible'.
+
+p. 118. `primative pronouns' corrected to `primitive'.
+
+p. 132. `I did not decend.' corrected to `descend'.
+
+p. 136. `vomi:vomô', from the context and other references (and the Latin
+text) the root should be `vomoi'.
+
+p. 179. `xi ban me forth' corrected to `fourth'.
+
+Footnote 27 a is applied to `Nobi', this should be `Vabi'.
+
+Footnote 62. `The term is also found in the introduction to the
+Vorabulario', corrected to `Vocabulario'.
+
+Footnote 106. `verbo defectino' (from Portuguese text) corrected to
+`defectiuo' as a more likely corruption than from `defectivo'.
+
+Footnote 109. `selects that varient' corrected to `variant'.
+
+Footnote 131. `the zzu varient' corrected to `variant'.
+
+Footnote 169. `temperizing in a carefree manner' corrected to
+`temporizing'.
+
+Footnote 169. `Spelled with a tilda' corrected to `tilde'.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Diego Collado's Grammar of the
+Japanese Language, by Diego Collado
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JAPANESE LANGUAGE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 21197-0.txt or 21197-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/1/9/21197/
+
+Produced by David Starner, Keith Edkins and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/21197-0.zip b/21197-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f1bf8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-0.zip
diff --git a/21197-8.txt b/21197-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08b6105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6537 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Diego Collado's Grammar of the Japanese
+Language, by Diego Collado
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Diego Collado's Grammar of the Japanese Language
+
+Author: Diego Collado
+
+Translator: Richard L. Spear
+
+Release Date: April 21, 2007 [EBook #21197]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JAPANESE LANGUAGE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Starner, Keith Edkins and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's note: A few typographical errors have been corrected: they
+are listed at the end of the text. Page numbers {99} are those of Spear's
+edition and are referenced in the Table of Contents, the Index and the list
+of typographical errors. Page numbers (99 relate to the Latin original and
+are referenced in the Introduction and Footnotes.
+
+The reproduction of the Latin original _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_
+has been extracted as a separate Project Gutenberg text No. 17713.
+
+Characters that could not be fully rendered in the Latin-1 character set
+have been "unpacked" and shown within brackets:
+  [~e] [~i] [~u] (e, i, u with tilde: � and � should display normally)
+  [vo] [vu] (hacek / caron)
+  [=o] [=u] (macron)]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+DIEGO COLLADO'S
+GRAMMAR OF THE
+JAPANESE
+LANGUAGE
+
+Edited and Translated
+by
+Richard L. Spear
+
+INTERNATIONAL STUDIES, EAST ASIAN SERIES
+RESEARCH PUBLICATION, NUMBER NINE
+
+CENTER FOR EAST ASIAN STUDIES.
+THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+DEDICATED
+TO
+THE MEMORY OF
+JOSEPH K. YAMAGIWA
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Table of Contents
+
+  PREFACE
+
+  I INTRODUCTION                                                     1
+      The Grammatical Framework                                      3
+      The Phonological System                                        6
+      The Morphological System                                       8
+      The Structure of Collado's and Rodriguez' Descriptions
+  	    Contrasted                                              11
+      Bibliography                                                  26
+      Editorial Conventions                                         28
+  II _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_
+  III A GRAMMAR OF THE JAPANESE LANGUAGE                           105
+      Prologue to the Reader                                       107
+      The noun--Its Declension and its Gender                      111
+      Pronouns                                                     118
+      First Person Pronouns--Ego, etc.                             118
+      Second Person Pronouns--Tu, tui, tibi, etc.                  119
+      Third Person Pronouns--Ille, illa, illud.                    120
+      Relative Pronouns                                            122
+      The Formation of the Verb and its Conjugation                123
+      The Preterit, Perfect, Imperfect, and Pluperfect             124
+      The Future of the First Conjugation                          125
+      The Imperative of the First Conjugation                      125
+      The Optative of the First Conjugation                        126
+      The Subjunctive of the First Affirmative Conjugation         127
+      The Infinitive                                               129
+      The First Negative Conjugation                               131
+      The Second Affirmative Conjugation                           134
+      The Second Negative Conjugation                              135
+      The Third Affirmative Conjugation                            135
+      The Third Negative Conjugation                               136
+      The Conjugation of the Negative Substantive Verb             137
+      The Conditional Particles                                    139
+      The Potential Verb                                           140
+      The Conjugation of Irregular Verbs                           141
+      The Aforementioned Verbs--Their Formation and Diversity      143
+      Certain Verbs Which of Themselves Indicate Honor             147
+      Cautionary Remarks on the Conjugations of the Verb           148
+      The Adverbs: First Section                                   156
+      Adverbs of Place                                             156
+      Adverbs of Interrogation and Response                        159
+      Adverbs of Time                                              159
+      Adverbs of Negation                                          160
+      Adverbs of Affirmation                                       160
+      Comparative Adverbs                                          161
+      Superlative Adverbs                                          162
+      Adverbs of Intensity and Exaggeration                        162
+      Accumulative Adverbs                                         162
+      Adverbs that Conclude and Claim Attention                    163
+      The Case Prepositions                                        164
+      Conjugation and Separation                                   166
+      Interjections                                                167
+      The Syntax and the Cases that are Governed by the Verbs      168
+      Japanese Arithmetic and Numerical Matters Concerning Which
+  	    Much Painful Labor Is Required                         174
+      Some Rules on the Conjugation of the Verb in the Written
+  	    Language                                               182
+  IV WORKS CONSULTED                                               185
+  V INDEX TO GRAMMATICAL CATEGORIES                                187
+  VI INDEX TO GRAMMATICAL ELEMENTS                                 189
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Preface
+
+The purpose of this translation of Collado's _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae
+Linguae_ of 1632 is to make more readily available to the scholarly
+community an annotated version of this significant document in the history
+of both Japanese language study and grammatical description in general.
+
+Collado's work, derived in all its significant features from the _Arte da
+lingoa de Iapam_ completed in 1608 by Jo�o Rodriguez, is in a strict,
+scholarly sense less valuable than its precursor. However, if used with the
+_Arte_ as a simplified restatement of the basic structure of the language,
+Collado's Grammar offers to the student of the Japanese language an
+invaluable ancillary tool for the study of the colloquial language of the
+early 17th Century.
+
+While less extensive and less carefully edited than the _Arte_, Collado's
+Grammar has much to recommend it as a document in the history of
+grammatical description. It is an orthodox description attempting to fit
+simple Japanese sentences into the framework established for Latin by the
+great Spanish humanist Antonio Lebrija. Thus, as an application of
+pre-Cartecian grammatical theory to the structure of a non-Indo-European
+language, the _Ars Grammaticae_ is an important document worthy of careful
+examination by those wishing insight into the origins of what three
+centuries later was to become the purview of descriptive linguistics.
+
+The present translation was begun with the able assistance of Ms. Roberta
+Galli whose contribution to my understanding of the Latin text is most
+gratefully acknowledged. For his continued encouragement in this
+undertaking I am grateful to Professor Roy Andrew Miller. Thanks are also
+due to the Graduate School of the University of Kansas for its support in
+the preparation of the manuscript and to Ms. Sue Schumock whose capable
+typing turned a scribbled, multi-lingual draft into a legible manuscript.
+The imperfections are my own.
+
+R.L.S.
+
+  Lawrence, Kansas
+  May, 1975
+
+{1}
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Introduction
+
+In 1632, as the Christian Century in Japan was drawing swiftly to a close,
+three works pertaining to the Japanese language were being published at
+Rome by the Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith. These works were
+by the Spanish Dominican Father, Diego Collado (d. 1638), who had spent the
+years from 1619 to 1622 in Japan. Their publication clearly reflects the
+vitality of the missionary spirit in that age as well as the important
+place reserved for language study in the propagation of the faith.
+
+The first two works, whose manuscripts had been prepared in Madrid the year
+before, were a grammar and a dictionary of Japanese. The third, prepared in
+1631, while the larger works were being seen through the press, was a guide
+to the taking of confession written in both Latin and Japanese.[1] The
+grammar, drafted in Spanish, was published in Latin in 1632 under the title
+_Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_. It is this work that is translated
+here. The dictionary, only at the last moment supplied with Latin glosses
+to supplement those in Spanish, was published in the same year with the
+title _Dictionarium sive Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae Compendium_.[2] Taken
+together these three works by Collado constitute the final extant efforts
+of those who studied the Japanese language first hand during the Christian
+Century.[3]
+
+Two other grammatical works must be mentioned here as central to the proper
+assessment of Collado's Grammar. They are both by the great Jesuit scholar,
+Father Jo�o Rodnguez (1561-1634);[4] the _Arte da Lingoa de Iapam_
+(Nagasaki, 1604-8, hereafter the _Arte_), and the _Arte Breve da Lingoa
+Iapoa_ (Macao, 1620, hereafter _Arte Breve_). The first {2} is by any
+standards the greatest grammatical study of Japanese made during the
+Christian Century. It is further, as we shall see, the primary source for
+Collado's Grammar. The _Arte Breve_, on the other hand, is not directly
+related to Collado's work. Indeed it is clear that Rodriguez' 1620 Macao
+publication was unknown to Collado. Nevertheless, since the _Arte Breve_ is
+an abbreviated version of the _Arte_ with a purpose similar to the _Ars
+Grammaticae_, a comparison of these two books with respect to the way they
+systematize the material from the _Arte_ is included in this introduction
+to contribute some insight into the treatment of the Japanese language at
+the beginning of the Tokugawa Period.
+
+In presenting this translation two potential audiences are envisioned. The
+first, and more restricted, group is that having an interest in the history
+of the Japanese language. It is hoped that an English version of this work
+will make more readily available this significant material pertaining to
+the Japanese language as spoken in the early modern period. I use the word
+significant here to avoid granting excessive value to a work which derives
+such a large portion of its material and insight from Rodriguez' _Arte_.
+
+The second, and wider group for whom this translation is intended is that
+which has a need for an edited edition of an important document in the
+history of grammatical description. In this area of scholarship Collado's
+work is of more than moderate significance. It was accepted for publication
+by the prestigious Propaganda Press; and, even if those more familiar with
+Japanese than the editorial board of that Press might have had serious
+reservations concerning the linguistic accuracy of the text, it is
+reasonable to assume that the Press judged it to be a good example of
+grammatical description. It thus represents a grammar of a non-European
+language which suited the requirements of the day for publication at
+Rome.[5]
+
+{3}
+
+In order to permit this translation of the _Ars Grammaticae_ to be of use
+in both these areas of scholarship I have made an effort to reduce to a
+minimum those places where a knowledge of either Japanese or Latin is
+required for the comprehension of the translation. It is sincerely hoped
+that the result is not an effort that is satisfying to neither, and thus to
+no one.
+
+Because of the derivative nature of the text, this translation has put
+aside a number of important philological problems as better dealt with
+within the context of Rodriguez' grammars. This decision has its most
+obvious consequences in the section on the arithmetic, where innumerable
+data require exposition. However, since a basic purpose of this translation
+is within the context of the history of descriptive grammar, these
+tantalizing side roads have been left unexplored. It is, nevertheless,
+hoped that this translation will serve as a convenient tool for those
+wishing to make a more detailed investigation into the philological
+questions raised by the text. But I must caution those who would undertake
+such an inquiry that they had best begin with a careful study of the works
+of Father Rodriguez.
+
+With its limitations acknowledged, the _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_
+remains a document worthy of our interest, and I offer this translation in
+order that Collado's work may more easily find its proper place in the
+history of descriptive grammar.
+
+_The Grammatical Framework_
+
+Collado perceived his task to be the presentation of a grammar of Japanese
+which would have sufficient scope to equip those dedicated to the
+propagation of the faith with a knowledge of the proper spoken language of
+his time. While he concludes his grammar with a brief, and rather
+presumptuous, statement concerning the written language, his purpose is
+clearly to train his students in the fundamentals of colloquial speech. His
+sensitivity to this point is demonstrated by his carefully transforming
+those examples presented by Rodriguez in the written language in the _Arte_
+into correct colloquial expressions in his own grammar.
+
+The description is, of course, prescriptive. But given its age and its
+purpose this ought not to be construed in the contemporary, pejorative {4}
+sense. Collado, as Rodriguez and indeed all the grammarians of the period,
+felt obligated to train their students in those patterns of speech which
+were appropriate to the most polite elements of society. Particularly as
+they addressed themselves to missionaries, they wished to warn them away
+from such illiteracies as might undermine their capacities to propagate the
+faith.
+
+The description further reflects the traditional process conceptualization
+of language. This is particularly obvious in the treatment of the verb.
+Thus:
+
+    _Praesens subiunctiui fit ex praesenti indicatiui mutato_ u _in quo
+    finitur in_ eba.... (The present subjunctive is formed from the present
+    indicative by changing the _u_ in which it ends to _eba_....) [p. 23].
+
+In general each of the verbal forms is conceived to be the result of a
+specified alteration of a basic form. Likewise the nouns are treated within
+the framework of the declension of cases.
+
+The treatment of Japanese forms is based upon a semantic framework within
+which the formal characteristics of the language are organized. For
+example, given the construction _aguru coto ar�_ (p. 31) and its gloss
+'_Erit hoc quod ist offere: idest offeret_ (It will be that he is to offer,
+or he will offer),' it is clear that the _aguru coto_ is classified as an
+infinitive because of its semantic equivalence to _offere_. The same is
+true of the latter supine. If the form in Latin is closely associated with
+such constructions as 'easy to,' or 'difficult to,' the semantically
+similar form which appears as the element _iomi_ in _iominicui_ 'difficult
+to read,' must be classed as the latter supine. Rodriguez in his _Arte
+Breve_ of 1620--unknown to Collado--makes an attempt to classify the
+structural units of Japanese along more formal lines; but in Collado's
+treatment the semantic, and for him logical and true, classes established
+by the formal structure of Latin constitute the theoretical framework
+through which the Japanese language is to be described.
+
+Collado makes reference to two specific sources of influence upon his
+grammar. The first is included in the title to the first section of the
+grammar, Antonius Nebrissensis. It is to this great Spanish humanist, {5}
+better known as Antonio Lebrija (1444-1522), that Collado turns for the
+model of his description.
+
+An examination of Lebrija's grammar, the _Introductiones Latinae_
+(Salamanca, 1481), shows that from the basic outline of his presentation,
+to the organization of subsections and the selection of terminology, there
+is little departure by Collado from his predecessor.
+
+Even in such stylistic devices as introducing the interrogatives by giving
+the form, following it with "to which one responds," and then listing a
+number of characteristic answers; Collado is faithful to the
+_Introductiones_.
+
+But it is from his Jesuit colleague, Father Jo�o Rodriguez, that Collado
+receives his most significant influence. There is no section of his grammar
+that does not reflect Rodriguez' interpretation of the raw linguistic data
+of Japanese. On the basis of the innumerable examples taken from
+Rodriguez--most of the substantive sentences are directly quoted from the
+_Arte_--as well as the parallel listing of forms and identical descriptions
+of certain grammatical phenomena, it is clear that the writing of the _Ars
+Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_ consisted to no small degree of abridging
+the exhaustive material contained in Rodriguez' grammar and arranging it
+within the framework of Lebrija's _Introductiones_.
+
+To say that Collado followed Lebrija in the general structure of his
+description is not to imply that he fell heir to all of his precursor's
+virtues. The Salamanca grammar of 1481 is a masterpiece of orderly
+presentation. Printed in _lettera formata_ with carefully indented
+subdivisions, it offers the student a clear display of the conjugational
+system as well as long columns of Latin examples of a given grammatical
+structure, accompanied on the right side of the page with Spanish
+equivalents. Collado makes little effort at copying this orderly display.
+There are in his presentation no paradigms, but instead only loosely
+connected sentences that talk the student through the various forms of the
+conjugation; and there is no orderly array of examples. Add to this the
+innumerable factual and typographical errors, and one is left with a
+presentation that lacks most of the basic scholarly virtues of its
+precursor.
+
+A similar criticism may be leveled against the work from the point {6} of
+view of Rodriguez' influence. Without matching the _Introductiones_ in
+orderliness, the _Arte_ more than compensates for its casual format by
+containing a mass of exhaustively collected and scrupulously presented
+linguistic data.[6] There was available no better source than the _Arte_
+from which Collado might have culled his examples of Japanese.
+
+One doubt that remains in assessing Collado's use of Rodriguez' material is
+that perhaps his presentation of the most readily understandable material
+in the _Arte_ is not so much an effort on his part to simplify the learning
+of Japanese for his students, as it is a reflection of his lack of adequate
+familiarity with the language he was teaching.
+
+_The Phonological System_
+
+A study of the phonological data reveals the _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae
+Linguae_ to be of minimal historical value. Any student of the phonology of
+early modern Japanese should turn to the far more reliable work of Father
+Rodriguez. Nevertheless, certain aspects of Collado's transcription require
+our attention.
+
+The most obvious innovation in the representation of the language is
+Collado's transcription with an _i_ of the palatal consonant which all his
+contemporaries record with a _y_. Thus in the text we find _iomi_ and
+_coie_ (terms for native words and Chinese borrowings) where Rodriguez
+writes _yomi_ and _coye_. This change was affected while the text was being
+translated from the Spanish manuscript which uses _y_; and Collado himself
+must have felt the innovation to be of dubious value since he retained _y_
+for the spellings in the _Dictionarium_.[7]
+
+Collado's handling of the nasal sounds is too inconsistent to be a reliable
+source for phonological data. Given his rather awkward specification that
+nasalization is predictable before what we must assume he means to be the
+voiced stops and affricates,[8] his grammar presents an uncomfortably
+irregular pattern in the transcription of the phenomena. Thus, on page 39
+we find _vo m�dori ar� ca?_ as well as {7} _modori ar� ca?_. Again, what he
+presents as the ending _z[~u]ba_ in his description of the formation
+of the negative conditional (p. 34) appears in _tovazunba_ in its only
+occurrence in a sample sentence (p. 62). To further confound the issue such
+forms as _tovazunba_ and _qinpen_ occur in contrast to _sambiacu_,
+_varambe_, and _var�be_.
+
+In Chart 1 the traditional pattern of the _goj[=u]onzu_ (chart of 50
+sounds) is followed as a convenient framework in which to display the
+transcriptional system employed by Collado.
+
+                             Chart 1
+
+                 COLLADO'S TRANSCRIPTION SYSTEM
+
+                     _The Simple Series_
+
+        /#/ /k/ /g/ /s/ /z/ /t/ /d/ /n/ /[phi]/ /b/ /p/ /m/ /y/ /r/ /w/
+
+  /a/    a  ca  ga  sa  za  ta  da  na    fa    ba  pa  ma  ia  ra  va
+  /i/    i  qi  gui xi  ji  chi gi  ni    fi    bi  pi  mi  -   ri  -
+  /u/    u  cu  gu  su  zu  t�u zzu nu    fu    bu  pu  mu  iu  ru  -
+  /e/  [ie] qe  gue xe  je  te  de  ne    fe    be  pe  me  ie  re  -
+  /o/  [vo] co  go  so  zo  to  do  no    fo    bo  po  mo  io  ro  vo
+
+                      _The Long Series_
+
+  /au/ [v�] c�  g�  s�  z�  t�  d�  n�    f�    b� (p�) m�  i�  r�  v�
+  /uu/   �  c� (g�)(s�) -  (t��) -  -     f�   (b�)(p�) -   i�  r�  -
+  /ou/ [v�] c� (g�) s�  z�  t�  d�  n�   (f�)  (b�) p�  m�  i�  r�  v�
+
+                 _The Palatal and Labial Series_
+
+       /ky/       /sy/    /ty/      /ny/      /by/      /my/       /kw/
+            /gy/      /zy/     /dy/     /[phi]y/   /py/       /ry/     /gw/
+
+  /a/  (qua)(guia) xa  ja  cha  gia (nha) fia  bia  pia (mia) (ria) qua gua
+  /u/   qui (guia) xu  ju (chu)(giu)(nhu)(fiu)  -    -  (miu) (riu)  -   -
+  /o/   qio  guio  xo (jo) cho  gio (nho)(fio)(bio)  -  (mio) (rio)  -   -
+  -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  /au/  qi�  gui�  x�  j�  ch�  gi�   -  (fi�)(bi�)  -   mi�  (ri�) qu� gu�
+  /uu/ (qi�)(gui�)(x�) j� (ch�) gi�  nh�   -    -    -    -   (ri�)  -   -
+  /ou/  qi� (gui�) x�  j�  ch�  gi�  nh�  fi� (bi�) pi� (mi�) (ri�)  -   -
+             gue�               ge�  ne�       be�             re�
+
+In this chart the phonemic grid is presented in a broad phonetic {8}
+notation while the underlined entries are in the form used by the text.
+Dashes indicate sequences which do not occur in the Christian material;
+while the forms in parentheses are sequences which do not occur in the text
+but have been reconstructed on the basis of the overall system from
+sequences attested to elsewhere. The forms _ie_, _vo_, _v�_, and _v�_ have
+been placed in brackets to indicate that neither /e/, /o/, /oo/, or /au/
+occur in the syllable initial position; and, where in the modern language
+they do, the text regularly spells that with an initial _i_ or _v_. The
+forms in _e�_ at the foot of the chart represent sequences that are
+phonetically identical to the forms above them, but which are transcribed
+differently to reflect morphological considerations; e.g., the form _ague�_
+from the stem _ague_. The phonetic values of /au/, /uu/, and /ou/ are
+[[IPA: Open-mid back rounded vowel]:], [u:], and [o:].
+
+Two aspects of the usage of _q_ should be noticed. First, as in the _Arte_,
+_c_ is changed to _q_ before _o_ and _u_, when the sequence occurs at a
+morphological juncture; e.g., _ioqu_ 'well,' and _iq�_ 'I shall go.' (This
+rule does not extend to _a_ in such contexts; cf., _iocatta_ 'was good.')
+Second, in contrast to the system used by Rodriguez, Collado does not feel
+compelled to follow _q_ with _u_ in all contexts. Thus what Rodriguez
+spells as _queredomo_ Collado spells as _qeredomo_. Finally, the text
+records one usage of the letter _h_ in the exclamation _ha_.
+
+_The Morphological System_
+
+Collado's treatment of the morphology contains one quite obvious difference
+from those of his predecessors: he isolates the particles of the language
+as separate elements of the structure. While his effort is more or less
+carelessly maintained by the type setter, his attempt to establish a
+division between the semantemes (_shi_) and the morphemes (_ji_) of
+Japanese by establishing formal distance between his _verba_ and
+_particula_, reflects his consciousness that the morphological elements in
+Japanese are of a different order than those in Latin. At times, such as
+when he describes the preterit subjunctive as _agueta raba_, his divisions
+fly in the face of derivational history. But he can claim a reasonable
+justification for his decision by citing Rodriguez' rule for the formation
+of this form; "add _raba_ to the preterit of the verb" (_Arte_, 18v).
+Perhaps it is a prejudice founded upon familiarity with {9} contemporary
+romanizations, but I cannot help but consider this attempt to give greater
+independence to the particles as an improvement in the representation of
+the morphological system.
+
+In all other significant facets of the morphology Collado follows the
+principles established by Rodriguez with the one exception that in the
+over-all systematization of the verbal formation and conjugation he follows
+the classifications established in Lebrija's _Introductiones_ rather than
+those which Rodriguez inherited from the _Institutiones_ of Alverez. The
+most significant difference between the two systems is the use by Lebrija
+of the term subjunctive in his description of the moods where Rodriguez
+gives independent status to the conjunctive, conditional, concessive, and
+potential. As we shall see, after presenting the conjugational system of
+the verb within the framework of Lebrija, Collado breaks the expected
+sequence of his description of the verb to interject a section on
+conditional constructions and another on those of the potential.
+
+In the treatment of the tenses Collado breaks with Rodriguez in not
+attempting to establish an imperfect for Japanese, but he does follow him
+in the overall classification of the conjugations. Thus:[9]
+
+  1st Conjugation    verbs ending in _e_, _gi_, and     e.g., _ague, uru_
+                       _ji_ (_xi_ and _maraxi_)
+  2nd Conjugation    verbs ending in _i_                e.g., _iomi, u_
+  3rd Conjugation    verbs ending in _ai_, _oi_, and    e.g., _narai, �_
+                       _ui_
+
+To the description of this general system Collado adds the treatment of the
+substantive verbs. This section in many respects is the weakest in his
+grammar with a portion of his description lost in composing the final text.
+
+Since Collado does not, as Rodriguez, present the conjugations in
+paradigmatic form, I have extracted from his presentation the most
+representative forms of the verb _ague, uru_ for each of the categories of
+the system, and presented them in Chart 2 for reference.
+
+                         CHART 2
+
+                 THE CONJUGATIONAL SYSTEM
+
+                   _Affirmative_         _Negative_
+
+                      INDICATIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           aguru                 aguenu
+  Perfect           agueta                aguenanda
+  {10}
+  Pluperfect        aguete atta           aguenande atta
+  Future            ague�zu               aguru mai
+  Future perfect    aguete ar[vo]zu       ----
+
+                      IMPERATIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           ague io               aguru na
+  Future            ague�zu               aguru mai
+
+                       OPTATIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           avare ague io caxi    avare aguru na caxi
+  Preterit          ague�zu mono vo       aguru mai mono vo
+  Future            avare ague io caxi    avare aguru na caxi
+
+                     SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           agureba               agueneba
+  Perfect           agueta reba           aguenanda reba
+  Pluperfect        aguete atta reba      ----
+  Future            ague� toqi            aguru mai qereba
+
+                PERMISSIVE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
+
+  Present           agueredomo            aguenedomo
+  Preterit          agueta redomo         aguenanda redomo
+  Future            ague�zu redomo        aguru mai qeredomo
+
+                        INFINITIVE
+
+  Present           aguru coto            aguenu coto
+  Preterit          agueta coto           aguenanda coto
+  Future            ague� coto            aguru mai coto
+
+                      GERUND IN _DI_
+
+  Present           aguru [jibun]         aguenu [jibun]
+  Future            ague� [jibun]         aguru mai [jibun]
+
+                      GERUND IN _DO_
+
+  ----              aguete                ague[~i]de
+
+                      GERUND IN _DUM_
+
+  Present           aguru tame            aguenu tame
+  Future            ague� tame            aguru mai tame
+
+                      SUPINE IN _TUM_
+
+  ----              ague ni               ----
+
+                      SUPINE IN _TU_
+
+  ----              ague                  ----
+
+                        PARTICIPLE
+
+  Present           aguru fito            aguenu fito
+  Preterit          agueta fito           aguenando fito
+  Future            ague� fito            aguru mai fito
+
+  The forms treated separately are:
+
+                       THE CONDITIONAL
+
+  Present           agueba                aguez[~u]ba
+  Preterit          agueta raba           aguenanda raba
+  Future            ague� naraba          aguru mai naraba
+
+                        THE POTENTIAL
+
+  Present           aguru r�              aguenu coto mo ar�zu
+  Preterit          aguet�u r�            aguenanzzu r�
+  Future            ague�zu r�            aguru mail coto mo ar�zu
+
+{11}
+
+_The Structure of Collado's and Rodriguez' Descriptions Contrasted_
+
+In every section of his description, Collado is indebted to the material
+presented by Rodriguez in his _Arte da Lingoa de Iapam_. The structure of
+the _Ars Grammaticae_, however, follows a much more simplistic design than
+that of the _Arte_. As a consequence Collado found it necessary to assemble
+his data from various sections of Rodriguez' description. In the paragraphs
+which follow we will briefly sketch the structural relation between these
+two grammars.
+
+As he clearly states in his title to the main portion of the grammar
+Collado bases his description on the _Introductiones_ of Antonio Lebriya,
+and more specifically upon that portion of the great Latin grammar which
+dealt with the parts of speech. Further, he limits himself to the spoken
+language rather than attempting, as does Rodriguez, an integrated treatment
+of both the spoken and written grammars.
+
+Under these influences Collado's grammar takes on the following form:
+
+  A Prologue (including the phonology)               3-5
+  The Body of the Grammar (by parts of speech)       6-61
+  A Brief Syntax                                    61-66
+  A Treatment of the Arithmetic                     66-74
+  A Note on the Written Language                    74-75
+
+In contrast Rodriguez' _Arte_, prepared under the influence of Alvarez'
+_Institutiones_, develops its description over the span of three books
+which treat both the spoken and written grammar in progressively greater
+detail. Thus:
+
+  The Introduction                          iii-v
+
+          BOOK I
+
+  The Declensions                             1-2v
+  The Conjugations                           2v-54
+  The Parts of Speech (_Rudimenta_)          55-80v
+
+          BOOK II
+
+  The Syntax of the Parts of Speech          83-168
+  Styles, Pronunciation, Poetics, etc.      168-184
+
+          BOOK III
+
+  The Written Language                     184v-206v
+  Names, Titles, etc.                      206v-212v
+  The Arithmetic                           212v-239
+
+{12}
+
+Given these differing formats[10] it is clear that Collado is unable to
+cope adequately with the more complex aspects of the grammar, specifically
+those syntactic constructions to which Rodriguez devotes almost an entire
+book.
+
+An analysis of Collado's description and a listing of the portions of
+Rodriguez' grammar from which material was taken yields the following:
+
+  _Collado_                        _Rodriguez_
+
+  Phonology (3-5)             {Parts of Speech (55-58)
+                              {Book III (173-179v)
+
+  Nouns (6-13)                {Declensions (1-2v)
+                              {Parts of Speech (59-61)
+
+  Adjectives (9-11, 32-33)    {Declensions (2-2v)
+                              {Conjugations (47-52)
+                              {Parts of Speech (61-67)
+
+  Pronouns (13-18)            {Declensions (2v)
+                              {Parts of Speech (67-68)
+
+  Verbs (18-49)               {Conjugations (6v-54v)
+                              {Parts of Speech (69-73)
+                              {Syntax (83v-112v)
+
+  Adverbs (49-57)             {Parts of Speech (73v-77)
+                              {Syntax (113-125)
+
+  Prepositions (57-59)        {Parts of Speech (73-73v)
+                              {Syntax (140-148v)
+
+  Conjunctions (59-60)        {Parts of Speech (76-76v)
+                              {Syntax (130-137)
+
+  Exclamations (60-61)        {Parts of Speech (76-76v)
+                              {Syntax (125-130)
+
+  Syntax (61-66)               Book II (83-168)
+
+  Arithmetic (66-75)           Book III (212v-239)
+
+  Written Language (74-75)     Book III (184v-206v)
+
+Two aspects of Japanese were not able to be described with any degree of
+satisfaction by Collado; the adjectives (_adjectiva_) and the prepositions
+(_praepositio_). His difficulties, attributable to the basic structural
+difference between Latin and Japanese, were compounded by the fact that
+Rodriguez too was unable to find a satisfactory solution to their
+description.
+
+With respect to the adjectives, Collado attempts to deal with their
+functions in the manner appropriate to Latin, that is as a sub-class of
+{13} nouns (pp. 9-11). He also recognizes their formal similarity to the
+verb and treats them briefly as a sub-class of the substantive verb (pp.
+32-33), but his heavy reliance upon the semantic categories of Latin does
+not permit him to follow Rodriguez who is able more clearly to recognize
+their formal as well as their functional distinctiveness.
+
+Concerning prepositions, Collado was confronted with an all but
+insurmountable taxonomic problem. Here too Rodriguez was unable to develop
+a completely satisfactory descriptive framework. In the _Arte_ the term
+_posposi��o_ is used for those particles which function in a manner similar
+to the Latin prepositions; e.g., _tameni_, _taixite_, and _tomoni_ (cf.
+73-73v and 140-148v); the term _artigo_ is used for those particles having
+the functions of the inflectional endings of Latin; e.g., _ga_, _ye_, and
+_ni_ (cf. 1-2, 78, and 137-140); and the general term _particula_ is used
+to cover the broad spectrum of particles that include adverbs,
+conjunctions, and exclamations, as well as those otherwise unaccounted for
+elements which end phrases, clauses, and sentences; e.g., _no_, _nite_, and
+_yo_ (cf. 77-78 and 144-154v).
+
+Collado, rather than attempting to refine the system suggested by
+Rodriguez, follows the _Arte_ in listing as _praepositio_ those elements
+which translate the Latin prepositions (pp. 57-59) but uses the term
+_particula_ to cover all the other particles of the language.
+
+This tendency of Collado's to retreat from the challenging problems left
+unresolved by Rodriguez constitutes the greatest weakness of his
+description. Given concise grammatical descriptions on the one hand and
+over-simplified versions of previous works on the other, the _Ars
+Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_ unfortunately falls among the latter.
+
+In his shorter work, the _Arte Breve_ of 1620, Rodriguez retains the same
+general format, but makes every effort to reduce the description to its
+barest essentials. Thus:
+
+                      BOOK I
+
+  A General Note on the Language                   1-2
+  An Essay on How to Learn the Language           2v-6
+  The Orthography                                  6-8
+  Composition of the Syllables                    8v-9v
+  The Way to Write and Pronounce the Letters      10-12v
+  The Declension of Nouns                         13-18
+  The Conjugation and Formation of Verbs          18-52
+  {14}
+
+                      BOOK II
+
+  The Rudimenta                                   52-59v
+  The Syntax                                      59v-66v
+
+                      BOOK III
+
+  The Written Language                            67-75
+  The Various Kinds of Names                     75v-98v
+
+Of particular interest in the context of Collado's grammar is the manner in
+which Rodriguez displays the verbal system. While the _Ars Grammaticae_
+presents the verbal system as a series of alterational rules to be applied
+to the base forms, the _Arte Breve_ goes even further than the _Arte_ to
+differentiate the formational rules from the conjugational displays.
+Rodriguez tries several devices to elucidate his material. For example,
+Charts A and B below represent very early attempts to use a bordered format
+for linguistic description.
+
+In order to indicate the differences to be found between the descriptions
+presented by Rodriguez and Collado, I have extracted the formational rules
+from the _Arte Breve_ and, setting aside only two short appendices dealing
+with variant forms, present them here in their entirety.
+
+_THE CONJUGATION AND FORMATION OF THE TENSES AND MOODS OF THE VERBS_
+
+_All the verbs of this language may be reduced _(se reduzem)_ to four
+affirmative and three negative conjugations. This is because the negative
+conjugation of the adjectival verb, which we discussed before,[11] agrees
+with the second of the three conjugations; and the conjugation of the
+substantive verb _S[vo]rai_, _S[vo]r[vo]_, or _soro_, which is an
+abbreviated form of _Samburai_, _sambur[vo]_[12] both in the affirmative
+and the negative is reduced to the third conjugation. At this point we will
+treat the three affirmative and three negative ordinary conjugations of the
+regular personal verbs.[13] Following this, and on account of its
+particular usage and formation, we will discuss the conjugation of the
+adjectival verb._
+
+_The verbs of this language do not change _(na� f[~e] variedade)_ to
+show person and number as do those of Latin; rather, one form _(voz)_ {15}
+is used for all persons, singular and plural. Number and person are
+understood according to the subject _(Naminativo [_sic_])_, or pronoun,
+which is joined to the verb. The moods of the verb, which in this language
+have distinct forms for the tenses, are indicative, imperative,
+conjunctive, conditional, and preterit participle. The remaining moods are
+made up of these forms joined to certain particles. Each mood has but three
+tenses which have distinct forms; these are preterit, present, and future.
+These forms are signified by the Japanese terms _(vocabulos)_ _Quaco_,
+_ghenzai_, _mirai_. The preterit imperfect and pluperfect are made up of
+the present, preterit, and preterit participle together with the
+substantive verb, as will be seen below in the conjugations._
+
+_Concerning the formation of the tenses and moods of the verbs in general,
+one is reminded that to understand the actual root _(raiz)_ and the natural
+formation of all the tenses and moods, both affirmative and negative, it is
+extremely important to take notice of the usage of the _Goyn_,[14] which
+are the five vowels _(cinco letras vogaes)_ in the syllables which are
+below each aforementioned formation; and that it is also important to
+understand _Canadzucai_,[15] which is the way to write with _Firagana_ as
+well as the way one joins together syllables, or letters, to form other
+words _(palauras)_, while noticing which syllable is changed by which, what
+constitutes long, short, or diphthongal syllables, which combinations cause
+contraction _(sincope)_, which cause augmentation _(incremento)_ of the
+verb, whether one makes a syllable liquid _(liquescit)_[16] or not, and how
+the tenses of the moods are written with the same _Cana_.[17] The term
+_Goyn_, not only indicates the syllables, or _Cana_, which are transformed
+to others, such as _Fa_, _Fe_, _Fi_, _Fo_, _Fu_, which are changed to the
+closely related sounds _Ba_, _Be_, _Bi_, _Bo_, _Bu_ and _Pa_, _Pe_, _Pi_,
+_Po_, _Pu_; but it also indicates another kind of change from one sound to
+another in the same order _(ordem)_, as happens among the syllables _Fa_,
+_Fe_, _Fi_, _Fo_, _Fu_. _Ba_, _Be_, _Bi_, _Bo_, _Bu_. _Ma_, _Me_, _Mi_,
+_Mo_, _Mu_, {16} etc. where often by rule _(regna)_ _Ma_ is changed to
+_Mi_; or to the contrary _Bu_ to _Ba_ and _Bi_ to _Ba_, and likewise for
+others. The greater part of the formation of the tenses of each mood is
+confined to such changes, as is clearly seen in the way one writes the
+tense forms with _Cana_. It is to this that another change belongs. That
+which exists among those syllables having a certain relationship and
+rapport between them, as _Ma_, _Fa_, _Ba_, _Pa_; _Me_, _Fe_, _Be_, _Pe_;
+_Mi_, _Fi_, _Bi_, _Pi_; _Mo_, _Fo_, _Bo_, _Po_; _Mu_, _Fu_, _Bu_, _Pu_;
+with _Mu_ and _V_. Thus, what is written _Vma_ in _Cana_ is written _Muma_,
+and _Mume_ written for _Vme_ in order to conform more closely to its
+pronunciation.[18] Also _Mu_ is written for _Bu_[19] so that all the
+harmony _(armonia)_ in the formations of this language are contained in the
+rules for _Goyn_ and _Canadzucai_. Those who are informed see, as native
+speakers, how the tenses are formed for any mood, and which letter, or
+syllable, must be changed to another to affect a formation. Concerning this
+matter there is a booklet[20] which teaches _Canadzucai_, and the general
+rules on the subject. Teachers should have this booklet to teach more
+easily and advantageously those students who are learning _Cana_. Lacking a
+knowledge of _Goyn_ and _Canadzucai_, some of the rules which until now
+have been used in the formation of verbs (some of which I have let remain
+as they were), are not the original and natural rules as are the
+_Goyn_.[21] They are rather devices, some forming affirmative tenses and
+moods from negative forms and others forming them from yet other more
+remote sources, which appear to correspond to formational rules, but for
+which the proper rules are not known. The fact is that the affirmative as
+well as negative are formed from the affirmative, beginning with the root,
+as will be seen below._
+
+_Speaking in general of the formation of the verb, the forms of the
+indicative and imperative moods of all three conjugations are formed from
+the root of the verb. The rest of the tenses in the other affirmative moods
+are formed from either the indicative or imperative forms. In the same way,
+the negative indicative present is formed from the root of the verb and the
+other tenses of the indicative are formed from {17} the present form. The
+other negative moods are formed from the indicative forms._
+
+FORMATION OF THE TENSES FOR THE INDICATIVE AND IMPERATIVE MOODS OF THE
+VERBS OF THE FIRST AFFIRMATIVE CONJUGATION
+
+_The final syllables of the roots of the first affirmative conjugation, by
+which the verbs conjugated here are known, and from which the tenses of the
+indicative will be formed, end in _E_, with the exception of the verb "to
+do," _Xi_, or _Ii_, with its compounds and certain other verbs which end in
+_I_. The verbs which belong to the first conjugation, are as follows [in
+Charts A & B]._
+
+_The verb _Xi_ "to do," with its compounds ending in _Xi_ or _Ii_, follows
+the formation of the verbs of the first conjugation. _Ii_ is _Xi_ which has
+been changed _(alterado)_ to _Ii_ because it follows the letter _N_. _Xi_
+conforms to the rules for the syllables which are changed _(se mudam)_ to
+others. Thus:_
+
+  Xi         _In the present change _Xi_ to    Suru, xita, xe�, �zu, �zuru,
+             _Suru_. In the preterit add         xeyo, xenu, _or_ zu.
+  Faixi      _Ta_ to the root. In the future   Faisuru, faixita, faixe�,
+             change _Xi_ to _Xe�_. In the        faixeyo, faixenu.
+  Tayxi[22]  imperative change _Xi_ to _Xe_    Tassuru, taxxita, taxxe�,
+             and add _Yo_, _i_, or _sai_. In     taxxeyo, taxxenu.
+  Gaxxi      the negative add _Nu_, or _zu_    Gassuru, gaxxita, gaxxe�,
+             to _Xe_._                           gaxxeyo, gaxxenu.
+
+  Zonji      _In the present _Ii_ is changed   Zonzuru, zonjita, zonje�,
+             to _Zuru_. In the preterit _Ta_     �zu, �zuru, zonjeyo,
+             is added to the root. In the        zonjenu.
+  Caronji    future _Ii_ is changed to _Ie�_,  Caronzuru, caronjita,
+             etc._                               _etc._
+
+  Vomonji                                   Vomonzuru, vomonjita.
+  Sanji                                     Sanzuru, sanjita.
+  Goranji                                   Goranzuru, goranjita.
+  Soranji                                   Soranzuru, soranjita.
+  Ganji                                     Canzuru, canjita.
+  Manji                                     Manzuru, manjita.
+
+_Many of these verbs have another, less used, form made by adding _Ru_ to
+the root; e.g., _Abi, abiru_; _Mochiy, mochiyru_; _xiy, xiyru_. Among these
+are some that have only this second form and lack the first; e.g., _Mi,
+miru_; _Ni, niru_; _Fi, firu_; _Cagammi, cagammiru_; _Ki, kiru_ "to dress,"
+as distinct from _Ki, kuru_ "to come"; and _y, yru_._
+
+{18}
+
+                            CHART A
+
+      [The Formation of First Conjugation Verbs Ending in _E_]
+
+  ------------+---------+-----------------+-----------+------------
+  _Syllables_ |_Roots_  |_Formation_      |_Present_  |_Preterit_
+  ============+=========+=================+===========+============
+              |Tate,    |_In the present  |Tat�uru.   |Tateta.
+              |         |change _Te_ to   |           |
+    Te,       |         |_T�uru._ The     |           |
+              |Fate,    |remainder are    |Fat�uru.   |Fateta.
+              |         |from the root.   |           |
+              |         |See above._      |           |
+              |         |                 |           |
+    Ie,       |Maje,    |_Change _Ie_ to  |Mazuru.    |Majeta.
+              |         |_Zuru_ in the    |           |
+              |         |present. The     |           |
+              |         |remainder are    |           |
+              |         |from the root.   |           |
+              |         |See above._      |           |
+              |         |                 |           |
+              |Saxe,    |_In the present  |Sasuru.    |Saxeta.
+    Xe,       |         |change _Xe_ to   |           |
+              |         |Suru. The        |           |
+              |Mairaxe, |remainder are    |Mairasuru. |Mairaxeta.
+              |         |from the root.   |           |
+              |         |See above._      |           |
+  ============+=========+=================+===========+============
+
+  ------------+---------+------------+-------------+-----------
+  _Syllables_ |_Roots_  |_Future_    |_Imperative_ |_Negative_
+  ============+=========+============+=============+===========
+              |Tate,    |Tate�, �zu, |Tateyo.      |Tatenu,
+              |         |�zuru.      |Tatei,       |_or_, zu.
+    Te,       |         |            |tatesay.[23] |
+              |Fate,    |Fate�, �zu  |Fateyo,      |Fatenu,
+              |         |�zuru.      |_etc._       |_or_, zu.
+              |         |            |             |
+              |         |            |             |
+    Ie,       |Maje,    |Maje�.      |Majeyo,      |Majenu,
+              |         |            |_etc._       |_or_, zu.
+              |         |            |             |
+              |Saxe,    |Saxe�.      |Saxeyo.      |Saxenu,
+    Xe,       |         |            |             |_or_, zu.
+              |         |            |             |
+              |Mairaxe, |Mairaxe�.   |Mairaxeyo,   |Mairaxenu,
+              |         |            |_etc._       |_or_, zu.
+              |         |            |             |
+  ============+=========+============+=============+===========
+
+{19}
+
+                            CHART B
+
+  ------------+---------+-----------------+------------+-----------
+  _Syllables_ |_Roots_  |_Formation_      |_Present_   |_Preterit_
+  ============+=========+=================+============+===========
+    Be,       |Curabe,  |_In the present  |Curaburu.   |Curabeta.
+              |         |tense of these   |            |
+              |         |eight forms,     |            |
+    Fe,       |Fe,      |change _E_ to    |Furu, _or_, |Feta.
+              |         |Vru. _In the     |feru.       |
+              |         |preterit add     |            |
+    Ghe,      |Aghe,    |_Ta_ to the root.|Aghuru.     |Agheta.
+              |         |In the future    |            |
+              |         |_�, �zu, �zuru_  |            |
+    Ke,       |Tokoke,  |to the root.     |Todokuru.   |Todoketa.
+              |         |In the Negative  |            |
+    Me,       |Motome,  |present add      |Motomuru.   |Motometa.
+              |         |_Nu_, or _zu_    |            |
+    Ne,       |Fane,    |to the root._    |Fanuru.     |Faneta.
+    Re,       |Fanare,  |                 |Fanaruru.   |Fanareta.
+    Ye,       |Ataye,   |                 |Atayuru.    |Atayeta.
+              +---------+-----------------+------------+-----------
+              |De,      |_In the present  |Dzuru.      |Deta.
+              |         |change _De_ to   |            |
+              |Ide,     |_Dzuru_. The     |Idzuru.     |Ideta.
+  [De,]       |         |other tenses     |            |
+              |M[vo]de, |are formed, as   |M[vo]dzuru. |M[vo]deta.
+              |         |above, from      |            |
+              |Mede,    |the root._       |Medzuru.    |Medeta.
+              |         |                 |            |
+  ============+=========+=================+============+===========
+
+  ------------+---------+------------+----------------+-----------
+  _Syllables_ |_Roots_  |_Future_    |_Imperative_    |_Negative_
+  ============+=========+============+================+===========
+    Be,       |Curabe,  |Curabe�,    |Curabeyo,       |Curabenu,
+              |         |�zu, �zuru. |ei, sai.        |_or_, Curabezu.
+              |         |            |                |
+    Fe,       |Fe,      |Fe�, �zu,   |Feyo, fei,      |fenu,
+              |         |�zuru.      |fesai.          |fezu.
+              |         |            |                |
+    Ghe,      |Aghe,    |Aghe�,      |Agheyo,         |Aghenu,
+              |         |_etc._      |_etc._          |_etc._
+              |         |            |                |
+    Ke,       |Tokoke,  |Todoke�.    |Todokeyo,       |Todokenu,
+              |         |            |_etc._          |_etc._
+    Me,       |Motome,  |Motone�.    |Motomeyo,       |Motomenu,
+              |         |            |_etc._          |_etc._
+    Ne,       |Fane,    |Fane�.      |Faneyo.         |Fanenu.
+    Re,       |Fanare,  |Fanare�.    |Fanareyo.       |Fanarenu.
+    Ye,       |Ataye,   |Ataye�.     |Atayeyo.        |Atayenu.
+              +---------+------------+----------------+-----------
+              |De,      |De�, �zu,   |Deyo,           |Denu.
+              |         |_etc._      |_etc._          |
+              |Ide,     |Ide�, �zu.  |Ideyo.          |Idenu.
+  [De,]       |         |            |                |
+              |M[vo]de, |_This verb is defective and lacks
+              |         |other forms._
+              |Mede,    |_This verb is defective and has no
+              |         |other forms_.
+  ============+=========+============+================+===========
+
+{20}
+
+FORMATION OF THE OPTATIVE, CONJUNCTIVE, AND CONDITIONAL MOODS, AND THE
+PARTICIPLE
+
+_The optative mood does not have forms of its own but compensates for this
+in part by adding to the imperative certain particles which indicate
+desire, in part by adding to the future indicative particles which show
+regret for not doing something, and in part by circumlocutions with the
+conditional mood and certain particles, as will be seen in the
+conjugations._
+
+_The conjunctive mood has two sorts of proper forms. The first is the
+common and ordinary form ending in _Eba_, corresponding to the Latin _cum_.
+The other ends in _Domo_, corresponding to the particle "although _(posto
+que)_." The other verbs of this mood do not have their own forms, but are
+expressed by circumlocutions as we shall see.[24]_
+
+_The present tense of the first conjunctive is formed from the present
+indicative by changing the final _Ru_ to _Reba_; e.g., _Motomureba_. For
+the preterit _Reba_ is added to the preterit indicative; e.g.,
+_Motometareba_. For the future the final _Ru_ of the third form of the
+future indicative is changed to _Reba_; e.g., _Motome�zureba_. For a second
+form of the future the syllable _R[vo]_ is added to the indicative preterit
+perfect; e.g., _Motometar[vo]_. This particle is _Ran_ in the written
+language; e.g., _Motometaran_.[25] An utterance _(ora�am)_ does not end in
+this form, but must be followed by a noun.[26]_
+
+_The present tense of the second conjunctive is formed by changing the
+final _Ru_ of the present indicative to _Redomo_; e.g., _Motomuredomo_. For
+the preterit _Redomo_ is added to the indicative preterit perfect; e.g.,
+_Motometaredomo_. Strictly speaking this form is _Motomete aredomo_, losing
+the _E_ of the participle. Furthermore, _Motometa_, together with the other
+preterit forms in _Ta_ is from _Motometearu_ which is first elided to
+_Motometaru_ and then by common usage _(pratica)_ to _Motometa_. All of
+which is seen in its _Canadzucai_. For the future, the final _Ru_ of the
+future indicative is changed to _Redomo_; e.g., _Motome�zuredomo_._
+
+_The conditional mood, for the present tense, is formed by adding the
+syllable _Ba_ to the root of the verb and _Naraba_ or _Ni voiteua_ to the
+{21} present tense form; e.g., _Motomeba_, _motomuru naraba_, and
+_motomuruni voiteua_. For the preterit, _Raba_, _Naraba_, or _Ni voiteua_
+are added to the indicative preterit; e.g., _Motometaraba_, which is in
+reality _Motomete araba_, _motometa naraba_, and _motometani voiteua_. For
+the future _Naraba_ or _Ni voiteua_ are added to the future forms; e.g.,
+_Motome� naraba_ and _motome�ni voiteua_. The present tense forms are also
+used for the future._
+
+VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION THAT END IN I
+
+_There are some irregular verbs ending in _I_ which follow the formational
+rules of the first conjugation, both affirmative and negative. There are a
+precise number of them. Those which have been found to date are shown
+below. They are formed for the present indicative by changing _I_ to _Uru_,
+for the preterit by adding _Ta_ to the root of the verb, and for the future
+by adding long _�_, _�zu_, or _�zuru_ to the same root. For the present
+conditional _Ba_ is added to the root, for the preterit _Raba_ is added to
+the preterit indicative, and for the future _Naraba_ is added to the future
+indicative. For the present conjunctive the _Ru_ of the present indicative
+is changed to _Reba_, for the preterit _Reba_ is added to the same preterit
+indicative, and for the future the final _Ru_ of the future is changed to
+_Reba_. All the other forms are formed as has been stated for the formation
+of the first conjugation. Thus:[27]_
+
+        { Abi, aburu, abita, abi�, �zu, �zuru, abiyo, _or_ sai, abiba,
+        {     taraba.
+        { Cabi, caburu, cabita, cabi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, sai, biba,
+        {     bitaraba.
+  Abi   { Carabi, caraburu, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, sai, biba, taraba.
+        { Sabi, saburu, sabita, sabi�, �zu, �zuru, sabiyo, bisai, biba,
+        {     taraba.
+        { Vabi, vaburu, vabita, vabi�, �zu, �zuru, yo, sai, biba,
+        {     bitaraaba.
+
+        { Nobi, buru, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+        { Corobi, buru, bita, bi�, bi�zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba,
+        {     bitaraba.
+  Obi   { Forobi, buru, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+        { Fitobi, bu, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+        { Fokorobi, bu, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+
+  Ubi   { Furubi, bu, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba, bitaraba.
+
+{22}
+
+  Vochi,   { Chi _to_   } Vot�uru, chita, chi�, chiyo, chiba, t�ureba.
+  Cuchi,   { T�uru      } Cut�uru, chita, chi�, chiyo, chiba, t�ureba.
+
+  Fagi,    { _Change_   } Fadzuru, fagita, gi�, giyo, giba, gitaraba.
+  Vogi,    { Gi _to_    } Vodzuru, gita, gi�, giyo, giba, gitaraba.
+  Negi,    { Dzu        } Nedzuru, gita, gi�, giyo, giba, gitaraba.
+
+  Mochiy,  } _the_      { Mochiyuru, mochiyta, chiy�, y�zu, �zuru, iyo,
+           } _final_    { yba, yttaraba.
+  Xiy,     } Y          { Xiyuru, xiyta, y� iyo, yba ytaraba.
+  Mimixiy, } _to_       { Mimixiyta, mimixiyte, _Defective_.
+  Mexiy,   } Yuru       { Mexiytaru, mexiyte, _Defective_.
+
+  Y, yru, yta, y�, �zu, �zuru, yyo, yba, yreba. _To be_
+  Ki, kiru, kita ki�, kiyo, _&c._ _To wear_
+  Ki, kuru, kita, k�, k�zu, k�zuru, koyo _or_ koi. _To Come_
+  Coru, coruru, corita, cori�, _&c._
+  Furi, fururu, furita, furi�, _&c._
+  Iki, ikuru, ikita, iki�, _&c._
+  Ideki, idekuru, idekita, ideki�, _&c._
+  Deki, dekuru, dekita, deki�, _&c._
+  Voki, vokuru, vokita, voki�, _&c._
+  T�uki, t�ukuru, t�ukita, t�uki�, _&c._
+  Vori, voruru, vorita, vori�, _&c._
+  Vrami, vramuru, vramita, vrami�, _&c._
+  Cagammi, cagammiru, cagammita, cagammi�, _&c._
+  Mi, miru, mita, mi�, _&c._
+  Ni, niru, nita, ni�, _&c._
+  Sughi, sughuru, sughita, sughi�, _&c._
+
+FORMATION OF THE VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION
+
+_All the roots of second conjugation verbs end in_ I. _There are eight
+final syllables for these verbs; i.e._, Bi, Chi, Ghi, Ki, Mi, Ni, Ri, Xi.
+_It is by these syllables that the verbs of the second conjugation (except
+for those mentioned above as being in the first conjugation) are
+recognized, and from which the tenses are formed._
+
+_The roots ending in the syllables_ Bi, Ghi, Ki, Mi, _and_ Ri _change the_
+I _to_ V _for the present tense; e.g._, Tobi, tobu; Coghi, coghu; Caki,
+caku; Yomi, yomu; Kiri, kiru.
+
+_Those ending in_ Chi _change to_ T�u _for the present; e.g._, Mochi,
+mot�u; Cachi, cat�u; Tachi, tat�u.
+
+_Those ending in_ Ni _change to_ Nuru _for the present; e.g._, Xini,
+xinuru; Yni, ynuru.[28]
+
+{23}
+
+_Those ending in _Xi_ change to _Su_ for the present; e.g., _Fanaxi,
+fanasu_; _Cudaxi, cudasu_; _Taraxi, tarasu_._
+
+_For the preterit those ending _Obi_ and _Omi_ change to _�da_; e.g.,
+_Yomi, y�da_; _Tobi, t�da_; _Yobi, y�da_; _Yorocobi, yoroc�da_. _Tomi_
+becomes _tonda_._
+
+_Those ending in _Abi_ and _Ami_ change to _[vo]da_; e.g., _Yerabi,
+yer[vo]da_; _Vogami, vog[vo]da_; _Yami, y[vo]da_._
+
+_Those ending in _Imi_ change to _�da_; e.g., _Najimi, naj[vu]da_; _Nijimi,
+nij[vu]da_; _Ximi, x�da_.[29]_
+
+_Those ending in _Umi_ and _Ubi_ change their endings to _Vnda_ or in some
+instances _�da_. While some have two forms others have only one form which
+is seen in use, the more general is _Vnda_; e.g., _Musubi, musunda_;
+_Susumi, susunda_ or _sus�da_; _Nusumi, nusunda_ or _nus�da_; _Sumi, sunda_
+or _s�da_; _Cumi, cunda_ only._
+
+_Those ending in _Ebi_ and _Emi_ change to _E�da_; e.g., _Sakebi, sake�da_;
+_Sonemi, sone�da_._
+
+_Those ending in _Ghi_ change to _Ida_; e.g., _Auoghi, auoida_; _Voyoghi,
+voyoida_; _Coghi, coida_._
+
+_Those ending in _Ni_ change to _Inda_; e.g., _Xini, xinda_; _Yni, ynda_._
+
+_Those ending in _Chi_ and _Ri_ change to _Tta_; e.g., _Machi, matta_;
+_Cachi, catta_; _Tachi, tatta_; _Kiri, kitta_; _Chiri, chitta_; _Cari,
+catta_._
+
+_Those ending in _Ki_ and _Xi_ change to _Ita_; e.g., _Caki, caita_; _Faki,
+faita_; _Nuki, nuita_; _Todoki, todoita_; _Sosoki, sosoita_; _Saxi, saita_;
+_Fataxi, fataita_; _Maxi, maita_ or _maxita_; _Coxi, coita_ or _ oxita_.
+The following add _Ta_ to the root; e.g., _Moxi, moxita_; _Muxi, muxita_;
+_Fuxi, fuxita_; _Mexi, mexita_._
+
+_The future can be formed in two ways. The first and more common way is to
+change _I_ to _[vo]_, _[vo]zu_, or _[vo]zuru_; e.g., _Yomi, yom[vo],
+yom[vo]zu, yom[vo]zuru_; _Yerabi, yerab[vo]_, etc.; _Kiri, kir[vo]_; _Xini,
+xin[vo]_; _Auoghi, auog[vo]_.[30] Those ending in _Chi_ change to _T[vo]_;
+e.g., _Cachi, cat[vo]_, etc.; _machi, mat[vo]_. Those ending in _Xi_ change
+to _S[vo]_; e.g., _M[vo]xi, m[vo]s[vo]_; _Nagaxi, nagas[vo]_; _Mexi,
+mes[vo]_; _Coxi, cos[vo]_, etc. The other way, which is easy too, is to
+change the final _V_ of the present indicative to _[vo]_; e.g., _Yomu,
+yom[vo]_; _Kiku, kik[vo]_; _M[vo]su, m[vo]s[vo]_; _Mesu, mes[vo]_. Those
+ending in {24} _�u_ change to _T[vo]_; e.g., _Tat�u, tat[vo]_; _Cat�u,
+cat[vo]_. Those ending in _Nuru_ change to _N[vo]_; e.g., _Xinuru,
+xin[vo]_; _Ynuru, yn[vo]_. This second rule seems to be more naturally in
+accord with the rules for the Japanese language._
+
+_The imperative changes the final _I_ of the root to _E_. Those ending in
+_Chi_ change to _Te_; e.g., _Yome_; _Kike_; _Tamochi, tamote_; _Vchi, ute_;
+_Machi, mate_._
+
+_The present conjunctive is formed by adding _Ba_ to the imperative; e.g.,
+_Yomeba_; _Tateba_.[31] For the preterit, _Reba_ is added to the preterit
+indicative; e.g., _Y�darebe_.[32] For the future the final _Ru_ of the
+future indicative is changed to _Reba_; e.g., _Yom[vo]zureba_. The
+conjunctive in _Domo_ is formed in the same manner; e.g., _Yomedomo,
+y�daredomo, yom[vo]zuredomo_._
+
+_The conditional is formed from the future indicative by changing the
+_[vo]_ to _Aba_; e.g., _Yomaba_; _Tataba_.[33] The preterit is formed by
+adding _Raba_ to the indicative preterit; e.g., _Y�daraba_;
+_Tattaraba_.[34]_
+
+_The preterit participle is formed from the preterit by changing the _A_ to
+_E_; e.g., _Y�de_; _Kite_; _Tatte_. The present participle, in _Te_, is
+formed by adding _Te_ ['hand'] to the root of any verb. This is properly a
+substantive and thus governs the genitive as do the other substantives. It
+does not indicate tense; e.g., _Yomite_; _Cakite_; _Machite_, etc._
+
+_The negative present can be formed in two ways. The first, and that which
+accords with the rules for _Canadzucai_, is formed by changing _I_ of the
+root to _Anu_ or _Azu_; e.g., _Corobi, corobanu, corobazu_; _Yomi, yomanu_,
+etc.; _Coghi, coghanu_; _Caki, cacanu_;[35] _Kiri, kiranu_; _ini, inanu_.
+Those ending in _Chi_ change to _Tanu_; e.g., _Tachi, tatanu_. Those ending
+in _Xi_ change to _Sanu_; e.g., _Fanasanu_. Another formation common to all
+is made with the future indicative by changing _[vo]_ to _Anu_ or _Azu_;
+e.g., _Corob[vo], corobanu, corobazu_; _Yom[vo], yomanu_, etc.; _Cogh[vo],
+coghanu_; _Cak[vo], cakanu_; _Kir[vo], kiranu_; _In[vo], inanu_; _Tat[vo],
+tatanu_; _Mat[vo], matanu_; _Fanas[vo], fanasanu_. This rule is common to
+all three conjugations by changing the affirmative future indicative _[vo]_
+to _Anu_ and the _�_ {25} and _�_ to _Nu_ or _Zu_;[36] e.g., _Todome�,
+todomenu, todomezu_; _Saxe�, saxenu_, etc.; _Tate�, tatenu_; _Mi�, minu_;
+_Yom[vo], yomanu_; _Tat[vo], tatanu_; _Fanas[vo], fanasanu_; _Narau[vo],
+narananu_; _Vomou[vo], vomouanu_; _Furuuo, furuuanu_. For the second
+conjugation preterit, those in _Nu_ are changed to _Nanda_: e.g.,
+_Yomananda_. For the preterit participle _Da_ is changed to _De_; e.g.,
+_Yomanande_. For the second form of the negative participle, the _Nu_ is
+changed to _Ide_; e.g., _Yomaide, Corobaide_, _Tataide_, _Totonouaide_. For
+the future the particle _majij_[37] or _mai_ is added to the affirmative
+present indicative; e.g., _Yomumajij, yomumai_; _Mat�umajij, mat�umai_._
+
+FORMATION OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION AND THE ROOTS FROM WHICH THE TENSES ARE
+FORMED
+
+_The final syllables of the third conjugation are the diphthongs _Ai_,
+_Oi_, _Vi_. By these syllables the verbs are known to belong to this
+conjugation, and from them the tenses are formed. The present indicative is
+formed by changing _Ai_ to _[vo]_, _Oi_ to _�_, and _Vi_ to _�_; e.g.,
+_Narai, nar[vo]_; _Vomoi, vom�_; _furui, fur�_. The preterit is formed by
+adding the syllable _Ta_ to the present; e.g., _Nar[vo]ta_, _Vom�ta_,
+_Fur�ta_. The future is formed by changing the final _I_ of the root to
+_V[vo], v[vo]zu, v[vo]zuru_; e.g., _Narau[vo], narau[vo]zu_, etc.;
+_Vomou[vo], vomou[vo]zu_, etc.; _Furuu[vo], furuu[vo]zu_, etc. The present
+imperative is formed by changing the final _I_ to _Ye_; e.g., _Naraye_,
+_Vomoye_, _Furuye_._
+
+_For the present conjunctive _Ba_ or _Domo_ is added to the imperative;
+e.g., _Narayeba, narayedomo_; _Vomoyeba, vomoyedomo_; _Furuyeba,
+furuyedomo_. For the preterit _Reba_ or _Redamo_[38] is added to the
+indicative preterit; e.g., _Nar[vo]tareba, nar[vo]taredomo_; _Vom�tareba,
+vom�taredomo_; _Fur�tareba, fur�taredomo_._
+
+_The present conditional is formed by changing _[vo]_ of the future to
+_Aba_; e.g., _Narauaba_, _Vomouaba_, _Furuuaba_. The preterit is formed by
+adding _Raba_ to the indicative preterit; e.g., _Nar[vo]taraba_,
+_Vom�taraba_, _Fur�taraba_._
+
+{26}
+
+_The negative present is formed by changing the _I_ of the root to _Vanu_
+or _vazu_; e.g., _Narai, narauanu, narauazu_; _Vomoi, vomouanu_, etc.;
+_Furui, Furuuana_, etc. This form can also be formed from the future by
+changing the _[vo]_ to _Anu_ or _azu_; e.g., _Narau[vo], narananu_, etc.
+For the preterit the _Nu_ is changed to _Nanda_; e.g., _Narauananda_. For
+the preterit participle the _Da_ is changed to _De_; e.g., _Narauanande_.
+For the second form the _Nu_ of the present is changed to _Ide_; e.g.,
+_Narauaide_, _Vomouaide_, _Furuuaide_. For the future the particle
+_Majii_,[39] _maji_, or _mai_ is added to the affirmative present
+indicative; _e.g._, _Nar[vo]majii, nar[vo]maji, nar[vo]mai_; _Vom�majii,
+ji_, or _mai_; _Fur�majii, ji_, or _mai_._
+
+_The verb _Yy_ 'to speak' becomes _Y�, y�ta, yu[vo], yye, yuanu_. _Yei_ or
+_yoi_ 'to become sick' becomes _Y�, y�ta, you[vo], yoye, yonanu_. The
+substantive verb _Saburai_, which also belongs to this conjugation, becomes
+_Sabur[vo], saburauanu_; and _S[vo]rai_ becomes _S[vo]r[vo], soro,
+s[vo]raite, s[vo]raye, sorouanu_._
+
+Rodriguez follows these formational rules with a full display of all the
+forms of the three conjugations. In his display he, like Alvarez before
+him, recapitulates the appropriate rules for each form. Collado nowhere
+presents his conjugational system as a paradigm but does, as we shall see,
+include a full complement of example sentences in his description,
+something which Rodriguez does not do in the _Arte Breve_.
+
+_Bibliography_
+
+In the examination of any portion of the Christian materials certain works
+are indispensable. Father Johannes Laures, S.J., _Kirishitan Bunko_ (Tokyo,
+1957) remains the basic bibliographic source for the study of all sources
+of the Christian Century, while Hashimoto Shinkichi, _Kirishitan ky[=o]gi
+no kenky[=u]_ (Tokyo, 1929) and Doi Tadao, _Kirishitan gogaku no kenky[=u]_
+(Tokyo, 1942) serve as indespensible guides to our understanding of the
+linguistic aspects of the field. A later contribution to the general
+bibliography has been made by Fukushima Kunimichi, _Kirishitan shiry[=o] to
+kokugo kenky[=u]_ (Tokyo, 1973).
+
+The basic grammatical study of the period, based upon the _sh[=o]mono_
+materials, is Yuzawa K[=o]kichir[=o], _Muromachi jidai gengo no kenky[=u]_
+{27} (Tokyo, 1958). More closely related to the language reflected in the
+text is his "Amakusabon Heike monogatari no goh[=o]," in _Ky[=o]iku
+ronbunsh[=u]_ (no. 539, Jan. 1929). An English treatment of the grammatical
+system of the period is to be found in R. L. Spear, "A Grammatical Study of
+_Esopo no Fabulas_," an unpublished doctoral thesis (Michigan, 1966). The
+phonology has been carefully analyzed by [=O]tomo Shin'ichi, _Muromachi
+jidai no kokugo onsei no kenky[=u]_ (Tokyo, 1963), with a valuable
+contribution made in English by J. F. Moran, "A Commentary on the _Arte
+Breve da Lingoa Iapao_ of Jo�o Rodriguez, S.J., with Particular Reference
+to Pronunciation," an unpublished doctoral thesis (Oxford, 1971). This
+latter work presents an exhaustive examination of the phonological system
+reflected in the _Arte Breve_ of 1620 within the framework of Berhard
+Bloch's phonemic theory.
+
+Two lexical works have been used as basic references in this translation.
+The _Vocabulario de Lingoa de Iapam_ (hereafter the _Vocabulario_) produced
+by the Jesuit Mission Press at Nagasaki in the years 1603 and 04. In a
+carefully annotated version by Professor Doi, under the title _Nippo jisho_
+(Tokyo, 1960), this work is the most important single source for the
+vocabulary of the period. The second work is the _Dictionarium sive
+Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae Compendium_ (hereafter the _Dictionarium_) which
+is the companion piece to the present text. This dictionary has been
+carefully edited and cross-referenced by [=O]tsuka Mitsunobu, under the
+title _Koriyaado Ra Su Nichi jiten_ (Tokyo, 1966). In this form it has
+served as a constant aid to the translator in the determination of the
+proper glosses for the lexical items in the text.
+
+The aforementioned _Arte_ of 1604-08 by Rodriguez, has been the single most
+frequently used tool in the preparation of this translation.[40] As the
+most significant influence upon Collado's work and the source for most of
+his material, both theoretical and practical, I have related the two works
+at every point in the translation. In its Japanese version by Professor
+Doi, _Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten_ (Tokyo, 1950), this work has been
+invaluable in gaining a clearer understanding of many of the passages which
+might have otherwise been obscure.
+
+Rodriguez' _Arte Breve_ of 1620, while having no influence upon the
+preparation of the _Ars Grammaticae_, is nevertheless of fundamental {28}
+importance as a work against which Collado's treatment of Japanese grammar
+is to be judged. This shorter grammar is as yet to be fully translated into
+English--Moran having limited his study to the treatment of the phonology.
+
+With respect to the text itself I have made this translation on the basis
+of the facsimile edition published by the Tenri Central Library in 1972 as
+part of its _Classica Japonica_ series. [=O]tsuka Takanobu, _Koiyaado-cho
+Nihongo bunten_ (Tokyo, 1934) and its revised edition under the title of
+_Koriyaado Nihon bunten_ (Tokyo, 1957) have served as invaluable aids at
+every step of the translation.
+
+[=O]tsuka's second edition is of invaluable scholarly importance because it
+contains a cross-reference to the Spanish manuscript from which Collado
+prepared the printed Latin edition as well as a concordance to the Japanese
+vocabulary.[41] This translation attempts to supplement [=O]tsuka's
+invaluable contribution by relating the Latin text of this grammar with
+Rodriguez' _Arte_.
+
+_Editorial Conventions_
+
+The Latin matrix of the text is printed in italic letters while the
+Japanese is in roman. For this translation I have reversed the convention.
+(In footnotes where the text is quoted the style of the original is
+followed.) In making editorial corrections in the Japanese material the
+corrected version is presented in brackets with periods to indicate the
+general location;
+
+    e.g., _mairu mai queredomo_ [... qeredomo]
+
+(The only exception to this rule is the correcting of a missing open _o_,
+q.v.) Sentences that have been taken from the _Arte_ are indicated by the
+parenthetical recording of the leaf number of the citation immediately
+after the sentence;
+
+    e.g., _x� tame no ch�qui gia_ (22) 'it is....
+
+Shorter sentences and specific words that in all likelihood have been taken
+from the _Arte_ are not listed if they are to be found in the section
+elsewhere noted as being the source of the material covered. Any {29}
+significant alteration in the form of the source is noted. Since the _Arte_
+is numbered by the leaf, _v_ is added to the number to indicate the
+_verso_.
+
+All the corrections made by the _errata_ (on page 75 of the text) have been
+applied to the text without notation unless the correction is itself in
+error.
+
+The punctuation follows the text with the following exceptions;
+
+1. In translating from Latin the English follows modern rules of
+punctuation.
+
+2. Single quotes have been introduced into the text to mark glosses and
+translations.
+
+3. In transcribing the Japanese citations any alteration of the original
+punctuation is noted.
+
+4. The spacing of words in Japanese--a relatively casual matter in the
+text--has been regularized on the basis of the predominant pattern.
+
+5. Two specific rules, based upon Collado's more or less consistent usage,
+are followed in the citing of verb forms:
+
+    a. In the most frequent citation of verbs, where the root form is
+    followed by the present indicative ending, a comma is used;
+
+        e.g., _ari,u_; _ague,uru_; _mochi,t�u_
+
+    b. In an alternate form of citation, where the two forms are given in
+    their entirety, a colon is used;
+
+        e.g., _ari:aru_; _ague:aguru_; _mochi:mot�u_
+
+Spelling and accentuation are treated in the following manner:
+
+1. The _long-s_ in all instances is represented by _s_.
+
+2. The usage of _v_ and _u_ has been regularized: the _v_ serves as the
+consonant; and _u_ as the vowel, semi-vowel, and orthographic symbol; e.g.,
+_vaga_, _uie_, _quan_, and _agueta_.
+
+3. The predictable nasalization--marked by a tilde in the text--has not
+been included in the translation unless the presence of nasalization is
+morphologically significant; e.g., _tobu:t�da_. {30}
+
+4. The accent grave--which appears in no discernible pattern--is not
+transcribed in the translation.
+
+5. The accent acute is used in the translation to mark the long _�_ [u:]
+and the long, open _�_ [[IPA: Open-mid back rounded vowel]:], in those
+places where the length is marked by Collado. Since the most frequent
+typographical error in the text is the failure to mark the presence of
+these long syllables, I follow the convention of correcting the absence of
+this feature in the Latin text by using the inverted caret in the
+translation. Thus, the appearance in the translation of _m�su_ indicates
+that Collado recorded the length of this word, either by an accent acute
+(e.g., _m�su_), or an inverted caret (e.g., _m[vo]su_). The appearance of
+_m[vo]su_ indicates that he did not, and that its absence is being
+corrected. The form _m[vo]su_ in the translation is therefore the shorthand
+equivalent for what would more regularly be _mosu_ [_m�su_].
+
+6. The circumflex, which indicates the long, closed _�_ [o:], is corrected
+as other errors by placing the corrected version of the item in brackets;
+e.g., _roppio_ [_roppi�_].
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+ARS
+GRAMMATICAE
+IAPONICAE
+LINGVAE
+
+IN GRATIAM ET ADIVTORIVM
+eorum, qui pr�dicandi Euangelij causa ad
+Iaponi� Regnum se voluerint conferre.
+
+_Composita, & Sacr� de Propaganda Fide Congregationi
+dicata � Fr. Didaco Collado Ordinis Pr�dicatorum
+per aliquot annos in pr�dicto Regno
+Fidei Catholic� propagationis
+Ministro._
+
+[Illustration]
+
+ROM�,
+Typis & impensis Sac. Congr. de Propag. Fide.
+MDCXXXII.
+_SVPERIORVM PERMISSV_.
+
+{105}
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+A
+Grammar
+of the Japanese
+Language
+
+FOR THE SAKE AND HELP
+of those who wish to go to the Kingdom of
+Japan to preach the Gospel.
+
+Composed and dedicated to the Blessed Congregation for the
+Propagation of the Faith by Brother Didico Collado,
+O.P., who was for many years in that Kingdom
+as a Minister for the Propagation of
+the Catholic Faith.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Printed by the Blessed Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith.
+1632
+BY PERMISSION OF THE SUPERIORS.
+
+{106}
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+      It may be published if it please the Most Reverend Father,
+          Master of the Holy Apostolic Palace.
+              For the Archbishop of Umbria. The Vicar General.
+
+  It may be published.
+
+      Brother Nicolaus Riccardius, Master of the Holy Apostolic Palace,
+          Order of Preachers.
+
+{107}
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Prologue to the Reader
+
+_With Some Advice on the Correct Pronunciation of the Japanese Language_
+
+Long ago, at the beginning of the establishment of our orthodox faith in
+the Japanese kingdom, a grammar of this language was made by Father Ioannus
+Rodriguez of the Society of Jesus.[42] However, since things rarely turn
+out perfect at first attempt, and, because of the passing years that have
+made it difficult to find a copy of this grammar; I thought that it would
+honor God and the ministers who preach the faith (which cannot be taught
+without the use of language) if I were to select examples (and there are
+many) that are useful to this language, neglect those not accepted by the
+experts of the language, add, with the help of God (who gives words to the
+evangelists), the words that I have learned from experience, practice, and
+continuous reading, and by such means offer up a handbook of the Japanese
+language in which I would bring together in a brief span these examples
+with those precepts which the preachers (for whom I began this work) need
+to learn of the Japanese language. This is done because examples are
+necessary with the rules and precepts so that it is possible to demonstrate
+the rule which has just been explained. Not only have these examples been
+selected for the greater help and enjoyment of the students, but also their
+explanation has been added in Latin (which is the language most common to
+theologians); thus the teacher will have very little left to be desired.
+Even if all the elements included in this grammar, as in the dictionary
+(which with the help of God I plan to publish shortly),[43] are polished
+enough and sure enough to be used with trust; I would still want them to be
+submitted to the judgement of the reader so that the preaching of the
+faith, carried on with a more correct language, may become more fruitful.
+
+When two vowels follow each other in any Japanese word, they are not
+pronounced as in the Latin word _valeo_ or in the Spanish, _vaca_, but each
+is pronounced independently; _v_, _a_; _v_, _o_; _v_, _i_.
+
+{108}
+
+The letter _s_ is pronounced as _s�_; e.g., _susumuru_, _s�us�umuru_.
+
+The letter _j_ is pronounced smoothly (_blande_), as in the Portuguese
+_joa�_ and _judeo_.
+
+The letter _x_ is also pronounced smoothly, as in the Portuguese (4
+_queixumes_.
+
+When there is the sign ^ over the letter _o_ it is pronounced _ou_ with the
+lips almost closed and the mouth partly closed; e.g., _bupp�_.
+
+When there is the sign v or � over the letter _o_ it is pronounced with the
+mouth open as if there were two letters, _oo_; e.g., _tenx�_ or
+_gacux[vo]_.[44]
+
+If the signs we have just shown are over the letter _u_, it is pronounced
+long as if there were two letters, _uu_; e.g., _taif�_ or _aia[vu]_.
+
+When the sign ~ is over the vowel, the sign should be pronounced like
+an _n_, not strongly but swiftly (_cursim_) and softly (_leniter_); e.g.,
+_v�ga_.[45]
+
+_Qe_ and _Qi_ are written without _u_, because when _u_ follows _q_ or _c_
+both letters are pronounced as a _sinalepha_;[46] e.g., _qu�dai_ or
+_quainin_.
+
+When _u_ follows _g_ and immediately after the _u_ is the letter _e_ or
+_i_, it should be pronounced as in the Spanish word _guenin_; but if the
+letter _e_ or _i_ follows _g_ immediately without the _u_, it should be
+pronounced as in the Italian word _giorno_; e.g., _xit�gi_.
+
+The letter _z_ is pronounced with the same strength as in the Spanish word
+_zumbar_; e.g., _mizu_.
+
+But if there are two _zz_ then they are pronounced more strongly; _e.g._,
+_mizzu_.
+
+When there are two _tt_, _xx_, _zz_, _qq_, _cq_, _ij_, or _pp_[47] it is
+important to persist in order to obtain perfect pronunciation and the exact
+value of the word; for _mizu_ means 'honey' and _mizzu_ means 'water.'
+Therefore, if the words are said with the same strength or the same
+gentleness they can mean either 'water' or 'honey.'
+
+When _ch_ comes before a vowel it is pronounced as in the Spanish
+_chimera_; e.g., _foch�_.
+
+{109}
+
+But if _nh_ comes before a vowel it is pronounced as in the Spanish _ma�a_;
+e.g., _nhuva_.
+
+The letter _f_ is pronounced in various regions of Japan as it is in Latin.
+In others it is pronounced as if it were an imperfect _h_. For both
+pronunciations the lips and the mouth should be nearly, but not completely,
+closed.
+
+When _t�_ is in a word (and it appears quite frequently) the student should
+pray that God have mercy on his pronunciation because the word is very
+difficult, and its pronunciation is not to be found (5 in any other
+language. It is not truly pronounced _t�_, nor as _s_, nor as _c_ alone,
+but rather by striking the tongue violently against the teeth in order to
+pronounce both _t_ and _�_, but with more _�_ than _t_ seeming to be
+sounded; e.g., _t�ut�umu_.
+
+The letter _r_ is said smoothly and softly everywhere it is found, either
+at the beginning or in the middle of a word; e.g., _rangui�_, or
+_cutabiruru_.
+
+_Ya_, _ye_, _yo_, and _yu_ are pronounced as in Spanish.[48]
+
+When words ending in _i_ or _u_ are pronounced by the Japanese, the last
+letter is almost not heard by the student. For instance, if he hears
+_gozaru_ he will think he hears _gozar_, if he hears _fitot�u_ he will
+believe he hears only _fitot�_, and when he hears _axi no fara_ he will
+perceive only _ax no fara_.
+
+When a word ending in a vowel is followed immediately by a consonant,
+particularly _b_ or _s_,[49] between that vowel and consonant is pronounced
+the letter _n_, not perfectly, but softly; e.g., _son� gotoqu._
+
+I have given special care to the accenting of words.[50] This has been done
+so that the signs that have been placed correctly over the accented letter
+will allow the listener to understand the meaning of the words and the
+sentences of the speaker. For instance, _q�ix�i_ has the accent on both
+_��_; _f�bic�xi_ has it on the first _i_ and on the a.[51] This same {110}
+arrangement will be respected in the dictionary, with the accent being
+written with the same degree of correctness as is able to be achieved with
+great attention. If at times I have made mistakes, I am prepared to correct
+them immediately. Concerning what has been explained too briefly or left
+out of this grammar and the dictionary, learned people will be able to do
+that when they add a third dictionary and a third grammar, since it is easy
+to supply this material. Because I wish neither to be criticized by the
+Head of our Order (_pater familias_) and the Lord our God, nor do I wish
+this knowledge to be wrapped up in a handkerchief;[52] I want by these two
+works to help and to cooperate in the salvation of the Japanese not only by
+preaching but also by offering to the preachers, if I can, the tools of the
+language and chiefly the method by which they might better learn the
+Japanese language, a task made very difficult by the persecutions in Japan.
+Farewell, Reader, and be of good cheer. Madrid, 30 August 1631.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+{111} (6
+
+IN THIS GRAMMAR WE HAVE FOR THE MOST PART OBSERVED THE ARRANGEMENT WHICH
+ANTONIUS NEBRISSENSIS AND OTHERS HAVE FOLLOWED IN LATIN FOR THE TREATMENT
+OF SENTENCES, NAMELY NOUNS, PRONOUNS, ETC.
+
+_The Noun--Its Declension and Its Gender_
+
+In the Japanese language there are no case declensions as there are in
+Latin; but there are certain particles, which when suffixed to nouns,
+determine the differences between the cases for both common and proper
+nouns. The particles which form the nominative are five; _va_, _ga_,
+_cara_, _no_, and _iori_. The particle _va_ is used when we want to give a
+sort of reduplicative[53] and specific turn to the person or thing that is
+signified by such a noun. It indicates either the first, second, or third
+person; e.g., _Vatacuxi va mairanu_ 'I, or those related to me, will not
+come.' The particle _no_ is suffixed to the second and third person,
+especially if they are inferior in rank or in a sentence where there is a
+relative construction which does not indicate a transitive action; e.g.,
+_sonata no m�xita coto_ 'that which you said.' The particle _no_ is also
+used when some indefinite form is used; e.g., _iie no aru ca mii�_ [...
+_miio_] 'see if there are houses.' The particle _ga_ is used usually for
+the first and third persons of inferior status as well as for the second
+person when he is the most lowly or is to be humiliated; e.g., _Pedro ga
+qita_ 'Peter came.' This particle is also used to indicate something
+indefinite, as has been said of the particle _no_; e.g., _coco ni va iie ga
+nai ca?_ 'aren't the houses here?' It is also used in sentences that have a
+relative construction which does not indicate a transitive action. If the
+reference is to something of inferior or humble status the particle _ga_ is
+also used; e.g., _soregaxi ga caita fumi_ 'the letter which I wrote,'
+_sochi ga i�ta coto_ 'what you said.' The particles _cara_ and _iori_ are
+used to form the {112} nominative case when the sentence shows a transitive
+action, especially if the sentence contains a relative construction; e.g.,
+_Deus iori cudasareta gracia_ 'the mercy which God gave,' _tono cara core
+vo v�xe t�uqerareta_ 'the Lord taught this.' Sometimes the words are in the
+nominative case without any particle; e.g., _Pedro Ioa� vo iobareta_ 'Peter
+called (7 John.' There are two particles for the genitive; i.e., _no_ and
+_ga_. The particle _no_ is used for all persons of superior rank; e.g.,
+_Padre no v� qiru mono_ 'the priest's clothes, or habit.' The particle _ga_
+is used for people of inferior rank; e.g., _Pedro ga fumi_ 'Peter's
+letter,' _sochi ga mono_ 'your thing,' _are ga cane_ 'your money,' _tono va
+iocu ga fucai fito gia_ 'the Lord is of great cupidity, that is to say he
+is very eager.' Sometimes the particle _to_ is suffixed to the genitive;
+e.g., _Pedro no to degozaru_ 'it belongs to Peter.' But since this is not a
+perfect way of speaking, it is better not to use it. I have cited it so
+that if you hear it you will understand. When two nouns are joined to form
+a single word, the one which is like an adjective does not require the
+genitive particle; e.g., _cocuxu_ 'the Lord of the kingdom.' According to
+the ordinary rule we should say _cocu no xu_. This way of forming the
+genitive is very common in Japanese; e.g., _Maria coto_ 'Mary's thing.'
+
+Two particles form the dative; i.e., _ni_ and _ie_. For example, _Pedro ni
+m�xita_ 'I told Peter,' _Padre ie ague maraxita_ 'I gave, or offered, it to
+the priest.'
+
+There are five particles which form the accusative case; i.e., _vo_,
+_voba_, _va_, _ie_, and _ga_. The first, _vo_, is the most used; e.g.,
+_Pedro vo iobe_ 'call Peter.' _Va_ is used when one wishes to express in
+particular a noun in the accusative; e.g., _niffon guchi va xiranu_[54] 'I
+don't know Japanese.' The ending _voba_ is the same as _vo va_, changing
+the second _v_ to _b_ they use it as _va_; e.g., _fune voba nori sutete;
+cane bacari tori maraxita_ 'abandoning ship, I took only money, or gold,
+with me.' _Ie_ is used to indicate the place to which one goes; e.g., _Roma
+ie mair�_ 'I go to Rome.' _Ga_ is used for nouns which indicate non-living
+or humble things; e.g., _are ie gozare, mono ga m�xitai_ 'go there! I have
+something to tell you.' The accusative is also formed without any particle,
+as has {113} been shown in the example second before last, where the second
+accusative is without a particle.
+
+The vocative is formed with the particle _icani_. It is not suffixed to
+words as are the other particles but it is prefixed instead; e.g., _icani
+qimi core vo goronjerarei_ 'look at this, My Lord.'[55] Usually, however,
+the vocative is formed without any particle; e.g., _Padre sama_ (8
+_qicaxerareio_ 'listen, Reverend Father.'
+
+There are three particles for the ablative; i.e., _iori_, _cara_, and _ni_.
+The third indicates the place in which; e.g., _iglesia ni gozaru_ 'he is in
+church.' Sometimes _ni_ is used after _no_; e.g., _sonata no ni xi aru ca?_
+'are you going to make it yours, or take it for yours?' But this seems much
+more a dative than an ablative. The particles _cara_ and _iori_ are more
+common in the formation of the ablative; e.g., _Madrid cara maitta_ 'I came
+from Madrid,' _Pedro iori corosareta_ 'he was killed by Peter.'
+
+There are four particles used to form the plural. They are placed
+immediately after the noun they pluralize and before the particles which
+indicate case. These four particles are _tachi_, _xu_, _domo_, and _ra_.
+The first, _tachi_, forms the plural of those noble things which one wishes
+to honor; e.g., _tono tachi_ 'lords.' The particle _xu_ forms the plural
+for noble things but not those of the highest rank; e.g., _samurai xu_
+'nobles (_nobiles_), but not lords (_domini_).' The particle _domo_ is
+suffixed to words which indicate humble things, either abstract, animate,
+or inanimate; e.g., _fiacux� domo_ 'farmer,' _ixi domo_ 'stones,' _mma
+domo_ 'horses.' The particle _ra_ forms the plural of nouns which indicate
+very low things which are to be despised; e.g., _Iudeo ra_ 'Jews.'[56] The
+case particles which are required by the sentence are placed after the
+pluralizing particles; e.g., _tono tachi no coto domo vo var� i� na_ 'don't
+speak badly about the Lords' affairs.'
+
+There are some words that are plural in themselves; e.g., _tomo gara_ means
+'men,' _Nan ban mono_ 'European things,' _Nan ban mono vo fomuru na_ 'don't
+praise European things.'
+
+The particle _icani_, which as has been indicated above forms the vocative,
+is not placed after but always before the pronouns which are {114} made
+plural, while the particles which form the plural are placed after; e.g.,
+_icani Padre tachi vo qiqi nasare io_ 'listen to the priests.'
+
+But two of the four particles which form the plural, _domo_ and _ra_, are
+with certain words singular. _Varera_ and _midomo_ mean 'I.' Sometimes both
+are found together in the singular; e.g., _midomora_ 'I,' _midomora ga_
+'my, or mine.' The particles _domo_ and _ra_ are also (9 suffixed to the
+singular when one wishes to humiliate the thing mentioned; e.g., _hara domo
+ga itai_ 'I have a stomach ache,' _asu domo va aru mai_ 'tomorrow will not
+come,' _asu ra va nar� mode_ 'tomorrow will perhaps not come.'
+
+The particle _va_ is suffixed to singular and plural nouns which already
+have a particle; e.g., _coco ie va mairanu_ 'he will not come here,' _coco
+cara va denu_ 'he did not go out from here,' _coco ni va aru mai_ 'he will
+not enter here.' Sometimes _va_ replaces the particles of the declension;
+e.g., _fune de saie i�i� t�uita ni, cachi va nacanaca naru mai_ (119v) 'I
+arrived with such difficulty by ship: I would undoubtedly never have
+arrived had I come by foot, or on foot.'[57] The particle _va_ here
+replaces _cara_.
+
+Japanese does not have the genders feminine, masculine, and neuter as Latin
+does. There are, however, certain nouns which are feminine or masculine
+because of their meaning. Other nouns are common to both these genders. For
+things which do not have a proper gender _vo_ is placed before masculine
+nouns and _me_ before feminine; e.g., _voivo_ means 'male fish' and _meivo_
+'female fish,' _vojica_ means 'roe-buck,' _melica_ [_mejica_]
+'roe-doe,'[58] _coma_ means 'horse,' _zoiacu_ 'mare,' _x�_ means 'male
+hawk,' _dai_ 'female hawk,' _cotoi_ means 'bull,' _meuxi_ 'cow,' _votoco_
+means 'man,' _vonago_, _nh�b�_, or _vonna_ 'woman.' All these words are
+placed in the dictionary as they come to mind.
+
+The nominal adjectives have no gender or declension but make use of the
+same particles as the nouns. There are however many and diverse adjectives.
+Certain ones end in _ai_ others in _oi_, _ei_, _ui_ and _ij_. There are
+other, more proper adjectives, which are formed by adding _no_ to nouns.
+When the first five types of adjectives are placed before nouns they are
+then properly adjectives and do not in any way alter the composition of
+{115} the sentence. But when they are placed after nouns they become more
+like verbs and are in fact conjugated like them; e.g., _tacai iama_ 'a high
+mountain,' _xiguei ideiri_ 'frequent comings and goings,' _caxicoi_ (10
+_fito_ 'a wise man,' _cavaij mono_ 'a wretched thing,' _aiaui coto_ 'a
+dangerous thing,' _umare t�uqi no cuchi_ 'one's natural, or mother tongue.'
+There are also adjectives ending in _na_ which, when they are placed before
+nouns, do not alter the construction; e.g., _qirei na coto_ 'a clean
+thing.' All the adjectives, except those ending in _no_, change their form
+in some way when they occur before verbs. Those that end in _ai_ change to
+_�_; e.g., _cono iama va tac� gozaru_ 'this mountain is lofty.' Those
+ending in _ei_ change to _e�_; e.g., _cono iama va xigue� gozaru_ 'these
+mountains are dense.' Those ending in _oi_ change to _�_; e.g., _caxic�
+gozaru_ 'he is wise.' Those ending in _ui_ change to _�_; e.g., _xei no
+fic� gozaru_ 'he is small in stature.' Those ending in _ii_ [_ij_] change
+to _i�_; e.g., _cai� gozaru_ 'it itches.'[59] Among those adjectives ending
+in _ij_ there are many which come from verbs; e.g., _nozomi,u_ means 'to
+wish,' and from it comes _nozomaxij_ 'which is to be wished for.' Other
+adjectives come from nouns; e.g., _varambe_ means 'a child, or infant,' and
+from this comes _varamberaxij_ which means 'childish.' Other examples may
+be found in the dictionary.
+
+Adjectives which end in _na_ change the _na_ to _ni_ when they are placed
+before verbs; e.g., _fuxin ni zonzuru_ 'I think it doubtful.' The
+adjectives that end in _no_ sometimes change the _no_ to _na_; e.g., _bechi
+no fito_ changes to _bechi na fito_ 'a different man.' Sometimes when it is
+followed by a verb the _na_ changes to a _ni_; e.g., _bechi ni gozaru_ 'it
+is different.' However, the meaning remains the same whether the word ends
+in _na_ or _no_; e.g., _bechi no fito no cuhi cara qiita_ [... _cuchi_ ...]
+is the same as _bechi na fito no cuchi cara qiita_ 'I heard it from the
+mouth of a different person.'[60] The only difference in these forms is
+that when the word ends in _no_ no change occurs as a consequence of what
+follows. But, as has been said, those adjectives that end in _na_ change to
+_ni_ when they come before a verb. If a substantive verb follows an
+adjective, it is an elegant statement; e.g., _cono iami va tac� gozaru_
+'this mountain is high.' But if this kind of verb does not follow, the
+sense {116} is not altered since the adjective is used as a substantive
+verb. But this is not used before superiors. To them we will not say _cono
+iama va tacai_ but rather _cono iama va tac� gozaru_. The same is true for
+the other adjectives.
+
+Adjectives usually end in _i_ but infrequently these adjectives change to
+_xi_ or to _qu_. _Ioi_, which means 'good,' changes to _ioqu_, or _ioxi_;
+e.g., _ioqu danc� xite_, which has the meaning of 'offering good (11
+council.'[61] There are innumerable nouns which become adjectives if _na_
+is suffixed to them; e.g., _afo_ means 'ignorance' and from it comes the
+word _afo na_ which means 'ignorant,' _jiiu_ means 'liberty' and _jiiu na_
+means 'which is free.' Other examples are offered by the dictionary.
+
+There are certain abstract nouns which become adjectives when they precede
+a vocable (_vocabulis_) with the meaning of 'man'; e.g., _jifi_ means
+'pity,' but when the word _jin_ is placed after it, it becomes _jifijin_ 'a
+pitiable person.' _Fin_ means 'poverty,' but when the word _nin_ is
+suffixed to it, it becomes _finnin_ 'a poor person.' In the same way, when
+one suffixes _ja_ to _fin_, it makes _finja_, which also means 'a poor
+person.' The word _ban_ means 'watch,' but if the word _ja_ is added to it,
+it becomes _banja_ 'a careful person.' Many other examples can be found in
+the dictionary.
+
+There are in Japanese certain words which are borrowed from Chinese, called
+_cobita_[62] or _coie_, and are written together to form by their union a
+noun and an adjective. Thus, _ten_ mean 'heaven,' _xu_ means 'lord,' and
+_tenxu_ means 'lord of heaven.'
+
+The preterit of verbs (which will be taken up in their place) seem to have
+the same strength and meaning as adjectives when they are used before
+nouns; e.g., _iogoreta te_ 'dirty hands,' where _iogoreta_ is the preterit
+of the verb _iogore,uru_ 'I became dirty.' _Caita qi�_ means 'a written
+book' and _caita_ is the preterit of the verb _caqi,u_ I write.' The
+abstract (_abstracta_), or root from which the verb is formed, is itself a
+noun which signifies the action of the verb in the abstract; e.g., {117}
+_facari_ means 'measure,' and it comes from the verb _facari,u_ 'I measure'
+while _fajime_ means 'beginning,' and comes from the verb _fajime,uru_ 'I
+begin.' Others will be found in the dictionary. The prepositional particle
+_mono_, when placed before an abstract or verbal noun, forms a noun which
+indicates the subject who does the action; e.g., _mono_ before _caqi_ makes
+_monocaqi_ 'one who writes.' This same particle when placed after a root
+forms a noun which indicates the effect of an action; e.g., _caqimono_ 'a
+writing.'
+
+The particle _goto_ placed after these same roots forms a noun (12 which
+means a thing which is worthy of the action indicated by the verb; e.g.,
+_mi_ is the root of the verb _mi,uru_ 'I see,' and _migoto_ is 'a visible
+thing, or a thing worthy of being seen'; while _qiqi_ is the root of the
+verb _qiqi,u_ 'I hear,' and _qiqigoto_ means 'a thing which can be heard,
+or is worthy of being heard.'
+
+If we place certain substantive nouns after certain of the verbal nouns
+about which we have been speaking, there is formed a noun which has the
+meaning of the action; e.g., _foxi_ is the root of the verb _foxi,u_ 'to
+dry under the sun'; but, if _ivo_ 'fish' is placed after it, the meaning of
+the expression _foxiivo_ becomes 'fish dried in the sun.'
+
+When the particle _d�gu_ 'instrument' is placed after the root of a verb it
+forms a noun meaning the cause or instrument of the action indicated by the
+verb; e.g., _varaid�gu_ 'the cause, or instrument of ridicule,' _caqid�gu_
+'a writing instrument, or an instrument for writing.'
+
+The particle _me_ when suffixed to a verb forms a noun which indicates the
+terminus of the action; e.g., _avaxe_ is the root of the verb _avaxe,uru_
+'to unite or join two things,' and _avaxeme_ means 'junction.' The same is
+true of other forms.
+
+An abstract noun can be formed from those adjectives ending in _i_ if the
+_i_ is changed to _sa_; e.g., _nagai_ means 'is long,' and _nagasa_ means
+'length.' The adjectives ending in _na_ change the _na_ to _sa_ in order to
+form abstract nouns; e.g., _aqiraca na_ which means 'clear' will become
+_aqiracasa_ 'clarity.'
+
+Sometimes from two nouns taken together, often with a change in the first
+or last letter, there is formed a third noun, which is quasi-descriptive
+(_quasi connotativus_), almost like an adjective or noun with a {118}
+genitive; e.g., from _qi_ 'wood' and _fotoqe_ 'idol' there results
+_qibotoqe_ 'wooden idol,' with the _f_ changed to _p_ [_b_]. But if the
+prefixed noun ends in _e_, this _e_ is changed to _a_ in the attributive of
+the compound; e.g., _t�umasaqi_ 'the tip of the nail,' _canacugui_ 'iron
+nails.' A word which is placed second in these compounds may change its
+first letter; if it is _f_ it becomes _b_ or _p_, if it is _s_ it becomes
+_z_, if it is _c_ it becomes _g_, if it is _t�_ it becomes _zz_, if it is
+_x_ it becomes _j_; e.g., _caribune_, _bupp�_, (13 _nigorizaqe_,
+_soragoto_, _qizzumari_, and _sorajeimon_. See the dictionary.
+
+_Pronouns_
+
+In the Japanese language there are no derivative pronouns, such as
+_meus,a,um_, etc.; but the primitive pronouns, such as _mei_, _tui_, etc.,
+are used. These primitive forms do not have declensions for case, but
+rather use the particles which are common to both nouns and pronouns.
+
+Certain particles (about which we will speak later) when added to a word
+indicate honor and thereby form a pronoun or substitute for it in such
+circumstances as pronouns would normally be used. Thus, if I say _von
+fumi_, when speaking to someone else, it is immediately understood that I
+am speaking about his letter and not mine; for if I were speaking about
+mine I would not say _von fumi_ but only _fumi_, since the particle _von_,
+which indicates honor, signifies 'your letter.' This is also true for such
+particles as _mi_ which also attributes honor to the noun to which it is
+joined.
+
+_First Person Pronouns--Ego, etc._[63]
+
+There are eight particles which signify 'I, mine, to me, etc.' They are
+_vatacuxi_, _soregaxi_, _vare_, _mi_, _varera_, _midomo_, _midomora_,
+_vare_.[64] The first four indicate a degree of superiority on the part of
+those who use them. The others are more humble. Women use three other
+particles _mizzucara_, _varava_, and _vagami_ which are not used by men.
+The people in the countryside use two others, _vara_ [_vora_] and _vorara_,
+while priests {119} when speaking of themselves use _gus�_, that is to say
+'I, a worthless man of the cloth,' and old men when speaking of themselves
+use _gur�_, 'I, a worthless and despicable old man.' The king (_rex_) says
+_chin_ or _maru_ which means 'I, the King.' (14
+
+To form the plural of these pronouns the pluralizing particles _domo_ or
+_ra_ are added; e.g., _midomo ga maitta toqi_ 'when we went.' To indicate
+the difference between the cases, the endings about which we have spoken
+are suffixed.
+
+_Second Person Pronouns--Tu, tui, tibi, etc._[65]
+
+There are many particles that form the second person pronoun. They are
+differentiated to indicate those persons deserving no honor and respect,
+those deserving some, moderate, great, or maximal honor and respect. In
+speaking to inferiors there are three particles used for 'you'; _vare_,
+_vonore_, and _sochi_. If _me_ or _mega_ is added as in _vareme_ or
+_varemega_ it means we very much despise the person being spoken to. If we
+speak to people who are on our own level, or just a little inferior, we use
+one of the three particles _sonata_, _sonof[vo]_, or _varesama_. If we
+speak to a superior person, or someone on an equal level but with whom we
+must speak elegantly, we use one of the seven particles _conata_, _qixo_,
+_qif�_, _gofen_, _qiden_, _conatasama_, and _sonatasama_. When speaking to
+persons of high rank, if we place the name of their office before _sama_,
+it serves as a pronoun; e.g., _Padresama gozare_ 'will the Father come.'
+
+_Conata_, _cochi_, and _conof[vo]_ mean 'I, mine,' but in the distributive
+sense of 'from me, or what concerns me.' In the same way _sochi_, _sonof�_,
+and _sonata_ mean 'you, from you, or what concerns you.'
+
+The plurals are formed by adding the particles listed above to the pronouns
+according to the different degrees of honor. _Vonore domo_, _varera_, and
+_sochira_ mean 'you' when speaking to inferiors. _Vare tachi_ and _sonata
+domo_ mean 'you' with persons of the same rank. _Qif� tachi_, _vocatagata_,
+and _vono vono_ mean 'you' to persons requiring honor. The declension of
+these honorable expressions follows the declension (15 of common particles.
+
+{120}
+
+_Third Person Pronouns--Ille, illa, illud_[66]
+
+The two particles _care care_ and _are are_ mean 'this (_ille, illa,
+illud_)' when speaking of inferior things.[67] There are four particles;
+_ait�u_, _ait�ume_, _areme_, and _cait�ume_ which mean 'this' when one
+wants to show disrespect for the things being spoken about. This idea is
+emphasized if one adds _ga_ to those forms that end in _me_; e.g.,
+_ait�uga_ and _ait�umega_ 'this humble man.' _Cono_ means 'this (_hic,
+haec, hoc_),' _sono_ means 'that (_iste, ista, istud_),' and _ano_ means
+'that (_ille, illa, illud_).' These words require a noun after them; e.g.,
+_cono fito_ 'this man' with _cono mono_ having the same meaning but not
+being an honorific expression. _Sono coto_ means 'that thing,' _ano fito_
+'that person,' _conata_ or _conof�_ 'here,' _sonata_ or _sonof�_ 'there,'
+and _anof�_ 'there, yonder.' _Core_ means 'this (_hic_),' _sore_ 'that
+(_istud_),' and _are_ 'that (_illud_).' These forms are in the neuter
+gender and are not followed by nouns. Their plurals are _corera_, _sorera_,
+and _arera_, while the others follow the common rules. _Cano_ means 'that
+which we have mentioned'; e.g., _cano fito_ 'that person.' The pronoun 'a
+certain (_quidam_)' is made with the particle _aru_; e.g., _aru fito_ 'a
+certain person,' _aru tocoro ni_ 'in a certain place.'
+
+The pronoun 'each (_unusquisque_)' is formed with the particles _men men_
+and _sore sore_.
+
+The pronoun 'each and every (_universi & singuli_)' is formed with _tare mo
+mina_.
+
+The pronoun 'anyone (_quicumque_)' is formed with _tare nite mo_, _tare
+nite mo are_, and _tare nari tomo_.
+
+The particle _tare mo_, when placed before a negative, forms the pronoun
+'no one, or nobody'; e.g., _tare mo mairananda_ 'nobody went.' The particle
+_nani taru coto nari tomo_ means 'whatever happens, or whichever thing
+happens.' The particle _mei mei_ means 'to each, or everyone in
+particular.'
+
+The particle _goto_ makes the distributive pronoun meaning 'every.' This
+form is used after vocables which are proper to the Japanese language;
+i.e., _iomi_. The same results are achieved by placing the (16 particle
+_mai_ before vocables which come from the Chinese language; i.e., {121}
+_coie_. For example, _fi_ means 'day,' and _figoto ni_ means 'daily.' _Nen_
+is a Japanese borrowing from a Chinese word meaning 'year,' and _mainen_
+means 'every year, or all year.' The same result is obtained by the
+repetition of the noun; e.g., _fito_ means 'person,' and _fitibito_ means
+'all the people, or many people,' _fi_ means 'day,' and _fibi ni_ means
+'all of the days, or every day.'
+
+The indefinite pronoun 'some (_aliqui_)' is formed with _niiotte_; e.g.,
+_toqi niiotte_ 'some times,' _fito niiotte_ 'some men.'
+
+The pronoun 'the same (_idem_)' is formed with _vonaji_; e.g., _vonaji
+tocoro cara_ 'from the same place.' The particle _d�jen_ means the same
+thing but in the neuter ; e.g., _d�jen degozaru_ 'it is the same.' This
+word is used in reply to some one who has congratulated you, etc.
+
+The pronoun 'himself (_ipse_)' is formed with the particles _nuxi_, _sono
+mi_, and _vaga_. The particle _vareto mi_ forms the pronoun 'himself
+(_ipsemet_)'; e.g., _vareto mi ni ata vo nasu_ (96) 'he brings harm to
+himself,' _mi vo vasurete; ta vo tasuquru_ 'he forgets himself and saves
+others.' The particle _vatacuxi_ means 'a thing which belongs to oneself
+(_re propria_)'; e.g., _vatacuxi no coto_ 'ones own thing,' _vatacuxi ni
+ivareta_ 'he spoke for himself.'
+
+The pronoun 'somebody (_aliquis_)' is made with the particles _tare zo_ and
+_taso_; e.g., _tare zo maittaraba_ 'if somebody were to come,' _taso sacana
+ga aru ca t�i ni iqe_ [... _toi_ ...] 'let someone go and ask if there is
+food.'
+
+The neuter pronoun 'something (_aliquid_)' is formed with the particles
+_nan zo_ and _nanica_; e.g., _nan zo ga araba cuv�zu_ 'I would eat if there
+were something,' _ima faia te ga jii� ni gozaru fodo ni nanica caqi marax�_
+'I would write something if I were to have my hands free, or untied.'
+
+The interrogative 'who (_quis_)' is translated with the three particles
+_tare_, _taga_, and _taso_. The particles _taga_ or _tare no_ form the
+genitive; e.g., _taga mono ca_ 'whose thing is this.' When someone comes to
+the door and knocks, he says _mono m�_.[68] To this one responds _taso_,
+_taga_, or _tare_ 'who is it?' _Nani_ means 'what (_quid_)'; e.g., _nani vo
+suru_ (17 _ca_ or _nani goto vo suru ca?_ 'what are you doing?' _nani ni
+sore vo totte iqu ca?_ 'for what reason do you bring this to me?'
+
+{122}
+
+_Relative Pronouns_
+
+The relative pronoun is formed by placing the noun, in connection with
+which there is a relative (_relativum_), after the verb; e.g., _ten ni
+maximasu varera ga von voia_ 'Our Father who is in Heaven,' _deta tocoro
+va_ 'the place from which he came out,' _te ni sumi no t�uita fito_ (88) 'a
+man to whose hands ink is adhering.' If the sentence (_oratio_) requires a
+nominative before the verb it must be formed with one of the particles
+which indicate the nominative; _ga_, _no_, or _iori_. For example,
+_vatacuxi ga caita fumi_ 'the letter which I wrote,' _conata no v�xerareta
+coto_ 'the thing which Your Lordship says.' The third particle, _iori_, is
+used when there is movement in the sentence; e.g., _Deus iori ataie
+cudasareta gracia_ 'the grace which God provided, or gave,' _ano tocoro ni
+amata no qi� atta vo torareta_ (87v.) 'he brought what many books there
+were in that place.' When two sentences containing a relation come together
+the first is placed second by general rule,[69] and the second uses either
+a past, present, or future particle according to what is required by the
+sense of the sentence; e.g., _qesa Oracio vo m�xita qi� ga t�ucuie no uie
+ni aru vo motte coi_ 'bring the book which is on the desk (_sedila_) at
+which I said my prayers this morning.' In this sentence _qi� ga_, which is
+the first relative, comes after the verb _m�xita_; and the _vo_ which
+stands for the second relative comes after the verb _aru_. When we want to
+be more specific about that of which we are speaking we place the particle
+_tocoro no_ between the thing itself and the verb; e.g., _vare to d�xin
+xita tocoro no mono domo va mina buguen ni natta_ 'all those who agreed
+with me became rich.' Sometimes the relative, because of the difficulty in
+understanding it, is expressed by expositions (_per exponentes_). Thus, in
+place of _ima corosareta Pedro no co va sonata no chijn gia_ which means
+'the son of Peter who has just been killed was your friend,' we say _ima
+Pedro corosareta sono co va sonata no chijn de gozaru_.
+
+Sometimes they join two particles, as determined by the case, and form a
+kind of relative pronoun which is placed before the relative; e.g., _sono
+tocoro de no danc�_ 'the consultation at that place,' (18 _Marsella ie no
+fune_ 'the ship to Marseille,' _maire to no m�xi goto dearu_ [ ... _gia_]
+'it is said that I should go.'
+
+{123}
+
+_Mairu mai to no danc� ni qivamatta_ 'it was resolved that he not go,'
+_maitte nochi no danc�_ 'the consultation he arrived after,' _varambe cara
+no catagui_ 'a custom from youth,' _x� tame no ch�gui gia_ (22) 'this is
+the plan (_ars_) according to which it will be done,' _anofito no vo tor�_
+'I shall take what belongs to that man.' This ends the note on relative
+pronouns.
+
+_The Formation of the Verb and Its Conjugation_[70]
+
+The verbs in Japanese have no number or person. These distinctions are
+indicated instead by the particles used in the formation of the plurals and
+in the declensions. There are three affirmative conjugations and the same
+number of negative.
+
+The root (_radix_) of the verb does not by itself indicate tense. For this
+reason it is necessary to conjugate the verb in order to show the tenses.
+
+All the verbs of the first conjugation[71] end in e. Those ending in _gi_
+or _ji_, together with _xi_ and _maraxi_, although they end in _i_, are
+also in the first conjugation. If the root ends in _de_ or _gi_, the
+present form is made by changing them to _zzuru_; e.g., _fagi_ forms its
+present in _fazzuru_ and means 'to blush,' _de_ becomes _zzuru_ and means
+'to leave.' If the root ends in _je_ or _ji_ it changes in the present to
+_zuru_; e.g., _maje:mazuru_ 'to mix,' _anji:anzuru_ 'to consider.' If they
+end in _xe_ they change to _suru_; e.g., _avaxe:avasuru_ 'to join.' _Xi_
+and _maraxi_, which (as we have said) are in the first conjugation,[72]
+change _xi_ to _suru_; e.g., _xi:suru_ 'to do,' _maraxi:marasuru_ which
+also means 'to do.' If the root ends in _te_ it changes to _t�uru_; e.g.,
+_sodate:sodat�uru_ 'to nourish, or support.' The remaining roots which end
+in _e_ change, in their separate ways, the _e_ to _uru_; e.g., _ague:aguru_
+'to offer,' _nigue:niguru_ 'to run away.'
+
+There are certain verbal preterits which have present tense meanings. They
+are those which are passive in form but active in (19 meaning; e.g.,
+_cocoroieta_ 'to understand,' _qicoieta_ 'to hear,' _voboieta_ 'to
+remember,' _qiqiieta_ 'to understand,' _zonjita_ 'to know,' and there may
+{124} be many others. The verbs which follow belong to the first
+conjugation even though their roots do not end as previously stated.[73] If
+the present tense of these forms does not change the _i_ to _uru_ they are
+exceptional; e.g., _abi,uru_ 'to wash oneself,' _fotobi,uru_ 'to become
+soft,' _focorobi,uru_ 'to become unstitched,' _cabi_ [_cabi,uru_] 'to be
+moldy,'[74] _sabi_ [_sabi,uru_] 'to rust,' _deqi_ [_deqi,uru_] 'to be
+finished, or ended,' _cuchi:cut�uru_ 'to rot,' _michi:mit�uru_ 'to be
+filled in by the sea,' _ini,uru_ 'to leave,' _nobi:nobiru_ or _noburu_ 'to
+be spread out,' _t�uqi,uru_ 'to be used,' _vori:uru_ 'to descend from
+above,' _xij:xijru_[75] 'to invite to dine, by compulsion,' _ni:niru_ 'to
+resemble,' _mochij:mochiiuru_ 'to evaluate,' _ni:niru_ 'to cook,' _mi:miru_
+'to look at,' _cori,uru_ 'to correct,' _vochi:vot�uru_ 'to fall,' _i:iru_
+'to exist, or be present,' _fugui,uru_ 'to pass, as time passes,'
+_vabi,uru_ 'to beg for mercy,' _carabi,uru_ 'to become dry,' _iqi:iquru_
+'to live,' _fi:firu_ 'to become dry,' _qi:quru_ 'to come,' _qi:qiru_ 'to
+dress oneself,' _voqi,uru_ 'to get out of bed.' The following four verbs
+have irregular, as well as regular, present tenses;[76] _ataie_ has _at�ru_
+'to give,' _vaqimaie_ has _vaqim[vo]ru_ 'to discriminate,' _tonaie_ has
+_ton�ru_ 'to bless,' _sonaie_ has _son�ru_ 'to place in a high position.'
+
+_The Preterit, Perfect, Imperfect, and Pluperfect_
+
+In Japanese there is no imperfect. In its place the perfect is used. The
+perfect is formed in two ways. The first is by suffixing _ta_ to the root
+of a verb ; e.g., _agueta_ is the preterit of the verb _ague,uru_ 'to
+offer.' The second is by suffixing _te_ to the root and to that adding
+_gozari,u_ or _ari,u_ which is then conjugated in the present or the
+preterit of the second conjugation; e.g., _aguete gozaru_ or _aguete
+gozatta_, or _aguete aru_ or _aguete atta_ 'offered, or had offered.' If
+the particle _f�ia_ [_faia_] is placed before the verb the expression is
+strengthened; e.g., (20 _f�ia aguete gozatta_ [_faia_ ...] 'I had already
+offered it.' When the verb _ari,u_ is suffixed to the perfect it is not as
+elegant a way of speaking as {125} when _gozari,u_ is used. Therefore when
+speaking one must be careful about what one says, or in front of whom one
+speaks, so as to give each person the honor he deserves.
+
+_The Future of the First Conjugation_
+
+If the root of the verb ends in _te_ this syllable is changed to _te�_ or
+_ch�_ to form the future; e.g., _tate,uru_ will become _tate�_ or _tach�_
+'I shall build.'[77] If the root ends in _ji_ the future is formed by
+changing _ji_ to _j�_; e.g., _xenji_ becomes _xenj�_ 'I shall prepare, or
+brew, the medicine.' If the root ends in _xe_ [_xi_] it changes to _x�_;
+e.g., _xi_ becomes _x�_, and _maraxi_ becomes _marax�_ 'I shall do.' If it
+ends in _ie_ it is changed to _io_ [_i�_]; e.g., _voxiie_ becomes _voxiio_
+[_vaxii�_] 'I shall teach.' The remaining roots ending in _e_ suffix the
+particles _�_, _�zu_, or _�zuru_; e.g., _ague�_, _ague�zu_, or _ague�zuru_
+'I shall offer.' These endings are used for the first conjugation[78] even
+when the roots end in _i_; e.g., _deqi�zu_ 'I shall be finished.'
+
+The future is also formed by taking the syllable _nu_ from the negative
+present (see below) and putting in its place the particle _baia_. Thus, by
+taking _nu_ away from _aguenu_ and putting in its place _baia_, we obtain
+_aguebaia_ 'I will offer.' For _minu_ if you take away the _nu_ and put in
+its place _baia_ it will become _mibaia_ 'I will see, or behold.'
+
+The future perfect is formed by suffixing the particles _te ar�zu_ or
+_tar�zu_ to the root; e.g., _aguete ar�zu_ or _aguetar�zu_ 'I shall already
+have offered.' The same results are obtained if _faia_ is placed before the
+simple future; e.g., _faia ague�zu_.
+
+(21
+
+_The Imperative of the First Conjugation_
+
+The imperative of the first conjugation is formed with the root of the verb
+alone, or with the addition of the particle _io_; e.g., _ague_ or _ague io_
+'offer!'[79] The future of the imperative is the future absolute _ague�_ or
+_ague�zu_. This is a more elegant and polite way of speaking than giving a
+command with the regular imperative. The imperative is also formed by
+taking the _nu_ from the negative present (see below) and {126} putting in
+its place the particle _sai_. Thus, if one takes the _nu_ from _aguenu_ and
+replaces it with _sai_ it becomes _ague sai_ which means 'offer!' If the
+particle _tai_ is placed after the root there is formed a kind of future or
+optative by which the wish of the speaker is expressed. It is therefore an
+elegant imperative; thus _mizzu fitot�u nomitai_ 'I would like to have a
+drink of water' is the same as 'give me some water to drink.' When a
+relative [clause] concerns a precept, rule, admonition, or prohibition the
+imperative is expressed word for word in whatever the conjugation,
+affirmative or negative; e.g., _Christiani naru na to no x�gun no fatto ga
+aru_ [_Christian ni_ ...] 'it is the law of the Sh[=o]gan (_imperator_)
+that no one should become a Christian,' _Padre core vo coxiraie io to
+voxerareta niiotte_ [... _v�xerareta_ ...] 'because the Priest told me to
+do it.'
+
+_The Optative of the First Conjugation_
+
+The optative, both present and future, is the present tense of the
+imperative with the particles _negavacu va_ or _avare_ placed before it and
+the particles _gana_ or _caxi_ placed after it. Sometimes it is formed by
+adding the particle _gana_ without any prefix; e.g., _negavacu va ague io
+caxi?_ or _avare aguei gana_[80] 'would that you were to offer?' _avare
+icanaru tengu, bangue mono nari tomo vare vo totte, fiie no iama ni noboxe
+io caxi!_ (15v)[81] 'Oh! if there were some one, either devil or
+soothsayer, who could make me ascend the mountain called Hie.' The particle
+_gana_ when it is placed after a noun indicates a wish for the thing
+specified by the noun; e.g., _saqe gana_ 'oh! sake'; and if (22 one is
+asked if he would like something to drink, the answer is _nani gana_ 'would
+that I had some.'
+
+The perfect of the optative is the second form of the future followed by
+the particle _mono vo!_; e.g., _niqueozu mono vo!_ [_nigue�zu_ ...] 'would
+that I had fled!' The same is achieved by _niguetaraba iocar� mono vo_.
+Sometimes they say only _niguetar� va_ or _niguete ar� ni va iocar� mono
+vo_.
+
+{127}
+
+_The Subjunctive of the First Affirmative Conjugation_
+
+The present tense of the subjunctive is formed by changing the _u_ in which
+the present indicative ends to _eba_; e.g., _aguru_ becomes _agureba_
+'since I offer.' It is also formed from the present by adding _ni_, _de_,
+_vo_, or _va_ to the particle _tocoro_ according to the case requirements
+of the verb that follows, with the first verb being controlled by the noun;
+e.g., _aru toqi Pedro chinsui xite iraruru tocoro ie fito ga qite_
+(16v)[82] 'since a certain man came to the place where Peter was when he
+was drunk,' _nh�b� ni tachi vacarete iru tocoro ni_ (16v)[83] 'since they
+were separated and divorced,' _c� aru tocoro ni_ 'since things are this
+way,' _ioso ie zzuru tocoro va fito ni corosareta_ (16v)[84] 'when he went
+outside, he was killed by someone,' _go misa vo asobaruru tocoro vo uchi
+coroita_ (121)[85] 'he killed him while he was celebrating mass.' This is a
+general rule which applies to all conjugations.
+
+The perfect and the pluperfect of the subjunctive are formed from these
+same tenses in the indicative with the addition of the particle _reba_;
+e.g., _agueta reba_ 'since he had offered.' It is also formed by taking
+away _gozaru_ from the preterit pluperfect and putting in its place _atta
+reba_ or _atta_; but, when _atta_ is used, the particles _ni_, _vo_, _va_,
+or _ie_ must be added according to the requirements of the following verb,
+just as with _tocoro_ in the present tenses; e.g., _aguete atta reba_ or
+_aguete atta ni_, _vo_, _va_, or _ie_ 'since I had already offered it.'
+
+The future of the subjunctive is formed by adding the particle _toqi_ to
+the future indicative; e.g., _ague� toqi_ 'since he would offer it later.'
+
+The pluperfect subjunctive, with all the expressions (_vox_) which signify
+that which comes after a completed action, is formed by (23 placing _cara_,
+_nochi_, or _igo_ after the pluperfect indicative, minus _gozaru_; {128}
+e.g., _aguete cara, nochi_, or _igo, mair�_ 'I shall leave after he has
+offered it.' This is like _aguetar� toki mair�_ 'I shall leave after he has
+already offered it.' _Ague�zuru ni_ or _ague�zuru tocoro ni_ means 'since
+he was already prepared to offer it.' _Ague�zuru coto no saqi ni_ means 'a
+little while before he offered it.'
+
+The present tense of the permissive subjunctive is formed in two ways. The
+first is by changing the _u_ of the present indicative to _edomo_; e.g.,
+_aguredomo_ 'although I could offer it.'
+
+The preterit of the permissive subjunctive is formed by adding _redomo_ to
+the preterit indicative; e.g., _agueta redomo_ 'although he had offered
+it.' The future permissive is formed by adding _redomo_ to the second form
+of the future indicative; e.g., _ague�zu redomo_ 'although he would be able
+to offer it.' The second form of the permissive subjunctive is formed by
+adding the particle _tomo_ to the present indicative; e.g., _aguru tomo_
+'although he could offer it.' The particles _mamaio_ or _madeio_ may also
+be added to the present tense; e.g., _sore vo voxiiuru mamaio_ or _sore vo
+voxiiuru madeio_ 'although he could teach this.'
+
+The preterit of the second permissive is formed by suffixing _ritomo_ to
+the preterit indicative; e.g., _agueta ritomo_ 'although he had offered
+it.' The same meaning is achieved by adding the particles _mamaio_ or
+_madeio_ to the preterit indicative; e.g., _agueta mamaio_ or _agueta
+madeio_; or by adding _tote_ to the preterit subjunctive; e.g., _aguetareba
+tote_.
+
+The future permissive is formed by adding _tomo_ to the second form of the
+future indicative; e.g., _agueozu tomo_ [_ague�zu tomo_ 'although he would
+offer it']. It is also formed by adding _mamaio_ or _madeio_ to the same
+future form. If the particle _tatoi_ is placed before the forms of the
+permissive subjunctive great strength is added to the sentence; e.g.,
+_tatoi v�xeraruru tomo_ 'even though you may state this.' The same meaning
+is obtained by removing the verbs _gozaru_ or _aru_ from the pluperfect
+indicative and replacing it with the particle _mo_; e.g., _aguete mo_
+'although he may offer it.' The same _mo_ when placed after the present
+indicative gives the same meaning; e.g., _doco de qiqi marasuru mo, sono
+sata va m�sanu_ 'although he hears that everywhere, he does not pay any
+attention.' The same meaning is obtained by the sentences _ague mo xeio
+caxi?_, _aguete mo x� madeio_, and _nanto mo ague caxi?_ {129} [... _aguei
+caxi?_][86] 'although he offers.' _Aguru ni saxerarei_, (24 _agueta ni
+saxerarei_, or _agueo ni saxerarei_ [_ague�_ ...] have the meanings of
+'although he could have offered, although he could offer, or although he
+would offer'; or one might say 'let us offer' or 'let us give.'
+
+_The Infinitive_
+
+The present infinitive is formed by adding _coto_ or _to_ to the present
+indicative; e.g., _aguru coto_ or _aguru to_ 'to offer.'
+
+The preterit infinitive is formed by adding the same particles to the
+preterit indicative; e.g., _agueta coto_ or _agueta to_ 'to have offered.'
+The future infinitive is formed by adding the same particles to the future
+indicative; e.g., _ague� coto_ or _ague� to_ 'to be about to offer.' The
+same meaning is obtained by adding _i�ni_ to the present, preterit, or
+future indicative; e.g., _nai nai guioi ni caqerare� i�ni va vare mo
+zonzuru fitobito mo zonjita_ (22v) 'I think and others believed me to have
+been favored by you with many benefits,' _qeccu vare ni voxiie marasuru
+i�ni gozaru_ (117v) 'he is truly able to teach me,' _agueta i�ni gozaru_
+'he is said to have offered it.'
+
+To ask or answer a question the infinitive is often subordinate to the verb
+which follows; e.g., _nh�b�gata ni vochita coto ga atta ca?_ 'did you fall
+into the sin of adultery with this woman? is this what happened?' etc. All
+the tenses of the infinitive are used in the same way.
+
+Sometimes the preterit infinitive is replaced by the pluperfect with
+_gozaru_ or _aru_ removed; e.g., _Deus no minori vo firomete iocar�_ 'it is
+good to spread the Gospel.' Sometimes the present or preterit indicative
+plus _ga_ replaces the present or preterit of the infinitive; e.g., _sore
+vo v�xeraruru ga var� gozar�_ 'it will be bad to say that,' _maitta ga maxi
+gia_ (21) 'it is better to have come, or it was better to come.'
+
+When the substantive verb follows the infinitive, the particle _coto_ is
+not required; e.g., _cosacazzuqi de va saqe vo nomu devanai_ (23) 'to drink
+sake from a small glass is not to drink sake,' _core coso caqu de gozare_
+'this we are able to say, or better, write,' _caqu de gozatte coso_ 'this
+is not the way for it to be written,' _sore va aguru devanai_ 'that is not
+to offer it.' Some of these examples are taken from other (25 conjugations
+but the general rule applies to all. The idea of the {130} infinitive is
+also obtained by the following means of expression; _ague va_, _aguredomo_
+'although I offered, or even if I made it so that it was offered.' Because
+this is a general rule for all the conjugations, they also say _qiqi va
+t�ucamat�ure domo gatten xenu_ 'although I have listened, or done
+everything necessary to hear; I still don't understand.' They also say
+_aguru vo motte_ 'by offering, or with the fact that he is to offer,'
+_aguru iori_ 'from the fact that he is to offer,' _aguru nit�uite_ 'about
+the fact that he is to offer.'
+
+The gerund in _Di_ is the present or future indicative followed by the
+particle _jibun_, or less frequently some other particle meaning 'time';
+e.g., _aguru jibun_ 'the time for offering,' _ague� ni qivamatta_ 'he made
+the decision that it be offered,' _niguru jibun gia_ 'it is time to flee,'
+_corosare�zuru ni aisadamatte ar[vo]zu_ (13) 'it will have been decided
+that he will be killed, or will have to be killed.'
+
+The gerund in _Do_ is formed in two ways. The first is by adding the
+particles _ni_ or _tote_ to the present indicative; e.g., _aguruni_ or
+_agurutote iurusareta_ 'I was freed by it being offered.' The second way is
+by removing the verb _gozaru_ from the pluperfect; e.g., _aguete
+cutabireta_ 'I became tired by offering, or raising up,' that is to say,
+'from the action of presenting, or raising up, I suffered the result of
+becoming tired.' There is also another elegant, and frequently used, way to
+form the gerund in _Do_. It is done by placing the root of the verb in
+front of another verb making a compound; e.g., _fiqi iosuru_ 'to approach,
+pulling.' The roots which are used in this way do not change with respect
+to their function. The gerund in _Do_ is also used to express purpose
+_taix� to xite_ 'since he was a commander (_dux_), or was fulfilling the
+function of a commander,' _von rei to xite_ 'giving thanks,' _r[vo]tai nomi
+ni xite_ 'since he was an old man,' _t�ucai xite ivaruru_ 'he said it as a
+messenger.'
+
+The gerund in _Dum_ is formed by adding the particles _tame_ or _tote_ to
+the present or future indicative; e.g., _aguru tame_ or _agueo tote_
+[_ague� tote_] 'in order to offer.' The same meaning is obtained by _aguru
+ni fatto ga aru_ 'there is a law about offering,' unless this should be
+considered a gerund in ni [_Di_].
+
+The supine in _Tum_ is formed in two ways. The first is by adding _ni_ to
+the root. The second is by adding _tameni_ to the present indicative; {131}
+e.g., _tazzune ni maitta_ or _tazzunuru tameni maitta_ 'I came in order to
+obtain it.'
+
+The supine in _Tu_ is the root of the verb alone. To obtain the same
+meaning they also use _m�su ni voiobanu_ 'it is not necessary to (26
+speak.'
+
+The present, preterit, and future participles are formed by adding the
+particles _fito_ or _mono_ to the indicative. When _fito_ is used the
+result is a more honorable way of speaking; e.g., _aguru fito_ or _aguru
+mono_ 'he who offers,' _agueta fito_ 'he who offered,' _ague� mono_ 'he who
+will offer,' _Bupp�gacu suru tomogara ni voite va_ (73v) 'as for those who
+devote themselves to the study of the laws of idolatry,' _von vo xiru vo
+fito to va i�zo; von vo xiranu voba chicux� to coso iie_ (96v). In this
+last sentence the _vo_ takes the place of the participle, and the sentence
+therefore means 'those who know kindness (_beneficia_) are correctly called
+men; those who do not know it are truly called beasts.' This is a general
+rule for all the conjugations and therefore the example contains a verb
+from the second conjugation. The participle is also made by adding _te_
+['hand'] to the root of the verb; e.g., _aguete_ 'one who offers.'
+
+_The First Negative Conjugation_
+
+The negative root is formed by adding _zu_ to the affirmative root; e.g.,
+_aguezu_.
+
+The present tense is formed with _nu_ instead of _zu_; e.g., _aguenu_ 'I do
+not offer.' This is a general rule no matter how the root ends. The only
+exceptions are _xi_ and _maraxi_ which form the negative present in _xenu_
+and _maraxenu_ 'I do not do.' The roots that end in _ji_ change the _ji_ to
+_je_ and then suffix the particle _nu_ to the present; e.g., _zonji_ in the
+negative present becomes _zonienu_ [_zonjenu_] 'I do not know.' In some
+areas of Japan they form the negative by removing the final _u_ from the
+negative root and adding _ari,u_, which is then conjugated according to the
+required tense; e.g., _aguezaru_ 'I do not offer,' _aguezatta_ 'I did not
+offer,' _aguezatta reba_ 'since I did not offer.' They also say _aguezu
+xite_ 'by not offering.'[87]
+
+{132}
+
+The negative of the preterit is formed in like manner by adding the
+particle _nanda_ instead of _nu_; e.g., _aguenanda_ 'I did not offer,'
+_zonjenanda_ 'I did not know,' _vorinanda_ 'I did not descend.'
+
+The pluperfect is formed by changing the last _a_ of the preterit to _e_
+and adding the verb _gozaru_ in the present and _gozatta_ in the preterit;
+e.g., _aguenande gozaru_ or _aguenande gozatta_ 'I have not offered.' It is
+also formed by adding _ide gozaru_ or _ide gozatta_ instead of (27 _nande
+gozaru_; e.g., _agueide gozaru_ or _agueide gozatta_ 'I had not offered,'
+_zonzeide gozaru_ [_zonjeide_ ... ][88] 'I had not known,' _vochiide
+gozatta_ 'I had not fallen.'
+
+The negative future is formed by adding _mai_ or _maji_ to the affirmative
+root or the affirmative present tense; e.g., _ague mai_ or _aguru maji_
+'you will not offer.'
+
+The imperative is formed by placing _na_ after the present indicative;
+_aguru na_ 'do not offer.'
+
+It is also formed by placing _na_ before the root and _so_ after it; e.g.,
+_na ague so_ 'do not offer.'
+
+It is also formed by placing _na_ after the root; e.g., _ague na_ 'do not
+offer,' _mixe na_ 'do not show,' _mesare na_ 'do not do.' The roots which
+end in _xi_ or _ji_, but are in the first conjugation,[89] change the _i_
+to _e_ to form the negative imperative; e.g., _s[vo] xe na_ or _s� maraxe
+na_ 'do not do that,' _s[vo] zonze na_ [_s� zonje na_] 'do not think that.'
+
+The optative is formed by placing _negavacuva_ or _avare_ before the
+negative imperative and placing _caxi_ or _gana_ after it; e.g., _avare
+aguru na caxi_ 'oh! if only you would not offer,' and _negavacuva na ague
+so gana_ with the same meaning.
+
+The preterit of the optative is formed by placing _mono vo_ after the
+negative future; e.g., _aguru mai mono vo_ 'oh! if only you would not have
+offered.'
+
+The negative subjunctive is formed by changing the _u_ which ends the
+negative present to _eba_; e.g., _agueneba_ 'since he did not offer.'
+
+The preterit of the subjunctive is formed by adding _reba_ to the negative
+preterit of the indicative; e.g., _aguenanda reba_ 'since he had not
+offered.'
+
+{133}
+
+The future of the subjunctive is formed by adding _qereba_ to the negative
+future; e.g., _niguru mai qereba_ 'since he is not going to escape.'
+
+The permissive subjunctive is formed by adding _domo_ to the negative
+present after changing the final _u_ of the verb to _e_; e.g., _aguenedomo_
+'although he cannot offer.' They also say, and this usage is preferred,
+_aguenaidemo_ or _agueidemo_ 'even if he not offer.'[90]
+
+The preterit of the permissive subjunctive is formed by placing _redomo_
+after the negative preterit; e.g., _aguenanda redomo_ 'although he had not
+offered.' _Aguenaidemo_ or _agueidemo_ 'although he would not be allowed to
+offer,' is also said.
+
+The permissive future is formed by adding _qeredomo_ to the negative
+future; e.g., _aguru mai qeredomo_ 'although he is not going to be allowed
+to offer.' (28
+
+Another way of forming the permissive subjunctive is to place the particle
+_tomo_ after the negative root; e.g., _aguezu tomo_ 'although he is not
+going to be able to offer.' It is also formed by placing _tote_ after the
+[negative] present subjunctive; e.g., _agueneba tote_. A third way is to
+add _mamaio_ or _madeio_ to the negative present; e.g., _aguenu mamaio_ or
+_aguenu madeio_ 'although he cannot offer.'
+
+The preterit is formed by placing _ritomo_ after the negative preterit;
+e.g., _aguenanda ritomo_ 'although he had not offered.' It is also formed
+by placing _tote_ after the negative preterit of the subjunctive; e.g.,
+_aguenanda reba tote_, or better, _aguenaidemo_ or _agueidemo_ 'although he
+does not offer, or had not offered.'
+
+The future is formed by placing _tomo_ after the negative future; e.g.,
+_aguemai tomo_ 'although he is not going to offer,' _vochiidemo_ 'although
+he will not fall.'
+
+The present, preterit, and future infinitives are the present, preterit,
+and future negative indicative present tenses followed by _coto_ or _to_;
+e.g., _aguenu coto_ 'not to offer,' _aguenanda coto_ 'not to have offered,'
+_aguru mai coto_ 'not to be going to offer.'
+
+Sometimes they use the negative present instead of the preterit in all the
+conjugations; e.g., _mi maraxenu_ 'I did not see.'
+
+{134}
+
+The negative gerund in _Di_ is the same as the negative present or future;
+e.g., _aguenu_ or _aguru mai_ 'of not offering.'
+
+The gerund in _Do_ is formed by placing _ni_ after the negative root or the
+negative present tense; e.g., _aguezuni_ or _aguenuni_ 'by not offering.'
+The same meaning is obtained with _agueide_, _aguenaide_ or _aguezu xite_.
+
+The gerund in _Dum_ is formed by placing _tote_ or _tame_ after the
+[negative] present or future of the indicative; e.g., _aguenu tame_ or
+_aguru mai tote_ 'in order not to offer.'
+
+The present, preterit, and future participles are formed by adding _fito_
+or _mono_ to the negative of the present, preterit, and future indicatives;
+e.g., _aguenu fito_ 'he who is not offering,' _aguenanda mono_ 'he who did
+not offer,' _aguru mai mono_ 'he who will not offer,' _aguenaide cara_ or
+_agueide nochi_ 'after he had not offered, after they did not offer, or
+after it was not offered.'
+
+(29
+
+_The Second Affirmative Conjugation_
+
+All the roots of the second conjugation end in _i_ and form their present
+tense by changing _i_ to _u_; e.g., _iomi:iomu_ 'I read.' If the root ends
+in _chi_ it changes its ending to _t�u_ e.g., _machi:mat�u_ 'I wait.' If
+the root ends in _xi_ it changes to _su_; e.g., _coroxi:corosu_ 'I kill.'
+
+For the preterit, if the root ends in _ami_ it changes to _�da_; e.g.,
+_cami:c�da_ 'I ate, or chewed.' If it ends in _ebi_ or _emi_ it changes to
+_e�da_; e.g., _saqebi:saqe�da_ 'I am injured,' _sonemi:soneoda_ [_sone�da_]
+'I envied, or I had envy.' If it ends in _obi_ or _omi_ it changes to
+_�da_; e.g., _corobi:cor�da_ 'he fell,' _comi:c�da_ 'it enclosed itself.'
+If it ends in _umi_ it changes to _�nda_ [_unda_]; e.g., _casumi:casunda_
+'it is cloudy.' The same change is made for roots ending in _imi_; e.g.,
+_canaximi:canax�nda_ [_canaxunda_] 'he became sad.' If it ends in _gui_ it
+changes to _ida_; e.g., _fegui:feida_ 'it is divided.' _Xini,uru_ has the
+preterit _xinda_ 'he is dead,' and _ini:uru_ has the preterit _inda_ 'he
+left.' While in this respect they [_xini_ and _ini_] are in the second
+conjugation, in the other tenses they are in the first. A root ending in
+_chi_ or _ri_ changes in the preterit to _tta_; e.g., _mochi:mot�u_ in the
+preterit becomes _motta_ 'he received,' _chiri,u:chitta_ 'it is scattered.'
+Those which end in _xi_ or _qi_ change to _ita_; e.g., _coroxi,u:coroita_
+'he killed,' _qiqi,u:qiita_ 'he heard,' _xiqi,u:xiita_ 'he stretched it
+out.' {135}
+
+The future is formed by changing the _i_ in which the root ends to _�,
+[vo]zu, �zuru_; e.g., _iom�_, _iom[vo]zu_, or _iom�zuru_ 'you will read.'
+If the root ends in _chi_ it changes to _t�_; e.g., _machi:mat�_ 'I shall
+wait.' A root ending in _xi_ changes to _s�_; e.g., _m�xi,u:m�s�_ 'I shall
+say, or speak.'
+
+The imperative is formed by changing the _i_ in which the root ends to _e_;
+e.g., _iomi:iome_ 'read! or may you read.' If the root ends in _chi_ it
+changes to _te_; e.g., _machi:mate_ 'wait!' The imperative is also formed
+by changing the _nu_ in which the negative present ends to _ai_; if you
+remove the _nu_ from _iomanu_ and replace it with _ai_ it gives you _yomai_
+'read!'[91] This is a common rule for the third conjugation, but this
+imperative is used only when addressing inferiors.
+
+The future of the imperative is the future absolute; e.g., (30 _iom�_ 'you
+will read.' This is used when addressing very low people.
+
+The remaining tenses of the optative, subjunctive, gerund, and infinitive
+are formed in the same way and with the same particles as are used for each
+in the first conjugation.
+
+_The Second Negative Conjugation_
+
+The root of the negative second conjugation is made by changing _i_, in
+which the affirmative root ends, to _azu_; e.g., _iomi:iomazu_ 'not
+reading.'
+
+If the root ends in _chi_ the present tense is formed by changing it to
+_tanu_; e.g., _machi:matanu_ 'I do not wait.' If it ends in _xi_ it changes
+to _sanu_; e.g., _coroxi:corosanu_ 'I do not kill.' If they end in any
+other way change _i_ to _anu_; e.g., _corobi:corobanu_ 'I do not fall.'
+
+The preterit is formed by changing the _nu_ of the present tense to
+_nanda_; e.g., _corobanu:corobananda_ 'I did not fall,' _iomananda_ 'I did
+not read.' The other tenses are formed in the same way as the negative
+first conjugation.
+
+_The Third Affirmative Conjugation_
+
+The roots of the third conjugation end in _ai_, _oi_, or _ui_. Those ending
+in _ai_ change to _�_ to form the present; e.g., _narai:nar�_ 'I learn.'
+Those {136} ending in _oi_ change to _�_; e.g., _vomoi:vom�_ 'I think.'
+Those ending in _ui_ change to _�_; e.g., _cui:c�_ 'I eat.'
+
+The preterit is formed by adding _ta_ to the present tense; e.g., _nar�ta_
+'I learned,' _vom�ta_ 'I thought,' _c�ta_ 'I ate.'
+
+The pluperfect is formed by changing the final _a_ of the preterit to _e_
+and adding the verb _gozaru_ in the present and _gozatta_ in the past, in
+the same way as we have described for the first conjugation; e.g., _nar�te
+gozaru_ or _nar[vo]te gozatta_ 'I have already learned.'
+
+The future is formed by changing the final _i_ of the root to _v�_, _v�zu_,
+or _v�zuru_; e.g., _narav�_, _narav[vo]zu_, or _narav�zuru_ 'I shall
+learn.' If the root ends in _oi_ it is changed to _v�_, _v�zu_, or _v�zuru_
+[_v[vo]_, _v[vo]zu_, (31 or _v[vo]zuru_]; e.g., _vomoi:vomou�_, _vomovozu_,
+or _vomov�zuru_ [_vomoi:vomov[vo]_, _vomov[vo]zu_, or _vomov[vo]zuru_] 'I
+shall think.'[92]
+
+The imperative is formed by placing _e_ after the root; e.g., _naraie_
+'learn!' _toie_ 'ask!' _cuie_ 'eat!'[93] It is also formed by removing the
+syllable _nu_ from the negative present tense and replacing it with the
+letter _i_; e.g., _naravai_ 'learn!' _tovai_ 'ask!' _cuvai_ 'eat!' This
+form is used when addressing inferiors, as are those of the other
+conjugations.
+
+_The Third Negative Conjugation_
+
+The root of the third negative conjugation is formed by changing the _i_ of
+the affirmative root to _vazu_; e.g., _naravazu_, _tovazu_, and _cuvazu_.
+The present tense is formed by changing the _i_ to _vanu_; e.g., _naravanu_
+'I do not learn,' _tovanu_ 'I do not ask,' _cuvanu_ 'I do not eat.'
+
+The preterit is formed by changing the _i_ of the root to _vananda_; e.g.,
+_naravananda_ 'I did not learn,' _tovananda_ 'I did not ask,' _cuvananda_
+'I did not eat.'
+
+The pluperfect is formed by changing the final _a_ of the preterit to _e_
+and adding the verb _gozaru_ or _gozatta_; e.g., _cuvanande gozatta_ 'I had
+{137} not eaten,' or _naravanande gozaru_ 'I had not learned.' The
+remaining forms are like the other conjugations.[94]
+
+If the substantive verb is placed after the gerund in _Do_ for all the
+affirmative and negative conjugations, it means that the action signified
+by the gerund is or is not done; e.g., _aguete ar�_ 'it will already be
+offered,' _cono qi� ga caite gozaranu_ 'this book is not written,' _agueide
+ar�zu_ 'he will not yet have offered.' The substantive verbs are
+_gozaru:gozaranu_, _voru:vori nai_, _dea_ or _gia:devanai_, _aru:aranu_ or
+_gozaranu_, _voru:voranu,_ and each of these verbs follows the general
+rules for its conjugation.[95]
+
+If the substantive verb from any of the conjugations is placed after the
+infinitive form it means that whatever is signified by the infinitive is,
+was, or will be; or the negative thereof; e.g., _aguru coto ar�_ 'it will
+be that he offers,' that is to say 'he will offer,' _nar�ta coto gozaru
+mai_ 'he will not learn.' All these substantive verbs are conjugated in the
+second conjugation to which they belong by virtue of the fact that their
+(32 roots end in _i_; _ari,u:gozari,u_.
+
+_The Conjugation of the Negative Substantive Verb_
+
+The negative substantive verb is _nai_, _gozanai_, or _vori nai_ which
+means 'not to be.' Its root is _naqu_, _gozanaqu_, or _vori naqu_.
+
+The preterit is formed by changing the _i_ in which the present tense ends
+to _c_ and then adding the preterit of _ari,u_ which is _atta_; e.g.,
+_nacatta_ or _gozanacatta_ 'he was not.' The other tenses are conjugated,
+as is _ari,u_, in the second conjugation.
+
+The imperative is _nacare_, _nanaiso_, or _nai na_ 'be not!'
+
+{138}
+
+The subjunctive is formed by changing the _i_ of the present tense to
+_qereba_; e.g., _naqereba_ or _gozanaqereba_ 'if it be not.'
+
+The permissive subjunctive is formed by changing the _i_ of the present to
+_qeredomo_; e.g., _gozanaqeredomo_ 'although he is not.'
+
+The preterit of the subjunctive is formed by adding _redomo_ to the
+preterit of the indicative; e.g., _nacatta redomo_ 'although he was not.'
+
+The substantive [verb] with the particle _tomo_ is formed with the root;
+e.g., _naqu tomo_ 'even if it were not.' The gerund is _n�_, _n�te_, _naqu
+xite_, or _nacatte_ 'since it is not.' The remaining are formed as above,
+with the verb _ari,u_ added, and are conjugated in the second conjugation.
+
+Adjectives, when they do not precede verbs, are conjugated in the same way
+as the negative substantive verb. The adjectives, which have been said
+above to end in _ai_, _ei_, _oi_, _ui_, and _ij_, form their roots by
+changing the final _i_ to _qu_; e.g., _fucaqu_ is the root of 'deep,'
+_ioqu_ the root of 'good,' _xiguequ_ the root of 'dense,' _varuqu_ the root
+of 'bad,' and _vonajiqu_ the root of 'the same.'
+
+The present tense is the form (_vox_) of the adjective itself; e.g., _ioi_
+'good,' _fucai_ 'deep,' _varui_ 'bad,' _vonaji_ 'the same.'[96]
+
+The preterit is formed by changing the _i_ of the adjective to _c_ or _q_
+and adding _ari,u_. This form is then conjugated according to (33 the tense
+required by the sentence.
+
+The permissive subjunctive with _tomo_ is _fucaqu tomo_ or _fucai tomo_
+'although deep.'
+
+The gerund in _Do_ is _fuc�te_ 'since it was deep,' _i�te_ 'since it was
+good,' _canaxi�te_ [_canax�te_][97] 'since it was sad,' _xingueote_
+[_xige�te_][98] 'since it was dense.' It also takes the form of _fuc�
+xite_, _fucaqu xite_, or _fucacatte_, or again _i� xite_, _ioqu xite_, or
+_iocatte_.
+
+The adjectives which end in _na_ are not conjugated. There is, however, a
+gerund in _Do_. For example, _aqiracana_ has for its gerund _aqiracani
+xite_ 'since it was clear,' and with the same meaning there is _aqiraca
+de_. _Aris�na_ has _aris[vo]ni xite_ 'since it became apparent, or easy to
+believe.' _I�na_ has _i�ni_ as in _i�ni xite_ 'since it is in a good way,
+or since it has a good manner.' _Cava ga fuc�te vatarananda_ 'because the
+{139} river was deep, I did not cross it,' _xeb[vo]te irarenu_ 'since it
+was narrow, he was unable to enter,' _var�te cuvarenu_ 'it is inedible, or
+it cannot be eaten, because it is bad.' The other tenses of the adjective,
+as has been said, are formed with the verb _ari,u_ and conjugated according
+to the requirements of the sentence. The negative conjugation is also
+formed with _ari,u_; e.g., if the root is _fucacarazu_ the present tense is
+_fucacaranu_ 'it is not deep.' The preterit is _fucacarananda_ 'it was not,
+etc.'
+
+_The Conditional Particles_[99]
+
+There are five particles which make an utterance (_oratio_) conditional;
+_naraba_, _ni voite va_, _raba_, _va_, and _ba_. When the first two are
+placed after any verb, affirmative or negative, present, preterit, or
+future, the result is that the verb becomes conditional. For example;
+_niguru naraba_ 'if you flee,' _i�da ni voite va_ 'if you had read,'
+_narav� naraba_ 'if you will learn,' _cuvazu ni voite va_[100] 'if you do
+not eat.' Sometimes _voi_ [_voite_] is removed from _ni voite va_; _ague�
+ni va_ 'if you would offer,' _aguetar� ni va_ 'if you would have offered.'
+Sometimes _voite_ [_voite va_] is removed, leaving only _ni_; e.g., _mair�
+ni coso, nen goro ni m[vo]s[vo]zure_ (19) 'if I go, or if I shall have
+gone, I will tell him so in a friendly way,' _xitar� ni coso, saisocu t�uqu
+maji qere_ (19) 'if I (34 had done it, it would not have been done with
+diligence and persuasion.'
+
+The particle _raba_ is placed after the preterit;[101] e.g., _nar�ta raba_
+'if I would have learned,' _naravananda raba_ 'if I would not have
+learned.'
+
+The particle _va_ is added to the negative roots of all three conjugations;
+e.g., _aguezu va_ 'if I not offer,' _iomazu va_ 'if I not read,' _naravazu
+va_ 'if I not learn,' _naqu va_ 'if it not be,' _fucacarazu va_ 'if it be
+not deep.'
+
+The particle _ba_ has the same effect and is, like _va_, joined to the
+root; _aguez[~u]ba_, _iomaz[~u]ba_, _naravaz[~u]ba_.[102] If
+the particle _ba_ replaces the negative _zu_, an affirmative conditional is
+formed; e.g., _agueba_, 'if I offer,' _iomaba_ 'if I read,' _naravaba_ 'if
+I learn,' and _iocaraba_ 'if it be good.' The particle _va_ is not only
+added to the negative roots of adjectives, but also to the affirmative;
+e.g., _fucaqu va_ 'if it be deep,' _vonajiqu va_ 'if it be the same.'
+Sometimes they use this expression to give the idea 'if it be not {140} too
+troublesome, will you do it.' They also say _aguemajiqu va_ 'if you would
+not offer.'
+
+The particle _ni voite va_ is joined to nouns in such a way as to
+substitute for the substantive verb; e.g., _j�j� ni voite va uqe tor�_
+(121v)[103] 'I shall get it, if it be very good, or the best,'
+_curuxicarazaru gui ni voite va_ 'if it would not have been unpleasant, or
+if it had not been an unpleasant thing.'
+
+If the particle _saie_ is placed in a clause (_oratio_) in which there is
+already a conditional particle, it adds strength to the meaning; e.g.,
+_fune saie mairu naraba_ 'if only a ship were to come,' _sonata saie
+vocutabire naku va_ (118) 'if he be not tired,' or it might be said 'as for
+me, or as far as it depends upon me, I am not tired.'
+
+The particle _saie_ alone sometimes forms a conditional; e.g., _Niffon no
+x�cocu ni saie cai�na coto gozaru fodo ni_ [_Nifon_ ...] (118) 'if in the
+small kingdom of Japan things of this kind be found, or exist,' that is to
+say 'how much more there will be in a large one,' _coco moto no tocai ni
+saie meivacu itasu i�ni gozaru fodoni, etc._ (118) 'on the voyage here I
+suffered very much, and so ...,' _fito saie c�quai suru mono vo iurusu ni
+ivan ia, Deus ni voite voia?_ [... _va?_] (118v) 'if one forgives one who
+repents, how much more will God,' _core fodo xei vo iruru saie coto
+naricanuru ni; ucato xite va, incadeca banji canav[vo]zo?_ [... _icadeca_
+...] (119) 'if gathering all one's strength this can be done only with
+difficulty, how could it be done if it were done without any strength?,'
+_core saie xinicui ni_ 'if this be difficult to do,' _fune de saie ioio
+t�uita_ (35 _ni, cachi va nananaca naru mai_ [... _nacanaca naru mai_]
+(119v) 'if I arrived by ship with such difficulties, without doubt I could
+not have done it on foot.'
+
+_The Potential Verb_[104]
+
+The placing of the particle r[vo][105] after the present or future tense
+makes a potential; e.g., _aguru r[vo]_ 'he perhaps offers,' _nigueozur[vo]_
+[_nigue�zur[vo]_] 'he will perhaps escape.'
+
+The preterit is made by changing _ta_ to _t�u_ and adding r[vo]; e.g.,
+{141} _aguet�ur[vo]_ 'he perhaps offered.' But if it is added to the
+negative preterit, the _da_ must be changed to _zzu_; e.g.,
+_aguenanzzur[vo]_ 'it has perhaps not been offered, etc.'
+
+The present potential is also formed by adding _ar[vo]zu_ [_mo ar[vo]zu_]
+or other future verbs to the infinitive; e.g., _aguru coto mo ar[vo]zu_ or
+_ague mo x�zu_ 'he will perhaps offer.'
+
+The preterit is formed by adding this same future to the preterit
+infinitive; e.g., _agueta coto mo ar[vo]zu_ 'he perhaps offered.'
+
+The future is _ague� coto mo ar[vo]zu_ 'he will perhaps offer.' The
+negative is formed in the same way; e.g., _aguenu_, _aguenanda_, or _aguru
+mai coto mo ar[vo]zu_ 'he perhaps does not offer, he perhaps did not offer,
+or he will perhaps not offer.' When we wish to say that something is
+perhaps the case we use _mono_ instead of _coto_; e.g., _noxenanda mono de
+ar�zu_ 'they perhaps did not place it aboard ship,' _iqi chig[vo]ta mono de
+ar[vo]zu_ 'they seem not to have met along the way,' _moreqicoieta mono de
+gozar[vo] ca to zonzuru_ 'I believe it is perhaps as it has been said.'
+
+To express the meaning 'become' the verb _nari,u_ is added to the adjective
+and then conjugated according to the requirements of the adjective taken
+adverbally; e.g., _fuc[vo] naru_ 'it becomes deep,' _var[vu] natta_ 'it
+became bad.' Also they say _fuc[vo] aru_ 'it is deep,' and sometimes
+_fuc[vo] nai_ 'it is not deep.' They obtain this same meaning by
+conjugating _nai_ according to the tense required by the sentence. They
+also use _fuc[vo] nai coto mo ar[vo]zu_ 'perhaps it will be that this is
+not deep.' (36
+
+_The Conjugation of Irregular Verbs_[106]
+
+The verb _qi,uru_ 'to come' has _quru_ 'I come,' _qita_ 'I came,' _c�zu_ 'I
+shall come,' _coi_ or _coio_ 'come!' _qitareba_ 'since he will have come,
+or would have come,' _qitaredomo_ 'although he came.' The negative root is
+_c�zu_ [_cozu_] and the negative present is _conu_ 'I do not come.' _Mede_,
+which is the root of the verb meaning 'to enjoy,' has a present in
+_mezzuru_ and its gerund in _Do_ is _medete_ 'by enjoying.' _Cui_, which is
+the root of the verb meaning 'to be mournful,' has its present in _cuiuru_.
+{142} Its gerund in _Do_ is _cuite_ 'by mourning,' its negative root is
+_cuizu_, and its negative present is _cuinu_. _Araie_, which is the root of
+the verb 'to be,'[107] has a present in _araiuru_ or _ar[vo]ru_ 'it is.'
+_Furi_, which is the root of the verb 'to become old,' has a preterit in
+_furita_ 'he became old,' and a gerund in _Do_ which is _furite_ 'by
+becoming old.' _Fe_, the root of the verb meaning 'to cross over,' has a
+present in _furu_ 'he crosses over,' and a preterit in _feta_ 'he crossed
+over.' _Tari,u_ is a verb which signifies that a thing is complete or
+entire. It has a present in _taru_ 'it is complete,' a preterit in _tatta_
+'it was complete,' and a future in _tari maraxo_ [_marax�_] 'it will be
+complete.' Its negative root is _tarazu_, its negative present is _taranu_,
+its preterit is _tarananda_ 'it was not complete,' its future is _taru mai_
+'it will not be complete,' and its imperfect subjunctive is _taraneba_
+'since it has not been completed.'
+
+The [negative] permissive is _taranedomo_, the infinitive is _taranu coto_,
+and the gerund in _Do_ is _taraide_ or _tarazu xite_. The verb _taxi:tasu_,
+which means 'to complete, or finish,' has a future in _taxi marax�_ 'I
+shall finish.' _Tasanu_ is the negative present. _Tari_ [_Tarai_] is the
+root of the verb _tar[vo]_ which has the meaning 'to be completed.' In the
+negative the preterit is _taravananda_ 'it was not completed,' the
+subjunctive is _taravaneba_ 'since it is not completed,' the permissive is
+_taravanedomo_, the infinitive is _taravanu coto_, and the gerund in _Do_
+is _taravaide_ or _taravaxu xite_ [_taravazu xite_]. _Vocotari_ is the root
+of the verb _vocotaru_ 'to be negligent.' It has an infinitive in _vocotaru
+coto_, a negative root in _vocotarazu_, and a negative present in
+_voicotaranu_ [_vocotaranu_]. _Voi_ is the root of a verb which has a
+preterit in _voita_ 'he was old.' (37 _Voitaru_ has the same meaning. The
+negative present is _voinu_ and the gerund in _Do_ is _voite_. _Urei_ is
+the root of the verb 'to be sad.' It has a present in _ure�_, an imperative
+in _ure io_ [_ureie io_][108] an infinitive in _ureoru coto_ [_ure�ru_
+...].[109] Its gerund in _Do_ is _ureite_. _Tomi_ is the root of the verb
+_tomu_ or _tomeru_ 'to become rich.' Its preterit is _tonda_, its gerund in
+_Do_ is _tonde_, and its negative root is _tomazu_. _Saiguiri,u_ means 'to
+go before, or anticipate.' Its preterit is _saiguitta_ and its gerund in
+_Do_ is _saiguitte_.
+
+{143}
+
+_The Aforementioned Verbs--Their Formation and Diversity_[110]
+
+In this language there are simple active, causative active, passive,
+neutral, and impersonal verbs.[111] All are conjugated by the three
+conjugations according to the way in which their roots terminate.
+
+From certain adjectives come (_procedo_) certain verbs; e.g., from _catai_
+'hard' comes _catame,uru_ 'I make hard' which is active, _catamari,u_ 'I
+become hard' which is neutral, _catamerare,uru_ 'I am made hard' which is
+passive. From the adjective _canaxii_ 'sad' comes _canaximi,u_ which means
+'to be sad.'
+
+The causative verbs (_verba faciendi facere_) are formed with the particles
+_saxe_ or _xe_. The first is added to the roots of verbs in the first
+conjugation,[112] while the second is [not] added to the roots of the
+second and third conjugation, but rather to the negative present after the
+_nu_ has been removed; e.g., _aguesaxe,uru_ 'I make him offer,'
+_iomaxe,uru_ 'I make him read,' _naravaxe,uru_ 'I make him learn.' All of
+these forms are in the first conjugation because the particles end in e.
+Sometimes, but rarely, _saxe_ follows verbs of the second and third
+conjugation, but this is to make the verbs more elegant. It is used with
+the particle _rare_ to honor someone; e.g., _iomasaxe rare,uru_ ['he makes
+him read']. _Padre va dojucu ni cathecismo vo naravasaxeraruru_ 'the priest
+orders his servant to learn his cathecism,'[113] _mono no fon vo fito ni_
+(38 _iomasaxeraruru_ (162v.) 'he makes him read his book.'
+
+The passive verbs (_verba passiva_) are made with the particles _rare_ and
+_re_. The particle _rare_ is added to the active verbs, according to the
+way explained before, after removing the _nu_ from the negative form; e.g.,
+_aguerare,uru_ 'I am offered it,' _iomare,uru_ 'I am read to,'
+_naravare,uru_ 'I am taught.' They use these passive forms to mean 'to be
+read to by someone,' or 'to be, or not to be legible.' There are other
+passive forms which come from neutral verbs or verbs which have neutral
+meanings. They are also formed with the particles _rare_ and _re_, but when
+they are so formed they do not govern the cases common to {144} the passive
+(for which see below) but rather the cases of the verbs from which they
+come; e.g., from _agari,u_ comes _agarare,uru_; and, since _agari,u_ 'I
+ascend' requires the accusative, this verb also requires the accusative.
+For example; _cono iama ie agararenu_ (102) 'it is not possible to climb
+this mountain, or this mountain is unable to be climbed,' _xiro cara
+derarenu_ (102) 'it is not possible to leave the castle,' _xeb�te irarenu_
+(102) 'it is not possible to penetrate because it is too narrow, or
+confined,' _cono michi va arucarenu_ (102) 'it is not possible to walk this
+street,' _nat�u va coco ni irare mai_ 'it will not be possible to live here
+during the summer,' _cono fude de va cacarenu_ (102) 'it cannot be written
+with this pen,' _fima ga n�te cacarenanda_ (102) 'it cannot be written
+because of the lack of time,' _cono bun ni coso cacaruru mono de gozare_
+(69v) 'it will indeed be well written in this way,' _axi ga it�te
+arucarenu_ (102) 'it is impossible to walk because of painful feet.' All of
+these passive verbs are of the first conjugation.[114] The neutral verbs
+(_verba neutra_) are those which have a neutral meaning; i.e., being
+initiated by oneself, and not by others. For example; _ivo ga toruru_ 'the
+fish are caught,' _caje ga toruru_ 'the wind ceases,' _ito ga qiruru_ 'the
+string is cut,' _ji ga iomuru_ (100) 'the letter [Chinese character] is
+well read,' _aqi,u_ 'I am uncovered.' _Qiri,u_ 'I cut' is active,
+_qirare,uru_ is passive, and _qire,uru_ 'I am cut' is neutral. This last
+form is used when a sword cuts well because it is sharp. _Qiraxe,uru_ is a
+causative verb which means 'I make someone cut.' _Ague,uru_ means 'I
+raise,' _aguerare,uru_ 'I am raised' passively, _aguesaxe,uru_ 'I make
+someone raise,' _agari,u_ 'I am raised' neutrally, _agarare,uru_ 'to be
+ascendable,' _agaraxe,uru_ 'I cause something to be raised, or I cause him
+or it to raise himself or itself.' If to these verbs are added the
+particles which indicate honor (see below) other combinations are made. The
+adjectives when they are conjugated have a neutral meaning; e.g., _fidarui_
+'I am thirsty,' _fucacatta_ 'it was deep.'
+
+The impersonal verbs (_verba impersonalia_) do not name or refer to a
+person; e.g., _mi vo fatasu tomo it�uvari vo ivanu mono gia_ (39 (69v)
+'even if one were to die, one should not tell a lie,' _mono mo tabezu saqe
+mo nomaide ichinichi fataraqu mono ca?_ (69v) 'is it possible to work all
+day without eating anything or drinking any wine?', _xujin no_ {145} _maie
+de sono i�na coto vo i� mono ca?_ 'is it possible to speak this way in
+front of ones lord?' Concerning the conjugations for these verbs they
+follow the rules according to their roots.
+
+The root of any verb of whatever conjugation can be taken from its
+conjugation and changed to another conjugation by adding one of the
+particles of honor (_honor_). The resulting form will belong to the
+conjugation determined by the final letter of the particle. These particles
+are: _maraxi,uru_, _ari,u_, _saxerare,uru_, _xerare,uru_, _nasare,uru_,
+_saxemaxi,u_, _tamai,�_, _rare_ and _re_.[115]
+
+The particle _maraxi_ does not add honor to that which is talked about, but
+rather it is used to speak honorably to those in front of us. For example;
+_cui,u_ means 'I eat,'[116] but a servant in front of his master will not
+say _nezumi ga c�ta_ 'the mice ate the cheese'; he will rather say _nezumi
+ga cui maraxita_. By itself _cui,u_ is in the third conjugation because its
+root ends in _ui_, but if _maraxi_ is added it becomes a verb in the first
+conjugation. When we refer to something about a people (_natio_) we do not
+show honor to that word but only pay attention to the person we are
+speaking to by adding _maraxi_ or not. For example, if we are addressing an
+inferior we say _Nan ban jin va core vo cuvanu_; but if we are addressing a
+person of nobility we say _Nan ban jin va core vo cui maraxenu_ 'Europeans
+do not eat this.' When _ari,u_ is added to the root of any verb it attaches
+a middling (_mediocris_) degree of honor; e.g., _modori ar� ca?_ 'are you
+going to come back?' If you add _vo_ in front of the verb it is honored
+moderately (_satis_); e.g., _vomodori ar� ca?_ 'Your Lordship is going to
+come back?' _Tono sama vo xini atta toqi_ 'when the master died,' _Deus
+cono xecai vo gosacu atta_ 'God created the world.'[117] We use these
+particles when we are speaking with honored persons whom we like and with
+whom we are on friendly terms.
+
+The particle _nasare,uru_ gives the highest (_supremus_), or moderately
+great (_satis magnus_) honor and is placed after the root of the verb;
+e.g., _Deus cono xecai vo gosacu nasareta_ 'God created the world.'
+
+The particles _rare_ and _re_ add a middling and not a great amount {146}
+of honor to the verbs to which they are added. The particle _rare_ is added
+mainly when we are talking about someone who is absent. It is formed by
+taking the _nu_ from the negative present and replacing (40 it with this
+particle; e.g., _aguerare,uru_ means 'I offer' when the person to whom the
+offering is made requires a middling degree of honor and respect
+(_reverentia_). This verb coincides letter for letter with the passive but
+is distinguished from it by the cases which it governs. The particle _re_
+is placed after verbs of the second and third conjugation only; e.g.,
+_iomare,uru_ 'to read' and _naravare,uru_ 'to learn,' said of a person
+having a good reputation. We speak in this way when speaking of those who
+are equal to us and the servants of our lord, but not of other servants, or
+nobles.
+
+The particles _saxemaxi_ and _xemaxi_ give the same degree of honor as
+_ari,u_ and _rare_ or _re_. These particles are added to the root of a
+first conjugation verb,[118] or to the negative present from which the _nu_
+has been removed; _aguesaxemasu_ 'he offers.' _Maxi,u_ [_Xemaxi,u_] is
+added to the negative present of the second and third conjugation verbs
+after taking away _nu_; e.g., _iomaxemasu_ 'he reads,' and _naravaxemasu_
+'he learns.'
+
+The particles _saxerare,uru_ and _xerare,uru_ attribute great honor. The
+first is added to the negative present of verbs in the first
+conjugation[119] after the _nu_ is removed, and the second is added to the
+[other] negatives in the same way; e.g., _aguesaxeraruru_ 'I offer,'
+_iomaxeraruru_ 'I read,' _naravaxeraruru_ 'I learn.' Because these forms
+coincide letter for letter with the honorific causative, the particle
+_ari,u_ may be placed after the verb and the particle _vo_ may be placed
+before to avoid confusion; e.g., _yomaxe aru_ [_vo iomaxe aru_] 'I read'
+and _naravaxe aru_ [_vo naravaxe aru_] 'I learn.'
+
+The passive verb, concerning which see below, also permits the particle
+_saxerare,uru_; e.g., _viamavaresaxeraruru_ (99v) 'I am honored.'
+
+The particle _tamai,�_ bestows the highest honor. We use it when speaking
+of God, saints, kings, or generals. It is added to the roots of verbs and
+conjugated in the third conjugation. It is placed after the root of the
+passive form when referring to God; e.g., _Deus filio, umare_ {147}
+_tam[vo] toqi_ 'when the son of God was born,' _Deus agamerare tam[vo]_
+'God is honored.'
+
+The particle _tate mat�uri,u_ makes the meaning of the verb to which it is
+added humble. It is placed after the root of affirmative verbs; e.g., _Deus
+vo gotaixet ni zonji tate mat�uru coto va ichi sugureta jen gia_ 'to love
+God is the supreme virtue.' This particle permits some degree of honor if
+_re_ is added to it after the final _e_ [_i_] has been changed to a. Thus,
+when speaking of the saints in respect to God, one says, (41 _Sancto
+Domingo, Deus vo gotaixet ni zonji tatemat�urareta_ 'St. Dominic loved
+God.'
+
+The particle _maraxi_ [_mairaxi_][120] is able to elevate to honor the
+particle _rare_; e.g., _tono iori cono coto vo Padre ni
+vataximairaxerareta_ 'the lord gave it to the priest.'
+
+_Certain Verbs Which of Themselves Indicate Honor_[121]
+
+_Mesare,uru_ indicates any act which can be done, or which is properly done
+by a noble person (_persona nobilis_). This includes such things as eating,
+drinking, sailing, riding a horse, etc. _V�xerare,uru_ means that a noble
+person speaks. _Vomaraxi,uru_ and _vomaraxi ari,u_ mean that a noble person
+gives. _Voxe,uru_ [_V�xe,uru_] and _v�xe ari,u_ mean that a middling person
+(_persona mediocris_) says or declares.
+
+Verbs preceded by _v�xe_ or _mexi_ are given the same degree of honor by
+either; e.g., _v�xe t�uqerare,uru_ 'I declare,' _mexi t�ucavare,uru_ 'I
+serve,' which have the same meanings as _t�uqerare,uru_ and
+_t�ucavare,uru_. To call someone we use _coi_ with an inferior, with
+someone not quite as inferior we use _iorai_, with someone a little better
+we use _vaxei_, while _vogiare_ is the superior way to call. _Gozare_,
+which means that your Lordship should come, and _gozar[vo]_ in the future
+tense are even more honorable ways to indicate the imperative. _Voide
+nasarei_, _voide nasare�_, or _voide nasarei caxi_ mean 'might your
+Lordship come,' or 'Oh! would that your Lordship come.' _Cudasare,uru_
+means that a noble person gives. _Tamavari,u_ means that a noble person
+gives to an inferior. _Tam�ri,u_ means that a middling person gives. _Mizzu
+vo nomaxete tam[vo]re_ 'Give me a drink of water.' _Cudasare,uru_ and
+_tam�ri,u_ mean {148} that a humble person eats honoring his food.
+_Coximexi,u_ and _qicoximexi,u_ mean that a noble person eats and hears.
+_Voboximexi,u_ and _voboximesare,uru_ mean that a noble person thinks.
+_Saxerare,uru_ means that a noble person does. _Nasare,uru_, _asobaxi,u_,
+and _asobasare,iuru_ [_asobasare,uru_] mean that a noble person does what
+is proper to him such as hunting, writing, reading, or reciting. _Ii,�_ is
+used when the person addressed is humbler than the person or thing spoken
+to; (42 and _mexi,u_ [_m�xi,u_] means the person or the thing spoken to is
+addressed with honor. Therefore I would be incorrect were I to say _mi ni
+m�xe_ 'tell me!' I should rather say _mi ni iie_. I should not say _tono ni
+iie_ 'tell it to the lord,' but rather _tono ni m�xe_. _Mairi,u_ means to
+go to a place to which honor should be shown; e.g., _iglesia ie maire_ 'go
+to church!' _Cure,uru_ and _toraxe,uru_ mean to give in a way that humbles
+the person to whom the thing is given. _Cui,�_ means 'to eat' without
+showing respect (_respectus_); _mexi,u_ also means 'to eat' but it is
+cultivated (_urbanum_); e.g., in addressing those deserving respect I will
+not say _mexi vo cui maraxita_ but rather _mexi vo tabe maraxita_ 'I ate.'
+_Mairi,u_ or _vomairari,u_ [_vomairi ari,u_] means that a middling person
+eats, while _agaraxerare,uru_ and _voagari ari,u_ are nobler ways to say
+this. _Qiqi,u_ means to hear and _uqetamavari,u_ and _uqetam�ri,u_ mean to
+hear in a way which honors the person heard; e.g., _goiqen vo
+uqetam[vo]tta_ 'I heard your advice.' _M�xi ague,uru_ means to speak in a
+way which humbles oneself while bestowing honor on the person being
+addressed. _M�xi ire,uru_ means to speak between equals (_equales_).
+_Ch�mon xi,uru_ means to listen to the word of God. _Goranji,zuru_ or
+_goranjerare,uru_ is to look at a noble thing. _Xi,uru_ means to do in
+common way, _itaxi,u_ means to do in a cultivated way, and _t�ucamat�uri,u_
+means to do in a humble way.
+
+_Cautionary Remarks on the Conjugations of the Verb_[122]
+
+The particle _nama_ placed before any verb in any tense means that the
+action has been done poorly or in an incomplete manner; e.g., _nama ar�_ 'I
+wash poorly,' _nama iaqu_ 'I am incompletely broiled.'
+
+{149}
+
+If the particles _t�ui_, _cai_, _uchi_, _faxe_, _voi_, _ai_, and
+_tori_[123] are placed in front of a verb they do not change the meaning,
+but they add emphasis; e.g., _uchi cobosu_ has the same meaning as _cobosu_
+'I pour,' _faxe noboru_ is the same as _noboru_ 'I ascend,' _voxi comi,u_
+is the same as _comi,u_ 'I enclose,' _ai cavari,u_ is the same as
+_cavari,u_ 'I am changed,' _t�ui mavari,u_ is the same as _mavari,u_ 'I go
+around,' and _tori firogue,uru_ is the same as _firogue,uru_ 'I spread
+out.'
+
+The particle _qitte_ is the gerund in _Do_ for the verb _qiri,u_ and when
+it is placed after the roots of certain verbs it gives them great emphasis;
+e.g., _tanomiqitte_ 'imploring with great prayers,' _vomoiqitte_ (43
+'assuming a strong resolution.' The verbs _tanomiqiri,u_ and _vomoiqiri,u_
+are also used.
+
+The particle _ma_, when placed in front of certain verbs and nouns, gives
+them a stronger meaning; e.g., _mamucai_ 'quite present,' _macuroi_
+'completely black.'
+
+The particle, or better root of the verb, _macari,u_, when placed before
+verbs of motion, makes the verbs modest and a bit more cultivated; e.g.,
+_macari noboru_ 'I ascend,' _macari cudari,u_ 'I descend,' and _macari
+i,iru_ 'I am present.'
+
+The particle _va_ placed after a sentence confirms what has been said
+before, as one might boast of making a prediction; e.g., _fune va
+cuchinot�u ie iru va_ 'the ship calls at Kuchinotsu; and, if he says so or
+not, I say so,' _aru va_ 'see if it is not as I have said.'
+
+The particle _aidani_ means 'between' in the sense of the time consumed in
+performing an action; e.g., _agura aidani_ [_aguru aidani_] 'while
+offering,' _i�da aidani_ 'while he read,' _narav�zuru aidani_ 'while he
+will learn.'
+
+The particle _ga_ means 'but;' _s� i� ga; nanto ar� ca?_ 'they say so, but
+will it be so?' or 'it may be so, but I don't know for certain,' _furi va
+furu mai ga, fune no dasu coto nar� ca xiranu_ 'it's not raining any more,
+but I still don't know if it will be possible to launch the boat or not,'
+_sono qinpen ni va gozaru mai ga; doco cara toraxeraruru zo?_ (20)[124]
+'there are probably none in the neighborhood, or in the surroundings, so
+from where can they be gotten?'
+
+{150}
+
+The particle _gotoqu_ is added to the present, preterit, and future tenses
+meaning 'in the same way'; e.g., _coxiraiuru gotoqu_ 'in the same way as
+you furnish or carry out,' _qiita gotoqu_ 'as I heard.' The form is
+sometimes _ga gotoqu_; e.g., _m�xita ga gotoqu_ 'as he said,' _caracav�zu
+ga gotoqu_ 'as in jest I will tease or laugh at.' This same meaning is
+obtained with _i[vo]ni_; _Nifon no catagui vo xirareta i[vo]ni, v�xeraruru_
+(122v) 'he speaks as one who knows the customs of Japan,'[125] _m�su i�ni_
+'as I say.' The particle _furi_ is also used for the same purpose; e.g.,
+_toza no chijocu vo nogare�zuru tameni catana vo saita furi vo mixerareta_
+(123) 'he showed himself wearing his sword in order to avoid the danger of
+infamy.' _minu furi vo saxerareta_ (123) 'he made it known that he did not
+see.'
+
+The particle _saie_ is used [with the negative] to mean 'not at all'; e.g.,
+_mma saie nacatta_ (118)[126] 'there are not any horses at all,' _cotoba
+saie xiranu mono_ (118) 'he does not know how to speak at all,' _ji saie
+mixiranu mono_ 'he does not know any letters at all.' This same particle is
+used for emphasis; e.g., _qiden to saie m[vo]xeba_ (119) 'it would (44
+suffice if you were to say that you are,' _Padre no t�ucavaruru to saie
+m�xeba_ 'if only he had said that this was useful to the priest,' or one
+might say 'it would suffice if, etc.'
+
+The particle _qere_ is a confirmative particle which comes at the end of a
+sentence with the meaning 'therefore'; e.g., _maitta qere_ 'therefore he
+came,' _sate s� aru qere_ 'finally this is the situation.'[127]
+
+The particle _coso_ is of great importance among the Japanese for they use
+it first in an adversative sense (_in sensu adversativo_); _core coso i�
+gozare_ [... _i�_ ...] 'he is truly good.'[128] If the sentence in which
+this particle is found ends in a verb, that verb ends in _e_, as in the
+example above. If the verb is in the preterit it ends in _re_; e.g., _y�
+coso gazattare!_ (117) 'you are welcome! (_bene veneris!_).' The exceptions
+to this rule are when the sentence does not end in a verb or an adjective;
+e.g., _core coso xix� y�_ [... _io_] (116) 'he is a true teacher,' when
+after the particle _coso_ there is in the sentence a gerund in _e_, a
+permissive in _tomo_, or a {151} potential preterit in _t�ur�_ or
+_zzur�_;[129] e.g., _vare coso iro iro xinro t�ucamat�utte cutatireba
+toxii�rini nari maraxita_ [... _cutabireba toxiiorini_ ...] (117)
+'suffering many and various hardships, I became an old man,' _vare coso
+corosaruru tomo_ 'if I be killed,' _fara coso tatt�ur[vo]_ (117) 'he was
+perchance quite angry,' _sato chicaqereba coso fi ga miiure_ (116) 'the
+fire is already seen because the village is so near.' This [last] sentence
+ends in _e_ because it does not contain an exception to the rule.
+_V�xerareta coto domo vo go c�quai de coso gozar�zure_ (97) 'without doubt
+you will do penance for what you have said,' _catajiqe n[vo] coso gozare_
+(97) 'I congratulate you very much and thank you.' If someone says, 'Who
+did that?' the answer is _Patre coso_ [_Padre coso_] 'the Priest did.' If
+someone asks, 'is there anyone who did that?' and if he does not hear, or
+does not understand the answer, and asks again, the person who answered
+will say _Juan coso_ 'I have already said it was John.'
+
+When someone is careless about what was said, or when he has not heard
+something and asks again, the answer is; e.g., _tovoru na to iieba_ 'I have
+already told you not to pass through,' _iome to iieba_ 'I have already told
+you to read,' _Padre coso to iieba_ 'I have already told you that it is the
+Priest.'
+
+Adding the particles _maieni_ and _saqini_ to the negative present tense
+makes the construction affirmative; e.g., _iglesia ie mairanu maieni_
+(141v) 'before he goes to church.' They are also added to the affirmative
+future tense; e.g., _mair[vo]zuru tote no saqini_ 'a little before (45 I
+come.'
+
+The particle _tocoro_ signifies the time during which the action indicated
+by the verb is done. It is placed after the verb; _taburu tocoro ni_ 'when
+I was eating,' _tabeta tocoro ni_ 'after dinner,' _tabe�zuru tocoro ni_ or
+_tabe�zuru ni_ 'when I will be eating.' It also serves as a reduplicative
+particle which denotes a reduplication to the degree possible; e.g., _jesu
+christo humanidad no von tocoro va_ (121v)[130] 'Jesus Christ in so far as
+he was a man,' _vonore ga foxxezaru tocoro vo fodocosu coto nacare_ (121)
+'as you do not want done to you, do not do to others,' _fudai no tocoro vo
+vo iurusu_ [... _tocoro vo iurusu_] (120v) 'I gave him his freedom,' _fito
+no acu no tocoro ni va d�xin xenu_ (121v) 'I do {152} not consent to the
+sins of man,' _utag� tocoro mo nai_ (120v) 'there remains no place to
+doubt, or for doubt,' _nocoru tocoro mo nai_ 'it does not remain any more,'
+_t�uini, sono tocoro ie mair�zu_ (121v) 'finally he will arrive at this
+place,' _fumbet ni voiobanu tocoro gia_ (121v) 'there are some things which
+are not understood, or to which one's comprehension does not extend,' _nani
+mo nai tocoro vo i� qicoximexe_ (120v) 'will your Lordship kindly eat from
+this littleness which is nothing.' From these examples it is possible to
+see the force of this particle.
+
+The particles _tocoro_, _made_, and _made de gozaru_ are often added to an
+utterance (_cadentia_). They do not have any special meaning and are the
+same as _coto de gozaru_; e.g., _naranu made_ or _naranu coto de gozaru_
+mean the same as _naranu_ 'it is not possible.' _Guijet t�ucamat�ur[vo] to
+zonzuru coto va cacugo itasanu coto gia_ (10v) 'the breaking of this
+friendship does not come to mind.' Here the _itasanu coto gia_ is the same
+as _itasanu_ alone.
+
+The particle _madeio_ is used to confirm what has been said; e.g., _caita
+madeio_ 'that which I wrote, I wrote.'
+
+The particle _toqi_ when added to the present tense, forms a preterit
+imperfect; e.g., _jennin tachi va saigo ni voiobi tam� toqi va buji ni
+gozatta_ 'when saints arrive at the time of their death, they are peaceful
+and quiet.'
+
+Changing the _ta_ of the preterit to _t�u_ and the _da_ of the negative to
+_zzu_[131] the meaning becomes 'I do it this way and then that way'; e.g.,
+_mono vo cait�u, i�zzu, nando xite curasu bacari gia_ 'I spend my life
+reading, writing and doing other things,' _tatt�u it�u vocu iori zaxiqi ie
+ide zaxiqi iori vocu ie iri xitten batt[vo] xeraruru_ (11v) 'standing and
+sitting, entering and departing, he stands up and falls down.' The particle
+_ri_ gives the same meaning after the preterit; e.g., _xeqen no mono va
+netari voqitari n[vo]dari curasu bacari gia_ (11) 'men of the world spend
+their lives sleeping, arising, and drinking,' _mazzu_ (46 _ite niva vo mo
+facaxetari, cusa vo mo ficaxetari iroiro no xigoto vo ateg[vo]te cos�
+mair[vo]zure_ [... _coso_ ...] (10v) 'I shall go and sweep out the
+courtyard (_atrium_), pull up the weeds, and then having dispensed with
+these things I shall go,' _ima cono io fuqe iuqeba nome ia, utaie ia fito
+bito mot�u, ut[vo]t�u sacamori suru_ (129) 'when it already is late at
+{153} night, urging themselves on to drink and sing, the men enjoy
+themselves dancing and singing.'
+
+The particle _ie_, which is the root of the verb _ie iuru_ [_ie:uru_][132]
+'I can,' signifies, when placed before negative verbs, that the action
+expressed by the verb cannot be done; e.g., _ie iomanu_ 'I cannot read.'
+This particle is also placed after the infinitive; e.g., _iomanu coto vo
+ienu_ 'I cannot read.' _Iomi va ieide_, or _iomi mo ieide_ 'since I could
+not read, or not being able to read' is also said. The infinitive sometimes
+acts as a substitute verb (_suppositum verbum_); e.g., _xinuru coto va
+vosoroxij_ 'it is terrible to die.'
+
+The particle _tai_ 'I want' is added to the roots of verbs and signifies
+the desire to do the thing indicated by the verb; e.g., _mizzu vo nomi
+tai_[133] 'I want to drink some water,' _mizzu vo nomi t� gozaru_ or _mizzu
+vo nomi t� zonzuru_, but these last two forms are more noble. Here is an
+example of the noble form in the negative, _t[vo] mo nai_; e.g., _mizzu vo
+nomi t[vo] mo nai_ 'I do not want to drink water,' and _mizzu vo nomi t[vo]
+mo gozaranu_. _Mairu t� mo zonjenu_ means 'I do not want to go.' When the
+particle _tai_ is added to adjectives, or verbs indicating a sensory act
+(_actionem sensitiuam_) in the first person,[134] the _i_ is changed to
+_c_; and the verb _ari,u_ is added and conjugated in the tense required by
+the sentence; e.g., _cuitacatta_ 'I wanted to eat.' If the verb is in the
+second or third person, the _i_ is changed to _g_ and again the verb
+_ari,u_ is added, or an honorific particle depending upon what the person
+deserves, or without it as an absolute form. But if the person is inferior,
+the _i_ is changed to _c_ as said before.
+
+The particle _de_ sometimes gives a subjunctive sense when it is added to
+nouns; e.g., _var�be de xinda_ 'he died a child, or when he was a child,'
+_vare ga buch�f� de tof� mo gozanai_ (163v)[135] [... _buch�f�_ ...] 'since
+I am clumsy and not careful, nothing will work out in a way that will be
+harmonious.'
+
+The particle _i�_ 'way' is added to the roots of verbs and also to the
+{154} verbs themselves. When the root governs the genitive, the verb
+governs the same case; e.g., _cono qi[vo] no iomi i� va_ 'the way of (47
+reading this book,' or _cono qi� vo iomu i[vo] va_. In the first sentence
+_qi[vo]_ is in the genitive with the particle _no_; in the second sentence
+it is in the accusative with _vo_ because _yomu_ governs this case. _Tei_
+signifies an extraordinary and marvelous way of doing something; e.g.,
+_machicanuru tei vo goron jerarei_ (122)[136] 'might your Lordship observe
+the way that they are expectant.' Also, _arisama_ means 'way,' _me mo
+aterarenu arisama gia_ 'it is a way, or a form (_figura_), which is unable
+to be seen.'
+
+_Sama_ indicates the time of the action of the verb to which it is added
+while governing the case required by the verb. It is added to the root of
+the verb; e.g., _saqe vo nomi sama ni_ (105) 'when he actually drank the
+wine,' _iado ie caieri sama ni_ (105) 'when he returned home,' _fune iori
+agari sama ni_ (105) 'when he actually disembarked from the ship,' _fune ni
+nori sama ni_ 'when he actually boarded the ship.'
+
+When there are in a sentence two verbs whose actions form a single action,
+the first verb is put into the form of the gerund in _Do_; e.g., _mizzu vo
+motte coi_ 'bring some water, or come bringing water,' _fune vo voite coi_
+'bring the boat here, or come poling the boat,' _core vo totte iqe_ 'take
+this, or carry this and go.'
+
+The gerund in _Do_ when added to verbs of asking, giving, or doing, means
+that one is asking to know or to acquire the thing which is indicated by
+the verb to which it is added; e.g., _nifon guchi vo voxiiete cure io_
+'teach me Japanese,' _s[vo] voxerarete cudasaruru na_ [_s[vo] v�xerarete_
+...] 'your Lordship ought not say that,' _Deus no coto vo catatte
+tam[vo]re_ 'do me the favor of relating to me those things which pertain to
+God.'
+
+The particle _mo_ placed after the gerund in _Do_, whether it ends in _te_
+or _de_, means 'although'; e.g., _s[vo] m[vo]xite mo_ 'although you say
+so,' _ica fodo susumete mo, corobu mai_ 'no matter how much you try to
+persuade me, I will not deny the faith.' They also use _s[vo] m[vo]xeba
+atte mo_ 'even if you say that,' _d[vo]xitemo c[vo]xitemo_ (134v) 'what
+ever you do.'
+
+If the particle _coso_ (see above) is added to the affirmative gerund in
+_Do_; and, if the sentence ends in this particle, the sentence becomes
+{155} negative; e.g., _mite coso_ 'I did not see anything,' _atte coso_
+'there is no way.' But if the sentence does not end in _coso_, it becomes
+affirmative (48 and emphatic; e.g., _mite coso gozare_ (116) 'I certainly
+saw.' The verb ends in _e_ according to the rule explained above when the
+particle _coso_ was being discussed.
+
+When the negative gerund in _Do_, which ends in _e_, is followed by _va_,
+_naranu_, or _canavanu_ it expresses necessity or the impossibility of the
+contrary; e.g., _mairaide canavanu_ (106v)[137] 'it is necessary to go,'
+_ivaide va no coto naredomo, nanto x� ca?_ 'and if the thing which is said
+to be necessary happens, what shall I do?' _xitagavaide naranu_ 'it is
+necessary to obey.' The same meaning, but with less strength, is obtained
+with the future of the affirmative or negative infinitive and the
+permissive subjunctive in _domo_; e.g., _mair[vo] coto de gozatta redomo_
+(18)[138] 'although I should have gone,' _mairu mai queredomo_ [...
+_qeredomo_] (18)[139] 'although I should not be going,' _mair[vo] coto de
+gozanacatta redomo_ (18) 'although I did not have to go.' They also use the
+negative gerund in _Do_ to obtain the meaning of 'if not'; e.g., _�racio vo
+m[vo]saide c� na_ 'do not eat unless you have said your prayers.'
+
+The gerund in _e_ indicates an action already done; e.g., _mexi c�te coi_
+'come after eating!' _cono qi� ga caite gozaru_ 'this book was written,'
+_chichi ni fumi vo cacaide cuiaxi� gozaru_ [... _cuiax�_ ...] 'I am ashamed
+that I did not send a letter to your father,' _cono qi� ga caite gozaranu_
+'this book was not written.'
+
+The particle _nagara_, when added to the root of a verb, forms a gerund in
+_Do_ if it is followed by a verb indicating a repugnant or contrary action;
+e.g., _toganin Deus iori bacutai no go von, o uqetatemat�uri nagara;
+caietta somuqi tatemat�uru_ [... _go von vo uqe_ ...][140] 'sinners
+receiving, or even if sinners receive, benefits from God, they will offend
+him rather than be grateful,' _Jesu Cristo Deus de gozari nagara, fito ni
+taixite cruz ni cacaraxerareta_ 'while Jesus Christ was a God, he was
+crucified for man.' _Nagara_ is also added to nouns; e.g., _quantai nagara_
+(136v) 'although there was some lack of education,' _sannin nagara_ (137)
+'three at the same time, or even if there are three' _aqiraca_ {156}
+_nagara_ (136v) 'although he is famous.' In this instance _aqiraca na_
+loses its _na_ as do all the other adjectives that end in _na_.
+
+The particle _iasui_ is added to the roots of active and passive verbs to
+form the supine in _Tu_; e.g., _iomi iasui_ 'easy to read,' _corosare
+iasui_ 'easy to be killed.' The same thing is achieved by the following way
+of speaking; _i�te va vosoroxij_ 'it is terrible to say,' _mite va_ (49
+_fuxiguina_ 'it is admirable to see,' _i� vo mo vosoroxij_ 'it is terrible
+to say.'
+
+The Adverbs
+
+_First Section_[141]
+
+Adverbs are formed from adjectives ending in _ai_ by changing the _ai_ to
+_�_; e.g., _fuc�_ 'deeply,' for those ending in _oi_ by changing the _oi_
+to _�_; e.g., _caxico_ [_caxic�_] 'wisely,' for those ending in _ei_ by
+changing the _ei_ to _e�_; e.g., _xigueo_ [_xigue�_] 'densely,' for those
+ending in _ui_ by changing the _ui_ to _�_; e.g., _ai[vu]_ 'in danger,' and
+for those ending in _ij_ by changing the _ij_ to _i�_; e.g., _cavai�_
+'unhappily.'
+
+_Adverbs of Place_[142]
+
+The interrogative pronouns are eight in number; _izzucu_[?], _izzucata_[?],
+_donata_[?], _doco?_, _dochi?_, _dochira?_, _dono tocoro_[?], and _dono
+f[vo]?_, and they signify 'which place?' To these adverbs are added the
+particles _va_, _no_, _ni_, _ie_, _vo_, _cara_, and _iori_ according to the
+case required, such as 'from where,' 'whither,' 'through which place,' 'in
+what place,' etc. _Made_ can also be added to them with the meaning of 'to
+the limit of which'; _doco made ie iq� ca_[?] 'up to where will you go?'
+The interrogative particle, _ca?_ or _zo_[?], is added to these questions
+but it is better to use _zo_ rather than _ca_ in sentences with an
+interrogative particle; e.g., _izzuru ie maitta zo_ 'where did you go,'
+_dono tocoro vo tovotta zo_ 'at which place did you cross,' _doco iori itta
+zo_ 'through where did he enter,' _dochi cara qita zo?_ 'from where did he
+come?', {157} _donata va Pedro no iado zo_[?] 'which is Peter's house?',
+_doco ni voru zo_[?] 'where, or in what place is he?' One may respond in
+many ways; _cono tocoro_, _coto moto_, [_coco moto_], _core_, _conata_,
+_cochi_, _cochira_, _coco_, _cocora_, _cono cata_, _cono f[vo]_, which mean
+'here (_hic_)'; _sono tocoro_, _soco moto_, _sore_, _sonata_, _sochi_,
+_sochira_, _soco_, _socora_, _sono cata_, _sono f[vo]_ (50 which mean
+'there (_istic_)'; _ano tocoro_, _asoco moto_, _are_, _anata_, _achi_,
+_achira_, _asoco_, _asocora_, _ano cata_, _anof�_, which mean 'there
+(_illic_).' To these particles are added the case particles. The
+interrogative adverbs with the case particles and _mo_ added mean
+'everywhere,' 'through every place,' or 'to every place,' e.g., _dono
+tocoro ie mo tovor[vo]_ 'I shall go everywhere,' _doco ni mo_ 'everywhere,'
+_doco cara mo_ 'from everywhere.' However, if, instead of _mo_, _nari tomo_
+is added the meaning becomes 'any place,' in a distributive sense; e.g.,
+_doco ie nari tomo mair[vo]_ 'I shall go to each place individually.' The
+same meaning is obtained by _doco zo_ with the case particles placed
+between the _doco_ and the _zo_; e.g., _doco ni zo aru fodo ni_ 'if someone
+is any place.' _Coco caxico_ means 'here and there.' _Doco mo caxico mo_
+means 'the whole place.' The case particles are placed before _mo_; e.g.,
+_doco ni mo caxico ni mo_ 'in the whole place,' but after the adverb; e.g.,
+_coco caxico ni_ 'here and there,' _coco caxico ie doco_, _caxico iori_
+[_coco caxico ie_ 'to here and there,' _coco caxico iori_ 'from here and
+there'], etc.[143]
+
+The particle _uie_ means 'above.' The genitive case is placed before it;
+e.g., _fandai no uie ni voqe_ 'place it on the table,' _cono uie va gozaru
+mai_ 'it will not be above this,' that is to say 'it will not be better
+than this,' _sono uie ni_ 'about that,' _sono uie no sata vo catari are_
+'tell me about that,' _core va izzure iori mo uie de gozaru_ 'one will not
+discover anything better than his,' that is to say 'this is the best.'
+_Xita_ means 'below.' It governs the genitive; e.g., _fandai no xita ni
+voqe_ 'place it under the table,' _micotoba no xita iori_ (141v) 'when the
+king finishes speaking,' _voxita vo cudasarei_ (141v) 'would your Lordship
+be so kind as to give to me that which remains of your drink.'
+
+The particle _soba_ means 'side' and governs the genitive; e.g., _fito no
+soba vo fanaruru_ 'he separates himself from the side of another.'
+
+The particle _maie_ means 'before' and governs the genitive; e.g., _fito no
+maie vo tovoru_ 'I pass in front of someone else,' _cacugo no maie_ {158}
+(141v) 'according to ones disposition,' _funbet no maie_ (141v) 'as I
+believe, or think, or according to the sense (_iuxta sensum_).'
+
+The particle _mavari_ means 'around' and governs the genitive; e.g.,
+_iglesia no mavari ni t�uchi vo nague sut�uru na_ 'do not put earth around
+the church.'
+
+The particle _uchi_ means 'within,' and the noun which precedes it must be
+in the genitive; e.g., _iglesia no uchi_ 'in the church,' _ano fito va,
+fito no uchi de va nai_ 'that man is not among men,' that is (51 to say 'he
+is not a man,' _futacuchi c�ta coto va, c�ta uchi de va nai_ (142v)[144]
+'to eat two mouthfuls is not to eat.'
+
+The particle _foca_ means 'outside,' and the genitive is placed before it;
+e.g., _igelsia no foca ni_ 'outside the church,' _foca ie iqe_ 'go out, or
+go outside.' Sometimes the genitive particle is replaced by _iori_; e.g.,
+_Deus vonago ichinin iori foca t�ucuri tamavanu_ (142v)[145] 'God did not
+create but one woman,' that is to say 'he created just one,' _Tengu fito ni
+acu vo susumuru iori foca va, nai_ (142v) 'the Devil does nothing if he is
+not persuaded by man to sin,' _gox[vo] vo tasucaru tame baptismo vo
+sazzucaru iori foca bechi no michi ga nai_ 'there is no other way to save
+men than by baptism,' that is to say 'without baptism we cannot be saved.'
+_Deus no gracia iori foca_ 'without the grace of God.'
+
+The particle _naca_ means 'in the middle.' It is used when the material is
+either dense or defuse; e.g., _qi no naca ni_ 'in the wood,' _fito no naca
+ni_ 'among the men.'
+
+The particle _nacaba_ means 'in the midst of things' when referring to a
+sequence. It follows the genitive; e.g., _dangui no nacaba ni_ 'in the
+midst of the sermon,' _sore vo qijte, nacaba va vosore; nacaba va aqirete
+ita_ (145v) 'hearing that, he feared and was afraid,' that is to say 'he
+spent most of his time being afraid.'
+
+The particle _ato_ means 'behind' and governs the genitive; e.g., _sonata
+no ato cara mair[vo]_ 'I shall come after you' that is to say 'I shall
+follow you.'
+
+The particle _vaqi_ means 'near' and governs the genitive; e.g., _Pedro no
+vaqi_ 'near Peter,' _misa no vaqi_ 'the mass is ended,' _cono vaqi_ 'in the
+last few days.' All of these adverbs require after them the cases that are
+required by the verb which follows.
+
+{159}
+
+_Adverbs of Interrogation and Response_[146]
+
+There are many ways to ask 'why?' or 'for what reason[?]'; e.g.,
+_najeni_[?], _najoni_[?], _nani xini?_, _nani tote ca?_, _nani no iuie
+ni?_, _nanto xita coto ni?_, _nani no xisai ni iotte?_. The question 'how?'
+is said; _nanto xite?_, _nanto i[vo] ni_[?], _icani to xite?_ The answer is
+'because' or 'for the reason that'; e.g., _sono iuie va_, _najeni to i�ni_.
+'Because' is also said; _tocoro de_, _fodo ni_, _ni iotte_, or _sacai ni_.
+The first expresses (52 the greatest degree of causality, the second not so
+much, and the third the least.
+
+_Uie va_ means 'since (_cum_ or _si quidem_)'; e.g., _toganai uie va
+qizzucai ga nai_ (40v)[147] 'I am not afraid because I have no fault.' The
+same meaning is achieved by the particle _cara_; e.g., _cai[vo] ni iro vo
+misuru cara va; cacusu coto va iranu_ 'since you have thus shown your
+feelings (_iro_), you can't hide them.' 'Since (_si quidem_)' means
+approximately the same as _toqi va_ and _xicaru toqi va_. _Sari nagara_
+means 'but,' _sari tote va_ means 'until,' _saru tote va_ means 'since the
+thing is this way,' _saru tote va, qicoienu coto gia_ 'since it is so, it
+is unbearable.'
+
+_Adverbs of Time_[148]
+
+One asks 'when' with _it�u_ or _it�ugoro_. One asks 'from what day' with
+_icca saqi_ or _icca maie_, 'from what month' with _icut�uqi saqi_, and
+'from what year' with _nannen maie_. Usually _ni_ is added when it is
+required by the verb, and the interrogatives _ca_ or _zo_ are always put at
+the end of the sentence, with _zo_ preferred.
+
+One answers 'now' with _ima_ or _tada ima_, and 'already' with _m[vo]_,
+e.g., _m[vo] iqe_ 'be already gone!' 'Sometimes' is said with _toqi ni
+iotte_ or _jibun ni iotte_. 'Afterwards' is _nochi_. _Sore cara_ or _sore
+iori_ means 'after that,' _core cara_ or _core iori_ means 'after this,'
+and _are iori_ or _are cara_ means 'after that.' 'Immediately' is said with
+_iagate_. 'Afterwards' or 'again' is _ima iori nochi_, _ima iori xite va_,
+or _ima iori igo_. 'This morning' is said with _qesa_. _Connichi_ or _qio_
+[_qi�_] is 'today,' and _asu_ or _mi�nichi_ [_mi�nichi_][149] is
+'tomorrow.' 'Tomorrow morning' is _asa_, _axitat�_, or {160} _asatocu_, and
+'tomorrow night' is _mionia_ [_mi[vo]ia_]. 'Before' is _ijen_ or _saqi ni_.
+'Yesterday' is _qin�_ or _sacujit_. 'The day before yesterday' is _vototoi_
+or _fut�uca saqi ni_. 'Several days in the past' is _cono gi[vu]_. _Cono
+fodo_ and _xenjit_ have the same meaning, as does _xendo_. _Condo_ means
+'several days in the future.' 'The day after tomorrow' is _asatte_ or
+_mi�gonichi_. 'Three days hence' is _xiasatte_ or _mi�mi�gonichi_. _Qi�nen_
+[_Qionen_] or _cozo_ means 'last year.' 'This year' is _cotoxi_. 'Two years
+ago' is _vototoxi_ or _votodoxi_. 'Three years ago' is _sanuruvotodoxi_
+[_sannuru votodoxi_].[150] 'Immediately' is _tachimaqi_ [_tachimachi_] (53
+or _socuij ni_ [_socuji ni_]. _Sunavachi_ is also 'immediately.' _Tanteqi_
+is 'in a moment.'
+
+_It�umade?_ means 'until when?' _It�umademo_ means 'always.' _It�u cara_
+means 'after what time.' _It�u iori_ means 'from what time.'
+
+_Adverbs of Negation_[151]
+
+_Iia_ or _iia_ [_iia iia_][152] means 'not.' _S� devanai_ means 'it is not
+so.' _Iccana_ or _iccanagueni_ means 'by no means,' _iume iume_ means 'not
+even in a dream,' _sarani_, _ichiien_, _cat�ute_, or _cat�ute motte_ means
+'in no way,' and _io_, _iomo_, or _iomo iomo_ means 'without thinking';
+e.g., _cat�ute mairu mai_ 'in no way shall I come,' _iomo s� va gozaru mai_
+(117v) 'it will in no way come to mind why it will be so.' When affirmative
+verbs are added to these adverbs they become negative; e.g., _iomo iomo to
+m[vo]xitareba vo mairi atta_ (117v) 'although you said you would not go,
+you went,' _io mair�_ 'in no way shall I go.'
+
+_Adverbs of Affirmation_[153]
+
+_Nacanaca_ means 'it is so,' _v�_ means 'so,' when one agrees. _Gueni_ or
+_gueni gueni_ means 'it is thus'; e.g., _gueni gueni s� mo ar�_ 'without
+doubt the situation is thus.' _Ch�do_ means 'at all.' _Sai[vo]ni_, _sono
+bun_, _sono gotoqu_, _s[vo] de gozaru_, _sore sore_, _mass[vo] gia_, or
+_xicato_ means 'it is so.' _Mottomo_ means that something is reasonably
+said. _Guioi no gotoqu_ means 'as your Lordship believes, or says.'
+_Mochiron_ indicates that a thing does not come in to doubt or discussion.
+_Nacanaca naru_ {161} _coto de gozaranu_ means 'truly it is not possible.'
+_Nacanaca no coto_ indicates a thing with which it is possible to agree.
+_Macotoni_ means 'truly,' as does _xinjit_ or _xinjitni_. _Xeimon_ means 'I
+affirm by oath.' _Isasaca_ or _isasaca motte_ means 'not even a little,'
+and _issai_ or _ixxet_ means 'in no way, or by no means,' and when these
+particles are added to the affirmative they mean 'truly.'
+
+(54
+
+_Comparative Adverbs_[154]
+
+_Iori_, _iori mo_, and _iori mo navo_ mean 'more' in a comparison. The
+person compared is in the nominative case and the person to whom he is
+compared is in the ablative with one of the particles which we have listed
+above; e.g., _Pedro va juan iori mo gacux� de gozaru_ 'Peter is wiser than
+John,' _soco ie noboru iori va; mairanu ga maxi gia_ 'it is better not to
+go than to climb up there.' _Gotoqu_, _mama_, and _i[vo]ni_ are adverbs of
+similitude (_adverbia similitudinis_) and require the genitive for the
+thing with which the comparison is made. If the particle is preceded by a
+verb, no genitive is required; e.g., _no iama ie nari tomo qitai mama ni
+qite, nurureba, nugui suteraruru_ (124v) 'if they were to go to the
+mountains or the plains wearing such clothes as they want to wear, they
+will have to take them off when they become wet on account of the water.'
+_Vom� mama ni, vom� gotoqu_, and _vom� i[vo]ni_, mean 'as I think,' _cono
+mi no mama ni_ 'according to his desires, or his pleasure.' _Fodo_ means
+'to such a degree as (_tantum_),' or 'just as (_quasi_)'; e.g., _qifen ano
+fito fodo no gacux� de gozaru_[155] 'you are as wise as he,' _fara ga
+cudaru fodo ioi_ 'he will recover as soon as he has a bowel movement,'
+_michi vo aruqu fodo cutabiruru_ (123v) 'as I walk so I get tired,' _acai
+fodo ioi_ 'the redder the better,' _xinuru fodo no vazzurai de va nai_
+'this disease is not strong enough to cause death,' _fune ni mesaruru fodo
+naraba vare mo nor�zu_ (124) 'if Your Lordship would take up the task of
+boarding the ship, so shall I,' _tamexi mo nai fodo ni atta to m[vo]su_
+(124v) 'they say it was as if it had never been,' _voquru fodo araba sore
+ie mair[vo]zu_ (124) 'if I am able to arrive at the state where I can get
+up from bed, I shall come to you,' _chicara no fodo vo mite_ 'seeing the
+degree of his strength,' _fodo n� t�uita_ 'he arrived in {162} an instant,'
+_core fodo_ 'as this,' _sore fodo_ 'as that,' _are fodo_ 'as that,' _vovoi
+fodo_ 'while more,' _sucunai fodo_ 'while less.'
+
+(55
+
+_Superlative Adverbs_[156]
+
+_Uie_ means 'the highest'; e.g., _christian no voxiie va izzure iori mo uie
+de gozaru_ 'the doctrine and faith of Christianity are supreme, or above
+all,' _cono saqe no uie va nai_ 'there is no better wine than that.' _Ichi_
+or _daiichi_ means 'supreme, or unique'; e.g., _gacux[vo] no uchi ni Sancto
+Thomas daiichi de gozatta_ 'among wise men Saint Thomas was the best,'
+_core va are iori uie_ 'this is superior to that.' The particle _xita_ has
+the opposite meaning of 'inferior, or the lowest'; e.g., _xiqitai va anima
+iori xita de gozaru_ (141) 'the body is inferior to the soul.'
+
+_Adverbs of Intensity and Exaggeration_[157]
+
+_Ichidan_, _chicagoro_, and _icc[vo]_ mean 'intensely (_valde_)'; e.g.,
+_chicagoro no vo cocoro gaqe de gozaru_ 'this is the greatest care and
+diligence,' _sore va icco varui coto gia_ 'this is extremely bad.'
+_Bexxite_ means 'chiefly,' _tori vaqe_ means 'especially,' _coto no foca_
+means 'rarely, or extraordinarily,' _icanimo_ means 'intensely,' and
+_amarini_ means 'too much.' As has been said, adverbs are formed from
+adjectives according to the rules above, and these adverbs mean adverbially
+what the adjectives mean adjectivally; e.g., _fucai_ means 'deep,' and
+_fuc�_ means 'deeply.' _Icani mo xizzucani_ means 'extremely quietly,'
+_tani coto ni_ means 'extraordinarily,' and _xitatacani_ or _gui�sanni_
+means 'in a way that is to be feared' that is to say 'too much.' See the
+dictionary.[158]
+
+_Accumulative Adverbs_[159]
+
+_Voxinabete_ means 'universally'; _s�bet_ means 'generally,' as do
+_t�uneni_ and _sojite_ [_s�jite_]; _feijeini_ means 'regularly'; and
+_voioso_, _tabun_, _vocata_, _ioppodoni_ mean 'for the most part,' and
+_qeccu_ or _caiette_ (56 means 'after all.' _Tennen_ means 'perhaps,' as do
+_xijen_ and _icasama_. _Sadamete_ means 'probably,' _canarazu_ means
+'without doubt,' _moxi xijien_ [_moxi xijen_] means 'perhaps,' _x[vo]tocu_
+means 'naturally,' _jinen_ {163} means 'by chance,' _xidai vidai ni_ or
+_jen jen ni_ means 'gradually,' and _vonozzucara_ means 'by oneself.'
+
+_Adverbs that Conclude and Claim Attention_[160]
+
+_Ficqi[vo]_ and _t�uini_ mean 'finally, or in conclusion.' _T�ug[vo]_ means
+'in summary.' _N[vo] n[vo]_ means 'is it not so?' e.g., _n[vo] n[vo] icani
+qicaxeruru ca?_ 'do you hear me then?' _Moxi_[161] means 'ho there
+(_heus_),' but it is an elegant word; e.g., _moxi Padre sama_ 'ho there,
+Reverend Father.' _Iare_ also means 'ho there,' but with inferiors; e.g.,
+_iare tar[vo] quaja to iieba_ 'saying "Ho there, Tar[=o]kaja."' _Iai_ means
+'ho there' with very low people; e.g., _iai sochi ga motta mono va nani
+zo?_ 'hey! what is it that you bring?' _Ia_ has the same meaning; e.g., _ia
+vo tono bara domo va nani vo savagu zo?_ (128) 'hey! you soldiers and good
+men, why do you quarrel?' The particle _ai_ has the same meaning but it is
+placed after the sentence; e.g., _izzure mo mina qiqe ai_ (129) 'hey! all
+of you listen.'
+
+The particles _ca_ and _zo_, as has been said above, are used as
+interrogatives. The particles _ia_ and _caia_ have the same function but
+they are more humble; e.g., _are va tare caia?_ 'who is he?', _core ia_[?]
+'this?', _io fuqete tare ca va tazzune� zo?_ (89v) 'when it becomes late at
+night, who will be able to visit?', _sore de ar[vo] ca to i� coto gia_ 'I
+said, "will it be this?"'
+
+_No?_ asks for agreement; e.g., _gozar[vo] ca no?_ 'will he come?'[162]
+_mair[vo] to voxerareta no?_ [... _v�xerareta no?_] 'did he say that he
+will come?' _no Pedro dono?_ 'isn't that so, Peter?' _Na_[?] means the same
+thing, but it is used with inferiors; e.g., _s[vo] qiita na?_ 'didn't you
+hear so?' Sometimes, in a sentence containing _zo_, _baxi_, which is a
+dubitive particle (_particula dubitandi_), is placed; e.g., _nanto xita
+xisai de baxi gozaru zo?_ (122v)[163] 'for what reason did this happen?',
+_sate nanto i� voqiacu de baxi gozaru zo_[?] (123) 'what is the name of
+your guest?', _goi� baxi gozaru ca?_ 'isn't there something of use to you?'
+
+_Io_ and _zo_ strengthen or give cadence to the sentence; e.g., _caita zo_
+{164} 'he truly wrote,' _maitta io_ 'he certainly came,' _sono toqi vare_
+(57 _va ichi dan varui t�ucai vo xiraruite gozaru io_ [... _siaruite_ ...]
+(95) 'at that time I was following bad advice.' _Bacari_ means 'only, or in
+only one way,' _sore ni caguitte_ means 'that only,' _core ni caguirazu_
+'not only this.' _Bacari_ also means 'more or less'; e.g., _fiacu bacari_
+'there were a hundred,' _fiacunin bacari corosareta_ 'about one hundred men
+were killed.' _N�_, _n�te_, _naqu xite_, and _naqute_ mean 'without'; e.g.,
+_raxxi mo n�_ 'without reason or order,' _cacugo n�_ 'without any
+preparation.'
+
+The adverbs of sound (_adverbia sonus_) are many and vary in accordance
+with the way that the Japanese perceive the sound. The particle _to_ is
+added to them; e.g., _va va to xite_ 'vociferously saying _wa wa_,' and if
+they add _meqi,u_, it means to make even a louder noise; e.g., _va meqi,u_
+'to shout saying _wa_.'
+
+_The Case Prepositions_[164]
+
+_Tame_ or _ni_ means 'concerning';[165] e.g., _sonata no tame_ 'for you
+(_tibi_).' It governs the genitive which precedes it; _nan no tame_ 'for
+what,' _nani ni naru ca?_ 'for what is it?', _nani ni x� ca?_ 'what do you
+do that for?', _nani no i� ni tat�u ca?_ (171v) 'for what is it needed, or
+useful?', _maitte no i� va?_ (130) 'what's the use of going?'
+
+_Tai xite_ means 'on account of' or 'against'; e.g., _tengu ni tai xite
+teqito_ 'to fight against the devil, or resist him,' _Deus ni tai xite
+cuguio vo coraiuru_ 'I endure the pain (_labor_) because of God.' _Uie
+iori_ also means 'because'; e.g., _von jifi no uie iori_ (167) 'because of
+his mercy.'
+
+_Ni iotte_ signifies the reason for which; e.g., _Deus iori fito no jento
+acu ni iotte go femp� vo ataiesaxerareozu_ [... _ataiesaxerare�zu_] (146v)
+'God gives to man according to his virtues and vices.' This form is derived
+from the verb _iori,u_.
+
+_Ni t�uite_ means 'around, or about' and is derived from the verb
+_t�uqi,u_; e.g., _core ni t�uite_, _core ni t�uqi_, or _core ni t�uqete_
+means 'about that.' _Sono gui ni voite va zonjenu_ (120) 'I do not know
+anything about this matter,' _V�xe va mottomo naredomo vagami ni totte va
+canai gatai_ (120) 'Your Lordship speaks well but what concerns me is that
+(58 {165} it is difficult to do.' _Dai quan ni itatte va ichinin bacari
+sadame io_ (120)[166] 'decide that which concerns the steward only.'
+_Itatte_ and _totte_[167] are the gerunds of verbs just as the preceding.
+They also say _Padre coto va_ 'the things belonging to the priest,' _varera
+coto va_ 'about my things, or those things which belong to me.' _Xitagatte_
+or _xitag[vo]te_ means 'near' and is the gerund of the verb _xitagari,u_ or
+_xitagai,�_. As with the other verbs it governs the dative case; e.g.,
+_guioi ni xitagatte_ or _xitag[vo]te_ 'according to Your Lordship's
+understanding.' _Xidai_ has the same meaning; e.g., _conata xidai_
+'according to your wishes.' Sometimes it is added to the roots of verbs;
+e.g., _mairi xidai_ 'according to when he comes, or according to his
+coming.'
+
+_Ni_ indicates the place in which. _Ni voite_ has the same meaning but
+indicates permanence; e.g., _fatto va fuximi ni voite v�xeidasareta_ 'he
+established the law while he was in Fushimi,' _Bungo funai ni itatte_ 'in
+the city of Funai in the kingdom of Bungo,' _iglesia ni uoru_ 'he is in
+church.'
+
+_De_ indicates the place of an action; e.g., _michi de Pedro ni v[vo]ta_ 'I
+met Peter in the street.' The same particle _de_, together with _vo motte_,
+indicate the instrument with which an action is done; e.g., _bo vo motte
+Pedro vo uchi coroita_ 'he killed Peter with a stick,' _Padre sama
+catarareta de navo qicoieta_ 'from what the Reverend Father told me, it
+became easier to understand,' _necqi de xinda_ 'he died of a fever.'
+
+_Cara_ or _iori_ indicate the place from which; e.g., _iglesia cara_ 'from
+church.' They also say _fune cara maitta_ 'he came by ship' and _cachi cara
+maitta_ 'he came on foot.' _Fune de maitta_ is the same as _fune cara
+maitta_ and _fune ni notte maitta_. _Fana cara me cara miguruxij mono gia_
+'it is unpleasant to the nose and the eyes.' _Iori_ indicates the place
+through which; e.g., _sama iori faitta_ 'he entered through the window.'
+
+_Tomo ni_ means 'at the same time'; e.g., _sonata to tomo ni mair[vo]zu_ I
+shall go at the same time as you,' _m[vo]su to tomo ni_ 'at the same time
+as he spoke.'
+
+_Ie_ indicates the place to which; e.g., _achi ie mair[vo]_ 'I shall go
+directly to court (_curia_),' _miiaco no cata ie noboru_ 'he went up to
+court' and also _miiaco no f[vo] ie noboru_. They also say _miiaco no
+iori_, {166} _miiaco sama_, or _miiaco no gotoqu noboru_, but this is not a
+good way of speaking and is more characteristic of a rustic (_rusticus_).
+
+_De_ indicates the material from which; e.g., _t�uchi de cavara_ (59 _vo
+t�uquru_ 'to make bricks out of earth or mud,' _nande core vo t�uquru ca?_
+'from what is this made?'
+
+_Uie_ means 'concerning'; e.g., _zuibun codomo no uie vo fito ni mo naxi
+marasuru i[vo]ni to cocoro gaqe marasuru_ 'with great diligence I took care
+of my sons so as to make them men.' _Sonata no fiquan no vo saiban mesare
+io_ [... _no uie vo_ ...] (141) 'take care of your servants.'
+
+_Made_ means 'until'; _asu made_ 'until morning,' _inochi vo uxin[vo] made
+aru mai_ 'he will not lose his life, or he will not arrive at the loss of
+his life,' _sore made vomoi mo ioranu gui gia_ 'it will not come to my
+mind,' _cocoro zaxi areba canavanu made mo xei vo iruru_ 'when something is
+wished for, one uses his strength up to the point of impossibility,'
+_m[vo]su made mo nai_ 'it is not necessary to say,' _cono tocoro made
+maitta_ 'I came to this place.'
+
+_Conjunction and Separation_[168]
+
+_To_ means 'and'; e.g., _Pedro to juan to Nagasaqi ie ita_ 'Peter and John
+went to Nagasaki,' _core to, are to vo toru_ 'I take this and that.' _Mo_
+has the same meaning; e.g., _Pedro mo juan mo Nagasaqi cara modotta_ 'Peter
+and John returned from Nagasaki,' _naqu mono mo ari, var� mono mo aru_
+'there are those who cry and those who laugh. _Mo_ is often placed before
+negative verbs; e.g., _nanigoto mo gazaranu ca?_ 'is that not something
+new?'
+
+_Mata_ means 'and,' whether it is found between nouns or verbs. _Ca_ means
+'or'; e.g., _Pedro ca; juan ca coi to iie_ 'tell Peter or John to come.'
+_Arui va_ also means 'or'; e.g., _arui va Pedro, arui va juan_ 'either
+Peter or John,' _arui va iomu, arui va caqu_ 'I either read or write.'
+_Moxi va_ means 'if in fact,' and it is used in the middle of a sentence;
+e.g., _moxi va cane ga nai naraba_ 'if in fact you were to have no money.'
+
+_Mata va_ is used to bind the sentences more tightly together (_ad
+orationem contexturam_). It means 'besides that, or besides'; e.g., (60
+_arui va iamai ga vocoru ca, mata va isogui no fumi qitaru ca etc._ [...
+_ca_, etc.] (135) 'either some sickness occurs, or besides that some urgent
+letter arrives.'
+
+{167}
+
+_Xicareba_ means 'since things are this way,' _sari nagara_ means 'but,'
+_s[vo] aru tocoro de_ means 'since it is thus,' _saraba_ means 'since it is
+so,' and _sareba sareba_ means 'since then.' _Ca?_ means 'if'; e.g.,
+_maitta ca mi io_ 'see if he came, or went,' _maitta ca xiranu_ 'I don't
+know if he went.' _Iara_ means 'if,' but distributively (_divisive_); e.g.,
+_fito iara chicux[vo] iara xiranu_ 'I don't know if it's man or beast,'
+_nani iara to m[vo]xita_ 'I wonder what he said.'
+
+Some disjunctive and emphatic particles are formed from _nanica_ and
+_tocacu_ with the addition of other particles; e.g., _nani ia ca ia?_
+'which thing?' The same meaning is expressed by _nani iara ca iara?_ and
+_nanto iara cato iara?_ _Nanto xite_, _cato xite_ means 'how,' _nanto mo
+cato mo_ means 'in no way,' and _nani mo ca mo_ means 'nothing.' _Nanigoto
+mo cagoto mo, mina i�tuvari naru zo_ [... _it�uvari_ ...] 'when all is said
+and done they are all lies.' _Nani no ca no_, and _nanto xite_, _cato xite_
+are ways to excuse oneself. _Nani no ca no to i�te_ means 'saying this and
+that.' _Domo como_ means 'in whatever way it is,' as does _d[vo] xite mo
+c[vo] xite mo_. _D[vo] xite c[vo] xite_ means 'doing this and that
+differently.' _D[vo] x� c[vo] x�_ means 'I shall do this and that.'
+
+_Tomo cacumo_ means 'all the same,' as do _toni cacuni_, _tonimo cacunimo_,
+and _totemo cacutemo_. _Core to ij; care to ij_ means 'saying this and
+that, or making excuses.' _Care core_ means 'this and that,' _coco caxico_
+means 'here and there (_hic and illic_).' _Vomoxir�, vocaxu_[169]
+[_vomoxirovocax[vu]_] is used when accommodating oneself almost to
+flattery.
+
+If the particle _motte_ is added to the particles _cat�ute_, _isasaca_,
+_tomoni_, _nani_, and _nani nani iori_ [... and _nani iori_] it adds
+strength and force; e.g., _cat�ute motte s[vo] aru mai_ 'the situation will
+not be this way at all.'
+
+_Interjections_[170]
+
+_Sate_, _sate sate_, [_satemo_,] and _satemo satemo_ are interjections of
+admiration; e.g., _satemo Deus no voqinaru vonjifi cana_ 'oh! great mercy
+of God!'
+
+{168}
+
+_Avare_ is the interjection for pity; e.g., _avare mut�ucaxij io no naca
+cana_ 'oh! world replete with misery!'
+
+_Ha!_[171] is the interjection of penetence; e.g., _ha faxi demo_ (61
+_vomoxiroi ga; tocoro ni iote qicoie canuru_ [... _ni iotte_ ...] (127v)
+'ah, the workmanship of the sound and the harmony of the singing is most
+graceful, but it is not able to be heard well.'
+
+_Iara!_ is the interjection for joy and pain; e.g., _iara iara medeta ia_
+(128) 'oh! how much I rejoice.' _Ia_ is also used; e.g., _satemo iiaxii
+iat�ubara ia_ (129)[172] 'oh! how vile and despicable,' _gongo d[vo]dan
+fuxigui na xisai cana_ (128v) 'oh! how rare and ridiculous a reason.' _Iei_
+is the interjection of wonder; e.g., _iei Padre sama cochi gozaru io_ 'oh!
+here is the Reverend Father.'
+
+_Hat_ is the interjection that indicates that one is repentent; e.g.,
+_Benqei core vo mite hat coto naxi to zonjite, sono mama niva ni b[vo] vo
+voraxi,_ etc. (127v) 'Benkei seeing this,' etc.[173]
+
+_The Syntax and the Cases that are Governed by the Verbs_[174]
+
+The nominative is placed at the beginning of the sentence and the verb at
+the end: the remaining elements are placed according to the cadence
+(_cadentia_) of the sentence; e.g., _Pedro va Nagasaqi de xutrai xita iqi
+iqi ni t�uite juan vo coroita_ 'Peter killed John because of an argument
+that took place in Nagasaki.' In certain sentences of serious import a
+substitute verb (_verbum suppositum_) is placed after the verb, but this is
+rare; e.g., _tare mo canavanu futari no qimi ni t�uc[vo]ru coto va_
+(84)[175] 'no one can serve two masters.' In this sentence the substitute
+verb is _t�uc[vo]ru coto va_. _Core ni iote tanomi tatemat�uru it�umo
+virgen_ [_Core ni iotte_ ...] (84) 'therefore I pray to the ever virgin
+[Mary].'
+
+Clauses (_orationes_) in the absolute or permissive subjunctive,
+infinitive, conditional, and causative are always placed before clauses
+that are in the indicative or imperative, even if it does not make sense
+{169} in Latin or any other European language; e.g., _achi cara tomeraruru
+tomo; tomaru na_ 'do not stay, even if they want you to remain,' _sore vo
+qiitareba, fara vo tatete modotta_ 'when he heard that, he came back very
+angry,' _taxicani uqetamotta ni iotte coso, m�xi ague maraxitare_ 'I
+listened carefully, and then I spoke,' _fai[vo] gozatta raba vo mexi vo
+xinj� mono vo_ 'if you had come earlier, I would have offered you food.'
+
+When there are two verbs in the same sentence, the first will (62 be in the
+gerund form and the other will be in the tense that is required by the
+sense of the sentence; e.g., _core vo totte giqi ni mi ga comono ni vataxe_
+'take this and give it to my servant at once.'
+
+When there are two or more clauses which have the same subject or tense,
+only the last verb will be in the tense that is required by the sense of
+the sentence. The other verbs will be in the root form, while still others
+will be in the gerund in _e_ form; e.g., _tovazunba cotaiezu, voxe raba
+t�uxxinde qiqi_ [_tovaz[~u]ba_ ... _v�xe_ ... _qiqe_] (85v)[176] 'if
+they don't ask don't answer: if they speak listen carefully,' _Deus no vo
+coto vo macoto ni uqe, go voqite mo camavaide, sono mama inferno ni
+vochita_ 'he did not believe in God, and he did not respect His precepts;
+therefore, he fell into Hell.'
+
+Verbs are always placed in the third person to indicate honor. No one
+honors himself except the king when he is speaking of himself; e.g.,
+_iorocobi ni voboximesu_ 'I am enjoying it very much.'
+
+When there are many adjectives in a sentence, they will all be in the
+adverbial form except the last; e.g., _qe nang[vo], iro cur�, icanimo
+ut�ucuxij mono_ [_qe nag[vo]_ ...][177] 'a very beautiful person with long,
+black hair.'
+
+The particle _to_ is placed before verbs of understanding, believing, and
+hearing, takes the place of the verb 'to be,' and means 'that'; _fito to
+zonjita_ 'I thought, or believed that he was a man,' _qix� vo jennin to
+vomov� ca?_ [_qixo_ ... _vomov[vo] ca?_] 'shall I believe that you are a
+saint?' _Amata no fito xini no fonovo ni moiuru vo misaxerare�_ (20)[178]
+'you {170} will see many men burning in the flames of indignation.' Here
+one has replaced _to_ with _moiuru vo_, which is a substitute verb. When
+_mo_ is added to _to_ it strongly affirms what is said; e.g., _mair� to mo_
+'I shall certainly go, or I will be going.'
+
+The particle _to_, in the first meaning, is sometimes replaced by
+_i[vo]ni_; e.g., _agueta i[vo]ni gozaru_ 'they say that he offered it,'
+_ica i[vo]na fito to va xiranu_ 'I did not know what kind of a man he was.'
+Sometimes the substantive verb takes the place of the particle _to_; e.g.,
+_mair� de gozatta_ 'he said that he would come,' _x� de va naqeredomo_
+'although I did not say that I would do it.'
+
+_Qiuzo core vo mite, ima vo saigo no coto de areba_ (97)[179] 'seeing this,
+Kiso believed that the hour of death was present, etc.' Here the
+substantive verb replaces _to_ and serves as an active verb governing the
+accusative _ima vo_, which also replaces _to_. The particles _s[vo]na_ and
+_guena_ mean 'it seems.' _S[vo]na_ is added to the roots of verbs; e.g.,
+_deqi_ (63 _s[vo]na_ 'it seems that it is finished.' If a substantive verb
+is placed after this particle the _a_ is changed to _i_; e.g., _deqi
+s[vo]ni gozaru_ 'it seems that he will finish,' _deqi s[vo]ni mo zonjenu_
+'I believe that it will not be finished.'[180] _S[vo]na_ is also added to
+adjectives in _i_, and when it is the _i_ is lost; e.g., _io s[vo]na_ 'it
+seems good, or it seems that it is good,' _xigue s[vo]na_ 'it seems dense,'
+and _aiau s[vo]na_ 'it seems that I am in danger.' If this particle is
+added to adjectives in _na_, the _na_ is lost; e.g., _aqiraca s[vo]na_ 'it
+seems that it is clear.'
+
+The particle _guena_ is added to the nouns and verbs previously formed;
+e.g., _maitta guena_ 'I believe that he has come.' If a substantive verb is
+added to this particle the _a_ changes to _i_; e.g., _maitta gueni gozaru_
+'I believe that he has come.' _S[vo]na_ means 'it seems,' and _guena_ means
+'I believe,' but either of these forms may occasionally be used in any of
+the examples given.
+
+When a sentence has two preterits, the first may be in the preterit and the
+second in the future; e.g., _qesa cara s[vo] v�xerareta raba mo faia de
+marax�_ 'If you would have said that this morning, I would have already
+left.'
+
+When reporting what someone else has said, it is said this way; {171}
+_Padre m�saruru va: iagate sonata ie mair� to m[vo]saruru_ 'the priest said
+that he was going to come.' Sometimes when one is excusing himself he will
+use _no_ in place of _to_; e.g., _asu no, raiguat no, nando to noburu na_
+'don't spread around that it is tomorrow, next month, or whenever.'
+
+When _vo_ follows _n_ it loses its _v_; e.g., _go von o uqetatemat�utta_ 'I
+received benefits.'[181]
+
+Adverbs are always placed before their verbs except for the adverbs of time
+which are placed at the beginning of the sentence; e.g., _sore vo qijte
+icc� xicari maraxita_ 'hearing that he was very angry,' _qi� nen espana
+cara vatatta toqi_ [_qio nen_ ...] 'when I sailed from Spain last year.'
+Each verb requires before it a subject in the nominative case, either
+expressed or understood; e.g., _vare iqe_ or _iqe_ 'come!', where the
+_vare_ is understood. In some sentences this rule is not respected; e.g.,
+_xisai voba core ni m�sare maraxozu_ [... _marax�zu_] 'he will explain, or
+give the reason for this.' In the following case we do not see the
+nominative, but rather _are ni va_, which is in the dative or ablative;
+_are ni va, navo voixri atta_ [... _voxiri atta_] 'he knows better.' In
+this sentence the _are ni va_ ought to be in the nominative. _Cacaru vo ni
+va cogane no cusari vo icusugi mo t�uqeta d�gu de gozaru_ (138v) 'for a
+necklace (_torques_) he had a chain of gold with many links.'
+
+_Core ni va gozonji aru mai_ 'Your Lordship does not know (64 about this.'
+Here the _core ni va_ replaces the accusative which is governed by
+_zonji,uru_.
+
+The impersonal verb or the infinitive requires a nominative before it;
+e.g., _Pedro va maitta to m�su_ 'they say that Peter came.'
+
+The verb _iri,u_, which means 'to need,' governs two nominatives, one for
+the thing and the other for the person in need; e.g., _vatacuxi va cono
+cane ga iru_ 'I need, or I have a necessity for this money.' It also
+governs the dative for the person; e.g., _sono tame ni va cane ga iranu_
+'he does not need any gold, or money.'
+
+The active verb requires the accusative before it; e.g., _cane vo motanu_
+'I have no money.'
+
+Certain _cobita_ or _coie_ nouns, as we have said above, are borrowed from
+Chinese and govern the same cases as the Japanese verbs to which {172} they
+correspond; e.g., _niva vo qenbut no aida ni mexi vo coxiraie io_ 'prepare
+the food while we visit the garden.' The noun _qenbut_ requires the
+accusative _niva vo_. The same is true with _fito ni guenzan suru_ (97)
+which is like _fito ni v�_ 'I meet the man.' The _guenzan_ governs the
+dative just as does the verb _ai,�_.
+
+When a borrowed word (_vocabulum cobitum_)[182] is a compound of two
+elements it is possible to determine if it is a verb by seeing if the first
+part has the meaning of a verb; e.g., _j�ten_ is a verb which means 'to
+ascend to heaven' with the _j[vo]_ meaning to 'go up.' _Tenj[vo]_ is a noun
+in which the _j[vo]_ is placed after the _ten_ and means 'heaven.'
+
+The passive verb has the ablative for its agent (_persona agente_); e.g.,
+_Pedro cara corosareta_ 'he was killed by Peter,' but it is better that it
+govern the dative; e.g., _Pedro ni corosareta_, or _Pedro va nusubito ni
+cane vo torareta_ 'Peter had his money stolen by thieves.'
+
+There are also certain neutral verbs which govern the accusative as if they
+were active verbs; e.g., _xiqitai vo fanaruru_ 'to depart from the body, or
+to die,' _axi vo vazzur�_ 'to have a pain in the foot.' This is also true
+for _nigue,uru_ 'to escape,' _nogare,uru_ 'to evade,' _de,uru_ 'to go out,'
+_noqe,uru_ 'to retreat,' _tovori,u_ 'to go across,' _nori,u_ 'to sail,' as
+in _caix[vo] vo noru_ 'I sail the sea,' _iuqi,u_ 'to walk,' as in _michi vo
+iuqu_ 'I walk the streets,' _vovari,u_ 'to finish,' _mairi,u_ as in _xogui
+vo mairu_ 'I play chess (_tabula laterucularia_),' _iorocobi,u_ as in
+_cocoro vo iorocobu_ 'I gladden the heart,' _abi,uru_, as in _mizzu vo
+abiru_[183] 'I wash myself with water, or I pour water on myself,'
+_avaremi,u_ 'I am sad,' (65 _canaximi,u_ 'I am unhappy,' _coie,uru_ 'to
+cross over,' _fabacari,u_ 'to be shy,' _facarai,[vo]_ 'to take care of,'
+_faxiri,u_ 'to sail,' as in _caix[vo], vo, faxiru_ [_caix[vo] vo faxiru_]
+'I sail the sea,' _fagi,zzuru_ 'to be ashamed,' _fedate,t�uru_ 'to
+separate,' _fe,uru_ 'to spend,' as in _ficazu vo furu_ 'I spend many days,'
+[_fumaie,uru_ 'to be based on,' as in] _dori vo fumaiuru_ 'to be based on
+reason, or to have reason as a basis,' _itami,u_ 'to be sick,' _mavari,u_
+'to go around,' as in _cono cotovari vo m�xi mavatta_ 'he goes around and
+spreads the news here and there,' _meguri,u_ has the same meaning,
+_nagusami,u_ 'to please,' as in _cocoro vo nagusamu_ 'I make the heart
+{173} happy,' _naqi,u_ 'to weep,' _tasucari,u_ 'to be saved,' as in _inochi
+vo tasucaru_ 'I am saved from the dangers of life,' or _gox[vo] vo
+tasucaru_ 'to be saved for a future life,' _tachi,t�u_ 'to go away from,'
+as in _tocoro vo tat�u_ 'I go away from this place,' _tomurai,�_ 'to make a
+funeral for the dead,' _ucagai,�_ 'to inquire with hesitation,' _voximi,u_
+'to value,' _urami,u_ 'to enquire,' _xinobi,u_ 'to wait in hiding, almost
+insidiously,' as in _fito no me vo xinobu_ 'I am careful lest someone see
+me.'[184] A few of these verbs which require the accusative of location
+admit to the use of the ablative with the particles _cara_ or _iori_; e.g.,
+_tocoro vo tat�u_ is the same as _tocoro iori tat�u_ 'I leave the place.'
+
+There are some active verbs which require two accusative cases; e.g.,
+_fori,u_, _daxi,u_, _fanaxi,u_, _tate,t�uru_. For example, _Pedro vo soco
+vo voi idaita_ 'they led Peter away from that place.' It is possible that
+it governs the ablative of location; e.g., _Pedro vo soco cara voi daita_
+[... _voi idaita_]. Some take either the dative or the accusative; e.g.,
+_fito vo_, or _fito ni fanare,uru_ 'to go away from the men,' _Deus vo_, or
+_Deus ni somuqi,u_ 'to offend God.' Verbs of this kind are generally verbs
+of fearing, offending, or going away.[185]
+
+Many verbs of helping, harming, damning, obeying, recognizing as superior
+or inferior, being subjugated, being victorious, and similar verbs govern
+the dative; e.g., _chiie saicacu i[vo]ni coieta_ 'he is superior to others
+in wisdom and industry.'[186]
+
+Verbs of giving, promising, and the like, govern the accusative for the
+thing and the dative for the person; e.g., _fito ni cane vo cururu_ 'to
+give money to someone.'[187]
+
+There are many verbs which permit before themselves the roots of other
+verbs without change, letting the roots take on the function of an
+infinitive; e.g., _qiqi fajime,uru_ 'to begin to hear.' Some of these verbs
+are: _nare,uru_ 'to become accustomed,' _t�uqe,uru_ with the same (66
+meaning, _fate,t�uru_ 'to finish,' _narai,�_ 'to learn,' _some,uru_ 'to
+begin,' _todoqe,uru_ 'to continue,' _ate,t�uru_ 'to direct,' _atari,u_ 'to
+find by chance,' _vaqe,uru_ 'to divide,' _cane,uru_ 'to be able to do with
+difficulty,' _soconai,[vo]_ 'to be wrong,' _sumaxi,u_ 'to finish,'
+_sugoxi,u_ 'to exceed,' _fague maxi,u_ {174} 'to work much and intensely,'
+_aqi,u_ 'to become bored,' _tai_ 'to want,' and _t[vo] mo nai_ 'to not
+want.'[188] If the roots of verbs are placed before certain adjectives
+ending in _i_, they form a kind of supine in _Tu_; e.g., _iomi iasui_ (92)
+'easy to read (_facile lectu_),' etc.
+
+A numeral, if a substantive noun is placed after it, must be in the
+genitive case; e.g., _fitot�u no toga_ 'one sin.' The same is true with the
+particle _fodo_ when it means 'all'; e.g., _aru fodo no fito_ 'how so ever
+many.' The same is true with _iori_; e.g., _Nanban iori no mono_ 'things
+from Europe.' But this is a relative formation (_relatiuum_). The genitive
+is also required with nouns that mean much or little; e.g., _amata no fito_
+'many men.' These nouns are; _bechi_ 'other,' _fon_ 'one's own,' _cazucazu_
+'many,' _sama zama_ 'many ways.' _Iro iro_ 'much' is the same as _iorozzu_
+and _izzure_. _Issai_ means 'all,' as does _vono vono_, _cotogotoqu_, and
+_reqi reqi_ for a noble person, _igue_ 'that which follows,' _nocori_ 'that
+which remains,' _it�umo_ 'always,' _it�umo no coto_ 'that which always is,'
+_t�une_ 'usual,' _ima_ 'now.' _Isasaca_ means 'a little,' as does _soto_ or
+_sucoxi_, _xotocu_ 'natural,' _sono foca_ 'others.'[189] These nouns are in
+the genitive if they are followed by a substantive noun, but when they are
+not followed by a noun they must be taken as adjectives. If they are
+followed by a verb rather than a noun, they do not require the genitive;
+e.g., _iorozzu danc[vo] xite iocar[vo]_ 'it will be good if you all
+confer.'
+
+Japanese Arithmetic and Numerical Matters
+Concerning Which Much Painful
+Labor Is Required
+
+There are two ways to count in Japanese.[190] The first is with the
+ordinary numerals which are called _iomi_. With these one is able to count
+to ten; e.g., _fitot�u_ means 'one,' which is also used to (67 say 'a
+little,' as in _saqe fitot�u nomaxite tam[vo]re_ 'give me a little sake to
+drink.' _Futat�u_ means 'two,' _mit�u_ 'three,' _iot�u_ 'four,' _it�ut�u_
+'five,' _mut�u_ 'six,' _nanat�u_ 'seven,' _iat�u_ 'eight,' _coconot�u_
+'nine,' and _tovo_ {175} 'ten.' _Icut�u_ means 'what?' and is used when one
+does not have the proper number.
+
+The second way of counting is with the _coie_ vocables which are borrowed
+from Chinese. These numbers are not used by themselves to count to ten; but
+are rather used when counting things which are represented by Chinese, and
+not Japanese vocables. These bound numerals (_termini numerales_) are:
+_ichi_ 'one,' _ni_ 'two,' _san_ 'three,' _xi_ 'four,' _go_ 'five,' _rocu_
+'six,' _xichi_ 'seven,' _fachi_ 'eight,' _cu_ 'nine,' _j�_ 'ten.' The
+numbers eleven and above are made by joining these numbers together. Thus,
+'eleven' is _j[vu]ichi_; _j�ni_ is 'twelve,' _j�san_ 'thirteen,' _j�cu_
+'ninteen.' The tens are obtained by placing one of the numbers in front of
+ten; e.g., _nij�_ 'twenty,' _sanj�_ 'thirty,' _sanj[vu]ichi_ 'thirty-one,'
+_cuj[vu]_ 'ninety.' _Fiacu_ means 'hundred,' _fiacu ichi_ 'one hundred and
+one,' _fiacu j[vu]_ 'one hundred and ten,' _fiacu sanj[vu]_ 'one hundred
+and thirty,' _ni fiacu_ 'two hundred,' _sambiacu_ 'three hundred.' _Xen_
+means 'thousand,' and _xen roppiacu sanj[vu] ichi_ is 'sixteen thirty-one.'
+
+By placing the Japanese numerals in front of Japanese vocables, which are
+called _iomi_, and by removing the _t�u_ of the aforementioned numbers
+before they are joined to nouns or verb stems, one is able to enumerate
+those things which are indicated by the vocable; e.g., _fito cotoba_ 'one
+word,' _futa cotovari_ 'two reasons,' _mi ami_ 'three nets, or three casts
+of the net,' _iocama_ 'to bake something four times in an oven,' _it�u
+caqe_ 'five attacks,' _mu casane_ 'six robes, or covers,' _nana catana_
+'seven wounds by a sword,' _ia catague_ 'eight loads,' _cu cavari_[191]
+'nine changes,' _to cusa_ 'ten varieties.' Above the number ten this way of
+counting is not used, instead they say _iro j�ichi_ or _j�ichi no iro_ for
+'eleven colors.' The interrogative is _icut�u_. If the thing being
+questioned is placed after the interrogative the particle _no_ is added;
+e.g., _it�ucu no qi zo_ [_icut�u_ ...] 'how many trees are there?' To such
+a question the answer is _futat�u_ 'two,' _mit�u_ 'three,' etc. If the
+_t�u_ is removed from _icut�u_, one may place it in front of the thing
+being asked about; e.g., _icu tocoro_ 'how many places?' _icu toqi_ 'how
+many hours?'; also _fito fanaxi_ 'one sermon, or conversation,' _futa sugi_
+'two treads,' _io te_ 'four hands, as in a fight,' _it�u t�ubu_ 'five
+grains,' _mu tocoro_ 'six (68 places,' _ia mavari_ 'six [eight] circuits,'
+_cu ninai_ 'nine loads, carried in {176} the Japanese fashion on a stick
+with the load in front,' _to vatari_ 'ten crossings.' It is possible to
+count the same thing in different ways. Thus, _mu tocoro_ is also _mut�u no
+tocoro_ and _tocoro mut�u_ 'six places.' _Fito ie_ means 'one plain thing,'
+_futa ie_ 'doubled, or duplicate,' _mi ie_ 'triplicate,' etc. In the same
+way one may add Chinese numerals to Chinese vocables, or _coie_. Usually in
+this way of counting a [phonetic] change occurs in either the number or the
+thing counted. Sometimes this change is in the first part, sometimes in the
+second, and at other times in both. This is particularly true with the
+first, second, third, sixth, tenth, and one hundredth numbers. With the
+items below, if nothing is noted, it is an indication that nothing is
+changed.
+
+When asking about men one says _icutari?_ 'how many men?' The response is
+made by adding _nin_ to the Chinese numeral; e.g., _ichi nin_ 'one man,'
+_ni nin_ 'two men,' _iottari_ 'four men'; this is because _xinin_ means
+'dead person.'
+
+When asking about days one says _icca_ 'how many days?' The response is _fi
+fitoi_,[192] because _ichi nichi_ means 'one entire solar day,' _fut�uca_
+'two days,' _micca_ 'three days,' _iocca_ 'four days,' _it�uca_ 'five
+days,' _muica_ 'six days,' _nanuca_ 'seven days,' _i[vo]ca_ 'eight days,'
+_coconoca_ 'nine days,' _toca_[193] 'ten days,' _fat�uca_ 'twenty days.'
+The remaining days are counted with _coie_ numerals.
+
+When counting nights _ia_ is added to the _coie_ numerals; e.g., _ichi ia_
+'one night,' _ni ia_ 'two nights,' etc. It is also possible to add _io_
+which means 'night' in Japanese to the _iomi_ numeral; e.g., _icu io_ 'how
+many nights?' _futa io_ 'two nights,' _nana io_ 'seven nights,' etc.
+
+When enumerating the months of the year _guat_ is added to the _coie_
+numeral, with the exception that the first month is called _x�guat_. The
+second is _niguat_, the third is _saguat_,[194] the fourth is _xiguat_, the
+eleventh is _ximot�uqi_, and the twelfth and last is _xi vasu_. When
+counting months the _t�u_ is removed from the _iomi_ numeral and the word
+_t�uqi_, which means 'month,' is added. _Icut�uqi?_ means 'how many
+months.' In response one says _fitot�uqi_ 'one month,' up to ten which is
+_tot�uqi_, and from there on one counts with _coie_ numerals; e.g.,
+_j�ichiguat_ 'eleven months.' If one wants to ask what month it is, {177}
+January, February, one says _nanguat_. The first month of the (69 Japanese
+year is March.
+
+In the enumeration of the years _nen_ is placed after the _coie_ numeral.
+In asking how many, _nen_ [_nan_] is placed before _nen_; e.g., _nannen_
+'how many years?' In response one says _ichinen_ 'one year,' _ionen_ 'four
+years,' _sanganen_ 'three years,' _s[vo] ionen_[195] 'three or four years,'
+_s[vo] xij�nen_ 'thirty or forty years,' _fatachi_ means 'twenty years of
+age,' as does _nij[vu]nen_, _nij[vu] no toxi_, or _toxi niju_. They ask
+with _icutoxi_ or _toxi icut�u_ 'how old are you.' They count the age of
+men and animals such as cattle and horses by adding _sai_ to the _coie_
+numeral; e.g., _issai_ 'one,' _nisai_ 'two,' _sanzai_ 'three.'
+
+In counting turns (_visis_) _do_ is added to the _coie_ numerals; e.g.,
+_nando_ 'how many times,' _ichido_ 'once,' _iodo_ 'four times,' _godo_
+'five times,' _sai san_ 'twice or thrice.'
+
+In the enumeration of ships _s�_ is placed after the _coie_ numeral; e.g.,
+_nanzo_ [_nanz�_] 'how many ships,' to which one answers _iss�_ 'one ship,'
+_niso_ [_nis�_] 'two,' _sanz�_ 'three,' _fass�_ 'eight,' _j�ss�_ [_jiss�_]
+'ten.'
+
+_Ichiren_ 'one string,' _niren_ 'two,' _saren_ 'three,' as in figs or
+pearls.
+
+When enumerating sermons, homilies (_tractatus_), or repetitions of things,
+_fen_ is placed after the numeral; e.g., _ippen_ 'one sermon,' _nifen_
+'two,' _sanben_ 'three,' _ave maria fiacu gojippen_ 'one hundred and fifty
+Hail Mary's.'
+
+In counting gold currency _momme_ is placed after the numeral; e.g., _ichi
+momme_ 'one _momme_,' _ni momme_ 'two,' _san mome_ [_san momme_] 'three.'
+When a _momme_ is divided into tenths it is called an _ippun_ [_fun_].
+Thus, _ippun_ means one tenth part of a _momme_, _nifun_ means 'two
+tenths,' _gofun_ means half the basic unit (_media dragma_), _roppun_ means
+'six tenths of a _momme_.'
+
+When the tenth part of a _momme_ is divided again into ten parts it is
+counted as _ichirin_, _nirin_, _sarin_, _iorin_, _gorin_, _rocurin_,
+_xichirin_, _fachirin_, and _curin_. Then comes _ippun_, which is one tenth
+of a _momme_. _Fiacu me_ means 'one hundred _momme_,' _fiacu ichi momme_
+'one hundred and one,' _icquan me_ means 'one thousand _momme_,'
+_jicquanme_ means 'ten thousand.' There are other coins of silver which are
+counted by placing _mai_ or _mon_ after the numeral; e.g., _ichi mon_ means
+one of {178} that unit, _ni mon_ is 'two,' _San mai_ is three hundred
+_mon_. They no longer produce a coin which is one half of the gold coin,
+but one thousand of these coins make _icquan_, while _jicquan_ is 'ten (70
+thousand _quan_.'[196]
+
+_Core va ica fodo ni suru_ 'how much is this worth?' or _ica fodo ni uru_
+'at what price will you sell this?' _Ni momme suru_ 'I consider it worth
+two _momme_,' or _ni momme ni iasui_ 'I can sell this for more than two
+_momme_, or at two _momme_ this is cheap.'
+
+The enumeration of liquid measurements is done by placing the particle _x�_
+in front of the liquid quantity; e.g., _ixxo_ [_ixx�_] 'one _x�_,' _nixo_
+[_nix�_] 'two,' _sango_ [_sanj�_] 'three.' Ten _x�_ are _itto_ which is the
+particle _to_ placed after the numeral; _nito_ means 'twenty _x�_,' _sando_
+'thirty.' For one tenth of a _x�_ one places the particle _go_ after the
+numeral; e.g., _Ichigo_ 'one _go_,' _nigo_ 'two,' _sango_ 'three,' _ixx�
+gogo_ 'one and one half _x�_.' _Fatto_ is eighty _x�_. One hundred _x�_
+make _ichi cocu_. By placing the _cocu_ after numerals one obtains _ni
+cocu_ 'two hundred _x�_,' _sangocu_ 'three hundred,' _jiccocu_ 'one
+thousand,' _xencocu_ 'ten thousand,' _ichi mangocu_ 'one hundred thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of the measurements of human height is achieved by placing
+_fito_ [_firo_] after the _iomi_ numerals; e.g., _fito firo_ 'one _firo_,'
+_futa firo_ 'two,' _jippiro_ 'ten.' The measurement of a span (_palmus_) is
+made by adding _xacu_ to the _coie_ numerals; e.g., _ixxacu_ 'one span, or
+three spans by the Spanish measuring system,'[197] _sanjaku_ 'three.'
+_Goxacu_ is the same as _fito firo_ which is a measurement we have referred
+to before. Six _xacu_ make up a measurement called _icqen_ 'one _qen_,'
+_nicqen_ [_niqen_] 'two,' _jicqen_ 'ten,' and _sanguen_ 'three.' From sixty
+of these measurements one makes a measurement called _icch�_, that is 'one
+mountain path,' _nicch[vo]_ [_nich[vo]_] 'two,' _jichi[vo] [jicch[vo]]_
+'ten,' _sangi[vo]_ 'three.' From sixty-three [thirty-six] _ch�_, as
+measured in the northern part of Japan, one obtains _ichiri_ which is one
+league or one miliar. One enumerates by adding _ri_ to the _coie_ numerals;
+e.g., _niri_ 'two,' _sanri_ 'three,' _gori_ 'five,' _j�ri_ 'ten'; _iori_ is
+'four,' because _xiri_ means anus.[198] _Fan michi_ {179} means 'a half of
+a league.' They say; _ioco fan miqi tate ichiri_ [... _michi_ ...] 'a half
+a _ri_ wide and one _ri_ long,' _faba icqen_ 'the width is one _qen_,'
+_iof[vo] futa firo_ 'two _hiro_ on all sides.'
+
+The cardinal numbers first, second, etc. are made by adding _ban_ to the
+_coie_ numerals; e.g., _ichi ban_ 'first,' _ni ban_ 'second.' To these are
+also added _me_, as said before; e.g., _xi ban me_ 'fourth.' One may also
+make the cardinal numbers by placing _dai_ in front of the _coie_ (71
+numerals; e.g., _daiichi_ 'first,' _daini_ 'second,' etc.
+
+The enumeration of multiples is done by adding _bai_ to the numbers; e.g.,
+_ichibai_ 'double,' _nibai_ 'triple,' _sanbai_ 'quadruple,'[199] _fiacu
+zobai_ 'one hundred fold.'
+
+The enumeration of the parts from the whole is done by placing _buichi_
+after the numeral; e.g., _ni buichi_ 'one from two parts,' _san buichi_
+'one from three parts.'
+
+To indicate one tenth _vari_ is placed after the numeral; e.g., _ichi vari_
+'one from ten parts,' _xi vari gobu_ 'four and one half from ten parts.'
+_J� buichi_ is the same as _ichi vari_.
+
+The enumeration of oars, muskets, and long things made of wood is done by
+placing _ch�_ after the numerals; e.g., _icch�_ 'one oar,' _nich�_ 'two,'
+_sangi[vo]_ 'three,' _jich�_ [_jicch�_] 'ten.'
+
+The enumeration of fish and fire wood is done by placing _con_ after the
+numerals;[200] e.g., _iccon_, 'one fish,' _sangon_ 'three,' _jiccon_ 'ten,'
+_fiaccon_ 'one hundred,' _fiacu goj[vu] sangon_ 'one hundred and
+fifty-three.' This is the amount Saint Peter caught, and even though he
+caught that number the net did not tear.
+
+The enumeration of leaves of paper and sheets of gold, etc. is done by
+placing _mai_ after the numeral; e.g., _ichimai_ 'one leaf,' _cami gomai_
+'five leaves of paper.'
+
+The enumeration of the stories of a house is done by placing _cai_ after
+the numeral; e.g., _nicai_ 'the first floor,' _sangai_ 'the second,'
+_xigai_ 'the third,' _gocai_ 'the fourth,' when counted as in a house in
+Madrid.
+
+The enumeration of utensils and cups for drinking is done by placing _fai_
+after the numeral; e.g., _ippai_ 'one drink, or one draught,' _nifai_
+'two,' _sanbai_ 'three,' _jippai_ 'ten.'
+
+{180}
+
+The enumeration of rolls of silk or the like is done by placing _tan_ after
+the numeral; e.g., _ittan_ 'one roll,' _nitan_ 'two,' _sandan_ 'three,'
+_jittan_ 'ten.' _Xichitan bune_ is a ship with a sail seven _tan_ wide.
+
+This is also said by adding _mai_ to the numeral; e.g., _gomai_ 'five,' as
+in _gomai bune_ 'a ship having a sail five _mai_ wide.'
+
+The enumeration of four-footed animals is done by placing _fiqi_ after the
+numeral; e.g., _ippiqi_ 'one animal,' _nifiqi_ 'two,' _sanbiqi_ 'three,'
+_roppiqi_ 'six,' _jippiqi_ 'ten,' _fiappiqi_ 'one hundred,' _xenbiqi_ 'one
+thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of images, pictures, and medicines is done (72 by placing
+_fucu_ after the numeral; e.g., _ippucu_ 'one item,' _nifucu_ 'two,'
+_sanbucu_ 'three,' _roppucu_ 'six,' _jippucu_ 'ten.' Needles are also
+counted this way.
+
+The enumeration of pounds (_libra_) is done by placing _qin_ after the
+numeral; e.g., _icqin_ 'one pound,' _niqin_ 'two,' _sanguin_ 'three,'
+_rocqin_ 'six,' _jicqin_ 'ten,' _fiacqin_ 'one hundred,' _xenqin_ 'one
+thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of masses and congregations of men is done by placing _za_
+after the numeral; e.g., _ichiza_ 'one congregation,' _niza_ 'two,' _sanza_
+'three,' _j[vu]za_, or better _toza_ 'ten.'
+
+The enumeration of sacks of rice, wheat, and the like, is done by placing
+_fi�_ after the numeral; e.g., _ippi�_ 'one sack,' _nifi�_ 'two,' _sanbi�_
+'three,' _xifio_ [_xifi�_] 'four,' _roppio_ [_roppi�_] 'six,' _jippio_
+[_jippi�_] 'ten,' _fiiappio_ [_fiappi�_] 'one hundred,' _xembi�_ [_xenbi�_]
+'one thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of pieces of wood, reeds, and needles is done by placing
+_fon_ after the numeral; e.g., _ippon_ 'one item,' _nifon_ 'two,' _sanbon_
+'three,' _roppon_ 'six,' _jippon_ 'ten,' _fiappon_ 'one hundred,' _xenbon_
+'one thousand.'
+
+The enumeration of bundles (_fasciculus_) is done by placing _va_ after the
+numeral; e.g., _ichiva_ 'one bundle,' _niva_ 'two,' _sanba_ 'three,'
+_jippa_ 'ten,' _j�ichiva_ 'eleven,' _ni jippa_ 'twenty.'
+
+The enumeration of burdens or the packs that horses carry is done by
+placing _s�_ after the numeral; e.g., _iss�_ 'one burden,' _nis[vo]_ 'two,'
+_sanz�_ 'three,' _jiss[vo]_ 'ten.' In the same way one counts those
+furnishings called _bi[vo]bu_; two or a pair from a set is called _iss�_,
+etc.
+
+The enumeration of that which in the vernacular is called a quire of paper
+(_mano de papel_) is done by placing _gi�_ after the numeral; e.g.,
+_ichigio_ [_ichigi�_] 'one quire,' _nigio_ [_nigi�_] 'two,' _sangi�_
+'three,' so on {181} to ten. Units of ten are counted by adding _socu_ to
+the numeral; e.g., _issocu_ 'ten quires, or what in the vernacular is
+called a half ream (_media resma_),' _nisocu_ 'twenty, or an entire ream.'
+With this particle _socu_ added to numerals one also counts pairs of shoes;
+e.g., _issocu_ 'a pair of shoes.'
+
+The enumeration of substance (_substantia_) is done by placing _tai_ after
+the numeral; e.g., _ittai_ 'one substance,' _nitai_ 'two,' _sandai_
+'three.' _Deus no von tocoro va goittai de gozaru_ 'God as God is of one
+substance and one essence.'
+
+The enumeration of the divisions in a writing (_capitulum_) is done by
+placing _cagi�_ after the numeral; e.g., _iccagi�_ 'one chapter,' (73
+_nicagio_ [_nicagi�_] 'two,' _sangagio_ [_sangagi�_] 'three,' _roccagio_
+[_roccagi�_] 'six,' _fiaccagio_ [_fiaccagi�_] 'one hundred.'
+
+The enumeration of drops is done by placing _teqi_ after the numeral; e.g.,
+_itteqi_ 'one drop,' _jitteqi_ 'ten.' The same meaning is obtained by
+adding _xizzucu_ to the _iomi_ numeral; e.g., _fito xizzucu_ 'one drop,'
+etc. In this case the _t�u_ must be removed from the numeral.
+
+The enumeration of the pairs of small sticks (_paxillus_) with which they
+eat is done by placing _t�ui_ after the numeral; e.g., _it�ui_ [_itt�ui_]
+'one pair,' _jitt�ui_ 'ten.'
+
+The enumeration of bundles is done by placing _ca_ after the numeral; e.g.,
+_icca_ 'one bundle,' _nica_ 'two,' _sanga_ 'three.'
+
+The enumeration of books is done by placing _quan_ after the numeral; e.g.,
+_icquan_ 'one book,' _niquan_ 'two,' _sanguan_ 'three,' _roquan_
+[_rocquan_] 'six,' _jiquan_ [_jicquan_] 'ten.'
+
+With the interrogative _nan_, when it is placed before one of these nouns,
+it changes it in the same way as does the number three; e.g., _ano mmadomo
+va nanbiki zo?_ 'how many horses are there?'
+
+The enumeration of kingdoms (_regnum_) is done by placing _cacocu_ after
+the numeral; e.g., _iccacocu_ 'one kingdom,' _nicacocu_ 'two,' _sangacocu_
+'three,' _jiccacocu_ 'ten.' Kingdoms are divided into provinces or
+districts called _gun_, and this word also is placed after the numeral;
+e.g., _ichigun_ 'one province,' _nigun_ 'two,' _sangun_ 'three,' etc.
+
+Sermons and exhortations are enumerated by placing _dan_ after the numeral;
+_ichidan_ 'one sermon, or assembly.' Words are enumerated by {182} placing
+_gon_ or _guen_ after the numeral; e.g., _ichigon_ 'one word,' _sanguen_
+'three words.'
+
+Placing the particle _zzut�u_ after either _coie_ or _iomi_ numerals gives
+the meaning of 'each'; e.g., _ichinin ni uxi sanbiki zzut�u vo toraxeta_
+'he let the men have three oxen each,' _ichinin zzut�u saqe sanbai zzut�u
+vo nomareta_ 'each man drank three sake each.'
+
+In speaking of two or three things separately, they join the two numbers;
+e.g., _xigonin_ 'four or five men,' from which others may be copied.
+
+The honorific particles are four; _vo_, _von_, _go_, and _mi_.[201] The
+first two are joined to _iomi_ vocables. The last two are joined to _coie_,
+or Chinese vocables. The last is the most honorific and is used when
+speaking of things divine; e.g., _midexi tachi_ 'disciples of Christ the
+Lord,' _goichinin vocoite cudasarei_ 'please send one from among the
+Lords.'
+
+The words which follow have honorific particles that have (74 been added by
+the speaker. However, the honor is shown to the person addressed or to
+those related to him; e.g., _go foc�_ [_go f�c�_] 'a duty,' _von furu mai_
+'a banquet,' _von cotoba_ 'a word, or a sermon,' _von mono gatari_ 'a
+conversation,' _von nat�ucaxij_ or _von nocori vovoi_ which mean the same
+as what the Portuguese call _saudades_ (nostalgia) and the Spanish call
+_carino_ (affection), _von tori avaxe_ 'intercession,' _von mi mai_ 'a
+visit,' _von cha_ 'that which one drinks when they invite you,' _go danc�_
+'a consultation or congregation for the purpose of obtaining advice,' _von
+rei_ 'an act of gratitude,' _von busata_ 'a lapse of good manners,' _vo
+motenaxi_ 'to treat well and elegantly,' _go chiso_ [_go chis�_] 'esteem,'
+_go iqen_ 'an opinion,' e.g., _fabacari nagara go iqen vo m[vo]xitai_
+'forgive me but I would like to give you some advice,' etc.
+
+Some Rules on the Conjugation of the Verb
+in the Written Language
+
+If the final _u_ is removed from the negative present it becomes an
+affirmative verb; e.g., _oracio vo t�utomen toqi va_ 'when I say my
+prayers,' {183} _xosa no t�utomen tame ni va_ 'in order to execute the
+work,' _michibiqi tamavan to voboximexi_ 'thinking of leading forth.'[202]
+
+For the affirmative future _beqi_ is added to the affirmative form with the
+_ru_ removed; for the future negative _becarazu_ is added to the
+affirmative form; e.g., _m[vo]su beqi_ 'you will speak,' _m�su becarazu_
+'you will not speak.' When the sentence ends in the future, _beqi_ is
+changed to _bexi_.
+
+The infinitive for the future is formed by adding _coto_ to the future
+tense; e.g., _iomu beqi coto_. The subjunctive is formed by adding _qereba_
+to the root of the verb; e.g., _sugure qereba_.
+
+The gerund in _Do_ is formed by adding _te_ to the root of the verb; e.g.,
+_qiqi tamaite_.
+
+The substantive verb in the written language is _nari,u_ or _qeri,u_. If it
+comes at the end of the sentence it takes the root form;[203] e.g., _sadame
+naqi io no ixei nari_ 'it is the dignity of a world without stability.'
+
+The preterit is formed by adding _ari,u_ [_tari,u_] to the root; e.g.,
+_suguretaru_. If the form comes at the end of a sentence _ari,u_ (75
+[_tari,u_] is retained in the root form; e.g., _suguretari_.
+
+The pluperfect is formed by placing _nari_ after the present tense; e.g.,
+_ague tam[vo] nari_ 'they had shown respect.'
+
+Even though there are other rules for the written language, if the reader
+knows Japanese well enough to read books, he will be able to progress in
+the language without difficulty.
+
+_PRAISE BE TO GOD_
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+{185}
+
+Works Consulted
+
+Alvarez, Manuel (Emmanuel Alvarus), _De Institutione Grammatica, Libri
+III_, Lisbon, 1572. (Also Amakusa, 1594. Cf. _Laures_ #14.)
+
+Collado, Diego, O.P., _Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae_, Rome, 1632.
+(Trans. by [=O]tsuka Takanobu as _Koiyaado-ch[=o] Nippon bunten_, 1934 and
+revised as _Koryaado Nihon bunten_, 1957. Cf. _Laures_ #54.)
+
+Collado, Diego, O.P., _Dictionarium sive Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae
+Compendium_, Rome, 1632. (Edited by [=O]tsuka Mitsunobu as _Koryaado
+Ra-Su-Nichi jiten_, 1966. Cf. _Laures_ #56.)
+
+Collado, Diego, O.P., _Niffon no cot�ba ni y� confesion_, Rome, 1632.
+(Transcribed by [=O]tsuka Mitsunobu as _Koryaado zangeroku_, 1957. Cf.
+_Laures_ #56.)
+
+Doi Tadao [Japanese], _Kirishitan gogaku no kenky[=u]_ [Japanese], Tokyo,
+1971.
+
+Doi Tadao [Japanese], "Koryaado Nihon bunten no seiritsu [Japanese],"
+_Nihon gogaku shink[=o] iinkai keny[=u] h[=o]koku_, #3, 1941.
+
+Doi Tadao [Japanese], ed., _Nippo jisho_ [Japanese], Tokyo, 1960. (Japanese
+edition of the _Vocabulario_.)
+
+Doi Tadao [Japanese], trs., _Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten_ [Japanese] Tokyo,
+1955. (Trans. of Rodriguez' _Arte_.)
+
+Fukushima Kunimichi [Japanese], _Kirishitan Shiry[=o] to kokugo kenky[=u]_
+[Japanese], Tokyo, 1973.
+
+Hashimoto Shinkichi [Japanese], _Kirishitan ky[=o]gi no kenky[=u]_
+[Japanese], Tokyo, 1928.
+
+Iwai Yoshio [Japanese], _Nihongoh[=o]-shi: Muromachi-jidai hen_ [Japanese]
+Tokyo, 1973.
+
+Laures, Johannes, S.J., _Kirishitan Bunko_, Tokyo, 1957.
+
+Lebrija, Antonio (Antonius Nebrissensis), _Introductiones Latinae_,
+Salamanca, 1481.
+
+Moran, Joseph F., _A Commentary on the Arte Breve da Lingoa Iapoa of Jo�o
+Rodriguez, S.J.: With Particular Reference to Pronunciation_, Unpublished
+doctoral thesis, Oxford, 1971.
+
+[=O]tomo Shin'ichi [Japanese], _Muromachi-jidai no kokugo-onsei no
+kenky[=u]_ [Japanese], Tokyo, 1963.
+
+[=O]tsuka Mitsunobu [Japanese], ed., _Koryaado Ra-Su-Nichi jiten_
+[Japanese], Tokyo, 1966. (Japanese edition of Collado's _Dictionarium_.)
+
+[=O]tsuka Mitsunobu [Japanese], ed., _Koryaado zangeroku_ [Japanese],
+Tokyo, 1957. (Japanese edition of Collado's _Confesion_.)
+
+{186} [=O]tsuka Takanobu [Japanese], tr., _Koiyaado-ch[=o] Nihongo bunten_
+[Japanese], Tokyo, 1934. (Revised as _Koryaado Nihon bunten_ [Japanese],
+Tokyo, 1957. Translation of Collado's _Ars Grammaticae_.)
+
+Rodriguez, Jo�o, S.J., _Arte Breve da Lingoa Iapoa_, Macao, 1620. (Cf.
+_Laures_ #35.)
+
+Rodriguez, Jo�o, S.J., _Arte da Lingoa de Iapam_, Nagasaki, 1604-1608.
+(Translated by Doi Tadao as _Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten_, 1955. Cf.
+_Laures_ #28.)
+
+Rodriguez, Jo�o, S.J., ed., _Vocabulario da Lingoa de Iapam_, Nagasaki,
+1603-1604. (Edited by Doi Tadao as _Nippo Jisho_, 1960. Cf. _Laures_ #27.)
+
+Thurot, Charles, _Extraits de divers manuscrits Latins pour servir a
+l'historie des doctrines grammaticales au moyen-age_, Paris, 1869.
+
+Yuzawa K[=o]kichir[=o] [Japanese], _Muromachi-jidai gengo no Kenky[=u]_
+[Japanese], Tokyo, 1958.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+{187}
+
+Index To Grammatical Categories
+
+The list which follows refers to the location of the general categories
+defined by Collado's description of Japanese. A broader classification of
+the grammar will be found in the table of contents while the specific
+grammatical elements are listed in the index which follows.
+
+  ablative (_see_ cases)
+  accusative (_see_ cases)
+  adjectival roots 114, 116, 138, 139
+  adjectives  114-117, 138, 139
+  adjectives, conditional 139
+    gerund 138
+    negative 138, 139
+    permissive 138
+  adverbial roots 115, 139, 162
+  adverbs 156-164
+  adverbs, accumulative 162
+    affirmative 160
+    comparative 161
+    conclusive 163
+    exaggerative 162
+    exclamatory 163
+    intensifying 162
+    interrogative 159
+    locational 156
+    negative 160
+    superlative 162
+    temporal 159
+  adversitive (_see_ particles)
+  alternative (_see_ particles)
+  arithmetic 174-182
+  auxiliaries 145-147, 149
+  auxiliaries, emphatic 149
+    humble 147
+    honorific 145, 146, 147
+
+  cases 111-113
+  cases, ablative 113
+    accusative 112
+    dative 112
+    genitive 112, 174
+    nominative 111
+    vocative 113
+  causative (_see_ verbs)
+  conditional (_see_ moods)
+  confirmation (_see_ particles)
+  conjugations 166, 167
+  comparatives 161
+  copulas 137
+  copulas, negative 137
+
+  dative (_see_ cases)
+  deciderative (_see_ particles)
+  disjunctive (_see_ particles)
+  disjunctive constructions 167
+  distributive (_see_ particles)
+  dubitive (_see_ particles)
+
+  emphatic (_see_ particles)
+  exclamatory (_see_ adverbs, particles)
+
+  future tense (_see_ verbs)
+
+  genitive (_see_ cases)
+  gerund (_see_ verbs)
+
+  honorific (_see_ auxiliaries, particles, verbs)
+
+  imperative (_see_ moods)
+  imperfect aspect (_see_ verbs)
+  infinitive (_see_ verbs)
+  intensifier (_see_ particles)
+  interjections 126, 132, 167, 168
+  interrogative (_see_ particles)
+  irregular verbs (_see_ verbs)
+
+  moods 125-142
+  moods, conditional 139, 140
+    imperative 125, 126, 132, 135-137
+    optative 126, 132
+    permissive 127-129, 133, 138, 139, 155
+    potential 140, 141
+    subjunctive 127, 128, 131-133, 138, 153
+
+  negative (_see_ verbs)
+  neutral (_see_ verbs)
+  nominalizers (_see_ particles)
+  nominative (_see_ cases)
+  nouns 111-118
+
+  optative (_see_ moods, particles)
+
+  participle (_see_ verbs)
+  particles 113-120, 148-156, 164-168, 182
+  particles, adversative 150, 153, 154
+    alternative 152
+    deciderative 126, 153
+  {188}
+    disjunctive 167
+    distributive 120, 157
+    dubitive 162, 163
+    emphatic 124, 125, 149, 167, 150
+    exclamatory 163
+    honorific 118, 119, 146, 147, 182
+    intensive 120, 148, 149, 162, 163, 164
+    interrogative 156, 159, 163, 168
+    nominalizing 117
+    optative 126, 132
+    pejorative 119, 120
+    permissive 128, 133
+    pluralizing 113, 114, 118, 119
+    presumptive 170
+    quotative 168, 170, 171
+    temporal 149, 154, 159
+  particles of manner 153, 154
+  particles of possibility 153
+  particles of similarity 149, 150, 161
+  passive (_see_ verbs)
+  perfect aspect (_see_ verbs)
+  pejorative (_see_ particles)
+  permissive (_see_ moods, particles)
+  pluralizers (_see_ particles)
+  pluperfect tense (_see_ verbs)
+  possibility (_see_ particles)
+  potential (_see_ moods, verbs)
+  prepositions 164, 165, 166
+  present tense (_see_ verbs)
+  presumptive (_see_ particles)
+  preterit tense (_see_ verbs)
+  pronouns 118-122
+  pronouns, first person 118, 119
+    second person 119
+    third person 120, 121
+
+  quotative (_see_ particles)
+
+  relative constructions 122
+
+  subjunctive (_see_ moods, particles)
+  substantive verbs (_see_ copulas)
+  superlatives 162
+  supine (_see_ verbs)
+  syntax 168-174
+
+  temporal (_see_ particles, adverbs)
+
+  verbal roots 123, 131, 134-136
+  verbs 123-156
+  verbs, causative 143
+    future 125, 135-137
+    gerund 129, 130, 134, 138, 154, 155, 174, 183
+    honorific 145-147
+    imperfect 152
+    infinitive 128-130, 133
+    irregular 141, 142
+    negative, future 132, 133, 141
+      pluperfect 132, 136
+      present 131, 136
+      preterit 131
+    neutral 172
+    participle 131, 134
+    passive 143, 172
+    perfect 124, 137
+    pluperfect 125
+    potential 144
+    present 123, 134, 135
+    preterit 124, 134-137
+    supine 130, 131, 156
+
+  vocative (_see_ cases)
+
+  written style 182, 183
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+{189}
+
+Index to Grammatical Elements
+
+There follows a list of those elements which Collado describes in his
+grammar. To a certain degree I have regularized his morphophonological
+analysis. For example, the preterit permissive form, described by Collado
+as _redomo_ after a preterit verb, is cross-listed as _-ta redomo_ in order
+to bring together morphologically similar forms. All forms occurring in the
+text with the honorific _gozaru_, etc. are indexed as _aru_, etc. For
+example, the element found in _aguenande gozaru_ 'I have not offered' will
+be indexed under _-nande aru_. As a general rule in this index items
+beginning with a hyphen are classified as endings, while the remaining
+items are particles.
+
+The spelling used in this index is that of the original. Those readers more
+familiar with the modified Hepburn system of romanization, as reflected in
+Kenky[=u]sha's Dictionary, will find the following simplified chart of
+help. Syllables presented in _Kenky[=u]sha_ as beginning with the following
+initial letters will have the corresponding spellings in Collado's grammar:
+
+  _e = ie_  |  _k = ca, qi, cu, qe, co_
+  _o = vo_  |  _s = sa, xi, su, xe, so_
+  ----------|  _z = za, ji, zu, je, zo_
+  _h = f_   |  _t = ta, chi, t�u, te, to_
+  _y = i_   |  _d = da, gi, zzu, de, do_
+  _w = v_   |
+
+The citations are numbered according to their location in the translation
+and are limited to those places where the element is explained or used to
+demonstrate a grammatical point.
+
+The following abbreviations are used:
+
+  abl.    ablative        excl.   exclamatory     part.   participle
+  adj.    adjective       fut.    future          perf.   perfect
+  adv.    adverb          gen.    genitive        perm.   permissive
+  advers. adversitive     ger.    gerund          pot.    potential
+  acc.    accusative      hon.    honorific       plup.   pluperfect
+  aff.    affirmative     imp.    imperative      prep.   preposition
+  alt.    alternative     ind.    indicative      pres.   present
+  aux.    auxiliary verb  inf.    infinitive      pret.   preterit
+  concl.  conclusive      interj. interjection    pron.   pronoun
+  cond.   conditional     interr. interrogative   quot.   quotative
+  conj.   conjunction     intens. intensive       subj.   subjunctive
+  const.  construction    irr.    irregular       temp.   temporal
+  cop.    copula          loc.    locative        v.      verb
+  dat.    dative          n.      noun            voc.    vocative
+  disj.   disjunctive     neg.    negative        writ.   written style
+  dist.   distributive    nom.    nominative      1st     1st conjugation
+  dub.    dubitive        opt.    optative        2nd     2nd conjugation
+  emph.   emphatic        p.      particle        3rd     3rd conjugation
+
+{190}
+
+  _-aba_ (cond., 2nd) 139
+  _-ai_ (adj.) 114, 138
+  _-ai_ (imp.) 135, n. 91
+  _-ai_ (v. root, 3rd) 135
+  _ai_ (emph.) 149
+  _ai_ (hort.) 163
+  _aidani_ (temp.) 149
+  _-ananda_ (neg. pret., 2nd) 135
+  _-anu_ (neg. pres., 2nd) 135
+  _arisama_ (p. of manner) 154
+  _ari,u_ (hon. aux.) 145, 146
+  _arui va_ (conj.) 166
+  _avare_ (interj.) 168;
+    (w. opt.) 126, 132
+  _-azu_ (neg. root, 2nd) 135
+
+  _-ba_ (cond.) 139
+  _-ba atte mo_ (advers.) 153
+  _bacari_ (intens.) 164
+  _-baia_ (w. fut.) 125
+  _-ba tote_ (perm.) 133
+  _baxi_ (dub.) 163
+  _becarazu_ (neg. fut., writ.) 183
+  _beqi_ (fut., writ.) 183
+  _beqi coto_ (fut. inf., writ.) 183
+  _bexi_ (fut., writ.) 183
+
+  _ca_ (interr.) 156, 163;
+    (temp.) 159;
+    (conj.) 167
+  _cai-_ (intens.) 149
+  _caia_ (interr.) 163
+  _cana_ (interj.) 168
+  _canavanu_ (w. const. showing necessity) 155
+  _cara_ (nom.) 111;
+    (abl.) 113;
+    (w. subj.) 127;
+    (w. neutral v.) 172;
+    (w. passive v.) 172
+  _-carananda_ (neg. pret. adj.) 139
+  _-caranu_ (neg. pres. adj.) 139
+  _-carazu_ (neg. adj. root) 139
+  _-catte_ (neg. adj. ger.) 138
+  _caxi_ (w. opt.) 126, 132;
+    (w. subj.) 128
+  _coso_ (advers.) 150;
+    (w. ind. ending in _-e_) 150;
+    (neg. meaning w. aff. ger.) 154
+  _coto_ (w. inf.) 129, 133;
+    (w. pot.) 154
+  _coto gia_ (p. w. no special meaning) 152
+  _coto mo ar�zu_ (w. pot.) 141
+
+  _-da_ (see _-ta_)
+  _-dari_ (see _-tari_)
+  _-de_ (see _-te_)
+  _de_ (prep.) 165, 166;
+    (w. subj.) 127, 153
+  _-demo_ (see _-temo_)
+  _d�gu_ (nominalizer) 117
+  _-domo_ (perm.) 127, 133, 138
+  _domo_ (p. of necessity) 155
+  _domo_ (n. pluralizer) 113, 114, 119
+
+  _-e_ (ind. w. _coso_) 150
+  _-e_ (see _-te_)
+  _-e_ (v. root, 1st) 123
+  _-e_ (imp.) 135, 136, 137
+  _-eba_ (pres. cond., 1st) 139
+  _-edomo_ (see _redomo_)
+  _-ei_ (adj.) 114, 138
+  _-enu_ (neg. pres., 1st) 131
+  _-e�_ (adv.) 115, 156
+  _-e�_ (fut., 1st) 125
+  _-e�da_ (pret., 1st) 135
+  _-ezu_ (neg. v. root, 1st) 131
+
+  _faia_ (emph.) 124, 125
+  _faxi-_ (intens.) 149
+  _fito_ (w. part.) 131, 134
+  _fodo_ (w. gen.) 174
+  _furi-_ (p. of similarity) 150
+
+  _ga_ (nom.) 111;
+    (gen.) 112;
+    (acc.) 112;
+    (w. inf.) 129;
+    (in relative const.) 122
+  _ga_ (intens. w. pron.) 120
+  _ga_ (conj.) 148
+  _ga gotoqu_ (p. of similarity) 149
+  _gana_ (w. opt.) 126, 132
+  _go_ (hon.) 182
+  _goto_ (dist.) 120
+  _goto_ (nominalizer) 117
+  _gotoqu_ (p. of similarity) 150, 161
+  _guena_ (presumptive) 170
+
+  _ha_ (interj.) 168
+  _hat_ (interj.) 168
+
+  _-i_ (adj.) 116
+  _-i_ (imp.) 135, 136
+  {191}
+  _-i_ (v. root, 2nd) 134
+  _-i_ (irr. v. root, 1st) 123
+  _ia_ (excl.)    163
+  _ia_ (interj.)    168
+  _iai_ (excl.)    163
+  _iara_ (interj.)    168;
+    (w. disj. const.)    167
+  _iare_ (excl.)    163
+  _-iasui_ (w. supine)    156
+  _icani_ (voc.)    113;
+    (w. plurals)    113
+  _-i caxi_ (perm.)    129
+  _-ide_ (neg. ger.)    134
+  _-ide ar�zu_ (neg. plup. showing completed action)    137
+  _-ide aru_ (neg. plup.)    132
+  _-ide atta_ (neg. plup.)    132
+  _-ide canavanu_ (ending showing necessity)    155
+  _-idemo_ (neg. fut. perm.)    133, 154
+  _-ide naranu_ (ending showing necessity)    155
+  _-ide nochi_ (neg. ger.)    134
+  _-ide va_ (ending showing necessity)   155
+  _ie_ (acc.)    112;
+    (dat.)    112;
+    (prep.)    165;
+    (w. subj.)    127
+  _ie_ (w. neg. possibility)    153
+  _ie,uru_ (aux. of neg. possibility)    152
+  _iei_ (interr.)    168
+  _igo_ (w. subj.)    127
+  _-ij_ (adj.)    114, 138
+  _io_ (intens.)    163
+  _io_ (imp.)    125
+  _i�_ (p. of manner)    153
+  _io caxi_ (w. opt.)    126
+  _i�ni_ (w. inf.)    129;
+    (w. quot.)    170
+  _iori_ (nom.)    111;
+    (abl.)    113;
+    (w. inf.)    130;
+    (w. ger.)    174;
+    (w. comparative const.)    161;
+    (w. relative const.)    122
+  _iori mo_ (w. comparative const.)    161
+  _iori mo nao_ (w. comparative const.)    161
+  _-i tomo_ (perm. adj.)    138
+  _-i�_ (adv.)    115, 156
+
+  _jibun_ (w. ger.)    130
+
+  _ma-_ (v. intensifier)    149
+  _macari-_ (p. showing modesty)    149
+  _made_ (prep.)    166
+  _made gia_ (p. w. no special meaning)    152
+  _madeio_ (w. perm.)    128, 133;
+    (p. of confirmation)    152
+  _mai_ (dist.)    120
+  _mai_ (neg. fut.)    132
+  _mai coto_ (neg. fut. inf.)    133
+  _mai coto mo ar�zu_ (neg. fut. pot.)    141
+  _maieni_ (w. neg. v.)    133
+  _mai mono_ (neg. ger.)    134
+  _mai mono vo_ (neg. opt.)    132
+  _mai qereba_ (neg. subj.)    133
+  _mai qeredomo_ (neg. perm.)    133, 155
+  _mairaxi,u_ (hon. aux.)    147
+  _mai tomo_ (neg. fut. perm.)    133
+  _mai tote_ (neg. ger.)    134
+  _maji_ (neg. fut., cf. _mai_)    132
+  _maji qere_ (neg. cond.)    139
+  _majiqu va_ (neg. cond.)    140
+  _mamaio_ (w. perm.)    128, 133
+  _maraxi,u_ (hon. aux.)    145
+  _mata_ (conj.)    166
+  _mata va_ (conj.)    166
+  _me_ (pejorative, w. pron.)    119, 120
+  _me_ (p. showing terminus of action)    117
+  _me-_ (feminine)    114
+  _mega_ (pejorative, w. pron.)    119, 120
+  _mexi-_ (hon.)    147
+  _mi-_ (hon.)    118, 182
+  _mo_ (conj.)    166;
+    (dist.)    157;
+    (advers. w. ger.)    154;
+    (w. subj.)    128
+  _mono_ (p. showing performer of action)    117
+  _mono_ (w. part.)    131, 134;
+    (w. pot.)    141
+  _mono de ar�zu_ (w. cond.)    141
+  _mono vo_ (w. opt.)    126, 132
+  _motte_ (emph.)    167
+  _moxi_ (excl.)    163
+  _moxi va_ (conj.)    166
+
+  _-n_ (pres., writ.)    182
+  _na_ (concl.)    163
+  _na_ (neg. imp.)    132, 137
+  {192}
+  _na_ (adj.) 115, 117, 138
+  _na caxi_ (neg. opt.) 132
+  _-nagara_ (ger.) 155
+  _nal coto mo ar�zu_ (neg. pot. w. adj.) 141
+  _-naide_ (neg. ger.) 134
+  _-naide cara_ (neg. ger.) 134
+  _-naidemo_ (neg. perf. perm.) 133
+  _nama_ (p. showing incomplete action) 148
+  _-nanda_ (neg. pret.) 132
+  _-nanda coto_ (neg. pret. inf.) 133
+  _-nanda mono_ (neg. ger.) 134
+  _-nanda mono de ar�zu_ (neg. perf. pot.) 141
+  _-nandaraba_ (neg. perf. cond.) 139
+  _-nanda reba_ (neg. perf. subj.) 133
+  _-nanda reba tote_ (neg. perf. perm.) 133
+  _-nanda redomo_ (neg. perf. subj.) 133
+  _-nanda ritomo_ (neg. perf. perm.) 133
+  _-nanda to_ (neg. perf. inf.) 133
+  _-nande aru_ (neg. plup.) 132
+  _-nande atta_ (neg. plup.) 132
+  _-nanzzu r�_ (neg. perf. pot.) 141
+  _-naraba_ (cond.) 139
+  _naranu_ (w. const. showing necessity) 155
+  _nari,u_ (pot. aux. w. adj.) 141
+  _nasare,uru_ (hon. aux.) 145
+  _na ... so_ (neg. imp.) 132, 137
+  _-neba_ (neg. subj.) 132
+  _-neba tote_ (neg. perm.) 133
+  _-nedomo_ (neg. perm.) 133
+  _negavacu va_ (w. opt.) 126, 132
+  _ni_ (dat.) 112;
+    (abl.) 113;
+    (prep.) 164, 165;
+    (w. ger.) 130, 134;
+    (w. cond.) 138;
+    (w. subj.) 127;
+    (w. supine) 130, 131;
+    (w. passive v.) 172;
+    (adv. form of _na_) 121
+  _ni iotte_ (prep.) 164;
+    (w. indefinite pron.) 121
+  _ni itatte_ (prep.) 165
+  _ni tai xite_ (prep.) 164
+  _ni t�uite_ (prep.) 164;
+    (w. inf.) 130
+  _ni totte_ (prep.) 165
+  _ni va_ (w. cond.) 139
+  _ni voite va_ (prep.) 165;
+    (w. cond.) 139, 140
+  _ni xitagatte_ (prep.) 165
+  _ni xitag�te_ (see _ni xitagatte_)
+  _ni xite_ (w. ger.) 130, 138
+  _no_ (nom.) 111;
+    (gen.) 112;
+    (w. quote.) 171;
+    (to form adj.) 114;
+    (in relative const.) 122
+  _n�_ (p. of confirmation) 163
+  _nochi_ (w. subj.) 127
+  _no gotoqu_ (prep., dialect) 166
+  _no iori_ (prep.) 165
+  _-nu_ (neg. pres., 1st) 131
+  _-nu madeio_ (neg. pres. perm., 1st) 133
+  _-nu maie ni_ (w. aff. meaning) 151
+  _-nu mamaio_ (neg. pres. perm., 1st) 133
+
+  _o_ (form of _vo_ after _n_) 171
+  _-�_ (pres., 3rd) 135
+  _-�_ (fut., 2nd) 135;
+    (fut. imp., 2nd) 135
+  _-�_ (adv.) 115, 156
+  _-�_ (pres., 3rd) 136
+  _-�_ (fut., 1st) 125;
+    (fut. imp., 1st) 125
+  _-�_ (adv.) 115, 156
+  _-� coto_ (fut. inf., 1st) 129
+  _-� coto mo ar�zu_ (fut. pot., 1st) 141
+  _-�da_ (pret., 2nd) 134
+  _-�da_ (pret., 2nd) 134
+  _-� fito_ (fut. part., 1st) 131
+  _-oi_ (adj.) 114, 138
+  _-oi_ (v. root, 3rd) 135
+  _-� mono_ (fut. part., 1st) 131
+  _-� ni_ (ger., 1st) 130
+  _-� tame_ (ger., 1st) 130
+  _-�te_ (adj. ger.) 138
+  _-�te_ (adj. ger.) 138
+  _-� to_ (fut. inf., 1st) 129
+  _-� toqi_ (fut. subj., 1st) 127
+  _-� tote_ (ger., 1st) 130
+  _-� xite_ (adj. ger.) 138
+  _-�zu_ (fut., 2nd) 135
+  _-�zu_ (imp., 1st) 125
+  _-�zu mono vo_ (perf. opt., 1st) 126
+  _-�zure_ (fut., 1st, w. _coso_) 151
+  _-�zuru_ (fut., 2nd) 135
+  {193}
+  _-�zuru_ (fut., 1st)    125
+  _-�zuru coto no saqi ni_ (plup. subj., 1st)    128
+  _-�zuru ni_ (plup. subj., 1st)    128
+  _-�zuru tocoro ni_ (plup. subj., 1st)    128
+  _-�zu tomo_ (fut. perm., 1st)    128
+
+  _qere_ (p. of confirmation)    150
+  _qereba_ (w. subj.)    133, 138
+  _qeredomo_ (w. perm.)    133, 139
+  _-qi_ (adj.)    116
+  _qiri,u_ (emph. aux.)    149
+  _-qu_ (adj. root)    138
+  _-qu tomo_ (adj. perm.)    138
+  _-qu va_ (adj. cond.)    139
+  _-qu xite_ (adj. ger.)    138
+
+  _ra_ (pluralizer)    113, 114, 118, 119
+  _-raba_ (cond.)    139
+  _-rare,uru_ (pot., 1st)    144;
+    (hon., 1st)    145;
+    (passive, 1st)    143
+  _-re,uru_ (pot., w. 2nd & 3rd) 144;
+    (hon., w. 2nd & 3rd) 145, 147;
+    (passive, w. 2nd & 3rd) 143
+  _-re_ (pret. ending after _coso_, see _-tare_) 150
+  _-reba_ (subj., 1st)    127
+  _reba_ (w. perf. subj.)    132;
+    (w. cop.)    138
+  _-redomo_ (perm., 1st)    128
+  _redomo_ (w. perf. perm.)    133;
+    (w. inf.)    130;
+    (w. cop.)    138
+  _-ri_ (alt.)    152
+  _ritomo_ (w. perf. perm.)    128, 133
+  _r�_ (pot.)    140
+  _-ru_ (see _-uru_)
+
+  _sa_ (nominalizer for adj.)    117
+  _sai_ (imp.)    126
+  _saie_ (emph.)    150;
+    (w. cond.)    140;
+    (w. neg. const.)    150
+  _sama_ (prep., dialect)    166
+  _sama_ (temp.)    154
+  _sama_ (hon.)    119
+  _saqini_ (w. neg. v.)    151
+  _saraba_ (conj.)    167
+  _sareba sareba_ (conj.)    167
+  _sari nagara_ (conj.)    167
+  _satemo_ (interj.)    167
+  _satemo satemo_ (interj.)    167
+  _sate sate_ (interj.)    167
+  _-saxe,uru_ (causative)    143
+  _saxemaxi,u_ (hon. aux.)    145
+  _-saxerare,uru_ (hon.)    146
+  _s� aru tocoro de_ (conj.)    167
+  _s�na_ (p. of presumption)    170
+
+  _-ta_ (pret., 1st)    124, 134, 136;
+    (w. adj. function)    116
+  _-tacatta_ (pret. of _-tai_)    153
+  _tachi_ (pluralizer)    113, 119
+  _-ta coto_ (pret. inf., 1st)    129
+  _-ta fito_ (pret. part., 1st)    131
+  _-tagari,u_ (2nd & 3rd person deciderative)    153
+  _-tai_ (deciderative)    153;
+    (w. imp. meaning)    126
+  _-ta madeio_ (per. perm., 1st)    128
+  _tamai,�_ (hon. aux.)    145
+  _-ta mamaio_ (perf. perm., 1st)    128
+  _tame_ (prep.)    164;
+    (w. ger.)    130, 134
+  _tameni_ (w. supine)    130
+  _-ta mono_ (pret. part., 1st)    131
+  _-ta mono de ar�zu_ (perf. pot., 1st)    141
+  _-taraba_ (perf. cond., 1st)    139
+  _-taraba iocar� mono va_ (perf. opt., 1st)    126
+  _-tare_ (pret. ending w. _coso_)    150
+  _-ta reba_ (perf. subj., 1st)    127
+  _-ta reba tote_ (perf. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-ta redomo_ (perf. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-tari_ (pret. writ.)    183
+  _-tari_ (alt.)    152
+  _-ta ritomo_ (perf. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-tar� ni va_ (perf. cond., 1st)    139
+  _-tar� va_ (perf. opt.)    126
+  _-tar�zu_ (plup., 1st)    125
+  _tate mat�uri,u_ (humble aux.)    147
+  _-ta to_ (pret. inf., 1st)    129
+  _tatoi_ (w. perm.)    128
+  _-t�u_ (alt.)    152
+  _t�ui-_ (intens.)    148
+  _-t�u r�_ (perf. pot., 1st)    140, 151
+  _-te_ (ger.)    129, 130, 155, 183;
+    (inf.)    129
+  _-te_ (part.)    131
+  _-te aranu_ (neg. pret., completed action)    137
+  _-te ar�_ (fut., completed action)    137
+  {194}
+  _-te ar� ni va iocar� mono vo_ (perf. opt.)    126
+  _-te ar�zu_ (perf.) 124, 137
+  _-te atta_ (perf.)  124, 137;
+    (w. perf. subj.)    127
+  _-te atta reba_ (plup. subj.)    127
+  _-te cara_ (plup. subj.)    127
+  _-te coso_ (w. neg. meaning)    154
+  _tei_ (p. of manner)    154
+  _-te igo_ (plup. subj.)    127
+  _-te mo_ (subj.)    128;
+    (w. advers.)    154
+  _-te nochi_ (plup. subj.)    127
+  _to_ (gen.)    112
+  _to_ (conj.)    166
+  _to_ (w. inf.)    129, 133
+  _to_ (quot.)    168;
+    (w. adv. of sound)    163
+  _tocacu_ (disj.)    167
+  _tocoro_ (w. subj.)    127;
+    (p. of completed action)    151
+  _tocoro gia_ (p. w. no special meaning)    151
+  _tocoro no_ (w. relative const.)    122
+  _-tomo_ (w. perm.)    128, 133, 138, 150
+  _to mo_ (quot.)    170
+  _-t� mo nai_ (neg. of _-tai_)    153
+  _toqi_ (w. subj.)    127;
+    (w. pret. imperfect)    152
+  _tori-_ (intens.)    149
+  _tote_ (w. perm.)    128, 133;
+    (w. ger.)    134
+  _to tomo ni_ (prep.)    165
+  _to xite_ (w. ger.)    130
+  _-tta_ (pret., 2nd)    134
+
+  _-u_ (pres., 2nd)    134
+  _-�_ (adv.)    115, 156
+  _-�_ (pres., 3rd)    136
+  _uchi-_ (intens.)    149
+  _-ui_ (adj.)    115, 138
+  _-ui_ (v. root, 3rd)    135
+  _uie_ (prep.)    166
+  _uie iori_ (prep.)    164
+  _-unda_ (pret., 2nd)    134
+  _-ureba_ (pres. cond.)    139
+  _-uru_ (pres., 1st)    123
+  _-uru fito_ (pres. part., 1st)    131
+  _-uru iori_ (pres. inf., 1st)    130
+  _-uru jibun_ (ger., 1st)    130
+  _-uru madeio_ (pres. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-uru mamaio_ (pres. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-uru mo_ (fut. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-uru mono_ (pres. part., 1st)    131
+  _-uru ni_ (ger., 1st)    130
+  _-uru ni t�uite_ (pres. inf., 1st)   130
+  _-uru tame_ (ger., 1st)    130
+  _-uru tameni_ (supine, 1st)    130
+  _-uru tomo_ (fut. perm., 1st)    128
+  _-uru tote_ (ger., 1st)    130
+  _-uru vo motte_ (pres. inf., 1st)    128
+
+  _va_ (nom.)    111;
+    (acc.)    112;
+    (w. subj.)    127;
+    (w. inf.)    130;
+    (w. cond.)    139;
+    (w. other p.)    114;
+    (replacing other p.)    114;
+    (w. const. showing necessity)    155
+  _va_ (p. of confirmation)    149
+  _-vaba_ (cond., 3rd)    139
+  _-vananda_ (neg. pret., 3rd)    136
+  _-vanande aru_ (neg. pret., 3rd)    136
+  _-vanande atta_ (neg. pret., 3rd)    136
+  _-vanu_ (neg. pres., 3rd)    136
+  _-vazu_ (neg. root, 3rd)    136
+  _vo_ (acc.)    113;
+    (w. subj.)    127;
+    (w. neutral v.)    172;
+    (becomes _o_ after _n_)    171
+  _vo-_ (hon.)    146, 182
+  _vo-_ (masculine)    114
+  _-v�_ (fut., 3rd)    136
+  _voba_ (acc.)     112
+  _voi-_ (intens.)    149
+  _vo motte_ (prep.)    165;
+    (w. inf.)    130
+  _von-_ (hon.)   118, 182
+  _v�xe-_ (hon.)    147
+  _-v�zu_ (fut., 3rd)    136
+  _-v�zuru_ (fut., 3rd)    136
+
+  _-xe,uru_ (causative)    143
+  _xemaxi,u_ (hon. aux.)    145
+  _-xerare,uru_ (hon.)    146
+  _-xi_ (adj.)    116
+  _xicareba_ (conj.)    167
+  _xidai_ (prep.)    165
+  _xite_ (w. neg. ger.)    131, 134
+  _xu_ (n. pluralizer)    113
+
+  _-zaru_ (neg. pres., dialect)    131
+  {195}
+  _-zatta_ (neg. pret., dialect)    131
+  _-zatta reba_ (neg. perf. subj. dialect)    131
+  _zo_ (interr.)    156, 159, 163;
+    (temp.)    159;
+    (dub.)    162;
+    (intens.)    162
+  _-zu_ (neg. v. root, 1st)    131
+  _-z[~u]ba_ (neg. cond.)    139
+  _-zumba_ (see _z[~u]ba_)
+  _-zu tomo_ (neg. perf. perm., 1st)    133
+  _-zu va_ (neg. cond.)    139
+  _-zu xite_ (neg. ger., 1st)    131, 134
+  _-zzu_ (alt.)    152
+  _-zzu r�_ (perf. pot.)    140, 151
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Notes
+
+[1] Diego Collado, O.P., _Niffon no Cotoba no Y� Confesion_, etc. (Rome,
+1632). For further bibliographic data cf. Johannes Laures, _Kirishitan
+Bunko_ (Tokyo, 1957). Cf. also [=O]tsuka Mitsunobu, _Koriyaado zangeroku_
+(Tokyo, 1967), for a Japanese transliteration and concordance. It should be
+noted that the material in this work had no direct influence upon the
+concurrently written grammar. The only example in the _Ars Grammaticae_
+which might have been borrowed from the _Confesion_ is on p. 23 where we
+find _doco de qiqi marasuru mo, sono sata va m�sanu_ 'although this is
+heard everywhere, I have heard nothing of it.' which parallels the
+_Confesion_, p. 6, l. 18; _docu _[_sic_]_ de qiqi marasuru mo; sono sata ga
+gozaranu_ 'one hears about this everywhere; but, it doesn't seem to be so.'
+
+[2] The bibliographical data on these and other works directly related to
+the study of Collado's Grammar will be found in the section on bibliography
+which follows.
+
+[3] Other works by Collado have come down to us; cf. a memorial by him
+published in 1633 (Laures, _Kirishitan Bunko_, item 411). Such material is,
+however, only peripherally related to the study of language.
+
+[4] For a brilliantly written biography see Michael Cooper, S.J.,
+_Rodrigues the Interpreter: An Early Jesuit in Japan and China_ (Tokyo,
+1974).
+
+[5] The Press of the Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith was
+founded in 1626 when the Congregation was at the height of its activity.
+Grammars of the major non-European languages published during this period
+are:
+
+  _Date_   _Language_  _Grammarian_
+
+   1628     Syrian      Abraham Ecchell
+   1630     Ethiopian   V. M. Rearino
+   1631     Arabic      Thomas Obicini
+   1632     Japanese    Diego Collado
+   1636     Coptic      A. Kircher
+   1637     Arabic      Germano de Silesia
+   1642     Arabic      P. Guadagnoli
+   1643     Georgian    F. M. Maggio
+   1645     Armenian    Clemente Galano
+   1647     Syrian      J. Acurense
+   1650     Arabic      Antonio de Aguila
+   1661     Persian     Ignazio de Jesu
+
+[6] Rodriguez' own work is strongly influenced by the format found in
+Manuel Alvarez (1526-1582), _De Institutione Grammatica, Libri III_
+(Lisbon, 1572). So much a part of the training in the Society of Jesus was
+this work that an edition was printed in 1594 as one of the earliest
+products of the Mission Press at Amakusa.
+
+[7] The palatal semi-vowel is represented, as in most the Christian
+materials, by a number of transcriptional devices such as _i_, _e_, _h_,
+and palatal consonants; e.g., _fiacu_, _ague�_, _cha_, and _x�_.
+
+[8] See the translation, p. [82], n. 8.
+
+[9] Collado's and Rodriguez' analyses agree in classifying the _ni-dan_
+verbs and _suru_ into one conjunction, the _yo-dan_ verbs into a second,
+and the _ha-gy[=o]_ of the _yo-dan_ into a third.
+
+[10] It should be recalled that the _Ars Grammaticae_ is numbered by the
+page and the _Arte_ by the leaf.
+
+[11] See p. 14, under _Dos nomes adiectivos_, where the initial distinction
+is drawn between nominal and verbal adjectives.
+
+[12] Rodriguez does not treat the substantive verb in _Arte Breve_, but
+refers the reader to his earlier work for its description.
+
+[13] _Verbo pessoal_ as contrasted with _verbo substantivo_ and _verbo
+adjectivo_.
+
+[14] Rodriguez defines this term elsewhere (_Arte_, 56) as the vowels, _A_,
+_I_, _V_, _Ye_, _Vo_, in that order. See also the introduction to the
+_Vocabulario_.
+
+[15] This term, not found in the _Arte_, is applied to the entire complex
+of "spelling" rules which Rodriguez introduces into his description. While
+no clear-cut influences can be established, it is generally held by Doi and
+others that these rules are based upon _Kanazukai no chikamichi_ or some
+similar work. See _Kokugogaku taikei_, Vol. 9 (Tokyo, 1964), pp. 69-77.
+
+[16] Latin _liquesco_, "to become fluid, or melt." Used here as a term to
+describe the palatal and labial series.
+
+[17] This last phrase is to be understood in the context of the following
+passages which deal with euphonic change in the absence of a devise,
+_nigori ten_, to show voicing.
+
+[18] Rodriguez used _Vma_ regularly in the _Arte_, but notes the variant
+_Muma_ on 178v.
+
+[19] Presumably a reference to such variants as _Samur�_ for _Sabur�_.
+
+[20] _Liurinho_, presumably a treatise such as the _Kanazukai no
+chikamichi_, by Ichij[=o] Kanera.
+
+[21] In this passage Rodriguez is suggesting that certain European
+grammarians, out of ignorance of native grammatical theory, have
+misinterpreted the formational rules; and that, perhaps for pedogogical
+convenience, he has retained some of these "unnatural" rules in his
+description.
+
+[22] Read _Taxxi_.
+
+[23] Read _tatesai_. The punctuation _Tateyo_. _Tatei_, _tatesai_, is in
+all likelihood a typesetter's error for _Tateyo_, _tatei_, _tatesai_.
+
+[24] The conjugational display (27v) lists _motomuruni_ and
+_motomurutocoroni_.
+
+[25] Rodriguez is here confusing the usage of the classical particle _ran,
+ramu_ with the construction _te + ara + mu_.
+
+[26] In the conjugational charts we find:
+
+  _motome�_        }
+  _motometar[vo]_  } _toki_
+  _motome�zuru_    }
+
+[27] The following notes are necessary to correct the printer's errors that
+occur in this listing:
+
+a. In the perfect conditional of _Vabi_ read _bitaraba_ for _bitaraaba_.
+
+b. The form _Fitobi_ should in all likelihood read _Fotobi_ 'to be wet.'
+
+c. The forms _Fotobi_, _Fokorobi_, and _Fusabi_ are all given present
+indicatives in _bu_. There seems to be no reason for the ending appropriate
+to the classical _sh[=u]shikei_ to be used for these particular verbs and
+the _bu_ is taken as a misprint of _buru_. The _Arte_ (28) lists these
+forms as regular.
+
+d. In the perfect conditional of _Mochiy_ read _ytaraba_ for _yttaraba_.
+
+e. The form _Coru_ should read _Cori_.
+
+f. It will be noticed in the final segment of this listing, beginning with
+Y, Rodriguez makes no effort to distinguish among _Kami-ichidan_,
+_kami-nidan_, and the irregular verb _Ki_ 'to come.'
+
+[28] By this single rule Rodriguez brings the two _na-hen_ verbs into the
+second conjugation.
+
+[29] Read _naj�da_ and _nij�da_.
+
+[30] Although the spelling _auogh[vo]_ would contain a redundancy it would
+agree with such forms as _aghuru_, _coghanu_ and _cogh[vo]_ found
+elsewhere.
+
+[31] This use of the imperative reflects a purely formal solution to the
+morphological problem.
+
+[32] Read _Y�dareba_.
+
+[33] This rule, which consciously or unconsciously associates the future
+and the conditional, is also applied to the third conjugation, while the
+first conjugation uses the root.
+
+[34] The future is the same as the present.
+
+[35] This spelling of the final root consonant with a _c_ is irregular for
+verbs. Cf. _cakanu_ just below.
+
+[36] The association of the negative with the future, and by extension with
+the conditional, suggests a keen awareness of the underlying system,
+particularly since the _Canadzucai_ rules to which he refers require the
+formation be made from the present. It should be noted that this rule is
+significantly more elegant than that which derives the negative from the
+root.
+
+[37] The _ij_ in the original is the digraph _ij_, as elsewhere.
+
+[38] Read _Redomo_.
+
+[39] _Majij_ with the digraph would be more regular.
+
+[40] A photostatic copy of the entire text has been made available by Shima
+Sh[=o]z[=o], _Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten_ (Tokyo, Bunka Shob[=o], 1969).
+
+[41] [=O]tsuka's comparison of the Spanish manuscript with the printed
+version of the text suggests that many of the typographical errors found in
+our text are the result of material being too hastily transcribed from a
+more correct original while the work was being translated from Latin.
+
+[42] This Reference is to _Arte_ of 1604-8. The _Arte Breve_, printed in
+1620 in Macao, was not available to Collado.
+
+[43] The _Dictionarium sive Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae_, which was in fact
+published at the same time.
+
+[44] See the Introduction for the regularized usage of these symbols in the
+translation. (The transcription of _gacux[vo]_, and the _aia[vu]_ below,
+are at variance with the rule for the translation and are here transcribed
+as printed.)
+
+[45] This convention is not transcribed in the translation (cf.
+Introduction).
+
+[46] More regularly _synaloephy_--the contraction of two syllables into
+one.
+
+[47] The geminates that actually appear in the text are; _tt_, _xx_, _zz_,
+_cq_, _ij_ & _pp_, as well as _cc_ (_cch_), _mm_, _nn_, and _ss_. Two
+appear initially _mm_, as in _mma_ 'horse,' and _zz_, as in _zzuru_ 'to
+leave.' The form _qq_ which would be phonetically equivalent to _cq_ is not
+recorded.
+
+[48] This sequence is not used in the body of the grammar, rather the less
+phonetically accurate _ia_, _ie_, etc. It should be noted that the
+_Dictionarium_, which was written contemporaniously, does use _y_ for the
+semivowel.
+
+[49] For _s_ read _g_. The _Arte_ (177v) discusses this phenomenon as being
+characteristic of vowels before _d_, _dz_, and _g_.
+
+[50] Since in fact the accent has been carelessly recorded in the text--in
+places added in an almost random fashion by either the author, his helpers,
+or the printer--we have not included its marking in the translation. (Cf.
+Introduction.)
+
+[51] The _Dictionarium_ has the spelling _fibic�xi_ in one entry and in the
+only other it is transcribed as above.
+
+[52] Acts, 19:20. Referring to the servant in the parable of the pounds who
+is condemned for keeping his money "laid away in a napkin."
+
+[53] The text uses _reduplicatiuus_, with the grammatical meaning of plural
+singular; e.g., the singular I with the meaning of myself and those around
+me.
+
+[54] Both the _Dictionarium_ and the _Vocabulario_ have either _Nifon_ or
+_Nippon_, but do not record this form. It seems not to be a simple
+typographical error since the spelling is used in the title of the
+companion piece to this work, the _Confesion_, and since the text itself
+has _niffion_ and it is changed to _niffon_ in the _errata_. _Nifon_
+appears on page 43.
+
+[55] The _Arte_ and the _Vocabulario_ use the forms _goran_ and _gor[vo]_
+in free variation. Collado here and in the _Dictionarium_ uses what appears
+to be the less phonetically accurate transcription. The Spanish manuscript
+has _goranjerarei_.
+
+[56] May I submit this as a candidate for the most exotic bit of
+anti-semitism in Christendom.
+
+[57] The text reads _fun�-de_, and apparently Collado is attempting to
+indicate both accent and nasalization at the same time. He does not
+continue this practice.
+
+[58] The text has _caper silvester_ 'the wild he-goat' presumably the
+_capreolus capreolus_ which is similar in appearance to the Japanese deer,
+_cervus sika_.
+
+[59] While this rule is operative for _caij_, it creates difficulties after
+_x_. Rodriguez' rule is _ij_ becomes _[vu]_ with the example of
+_atarax[vu]_. Collado's rule would create _ataraxi�_. (Cf. p. 33.)
+
+[60] Neither Collado nor Rodriguez make a clear distinction between the
+quantitative function of _no_ and the qualitative function of _na_.
+
+[61] Collado usually make a clear distinction between colloquial and
+literary forms. He apparently is suggesting that these non-colloquial forms
+are heard in the spoken language. Here, not only is the style left
+unexplained, but the translation _faciendo bonam consultationem_ is less
+than ellucidating. Here the _ioqu_ is in fact adverbial.
+
+[62] From _kobu_ 'to flatter.' An abbreviation of _kobita kotoba_, and used
+to indicate refined speech; i.e., that speech containing Chinese
+borrowings. See Doi Tadao, _Kirishitan gogaku no kenky[=u]_ (Tokyo, 1942,
+pp. 67-70). The term is also found in the introduction to the _Vocabulario_
+in the expression _palauras Cobitas_.
+
+[63] The text reads _De pronomine secundae personae_....
+
+[64] This list, unquestionably derived from the _Arte_ (67v), has been in
+several ways confounded. The _mi_ is out of order and the second _vare_ is
+clearly in error. If we put aside the genitive forms from Rodriguez' list,
+the first four forms should be _vare_, _varera_, _vatacuxi_, and
+_soregaxi_. Rodriguez' second set consists of _mi_, _midomo_, and
+_midomora_. We would suggest that Collado meant to include _ura_, which is
+listed by Rodriguez as the genitive form _vraga_. I offer _vatacuxi_,
+_soregaxi_, _vare_, _varera_, _mi_, _midomo_, _midomora_, and _ura_ as the
+intended list, with the order of _mi_ and _varera_ reversed to accommodate
+the sentence which follows.
+
+[65] The forms for the second person are derived from the _Arte_ (68).
+Throughout this section the accent marks are quite erratic. In several
+places, for example, Collado has _s�nata_ and even _s�nat�_.
+
+[66] In the material which follows Collado has brought together items from
+several sections of the _Arte_; for the interrogatives see (65-65v), the
+indefinites (66), and the demonstratives (68).
+
+[67] These reduplicated forms are not derived from Rodriguez' description
+and are apparently misstatements of the forms _care_ and _are_ which would
+otherwise be missing.
+
+[68] An abbreviated form of _monom�su_; cf. _Arte_ (139v).
+
+[69] Collado is here speaking with reference to the normal order in Latin.
+
+[70] The treatment of the verbal system by Collado follows in a general way
+the _Arte_ (6v-54v). In the material that follows specific references will
+be made when a comparison of the two works is suggested.
+
+[71] The text has _secundae coniugationis_. This error, which is repeated
+throughout the text, is not present in the Spanish manuscript.
+
+[72] The text again has _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[73] This list covering the _Kami-ichidan_ and _Kami-nidan_ verbs is
+derived from a similarly defined sub-group of the first conjugation in the
+_Arte_ (28). Since the verbs _cabi_, _sabi_, and _deqi_ are in no way
+indicated as extraordinary in Rodriguez' presentation, I have amended the
+text to include their present tense form.
+
+[74] The text reads for this gloss _fucore afficior_. The proper word is
+_mucore_ 'mould,' with the literal translation being 'I am affected by
+mould.'
+
+[75] The _Dictionarium_ has this verb listed as _kami-nidan_, _xij_, _uru_,
+and therefore not exceptional.
+
+[76] Cf. _Arte_ (7) where a similar list is presented.
+
+[77] For the source of Collado's description of the future tense cf. _Arte_
+(7v).
+
+[78] The text reads _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[79] Rodriguez more correctly has this rule as the root plus _i_ or _yo_;
+e.g., _aguei_ or _agueyo_. The form _aguei_ is used by Collado in the
+construction of the optative below.
+
+[80] This form is correct but does not follow his rule for the formation of
+the imperative (see note 79).
+
+[81] Rodriguez has _baquemono_ 'evil spirit' and the Spanish manuscript
+_baqemono_, rather than _banguemono_ 'soothsayer.'
+
+[82] Extracted from Rodriguez' version of a sentence in the Amakusa edition
+of Esop's Fables (p. 417). The original reads, _Arutoqi Xantho chinsui xite
+yraruru tocoroye, fitoga qite daicaino vxiuouo fitocuchino nomi t�ucusaruru
+michiga ar[vo]cato t�ni_,... 'One time when Xantho [Esop's master] was
+drunk, a man came and asked if there was a way to drink all the waters of
+the ocean in one swallow....' it is abbreviated by Collado in such a way as
+to obscure the construction.
+
+[83] Also apparently extracted from the _Esopo_ (p. 477). The original has,
+... _ri[vo]b[vo]ni tachiuacarete yru tocoroni qit�unega yosocara coreuo
+mite, futat�uno nacani vocareta fitt�u jiuo totte cur[vo]ta_, 'when they
+[two lions] had gone their separate ways, the fox, seeing this from afar,
+took the sheep which had been between the two of them and ate it.' By
+changing _ri[vo]b[vo]_ to _nh�b�_ Collado created a less than satisfactory
+example.
+
+[84] Modeled on _Iyeuo idzuru tocorouo cubiuo quiri votoita_ 'when he went
+outside his head was cut off.'
+
+[85] Modeled on _Missauo asobasaruru tocoroye v�jei faxe at�umatta_ 'when
+mass was being celebrated, many came running and gathered around.'
+
+[86] Apparently modelled after _Arte_ (20v) _nantomo voxiare caxi_
+'whatever you say,' with the imperative formation again confounded.
+
+[87] Rodriguez (25v) specifies the location of this usage as Ch[=u]goku,
+Bungo, Hakata, and other _Ximo_ districts.
+
+[88] This example, together with _so zonze na_ below, reflects the loss of
+a distinction between _z_ and _j_ which was taking place during this
+period.
+
+[89] The text has _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[90] The _Arte_ (27) records here _aguenedomo_, _aguenuto m[vo]xedomo_,
+_aguezutomo_, _aguenebatote_, and _agueidemo_. Neither _aguenaidemo_ nor
+the participle _aguenaide_, below, are found in the _Arte_, though they are
+attested to elsewhere. Cf. Yuzawa K[=o]kichir[=o], _Edo kotoba no
+kenky[=u]_ (Tokyo, 1954), p. 626.
+
+[91] This rule, derived from Rodriguez (_Arte_, 29), is misformulated by
+Collado. Rodriguez' rule is correct; change the _nu_ of the negative
+present to _i_. It is formulated correctly for the third conjugation,
+below.
+
+[92] Collado's rule clearly confuses the formulation of the present with
+that of the future. Significantly in the _Arte_ Rodriguez never refers to
+the future forms of any verb other than his model _narai_. If Collado had
+had access to the _Arte Breve_ he would have found (41) the following
+principal parts for _vomoi_; _ vomoi_, _vom�_, _vom�ta_, _vomov[vo]_,
+_vomoye_. The only other use in the _Ars Grammaticae_ of this form is on
+page 62 where Collado has the incorrect form _vomov�_. The manuscript does
+not record this form.
+
+[93] Although Collado's transcription permits this rule to yield the
+appropriate forms, it obscures the fact that the final _i_ of the root is a
+vowel, while the _i_ of the imperative is a semivowel. Rodriguez'
+transcription better reflects the phonological facts; _naraye_, _vomoye_,
+and _cuye_.
+
+[94] This completes Collado's treatment of the third negative conjugation.
+The two paragraphs which follow are part of his treatment of the
+substantive verb. There is no section heading for the affirmative
+substantive verb; and clearly a portion of the text has been deleted. The
+Spanish manuscript (cf. [=O]tsuka's 1957 edition, p. 45) includes a new
+section which begins by recording the following substantive verb forms;
+_ari:aru_, _gozari:gozaru_, _i:iru_, and _vori:voru_.
+
+[95] Collado's presentation of the substantive verbs is obscure. The text
+reads: _Verba ver� substantiua sunt_, gozaru, gozaranu, voru, uori nai, dea
+_vel_ gia: deuanai, aru:aranu, _vel_, gozaranu uoru ��rinai, _&_ .... The
+translation attempts to punctuate the list to reflect the contrast between
+affirmative and negative forms. The main confusion is the apparent effort
+to contrast _voru_ and _vorinai_. _Voru_ (glossed by the supplement of the
+_Vocabulario_ as _estar_, and used in the _Dictionarium_ as the gloss for
+_existo_, _etc._) is not used by Rodriguez in the _Arte_. _Vorinai_
+(unglossed in the dictionaries) is clearly defined by Rodriguez as the
+negative of the polite verb _voriaru_, which is derived by him from _von
+iri+aru_ (_Arte_, 165v). Possibly Collado had intended to contrast _voru_
+with _voranu_ and _voriaru_ with _vorinai_ but confounded the two pairs and
+then repeated his error at the end of the list; or again he may, in the
+absence of Rodriguez' guidance, have simply misunderstood the matter.
+Putting the alternative forms aside, the list should read
+_gozaru:gozaranu_, _vori aru:vori nai_, _gia:devanai_, _aru:aranu_, and
+_voru:voranu_. Collado's treatment is patterned only loosely after the
+_Arte_ (2v-6v).
+
+[96] Collado seems to be unaware of the irregularity of _vonaji_.
+
+[97] Collado is following the general rule established on p. 10 for such
+forms as _caij_. He might better have followed Rodriguez who would
+transcribe _canax[vu]te_, as do we.
+
+[98] The missing 'closed o' aside, Collado's transcription of this form
+with an _n_ is indicative of the clarity with which he perceived the
+nasalization in this context.
+
+[99] Cf. _Arte_ (18v-19v).
+
+[100] The text reads _c� vaau ni voite va_, with the errata changing the
+verb to _cuvazu_.
+
+[101] This historically inaccurate rule is derived from the _Arte_ (18v).
+
+[102] In the one example of this construction, on page 62, Collado has the
+form _tovazunba_.
+
+[103] The original is in the _soro_ style; _I[vo]j[vo]ni voiteua uquetori
+m[vo]subequ soro._
+
+[104] Cf. _Arte_ (19v).
+
+[105] Here and throughout the section Collado transcribes as _ro_ the
+potential particle which should correctly be written _r�_ (cf. _Arte_,
+11v). It will be noticed that all but one instance of the 'open o' on p. 35
+of the text has been left unmarked.
+
+[106] Collado has derived this list from the _Arte_ (45-47). His
+terminology is, however, rather misleading. What he classifies as _verba
+irregularia_ are those which Rodriguez considers deponent, that is _verbo
+defectiuo_, with the term _verbo irregular_ being used by Rodriguez for the
+adjective. Given this misunderstanding Collado begins his list with an
+explanation of the irregularities of _qi,uru_. This verb is on Rodriguez'
+list only because "it lacks certain forms in the affirmative" (45v).
+Rodriguez has a list of 43 deponent verbs, beginning with _tari_, from
+which Collado has selected the first 14 and then a few from the remainder.
+
+[107] In the restricted context of an adjectival; cf. modern _arayuru
+koto_.
+
+[108] Cf. _Arte_ (45v) where Rodriguez transcribes _vreyeyo_.
+
+[109] Loc. cit. Rodriguez presents _vre�ru_ as an alternative form for
+_vre�_ in the present tense and then selects that variant for the
+infinitive.
+
+[110] Formation (_formatio_) is to be understood here in the sense of
+derivation, and diversity (_differentia_) in the sense of class membership.
+
+[111] The opening paragraphs of this section follow the _Arte_ (68-70 and
+96-108v). The list of particles, beginning with _maraxi_, follows 160-168.
+
+[112] The text, here and in the next sentence, reads _secundae
+coningationis_.
+
+[113] The form _dojucu_ is incorrect. It is taken by [=O]tsuka to be
+_d[=o]shuku_ 'a person living in the same house.' The _Vocabulario_ records
+the item _d�jucu_ 'a young boy who serves a priest.' _D�jucu_ best fits
+Collado's translation.
+
+[114] The text again reads _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[115] Cf. _Arte_ (160-164) from which this list and the following material
+have been derived.
+
+[116] Throughout his treatment of the respect language Collado glosses his
+verb forms in the first person, even though that translation might be
+inappropriate to any context.
+
+[117] Rodriguez (_Arte_, 162v) specifies the distribution of _vo_ and _go_,
+using _gosacu atta_ as his example of the construction in context of a
+Chinese vocabulary item. Collado does not refer to this distinction.
+
+[118] The text reads _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[119] The text reads _secundae coniugationis_.
+
+[120] [=O]tsuka (1957) suggests _maraxi_ is correct and alters the example.
+Since the list begins with _maraxi_, I assume the error to be in the
+citation.
+
+[121] The material for this section is derived from the _Arte_ (164v-168).
+
+[122] While the material for this section is drawn from various sections of
+the _Arte_, the bulk of the particles and their descriptions are derived
+from Rodriguez' treatment of postpositional (73-77) and adverbial
+constructions (112v-125).
+
+[123] Rodriguez' list (77v) runs as follows; _vchi_, _voi_, _faxe_, _ai_,
+_tori_, _mexi_, _t�ui_, and _voxi_. On the basis of Collado's examples
+_voxi_ should have been included in his list.
+
+[124] Collado's transcription _qinpen_ is phonemically correct while being
+phonetically less accurate than Rodriguez' _quimpen_.
+
+[125] Collado has altered Rodriguez' version from _Nippon_, even though the
+_Dictionarium_ glosses _consuetudo japonica_ as _Nippon catagui_.
+
+[126] Collado, in the _Dictionarium_ and here, prefers _mmu_ to _uma_.
+
+[127] This particle is not described in the _Arte_.
+
+[128] Rodriguez (_Arte_, 116) records _Core coso yocar[vo]zure_ and states
+that in this context _coso_ has the same meaning as _Queccu_ and _Cayette_.
+
+[129] Cf. the _Arte_ (117) where the list is given as _Reba_, _Ni_, _Tomo_,
+the potential, and _Te_.
+
+[130] Rodriguez' version runs _Iesu Christo fitono vontocoroua_. (For
+Collado's use of _reduplicatiuus_ see note 53.)
+
+[131] As the first example indicates, the _zzu_ variant is not restricted
+to the negative preterit, but is the form which appears for _da_ in all
+contexts, as here with the preterit of _iomu_.
+
+[132] In the absence of other examples it is not possible to determine if
+Collado assumed the present tense form to be _iuru_ or _uru_. The
+correction here follows the spelling used consistently in the _Arte_.
+
+[133] Both Collado and Rodriguez agree that verbs ending in _tai_ govern
+the accusative case; cf. _Nanigaxiuo yobitai_ (_Arte_, 14v).
+
+[134] The text reads _secunda persona_.
+
+[135] Rodriguez has _Vatacuxiua nantomo buch�f�de tof[vo] ga gozanai_ [...
+_buch�f[vo]de_ ...].
+
+[136] Rodriguez uses the transcription _gor[vo]jerarei_ in the example from
+which this sentence is derived. (The ten other occurrences in the _Arte_
+have _goran_.) The _Dictionarium_ uses only _goron_, while the
+_Vocabulario_ lists both _goran_ and _goron_. The Spanish manuscript has
+_goran_.
+
+[137] Rodriguez has _mairade canauanu_.
+
+[138] The _Arte_ has the plain form _mair[vo]cotode attaredomo_.
+
+[139] The _Arte_ has _mairumajiqueredomo_.
+
+[140] Perhaps an attempt to follow the rule, established in the syntax
+below, that states the _v_ of the accusative particle is lost after _n_. If
+this is the intent, the comma is in error.
+
+[141] Rodriguez treats adverbs in two sections of the _Arte_; under the
+parts of speech (73v-77), and under the syntax (113-125). As has been
+observed in the introduction, there is little consistancy of classification
+between Rodriguez and Collado in this area of grammatical description.
+
+[142] The interrogatives are derived from the _Arte_ (110v) and are
+presented in substantially the same order. The adverbial particles which
+begin with _uie_ are taken from (140-148v) and classified by Rodriguez as
+_posposi�ao_.
+
+[143] The errata has; page 50, line 10, _doco_ read _coco_. This would
+require the _doco zo_ above to read _coco zo_. It seems that the errata
+should have read; page 50, line 16, which would have corrected this error.
+The punctuation is not corrected by the errata.
+
+[144] Rodriguez has the complete version; _Fitocuchi futacuchi c[vu] cotoua
+c[vu]ta vchideua nai_.
+
+[145] Rodriguez uses _vonna_ for _vonago_.
+
+[146] The material for this section is derived from the _Arte_ (74v and
+76v).
+
+[147] Rodriguez has _Ayamari nai vyeua_, ...
+
+[148] For the temporal interrogatives cf. _Arte_ (89v-90v) and for the
+remaining forms 107-107v.
+
+[149] Cf. the _Dictionarium_ under _cras_.
+
+[150] The _Vocabulario_ has _s�nuru_ and _sannuru_ as the _ombin_ form of
+the attributive perfective _sarinuru_.
+
+[151] Cf. _Arte_ (74v).
+
+[152] The Spanish manuscript has _iya iya_.
+
+[153] Cf. _Arte_ (74v).
+
+[154] Cf. _Arte_ (75, 94v, and 123v-124v).
+
+[155] Cf. _Arte_ (94v) _Quixoua ano fito fodono gacux[vo]deua nai._
+
+[156] Cf. _Arte_ (95 and 141).
+
+[157] Cf. _Arte_ (75).
+
+[158] The _Dictionarium_ has a selection of a dozen intensifying adverbs
+listed under _valde_.
+
+[159] Cf. _Arte_ (74v, 75, and 76).
+
+[160] Cf. _Arte_ (74, 75, and 75v).
+
+[161] The _Dictionarium_ also has the spelling _moxi_ which suggests that
+Collado perceived a different vowel quantity than Rodriguez who has
+_m[vo]xi_, as does the _Vocabulario_.
+
+[162] The Latin particle is _nonne_, which expects an affirmative answer.
+
+[163] Rodriguez, and consequently Doi (_Nihon daibunten_, p. 449), have
+_xidai_ for _xisai_. The original source is the _Esopo no Fabulas_ where on
+p. 493 the form is _xisai_.
+
+[164] While the material for this section has been drawn from various
+portions of the _Arte_, Rodriguez handles the bulk of the matters dealt
+with here on 106v-108v and 140-148v.
+
+[165] The text is not clear at this point. It reads: Tame, _significat ni
+vel erga: v.g._ ... where one would expect: Tame _vel_ ni _significat erga:
+v.g._ ... [=O]tsuka translates this passage as if it were the later, as do
+I.
+
+[166] Collado has recast into the colloquial a quote from the _Shikimoku_.
+Rodriguez records: _Mata daiquanni itatteua ichininnomi sadamubequi nari_.
+
+[167] The text reads: itatte _v.g._ totte.... where the _v.g._ is clearly a
+misprint of _vel_.
+
+[168] Cf. _Arte_ (130-137).
+
+[169] This item is the only one in this paragraph which Rodriguez does not
+list as a _casane cotoba_ on 134v of the _Arte_. Collado is apparently
+interpreting this construction as a repetition of two adverbs, as for
+example _coco caxico_. If so, the form should be spelled _vomoxir�_,
+_vocaxi�_ (if we follow his rule for the formation of adverbs from _ij_
+ending adjectives). However, the form which he seems to be recording is
+more likely the compound adverb which is listed in the _Vocabulario_ as
+_vomoxirovocax[vu]_ and glossed as _contemporizando de boa maneira_
+'temporizing in a carefree manner.' The spelling that we suggest is derived
+from the attested lexical item without the application of Collado's
+formational rules.
+
+[170] Cf. _Arte_ (125-130v).
+
+[171] This interjection, together with _hat_ below, are the only uses of
+initial _h_ found in the description. Rodriguez transcribes the latter item
+as _at_ or _vat_ (_Arte_, 127) which suggests a close relationship between
+the labial and glottal aspirates.
+
+[172] Rodriguez has _Benquei satemo yasaxij yat�ubaraya_.
+
+[173] Rodriguez has: ... _nituaye b[vo]no saxivorosu_. The entire passage
+would be, 'Benkei, seeing this, thought, "Oh, this isn't very important,"
+and dropped the stick into the garden.' which Rodriguez explains to mean
+being sorry for not paying sufficient attention to a matter.
+
+[174] The material for this section is derived from various sections in
+Book II of the _Arte_.
+
+[175] Matthew, 6:24.
+
+[176] Rodriguez has the spelling _touazumba_. In transcribing the form
+Collado failed to follow the rule he established in his treatment of
+conditional constructions.
+
+[177] The model for this sentence appears to be _Arte_ (62): _Ichidan
+medzuraxij yenoco, que nag[vo], uquino gotoqu xir[vo]_ [_sic_], _me cur�,
+cauo icanimo airaxijuo cureta._ If this is the source of Collado's example,
+he is clearly demonstrating his sensitivity to the nasalization of such
+items such as _nag[vo]_. The _Dictionarium_ under _longus_ has _nagai_.
+
+[178] Collado's transcription is unable accurately to express the proper
+phonological, or morphological, form of _shin'i_ 'indignation.' He would
+have been well advised to follow Rodriguez' model and transcribe this item
+as _xiny_ with the specification that consonant plus _y_ indicates a
+morphological juncture.
+
+[179] Rodriguez has the spelling _Quiso_, which agrees with the _Amakusaban
+Heike_ (p. 239), the ultimate source of the sentence. Collado's spelling in
+the translation is _quiuzo_. The Spanish manuscript has _Kiso_.
+
+[180] One might expect the more literal 'I do not believe that it will be
+finished,' but Collado has _credo quod non finietur_.
+
+[181] This rule, which might more appropriately have been included with the
+phonology, is not followed in Collado's description, with the possible
+exception of p. 48 where the same construction is apparently used.
+
+[182] Collado here demonstrates the absorbitive capacity of Latin as he
+creates an accusative singular adjective from the past attributive of the
+verb _kobu_.
+
+[183] The use of _abiru_, where one would expect _aburu_, may be a simple
+typographical error or evidence that Collado accepted the shift from
+_ni-dan_ to _ichi-dan katsuy[=o]_ as unworthy of notice. Rodriguez (_Arte_,
+101v) has _midzuuo aburu_.
+
+[184] This list is derived from the _Arte_ (101v-102v). From _abi,uru_ on,
+the list is in the same order as that made by Rodriguez. _Fanaruru_,
+_zzuru_, _nosquru_, _noru_, _vovaru_, and _mairu_ are Collado's
+contributions.
+
+[185] Cf. _Arte_ (101v).
+
+[186] Cf. _Arte_ (100).
+
+[187] Cf. _Arte_ (98).
+
+[188] Cf. _Arte_ (104).
+
+[189] Cf. _Arte_ (64 and 79).
+
+[190] The material presented in this section is gleaned from the exhaustive
+treatment of the numerical system which makes up the last 20 leaves of
+Rodriguez' grammar.
+
+[191] This compound does not follow the rule, since _cu_ is not a _iomi_
+numeral. See also _cu ninai_ below.
+
+[192] Rodriguez has _fitoi_ or _fifitoi_ (Arte, 228v).
+
+[193] While this form fits the general rule for combining counters and
+days, Rodriguez (_Arte_, 228v) has _t[vo]ca_, which is a misprint for
+_t�ca_, cf. Doi, _Daibunten_, p. 818.
+
+[194] Spelled with a tilde, _s�guat_, as are all the other forms before
+_guat_.
+
+[195] For the _s[vo]_ and _sa_ allomorph of _san_ cf. _Arte_ (173v).
+
+[196] Rodriguez gives the following equivalents in the monetary system on
+217-217v of the _Arte_: ... ten _Rin_ in one _Fun_, ten _Fun_ in one
+_Momme_, one thousand _Momme_ in one _Quamme_.
+
+[197] The text is confused at this point. It runs: Ixxacu, _unus palmus seu
+tertia quam Hispania vocant_ sanjacu. _tres_, ...
+
+[198] The text has _culus_ 'posterior,' but the errata changes the word to
+_anus_. The original seems closer to the Japanese.
+
+[199] The examples here lag one behind the glosses.
+
+[200] Here and elsewhere Collado combines homophonous enumerators which
+Rodriguez keeps distinct. Cf. _Arte_ (220-223v) for an extensive list of
+enumerators.
+
+[201] Cf. _Arte_ (159-159v).
+
+[202] This rule, apparently an invention of Collado's, has no precedent in
+Rodriguez or in linguistic derivation. The _n_ in this construction is the
+contracted form of the classical _mu_, the source for what Collado calls
+the future.
+
+[203] These forms might better have been presented as _nari,i_ and _qeri,i_
+to indicate that the sentence-ending forms are _nari_ and _qeri_.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+Corrections made to printed original.
+
+p. 14. `BOOK II. The Rudamenta' corrected to `Rudimenta'.
+
+Ib. `While the Arts Grammaticae presents ...' corrected to `Ars
+Grammaticae'.
+
+p. 16. `booklet which teaches Canaduzcai' changed to much other uses as
+`Canadzucai'.
+
+p. 17. `Tassuru, taxxita, taxxe� ...' the last amended to match the
+paradigm `taxxe�'.
+
+p. 19. `Motone�.' in future column, amended to fit the paradigm `Motome�'.
+
+p. 20. Heading, `Conjuctive' corrected to `Conjunctive'.
+
+p. 21. Table of irregular verbs, the left hand column has separate entries
+`A' and `Bi', these appear to mean a single entry `Abi'.
+
+p. 24. `Those ending in �u change to T[vo]' - `to' omitted in text.
+
+Ib. `thus governs the genative' corrected to `genitive'.
+
+p. 116. `There are ennumerable nouns' corrected to `innumerable'.
+
+p. 117. `a visable thing' corrected to `visible'.
+
+p. 118. `primative pronouns' corrected to `primitive'.
+
+p. 132. `I did not decend.' corrected to `descend'.
+
+p. 136. `vomi:vom�', from the context and other references (and the Latin
+text) the root should be `vomoi'.
+
+p. 179. `xi ban me forth' corrected to `fourth'.
+
+Footnote 27 a is applied to `Nobi', this should be `Vabi'.
+
+Footnote 62. `The term is also found in the introduction to the
+Vorabulario', corrected to `Vocabulario'.
+
+Footnote 106. `verbo defectino' (from Portuguese text) corrected to
+`defectiuo' as a more likely corruption than from `defectivo'.
+
+Footnote 109. `selects that varient' corrected to `variant'.
+
+Footnote 131. `the zzu varient' corrected to `variant'.
+
+Footnote 169. `temperizing in a carefree manner' corrected to
+`temporizing'.
+
+Footnote 169. `Spelled with a tilda' corrected to `tilde'.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Diego Collado's Grammar of the
+Japanese Language, by Diego Collado
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JAPANESE LANGUAGE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 21197-8.txt or 21197-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/1/9/21197/
+
+Produced by David Starner, Keith Edkins and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/21197-8.zip b/21197-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60b5400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-8.zip
diff --git a/21197-h.zip b/21197-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77abd37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h.zip
diff --git a/21197-h/21197-h.htm b/21197-h/21197-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6844dd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/21197-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,10185 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
+<html>
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" >
+    <title>
+      Grammar of the Japanese Language.
+    </title>
+
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+<!--
+    p {  margin-top: .75em;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         }
+    hr              {text-align: center; width: 50%;}
+    hr.full         {width: 100%;}
+    hr.short        {text-align: center; width: 20%;}
+    hr.tb           {text-align: left; border-top: 1px dotted #000; color: #fff; background-color: #fff; width: 40%;}
+    body { margin-left: 10%;
+           margin-right: 10%;
+         text-align: justify;
+        }
+
+    table.allbnomar { border : thin solid black; border-collapse: collapse; }
+    table.allb { border : thin solid black; border-collapse: collapse; margin-left: 4em  }
+    table.tpbtb { border-top : thin solid black; border-bottom : thin solid black; border-collapse: collapse; margin-left: 4em  }
+    table.allbctr { border : thin solid black; border-collapse: collapse;
+	margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; }
+    table.nob  { margin-left: 4em }
+    table.nobctr  { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; }
+
+    table.math    { margin-left:10%;vertical-align: middle; text-align:center; }
+    table.math0   { vertical-align: middle; text-align:center; }
+    table.math15  { margin-left:15%;vertical-align: middle; text-align:center; }
+    table.maths   { font-size:smaller; vertical-align: middle; text-align:center; }
+
+    td.allb { border : thin solid black; padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em; }
+    td.spac { padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; }
+    td.tpbtb { border-top : thin solid black; border-bottom : thin solid black; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; }
+    td.spacsingle { padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; }
+    td.nspac { padding-left: 0em; padding-right: 0em; }
+    td.vertb { border-left : thin solid black; border-right : thin solid black; padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em; }
+    td.vertbotb { border-left : thin solid black; border-right : thin solid black; border-bottom : thin solid black; padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em; }
+    td.verttopb { border-left : thin solid black; border-right : thin solid black; border-top : thin solid black; padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em; }
+    .nobctr p	     {margin: 0;}
+    .single p	     {margin: 0;}
+    .spacsingle p    {margin: 0;}
+
+    .contents
+    {margin-left:30%; margin-right:10%; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: left;}
+    .contents .stanza        {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+    .contents p              {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+
+    .poem
+    {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: left;}
+    .poem .stanza        {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+    .poem p              {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+          p.hg3          {margin-left: -0.3em;}
+          p.hg1          {margin-left: -0.1em;}
+          p.i2           {margin-left: 1em;}
+          p.i4           {margin-left: 2em;}
+          p.i4hg3        {margin-left: 1.7em;}
+          p.i6           {margin-left: 3em;}
+          p.i8hg3        {margin-left: 3.7em;}
+          p.i8           {margin-left: 4em;}
+          p.z8           {margin-left: 4em; font-style: italic;}
+          p.i10          {margin-left: 5em;}
+          p.z10          {margin-left: 5em; font-style: italic;}
+          p.i12          {margin-left: 6em;}
+          p.i12hg3       {margin-left: 5.7em;}
+          p.i16          {margin-left: 8em;}
+          p.i16hg3       {margin-left: 7.7em;}
+          p.i20          {margin-left: 10em;}
+          p.i20hg3       {margin-left: 9.7em;}
+          p.i24          {margin-left: 12em;}
+          p.i24hg3       {margin-left: 11.7em;}
+          p.i30          {margin-left: 15em;}
+          p.i30hg3       {margin-left: 14.7em;}
+          p.i40          {margin-left: 20em;}
+
+    a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+    a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+    a:hover {color:red}
+    link {color:blue; text-decoration:none}
+
+    .noflo
+    {margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: left;}
+    .noflo .stanza        {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+    .noflo p              {margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .noflo p.i2           {margin-left: 1em;}
+    .noflo p.i16          {margin-left: 8em;}
+
+    .author   {text-align: right; margin-top: -1em;}
+    .center   {text-align: center; }
+    .cenhead  {text-align: center;  margin-top: 1em;}
+    .right    {text-align: right; }
+    .t        {vertical-align: top; }
+    .tr       {vertical-align: top;}
+    .tc       {vertical-align: top;}
+    .tr p     {text-align: right;}
+    .tc p     {text-align: center;}
+    .m        {vertical-align: middle; }
+    .mr       {vertical-align: middle;}
+    .mc       {vertical-align: middle;}
+    .mr p     {text-align: right;}
+    .mc p     {text-align: center;}
+    .b        {vertical-align: bottom; }
+    .vol      {/*font-weight: bold;*/ font-size: small;}
+    .grk      {font-style: normal;
+		font-family:"Palatino Linotype","New Athena Unicode",Gentium,"Lucida Grande", Galilee, "Arial Unicode MS", sans-serif;}
+    .IPA      {font-family: "Chrysanthi Unicode", "Doulos SIL", Gentium, GentiumAlt, Code2000, "TITUS Cyberbit Basic", "DejaVu Sans", "Bitstream Cyberbit", "Arial Unicode MS", "Lucida Sans Unicode", "Hiragino Kaku Gothic Pro", "Matrix Unicode";
+              }
+
+    sup       {font-style: normal; font-size: small;}
+    pre       {font-family: "Courier New", Courier, monospace; margin-left: 1em; }
+    .sc       {font-variant: small-caps; }
+    .scac     {font-size: small;}
+    .linenum  {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 25%;} /* poetry number */
+    blockquote {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; }
+    blockquote.b2n {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 2em; }
+    blockquote.b1n {font-size: medium; }
+    blockquote.b1s {font-size: small; }
+    .pagenum  {position: absolute; right: 92%; font-size: smaller; text-align: right; font-style: normal; } /* page numbers */
+    .leftpage {position: absolute; left: 94%; font-size: 95%;
+	font-weight: normal; font-style: normal; text-align: right;
+	text-indent: 0em;}
+    .sidenote {width: 20%; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em; padding-left: 1em;
+	font-size: smaller; float: right; clear: right; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;}
+    .note     {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em;
+               } /* footnote - removed font-size: small;  */
+    span.correction {border-bottom: thin dotted red;}
+    span.special {text-decoration: none;}
+    span.intlim  {font-size:small; position:relative; top:-2ex; left:-0.4em;}
+    span.lower   {position:relative; top:0.5ex;}
+    span.over    {text-decoration: overline;}
+    span.under   {text-decoration: underline;}
+    span.pbar    {position:relative; top:0.7ex; left:0.4em;}
+    .nobo	 {border: thin;}
+    .red 	 {color: red;}
+    .figure, .figcenter, .figright, .figleft
+              {padding: 1em; margin: 0; text-align: center; font-size: 0.8em;}
+    .figure img, .figcenter img, .figright img, .figleft img
+              {border: none;}
+    .figure p, .figcenter p, .figright p, .figleft p
+              {margin: 0; text-indent: 1em;}
+    .figure p.in, .figcenter p.in, .figright p.in, .figleft p.in
+              {margin: 0; text-indent: 8em;}
+    .figcenter p.poem
+              {margin-left: 1em; text-align: left; text-indent: 0;}
+    .figcenter {margin: auto;}
+    .figright {float: right;}
+    .figleft  {float: left;}
+    img.middle { border: none; vertical-align: middle }
+
+    // -->
+    </style>
+   </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Diego Collado's Grammar of the Japanese
+Language, by Diego Collado
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Diego Collado's Grammar of the Japanese Language
+
+Author: Diego Collado
+
+Translator: Richard L. Spear
+
+Release Date: April 21, 2007 [EBook #21197]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JAPANESE LANGUAGE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Starner, Keith Edkins and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="10" style="background-color: #ccccff;" summary="Transcribers note" title="Transcribers note">
+<tr>
+<td style="width:25%; vertical-align:top">
+Transcriber's note:
+</td>
+<td>
+<p>A few typographical errors have been corrected. They
+appear in the text <span class="correction" title="explanation will pop up">like this</span>, and the
+explanation will appear when the mouse pointer is moved over the marked
+passage.</p>
+<p>The reproduction of the Latin original <i>Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae</i>
+has been extracted as a separate Project Gutenberg text No. 17713.</p>
+<p>Page numbers in the left margin [99] are those of Spear's edition and are referenced in the
+Table of Contents and Index. Those in the right margin (99 relate to the Latin original
+and are referenced in the Introduction and Footnotes.</p>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h1>DIEGO COLLADO'S<br />
+GRAMMAR OF THE<br />
+JAPANESE<br />
+LANGUAGE</h1>
+
+<h2>Edited and Translated<br />
+by<br />
+Richard L. Spear</h2>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">International Studies, East Asian Series</span><br />
+<span class="sc">Research Publication, Number Nine</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">Center for East Asian Studies.</span><br />
+<span class="sc">The University of Kansas.</span></p>
+
+<hr class="short" >
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">Dedicated</span><br />
+<span class="scac">TO</span><br />
+<span class="sc">The Memory of</span><br />
+<span class="sc">Joseph K. Yamagiwa</span></p>
+
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<h3>Table of Contents</h3>
+
+  <div class="poem">
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><span class="sc">Preface</span></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>I <span class="sc">Introduction</span>                                                     <a href="#page1">1</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Grammatical Framework                                      <a href="#page3">3</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Phonological System                                        <a href="#page6">6</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Morphological System                                       <a href="#page8">8</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Structure of Collado's and Rodriguez' Descriptions</p>
+      <p>	    Contrasted                                              <a href="#page11">11</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Bibliography                                                  <a href="#page26">26</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Editorial Conventions                                         <a href="#page28">28</a></p>
+      <p>II <i>Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae</i></p>
+      <p>III <span class="sc">A Grammar of the Japanese Language</span>                           <a href="#page105">105</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Prologue to the Reader                                       <a href="#page107">107</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The noun&mdash;Its Declension and its Gender                      <a href="#page111">111</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Pronouns                                                     <a href="#page118">118</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">First Person Pronouns&mdash;Ego, etc.                             <a href="#page118">118</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Second Person Pronouns&mdash;Tu, tui, tibi, etc.                  <a href="#page119">119</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Third Person Pronouns&mdash;Ille, illa, illud.                    <a href="#page120">120</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Relative Pronouns                                            <a href="#page122">122</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Formation of the Verb and its Conjugation                <a href="#page123">123</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Preterit, Perfect, Imperfect, and Pluperfect             <a href="#page124">124</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Future of the First Conjugation                          <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Imperative of the First Conjugation                      <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Optative of the First Conjugation                        <a href="#page126">126</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Subjunctive of the First Affirmative Conjugation         <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Infinitive                                               <a href="#page129">129</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The First Negative Conjugation                               <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Second Affirmative Conjugation                           <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Second Negative Conjugation                              <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Third Affirmative Conjugation                            <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Third Negative Conjugation                               <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Conjugation of the Negative Substantive Verb             <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Conditional Particles                                    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Potential Verb                                           <a href="#page140">140</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Conjugation of Irregular Verbs                           <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Aforementioned Verbs&mdash;Their Formation and Diversity      <a href="#page143">143</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Certain Verbs Which of Themselves Indicate Honor             <a href="#page147">147</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Cautionary Remarks on the Conjugations of the Verb           <a href="#page148">148</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Adverbs: First Section                                   <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Adverbs of Place                                             <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Adverbs of Interrogation and Response                        <a href="#page159">159</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Adverbs of Time                                              <a href="#page159">159</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Adverbs of Negation                                          <a href="#page160">160</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Adverbs of Affirmation                                       <a href="#page160">160</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Comparative Adverbs                                          <a href="#page161">161</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Superlative Adverbs                                          <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Adverbs of Intensity and Exaggeration                        <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Accumulative Adverbs                                         <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Adverbs that Conclude and Claim Attention                    <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Case Prepositions                                        <a href="#page164">164</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Conjugation and Separation                                   <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Interjections                                                <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">The Syntax and the Cases that are Governed by the Verbs      <a href="#page168">168</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Japanese Arithmetic and Numerical Matters Concerning Which</p>
+      <p>	    Much Painful Labor Is Required                         <a href="#page174">174</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">Some Rules on the Conjugation of the Verb in the Written</p>
+      <p>	    Language                                               <a href="#page182">182</a></p>
+      <p>IV <span class="sc">Works Consulted</span>                                               <a href="#page185">185</a></p>
+      <p>V <span class="sc">Index to Grammatical Categories</span>                                <a href="#page187">187</a></p>
+      <p>VI <span class="sc">Index to Grammatical Elements</span>                                 <a href="#page189">189</a></p>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<h3>Preface</h3>
+
+  <p>The purpose of this translation of Collado's <i>Ars Grammaticae
+  Iaponicae Linguae</i> of 1632 is to make more readily available to the
+  scholarly community an annotated version of this significant document in
+  the history of both Japanese language study and grammatical description
+  in general.</p>
+
+  <p>Collado's work, derived in all its significant features from the
+  <i>Arte da lingoa de Iapam</i> completed in 1608 by Jo�o Rodriguez, is in
+  a strict, scholarly sense less valuable than its precursor. However, if
+  used with the <i>Arte</i> as a simplified restatement of the basic
+  structure of the language, Collado's Grammar offers to the student of the
+  Japanese language an invaluable ancillary tool for the study of the
+  colloquial language of the early 17th Century.</p>
+
+  <p>While less extensive and less carefully edited than the <i>Arte</i>,
+  Collado's Grammar has much to recommend it as a document in the history
+  of grammatical description. It is an orthodox description attempting to
+  fit simple Japanese sentences into the framework established for Latin by
+  the great Spanish humanist Antonio Lebrija. Thus, as an application of
+  pre-Cartecian grammatical theory to the structure of a non-Indo-European
+  language, the <i>Ars Grammaticae</i> is an important document worthy of
+  careful examination by those wishing insight into the origins of what
+  three centuries later was to become the purview of descriptive
+  linguistics.</p>
+
+  <p>The present translation was begun with the able assistance of Ms.
+  Roberta Galli whose contribution to my understanding of the Latin text is
+  most gratefully acknowledged. For his continued encouragement in this
+  undertaking I am grateful to Professor Roy Andrew Miller. Thanks are also
+  due to the Graduate School of the University of Kansas for its support in
+  the preparation of the manuscript and to Ms. Sue Schumock whose capable
+  typing turned a scribbled, multi-lingual draft into a legible manuscript.
+  The imperfections are my own.</p>
+
+  <p class="author">R.L.S.
+
+  <div class="poem">
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>Lawrence, Kansas</p>
+      <p>May, 1975</p>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+<p><!-- Page 1 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page1"></a>[1]</span></p>
+
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<h3>Introduction</h3>
+
+  <p>In 1632, as the Christian Century in Japan was drawing swiftly to a
+  close, three works pertaining to the Japanese language were being
+  published at Rome by the Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith.
+  These works were by the Spanish Dominican Father, Diego Collado (d.
+  1638), who had spent the years from 1619 to 1622 in Japan. Their
+  publication clearly reflects the vitality of the missionary spirit in
+  that age as well as the important place reserved for language study in
+  the propagation of the faith.</p>
+
+  <p>The first two works, whose manuscripts had been prepared in Madrid the
+  year before, were a grammar and a dictionary of Japanese. The third,
+  prepared in 1631, while the larger works were being seen through the
+  press, was a guide to the taking of confession written in both Latin and
+  Japanese.<a name="NtA_1" href="#Nt_1"><sup>[1]</sup></a> The grammar,
+  drafted in Spanish, was published in Latin in 1632 under the title <i>Ars
+  Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae</i>. It is this work that is translated
+  here. The dictionary, only at the last moment supplied with Latin glosses
+  to supplement those in Spanish, was published in the same year with the
+  title <i>Dictionarium sive Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae Compendium</i>.<a
+  name="NtA_2" href="#Nt_2"><sup>[2]</sup></a> Taken together these three
+  works by Collado constitute the final extant efforts of those who studied
+  the Japanese language first hand during the Christian Century.<a
+  name="NtA_3" href="#Nt_3"><sup>[3]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>Two other grammatical works must be mentioned here as central to the
+  proper assessment of Collado's Grammar. They are both by the great Jesuit
+  scholar, Father Jo�o Rodnguez (1561-1634);<a name="NtA_4"
+  href="#Nt_4"><sup>[4]</sup></a> the <i>Arte da Lingoa de Iapam</i>
+  (Nagasaki, 1604-8, hereafter the <i>Arte</i>), and the <i>Arte Breve da
+  Lingoa Iapoa</i> (Macao, 1620, hereafter <i>Arte Breve</i>). The first
+  <!-- Page 2 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page2"></a>[2]</span>is by
+  any standards the greatest grammatical study of Japanese made during the
+  Christian Century. It is further, as we shall see, the primary source for
+  Collado's Grammar. The <i>Arte Breve</i>, on the other hand, is not
+  directly related to Collado's work. Indeed it is clear that Rodriguez'
+  1620 Macao publication was unknown to Collado. Nevertheless, since the
+  <i>Arte Breve</i> is an abbreviated version of the <i>Arte</i> with a
+  purpose similar to the <i>Ars Grammaticae</i>, a comparison of these two
+  books with respect to the way they systematize the material from the
+  <i>Arte</i> is included in this introduction to contribute some insight
+  into the treatment of the Japanese language at the beginning of the
+  Tokugawa Period.</p>
+
+  <p>In presenting this translation two potential audiences are envisioned.
+  The first, and more restricted, group is that having an interest in the
+  history of the Japanese language. It is hoped that an English version of
+  this work will make more readily available this significant material
+  pertaining to the Japanese language as spoken in the early modern period.
+  I use the word significant here to avoid granting excessive value to a
+  work which derives such a large portion of its material and insight from
+  Rodriguez' <i>Arte</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The second, and wider group for whom this translation is intended is
+  that which has a need for an edited edition of an important document in
+  the history of grammatical description. In this area of scholarship
+  Collado's work is of more than moderate significance. It was accepted for
+  publication by the prestigious Propaganda Press; and, even if those more
+  familiar with Japanese than the editorial board of that Press might have
+  had serious reservations concerning the linguistic accuracy of the text,
+  it is reasonable to assume that the Press judged it to be a good example
+  of grammatical description. It thus represents a grammar of a
+  non-European language which suited the requirements of the day for
+  publication at Rome.<a name="NtA_5" href="#Nt_5"><sup>[5]</sup></a></p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 3 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page3"></a>[3]</span></p>
+
+  <p>In order to permit this translation of the <i>Ars Grammaticae</i> to
+  be of use in both these areas of scholarship I have made an effort to
+  reduce to a minimum those places where a knowledge of either Japanese or
+  Latin is required for the comprehension of the translation. It is
+  sincerely hoped that the result is not an effort that is satisfying to
+  neither, and thus to no one.</p>
+
+  <p>Because of the derivative nature of the text, this translation has put
+  aside a number of important philological problems as better dealt with
+  within the context of Rodriguez' grammars. This decision has its most
+  obvious consequences in the section on the arithmetic, where innumerable
+  data require exposition. However, since a basic purpose of this
+  translation is within the context of the history of descriptive grammar,
+  these tantalizing side roads have been left unexplored. It is,
+  nevertheless, hoped that this translation will serve as a convenient tool
+  for those wishing to make a more detailed investigation into the
+  philological questions raised by the text. But I must caution those who
+  would undertake such an inquiry that they had best begin with a careful
+  study of the works of Father Rodriguez.</p>
+
+  <p>With its limitations acknowledged, the <i>Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae
+  Linguae</i> remains a document worthy of our interest, and I offer this
+  translation in order that Collado's work may more easily find its proper
+  place in the history of descriptive grammar.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Grammatical Framework</i></p>
+
+  <p>Collado perceived his task to be the presentation of a grammar of
+  Japanese which would have sufficient scope to equip those dedicated to
+  the propagation of the faith with a knowledge of the proper spoken
+  language of his time. While he concludes his grammar with a brief, and
+  rather presumptuous, statement concerning the written language, his
+  purpose is clearly to train his students in the fundamentals of
+  colloquial speech. His sensitivity to this point is demonstrated by his
+  carefully transforming those examples presented by Rodriguez in the
+  written language in the <i>Arte</i> into correct colloquial expressions
+  in his own grammar.</p>
+
+  <p>The description is, of course, prescriptive. But given its age and its
+  purpose this ought not to be construed in the contemporary, pejorative
+  <!-- Page 4 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page4"></a>[4]</span>sense.
+  Collado, as Rodriguez and indeed all the grammarians of the period, felt
+  obligated to train their students in those patterns of speech which were
+  appropriate to the most polite elements of society. Particularly as they
+  addressed themselves to missionaries, they wished to warn them away from
+  such illiteracies as might undermine their capacities to propagate the
+  faith.</p>
+
+  <p>The description further reflects the traditional process
+  conceptualization of language. This is particularly obvious in the
+  treatment of the verb. Thus:</p>
+
+<blockquote class="b1n">
+
+  <p><i>Praesens subiunctiui fit ex praesenti indicatiui mutato</i> u <i>in
+  quo finitur in</i> eba.... (The present subjunctive is formed from the
+  present indicative by changing the <i>u</i> in which it ends to
+  <i>eba</i>....) [p. <a href="#lpage23">23</a>].</p>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+  <p>In general each of the verbal forms is conceived to be the result of a
+  specified alteration of a basic form. Likewise the nouns are treated
+  within the framework of the declension of cases.</p>
+
+  <p>The treatment of Japanese forms is based upon a semantic framework
+  within which the formal characteristics of the language are organized.
+  For example, given the construction <i>aguru coto ar�</i> (p. <a
+  href="#lpage31">31</a>) and its gloss '<i>Erit hoc quod ist offere: idest
+  offeret</i> (It will be that he is to offer, or he will offer),' it is
+  clear that the <i>aguru coto</i> is classified as an infinitive because
+  of its semantic equivalence to <i>offere</i>. The same is true of the
+  latter supine. If the form in Latin is closely associated with such
+  constructions as 'easy to,' or 'difficult to,' the semantically similar
+  form which appears as the element <i>iomi</i> in <i>iominicui</i>
+  'difficult to read,' must be classed as the latter supine. Rodriguez in
+  his <i>Arte Breve</i> of 1620&mdash;unknown to Collado&mdash;makes an
+  attempt to classify the structural units of Japanese along more formal
+  lines; but in Collado's treatment the semantic, and for him logical and
+  true, classes established by the formal structure of Latin constitute the
+  theoretical framework through which the Japanese language is to be
+  described.</p>
+
+  <p>Collado makes reference to two specific sources of influence upon his
+  grammar. The first is included in the title to the first section of the
+  grammar, Antonius Nebrissensis. It is to this great Spanish humanist,
+  <!-- Page 5 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page5"></a>[5]</span>better
+  known as Antonio Lebrija (1444-1522), that Collado turns for the model of
+  his description.</p>
+
+  <p>An examination of Lebrija's grammar, the <i>Introductiones Latinae</i>
+  (Salamanca, 1481), shows that from the basic outline of his presentation,
+  to the organization of subsections and the selection of terminology,
+  there is little departure by Collado from his predecessor.</p>
+
+  <p>Even in such stylistic devices as introducing the interrogatives by
+  giving the form, following it with "to which one responds," and then
+  listing a number of characteristic answers; Collado is faithful to the
+  <i>Introductiones</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>But it is from his Jesuit colleague, Father Jo�o Rodriguez, that
+  Collado receives his most significant influence. There is no section of
+  his grammar that does not reflect Rodriguez' interpretation of the raw
+  linguistic data of Japanese. On the basis of the innumerable examples
+  taken from Rodriguez&mdash;most of the substantive sentences are directly
+  quoted from the <i>Arte</i>&mdash;as well as the parallel listing of
+  forms and identical descriptions of certain grammatical phenomena, it is
+  clear that the writing of the <i>Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae</i>
+  consisted to no small degree of abridging the exhaustive material
+  contained in Rodriguez' grammar and arranging it within the framework of
+  Lebrija's <i>Introductiones</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>To say that Collado followed Lebrija in the general structure of his
+  description is not to imply that he fell heir to all of his precursor's
+  virtues. The Salamanca grammar of 1481 is a masterpiece of orderly
+  presentation. Printed in <i>lettera formata</i> with carefully indented
+  subdivisions, it offers the student a clear display of the conjugational
+  system as well as long columns of Latin examples of a given grammatical
+  structure, accompanied on the right side of the page with Spanish
+  equivalents. Collado makes little effort at copying this orderly display.
+  There are in his presentation no paradigms, but instead only loosely
+  connected sentences that talk the student through the various forms of
+  the conjugation; and there is no orderly array of examples. Add to this
+  the innumerable factual and typographical errors, and one is left with a
+  presentation that lacks most of the basic scholarly virtues of its
+  precursor.</p>
+
+  <p>A similar criticism may be leveled against the work from the point
+  <!-- Page 6 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page6"></a>[6]</span>of
+  view of Rodriguez' influence. Without matching the <i>Introductiones</i>
+  in orderliness, the <i>Arte</i> more than compensates for its casual
+  format by containing a mass of exhaustively collected and scrupulously
+  presented linguistic data.<a name="NtA_6" href="#Nt_6"><sup>[6]</sup></a>
+  There was available no better source than the <i>Arte</i> from which
+  Collado might have culled his examples of Japanese.</p>
+
+  <p>One doubt that remains in assessing Collado's use of Rodriguez'
+  material is that perhaps his presentation of the most readily
+  understandable material in the <i>Arte</i> is not so much an effort on
+  his part to simplify the learning of Japanese for his students, as it is
+  a reflection of his lack of adequate familiarity with the language he was
+  teaching.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Phonological System</i></p>
+
+  <p>A study of the phonological data reveals the <i>Ars Grammaticae
+  Iaponicae Linguae</i> to be of minimal historical value. Any student of
+  the phonology of early modern Japanese should turn to the far more
+  reliable work of Father Rodriguez. Nevertheless, certain aspects of
+  Collado's transcription require our attention.</p>
+
+  <p>The most obvious innovation in the representation of the language is
+  Collado's transcription with an <i>i</i> of the palatal consonant which
+  all his contemporaries record with a <i>y</i>. Thus in the text we find
+  <i>iomi</i> and <i>coie</i> (terms for native words and Chinese
+  borrowings) where Rodriguez writes <i>yomi</i> and <i>coye</i>. This
+  change was affected while the text was being translated from the Spanish
+  manuscript which uses <i>y</i>; and Collado himself must have felt the
+  innovation to be of dubious value since he retained <i>y</i> for the
+  spellings in the <i>Dictionarium</i>.<a name="NtA_7"
+  href="#Nt_7"><sup>[7]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>Collado's handling of the nasal sounds is too inconsistent to be a
+  reliable source for phonological data. Given his rather awkward
+  specification that nasalization is predictable before what we must assume
+  he means to be the voiced stops and affricates,<a name="NtA_8"
+  href="#Nt_8"><sup>[8]</sup></a> his grammar presents an uncomfortably
+  irregular pattern in the transcription of the phenomena. Thus, on page <a
+  href="#lpage39">39</a> we find <i>vo m�dori ar� ca?</i> as well as <!--
+  Page 7 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page7"></a>[7]</span><i>modori
+  ar� ca?</i>. Again, what he presents as the ending <i>z&#x169;ba</i> in
+  his description of the formation of the negative conditional (p. <a
+  href="#lpage34">34</a>) appears in <i>tovazunba</i> in its only
+  occurrence in a sample sentence (p. <a href="#lpage62">62</a>). To
+  further confound the issue such forms as <i>tovazunba</i> and
+  <i>qinpen</i> occur in contrast to <i>sambiacu</i>, <i>varambe</i>, and
+  <i>var�be</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>In Chart 1 the traditional pattern of the <i>goj&#x16B;onzu</i> (chart
+  of 50 sounds) is followed as a convenient framework in which to display
+  the transcriptional system employed by Collado.</p>
+
+<h3>Chart 1</h3>
+
+<h3>COLLADO'S TRANSCRIPTION SYSTEM</h3>
+
+
+<table width="60%" class="nobctr" summary="The Simple and Long Series" title="The Simple and Long Series">
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center" colspan="16">
+      <p><i>The Simple Series</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/#/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/k/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/g/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/s/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/z/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/t/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/d/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/n/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/<span class="grk">&phi;</span>/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/b/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/p/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/m/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/y/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/r/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/w/</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/a/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">a</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ca</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ga</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">sa</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">za</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ta</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">da</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">na</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">fa</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ba</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">pa</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ma</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ia</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ra</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">va</span></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/i/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">i</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">qi</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gui</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">xi</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ji</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">chi</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gi</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ni</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">fi</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">bi</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">pi</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">mi</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ri</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/u/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">u</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">cu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">su</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">zu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">t�u</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">zzu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">nu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">fu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">bu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">pu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">mu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">iu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ru</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/e/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>[<span class="under">ie</span>]</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">qe</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gue</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">xe</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">je</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">te</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">de</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ne</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">fe</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">be</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">pe</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">me</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ie</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">re</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/o/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>[<span class="under">vo</span>]</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">co</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">go</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">so</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">zo</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">to</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">do</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">no</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">fo</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">bo</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">po</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">mo</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">io</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ro</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">vo</span></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center" colspan="16">
+      <p><i>The Long Series</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/au/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>[<span class="under">v�</span>]</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">c�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">g�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">s�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">z�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">t�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">d�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">n�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">f�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">b�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">p�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">m�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">i�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">r�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">v�</span></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/uu/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">c�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">g�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">s�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">t��</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">f�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">b�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">p�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">i�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">r�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/ou/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>[<span class="under">v�</span>]</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">c�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">g�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">s�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">z�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">t�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">d�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">n�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">f�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">b�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">p�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">m�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">i�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">r�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">v�</span></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<table width="56%" class="nobctr" summary="The Palatal and Labial Series" title="The Palatal and Labial Series">
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center" colspan="15">
+      <p><i>The Palatal and Labial Series</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/ky/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/gy/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/sy/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/zy/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/ty/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/dy/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/ny/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/<span class="grk">&phi;</span>y/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/by/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/py/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/my/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/ry/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/kw/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center; width:6%">
+      <p>/gw/</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/a/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">qua</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">guia</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">xa</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ja</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">cha</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gia</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">nha</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">fia</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">bia</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">pia</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">mia</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">ria</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">qua</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gua</span></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/u/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">qui</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">guiu</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">xu</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ju</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">chu</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">giu</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">nhu</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">fiu</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">miu</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">riu</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/o/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">qio</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">guio</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">xo</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">jo</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">cho</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gio</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">nho</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">fio</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">bio</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">mio</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">rio</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/au/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">qi�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gui�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">x�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">j�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ch�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gi�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">fi�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">bi�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">mi�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">ri�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">qu�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gu�</span></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>/uu/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">qi�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">gui�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">x�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">j�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">ch�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gi�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">nh�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">ri�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>/ou/</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">qi�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">gui�</span>)<br /><span
+      class="under">gue�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">x�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">j�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">ch�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">gi�</span><br /><span
+      class="under">ge�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">nh�</span><br /><span
+      class="under">ne�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">fi�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">bi�</span>)<br /><span
+      class="under">be�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p><span class="under">pi�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">mi�</span>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>(<span class="under">ri�</span>)<br /><span
+      class="under">re�</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>-</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+  <p>In this chart the phonemic grid is presented in a broad phonetic <!--
+  Page 8 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page8"></a>[8]</span>notation
+  while the underlined entries are in the form used by the text. Dashes
+  indicate sequences which do not occur in the Christian material; while
+  the forms in parentheses are sequences which do not occur in the text but
+  have been reconstructed on the basis of the overall system from sequences
+  attested to elsewhere. The forms <i>ie</i>, <i>vo</i>, <i>v�</i>, and
+  <i>v�</i> have been placed in brackets to indicate that neither /e/, /o/,
+  /oo/, or /au/ occur in the syllable initial position; and, where in the
+  modern language they do, the text regularly spells that with an initial
+  <i>i</i> or <i>v</i>. The forms in <i>e�</i> at the foot of the chart
+  represent sequences that are phonetically identical to the forms above
+  them, but which are transcribed differently to reflect morphological
+  considerations; e.g., the form <i>ague�</i> from the stem <i>ague</i>.
+  The phonetic values of /au/, /uu/, and /ou/ are [<span
+  class="IPA">&#x254;</span>:], [u:], and [o:].</p>
+
+  <p>Two aspects of the usage of <i>q</i> should be noticed. First, as in
+  the <i>Arte</i>, <i>c</i> is changed to <i>q</i> before <i>o</i> and
+  <i>u</i>, when the sequence occurs at a morphological juncture; e.g.,
+  <i>ioqu</i> 'well,' and <i>iq�</i> 'I shall go.' (This rule does not
+  extend to <i>a</i> in such contexts; cf., <i>iocatta</i> 'was good.')
+  Second, in contrast to the system used by Rodriguez, Collado does not
+  feel compelled to follow <i>q</i> with <i>u</i> in all contexts. Thus
+  what Rodriguez spells as <i>queredomo</i> Collado spells as
+  <i>qeredomo</i>. Finally, the text records one usage of the letter
+  <i>h</i> in the exclamation <i>ha</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Morphological System</i></p>
+
+  <p>Collado's treatment of the morphology contains one quite obvious
+  difference from those of his predecessors: he isolates the particles of
+  the language as separate elements of the structure. While his effort is
+  more or less carelessly maintained by the type setter, his attempt to
+  establish a division between the semantemes (<i>shi</i>) and the
+  morphemes (<i>ji</i>) of Japanese by establishing formal distance between
+  his <i>verba</i> and <i>particula</i>, reflects his consciousness that
+  the morphological elements in Japanese are of a different order than
+  those in Latin. At times, such as when he describes the preterit
+  subjunctive as <i>agueta raba</i>, his divisions fly in the face of
+  derivational history. But he can claim a reasonable justification for his
+  decision by citing Rodriguez' rule for the formation of this form; "add
+  <i>raba</i> to the preterit of the verb" (<i>Arte</i>, 18v). Perhaps it
+  is a prejudice founded upon familiarity with <!-- Page 9 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page9"></a>[9]</span>contemporary romanizations,
+  but I cannot help but consider this attempt to give greater independence
+  to the particles as an improvement in the representation of the
+  morphological system.</p>
+
+  <p>In all other significant facets of the morphology Collado follows the
+  principles established by Rodriguez with the one exception that in the
+  over-all systematization of the verbal formation and conjugation he
+  follows the classifications established in Lebrija's
+  <i>Introductiones</i> rather than those which Rodriguez inherited from
+  the <i>Institutiones</i> of Alverez. The most significant difference
+  between the two systems is the use by Lebrija of the term subjunctive in
+  his description of the moods where Rodriguez gives independent status to
+  the conjunctive, conditional, concessive, and potential. As we shall see,
+  after presenting the conjugational system of the verb within the
+  framework of Lebrija, Collado breaks the expected sequence of his
+  description of the verb to interject a section on conditional
+  constructions and another on those of the potential.</p>
+
+  <p>In the treatment of the tenses Collado breaks with Rodriguez in not
+  attempting to establish an imperfect for Japanese, but he does follow him
+  in the overall classification of the conjugations. Thus:<a name="NtA_9"
+  href="#Nt_9"><sup>[9]</sup></a></p>
+
+
+<table width="71%" class="nobctr" summary="Conjugations" title="Conjugations">
+  <tr>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left; width:21%">
+      <p>1st Conjugation</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left; width:52%">
+      <p>verbs ending in <i>e</i>, <i>gi</i>, and <i>ji</i> (<i>xi</i> and
+      <i>maraxi</i>)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left; width:26%">
+      <p>e.g., <i>ague, uru</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>2nd Conjugation</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>verbs ending in <i>i</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>e.g., <i>iomi, u</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>3rd Conjugation</p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>verbs ending in <i>ai</i>, <i>oi</i>, and <i>ui</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>e.g., <i>narai, �</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+  <p>To the description of this general system Collado adds the treatment
+  of the substantive verbs. This section in many respects is the weakest in
+  his grammar with a portion of his description lost in composing the final
+  text.</p>
+
+  <p>Since Collado does not, as Rodriguez, present the conjugations in
+  paradigmatic form, I have extracted from his presentation the most
+  representative forms of the verb <i>ague, uru</i> for each of the
+  categories of the system, and presented them in Chart 2 for
+  reference.</p>
+
+<h3><span class="sc">Chart 2</span></h3>
+
+<h3>THE CONJUGATIONAL SYSTEM</h3>
+
+
+<table class="nobctr" summary="Conjugations" title="Conjugations">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Affirmative</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Negative</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>INDICATIVE MOOD</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenu</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Perfect</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agueta</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenanda</p>
+<p><!-- Page 10 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page10"></a>[10]</span></p>
+
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Pluperfect</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguete atta</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenande atta</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague�zu</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future perfect</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguete ar&#x1D2;zu</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>IMPERATIVE MOOD</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague io</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru na</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague�zu</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>OPTATIVE MOOD</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>avare ague io caxi</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>avare aguru na caxi</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Preterit</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague�zu mono vo</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai mono vo</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>avare ague io caxi</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>avare aguru na caxi</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agureba</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agueneba</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Perfect</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agueta reba</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenanda reba</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Pluperfect</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguete atta reba</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague� toqi</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai qereba</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>PERMISSIVE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agueredomo</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenedomo</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Preterit</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agueta redomo</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenanda redomo</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague�zu redomo</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai qeredomo</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>INFINITIVE</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru coto</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenu coto</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Preterit</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agueta coto</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenanda coto</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague� coto</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai coto</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>GERUND IN <i>DI</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru [jibun]</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenu [jibun]</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague� [jibun]</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai [jibun]</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>GERUND IN <i>DO</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguete</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague&#x129;de</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>GERUND IN <i>DUM</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru tame</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenu tame</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague� tame</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai tame</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>SUPINE IN <i>TUM</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague ni</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>SUPINE IN <i>TU</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>PARTICIPLE</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru fito</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenu fito</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Preterit</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agueta fito</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenando fito</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague� fito</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai fito</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>&nbsp;<br /> The forms treated separately are:<br /> THE
+      CONDITIONAL</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agueba</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguez&#x169;ba</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Preterit</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>agueta raba</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenanda raba</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague� naraba</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai naraba</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center" colspan="3">
+      <p>THE POTENTIAL</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Present</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru r�</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenu coto mo ar�zu</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Preterit</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguet�u r�</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguenanzzu r�</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Future</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>ague�zu r�</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>aguru mai coto mo ar�zu</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><!-- Page 11 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page11"></a>[11]</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Structure of Collado's and Rodriguez' Descriptions Contrasted</i></p>
+
+  <p>In every section of his description, Collado is indebted to the
+  material presented by Rodriguez in his <i>Arte da Lingoa de Iapam</i>.
+  The structure of the <i>Ars Grammaticae</i>, however, follows a much more
+  simplistic design than that of the <i>Arte</i>. As a consequence Collado
+  found it necessary to assemble his data from various sections of
+  Rodriguez' description. In the paragraphs which follow we will briefly
+  sketch the structural relation between these two grammars.</p>
+
+  <p>As he clearly states in his title to the main portion of the grammar
+  Collado bases his description on the <i>Introductiones</i> of Antonio
+  Lebriya, and more specifically upon that portion of the great Latin
+  grammar which dealt with the parts of speech. Further, he limits himself
+  to the spoken language rather than attempting, as does Rodriguez, an
+  integrated treatment of both the spoken and written grammars.</p>
+
+  <p>Under these influences Collado's grammar takes on the following
+  form:</p>
+
+  <div class="poem">
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>A Prologue (including the phonology) ... 3-5</p>
+      <p>The Body of the Grammar (by parts of speech) ... 6-61</p>
+      <p>A Brief Syntax ... 61-66</p>
+      <p>A Treatment of the Arithmetic ... 66-74</p>
+      <p>A Note on the Written Language ... 74-75</p>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+  <p>In contrast Rodriguez' <i>Arte</i>, prepared under the influence of
+  Alvarez' <i>Institutiones</i>, develops its description over the span of
+  three books which treat both the spoken and written grammar in
+  progressively greater detail. Thus:</p>
+
+  <div class="poem">
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>The Introduction ... iii-v</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p class="i8"><span class="sc">Book I</span></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>The Declensions ... 1-2v</p>
+      <p>The Conjugations ... 2v-54</p>
+      <p>The Parts of Speech (<i>Rudimenta</i>) ... 55-80v</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p class="i8"><span class="sc">Book II</span></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>The Syntax of the Parts of Speech ... 83-168</p>
+      <p>Styles, Pronunciation, Poetics, etc. ... 168-184</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p class="i8"><span class="sc">Book III</span></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>The Written Language ... 184v-206v</p>
+      <p>Names, Titles, etc. ... 206v-212v</p>
+      <p>The Arithmetic ... 212v-239</p>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+<p><!-- Page 12 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page12"></a>[12]</span></p>
+
+  <p>Given these differing formats<a name="NtA_10"
+  href="#Nt_10"><sup>[10]</sup></a> it is clear that Collado is unable to
+  cope adequately with the more complex aspects of the grammar,
+  specifically those syntactic constructions to which Rodriguez devotes
+  almost an entire book.</p>
+
+  <p>An analysis of Collado's description and a listing of the portions of
+  Rodriguez' grammar from which material was taken yields the
+  following:</p>
+
+
+<table class="nobctr" summary="Collado vs. Rodriguez" title="Collado vs. Rodriguez">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center">
+      <p><i>Collado</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:center">
+      <p><i>Rodriguez</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Phonology (3-5)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:4ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Parts of Speech (55-58)<br /> Book III
+      (173-179v)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Nouns (6-13)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:4ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Declensions (1-2v)<br /> Parts of Speech
+      (59-61)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Adjectives (9-11, 32-33)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:6ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Declensions (2-2v)<br /> Conjugations (47-52)<br /> Parts of
+      Speech (61-67)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Pronouns (13-18)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:4ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Declensions (2v)<br /> Parts of Speech
+      (67-68)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Verbs (18-49)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:6ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Conjugations (6v-54v)<br /> Parts of Speech (69-73)<br /> Syntax
+      (83v-112v)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Adverbs (49-57)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:4ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Parts of Speech (73v-77)<br /> Syntax
+      (113-125)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Prepositions (57-59)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:4ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Parts of Speech (73-73v)<br /> Syntax
+      (140-148v)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Conjunctions (59-60)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:4ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Parts of Speech (76-76v)<br /> Syntax
+      (130-137)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Exclamations (60-61)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:4ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Parts of Speech (76-76v)<br /> Syntax
+      (125-130)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Syntax (61-66)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Book II (83-168)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Arithmetic (66-75)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Book III (212v-239)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Written Language (74-75)</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="text-align:left">
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p>Book III (184v-206v)</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+  <p>Two aspects of Japanese were not able to be described with any degree
+  of satisfaction by Collado; the adjectives (<i>adjectiva</i>) and the
+  prepositions (<i>praepositio</i>). His difficulties, attributable to the
+  basic structural difference between Latin and Japanese, were compounded
+  by the fact that Rodriguez too was unable to find a satisfactory solution
+  to their description.</p>
+
+  <p>With respect to the adjectives, Collado attempts to deal with their
+  functions in the manner appropriate to Latin, that is as a sub-class of
+  <!-- Page 13 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page13"></a>[13]</span>nouns (pp. <a href="#lpage9">9</a>-11). He
+  also recognizes their formal similarity to the verb and treats them
+  briefly as a sub-class of the substantive verb (pp. <a
+  href="#lpage32">32</a>-33), but his heavy reliance upon the semantic
+  categories of Latin does not permit him to follow Rodriguez who is able
+  more clearly to recognize their formal as well as their functional
+  distinctiveness.</p>
+
+  <p>Concerning prepositions, Collado was confronted with an all but
+  insurmountable taxonomic problem. Here too Rodriguez was unable to
+  develop a completely satisfactory descriptive framework. In the
+  <i>Arte</i> the term <i>posposi��o</i> is used for those particles which
+  function in a manner similar to the Latin prepositions; e.g.,
+  <i>tameni</i>, <i>taixite</i>, and <i>tomoni</i> (cf. 73-73v and
+  140-148v); the term <i>artigo</i> is used for those particles having the
+  functions of the inflectional endings of Latin; e.g., <i>ga</i>,
+  <i>ye</i>, and <i>ni</i> (cf. 1-2, 78, and 137-140); and the general term
+  <i>particula</i> is used to cover the broad spectrum of particles that
+  include adverbs, conjunctions, and exclamations, as well as those
+  otherwise unaccounted for elements which end phrases, clauses, and
+  sentences; e.g., <i>no</i>, <i>nite</i>, and <i>yo</i> (cf. 77-78 and
+  144-154v).</p>
+
+  <p>Collado, rather than attempting to refine the system suggested by
+  Rodriguez, follows the <i>Arte</i> in listing as <i>praepositio</i> those
+  elements which translate the Latin prepositions (pp. <a
+  href="#lpage57">57</a>-59) but uses the term <i>particula</i> to cover
+  all the other particles of the language.</p>
+
+  <p>This tendency of Collado's to retreat from the challenging problems
+  left unresolved by Rodriguez constitutes the greatest weakness of his
+  description. Given concise grammatical descriptions on the one hand and
+  over-simplified versions of previous works on the other, the <i>Ars
+  Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae</i> unfortunately falls among the
+  latter.</p>
+
+  <p>In his shorter work, the <i>Arte Breve</i> of 1620, Rodriguez retains
+  the same general format, but makes every effort to reduce the description
+  to its barest essentials. Thus:</p>
+
+  <div class="poem">
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p class="i8"><span class="sc">Book I</span></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>A General Note on the Language ... 1-2</p>
+      <p>An Essay on How to Learn the Language ... 2v-6</p>
+      <p>The Orthography ... 6-8</p>
+      <p>Composition of the Syllables ... 8v-9v</p>
+      <p>The Way to Write and Pronounce the Letters ... 10-12v</p>
+      <p>The Declension of Nouns ... 13-18</p>
+      <p>The Conjugation and Formation of Verbs ... 18-52</p>
+<!-- Page 14 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page14"></a>[14]</span>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p class="i8"><span class="sc">Book II</span></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>The <span class="correction" title="text reads `Rudamenta'">Rudimenta</span> ... 52-59v</p>
+      <p>The Syntax ... 59v-66v</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p class="i8"><span class="sc">Book III</span></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>The Written Language ... 67-75</p>
+      <p>The Various Kinds of Names ... 75v-98v</p>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+  <p>Of particular interest in the context of Collado's grammar is the
+  manner in which Rodriguez displays the verbal system. While the <i><span
+  class="correction" title="text reads `Arts'">Ars</span> Grammaticae</i>
+  presents the verbal system as a series of alterational rules to be
+  applied to the base forms, the <i>Arte Breve</i> goes even further than
+  the <i>Arte</i> to differentiate the formational rules from the
+  conjugational displays. Rodriguez tries several devices to elucidate his
+  material. For example, Charts A and B below represent very early attempts
+  to use a bordered format for linguistic description.</p>
+
+  <p>In order to indicate the differences to be found between the
+  descriptions presented by Rodriguez and Collado, I have extracted the
+  formational rules from the <i>Arte Breve</i> and, setting aside only two
+  short appendices dealing with variant forms, present them here in their
+  entirety.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>THE CONJUGATION AND FORMATION OF THE
+TENSES AND MOODS OF THE VERBS</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>All the verbs of this language may be reduced </i>(se reduzem)<i>
+  to four affirmative and three negative conjugations. This is because the
+  negative conjugation of the adjectival verb, which we discussed before,<a
+  name="NtA_11" href="#Nt_11"><sup>[11]</sup></a> agrees with the second of
+  the three conjugations; and the conjugation of the substantive verb
+  </i>S&#x1D2;rai<i>, </i>S&#x1D2;r&#x1D2;<i>, or </i>soro<i>, which is an
+  abbreviated form of </i>Samburai<i>, </i>sambur&#x1D2;<i><a name="NtA_12"
+  href="#Nt_12"><sup>[12]</sup></a> both in the affirmative and the
+  negative is reduced to the third conjugation. At this point we will treat
+  the three affirmative and three negative ordinary conjugations of the
+  regular personal verbs.<a name="NtA_13" href="#Nt_13"><sup>[13]</sup></a>
+  Following this, and on account of its particular usage and formation, we
+  will discuss the conjugation of the adjectival verb.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The verbs of this language do not change </i>(na� f&#x1EBD;
+  variedade)<i> to show person and number as do those of Latin; rather, one
+  form </i>(voz)<i> <!-- Page 15 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page15"></a>[15]</span>is used for all persons, singular and
+  plural. Number and person are understood according to the subject
+  </i>(Naminativo [<i>sic</i>])<i>, or pronoun, which is joined to the
+  verb. The moods of the verb, which in this language have distinct forms
+  for the tenses, are indicative, imperative, conjunctive, conditional, and
+  preterit participle. The remaining moods are made up of these forms
+  joined to certain particles. Each mood has but three tenses which have
+  distinct forms; these are preterit, present, and future. These forms are
+  signified by the Japanese terms </i>(vocabulos)<i> </i>Quaco<i>,
+  </i>ghenzai<i>, </i>mirai<i>. The preterit imperfect and pluperfect are
+  made up of the present, preterit, and preterit participle together with
+  the substantive verb, as will be seen below in the conjugations.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Concerning the formation of the tenses and moods of the verbs in
+  general, one is reminded that to understand the actual root </i>(raiz)<i>
+  and the natural formation of all the tenses and moods, both affirmative
+  and negative, it is extremely important to take notice of the usage of
+  the </i>Goyn<i>,<a name="NtA_14" href="#Nt_14"><sup>[14]</sup></a> which
+  are the five vowels </i>(cinco letras vogaes)<i> in the syllables which
+  are below each aforementioned formation; and that it is also important to
+  understand </i>Canadzucai<i>,<a name="NtA_15"
+  href="#Nt_15"><sup>[15]</sup></a> which is the way to write with
+  </i>Firagana<i> as well as the way one joins together syllables, or
+  letters, to form other words </i>(palauras)<i>, while noticing which
+  syllable is changed by which, what constitutes long, short, or
+  diphthongal syllables, which combinations cause contraction
+  </i>(sincope)<i>, which cause augmentation </i>(incremento)<i> of the
+  verb, whether one makes a syllable liquid </i>(liquescit)<i><a
+  name="NtA_16" href="#Nt_16"><sup>[16]</sup></a> or not, and how the
+  tenses of the moods are written with the same </i>Cana<i>.<a
+  name="NtA_17" href="#Nt_17"><sup>[17]</sup></a> The term </i>Goyn<i>, not
+  only indicates the syllables, or </i>Cana<i>, which are transformed to
+  others, such as </i>Fa<i>, </i>Fe<i>, </i>Fi<i>, </i>Fo<i>, </i>Fu<i>,
+  which are changed to the closely related sounds </i>Ba<i>, </i>Be<i>,
+  </i>Bi<i>, </i>Bo<i>, </i>Bu<i> and </i>Pa<i>, </i>Pe<i>, </i>Pi<i>,
+  </i>Po<i>, </i>Pu<i>; but it also indicates another kind of change from
+  one sound to another in the same order </i>(ordem)<i>, as happens among
+  the syllables </i>Fa<i>, </i>Fe<i>, </i>Fi<i>, </i>Fo<i>, </i>Fu<i>.
+  </i>Ba<i>, </i>Be<i>, </i>Bi<i>, </i>Bo<i>, </i>Bu<i>. </i>Ma<i>,
+  </i>Me<i>, </i>Mi<i>, </i>Mo<i>, </i>Mu<i>, <!-- Page 16 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page16"></a>[16]</span>etc. where often by rule
+  </i>(regna)<i> </i>Ma<i> is changed to </i>Mi<i>; or to the contrary
+  </i>Bu<i> to </i>Ba<i> and </i>Bi<i> to </i>Ba<i>, and likewise for
+  others. The greater part of the formation of the tenses of each mood is
+  confined to such changes, as is clearly seen in the way one writes the
+  tense forms with </i>Cana<i>. It is to this that another change belongs.
+  That which exists among those syllables having a certain relationship and
+  rapport between them, as </i>Ma<i>, </i>Fa<i>, </i>Ba<i>, </i>Pa<i>;
+  </i>Me<i>, </i>Fe<i>, </i>Be<i>, </i>Pe<i>; </i>Mi<i>, </i>Fi<i>,
+  </i>Bi<i>, </i>Pi<i>; </i>Mo<i>, </i>Fo<i>, </i>Bo<i>, </i>Po<i>;
+  </i>Mu<i>, </i>Fu<i>, </i>Bu<i>, </i>Pu<i>; with </i>Mu<i> and </i>V<i>.
+  Thus, what is written </i>Vma<i> in </i>Cana<i> is written </i>Muma<i>,
+  and </i>Mume<i> written for </i>Vme<i> in order to conform more closely
+  to its pronunciation.<a name="NtA_18" href="#Nt_18"><sup>[18]</sup></a>
+  Also </i>Mu<i> is written for </i>Bu<i><a name="NtA_19"
+  href="#Nt_19"><sup>[19]</sup></a> so that all the harmony
+  </i>(armonia)<i> in the formations of this language are contained in the
+  rules for </i>Goyn<i> and </i>Canadzucai<i>. Those who are informed see,
+  as native speakers, how the tenses are formed for any mood, and which
+  letter, or syllable, must be changed to another to affect a formation.
+  Concerning this matter there is a booklet<a name="NtA_20"
+  href="#Nt_20"><sup>[20]</sup></a> which teaches </i><span
+  class="correction" title="text reads `Canaduzcai'">Canadzucai</span><i>,
+  and the general rules on the subject. Teachers should have this booklet
+  to teach more easily and advantageously those students who are learning
+  </i>Cana<i>. Lacking a knowledge of </i>Goyn<i> and </i>Canadzucai<i>,
+  some of the rules which until now have been used in the formation of
+  verbs (some of which I have let remain as they were), are not the
+  original and natural rules as are the </i>Goyn<i>.<a name="NtA_21"
+  href="#Nt_21"><sup>[21]</sup></a> They are rather devices, some forming
+  affirmative tenses and moods from negative forms and others forming them
+  from yet other more remote sources, which appear to correspond to
+  formational rules, but for which the proper rules are not known. The fact
+  is that the affirmative as well as negative are formed from the
+  affirmative, beginning with the root, as will be seen below.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Speaking in general of the formation of the verb, the forms of the
+  indicative and imperative moods of all three conjugations are formed from
+  the root of the verb. The rest of the tenses in the other affirmative
+  moods are formed from either the indicative or imperative forms. In the
+  same way, the negative indicative present is formed from the root of the
+  verb and the other tenses of the indicative are formed from <!-- Page 17
+  --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page17"></a>[17]</span>the present
+  form. The other negative moods are formed from the indicative
+  forms.</i></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">Formation of the Tenses for the Indicative and Imperative Moods of the Verbs of the First Affirmative Conjugation</span></p>
+
+  <p><i>The final syllables of the roots of the first affirmative
+  conjugation, by which the verbs conjugated here are known, and from which
+  the tenses of the indicative will be formed, end in </i>E<i>, with the
+  exception of the verb "to do," </i>Xi<i>, or </i>Ii<i>, with its
+  compounds and certain other verbs which end in </i>I<i>. The verbs which
+  belong to the first conjugation, are as follows </i>[<i>in Charts A &amp;
+  B</i>]<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The verb </i>Xi<i> "to do," with its compounds ending in </i>Xi<i>
+  or </i>Ii<i>, follows the formation of the verbs of the first
+  conjugation. </i>Ii<i> is </i>Xi<i> which has been changed
+  </i>(alterado)<i> to </i>Ii<i> because it follows the letter </i>N<i>.
+  </i>Xi<i> conforms to the rules for the syllables which are changed
+  </i>(se mudam)<i> to others. Thus:</i></p>
+
+
+<table width="75%" class="nobctr" summary="First Conjugation Verbs ending in I" title="First Conjugation Verbs ending in I">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left; width:16%">
+      <p>Xi</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left; width:41%" rowspan="4">
+      <p><i>In the present change </i>Xi<i> to </i>Suru<i>. In the preterit
+      add </i>Ta<i> to the root. In the future change </i>Xi<i> to
+      </i>Xe�<i>. In the imperative change </i>Xi<i> to </i>Xe<i> and add
+      </i>Yo<i>, </i>i<i>, or </i>sai<i>. In the negative add </i>Nu<i>, or
+      </i>zu<i> to </i>Xe<i>.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left; width:41%">
+      <p>Suru, xita, xe�, �zu, �zuru, xeyo, xenu, <i>or</i> zu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Faixi</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Faisuru, faixita, faixe�, faixeyo, faixenu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Tayxi<a name="NtA_22" href="#Nt_22"><sup>[22]</sup></a></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Tassuru, taxxita, <span class="correction" title="text reads `taxxe�'"
+      >taxxe�</span>, taxxeyo, taxxenu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Gaxxi</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Gassuru, gaxxita, gaxxe�, gaxxeyo, gaxxenu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Zonji</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left" rowspan="8">
+      <p><i>In the present </i>Ii<i> is changed to </i>Zuru<i>. In the
+      preterit </i>Ta<i> is added to the root. In the future </i>Ii<i> is
+      changed to </i>Ie�<i>, etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Zonzuru, zonjita, zonje�, �zu, �zuru, zonjeyo, zonjenu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Caronji</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Caronzuru, caronjita,<i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Vomonji</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Vomonzuru, vomonjita.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Sanji</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Sanzuru, sanjita.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Goranji</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Goranzuru, goranjita.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Soranji</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Soranzuru, soranjita.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Ganji</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Canzuru, canjita.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Manji</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="spac" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Manzuru, manjita.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+  <p><i>Many of these verbs have another, less used, form made by adding
+  </i>Ru<i> to the root; e.g., </i>Abi, abiru<i>; </i>Mochiy, mochiyru<i>;
+  </i>xiy, xiyru<i>. Among these are some that have only this second form
+  and lack the first; e.g., </i>Mi, miru<i>; </i>Ni, niru<i>; </i>Fi,
+  firu<i>; </i>Cagammi, cagammiru<i>; </i>Ki, kiru<i> "to dress," as
+  distinct from </i>Ki, kuru<i> "to come"; and </i>y, yru<i>.</i></p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 18 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page18"></a>[18]</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">Chart A</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead">[The Formation of First Conjugation Verbs Ending in <i>E</i>]</p>
+
+
+<table class="allb" summary="First Conjugation Verbs Ending in E Chart A" title="First Conjugation Verbs Ending in E Chart A">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Syllables</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Roots</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Formation</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Present</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Preterit</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Future</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Imperative</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Negative</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:center" rowspan="2">
+      <p>Te,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Tate,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left" rowspan="2">
+      <p><i>In the present change </i>Te<i> to </i>T�uru<i>. The remainder
+      are from the root. See above.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Tat�uru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Tateta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Tate�, �zu, �zuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Tateyo. Tatei, tatesay.<a name="NtA_23"
+      href="#Nt_23"><sup>[23]</sup></a></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Tatenu, <i>or</i>, zu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fate,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fat�uru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fateta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fate�, �zu, �zuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fateyo, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fatenu, <i>or</i>, zu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>Ie,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Maje,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Change </i>Ie<i> to </i>Zuru<i> in the present. The remainder
+      are from the root. See above.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Mazuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Majeta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Maje�.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Majeyo, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Majenu, <i>or</i>, zu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:center" rowspan="2">
+      <p>Xe,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Saxe,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left" rowspan="2">
+      <p><i>In the present change </i>Xe<i> to </i>Suru<i>. The remainder
+      are from the root. See above.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Sasuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Saxeta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Saxe�.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Saxeyo.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Saxenu, <i>or</i>, zu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Mairaxe,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Mairasuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Mairaxeta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Mairaxe�.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Mairaxeyo, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Mairaxenu, <i>or</i>, zu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><!-- Page 19 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page19"></a>[19]</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">Chart B</span></p>
+
+
+<table class="allb" summary="First Conjugation Verbs Ending in E Chart B" title="First Conjugation Verbs Ending in E Chart B">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Syllables</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Roots</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Formation</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Present</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Preterit</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Future</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Imperative</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><i>Negative</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>Be,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Curabe,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left" rowspan="8">
+      <p><i>In the present tense of these eight forms, change </i>E<i> to
+      </i>Vru<i>. In the preterit add </i>Ta<i> to the root. In the future
+      </i>�, �zu, �zuru<i> to the root. In the Negative present add
+      </i>Nu<i>, or </i>zu<i> to the root.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Curaburu.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Curabeta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Curabe�, �zu, �zuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Curabeyo, ei, sai.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Curabenu, <i>or</i>, Curabezu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>Fe,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fe,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Furu, <i>or</i>, feru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Feta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fe�, �zu, �zuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Feyo, fei, fesai.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>fenu, fezu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>Ghe,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Aghe,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Aghuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Agheta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Aghe�,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Agheyo, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Aghenu, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>Ke,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Tokoke,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Todokuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Todoketa.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Todoke�. <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Todokenu, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>Me,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Motome,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Motomuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Motometa.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p><span class="correction" title="text reads `Motone�'"
+      >Motome�</span>.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Motomeyo, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Motomenu, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>Ne,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fane,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fanuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Faneta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fane�.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Faneyo.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fanenu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>Re,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fanare,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fanaruru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fanareta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fanare�.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fanareyo.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Fanarenu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:center">
+      <p>Ye,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Ataye,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Atayuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Atayeta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Ataye�.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Atayeyo.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Atayenu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="verttopb" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:center" rowspan="4">
+      <p>[De,]</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="verttopb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>De,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="verttopb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left" rowspan="4">
+      <p><i>In the present change</i> De <i>to</i> Dzuru. <i>The other
+      tenses are formed, as above, from the root.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="verttopb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Dzuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="verttopb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Deta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="verttopb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>De�, �zu, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="verttopb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Deyo, <i>etc.</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="verttopb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Denu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Ide,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Idzuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Ideta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Ide�, �zu.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Ideyo.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Idenu.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>M&#x1D2;de,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>M&#x1D2;dzuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>M&#x1D2;deta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left" colspan="3">
+      <p><i>This verb is defective and lacks other forms.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Mede,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Medzuru.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left">
+      <p>Medeta.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="vertb" style="vertical-align:top; text-align:left" colspan="3">
+      <p><i>This verb is defective and has no other forms</i>.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><!-- Page 20 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page20"></a>[20]</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">Formation of the Optative, <span class="correction" title="text reads `Conjuctive'">Conjunctive</span>, and Conditional Moods, and the Participle</span><p class="cenhead">
+
+  <p><i>The optative mood does not have forms of its own but compensates
+  for this in part by adding to the imperative certain particles which
+  indicate desire, in part by adding to the future indicative particles
+  which show regret for not doing something, and in part by circumlocutions
+  with the conditional mood and certain particles, as will be seen in the
+  conjugations.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The conjunctive mood has two sorts of proper forms. The first is
+  the common and ordinary form ending in </i>Eba<i>, corresponding to the
+  Latin </i>cum<i>. The other ends in </i>Domo<i>, corresponding to the
+  particle "although </i>(posto que)<i>." The other verbs of this mood do
+  not have their own forms, but are expressed by circumlocutions as we
+  shall see.<a name="NtA_24" href="#Nt_24"><sup>[24]</sup></a></i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The present tense of the first conjunctive is formed from the
+  present indicative by changing the final </i>Ru<i> to </i>Reba<i>; e.g.,
+  </i>Motomureba<i>. For the preterit </i>Reba<i> is added to the preterit
+  indicative; e.g., </i>Motometareba<i>. For the future the final </i>Ru<i>
+  of the third form of the future indicative is changed to </i>Reba<i>;
+  e.g., </i>Motome�zureba<i>. For a second form of the future the syllable
+  </i>R&#x1D2;<i> is added to the indicative preterit perfect; e.g.,
+  </i>Motometar&#x1D2;<i>. This particle is </i>Ran<i> in the written
+  language; e.g., </i>Motometaran<i>.<a name="NtA_25"
+  href="#Nt_25"><sup>[25]</sup></a> An utterance </i>(ora�am)<i> does not
+  end in this form, but must be followed by a noun.<a name="NtA_26"
+  href="#Nt_26"><sup>[26]</sup></a></i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The present tense of the second conjunctive is formed by changing
+  the final </i>Ru<i> of the present indicative to </i>Redomo<i>; e.g.,
+  </i>Motomuredomo<i>. For the preterit </i>Redomo<i> is added to the
+  indicative preterit perfect; e.g., </i>Motometaredomo<i>. Strictly
+  speaking this form is </i>Motomete aredomo<i>, losing the </i>E<i> of the
+  participle. Furthermore, </i>Motometa<i>, together with the other
+  preterit forms in </i>Ta<i> is from </i>Motometearu<i> which is first
+  elided to </i>Motometaru<i> and then by common usage </i>(pratica)<i> to
+  </i>Motometa<i>. All of which is seen in its </i>Canadzucai<i>. For the
+  future, the final </i>Ru<i> of the future indicative is changed to
+  </i>Redomo<i>; e.g., </i>Motome�zuredomo<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The conditional mood, for the present tense, is formed by adding
+  the syllable </i>Ba<i> to the root of the verb and </i>Naraba<i> or
+  </i>Ni voiteua<i> to the <!-- Page 21 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page21"></a>[21]</span>present tense form; e.g., </i>Motomeba<i>,
+  </i>motomuru naraba<i>, and </i>motomuruni voiteua<i>. For the preterit,
+  </i>Raba<i>, </i>Naraba<i>, or </i>Ni voiteua<i> are added to the
+  indicative preterit; e.g., </i>Motometaraba<i>, which is in reality
+  </i>Motomete araba<i>, </i>motometa naraba<i>, and </i>motometani
+  voiteua<i>. For the future </i>Naraba<i> or </i>Ni voiteua<i> are added
+  to the future forms; e.g., </i>Motome� naraba<i> and </i>motome�ni
+  voiteua<i>. The present tense forms are also used for the future.</i></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">Verbs of the First Conjugation That End in <i>I</i></span></p>
+
+  <p><i>There are some irregular verbs ending in </i>I<i> which follow the
+  formational rules of the first conjugation, both affirmative and
+  negative. There are a precise number of them. Those which have been found
+  to date are shown below. They are formed for the present indicative by
+  changing </i>I<i> to </i>Uru<i>, for the preterit by adding </i>Ta<i> to
+  the root of the verb, and for the future by adding long </i>�<i>,
+  </i>�zu<i>, or </i>�zuru<i> to the same root. For the present conditional
+  </i>Ba<i> is added to the root, for the preterit </i>Raba<i> is added to
+  the preterit indicative, and for the future </i>Naraba<i> is added to the
+  future indicative. For the present conjunctive the </i>Ru<i> of the
+  present indicative is changed to </i>Reba<i>, for the preterit
+  </i>Reba<i> is added to the same preterit indicative, and for the future
+  the final </i>Ru<i> of the future is changed to </i>Reba<i>. All the
+  other forms are formed as has been stated for the formation of the first
+  conjugation. Thus:<a name="NtA_27"
+  href="#Nt_27"><sup>[27]</sup></a></i></p>
+
+
+<table class="nob" summary="Irregular verbs ending in I" title="Irregular verbs ending in I">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="5">
+      <p><span class="correction" title="text reads `A Bi'">Abi</span></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="5">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:12ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Abi, aburu, abita, abi�, �zu, �zuru, abiyo, <i>or</i> sai, abiba,
+      taraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Cabi, caburu, cabita, cabi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, sai, biba,
+      bitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Carabi, caraburu, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, sai, biba,
+      taraba</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Sabi, saburu, sabita, sabi�, �zu, �zuru, sabiyo, bisai, biba,
+      taraba</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Vabi, vaburu, vabita, vabi�, �zu, �zuru, yo, sai, biba,
+      bitaraaba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="5">
+      <p>Obi</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="5">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:12ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Nobi, buru, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba,
+      bitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Corobi, buru, bita, bi�, bi�zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba,
+      bitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Forobi, buru, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba,
+      bitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Fitobi, bu, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba,
+      bitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Fokorobi, bu, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba,
+      bitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Ubi</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:2ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Furubi, bu, bita, bi�, �zu, �zuru, biyo, bisai, biba,
+      bitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><!-- Page 22 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page22"></a>[22]</span></p>
+
+
+<table class="nob" summary="Irregular verbs ending in I, continued" title="Irregular verbs ending in I, continued">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Vochi,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="2">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:4ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="2">
+      <p>Chi <i>to</i> T�uru</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="2">
+      <p><img src="images/$rbrace.png" style="height:4ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="right brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Vot�uru, chita, chi�, chiyo, chiba, t�ureba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Cuchi,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Cut�uru, chita, chi�, chiyo, chiba, t�ureba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Fagi,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="3">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:7ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="3">
+      <p><i>Change</i> Gi <i>to</i> Dzu</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="3">
+      <p><img src="images/$rbrace.png" style="height:7ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="right brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Fadzuru, fagita, gi�, giyo, giba, gitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Vogi,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p> Vodzuru, gita, gi�, giyo, giba, gitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Negi,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Nedzuru, gita, gi�, giyo, giba, gitaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Mochiy</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="4">
+      <p><img src="images/$rbrace.png" style="height:10ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="right brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="4">
+      <p><i>the final</i> Y <i>to</i> Yuru</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="4">
+      <p><img src="images/$lbrace.png" style="height:10ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="left brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Mochiyuru, mochiyta, chiy�, y�zu, �zuru, iyo, yba, yttaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Xiy,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Xiyuru, xiyta, y� iyo, yba ytaraba.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Mimixiy,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Mimixiyta, mimixiyte, <i>Defective</i>.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Mexiy,</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Mexiytaru, mexiyte, <i>Defective</i>.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Y, yru, yta, y�, �zu, �zuru, yyo, yba, yreba. <i>To be</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Ki, kiru, kita ki�, kiyo, <i>&amp;c.</i> <i>To wear</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Ki, kuru, kita, k�, k�zu, k�zuru, koyo <i>or</i> koi. <i>To
+      Come</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Coru, coruru, corita, cori�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Furi, fururu, furita, furi�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Iki, ikuru, ikita, iki�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Ideki, idekuru, idekita, ideki�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Deki, dekuru, dekita, deki�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Voki, vokuru, vokita, voki�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>T�uki, t�ukuru, t�ukita, t�uki�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Vori, voruru, vorita, vori�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Vrami, vramuru, vramita, vrami�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Cagammi, cagammiru, cagammita, cagammi�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Mi, miru, mita, mi�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Ni, niru, nita, ni�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left" colspan="5">
+      <p>Sughi, sughuru, sughita, sughi�, <i>&amp;c.</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">Formation of the Verbs of the Second Conjugation</span></p>
+
+  <p><i>All the roots of second conjugation verbs end in</i> I. <i>There
+  are eight final syllables for these verbs; i.e.</i>, Bi, Chi, Ghi, Ki,
+  Mi, Ni, Ri, Xi. <i>It is by these syllables that the verbs of the second
+  conjugation (except for those mentioned above as being in the first
+  conjugation) are recognized, and from which the tenses are
+  formed.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The roots ending in the syllables</i> Bi, Ghi, Ki, Mi, <i>and</i>
+  Ri <i>change the</i> I <i>to</i> V <i>for the present tense; e.g.</i>,
+  Tobi, tobu; Coghi, coghu; Caki, caku; Yomi, yomu; Kiri, kiru.</p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in</i> Chi <i>change to</i> T�u <i>for the present;
+  e.g.</i>, Mochi, mot�u; Cachi, cat�u; Tachi, tat�u.</p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in</i> Ni <i>change to</i> Nuru <i>for the present;
+  e.g.</i>, Xini, xinuru; Yni, ynuru.<a name="NtA_28"
+  href="#Nt_28"><sup>[28]</sup></a></p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 23 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page23"></a>[23]</span></p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in </i>Xi<i> change to </i>Su<i> for the present;
+  e.g., </i>Fanaxi, fanasu<i>; </i>Cudaxi, cudasu<i>; </i>Taraxi,
+  tarasu<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>For the preterit those ending </i>Obi<i> and </i>Omi<i> change to
+  </i>�da<i>; e.g., </i>Yomi, y�da<i>; </i>Tobi, t�da<i>; </i>Yobi,
+  y�da<i>; </i>Yorocobi, yoroc�da<i>. </i>Tomi<i> becomes
+  </i>tonda<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in </i>Abi<i> and </i>Ami<i> change to
+  </i>&#x1D2;da<i>; e.g., </i>Yerabi, yer&#x1D2;da<i>; </i>Vogami,
+  vog&#x1D2;da<i>; </i>Yami, y&#x1D2;da<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in </i>Imi<i> change to </i>�da<i>; e.g., </i>Najimi,
+  naj&#x1D4;da<i>; </i>Nijimi, nij&#x1D4;da<i>; </i>Ximi, x�da<i>.<a
+  name="NtA_29" href="#Nt_29"><sup>[29]</sup></a></i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in </i>Umi<i> and </i>Ubi<i> change their endings to
+  </i>Vnda<i> or in some instances </i>�da<i>. While some have two forms
+  others have only one form which is seen in use, the more general is
+  </i>Vnda<i>; e.g., </i>Musubi, musunda<i>; </i>Susumi, susunda<i> or
+  </i>sus�da<i>; </i>Nusumi, nusunda<i> or </i>nus�da<i>; </i>Sumi,
+  sunda<i> or </i>s�da<i>; </i>Cumi, cunda<i> only.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in </i>Ebi<i> and </i>Emi<i> change to </i>E�da<i>;
+  e.g., </i>Sakebi, sake�da<i>; </i>Sonemi, sone�da<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in </i>Ghi<i> change to </i>Ida<i>; e.g., </i>Auoghi,
+  auoida<i>; </i>Voyoghi, voyoida<i>; </i>Coghi, coida<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in </i>Ni<i> change to </i>Inda<i>; e.g., </i>Xini,
+  xinda<i>; </i>Yni, ynda<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in </i>Chi<i> and </i>Ri<i> change to </i>Tta<i>;
+  e.g., </i>Machi, matta<i>; </i>Cachi, catta<i>; </i>Tachi, tatta<i>;
+  </i>Kiri, kitta<i>; </i>Chiri, chitta<i>; </i>Cari, catta<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>Those ending in </i>Ki<i> and </i>Xi<i> change to </i>Ita<i>; e.g.,
+  </i>Caki, caita<i>; </i>Faki, faita<i>; </i>Nuki, nuita<i>; </i>Todoki,
+  todoita<i>; </i>Sosoki, sosoita<i>; </i>Saxi, saita<i>; </i>Fataxi,
+  fataita<i>; </i>Maxi, maita<i> or </i>maxita<i>; </i>Coxi, coita<i> or
+  </i> oxita<i>. The following add </i>Ta<i> to the root; e.g., </i>Moxi,
+  moxita<i>; </i>Muxi, muxita<i>; </i>Fuxi, fuxita<i>; </i>Mexi,
+  mexita<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The future can be formed in two ways. The first and more common way
+  is to change </i>I<i> to </i>&#x1D2;<i>, </i>&#x1D2;zu<i>, or
+  </i>&#x1D2;zuru<i>; e.g., </i>Yomi, yom&#x1D2;, yom&#x1D2;zu,
+  yom&#x1D2;zuru<i>; </i>Yerabi, yerab&#x1D2;<i>, etc.; </i>Kiri,
+  kir&#x1D2;<i>; </i>Xini, xin&#x1D2;<i>; </i>Auoghi, auog&#x1D2;<i>.<a
+  name="NtA_30" href="#Nt_30"><sup>[30]</sup></a> Those ending in
+  </i>Chi<i> change to </i>T&#x1D2;<i>; e.g., </i>Cachi, cat&#x1D2;<i>,
+  etc.; </i>machi, mat&#x1D2;<i>. Those ending in </i>Xi<i> change to
+  </i>S&#x1D2;<i>; e.g., </i>M&#x1D2;xi, m&#x1D2;s&#x1D2;<i>; </i>Nagaxi,
+  nagas&#x1D2;<i>; </i>Mexi, mes&#x1D2;<i>; </i>Coxi, cos&#x1D2;<i>, etc.
+  The other way, which is easy too, is to change the final </i>V<i> of the
+  present indicative to </i>&#x1D2;<i>; e.g., </i>Yomu, yom&#x1D2;<i>;
+  </i>Kiku, kik&#x1D2;<i>; </i>M&#x1D2;su, m&#x1D2;s&#x1D2;<i>; </i>Mesu,
+  mes&#x1D2;<i>. Those ending in <!-- Page 24 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page24"></a>[24]</span></i>�u<i> change <span class="correction"
+  title="text omits `to'">to</span> </i>T&#x1D2;<i>; e.g., </i>Tat�u,
+  tat&#x1D2;<i>; </i>Cat�u, cat&#x1D2;<i>. Those ending in </i>Nuru<i>
+  change to </i>N&#x1D2;<i>; e.g., </i>Xinuru, xin&#x1D2;<i>; </i>Ynuru,
+  yn&#x1D2;<i>. This second rule seems to be more naturally in accord with
+  the rules for the Japanese language.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The imperative changes the final </i>I<i> of the root to </i>E<i>.
+  Those ending in </i>Chi<i> change to </i>Te<i>; e.g., </i>Yome<i>;
+  </i>Kike<i>; </i>Tamochi, tamote<i>; </i>Vchi, ute<i>; </i>Machi,
+  mate<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The present conjunctive is formed by adding </i>Ba<i> to the
+  imperative; e.g., </i>Yomeba<i>; </i>Tateba<i>.<a name="NtA_31"
+  href="#Nt_31"><sup>[31]</sup></a> For the preterit, </i>Reba<i> is added
+  to the preterit indicative; e.g., </i>Y�darebe<i>.<a name="NtA_32"
+  href="#Nt_32"><sup>[32]</sup></a> For the future the final </i>Ru<i> of
+  the future indicative is changed to </i>Reba<i>; e.g.,
+  </i>Yom&#x1D2;zureba<i>. The conjunctive in </i>Domo<i> is formed in the
+  same manner; e.g., </i>Yomedomo, y�daredomo,
+  yom&#x1D2;zuredomo<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The conditional is formed from the future indicative by changing
+  the </i>&#x1D2;<i> to </i>Aba<i>; e.g., </i>Yomaba<i>; </i>Tataba<i>.<a
+  name="NtA_33" href="#Nt_33"><sup>[33]</sup></a> The preterit is formed by
+  adding </i>Raba<i> to the indicative preterit; e.g., </i>Y�daraba<i>;
+  </i>Tattaraba<i>.<a name="NtA_34"
+  href="#Nt_34"><sup>[34]</sup></a></i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The preterit participle is formed from the preterit by changing the
+  </i>A<i> to </i>E<i>; e.g., </i>Y�de<i>; </i>Kite<i>; </i>Tatte<i>. The
+  present participle, in </i>Te<i>, is formed by adding </i>Te<i>
+  </i>[<i>'hand'</i>]<i> to the root of any verb. This is properly a
+  substantive and thus governs the <span class="correction" title="text reads `genative'"
+  >genitive</span> as do the other substantives. It does not indicate
+  tense; e.g., </i>Yomite<i>; </i>Cakite<i>; </i>Machite<i>, etc.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The negative present can be formed in two ways. The first, and that
+  which accords with the rules for </i>Canadzucai<i>, is formed by changing
+  </i>I<i> of the root to </i>Anu<i> or </i>Azu<i>; e.g., </i>Corobi,
+  corobanu, corobazu<i>; </i>Yomi, yomanu<i>, etc.; </i>Coghi, coghanu<i>;
+  </i>Caki, cacanu<i>;<a name="NtA_35" href="#Nt_35"><sup>[35]</sup></a>
+  </i>Kiri, kiranu<i>; </i>ini, inanu<i>. Those ending in </i>Chi<i> change
+  to </i>Tanu<i>; e.g., </i>Tachi, tatanu<i>. Those ending in </i>Xi<i>
+  change to </i>Sanu<i>; e.g., </i>Fanasanu<i>. Another formation common to
+  all is made with the future indicative by changing </i>&#x1D2;<i> to
+  </i>Anu<i> or </i>Azu<i>; e.g., </i>Corob&#x1D2;, corobanu, corobazu<i>;
+  </i>Yom&#x1D2;, yomanu<i>, etc.; </i>Cogh&#x1D2;, coghanu<i>;
+  </i>Cak&#x1D2;, cakanu<i>; </i>Kir&#x1D2;, kiranu<i>; </i>In&#x1D2;,
+  inanu<i>; </i>Tat&#x1D2;, tatanu<i>; </i>Mat&#x1D2;, matanu<i>;
+  </i>Fanas&#x1D2;, fanasanu<i>. This rule is common to all three
+  conjugations by changing the affirmative future indicative </i>&#x1D2;<i>
+  to </i>Anu<i> and the </i>�<i> <!-- Page 25 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page25"></a>[25]</span>and </i>�<i> to </i>Nu<i> or </i>Zu<i>;<a
+  name="NtA_36" href="#Nt_36"><sup>[36]</sup></a> e.g., </i>Todome�,
+  todomenu, todomezu<i>; </i>Saxe�, saxenu<i>, etc.; </i>Tate�, tatenu<i>;
+  </i>Mi�, minu<i>; </i>Yom&#x1D2;, yomanu<i>; </i>Tat&#x1D2;, tatanu<i>;
+  </i>Fanas&#x1D2;, fanasanu<i>; </i>Narau&#x1D2;, narananu<i>;
+  </i>Vomou&#x1D2;, vomouanu<i>; </i>Furuuo, furuuanu<i>. For the second
+  conjugation preterit, those in </i>Nu<i> are changed to </i>Nanda<i>:
+  e.g., </i>Yomananda<i>. For the preterit participle </i>Da<i> is changed
+  to </i>De<i>; e.g., </i>Yomanande<i>. For the second form of the negative
+  participle, the </i>Nu<i> is changed to </i>Ide<i>; e.g., </i>Yomaide,
+  Corobaide<i>, </i>Tataide<i>, </i>Totonouaide<i>. For the future the
+  particle </i>majij<i><a name="NtA_37" href="#Nt_37"><sup>[37]</sup></a>
+  or </i>mai<i> is added to the affirmative present indicative; e.g.,
+  </i>Yomumajij, yomumai<i>; </i>Mat�umajij, mat�umai<i>.</i></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">Formation of the Third Conjugation and the Roots from Which the Tenses Are Formed</span></p>
+
+  <p><i>The final syllables of the third conjugation are the diphthongs
+  </i>Ai<i>, </i>Oi<i>, </i>Vi<i>. By these syllables the verbs are known
+  to belong to this conjugation, and from them the tenses are formed. The
+  present indicative is formed by changing </i>Ai<i> to </i>&#x1D2;<i>,
+  </i>Oi<i> to </i>�<i>, and </i>Vi<i> to </i>�<i>; e.g., </i>Narai,
+  nar&#x1D2;<i>; </i>Vomoi, vom�<i>; </i>furui, fur�<i>. The preterit is
+  formed by adding the syllable </i>Ta<i> to the present; e.g.,
+  </i>Nar&#x1D2;ta<i>, </i>Vom�ta<i>, </i>Fur�ta<i>. The future is formed
+  by changing the final </i>I<i> of the root to </i>V&#x1D2;, v&#x1D2;zu,
+  v&#x1D2;zuru<i>; e.g., </i>Narau&#x1D2;, narau&#x1D2;zu<i>, etc.;
+  </i>Vomou&#x1D2;, vomou&#x1D2;zu<i>, etc.; </i>Furuu&#x1D2;,
+  furuu&#x1D2;zu<i>, etc. The present imperative is formed by changing the
+  final </i>I<i> to </i>Ye<i>; e.g., </i>Naraye<i>, </i>Vomoye<i>,
+  </i>Furuye<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>For the present conjunctive </i>Ba<i> or </i>Domo<i> is added to
+  the imperative; e.g., </i>Narayeba, narayedomo<i>; </i>Vomoyeba,
+  vomoyedomo<i>; </i>Furuyeba, furuyedomo<i>. For the preterit </i>Reba<i>
+  or </i>Redamo<i><a name="NtA_38" href="#Nt_38"><sup>[38]</sup></a> is
+  added to the indicative preterit; e.g., </i>Nar&#x1D2;tareba,
+  nar&#x1D2;taredomo<i>; </i>Vom�tareba, vom�taredomo<i>; </i>Fur�tareba,
+  fur�taredomo<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The present conditional is formed by changing </i>&#x1D2;<i> of the
+  future to </i>Aba<i>; e.g., </i>Narauaba<i>, </i>Vomouaba<i>,
+  </i>Furuuaba<i>. The preterit is formed by adding </i>Raba<i> to the
+  indicative preterit; e.g., </i>Nar&#x1D2;taraba<i>, </i>Vom�taraba<i>,
+  </i>Fur�taraba<i>.</i></p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 26 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page26"></a>[26]</span></p>
+
+  <p><i>The negative present is formed by changing the </i>I<i> of the root
+  to </i>Vanu<i> or </i>vazu<i>; e.g., </i>Narai, narauanu, narauazu<i>;
+  </i>Vomoi, vomouanu<i>, etc.; </i>Furui, Furuuana<i>, etc. This form can
+  also be formed from the future by changing the </i>&#x1D2;<i> to
+  </i>Anu<i> or </i>azu<i>; e.g., </i>Narau&#x1D2;, narananu<i>, etc. For
+  the preterit the </i>Nu<i> is changed to </i>Nanda<i>; e.g.,
+  </i>Narauananda<i>. For the preterit participle the </i>Da<i> is changed
+  to </i>De<i>; e.g., </i>Narauanande<i>. For the second form the </i>Nu<i>
+  of the present is changed to </i>Ide<i>; e.g., </i>Narauaide<i>,
+  </i>Vomouaide<i>, </i>Furuuaide<i>. For the future the particle
+  </i>Majii<i>,<a name="NtA_39" href="#Nt_39"><sup>[39]</sup></a>
+  </i>maji<i>, or </i>mai<i> is added to the affirmative present
+  indicative; </i>e.g.<i>, </i>Nar&#x1D2;majii, nar&#x1D2;maji,
+  nar&#x1D2;mai<i>; </i>Vom�majii, ji<i>, or </i>mai<i>; </i>Fur�majii,
+  ji<i>, or </i>mai<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p><i>The verb </i>Yy<i> 'to speak' becomes </i>Y�, y�ta, yu&#x1D2;, yye,
+  yuanu<i>. </i>Yei<i> or </i>yoi<i> 'to become sick' becomes </i>Y�, y�ta,
+  you&#x1D2;, yoye, yonanu<i>. The substantive verb </i>Saburai<i>, which
+  also belongs to this conjugation, becomes </i>Sabur&#x1D2;,
+  saburauanu<i>; and </i>S&#x1D2;rai<i> becomes </i>S&#x1D2;r&#x1D2;, soro,
+  s&#x1D2;raite, s&#x1D2;raye, sorouanu<i>.</i></p>
+
+  <p>Rodriguez follows these formational rules with a full display of all
+  the forms of the three conjugations. In his display he, like Alvarez
+  before him, recapitulates the appropriate rules for each form. Collado
+  nowhere presents his conjugational system as a paradigm but does, as we
+  shall see, include a full complement of example sentences in his
+  description, something which Rodriguez does not do in the <i>Arte
+  Breve</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Bibliography</i></p>
+
+  <p>In the examination of any portion of the Christian materials certain
+  works are indispensable. Father Johannes Laures, S.J., <i>Kirishitan
+  Bunko</i> (Tokyo, 1957) remains the basic bibliographic source for the
+  study of all sources of the Christian Century, while Hashimoto Shinkichi,
+  <i>Kirishitan ky&#x14D;gi no kenky&#x16B;</i> (Tokyo, 1929) and Doi
+  Tadao, <i>Kirishitan gogaku no kenky&#x16B;</i> (Tokyo, 1942) serve as
+  indespensible guides to our understanding of the linguistic aspects of
+  the field. A later contribution to the general bibliography has been made
+  by Fukushima Kunimichi, <i>Kirishitan shiry&#x14D; to kokugo
+  kenky&#x16B;</i> (Tokyo, 1973).</p>
+
+  <p>The basic grammatical study of the period, based upon the
+  <i>sh&#x14D;mono</i> materials, is Yuzawa K&#x14D;kichir&#x14D;,
+  <i>Muromachi jidai gengo no kenky&#x16B;</i> <!-- Page 27 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page27"></a>[27]</span>(Tokyo, 1958). More
+  closely related to the language reflected in the text is his "Amakusabon
+  Heike monogatari no goh&#x14D;," in <i>Ky&#x14D;iku ronbunsh&#x16B;</i>
+  (no. 539, Jan. 1929). An English treatment of the grammatical system of
+  the period is to be found in R. L. Spear, "A Grammatical Study of
+  <i>Esopo no Fabulas</i>," an unpublished doctoral thesis (Michigan,
+  1966). The phonology has been carefully analyzed by &#x14C;tomo
+  Shin'ichi, <i>Muromachi jidai no kokugo onsei no kenky&#x16B;</i> (Tokyo,
+  1963), with a valuable contribution made in English by J. F. Moran, "A
+  Commentary on the <i>Arte Breve da Lingoa Iapao</i> of Jo�o Rodriguez,
+  S.J., with Particular Reference to Pronunciation," an unpublished
+  doctoral thesis (Oxford, 1971). This latter work presents an exhaustive
+  examination of the phonological system reflected in the <i>Arte Breve</i>
+  of 1620 within the framework of Berhard Bloch's phonemic theory.</p>
+
+  <p>Two lexical works have been used as basic references in this
+  translation. The <i>Vocabulario de Lingoa de Iapam</i> (hereafter the
+  <i>Vocabulario</i>) produced by the Jesuit Mission Press at Nagasaki in
+  the years 1603 and 04. In a carefully annotated version by Professor Doi,
+  under the title <i>Nippo jisho</i> (Tokyo, 1960), this work is the most
+  important single source for the vocabulary of the period. The second work
+  is the <i>Dictionarium sive Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae Compendium</i>
+  (hereafter the <i>Dictionarium</i>) which is the companion piece to the
+  present text. This dictionary has been carefully edited and
+  cross-referenced by &#x14C;tsuka Mitsunobu, under the title <i>Koriyaado
+  Ra Su Nichi jiten</i> (Tokyo, 1966). In this form it has served as a
+  constant aid to the translator in the determination of the proper glosses
+  for the lexical items in the text.</p>
+
+  <p>The aforementioned <i>Arte</i> of 1604-08 by Rodriguez, has been the
+  single most frequently used tool in the preparation of this
+  translation.<a name="NtA_40" href="#Nt_40"><sup>[40]</sup></a> As the
+  most significant influence upon Collado's work and the source for most of
+  his material, both theoretical and practical, I have related the two
+  works at every point in the translation. In its Japanese version by
+  Professor Doi, <i>Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten</i> (Tokyo, 1950), this work
+  has been invaluable in gaining a clearer understanding of many of the
+  passages which might have otherwise been obscure.</p>
+
+  <p>Rodriguez' <i>Arte Breve</i> of 1620, while having no influence upon
+  the preparation of the <i>Ars Grammaticae</i>, is nevertheless of
+  fundamental <!-- Page 28 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page28"></a>[28]</span>importance as a work against which Collado's
+  treatment of Japanese grammar is to be judged. This shorter grammar is as
+  yet to be fully translated into English&mdash;Moran having limited his
+  study to the treatment of the phonology.</p>
+
+  <p>With respect to the text itself I have made this translation on the
+  basis of the facsimile edition published by the Tenri Central Library in
+  1972 as part of its <i>Classica Japonica</i> series. &#x14C;tsuka
+  Takanobu, <i>Koiyaado-cho Nihongo bunten</i> (Tokyo, 1934) and its
+  revised edition under the title of <i>Koriyaado Nihon bunten</i> (Tokyo,
+  1957) have served as invaluable aids at every step of the
+  translation.</p>
+
+  <p>&#x14C;tsuka's second edition is of invaluable scholarly importance
+  because it contains a cross-reference to the Spanish manuscript from
+  which Collado prepared the printed Latin edition as well as a concordance
+  to the Japanese vocabulary.<a name="NtA_41"
+  href="#Nt_41"><sup>[41]</sup></a> This translation attempts to supplement
+  &#x14C;tsuka's invaluable contribution by relating the Latin text of this
+  grammar with Rodriguez' <i>Arte</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Editorial Conventions</i></p>
+
+  <p>The Latin matrix of the text is printed in italic letters while the
+  Japanese is in roman. For this translation I have reversed the
+  convention. (In footnotes where the text is quoted the style of the
+  original is followed.) In making editorial corrections in the Japanese
+  material the corrected version is presented in brackets with periods to
+  indicate the general location;</p>
+
+<blockquote class="b1n">
+
+  <p>e.g., <i>mairu mai queredomo</i> [... qeredomo]</p>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+  <p>(The only exception to this rule is the correcting of a missing open
+  <i>o</i>, q.v.) Sentences that have been taken from the <i>Arte</i> are
+  indicated by the parenthetical recording of the leaf number of the
+  citation immediately after the sentence;</p>
+
+<blockquote class="b1n">
+
+  <p>e.g., <i>x� tame no ch�qui gia</i> (22) 'it is....</p>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+  <p>Shorter sentences and specific words that in all likelihood have been
+  taken from the <i>Arte</i> are not listed if they are to be found in the
+  section elsewhere noted as being the source of the material covered. Any
+  <!-- Page 29 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page29"></a>[29]</span>significant alteration in the form of the
+  source is noted. Since the <i>Arte</i> is numbered by the leaf, <i>v</i>
+  is added to the number to indicate the <i>verso</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>All the corrections made by the <i>errata</i> (on page 75 of the text)
+  have been applied to the text without notation unless the correction is
+  itself in error.</p>
+
+  <p>The punctuation follows the text with the following exceptions;</p>
+
+  <p>1. In translating from Latin the English follows modern rules of
+  punctuation.</p>
+
+  <p>2. Single quotes have been introduced into the text to mark glosses
+  and translations.</p>
+
+  <p>3. In transcribing the Japanese citations any alteration of the
+  original punctuation is noted.</p>
+
+  <p>4. The spacing of words in Japanese&mdash;a relatively casual matter
+  in the text&mdash;has been regularized on the basis of the predominant
+  pattern.</p>
+
+  <p>5. Two specific rules, based upon Collado's more or less consistent
+  usage, are followed in the citing of verb forms:</p>
+
+<blockquote class="b1n">
+
+  <p>a. In the most frequent citation of verbs, where the root form is
+  followed by the present indicative ending, a comma is used;</p>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="b2n">
+
+  <p>e.g., <i>ari,u</i>; <i>ague,uru</i>; <i>mochi,t�u</i></p>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="b1n">
+
+  <p>b. In an alternate form of citation, where the two forms are given in
+  their entirety, a colon is used;</p>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="b2n">
+
+  <p>e.g., <i>ari:aru</i>; <i>ague:aguru</i>; <i>mochi:mot�u</i></p>
+
+</blockquote>
+
+  <p>Spelling and accentuation are treated in the following manner:</p>
+
+  <p>1. The <i>&#x17F;</i> in all instances is represented by <i>s</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>2. The usage of <i>v</i> and <i>u</i> has been regularized: the
+  <i>v</i> serves as the consonant; and <i>u</i> as the vowel, semi-vowel,
+  and orthographic symbol; e.g., <i>vaga</i>, <i>uie</i>, <i>quan</i>, and
+  <i>agueta</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>3. The predictable nasalization&mdash;marked by a tilde in the
+  text&mdash;has not been included in the translation unless the presence
+  of nasalization is morphologically significant; e.g., <i>tobu:t�da</i>.
+  <!-- Page 30 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page30"></a>[30]</span></p>
+
+  <p>4. The accent grave&mdash;which appears in no discernible
+  pattern&mdash;is not transcribed in the translation.</p>
+
+  <p>5. The accent acute is used in the translation to mark the long
+  <i>�</i> [u:] and the long, open <i>�</i> [<span
+  class="IPA">&#x254;</span>:], in those places where the length is marked
+  by Collado. Since the most frequent typographical error in the text is
+  the failure to mark the presence of these long syllables, I follow the
+  convention of correcting the absence of this feature in the Latin text by
+  using the inverted caret in the translation. Thus, the appearance in the
+  translation of <i>m�su</i> indicates that Collado recorded the length of
+  this word, either by an accent acute (e.g., <i>m�su</i>), or an inverted
+  caret (e.g., <i>m&#x1D2;su</i>). The appearance of <i>m&#x1D2;su</i>
+  indicates that he did not, and that its absence is being corrected. The
+  form <i>m&#x1D2;su</i> in the translation is therefore the shorthand
+  equivalent for what would more regularly be <i>mosu</i>
+  [<i>m�su</i>].</p>
+
+  <p>6. The circumflex, which indicates the long, closed <i>�</i> [o:], is
+  corrected as other errors by placing the corrected version of the item in
+  brackets; e.g., <i>roppio</i> [<i>roppi�</i>].</p>
+
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<h1>
+ARS<br />
+GRAMMATICAE<br />
+IAPONICAE<br />
+LINGVAE
+</h1>
+
+<h2>IN GRATIAM ET ADIVTORIVM<br />
+eorum, qui pr�dicandi Euangelij causa ad<br />
+Iaponi� Regnum se voluerint conferre.</h2>
+
+<h3><i>Composita, &amp; Sacr� de Propaganda Fide Congregationi<br />
+dicata � Fr. Didaco Collado Ordinis Pr�dicatorum<br />
+per aliquot annos in pr�dicto Regno<br />
+Fidei Catholic� propagationis<br />
+Ministro.</i></h3>
+
+  <div class="figcenter" style="width:50%;">
+      <a href="images/vignette.png"><img style="width:100%" src="images/vignette.png"
+      alt="Vignette of Blessed Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith" title="Vignette of Blessed Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith" /></a>
+  </div>
+<h2>ROM�,<br />
+Typis &amp; impensis Sac. Congr. de Propag. Fide.<br />
+MDCXXXII.<br />
+<i>SVPERIORVM PERMISSV</i>.</h2>
+
+<p><!-- Page 105 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page105"></a>[105]</span></p>
+
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<h1>
+A<br />
+Grammar<br />
+of the Japanese<br />
+Language
+</h1>
+
+<h2>
+FOR THE SAKE AND HELP<br />
+of those who wish to go to the Kingdom of<br />
+Japan to preach the Gospel.
+</h2>
+
+<h3>
+Composed and dedicated to the Blessed Congregation for the<br />
+Propagation of the Faith by Brother Didico Collado,<br />
+O.P., who was for many years in that Kingdom<br />
+as a Minister for the Propagation of<br />
+the Catholic Faith.
+</h3>
+
+  <div class="figcenter" style="width:50%;">
+      <a href="images/vignette.png"><img style="width:100%" src="images/vignette.png"
+      alt="Vignette of Blessed Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith" title="Vignette of Blessed Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith" /></a>
+  </div>
+<p class="cenhead">
+Printed by the Blessed Congregation for the Propagation of the Faith.<br />
+1632<br />
+BY PERMISSION OF THE SUPERIORS.
+</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 106 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page106"></a>[106]</span></p>
+
+<hr class="full" >
+
+  <div class="poem">
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p class="i4">It may be published if it please the Most Reverend Father,</p>
+      <p class="i8">Master of the Holy Apostolic Palace.</p>
+      <p class="i12">For the Archbishop of Umbria. The Vicar General.</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>It may be published.</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p class="i4">Brother Nicolaus Riccardius, Master of the Holy Apostolic Palace,</p>
+      <p class="i8">Order of Preachers.</p>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+<p><!-- Page 107 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page107"></a>[107]</span></p>
+
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<h3>Prologue to the Reader</h3>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>With Some Advice on the Correct Pronunciation
+of the Japanese Language</i></p>
+
+  <p>Long ago, at the beginning of the establishment of our orthodox faith
+  in the Japanese kingdom, a grammar of this language was made by Father
+  Ioannus Rodriguez of the Society of Jesus.<a name="NtA_42"
+  href="#Nt_42"><sup>[42]</sup></a> However, since things rarely turn out
+  perfect at first attempt, and, because of the passing years that have
+  made it difficult to find a copy of this grammar; I thought that it would
+  honor God and the ministers who preach the faith (which cannot be taught
+  without the use of language) if I were to select examples (and there are
+  many) that are useful to this language, neglect those not accepted by the
+  experts of the language, add, with the help of God (who gives words to
+  the evangelists), the words that I have learned from experience,
+  practice, and continuous reading, and by such means offer up a handbook
+  of the Japanese language in which I would bring together in a brief span
+  these examples with those precepts which the preachers (for whom I began
+  this work) need to learn of the Japanese language. This is done because
+  examples are necessary with the rules and precepts so that it is possible
+  to demonstrate the rule which has just been explained. Not only have
+  these examples been selected for the greater help and enjoyment of the
+  students, but also their explanation has been added in Latin (which is
+  the language most common to theologians); thus the teacher will have very
+  little left to be desired. Even if all the elements included in this
+  grammar, as in the dictionary (which with the help of God I plan to
+  publish shortly),<a name="NtA_43" href="#Nt_43"><sup>[43]</sup></a> are
+  polished enough and sure enough to be used with trust; I would still want
+  them to be submitted to the judgement of the reader so that the preaching
+  of the faith, carried on with a more correct language, may become more
+  fruitful.</p>
+
+  <p>When two vowels follow each other in any Japanese word, they are not
+  pronounced as in the Latin word <i>valeo</i> or in the Spanish,
+  <i>vaca</i>, but each is pronounced independently; <i>v</i>, <i>a</i>;
+  <i>v</i>, <i>o</i>; <i>v</i>, <i>i</i>.</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 108 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page108"></a>[108]</span></p>
+
+  <p>The letter <i>s</i> is pronounced as <i>s�</i>; e.g., <i>susumuru</i>,
+  <i>s�us�umuru</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The letter <i>j</i> is pronounced smoothly (<i>blande</i>), as in the
+  Portuguese <i>joa�</i> and <i>judeo</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The letter <i>x</i> is also pronounced smoothly, as in the Portuguese
+  <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage4"></a>(4</span>
+  <i>queixumes</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>When there is the sign &#x2C6; over the letter <i>o</i> it is
+  pronounced <i>ou</i> with the lips almost closed and the mouth partly
+  closed; e.g., <i>bupp�</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>When there is the sign &#x2C7; or � over the letter <i>o</i> it is
+  pronounced with the mouth open as if there were two letters, <i>oo</i>;
+  e.g., <i>tenx�</i> or <i>gacux&#x1D2;</i>.<a name="NtA_44"
+  href="#Nt_44"><sup>[44]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>If the signs we have just shown are over the letter <i>u</i>, it is
+  pronounced long as if there were two letters, <i>uu</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>taif�</i> or <i>aia&#x1D4;</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>When the sign &#x2DC; is over the vowel, the sign should be pronounced
+  like an <i>n</i>, not strongly but swiftly (<i>cursim</i>) and softly
+  (<i>leniter</i>); e.g., <i>v�ga</i>.<a name="NtA_45"
+  href="#Nt_45"><sup>[45]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Qe</i> and <i>Qi</i> are written without <i>u</i>, because when
+  <i>u</i> follows <i>q</i> or <i>c</i> both letters are pronounced as a
+  <i>sinalepha</i>;<a name="NtA_46" href="#Nt_46"><sup>[46]</sup></a> e.g.,
+  <i>qu�dai</i> or <i>quainin</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>When <i>u</i> follows <i>g</i> and immediately after the <i>u</i> is
+  the letter <i>e</i> or <i>i</i>, it should be pronounced as in the
+  Spanish word <i>guenin</i>; but if the letter <i>e</i> or <i>i</i>
+  follows <i>g</i> immediately without the <i>u</i>, it should be
+  pronounced as in the Italian word <i>giorno</i>; e.g., <i>xit�gi</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The letter <i>z</i> is pronounced with the same strength as in the
+  Spanish word <i>zumbar</i>; e.g., <i>mizu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>But if there are two <i>zz</i> then they are pronounced more strongly;
+  <i>e.g.</i>, <i>mizzu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>When there are two <i>tt</i>, <i>xx</i>, <i>zz</i>, <i>qq</i>,
+  <i>cq</i>, <i>ij</i>, or <i>pp</i><a name="NtA_47"
+  href="#Nt_47"><sup>[47]</sup></a> it is important to persist in order to
+  obtain perfect pronunciation and the exact value of the word; for
+  <i>mizu</i> means 'honey' and <i>mizzu</i> means 'water.' Therefore, if
+  the words are said with the same strength or the same gentleness they can
+  mean either 'water' or 'honey.'</p>
+
+  <p>When <i>ch</i> comes before a vowel it is pronounced as in the Spanish
+  <i>chimera</i>; e.g., <i>foch�</i>.</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 109 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page109"></a>[109]</span></p>
+
+  <p>But if <i>nh</i> comes before a vowel it is pronounced as in the
+  Spanish <i>ma�a</i>; e.g., <i>nhuva</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The letter <i>f</i> is pronounced in various regions of Japan as it is
+  in Latin. In others it is pronounced as if it were an imperfect <i>h</i>.
+  For both pronunciations the lips and the mouth should be nearly, but not
+  completely, closed.</p>
+
+  <p>When <i>t�</i> is in a word (and it appears quite frequently) the
+  student should pray that God have mercy on his pronunciation because the
+  word is very difficult, and its pronunciation is not to be found <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage5"></a>(5</span> in any other language. It
+  is not truly pronounced <i>t�</i>, nor as <i>s</i>, nor as <i>c</i>
+  alone, but rather by striking the tongue violently against the teeth in
+  order to pronounce both <i>t</i> and <i>�</i>, but with more <i>�</i>
+  than <i>t</i> seeming to be sounded; e.g., <i>t�ut�umu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The letter <i>r</i> is said smoothly and softly everywhere it is
+  found, either at the beginning or in the middle of a word; e.g.,
+  <i>rangui�</i>, or <i>cutabiruru</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><i>Ya</i>, <i>ye</i>, <i>yo</i>, and <i>yu</i> are pronounced as in
+  Spanish.<a name="NtA_48" href="#Nt_48"><sup>[48]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>When words ending in <i>i</i> or <i>u</i> are pronounced by the
+  Japanese, the last letter is almost not heard by the student. For
+  instance, if he hears <i>gozaru</i> he will think he hears <i>gozar</i>,
+  if he hears <i>fitot�u</i> he will believe he hears only <i>fitot�</i>,
+  and when he hears <i>axi no fara</i> he will perceive only <i>ax no
+  fara</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>When a word ending in a vowel is followed immediately by a consonant,
+  particularly <i>b</i> or <i>s</i>,<a name="NtA_49"
+  href="#Nt_49"><sup>[49]</sup></a> between that vowel and consonant is
+  pronounced the letter <i>n</i>, not perfectly, but softly; e.g., <i>son�
+  gotoqu.</i></p>
+
+  <p>I have given special care to the accenting of words.<a name="NtA_50"
+  href="#Nt_50"><sup>[50]</sup></a> This has been done so that the signs
+  that have been placed correctly over the accented letter will allow the
+  listener to understand the meaning of the words and the sentences of the
+  speaker. For instance, <i>q�ix�i</i> has the accent on both <i>��</i>;
+  <i>f�bic�xi</i> has it on the first <i>i</i> and on the <i>a</i>.<a
+  name="NtA_51" href="#Nt_51"><sup>[51]</sup></a> This same <!-- Page 110
+  --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page110"></a>[110]</span>arrangement
+  will be respected in the dictionary, with the accent being written with
+  the same degree of correctness as is able to be achieved with great
+  attention. If at times I have made mistakes, I am prepared to correct
+  them immediately. Concerning what has been explained too briefly or left
+  out of this grammar and the dictionary, learned people will be able to do
+  that when they add a third dictionary and a third grammar, since it is
+  easy to supply this material. Because I wish neither to be criticized by
+  the Head of our Order (<i>pater familias</i>) and the Lord our God, nor
+  do I wish this knowledge to be wrapped up in a handkerchief;<a
+  name="NtA_52" href="#Nt_52"><sup>[52]</sup></a> I want by these two works
+  to help and to cooperate in the salvation of the Japanese not only by
+  preaching but also by offering to the preachers, if I can, the tools of
+  the language and chiefly the method by which they might better learn the
+  Japanese language, a task made very difficult by the persecutions in
+  Japan. Farewell, Reader, and be of good cheer. Madrid, 30 August
+  1631.</p>
+
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<p><!-- Page 111 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page111"></a>[111]</span></p>
+
+  <p><span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage6"></a>(6</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><span class="sc">In This Grammar We Have for the Most Part Observed the Arrangement Which Antonius Nebrissensis and Others Have Followed in Latin for the Treatment of Sentences, Namely Nouns, Pronouns, Etc.</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Noun&mdash;Its Declension and Its Gender</i></p>
+
+  <p>In the Japanese language there are no case declensions as there are in
+  Latin; but there are certain particles, which when suffixed to nouns,
+  determine the differences between the cases for both common and proper
+  nouns. The particles which form the nominative are five; <i>va</i>,
+  <i>ga</i>, <i>cara</i>, <i>no</i>, and <i>iori</i>. The particle
+  <i>va</i> is used when we want to give a sort of reduplicative<a
+  name="NtA_53" href="#Nt_53"><sup>[53]</sup></a> and specific turn to the
+  person or thing that is signified by such a noun. It indicates either the
+  first, second, or third person; e.g., <i>Vatacuxi va mairanu</i> 'I, or
+  those related to me, will not come.' The particle <i>no</i> is suffixed
+  to the second and third person, especially if they are inferior in rank
+  or in a sentence where there is a relative construction which does not
+  indicate a transitive action; e.g., <i>sonata no m�xita coto</i> 'that
+  which you said.' The particle <i>no</i> is also used when some indefinite
+  form is used; e.g., <i>iie no aru ca mii�</i> [... <i>miio</i>] 'see if
+  there are houses.' The particle <i>ga</i> is used usually for the first
+  and third persons of inferior status as well as for the second person
+  when he is the most lowly or is to be humiliated; e.g., <i>Pedro ga
+  qita</i> 'Peter came.' This particle is also used to indicate something
+  indefinite, as has been said of the particle <i>no</i>; e.g., <i>coco ni
+  va iie ga nai ca?</i> 'aren't the houses here?' It is also used in
+  sentences that have a relative construction which does not indicate a
+  transitive action. If the reference is to something of inferior or humble
+  status the particle <i>ga</i> is also used; e.g., <i>soregaxi ga caita
+  fumi</i> 'the letter which I wrote,' <i>sochi ga i�ta coto</i> 'what you
+  said.' The particles <i>cara</i> and <i>iori</i> are used to form the
+  <!-- Page 112 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page112"></a>[112]</span>nominative case when the sentence shows a
+  transitive action, especially if the sentence contains a relative
+  construction; e.g., <i>Deus iori cudasareta gracia</i> 'the mercy which
+  God gave,' <i>tono cara core vo v�xe t�uqerareta</i> 'the Lord taught
+  this.' Sometimes the words are in the nominative case without any
+  particle; e.g., <i>Pedro Ioa� vo iobareta</i> 'Peter called <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage7"></a>(7</span> John.' There are two
+  particles for the genitive; i.e., <i>no</i> and <i>ga</i>. The particle
+  <i>no</i> is used for all persons of superior rank; e.g., <i>Padre no v�
+  qiru mono</i> 'the priest's clothes, or habit.' The particle <i>ga</i> is
+  used for people of inferior rank; e.g., <i>Pedro ga fumi</i> 'Peter's
+  letter,' <i>sochi ga mono</i> 'your thing,' <i>are ga cane</i> 'your
+  money,' <i>tono va iocu ga fucai fito gia</i> 'the Lord is of great
+  cupidity, that is to say he is very eager.' Sometimes the particle
+  <i>to</i> is suffixed to the genitive; e.g., <i>Pedro no to degozaru</i>
+  'it belongs to Peter.' But since this is not a perfect way of speaking,
+  it is better not to use it. I have cited it so that if you hear it you
+  will understand. When two nouns are joined to form a single word, the one
+  which is like an adjective does not require the genitive particle; e.g.,
+  <i>cocuxu</i> 'the Lord of the kingdom.' According to the ordinary rule
+  we should say <i>cocu no xu</i>. This way of forming the genitive is very
+  common in Japanese; e.g., <i>Maria coto</i> 'Mary's thing.'</p>
+
+  <p>Two particles form the dative; i.e., <i>ni</i> and <i>ie</i>. For
+  example, <i>Pedro ni m�xita</i> 'I told Peter,' <i>Padre ie ague
+  maraxita</i> 'I gave, or offered, it to the priest.'</p>
+
+  <p>There are five particles which form the accusative case; i.e.,
+  <i>vo</i>, <i>voba</i>, <i>va</i>, <i>ie</i>, and <i>ga</i>. The first,
+  <i>vo</i>, is the most used; e.g., <i>Pedro vo iobe</i> 'call Peter.'
+  <i>Va</i> is used when one wishes to express in particular a noun in the
+  accusative; e.g., <i>niffon guchi va xiranu</i><a name="NtA_54"
+  href="#Nt_54"><sup>[54]</sup></a> 'I don't know Japanese.' The ending
+  <i>voba</i> is the same as <i>vo va</i>, changing the second <i>v</i> to
+  <i>b</i> they use it as <i>va</i>; e.g., <i>fune voba nori sutete; cane
+  bacari tori maraxita</i> 'abandoning ship, I took only money, or gold,
+  with me.' <i>Ie</i> is used to indicate the place to which one goes;
+  e.g., <i>Roma ie mair�</i> 'I go to Rome.' <i>Ga</i> is used for nouns
+  which indicate non-living or humble things; e.g., <i>are ie gozare, mono
+  ga m�xitai</i> 'go there! I have something to tell you.' The accusative
+  is also formed without any particle, as has <!-- Page 113 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page113"></a>[113]</span>been shown in the
+  example second before last, where the second accusative is without a
+  particle.</p>
+
+  <p>The vocative is formed with the particle <i>icani</i>. It is not
+  suffixed to words as are the other particles but it is prefixed instead;
+  e.g., <i>icani qimi core vo goronjerarei</i> 'look at this, My Lord.'<a
+  name="NtA_55" href="#Nt_55"><sup>[55]</sup></a> Usually, however, the
+  vocative is formed without any particle; e.g., <i>Padre sama</i> <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage8"></a>(8</span> <i>qicaxerareio</i>
+  'listen, Reverend Father.'</p>
+
+  <p>There are three particles for the ablative; i.e., <i>iori</i>,
+  <i>cara</i>, and <i>ni</i>. The third indicates the place in which; e.g.,
+  <i>iglesia ni gozaru</i> 'he is in church.' Sometimes <i>ni</i> is used
+  after <i>no</i>; e.g., <i>sonata no ni xi aru ca?</i> 'are you going to
+  make it yours, or take it for yours?' But this seems much more a dative
+  than an ablative. The particles <i>cara</i> and <i>iori</i> are more
+  common in the formation of the ablative; e.g., <i>Madrid cara maitta</i>
+  'I came from Madrid,' <i>Pedro iori corosareta</i> 'he was killed by
+  Peter.'</p>
+
+  <p>There are four particles used to form the plural. They are placed
+  immediately after the noun they pluralize and before the particles which
+  indicate case. These four particles are <i>tachi</i>, <i>xu</i>,
+  <i>domo</i>, and <i>ra</i>. The first, <i>tachi</i>, forms the plural of
+  those noble things which one wishes to honor; e.g., <i>tono tachi</i>
+  'lords.' The particle <i>xu</i> forms the plural for noble things but not
+  those of the highest rank; e.g., <i>samurai xu</i> 'nobles
+  (<i>nobiles</i>), but not lords (<i>domini</i>).' The particle
+  <i>domo</i> is suffixed to words which indicate humble things, either
+  abstract, animate, or inanimate; e.g., <i>fiacux� domo</i> 'farmer,'
+  <i>ixi domo</i> 'stones,' <i>mma domo</i> 'horses.' The particle
+  <i>ra</i> forms the plural of nouns which indicate very low things which
+  are to be despised; e.g., <i>Iudeo ra</i> 'Jews.'<a name="NtA_56"
+  href="#Nt_56"><sup>[56]</sup></a> The case particles which are required
+  by the sentence are placed after the pluralizing particles; e.g., <i>tono
+  tachi no coto domo vo var� i� na</i> 'don't speak badly about the Lords'
+  affairs.'</p>
+
+  <p>There are some words that are plural in themselves; e.g., <i>tomo
+  gara</i> means 'men,' <i>Nan ban mono</i> 'European things,' <i>Nan ban
+  mono vo fomuru na</i> 'don't praise European things.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>icani</i>, which as has been indicated above forms the
+  vocative, is not placed after but always before the pronouns which are
+  <!-- Page 114 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page114"></a>[114]</span>made plural, while the particles which
+  form the plural are placed after; e.g., <i>icani Padre tachi vo qiqi
+  nasare io</i> 'listen to the priests.'</p>
+
+  <p>But two of the four particles which form the plural, <i>domo</i> and
+  <i>ra</i>, are with certain words singular. <i>Varera</i> and
+  <i>midomo</i> mean 'I.' Sometimes both are found together in the
+  singular; e.g., <i>midomora</i> 'I,' <i>midomora ga</i> 'my, or mine.'
+  The particles <i>domo</i> and <i>ra</i> are also <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage9"></a>(9</span> suffixed to the singular
+  when one wishes to humiliate the thing mentioned; e.g., <i>hara domo ga
+  itai</i> 'I have a stomach ache,' <i>asu domo va aru mai</i> 'tomorrow
+  will not come,' <i>asu ra va nar� mode</i> 'tomorrow will perhaps not
+  come.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>va</i> is suffixed to singular and plural nouns which
+  already have a particle; e.g., <i>coco ie va mairanu</i> 'he will not
+  come here,' <i>coco cara va denu</i> 'he did not go out from here,'
+  <i>coco ni va aru mai</i> 'he will not enter here.' Sometimes <i>va</i>
+  replaces the particles of the declension; e.g., <i>fune de saie i�i�
+  t�uita ni, cachi va nacanaca naru mai</i> (119v) 'I arrived with such
+  difficulty by ship: I would undoubtedly never have arrived had I come by
+  foot, or on foot.'<a name="NtA_57" href="#Nt_57"><sup>[57]</sup></a> The
+  particle <i>va</i> here replaces <i>cara</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>Japanese does not have the genders feminine, masculine, and neuter as
+  Latin does. There are, however, certain nouns which are feminine or
+  masculine because of their meaning. Other nouns are common to both these
+  genders. For things which do not have a proper gender <i>vo</i> is placed
+  before masculine nouns and <i>me</i> before feminine; e.g., <i>voivo</i>
+  means 'male fish' and <i>meivo</i> 'female fish,' <i>vojica</i> means
+  'roe-buck,' <i>melica</i> [<i>mejica</i>] 'roe-doe,'<a name="NtA_58"
+  href="#Nt_58"><sup>[58]</sup></a> <i>coma</i> means 'horse,'
+  <i>zoiacu</i> 'mare,' <i>x�</i> means 'male hawk,' <i>dai</i> 'female
+  hawk,' <i>cotoi</i> means 'bull,' <i>meuxi</i> 'cow,' <i>votoco</i> means
+  'man,' <i>vonago</i>, <i>nh�b�</i>, or <i>vonna</i> 'woman.' All these
+  words are placed in the dictionary as they come to mind.</p>
+
+  <p>The nominal adjectives have no gender or declension but make use of
+  the same particles as the nouns. There are however many and diverse
+  adjectives. Certain ones end in <i>ai</i> others in <i>oi</i>, <i>ei</i>,
+  <i>ui</i> and <i>ij</i>. There are other, more proper adjectives, which
+  are formed by adding <i>no</i> to nouns. When the first five types of
+  adjectives are placed before nouns they are then properly adjectives and
+  do not in any way alter the composition of <!-- Page 115 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page115"></a>[115]</span>the sentence. But when
+  they are placed after nouns they become more like verbs and are in fact
+  conjugated like them; e.g., <i>tacai iama</i> 'a high mountain,'
+  <i>xiguei ideiri</i> 'frequent comings and goings,' <i>caxicoi</i> <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage10"></a>(10</span> <i>fito</i> 'a wise
+  man,' <i>cavaij mono</i> 'a wretched thing,' <i>aiaui coto</i> 'a
+  dangerous thing,' <i>umare t�uqi no cuchi</i> 'one's natural, or mother
+  tongue.' There are also adjectives ending in <i>na</i> which, when they
+  are placed before nouns, do not alter the construction; e.g., <i>qirei na
+  coto</i> 'a clean thing.' All the adjectives, except those ending in
+  <i>no</i>, change their form in some way when they occur before verbs.
+  Those that end in <i>ai</i> change to <i>�</i>; e.g., <i>cono iama va
+  tac� gozaru</i> 'this mountain is lofty.' Those ending in <i>ei</i>
+  change to <i>e�</i>; e.g., <i>cono iama va xigue� gozaru</i> 'these
+  mountains are dense.' Those ending in <i>oi</i> change to <i>�</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>caxic� gozaru</i> 'he is wise.' Those ending in <i>ui</i> change to
+  <i>�</i>; e.g., <i>xei no fic� gozaru</i> 'he is small in stature.' Those
+  ending in <i>ii</i> [<i>ij</i>] change to <i>i�</i>; e.g., <i>cai�
+  gozaru</i> 'it itches.'<a name="NtA_59" href="#Nt_59"><sup>[59]</sup></a>
+  Among those adjectives ending in <i>ij</i> there are many which come from
+  verbs; e.g., <i>nozomi,u</i> means 'to wish,' and from it comes
+  <i>nozomaxij</i> 'which is to be wished for.' Other adjectives come from
+  nouns; e.g., <i>varambe</i> means 'a child, or infant,' and from this
+  comes <i>varamberaxij</i> which means 'childish.' Other examples may be
+  found in the dictionary.</p>
+
+  <p>Adjectives which end in <i>na</i> change the <i>na</i> to <i>ni</i>
+  when they are placed before verbs; e.g., <i>fuxin ni zonzuru</i> 'I think
+  it doubtful.' The adjectives that end in <i>no</i> sometimes change the
+  <i>no</i> to <i>na</i>; e.g., <i>bechi no fito</i> changes to <i>bechi na
+  fito</i> 'a different man.' Sometimes when it is followed by a verb the
+  <i>na</i> changes to a <i>ni</i>; e.g., <i>bechi ni gozaru</i> 'it is
+  different.' However, the meaning remains the same whether the word ends
+  in <i>na</i> or <i>no</i>; e.g., <i>bechi no fito no cuhi cara qiita</i>
+  [... <i>cuchi</i> ...] is the same as <i>bechi na fito no cuchi cara
+  qiita</i> 'I heard it from the mouth of a different person.'<a
+  name="NtA_60" href="#Nt_60"><sup>[60]</sup></a> The only difference in
+  these forms is that when the word ends in <i>no</i> no change occurs as a
+  consequence of what follows. But, as has been said, those adjectives that
+  end in <i>na</i> change to <i>ni</i> when they come before a verb. If a
+  substantive verb follows an adjective, it is an elegant statement; e.g.,
+  <i>cono iami va tac� gozaru</i> 'this mountain is high.' But if this kind
+  of verb does not follow, the sense <!-- Page 116 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page116"></a>[116]</span>is not altered since
+  the adjective is used as a substantive verb. But this is not used before
+  superiors. To them we will not say <i>cono iama va tacai</i> but rather
+  <i>cono iama va tac� gozaru</i>. The same is true for the other
+  adjectives.</p>
+
+  <p>Adjectives usually end in <i>i</i> but infrequently these adjectives
+  change to <i>xi</i> or to <i>qu</i>. <i>Ioi</i>, which means 'good,'
+  changes to <i>ioqu</i>, or <i>ioxi</i>; e.g., <i>ioqu danc� xite</i>,
+  which has the meaning of 'offering good <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage11"></a>(11</span> council.'<a name="NtA_61"
+  href="#Nt_61"><sup>[61]</sup></a> There are <span class="correction"
+  title="text reads `ennumerable'">innumerable</span> nouns which become
+  adjectives if <i>na</i> is suffixed to them; e.g., <i>afo</i> means
+  'ignorance' and from it comes the word <i>afo na</i> which means
+  'ignorant,' <i>jiiu</i> means 'liberty' and <i>jiiu na</i> means 'which
+  is free.' Other examples are offered by the dictionary.</p>
+
+  <p>There are certain abstract nouns which become adjectives when they
+  precede a vocable (<i>vocabulis</i>) with the meaning of 'man'; e.g.,
+  <i>jifi</i> means 'pity,' but when the word <i>jin</i> is placed after
+  it, it becomes <i>jifijin</i> 'a pitiable person.' <i>Fin</i> means
+  'poverty,' but when the word <i>nin</i> is suffixed to it, it becomes
+  <i>finnin</i> 'a poor person.' In the same way, when one suffixes
+  <i>ja</i> to <i>fin</i>, it makes <i>finja</i>, which also means 'a poor
+  person.' The word <i>ban</i> means 'watch,' but if the word <i>ja</i> is
+  added to it, it becomes <i>banja</i> 'a careful person.' Many other
+  examples can be found in the dictionary.</p>
+
+  <p>There are in Japanese certain words which are borrowed from Chinese,
+  called <i>cobita</i><a name="NtA_62" href="#Nt_62"><sup>[62]</sup></a> or
+  <i>coie</i>, and are written together to form by their union a noun and
+  an adjective. Thus, <i>ten</i> mean 'heaven,' <i>xu</i> means 'lord,' and
+  <i>tenxu</i> means 'lord of heaven.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit of verbs (which will be taken up in their place) seem to
+  have the same strength and meaning as adjectives when they are used
+  before nouns; e.g., <i>iogoreta te</i> 'dirty hands,' where
+  <i>iogoreta</i> is the preterit of the verb <i>iogore,uru</i> 'I became
+  dirty.' <i>Caita qi�</i> means 'a written book' and <i>caita</i> is the
+  preterit of the verb <i>caqi,u</i> I write.' The abstract
+  (<i>abstracta</i>), or root from which the verb is formed, is itself a
+  noun which signifies the action of the verb in the abstract; e.g., <!--
+  Page 117 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page117"></a>[117]</span><i>facari</i> means 'measure,' and it
+  comes from the verb <i>facari,u</i> 'I measure' while <i>fajime</i> means
+  'beginning,' and comes from the verb <i>fajime,uru</i> 'I begin.' Others
+  will be found in the dictionary. The prepositional particle <i>mono</i>,
+  when placed before an abstract or verbal noun, forms a noun which
+  indicates the subject who does the action; e.g., <i>mono</i> before
+  <i>caqi</i> makes <i>monocaqi</i> 'one who writes.' This same particle
+  when placed after a root forms a noun which indicates the effect of an
+  action; e.g., <i>caqimono</i> 'a writing.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>goto</i> placed after these same roots forms a noun
+  <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage12"></a>(12</span> which means a
+  thing which is worthy of the action indicated by the verb; e.g.,
+  <i>mi</i> is the root of the verb <i>mi,uru</i> 'I see,' and
+  <i>migoto</i> is 'a <span class="correction" title="text reads `visable'"
+  >visible</span> thing, or a thing worthy of being seen'; while
+  <i>qiqi</i> is the root of the verb <i>qiqi,u</i> 'I hear,' and
+  <i>qiqigoto</i> means 'a thing which can be heard, or is worthy of being
+  heard.'</p>
+
+  <p>If we place certain substantive nouns after certain of the verbal
+  nouns about which we have been speaking, there is formed a noun which has
+  the meaning of the action; e.g., <i>foxi</i> is the root of the verb
+  <i>foxi,u</i> 'to dry under the sun'; but, if <i>ivo</i> 'fish' is placed
+  after it, the meaning of the expression <i>foxiivo</i> becomes 'fish
+  dried in the sun.'</p>
+
+  <p>When the particle <i>d�gu</i> 'instrument' is placed after the root of
+  a verb it forms a noun meaning the cause or instrument of the action
+  indicated by the verb; e.g., <i>varaid�gu</i> 'the cause, or instrument
+  of ridicule,' <i>caqid�gu</i> 'a writing instrument, or an instrument for
+  writing.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>me</i> when suffixed to a verb forms a noun which
+  indicates the terminus of the action; e.g., <i>avaxe</i> is the root of
+  the verb <i>avaxe,uru</i> 'to unite or join two things,' and
+  <i>avaxeme</i> means 'junction.' The same is true of other forms.</p>
+
+  <p>An abstract noun can be formed from those adjectives ending in
+  <i>i</i> if the <i>i</i> is changed to <i>sa</i>; e.g., <i>nagai</i>
+  means 'is long,' and <i>nagasa</i> means 'length.' The adjectives ending
+  in <i>na</i> change the <i>na</i> to <i>sa</i> in order to form abstract
+  nouns; e.g., <i>aqiraca na</i> which means 'clear' will become
+  <i>aqiracasa</i> 'clarity.'</p>
+
+  <p>Sometimes from two nouns taken together, often with a change in the
+  first or last letter, there is formed a third noun, which is
+  quasi-descriptive (<i>quasi connotativus</i>), almost like an adjective
+  or noun with a <!-- Page 118 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page118"></a>[118]</span>genitive; e.g., from <i>qi</i> 'wood' and
+  <i>fotoqe</i> 'idol' there results <i>qibotoqe</i> 'wooden idol,' with
+  the <i>f</i> changed to <i>p</i> [<i>b</i>]. But if the prefixed noun
+  ends in <i>e</i>, this <i>e</i> is changed to <i>a</i> in the attributive
+  of the compound; e.g., <i>t�umasaqi</i> 'the tip of the nail,'
+  <i>canacugui</i> 'iron nails.' A word which is placed second in these
+  compounds may change its first letter; if it is <i>f</i> it becomes
+  <i>b</i> or <i>p</i>, if it is <i>s</i> it becomes <i>z</i>, if it is
+  <i>c</i> it becomes <i>g</i>, if it is <i>t�</i> it becomes <i>zz</i>, if
+  it is <i>x</i> it becomes <i>j</i>; e.g., <i>caribune</i>, <i>bupp�</i>,
+  <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage13"></a>(13</span>
+  <i>nigorizaqe</i>, <i>soragoto</i>, <i>qizzumari</i>, and
+  <i>sorajeimon</i>. See the dictionary.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Pronouns</i></p>
+
+  <p>In the Japanese language there are no derivative pronouns, such as
+  <i>meus,a,um</i>, etc.; but the <span class="correction" title="text reads `primative'"
+  >primitive</span> pronouns, such as <i>mei</i>, <i>tui</i>, etc., are
+  used. These primitive forms do not have declensions for case, but rather
+  use the particles which are common to both nouns and pronouns.</p>
+
+  <p>Certain particles (about which we will speak later) when added to a
+  word indicate honor and thereby form a pronoun or substitute for it in
+  such circumstances as pronouns would normally be used. Thus, if I say
+  <i>von fumi</i>, when speaking to someone else, it is immediately
+  understood that I am speaking about his letter and not mine; for if I
+  were speaking about mine I would not say <i>von fumi</i> but only
+  <i>fumi</i>, since the particle <i>von</i>, which indicates honor,
+  signifies 'your letter.' This is also true for such particles as
+  <i>mi</i> which also attributes honor to the noun to which it is
+  joined.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>First Person Pronouns&mdash;Ego, etc.</i><a name="NtA_63" href="#Nt_63"><sup>[63]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>There are eight particles which signify 'I, mine, to me, etc.' They
+  are <i>vatacuxi</i>, <i>soregaxi</i>, <i>vare</i>, <i>mi</i>,
+  <i>varera</i>, <i>midomo</i>, <i>midomora</i>, <i>vare</i>.<a
+  name="NtA_64" href="#Nt_64"><sup>[64]</sup></a> The first four indicate a
+  degree of superiority on the part of those who use them. The others are
+  more humble. Women use three other particles <i>mizzucara</i>,
+  <i>varava</i>, and <i>vagami</i> which are not used by men. The people in
+  the countryside use two others, <i>vara</i> [<i>vora</i>] and
+  <i>vorara</i>, while priests <!-- Page 119 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page119"></a>[119]</span>when speaking of themselves use
+  <i>gus�</i>, that is to say 'I, a worthless man of the cloth,' and old
+  men when speaking of themselves use <i>gur�</i>, 'I, a worthless and
+  despicable old man.' The king (<i>rex</i>) says <i>chin</i> or
+  <i>maru</i> which means 'I, the King.' <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage14"></a>(14</span></p>
+
+  <p>To form the plural of these pronouns the pluralizing particles
+  <i>domo</i> or <i>ra</i> are added; e.g., <i>midomo ga maitta toqi</i>
+  'when we went.' To indicate the difference between the cases, the endings
+  about which we have spoken are suffixed.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Second Person Pronouns&mdash;Tu, tui, tibi, etc.</i><a name="NtA_65" href="#Nt_65"><sup>[65]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>There are many particles that form the second person pronoun. They are
+  differentiated to indicate those persons deserving no honor and respect,
+  those deserving some, moderate, great, or maximal honor and respect. In
+  speaking to inferiors there are three particles used for 'you';
+  <i>vare</i>, <i>vonore</i>, and <i>sochi</i>. If <i>me</i> or <i>mega</i>
+  is added as in <i>vareme</i> or <i>varemega</i> it means we very much
+  despise the person being spoken to. If we speak to people who are on our
+  own level, or just a little inferior, we use one of the three particles
+  <i>sonata</i>, <i>sonof&#x1D2;</i>, or <i>varesama</i>. If we speak to a
+  superior person, or someone on an equal level but with whom we must speak
+  elegantly, we use one of the seven particles <i>conata</i>, <i>qixo</i>,
+  <i>qif�</i>, <i>gofen</i>, <i>qiden</i>, <i>conatasama</i>, and
+  <i>sonatasama</i>. When speaking to persons of high rank, if we place the
+  name of their office before <i>sama</i>, it serves as a pronoun; e.g.,
+  <i>Padresama gozare</i> 'will the Father come.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Conata</i>, <i>cochi</i>, and <i>conof&#x1D2;</i> mean 'I, mine,'
+  but in the distributive sense of 'from me, or what concerns me.' In the
+  same way <i>sochi</i>, <i>sonof�</i>, and <i>sonata</i> mean 'you, from
+  you, or what concerns you.'</p>
+
+  <p>The plurals are formed by adding the particles listed above to the
+  pronouns according to the different degrees of honor. <i>Vonore domo</i>,
+  <i>varera</i>, and <i>sochira</i> mean 'you' when speaking to inferiors.
+  <i>Vare tachi</i> and <i>sonata domo</i> mean 'you' with persons of the
+  same rank. <i>Qif� tachi</i>, <i>vocatagata</i>, and <i>vono vono</i>
+  mean 'you' to persons requiring honor. The declension of these honorable
+  expressions follows the declension <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage15"></a>(15</span> of common particles.</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 120 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page120"></a>[120]</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Third Person Pronouns&mdash;Ille, illa, illud</i><a name="NtA_66" href="#Nt_66"><sup>[66]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The two particles <i>care care</i> and <i>are are</i> mean 'this
+  (<i>ille, illa, illud</i>)' when speaking of inferior things.<a
+  name="NtA_67" href="#Nt_67"><sup>[67]</sup></a> There are four particles;
+  <i>ait�u</i>, <i>ait�ume</i>, <i>areme</i>, and <i>cait�ume</i> which
+  mean 'this' when one wants to show disrespect for the things being spoken
+  about. This idea is emphasized if one adds <i>ga</i> to those forms that
+  end in <i>me</i>; e.g., <i>ait�uga</i> and <i>ait�umega</i> 'this humble
+  man.' <i>Cono</i> means 'this (<i>hic, haec, hoc</i>),' <i>sono</i> means
+  'that (<i>iste, ista, istud</i>),' and <i>ano</i> means 'that (<i>ille,
+  illa, illud</i>).' These words require a noun after them; e.g., <i>cono
+  fito</i> 'this man' with <i>cono mono</i> having the same meaning but not
+  being an honorific expression. <i>Sono coto</i> means 'that thing,'
+  <i>ano fito</i> 'that person,' <i>conata</i> or <i>conof�</i> 'here,'
+  <i>sonata</i> or <i>sonof�</i> 'there,' and <i>anof�</i> 'there, yonder.'
+  <i>Core</i> means 'this (<i>hic</i>),' <i>sore</i> 'that (<i>istud</i>),'
+  and <i>are</i> 'that (<i>illud</i>).' These forms are in the neuter
+  gender and are not followed by nouns. Their plurals are <i>corera</i>,
+  <i>sorera</i>, and <i>arera</i>, while the others follow the common
+  rules. <i>Cano</i> means 'that which we have mentioned'; e.g., <i>cano
+  fito</i> 'that person.' The pronoun 'a certain (<i>quidam</i>)' is made
+  with the particle <i>aru</i>; e.g., <i>aru fito</i> 'a certain person,'
+  <i>aru tocoro ni</i> 'in a certain place.'</p>
+
+  <p>The pronoun 'each (<i>unusquisque</i>)' is formed with the particles
+  <i>men men</i> and <i>sore sore</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The pronoun 'each and every (<i>universi &amp; singuli</i>)' is formed
+  with <i>tare mo mina</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The pronoun 'anyone (<i>quicumque</i>)' is formed with <i>tare nite
+  mo</i>, <i>tare nite mo are</i>, and <i>tare nari tomo</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>tare mo</i>, when placed before a negative, forms the
+  pronoun 'no one, or nobody'; e.g., <i>tare mo mairananda</i> 'nobody
+  went.' The particle <i>nani taru coto nari tomo</i> means 'whatever
+  happens, or whichever thing happens.' The particle <i>mei mei</i> means
+  'to each, or everyone in particular.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>goto</i> makes the distributive pronoun meaning
+  'every.' This form is used after vocables which are proper to the
+  Japanese language; i.e., <i>iomi</i>. The same results are achieved by
+  placing the <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage16"></a>(16</span>
+  particle <i>mai</i> before vocables which come from the Chinese language;
+  i.e., <!-- Page 121 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page121"></a>[121]</span><i>coie</i>. For example, <i>fi</i> means
+  'day,' and <i>figoto ni</i> means 'daily.' <i>Nen</i> is a Japanese
+  borrowing from a Chinese word meaning 'year,' and <i>mainen</i> means
+  'every year, or all year.' The same result is obtained by the repetition
+  of the noun; e.g., <i>fito</i> means 'person,' and <i>fitibito</i> means
+  'all the people, or many people,' <i>fi</i> means 'day,' and <i>fibi
+  ni</i> means 'all of the days, or every day.'</p>
+
+  <p>The indefinite pronoun 'some (<i>aliqui</i>)' is formed with
+  <i>niiotte</i>; e.g., <i>toqi niiotte</i> 'some times,' <i>fito
+  niiotte</i> 'some men.'</p>
+
+  <p>The pronoun 'the same (<i>idem</i>)' is formed with <i>vonaji</i>;
+  e.g., <i>vonaji tocoro cara</i> 'from the same place.' The particle
+  <i>d�jen</i> means the same thing but in the neuter ; e.g., <i>d�jen
+  degozaru</i> 'it is the same.' This word is used in reply to some one who
+  has congratulated you, etc.</p>
+
+  <p>The pronoun 'himself (<i>ipse</i>)' is formed with the particles
+  <i>nuxi</i>, <i>sono mi</i>, and <i>vaga</i>. The particle <i>vareto
+  mi</i> forms the pronoun 'himself (<i>ipsemet</i>)'; e.g., <i>vareto mi
+  ni ata vo nasu</i> (96) 'he brings harm to himself,' <i>mi vo vasurete;
+  ta vo tasuquru</i> 'he forgets himself and saves others.' The particle
+  <i>vatacuxi</i> means 'a thing which belongs to oneself (<i>re
+  propria</i>)'; e.g., <i>vatacuxi no coto</i> 'ones own thing,'
+  <i>vatacuxi ni ivareta</i> 'he spoke for himself.'</p>
+
+  <p>The pronoun 'somebody (<i>aliquis</i>)' is made with the particles
+  <i>tare zo</i> and <i>taso</i>; e.g., <i>tare zo maittaraba</i> 'if
+  somebody were to come,' <i>taso sacana ga aru ca t�i ni iqe</i> [...
+  <i>toi</i> ...] 'let someone go and ask if there is food.'</p>
+
+  <p>The neuter pronoun 'something (<i>aliquid</i>)' is formed with the
+  particles <i>nan zo</i> and <i>nanica</i>; e.g., <i>nan zo ga araba
+  cuv�zu</i> 'I would eat if there were something,' <i>ima faia te ga jii�
+  ni gozaru fodo ni nanica caqi marax�</i> 'I would write something if I
+  were to have my hands free, or untied.'</p>
+
+  <p>The interrogative 'who (<i>quis</i>)' is translated with the three
+  particles <i>tare</i>, <i>taga</i>, and <i>taso</i>. The particles
+  <i>taga</i> or <i>tare no</i> form the genitive; e.g., <i>taga mono
+  ca</i> 'whose thing is this.' When someone comes to the door and knocks,
+  he says <i>mono m�</i>.<a name="NtA_68" href="#Nt_68"><sup>[68]</sup></a>
+  To this one responds <i>taso</i>, <i>taga</i>, or <i>tare</i> 'who is
+  it?' <i>Nani</i> means 'what (<i>quid</i>)'; e.g., <i>nani vo suru</i>
+  <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage17"></a>(17</span> <i>ca</i> or
+  <i>nani goto vo suru ca?</i> 'what are you doing?' <i>nani ni sore vo
+  totte iqu ca?</i> 'for what reason do you bring this to me?'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 122 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page122"></a>[122]</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Relative Pronouns</i></p>
+
+  <p>The relative pronoun is formed by placing the noun, in connection with
+  which there is a relative (<i>relativum</i>), after the verb; e.g.,
+  <i>ten ni maximasu varera ga von voia</i> 'Our Father who is in Heaven,'
+  <i>deta tocoro va</i> 'the place from which he came out,' <i>te ni sumi
+  no t�uita fito</i> (88) 'a man to whose hands ink is adhering.' If the
+  sentence (<i>oratio</i>) requires a nominative before the verb it must be
+  formed with one of the particles which indicate the nominative;
+  <i>ga</i>, <i>no</i>, or <i>iori</i>. For example, <i>vatacuxi ga caita
+  fumi</i> 'the letter which I wrote,' <i>conata no v�xerareta coto</i>
+  'the thing which Your Lordship says.' The third particle, <i>iori</i>, is
+  used when there is movement in the sentence; e.g., <i>Deus iori ataie
+  cudasareta gracia</i> 'the grace which God provided, or gave,' <i>ano
+  tocoro ni amata no qi� atta vo torareta</i> (87v.) 'he brought what many
+  books there were in that place.' When two sentences containing a relation
+  come together the first is placed second by general rule,<a name="NtA_69"
+  href="#Nt_69"><sup>[69]</sup></a> and the second uses either a past,
+  present, or future particle according to what is required by the sense of
+  the sentence; e.g., <i>qesa Oracio vo m�xita qi� ga t�ucuie no uie ni aru
+  vo motte coi</i> 'bring the book which is on the desk (<i>sedila</i>) at
+  which I said my prayers this morning.' In this sentence <i>qi� ga</i>,
+  which is the first relative, comes after the verb <i>m�xita</i>; and the
+  <i>vo</i> which stands for the second relative comes after the verb
+  <i>aru</i>. When we want to be more specific about that of which we are
+  speaking we place the particle <i>tocoro no</i> between the thing itself
+  and the verb; e.g., <i>vare to d�xin xita tocoro no mono domo va mina
+  buguen ni natta</i> 'all those who agreed with me became rich.' Sometimes
+  the relative, because of the difficulty in understanding it, is expressed
+  by expositions (<i>per exponentes</i>). Thus, in place of <i>ima
+  corosareta Pedro no co va sonata no chijn gia</i> which means 'the son of
+  Peter who has just been killed was your friend,' we say <i>ima Pedro
+  corosareta sono co va sonata no chijn de gozaru</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>Sometimes they join two particles, as determined by the case, and form
+  a kind of relative pronoun which is placed before the relative; e.g.,
+  <i>sono tocoro de no danc�</i> 'the consultation at that place,' <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage18"></a>(18</span> <i>Marsella ie no
+  fune</i> 'the ship to Marseille,' <i>maire to no m�xi goto dearu</i> [
+  ... <i>gia</i>] 'it is said that I should go.'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 123 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page123"></a>[123]</span></p>
+
+  <p><i>Mairu mai to no danc� ni qivamatta</i> 'it was resolved that he not
+  go,' <i>maitte nochi no danc�</i> 'the consultation he arrived after,'
+  <i>varambe cara no catagui</i> 'a custom from youth,' <i>x� tame no
+  ch�gui gia</i> (22) 'this is the plan (<i>ars</i>) according to which it
+  will be done,' <i>anofito no vo tor�</i> 'I shall take what belongs to
+  that man.' This ends the note on relative pronouns.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Formation of the Verb and Its Conjugation</i><a name="NtA_70" href="#Nt_70"><sup>[70]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The verbs in Japanese have no number or person. These distinctions are
+  indicated instead by the particles used in the formation of the plurals
+  and in the declensions. There are three affirmative conjugations and the
+  same number of negative.</p>
+
+  <p>The root (<i>radix</i>) of the verb does not by itself indicate tense.
+  For this reason it is necessary to conjugate the verb in order to show
+  the tenses.</p>
+
+  <p>All the verbs of the first conjugation<a name="NtA_71"
+  href="#Nt_71"><sup>[71]</sup></a> end in <i>e</i>. Those ending in
+  <i>gi</i> or <i>ji</i>, together with <i>xi</i> and <i>maraxi</i>,
+  although they end in <i>i</i>, are also in the first conjugation. If the
+  root ends in <i>de</i> or <i>gi</i>, the present form is made by changing
+  them to <i>zzuru</i>; e.g., <i>fagi</i> forms its present in
+  <i>fazzuru</i> and means 'to blush,' <i>de</i> becomes <i>zzuru</i> and
+  means 'to leave.' If the root ends in <i>je</i> or <i>ji</i> it changes
+  in the present to <i>zuru</i>; e.g., <i>maje:mazuru</i> 'to mix,'
+  <i>anji:anzuru</i> 'to consider.' If they end in <i>xe</i> they change to
+  <i>suru</i>; e.g., <i>avaxe:avasuru</i> 'to join.' <i>Xi</i> and
+  <i>maraxi</i>, which (as we have said) are in the first conjugation,<a
+  name="NtA_72" href="#Nt_72"><sup>[72]</sup></a> change <i>xi</i> to
+  <i>suru</i>; e.g., <i>xi:suru</i> 'to do,' <i>maraxi:marasuru</i> which
+  also means 'to do.' If the root ends in <i>te</i> it changes to
+  <i>t�uru</i>; e.g., <i>sodate:sodat�uru</i> 'to nourish, or support.' The
+  remaining roots which end in <i>e</i> change, in their separate ways, the
+  <i>e</i> to <i>uru</i>; e.g., <i>ague:aguru</i> 'to offer,'
+  <i>nigue:niguru</i> 'to run away.'</p>
+
+  <p>There are certain verbal preterits which have present tense meanings.
+  They are those which are passive in form but active in <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage19"></a>(19</span> meaning; e.g.,
+  <i>cocoroieta</i> 'to understand,' <i>qicoieta</i> 'to hear,'
+  <i>voboieta</i> 'to remember,' <i>qiqiieta</i> 'to understand,'
+  <i>zonjita</i> 'to know,' and there may <!-- Page 124 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page124"></a>[124]</span>be many others. The
+  verbs which follow belong to the first conjugation even though their
+  roots do not end as previously stated.<a name="NtA_73"
+  href="#Nt_73"><sup>[73]</sup></a> If the present tense of these forms
+  does not change the <i>i</i> to <i>uru</i> they are exceptional; e.g.,
+  <i>abi,uru</i> 'to wash oneself,' <i>fotobi,uru</i> 'to become soft,'
+  <i>focorobi,uru</i> 'to become unstitched,' <i>cabi</i> [<i>cabi,uru</i>]
+  'to be moldy,'<a name="NtA_74" href="#Nt_74"><sup>[74]</sup></a>
+  <i>sabi</i> [<i>sabi,uru</i>] 'to rust,' <i>deqi</i> [<i>deqi,uru</i>]
+  'to be finished, or ended,' <i>cuchi:cut�uru</i> 'to rot,'
+  <i>michi:mit�uru</i> 'to be filled in by the sea,' <i>ini,uru</i> 'to
+  leave,' <i>nobi:nobiru</i> or <i>noburu</i> 'to be spread out,'
+  <i>t�uqi,uru</i> 'to be used,' <i>vori:uru</i> 'to descend from above,'
+  <i>xij:xijru</i><a name="NtA_75" href="#Nt_75"><sup>[75]</sup></a> 'to
+  invite to dine, by compulsion,' <i>ni:niru</i> 'to resemble,'
+  <i>mochij:mochiiuru</i> 'to evaluate,' <i>ni:niru</i> 'to cook,'
+  <i>mi:miru</i> 'to look at,' <i>cori,uru</i> 'to correct,'
+  <i>vochi:vot�uru</i> 'to fall,' <i>i:iru</i> 'to exist, or be present,'
+  <i>fugui,uru</i> 'to pass, as time passes,' <i>vabi,uru</i> 'to beg for
+  mercy,' <i>carabi,uru</i> 'to become dry,' <i>iqi:iquru</i> 'to live,'
+  <i>fi:firu</i> 'to become dry,' <i>qi:quru</i> 'to come,' <i>qi:qiru</i>
+  'to dress oneself,' <i>voqi,uru</i> 'to get out of bed.' The following
+  four verbs have irregular, as well as regular, present tenses;<a
+  name="NtA_76" href="#Nt_76"><sup>[76]</sup></a> <i>ataie</i> has
+  <i>at�ru</i> 'to give,' <i>vaqimaie</i> has <i>vaqim&#x1D2;ru</i> 'to
+  discriminate,' <i>tonaie</i> has <i>ton�ru</i> 'to bless,' <i>sonaie</i>
+  has <i>son�ru</i> 'to place in a high position.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Preterit, Perfect, Imperfect, and Pluperfect</i></p>
+
+  <p>In Japanese there is no imperfect. In its place the perfect is used.
+  The perfect is formed in two ways. The first is by suffixing <i>ta</i> to
+  the root of a verb ; e.g., <i>agueta</i> is the preterit of the verb
+  <i>ague,uru</i> 'to offer.' The second is by suffixing <i>te</i> to the
+  root and to that adding <i>gozari,u</i> or <i>ari,u</i> which is then
+  conjugated in the present or the preterit of the second conjugation;
+  e.g., <i>aguete gozaru</i> or <i>aguete gozatta</i>, or <i>aguete aru</i>
+  or <i>aguete atta</i> 'offered, or had offered.' If the particle
+  <i>f�ia</i> [<i>faia</i>] is placed before the verb the expression is
+  strengthened; e.g., <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage20"></a>(20</span> <i>f�ia aguete gozatta</i> [<i>faia</i>
+  ...] 'I had already offered it.' When the verb <i>ari,u</i> is suffixed
+  to the perfect it is not as elegant a way of speaking as <!-- Page 125
+  --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page125"></a>[125]</span>when
+  <i>gozari,u</i> is used. Therefore when speaking one must be careful
+  about what one says, or in front of whom one speaks, so as to give each
+  person the honor he deserves.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Future of the First Conjugation</i></p>
+
+  <p>If the root of the verb ends in <i>te</i> this syllable is changed to
+  <i>te�</i> or <i>ch�</i> to form the future; e.g., <i>tate,uru</i> will
+  become <i>tate�</i> or <i>tach�</i> 'I shall build.'<a name="NtA_77"
+  href="#Nt_77"><sup>[77]</sup></a> If the root ends in <i>ji</i> the
+  future is formed by changing <i>ji</i> to <i>j�</i>; e.g., <i>xenji</i>
+  becomes <i>xenj�</i> 'I shall prepare, or brew, the medicine.' If the
+  root ends in <i>xe</i> [<i>xi</i>] it changes to <i>x�</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>xi</i> becomes <i>x�</i>, and <i>maraxi</i> becomes <i>marax�</i> 'I
+  shall do.' If it ends in <i>ie</i> it is changed to <i>io</i>
+  [<i>i�</i>]; e.g., <i>voxiie</i> becomes <i>voxiio</i> [<i>vaxii�</i>] 'I
+  shall teach.' The remaining roots ending in <i>e</i> suffix the particles
+  <i>�</i>, <i>�zu</i>, or <i>�zuru</i>; e.g., <i>ague�</i>,
+  <i>ague�zu</i>, or <i>ague�zuru</i> 'I shall offer.' These endings are
+  used for the first conjugation<a name="NtA_78"
+  href="#Nt_78"><sup>[78]</sup></a> even when the roots end in <i>i</i>;
+  e.g., <i>deqi�zu</i> 'I shall be finished.'</p>
+
+  <p>The future is also formed by taking the syllable <i>nu</i> from the
+  negative present (see below) and putting in its place the particle
+  <i>baia</i>. Thus, by taking <i>nu</i> away from <i>aguenu</i> and
+  putting in its place <i>baia</i>, we obtain <i>aguebaia</i> 'I will
+  offer.' For <i>minu</i> if you take away the <i>nu</i> and put in its
+  place <i>baia</i> it will become <i>mibaia</i> 'I will see, or
+  behold.'</p>
+
+  <p>The future perfect is formed by suffixing the particles <i>te
+  ar�zu</i> or <i>tar�zu</i> to the root; e.g., <i>aguete ar�zu</i> or
+  <i>aguetar�zu</i> 'I shall already have offered.' The same results are
+  obtained if <i>faia</i> is placed before the simple future; e.g., <i>faia
+  ague�zu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage21"></a>(21</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Imperative of the First Conjugation</i></p>
+
+  <p>The imperative of the first conjugation is formed with the root of the
+  verb alone, or with the addition of the particle <i>io</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>ague</i> or <i>ague io</i> 'offer!'<a name="NtA_79"
+  href="#Nt_79"><sup>[79]</sup></a> The future of the imperative is the
+  future absolute <i>ague�</i> or <i>ague�zu</i>. This is a more elegant
+  and polite way of speaking than giving a command with the regular
+  imperative. The imperative is also formed by taking the <i>nu</i> from
+  the negative present (see below) and <!-- Page 126 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page126"></a>[126]</span>putting in its place
+  the particle <i>sai</i>. Thus, if one takes the <i>nu</i> from
+  <i>aguenu</i> and replaces it with <i>sai</i> it becomes <i>ague sai</i>
+  which means 'offer!' If the particle <i>tai</i> is placed after the root
+  there is formed a kind of future or optative by which the wish of the
+  speaker is expressed. It is therefore an elegant imperative; thus
+  <i>mizzu fitot�u nomitai</i> 'I would like to have a drink of water' is
+  the same as 'give me some water to drink.' When a relative [clause]
+  concerns a precept, rule, admonition, or prohibition the imperative is
+  expressed word for word in whatever the conjugation, affirmative or
+  negative; e.g., <i>Christiani naru na to no x�gun no fatto ga aru</i>
+  [<i>Christian ni</i> ...] 'it is the law of the Sh&#x14D;gan
+  (<i>imperator</i>) that no one should become a Christian,' <i>Padre core
+  vo coxiraie io to voxerareta niiotte</i> [... <i>v�xerareta</i> ...]
+  'because the Priest told me to do it.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Optative of the First Conjugation</i></p>
+
+  <p>The optative, both present and future, is the present tense of the
+  imperative with the particles <i>negavacu va</i> or <i>avare</i> placed
+  before it and the particles <i>gana</i> or <i>caxi</i> placed after it.
+  Sometimes it is formed by adding the particle <i>gana</i> without any
+  prefix; e.g., <i>negavacu va ague io caxi?</i> or <i>avare aguei
+  gana</i><a name="NtA_80" href="#Nt_80"><sup>[80]</sup></a> 'would that
+  you were to offer?' <i>avare icanaru tengu, bangue mono nari tomo vare vo
+  totte, fiie no iama ni noboxe io caxi!</i> (15v)<a name="NtA_81"
+  href="#Nt_81"><sup>[81]</sup></a> 'Oh! if there were some one, either
+  devil or soothsayer, who could make me ascend the mountain called Hie.'
+  The particle <i>gana</i> when it is placed after a noun indicates a wish
+  for the thing specified by the noun; e.g., <i>saqe gana</i> 'oh! sake';
+  and if <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage22"></a>(22</span> one is
+  asked if he would like something to drink, the answer is <i>nani gana</i>
+  'would that I had some.'</p>
+
+  <p>The perfect of the optative is the second form of the future followed
+  by the particle <i>mono vo!</i>; e.g., <i>niqueozu mono vo!</i>
+  [<i>nigue�zu</i> ...] 'would that I had fled!' The same is achieved by
+  <i>niguetaraba iocar� mono vo</i>. Sometimes they say only <i>niguetar�
+  va</i> or <i>niguete ar� ni va iocar� mono vo</i>.</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 127 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page127"></a>[127]</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Subjunctive of the First Affirmative Conjugation</i></p>
+
+  <p>The present tense of the subjunctive is formed by changing the
+  <i>u</i> in which the present indicative ends to <i>eba</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>aguru</i> becomes <i>agureba</i> 'since I offer.' It is also formed
+  from the present by adding <i>ni</i>, <i>de</i>, <i>vo</i>, or <i>va</i>
+  to the particle <i>tocoro</i> according to the case requirements of the
+  verb that follows, with the first verb being controlled by the noun;
+  e.g., <i>aru toqi Pedro chinsui xite iraruru tocoro ie fito ga qite</i>
+  (16v)<a name="NtA_82" href="#Nt_82"><sup>[82]</sup></a> 'since a certain
+  man came to the place where Peter was when he was drunk,' <i>nh�b� ni
+  tachi vacarete iru tocoro ni</i> (16v)<a name="NtA_83"
+  href="#Nt_83"><sup>[83]</sup></a> 'since they were separated and
+  divorced,' <i>c� aru tocoro ni</i> 'since things are this way,' <i>ioso
+  ie zzuru tocoro va fito ni corosareta</i> (16v)<a name="NtA_84"
+  href="#Nt_84"><sup>[84]</sup></a> 'when he went outside, he was killed by
+  someone,' <i>go misa vo asobaruru tocoro vo uchi coroita</i> (121)<a
+  name="NtA_85" href="#Nt_85"><sup>[85]</sup></a> 'he killed him while he
+  was celebrating mass.' This is a general rule which applies to all
+  conjugations.</p>
+
+  <p>The perfect and the pluperfect of the subjunctive are formed from
+  these same tenses in the indicative with the addition of the particle
+  <i>reba</i>; e.g., <i>agueta reba</i> 'since he had offered.' It is also
+  formed by taking away <i>gozaru</i> from the preterit pluperfect and
+  putting in its place <i>atta reba</i> or <i>atta</i>; but, when
+  <i>atta</i> is used, the particles <i>ni</i>, <i>vo</i>, <i>va</i>, or
+  <i>ie</i> must be added according to the requirements of the following
+  verb, just as with <i>tocoro</i> in the present tenses; e.g., <i>aguete
+  atta reba</i> or <i>aguete atta ni</i>, <i>vo</i>, <i>va</i>, or
+  <i>ie</i> 'since I had already offered it.'</p>
+
+  <p>The future of the subjunctive is formed by adding the particle
+  <i>toqi</i> to the future indicative; e.g., <i>ague� toqi</i> 'since he
+  would offer it later.'</p>
+
+  <p>The pluperfect subjunctive, with all the expressions (<i>vox</i>)
+  which signify that which comes after a completed action, is formed by
+  <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage23"></a>(23</span> placing
+  <i>cara</i>, <i>nochi</i>, or <i>igo</i> after the pluperfect indicative,
+  minus <i>gozaru</i>; <!-- Page 128 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page128"></a>[128]</span>e.g., <i>aguete cara, nochi</i>, or
+  <i>igo, mair�</i> 'I shall leave after he has offered it.' This is like
+  <i>aguetar� toki mair�</i> 'I shall leave after he has already offered
+  it.' <i>Ague�zuru ni</i> or <i>ague�zuru tocoro ni</i> means 'since he
+  was already prepared to offer it.' <i>Ague�zuru coto no saqi ni</i> means
+  'a little while before he offered it.'</p>
+
+  <p>The present tense of the permissive subjunctive is formed in two ways.
+  The first is by changing the <i>u</i> of the present indicative to
+  <i>edomo</i>; e.g., <i>aguredomo</i> 'although I could offer it.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit of the permissive subjunctive is formed by adding
+  <i>redomo</i> to the preterit indicative; e.g., <i>agueta redomo</i>
+  'although he had offered it.' The future permissive is formed by adding
+  <i>redomo</i> to the second form of the future indicative; e.g.,
+  <i>ague�zu redomo</i> 'although he would be able to offer it.' The second
+  form of the permissive subjunctive is formed by adding the particle
+  <i>tomo</i> to the present indicative; e.g., <i>aguru tomo</i> 'although
+  he could offer it.' The particles <i>mamaio</i> or <i>madeio</i> may also
+  be added to the present tense; e.g., <i>sore vo voxiiuru mamaio</i> or
+  <i>sore vo voxiiuru madeio</i> 'although he could teach this.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit of the second permissive is formed by suffixing
+  <i>ritomo</i> to the preterit indicative; e.g., <i>agueta ritomo</i>
+  'although he had offered it.' The same meaning is achieved by adding the
+  particles <i>mamaio</i> or <i>madeio</i> to the preterit indicative;
+  e.g., <i>agueta mamaio</i> or <i>agueta madeio</i>; or by adding
+  <i>tote</i> to the preterit subjunctive; e.g., <i>aguetareba
+  tote</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The future permissive is formed by adding <i>tomo</i> to the second
+  form of the future indicative; e.g., <i>agueozu tomo</i> [<i>ague�zu
+  tomo</i> 'although he would offer it']. It is also formed by adding
+  <i>mamaio</i> or <i>madeio</i> to the same future form. If the particle
+  <i>tatoi</i> is placed before the forms of the permissive subjunctive
+  great strength is added to the sentence; e.g., <i>tatoi v�xeraruru
+  tomo</i> 'even though you may state this.' The same meaning is obtained
+  by removing the verbs <i>gozaru</i> or <i>aru</i> from the pluperfect
+  indicative and replacing it with the particle <i>mo</i>; e.g., <i>aguete
+  mo</i> 'although he may offer it.' The same <i>mo</i> when placed after
+  the present indicative gives the same meaning; e.g., <i>doco de qiqi
+  marasuru mo, sono sata va m�sanu</i> 'although he hears that everywhere,
+  he does not pay any attention.' The same meaning is obtained by the
+  sentences <i>ague mo xeio caxi?</i>, <i>aguete mo x� madeio</i>, and
+  <i>nanto mo ague caxi?</i> <!-- Page 129 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page129"></a>[129]</span>[... <i>aguei caxi?</i>]<a name="NtA_86"
+  href="#Nt_86"><sup>[86]</sup></a> 'although he offers.' <i>Aguru ni
+  saxerarei</i>, <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage24"></a>(24</span>
+  <i>agueta ni saxerarei</i>, or <i>agueo ni saxerarei</i> [<i>ague�</i>
+  ...] have the meanings of 'although he could have offered, although he
+  could offer, or although he would offer'; or one might say 'let us offer'
+  or 'let us give.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Infinitive</i></p>
+
+  <p>The present infinitive is formed by adding <i>coto</i> or <i>to</i> to
+  the present indicative; e.g., <i>aguru coto</i> or <i>aguru to</i> 'to
+  offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit infinitive is formed by adding the same particles to the
+  preterit indicative; e.g., <i>agueta coto</i> or <i>agueta to</i> 'to
+  have offered.' The future infinitive is formed by adding the same
+  particles to the future indicative; e.g., <i>ague� coto</i> or <i>ague�
+  to</i> 'to be about to offer.' The same meaning is obtained by adding
+  <i>i�ni</i> to the present, preterit, or future indicative; e.g., <i>nai
+  nai guioi ni caqerare� i�ni va vare mo zonzuru fitobito mo zonjita</i>
+  (22v) 'I think and others believed me to have been favored by you with
+  many benefits,' <i>qeccu vare ni voxiie marasuru i�ni gozaru</i> (117v)
+  'he is truly able to teach me,' <i>agueta i�ni gozaru</i> 'he is said to
+  have offered it.'</p>
+
+  <p>To ask or answer a question the infinitive is often subordinate to the
+  verb which follows; e.g., <i>nh�b�gata ni vochita coto ga atta ca?</i>
+  'did you fall into the sin of adultery with this woman? is this what
+  happened?' etc. All the tenses of the infinitive are used in the same
+  way.</p>
+
+  <p>Sometimes the preterit infinitive is replaced by the pluperfect with
+  <i>gozaru</i> or <i>aru</i> removed; e.g., <i>Deus no minori vo firomete
+  iocar�</i> 'it is good to spread the Gospel.' Sometimes the present or
+  preterit indicative plus <i>ga</i> replaces the present or preterit of
+  the infinitive; e.g., <i>sore vo v�xeraruru ga var� gozar�</i> 'it will
+  be bad to say that,' <i>maitta ga maxi gia</i> (21) 'it is better to have
+  come, or it was better to come.'</p>
+
+  <p>When the substantive verb follows the infinitive, the particle
+  <i>coto</i> is not required; e.g., <i>cosacazzuqi de va saqe vo nomu
+  devanai</i> (23) 'to drink sake from a small glass is not to drink sake,'
+  <i>core coso caqu de gozare</i> 'this we are able to say, or better,
+  write,' <i>caqu de gozatte coso</i> 'this is not the way for it to be
+  written,' <i>sore va aguru devanai</i> 'that is not to offer it.' Some of
+  these examples are taken from other <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage25"></a>(25</span> conjugations but the general rule applies
+  to all. The idea of the <!-- Page 130 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page130"></a>[130]</span>infinitive is also obtained by the
+  following means of expression; <i>ague va</i>, <i>aguredomo</i> 'although
+  I offered, or even if I made it so that it was offered.' Because this is
+  a general rule for all the conjugations, they also say <i>qiqi va
+  t�ucamat�ure domo gatten xenu</i> 'although I have listened, or done
+  everything necessary to hear; I still don't understand.' They also say
+  <i>aguru vo motte</i> 'by offering, or with the fact that he is to
+  offer,' <i>aguru iori</i> 'from the fact that he is to offer,' <i>aguru
+  nit�uite</i> 'about the fact that he is to offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>The gerund in <i>Di</i> is the present or future indicative followed
+  by the particle <i>jibun</i>, or less frequently some other particle
+  meaning 'time'; e.g., <i>aguru jibun</i> 'the time for offering,'
+  <i>ague� ni qivamatta</i> 'he made the decision that it be offered,'
+  <i>niguru jibun gia</i> 'it is time to flee,' <i>corosare�zuru ni
+  aisadamatte ar&#x1D2;zu</i> (13) 'it will have been decided that he will
+  be killed, or will have to be killed.'</p>
+
+  <p>The gerund in <i>Do</i> is formed in two ways. The first is by adding
+  the particles <i>ni</i> or <i>tote</i> to the present indicative; e.g.,
+  <i>aguruni</i> or <i>agurutote iurusareta</i> 'I was freed by it being
+  offered.' The second way is by removing the verb <i>gozaru</i> from the
+  pluperfect; e.g., <i>aguete cutabireta</i> 'I became tired by offering,
+  or raising up,' that is to say, 'from the action of presenting, or
+  raising up, I suffered the result of becoming tired.' There is also
+  another elegant, and frequently used, way to form the gerund in
+  <i>Do</i>. It is done by placing the root of the verb in front of another
+  verb making a compound; e.g., <i>fiqi iosuru</i> 'to approach, pulling.'
+  The roots which are used in this way do not change with respect to their
+  function. The gerund in <i>Do</i> is also used to express purpose
+  <i>taix� to xite</i> 'since he was a commander (<i>dux</i>), or was
+  fulfilling the function of a commander,' <i>von rei to xite</i> 'giving
+  thanks,' <i>r&#x1D2;tai nomi ni xite</i> 'since he was an old man,'
+  <i>t�ucai xite ivaruru</i> 'he said it as a messenger.'</p>
+
+  <p>The gerund in <i>Dum</i> is formed by adding the particles <i>tame</i>
+  or <i>tote</i> to the present or future indicative; e.g., <i>aguru
+  tame</i> or <i>agueo tote</i> [<i>ague� tote</i>] 'in order to offer.'
+  The same meaning is obtained by <i>aguru ni fatto ga aru</i> 'there is a
+  law about offering,' unless this should be considered a gerund in ni
+  [<i>Di</i>].</p>
+
+  <p>The supine in <i>Tum</i> is formed in two ways. The first is by adding
+  <i>ni</i> to the root. The second is by adding <i>tameni</i> to the
+  present indicative; <!-- Page 131 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page131"></a>[131]</span>e.g., <i>tazzune ni maitta</i> or
+  <i>tazzunuru tameni maitta</i> 'I came in order to obtain it.'</p>
+
+  <p>The supine in <i>Tu</i> is the root of the verb alone. To obtain the
+  same meaning they also use <i>m�su ni voiobanu</i> 'it is not necessary
+  to <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage26"></a>(26</span> speak.'</p>
+
+  <p>The present, preterit, and future participles are formed by adding the
+  particles <i>fito</i> or <i>mono</i> to the indicative. When <i>fito</i>
+  is used the result is a more honorable way of speaking; e.g., <i>aguru
+  fito</i> or <i>aguru mono</i> 'he who offers,' <i>agueta fito</i> 'he who
+  offered,' <i>ague� mono</i> 'he who will offer,' <i>Bupp�gacu suru
+  tomogara ni voite va</i> (73v) 'as for those who devote themselves to the
+  study of the laws of idolatry,' <i>von vo xiru vo fito to va i�zo; von vo
+  xiranu voba chicux� to coso iie</i> (96v). In this last sentence the
+  <i>vo</i> takes the place of the participle, and the sentence therefore
+  means 'those who know kindness (<i>beneficia</i>) are correctly called
+  men; those who do not know it are truly called beasts.' This is a general
+  rule for all the conjugations and therefore the example contains a verb
+  from the second conjugation. The participle is also made by adding
+  <i>te</i> ['hand'] to the root of the verb; e.g., <i>aguete</i> 'one who
+  offers.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The First Negative Conjugation</i></p>
+
+  <p>The negative root is formed by adding <i>zu</i> to the affirmative
+  root; e.g., <i>aguezu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The present tense is formed with <i>nu</i> instead of <i>zu</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>aguenu</i> 'I do not offer.' This is a general rule no matter how the
+  root ends. The only exceptions are <i>xi</i> and <i>maraxi</i> which form
+  the negative present in <i>xenu</i> and <i>maraxenu</i> 'I do not do.'
+  The roots that end in <i>ji</i> change the <i>ji</i> to <i>je</i> and
+  then suffix the particle <i>nu</i> to the present; e.g., <i>zonji</i> in
+  the negative present becomes <i>zonienu</i> [<i>zonjenu</i>] 'I do not
+  know.' In some areas of Japan they form the negative by removing the
+  final <i>u</i> from the negative root and adding <i>ari,u</i>, which is
+  then conjugated according to the required tense; e.g., <i>aguezaru</i> 'I
+  do not offer,' <i>aguezatta</i> 'I did not offer,' <i>aguezatta reba</i>
+  'since I did not offer.' They also say <i>aguezu xite</i> 'by not
+  offering.'<a name="NtA_87" href="#Nt_87"><sup>[87]</sup></a></p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 132 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page132"></a>[132]</span></p>
+
+  <p>The negative of the preterit is formed in like manner by adding the
+  particle <i>nanda</i> instead of <i>nu</i>; e.g., <i>aguenanda</i> 'I did
+  not offer,' <i>zonjenanda</i> 'I did not know,' <i>vorinanda</i> 'I did
+  not <span class="correction" title="text reads `decend'"
+  >descend</span>.'</p>
+
+  <p>The pluperfect is formed by changing the last <i>a</i> of the preterit
+  to <i>e</i> and adding the verb <i>gozaru</i> in the present and
+  <i>gozatta</i> in the preterit; e.g., <i>aguenande gozaru</i> or
+  <i>aguenande gozatta</i> 'I have not offered.' It is also formed by
+  adding <i>ide gozaru</i> or <i>ide gozatta</i> instead of <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage27"></a>(27</span> <i>nande gozaru</i>;
+  e.g., <i>agueide gozaru</i> or <i>agueide gozatta</i> 'I had not
+  offered,' <i>zonzeide gozaru</i> [<i>zonjeide</i> ... ]<a name="NtA_88"
+  href="#Nt_88"><sup>[88]</sup></a> 'I had not known,' <i>vochiide
+  gozatta</i> 'I had not fallen.'</p>
+
+  <p>The negative future is formed by adding <i>mai</i> or <i>maji</i> to
+  the affirmative root or the affirmative present tense; e.g., <i>ague
+  mai</i> or <i>aguru maji</i> 'you will not offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>The imperative is formed by placing <i>na</i> after the present
+  indicative; <i>aguru na</i> 'do not offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>It is also formed by placing <i>na</i> before the root and <i>so</i>
+  after it; e.g., <i>na ague so</i> 'do not offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>It is also formed by placing <i>na</i> after the root; e.g., <i>ague
+  na</i> 'do not offer,' <i>mixe na</i> 'do not show,' <i>mesare na</i> 'do
+  not do.' The roots which end in <i>xi</i> or <i>ji</i>, but are in the
+  first conjugation,<a name="NtA_89" href="#Nt_89"><sup>[89]</sup></a>
+  change the <i>i</i> to <i>e</i> to form the negative imperative; e.g.,
+  <i>s&#x1D2; xe na</i> or <i>s� maraxe na</i> 'do not do that,'
+  <i>s&#x1D2; zonze na</i> [<i>s� zonje na</i>] 'do not think that.'</p>
+
+  <p>The optative is formed by placing <i>negavacuva</i> or <i>avare</i>
+  before the negative imperative and placing <i>caxi</i> or <i>gana</i>
+  after it; e.g., <i>avare aguru na caxi</i> 'oh! if only you would not
+  offer,' and <i>negavacuva na ague so gana</i> with the same meaning.</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit of the optative is formed by placing <i>mono vo</i> after
+  the negative future; e.g., <i>aguru mai mono vo</i> 'oh! if only you
+  would not have offered.'</p>
+
+  <p>The negative subjunctive is formed by changing the <i>u</i> which ends
+  the negative present to <i>eba</i>; e.g., <i>agueneba</i> 'since he did
+  not offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit of the subjunctive is formed by adding <i>reba</i> to the
+  negative preterit of the indicative; e.g., <i>aguenanda reba</i> 'since
+  he had not offered.'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 133 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page133"></a>[133]</span></p>
+
+  <p>The future of the subjunctive is formed by adding <i>qereba</i> to the
+  negative future; e.g., <i>niguru mai qereba</i> 'since he is not going to
+  escape.'</p>
+
+  <p>The permissive subjunctive is formed by adding <i>domo</i> to the
+  negative present after changing the final <i>u</i> of the verb to
+  <i>e</i>; e.g., <i>aguenedomo</i> 'although he cannot offer.' They also
+  say, and this usage is preferred, <i>aguenaidemo</i> or <i>agueidemo</i>
+  'even if he not offer.'<a name="NtA_90"
+  href="#Nt_90"><sup>[90]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The preterit of the permissive subjunctive is formed by placing
+  <i>redomo</i> after the negative preterit; e.g., <i>aguenanda redomo</i>
+  'although he had not offered.' <i>Aguenaidemo</i> or <i>agueidemo</i>
+  'although he would not be allowed to offer,' is also said.</p>
+
+  <p>The permissive future is formed by adding <i>qeredomo</i> to the
+  negative future; e.g., <i>aguru mai qeredomo</i> 'although he is not
+  going to be allowed to offer.' <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage28"></a>(28</span></p>
+
+  <p>Another way of forming the permissive subjunctive is to place the
+  particle <i>tomo</i> after the negative root; e.g., <i>aguezu tomo</i>
+  'although he is not going to be able to offer.' It is also formed by
+  placing <i>tote</i> after the [negative] present subjunctive; e.g.,
+  <i>agueneba tote</i>. A third way is to add <i>mamaio</i> or
+  <i>madeio</i> to the negative present; e.g., <i>aguenu mamaio</i> or
+  <i>aguenu madeio</i> 'although he cannot offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit is formed by placing <i>ritomo</i> after the negative
+  preterit; e.g., <i>aguenanda ritomo</i> 'although he had not offered.' It
+  is also formed by placing <i>tote</i> after the negative preterit of the
+  subjunctive; e.g., <i>aguenanda reba tote</i>, or better,
+  <i>aguenaidemo</i> or <i>agueidemo</i> 'although he does not offer, or
+  had not offered.'</p>
+
+  <p>The future is formed by placing <i>tomo</i> after the negative future;
+  e.g., <i>aguemai tomo</i> 'although he is not going to offer,'
+  <i>vochiidemo</i> 'although he will not fall.'</p>
+
+  <p>The present, preterit, and future infinitives are the present,
+  preterit, and future negative indicative present tenses followed by
+  <i>coto</i> or <i>to</i>; e.g., <i>aguenu coto</i> 'not to offer,'
+  <i>aguenanda coto</i> 'not to have offered,' <i>aguru mai coto</i> 'not
+  to be going to offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>Sometimes they use the negative present instead of the preterit in all
+  the conjugations; e.g., <i>mi maraxenu</i> 'I did not see.'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 134 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page134"></a>[134]</span></p>
+
+  <p>The negative gerund in <i>Di</i> is the same as the negative present
+  or future; e.g., <i>aguenu</i> or <i>aguru mai</i> 'of not offering.'</p>
+
+  <p>The gerund in <i>Do</i> is formed by placing <i>ni</i> after the
+  negative root or the negative present tense; e.g., <i>aguezuni</i> or
+  <i>aguenuni</i> 'by not offering.' The same meaning is obtained with
+  <i>agueide</i>, <i>aguenaide</i> or <i>aguezu xite</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The gerund in <i>Dum</i> is formed by placing <i>tote</i> or
+  <i>tame</i> after the [negative] present or future of the indicative;
+  e.g., <i>aguenu tame</i> or <i>aguru mai tote</i> 'in order not to
+  offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>The present, preterit, and future participles are formed by adding
+  <i>fito</i> or <i>mono</i> to the negative of the present, preterit, and
+  future indicatives; e.g., <i>aguenu fito</i> 'he who is not offering,'
+  <i>aguenanda mono</i> 'he who did not offer,' <i>aguru mai mono</i> 'he
+  who will not offer,' <i>aguenaide cara</i> or <i>agueide nochi</i> 'after
+  he had not offered, after they did not offer, or after it was not
+  offered.'</p>
+
+  <p><span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage29"></a>(29</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Second Affirmative Conjugation</i><p class="cenhead">
+
+  <p>All the roots of the second conjugation end in <i>i</i> and form their
+  present tense by changing <i>i</i> to <i>u</i>; e.g., <i>iomi:iomu</i> 'I
+  read.' If the root ends in <i>chi</i> it changes its ending to <i>t�u</i>
+  e.g., <i>machi:mat�u</i> 'I wait.' If the root ends in <i>xi</i> it
+  changes to <i>su</i>; e.g., <i>coroxi:corosu</i> 'I kill.'</p>
+
+  <p>For the preterit, if the root ends in <i>ami</i> it changes to
+  <i>�da</i>; e.g., <i>cami:c�da</i> 'I ate, or chewed.' If it ends in
+  <i>ebi</i> or <i>emi</i> it changes to <i>e�da</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>saqebi:saqe�da</i> 'I am injured,' <i>sonemi:soneoda</i>
+  [<i>sone�da</i>] 'I envied, or I had envy.' If it ends in <i>obi</i> or
+  <i>omi</i> it changes to <i>�da</i>; e.g., <i>corobi:cor�da</i> 'he
+  fell,' <i>comi:c�da</i> 'it enclosed itself.' If it ends in <i>umi</i> it
+  changes to <i>�nda</i> [<i>unda</i>]; e.g., <i>casumi:casunda</i> 'it is
+  cloudy.' The same change is made for roots ending in <i>imi</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>canaximi:canax�nda</i> [<i>canaxunda</i>] 'he became sad.' If it ends
+  in <i>gui</i> it changes to <i>ida</i>; e.g., <i>fegui:feida</i> 'it is
+  divided.' <i>Xini,uru</i> has the preterit <i>xinda</i> 'he is dead,' and
+  <i>ini:uru</i> has the preterit <i>inda</i> 'he left.' While in this
+  respect they [<i>xini</i> and <i>ini</i>] are in the second conjugation,
+  in the other tenses they are in the first. A root ending in <i>chi</i> or
+  <i>ri</i> changes in the preterit to <i>tta</i>; e.g., <i>mochi:mot�u</i>
+  in the preterit becomes <i>motta</i> 'he received,' <i>chiri,u:chitta</i>
+  'it is scattered.' Those which end in <i>xi</i> or <i>qi</i> change to
+  <i>ita</i>; e.g., <i>coroxi,u:coroita</i> 'he killed,'
+  <i>qiqi,u:qiita</i> 'he heard,' <i>xiqi,u:xiita</i> 'he stretched it
+  out.' <!-- Page 135 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page135"></a>[135]</span></p>
+
+  <p>The future is formed by changing the <i>i</i> in which the root ends
+  to <i>�, &#x1D2;zu, �zuru</i>; e.g., <i>iom�</i>, <i>iom&#x1D2;zu</i>, or
+  <i>iom�zuru</i> 'you will read.' If the root ends in <i>chi</i> it
+  changes to <i>t�</i>; e.g., <i>machi:mat�</i> 'I shall wait.' A root
+  ending in <i>xi</i> changes to <i>s�</i>; e.g., <i>m�xi,u:m�s�</i> 'I
+  shall say, or speak.'</p>
+
+  <p>The imperative is formed by changing the <i>i</i> in which the root
+  ends to <i>e</i>; e.g., <i>iomi:iome</i> 'read! or may you read.' If the
+  root ends in <i>chi</i> it changes to <i>te</i>; e.g., <i>machi:mate</i>
+  'wait!' The imperative is also formed by changing the <i>nu</i> in which
+  the negative present ends to <i>ai</i>; if you remove the <i>nu</i> from
+  <i>iomanu</i> and replace it with <i>ai</i> it gives you <i>yomai</i>
+  'read!'<a name="NtA_91" href="#Nt_91"><sup>[91]</sup></a> This is a
+  common rule for the third conjugation, but this imperative is used only
+  when addressing inferiors.</p>
+
+  <p>The future of the imperative is the future absolute; e.g., <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage30"></a>(30</span> <i>iom�</i> 'you will
+  read.' This is used when addressing very low people.</p>
+
+  <p>The remaining tenses of the optative, subjunctive, gerund, and
+  infinitive are formed in the same way and with the same particles as are
+  used for each in the first conjugation.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Second Negative Conjugation</i></p>
+
+  <p>The root of the negative second conjugation is made by changing
+  <i>i</i>, in which the affirmative root ends, to <i>azu</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>iomi:iomazu</i> 'not reading.'</p>
+
+  <p>If the root ends in <i>chi</i> the present tense is formed by changing
+  it to <i>tanu</i>; e.g., <i>machi:matanu</i> 'I do not wait.' If it ends
+  in <i>xi</i> it changes to <i>sanu</i>; e.g., <i>coroxi:corosanu</i> 'I
+  do not kill.' If they end in any other way change <i>i</i> to <i>anu</i>;
+  e.g., <i>corobi:corobanu</i> 'I do not fall.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit is formed by changing the <i>nu</i> of the present tense
+  to <i>nanda</i>; e.g., <i>corobanu:corobananda</i> 'I did not fall,'
+  <i>iomananda</i> 'I did not read.' The other tenses are formed in the
+  same way as the negative first conjugation.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Third Affirmative Conjugation</i></p>
+
+  <p>The roots of the third conjugation end in <i>ai</i>, <i>oi</i>, or
+  <i>ui</i>. Those ending in <i>ai</i> change to <i>�</i> to form the
+  present; e.g., <i>narai:nar�</i> 'I learn.' Those <!-- Page 136 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page136"></a>[136]</span>ending in <i>oi</i>
+  change to <i>�</i>; e.g., <i><span class="correction" title="text reads `vomi'"
+  >vomoi</span>:vom�</i> 'I think.' Those ending in <i>ui</i> change to
+  <i>�</i>; e.g., <i>cui:c�</i> 'I eat.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit is formed by adding <i>ta</i> to the present tense; e.g.,
+  <i>nar�ta</i> 'I learned,' <i>vom�ta</i> 'I thought,' <i>c�ta</i> 'I
+  ate.'</p>
+
+  <p>The pluperfect is formed by changing the final <i>a</i> of the
+  preterit to <i>e</i> and adding the verb <i>gozaru</i> in the present and
+  <i>gozatta</i> in the past, in the same way as we have described for the
+  first conjugation; e.g., <i>nar�te gozaru</i> or <i>nar&#x1D2;te
+  gozatta</i> 'I have already learned.'</p>
+
+  <p>The future is formed by changing the final <i>i</i> of the root to
+  <i>v�</i>, <i>v�zu</i>, or <i>v�zuru</i>; e.g., <i>narav�</i>,
+  <i>narav&#x1D2;zu</i>, or <i>narav�zuru</i> 'I shall learn.' If the root
+  ends in <i>oi</i> it is changed to <i>v�</i>, <i>v�zu</i>, or
+  <i>v�zuru</i> [<i>v&#x1D2;</i>, <i>v&#x1D2;zu</i>, <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage31"></a>(31</span> or
+  <i>v&#x1D2;zuru</i>]; e.g., <i>vomoi:vomou�</i>, <i>vomovozu</i>, or
+  <i>vomov�zuru</i> [<i>vomoi:vomov&#x1D2;</i>, <i>vomov&#x1D2;zu</i>, or
+  <i>vomov&#x1D2;zuru</i>] 'I shall think.'<a name="NtA_92"
+  href="#Nt_92"><sup>[92]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The imperative is formed by placing <i>e</i> after the root; e.g.,
+  <i>naraie</i> 'learn!' <i>toie</i> 'ask!' <i>cuie</i> 'eat!'<a
+  name="NtA_93" href="#Nt_93"><sup>[93]</sup></a> It is also formed by
+  removing the syllable <i>nu</i> from the negative present tense and
+  replacing it with the letter <i>i</i>; e.g., <i>naravai</i> 'learn!'
+  <i>tovai</i> 'ask!' <i>cuvai</i> 'eat!' This form is used when addressing
+  inferiors, as are those of the other conjugations.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Third Negative Conjugation</i></p>
+
+  <p>The root of the third negative conjugation is formed by changing the
+  <i>i</i> of the affirmative root to <i>vazu</i>; e.g., <i>naravazu</i>,
+  <i>tovazu</i>, and <i>cuvazu</i>. The present tense is formed by changing
+  the <i>i</i> to <i>vanu</i>; e.g., <i>naravanu</i> 'I do not learn,'
+  <i>tovanu</i> 'I do not ask,' <i>cuvanu</i> 'I do not eat.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit is formed by changing the <i>i</i> of the root to
+  <i>vananda</i>; e.g., <i>naravananda</i> 'I did not learn,'
+  <i>tovananda</i> 'I did not ask,' <i>cuvananda</i> 'I did not eat.'</p>
+
+  <p>The pluperfect is formed by changing the final <i>a</i> of the
+  preterit to <i>e</i> and adding the verb <i>gozaru</i> or <i>gozatta</i>;
+  e.g., <i>cuvanande gozatta</i> 'I had <!-- Page 137 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page137"></a>[137]</span>not eaten,' or
+  <i>naravanande gozaru</i> 'I had not learned.' The remaining forms are
+  like the other conjugations.<a name="NtA_94"
+  href="#Nt_94"><sup>[94]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>If the substantive verb is placed after the gerund in <i>Do</i> for
+  all the affirmative and negative conjugations, it means that the action
+  signified by the gerund is or is not done; e.g., <i>aguete ar�</i> 'it
+  will already be offered,' <i>cono qi� ga caite gozaranu</i> 'this book is
+  not written,' <i>agueide ar�zu</i> 'he will not yet have offered.' The
+  substantive verbs are <i>gozaru:gozaranu</i>, <i>voru:vori nai</i>,
+  <i>dea</i> or <i>gia:devanai</i>, <i>aru:aranu</i> or <i>gozaranu</i>,
+  <i>voru:voranu,</i> and each of these verbs follows the general rules for
+  its conjugation.<a name="NtA_95" href="#Nt_95"><sup>[95]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>If the substantive verb from any of the conjugations is placed after
+  the infinitive form it means that whatever is signified by the infinitive
+  is, was, or will be; or the negative thereof; e.g., <i>aguru coto ar�</i>
+  'it will be that he offers,' that is to say 'he will offer,' <i>nar�ta
+  coto gozaru mai</i> 'he will not learn.' All these substantive verbs are
+  conjugated in the second conjugation to which they belong by virtue of
+  the fact that their <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage32"></a>(32</span> roots end in <i>i</i>;
+  <i>ari,u:gozari,u</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Conjugation of the Negative Substantive Verb</i></p>
+
+  <p>The negative substantive verb is <i>nai</i>, <i>gozanai</i>, or
+  <i>vori nai</i> which means 'not to be.' Its root is <i>naqu</i>,
+  <i>gozanaqu</i>, or <i>vori naqu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit is formed by changing the <i>i</i> in which the present
+  tense ends to <i>c</i> and then adding the preterit of <i>ari,u</i> which
+  is <i>atta</i>; e.g., <i>nacatta</i> or <i>gozanacatta</i> 'he was not.'
+  The other tenses are conjugated, as is <i>ari,u</i>, in the second
+  conjugation.</p>
+
+  <p>The imperative is <i>nacare</i>, <i>nanaiso</i>, or <i>nai na</i> 'be
+  not!'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 138 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page138"></a>[138]</span></p>
+
+  <p>The subjunctive is formed by changing the <i>i</i> of the present
+  tense to <i>qereba</i>; e.g., <i>naqereba</i> or <i>gozanaqereba</i> 'if
+  it be not.'</p>
+
+  <p>The permissive subjunctive is formed by changing the <i>i</i> of the
+  present to <i>qeredomo</i>; e.g., <i>gozanaqeredomo</i> 'although he is
+  not.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit of the subjunctive is formed by adding <i>redomo</i> to
+  the preterit of the indicative; e.g., <i>nacatta redomo</i> 'although he
+  was not.'</p>
+
+  <p>The substantive [verb] with the particle <i>tomo</i> is formed with
+  the root; e.g., <i>naqu tomo</i> 'even if it were not.' The gerund is
+  <i>n�</i>, <i>n�te</i>, <i>naqu xite</i>, or <i>nacatte</i> 'since it is
+  not.' The remaining are formed as above, with the verb <i>ari,u</i>
+  added, and are conjugated in the second conjugation.</p>
+
+  <p>Adjectives, when they do not precede verbs, are conjugated in the same
+  way as the negative substantive verb. The adjectives, which have been
+  said above to end in <i>ai</i>, <i>ei</i>, <i>oi</i>, <i>ui</i>, and
+  <i>ij</i>, form their roots by changing the final <i>i</i> to <i>qu</i>;
+  e.g., <i>fucaqu</i> is the root of 'deep,' <i>ioqu</i> the root of
+  'good,' <i>xiguequ</i> the root of 'dense,' <i>varuqu</i> the root of
+  'bad,' and <i>vonajiqu</i> the root of 'the same.'</p>
+
+  <p>The present tense is the form (<i>vox</i>) of the adjective itself;
+  e.g., <i>ioi</i> 'good,' <i>fucai</i> 'deep,' <i>varui</i> 'bad,'
+  <i>vonaji</i> 'the same.'<a name="NtA_96"
+  href="#Nt_96"><sup>[96]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The preterit is formed by changing the <i>i</i> of the adjective to
+  <i>c</i> or <i>q</i> and adding <i>ari,u</i>. This form is then
+  conjugated according to <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage33"></a>(33</span> the tense required by the sentence.</p>
+
+  <p>The permissive subjunctive with <i>tomo</i> is <i>fucaqu tomo</i> or
+  <i>fucai tomo</i> 'although deep.'</p>
+
+  <p>The gerund in <i>Do</i> is <i>fuc�te</i> 'since it was deep,'
+  <i>i�te</i> 'since it was good,' <i>canaxi�te</i> [<i>canax�te</i>]<a
+  name="NtA_97" href="#Nt_97"><sup>[97]</sup></a> 'since it was sad,'
+  <i>xingueote</i> [<i>xige�te</i>]<a name="NtA_98"
+  href="#Nt_98"><sup>[98]</sup></a> 'since it was dense.' It also takes the
+  form of <i>fuc� xite</i>, <i>fucaqu xite</i>, or <i>fucacatte</i>, or
+  again <i>i� xite</i>, <i>ioqu xite</i>, or <i>iocatte</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The adjectives which end in <i>na</i> are not conjugated. There is,
+  however, a gerund in <i>Do</i>. For example, <i>aqiracana</i> has for its
+  gerund <i>aqiracani xite</i> 'since it was clear,' and with the same
+  meaning there is <i>aqiraca de</i>. <i>Aris�na</i> has <i>aris&#x1D2;ni
+  xite</i> 'since it became apparent, or easy to believe.' <i>I�na</i> has
+  <i>i�ni</i> as in <i>i�ni xite</i> 'since it is in a good way, or since
+  it has a good manner.' <i>Cava ga fuc�te vatarananda</i> 'because the
+  <!-- Page 139 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page139"></a>[139]</span>river was deep, I did not cross it,'
+  <i>xeb&#x1D2;te irarenu</i> 'since it was narrow, he was unable to
+  enter,' <i>var�te cuvarenu</i> 'it is inedible, or it cannot be eaten,
+  because it is bad.' The other tenses of the adjective, as has been said,
+  are formed with the verb <i>ari,u</i> and conjugated according to the
+  requirements of the sentence. The negative conjugation is also formed
+  with <i>ari,u</i>; e.g., if the root is <i>fucacarazu</i> the present
+  tense is <i>fucacaranu</i> 'it is not deep.' The preterit is
+  <i>fucacarananda</i> 'it was not, etc.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Conditional Particles</i><a name="NtA_99" href="#Nt_99"><sup>[99]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>There are five particles which make an utterance (<i>oratio</i>)
+  conditional; <i>naraba</i>, <i>ni voite va</i>, <i>raba</i>, <i>va</i>,
+  and <i>ba</i>. When the first two are placed after any verb, affirmative
+  or negative, present, preterit, or future, the result is that the verb
+  becomes conditional. For example; <i>niguru naraba</i> 'if you flee,'
+  <i>i�da ni voite va</i> 'if you had read,' <i>narav� naraba</i> 'if you
+  will learn,' <i>cuvazu ni voite va</i><a name="NtA_100"
+  href="#Nt_100"><sup>[100]</sup></a> 'if you do not eat.' Sometimes
+  <i>voi</i> [<i>voite</i>] is removed from <i>ni voite va</i>; <i>ague� ni
+  va</i> 'if you would offer,' <i>aguetar� ni va</i> 'if you would have
+  offered.' Sometimes <i>voite</i> [<i>voite va</i>] is removed, leaving
+  only <i>ni</i>; e.g., <i>mair� ni coso, nen goro ni
+  m&#x1D2;s&#x1D2;zure</i> (19) 'if I go, or if I shall have gone, I will
+  tell him so in a friendly way,' <i>xitar� ni coso, saisocu t�uqu maji
+  qere</i> (19) 'if I <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage34"></a>(34</span> had done it, it would not have been done
+  with diligence and persuasion.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>raba</i> is placed after the preterit;<a
+  name="NtA_101" href="#Nt_101"><sup>[101]</sup></a> e.g., <i>nar�ta
+  raba</i> 'if I would have learned,' <i>naravananda raba</i> 'if I would
+  not have learned.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>va</i> is added to the negative roots of all three
+  conjugations; e.g., <i>aguezu va</i> 'if I not offer,' <i>iomazu va</i>
+  'if I not read,' <i>naravazu va</i> 'if I not learn,' <i>naqu va</i> 'if
+  it not be,' <i>fucacarazu va</i> 'if it be not deep.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>ba</i> has the same effect and is, like <i>va</i>,
+  joined to the root; <i>aguez&#x169;ba</i>, <i>iomaz&#x169;ba</i>,
+  <i>naravaz&#x169;ba</i>.<a name="NtA_102"
+  href="#Nt_102"><sup>[102]</sup></a> If the particle <i>ba</i> replaces
+  the negative <i>zu</i>, an affirmative conditional is formed; e.g.,
+  <i>agueba</i>, 'if I offer,' <i>iomaba</i> 'if I read,' <i>naravaba</i>
+  'if I learn,' and <i>iocaraba</i> 'if it be good.' The particle <i>va</i>
+  is not only added to the negative roots of adjectives, but also to the
+  affirmative; e.g., <i>fucaqu va</i> 'if it be deep,' <i>vonajiqu va</i>
+  'if it be the same.' Sometimes they use this expression to give the idea
+  'if it be not <!-- Page 140 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page140"></a>[140]</span>too troublesome, will you do it.' They
+  also say <i>aguemajiqu va</i> 'if you would not offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>ni voite va</i> is joined to nouns in such a way as to
+  substitute for the substantive verb; e.g., <i>j�j� ni voite va uqe
+  tor�</i> (121v)<a name="NtA_103" href="#Nt_103"><sup>[103]</sup></a> 'I
+  shall get it, if it be very good, or the best,' <i>curuxicarazaru gui ni
+  voite va</i> 'if it would not have been unpleasant, or if it had not been
+  an unpleasant thing.'</p>
+
+  <p>If the particle <i>saie</i> is placed in a clause (<i>oratio</i>) in
+  which there is already a conditional particle, it adds strength to the
+  meaning; e.g., <i>fune saie mairu naraba</i> 'if only a ship were to
+  come,' <i>sonata saie vocutabire naku va</i> (118) 'if he be not tired,'
+  or it might be said 'as for me, or as far as it depends upon me, I am not
+  tired.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>saie</i> alone sometimes forms a conditional; e.g.,
+  <i>Niffon no x�cocu ni saie cai�na coto gozaru fodo ni</i> [<i>Nifon</i>
+  ...] (118) 'if in the small kingdom of Japan things of this kind be
+  found, or exist,' that is to say 'how much more there will be in a large
+  one,' <i>coco moto no tocai ni saie meivacu itasu i�ni gozaru fodoni,
+  etc.</i> (118) 'on the voyage here I suffered very much, and so ...,'
+  <i>fito saie c�quai suru mono vo iurusu ni ivan ia, Deus ni voite
+  voia?</i> [... <i>va?</i>] (118v) 'if one forgives one who repents, how
+  much more will God,' <i>core fodo xei vo iruru saie coto naricanuru ni;
+  ucato xite va, incadeca banji canav&#x1D2;zo?</i> [... <i>icadeca</i>
+  ...] (119) 'if gathering all one's strength this can be done only with
+  difficulty, how could it be done if it were done without any strength?,'
+  <i>core saie xinicui ni</i> 'if this be difficult to do,' <i>fune de saie
+  ioio t�uita</i> <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage35"></a>(35</span>
+  <i>ni, cachi va nananaca naru mai</i> [... <i>nacanaca naru mai</i>]
+  (119v) 'if I arrived by ship with such difficulties, without doubt I
+  could not have done it on foot.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Potential Verb</i><a name="NtA_104" href="#Nt_104"><sup>[104]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The placing of the particle r&#x1D2;<a name="NtA_105"
+  href="#Nt_105"><sup>[105]</sup></a> after the present or future tense
+  makes a potential; e.g., <i>aguru r&#x1D2;</i> 'he perhaps offers,'
+  <i>nigueozur&#x1D2;</i> [<i>nigue�zur&#x1D2;</i>] 'he will perhaps
+  escape.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit is made by changing <i>ta</i> to <i>t�u</i> and adding
+  r&#x1D2;; e.g., <!-- Page 141 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page141"></a>[141]</span><i>aguet�ur&#x1D2;</i> 'he perhaps
+  offered.' But if it is added to the negative preterit, the <i>da</i> must
+  be changed to <i>zzu</i>; e.g., <i>aguenanzzur&#x1D2;</i> 'it has perhaps
+  not been offered, etc.'</p>
+
+  <p>The present potential is also formed by adding <i>ar&#x1D2;zu</i>
+  [<i>mo ar&#x1D2;zu</i>] or other future verbs to the infinitive; e.g.,
+  <i>aguru coto mo ar&#x1D2;zu</i> or <i>ague mo x�zu</i> 'he will perhaps
+  offer.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit is formed by adding this same future to the preterit
+  infinitive; e.g., <i>agueta coto mo ar&#x1D2;zu</i> 'he perhaps
+  offered.'</p>
+
+  <p>The future is <i>ague� coto mo ar&#x1D2;zu</i> 'he will perhaps
+  offer.' The negative is formed in the same way; e.g., <i>aguenu</i>,
+  <i>aguenanda</i>, or <i>aguru mai coto mo ar&#x1D2;zu</i> 'he perhaps
+  does not offer, he perhaps did not offer, or he will perhaps not offer.'
+  When we wish to say that something is perhaps the case we use <i>mono</i>
+  instead of <i>coto</i>; e.g., <i>noxenanda mono de ar�zu</i> 'they
+  perhaps did not place it aboard ship,' <i>iqi chig&#x1D2;ta mono de
+  ar&#x1D2;zu</i> 'they seem not to have met along the way,'
+  <i>moreqicoieta mono de gozar&#x1D2; ca to zonzuru</i> 'I believe it is
+  perhaps as it has been said.'</p>
+
+  <p>To express the meaning 'become' the verb <i>nari,u</i> is added to the
+  adjective and then conjugated according to the requirements of the
+  adjective taken adverbally; e.g., <i>fuc&#x1D2; naru</i> 'it becomes
+  deep,' <i>var&#x1D4; natta</i> 'it became bad.' Also they say
+  <i>fuc&#x1D2; aru</i> 'it is deep,' and sometimes <i>fuc&#x1D2; nai</i>
+  'it is not deep.' They obtain this same meaning by conjugating <i>nai</i>
+  according to the tense required by the sentence. They also use
+  <i>fuc&#x1D2; nai coto mo ar&#x1D2;zu</i> 'perhaps it will be that this
+  is not deep.' <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage36"></a>(36</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Conjugation of Irregular Verbs</i><a name="NtA_106" href="#Nt_106"><sup>[106]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The verb <i>qi,uru</i> 'to come' has <i>quru</i> 'I come,' <i>qita</i>
+  'I came,' <i>c�zu</i> 'I shall come,' <i>coi</i> or <i>coio</i> 'come!'
+  <i>qitareba</i> 'since he will have come, or would have come,'
+  <i>qitaredomo</i> 'although he came.' The negative root is <i>c�zu</i>
+  [<i>cozu</i>] and the negative present is <i>conu</i> 'I do not come.'
+  <i>Mede</i>, which is the root of the verb meaning 'to enjoy,' has a
+  present in <i>mezzuru</i> and its gerund in <i>Do</i> is <i>medete</i>
+  'by enjoying.' <i>Cui</i>, which is the root of the verb meaning 'to be
+  mournful,' has its present in <i>cuiuru</i>. <!-- Page 142 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page142"></a>[142]</span>Its gerund in <i>Do</i>
+  is <i>cuite</i> 'by mourning,' its negative root is <i>cuizu</i>, and its
+  negative present is <i>cuinu</i>. <i>Araie</i>, which is the root of the
+  verb 'to be,'<a name="NtA_107" href="#Nt_107"><sup>[107]</sup></a> has a
+  present in <i>araiuru</i> or <i>ar&#x1D2;ru</i> 'it is.' <i>Furi</i>,
+  which is the root of the verb 'to become old,' has a preterit in
+  <i>furita</i> 'he became old,' and a gerund in <i>Do</i> which is
+  <i>furite</i> 'by becoming old.' <i>Fe</i>, the root of the verb meaning
+  'to cross over,' has a present in <i>furu</i> 'he crosses over,' and a
+  preterit in <i>feta</i> 'he crossed over.' <i>Tari,u</i> is a verb which
+  signifies that a thing is complete or entire. It has a present in
+  <i>taru</i> 'it is complete,' a preterit in <i>tatta</i> 'it was
+  complete,' and a future in <i>tari maraxo</i> [<i>marax�</i>] 'it will be
+  complete.' Its negative root is <i>tarazu</i>, its negative present is
+  <i>taranu</i>, its preterit is <i>tarananda</i> 'it was not complete,'
+  its future is <i>taru mai</i> 'it will not be complete,' and its
+  imperfect subjunctive is <i>taraneba</i> 'since it has not been
+  completed.'</p>
+
+  <p>The [negative] permissive is <i>taranedomo</i>, the infinitive is
+  <i>taranu coto</i>, and the gerund in <i>Do</i> is <i>taraide</i> or
+  <i>tarazu xite</i>. The verb <i>taxi:tasu</i>, which means 'to complete,
+  or finish,' has a future in <i>taxi marax�</i> 'I shall finish.'
+  <i>Tasanu</i> is the negative present. <i>Tari</i> [<i>Tarai</i>] is the
+  root of the verb <i>tar&#x1D2;</i> which has the meaning 'to be
+  completed.' In the negative the preterit is <i>taravananda</i> 'it was
+  not completed,' the subjunctive is <i>taravaneba</i> 'since it is not
+  completed,' the permissive is <i>taravanedomo</i>, the infinitive is
+  <i>taravanu coto</i>, and the gerund in <i>Do</i> is <i>taravaide</i> or
+  <i>taravaxu xite</i> [<i>taravazu xite</i>]. <i>Vocotari</i> is the root
+  of the verb <i>vocotaru</i> 'to be negligent.' It has an infinitive in
+  <i>vocotaru coto</i>, a negative root in <i>vocotarazu</i>, and a
+  negative present in <i>voicotaranu</i> [<i>vocotaranu</i>]. <i>Voi</i> is
+  the root of a verb which has a preterit in <i>voita</i> 'he was old.'
+  <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage37"></a>(37</span> <i>Voitaru</i>
+  has the same meaning. The negative present is <i>voinu</i> and the gerund
+  in <i>Do</i> is <i>voite</i>. <i>Urei</i> is the root of the verb 'to be
+  sad.' It has a present in <i>ure�</i>, an imperative in <i>ure io</i>
+  [<i>ureie io</i>]<a name="NtA_108" href="#Nt_108"><sup>[108]</sup></a> an
+  infinitive in <i>ureoru coto</i> [<i>ure�ru</i> ...].<a name="NtA_109"
+  href="#Nt_109"><sup>[109]</sup></a> Its gerund in <i>Do</i> is
+  <i>ureite</i>. <i>Tomi</i> is the root of the verb <i>tomu</i> or
+  <i>tomeru</i> 'to become rich.' Its preterit is <i>tonda</i>, its gerund
+  in <i>Do</i> is <i>tonde</i>, and its negative root is <i>tomazu</i>.
+  <i>Saiguiri,u</i> means 'to go before, or anticipate.' Its preterit is
+  <i>saiguitta</i> and its gerund in <i>Do</i> is <i>saiguitte</i>.</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 143 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page143"></a>[143]</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Aforementioned Verbs&mdash;Their Formation and Diversity</i><a name="NtA_110" href="#Nt_110"><sup>[110]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>In this language there are simple active, causative active, passive,
+  neutral, and impersonal verbs.<a name="NtA_111"
+  href="#Nt_111"><sup>[111]</sup></a> All are conjugated by the three
+  conjugations according to the way in which their roots terminate.</p>
+
+  <p>From certain adjectives come (<i>procedo</i>) certain verbs; e.g.,
+  from <i>catai</i> 'hard' comes <i>catame,uru</i> 'I make hard' which is
+  active, <i>catamari,u</i> 'I become hard' which is neutral,
+  <i>catamerare,uru</i> 'I am made hard' which is passive. From the
+  adjective <i>canaxii</i> 'sad' comes <i>canaximi,u</i> which means 'to be
+  sad.'</p>
+
+  <p>The causative verbs (<i>verba faciendi facere</i>) are formed with the
+  particles <i>saxe</i> or <i>xe</i>. The first is added to the roots of
+  verbs in the first conjugation,<a name="NtA_112"
+  href="#Nt_112"><sup>[112]</sup></a> while the second is [not] added to
+  the roots of the second and third conjugation, but rather to the negative
+  present after the <i>nu</i> has been removed; e.g., <i>aguesaxe,uru</i>
+  'I make him offer,' <i>iomaxe,uru</i> 'I make him read,'
+  <i>naravaxe,uru</i> 'I make him learn.' All of these forms are in the
+  first conjugation because the particles end in <i>e</i>. Sometimes, but
+  rarely, <i>saxe</i> follows verbs of the second and third conjugation,
+  but this is to make the verbs more elegant. It is used with the particle
+  <i>rare</i> to honor someone; e.g., <i>iomasaxe rare,uru</i> ['he makes
+  him read']. <i>Padre va dojucu ni cathecismo vo naravasaxeraruru</i> 'the
+  priest orders his servant to learn his cathecism,'<a name="NtA_113"
+  href="#Nt_113"><sup>[113]</sup></a> <i>mono no fon vo fito ni</i> <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage38"></a>(38</span> <i>iomasaxeraruru</i>
+  (162v.) 'he makes him read his book.'</p>
+
+  <p>The passive verbs (<i>verba passiva</i>) are made with the particles
+  <i>rare</i> and <i>re</i>. The particle <i>rare</i> is added to the
+  active verbs, according to the way explained before, after removing the
+  <i>nu</i> from the negative form; e.g., <i>aguerare,uru</i> 'I am offered
+  it,' <i>iomare,uru</i> 'I am read to,' <i>naravare,uru</i> 'I am taught.'
+  They use these passive forms to mean 'to be read to by someone,' or 'to
+  be, or not to be legible.' There are other passive forms which come from
+  neutral verbs or verbs which have neutral meanings. They are also formed
+  with the particles <i>rare</i> and <i>re</i>, but when they are so formed
+  they do not govern the cases common to <!-- Page 144 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page144"></a>[144]</span>the passive (for which
+  see below) but rather the cases of the verbs from which they come; e.g.,
+  from <i>agari,u</i> comes <i>agarare,uru</i>; and, since <i>agari,u</i>
+  'I ascend' requires the accusative, this verb also requires the
+  accusative. For example; <i>cono iama ie agararenu</i> (102) 'it is not
+  possible to climb this mountain, or this mountain is unable to be
+  climbed,' <i>xiro cara derarenu</i> (102) 'it is not possible to leave
+  the castle,' <i>xeb�te irarenu</i> (102) 'it is not possible to penetrate
+  because it is too narrow, or confined,' <i>cono michi va arucarenu</i>
+  (102) 'it is not possible to walk this street,' <i>nat�u va coco ni irare
+  mai</i> 'it will not be possible to live here during the summer,' <i>cono
+  fude de va cacarenu</i> (102) 'it cannot be written with this pen,'
+  <i>fima ga n�te cacarenanda</i> (102) 'it cannot be written because of
+  the lack of time,' <i>cono bun ni coso cacaruru mono de gozare</i> (69v)
+  'it will indeed be well written in this way,' <i>axi ga it�te
+  arucarenu</i> (102) 'it is impossible to walk because of painful feet.'
+  All of these passive verbs are of the first conjugation.<a name="NtA_114"
+  href="#Nt_114"><sup>[114]</sup></a> The neutral verbs (<i>verba
+  neutra</i>) are those which have a neutral meaning; i.e., being initiated
+  by oneself, and not by others. For example; <i>ivo ga toruru</i> 'the
+  fish are caught,' <i>caje ga toruru</i> 'the wind ceases,' <i>ito ga
+  qiruru</i> 'the string is cut,' <i>ji ga iomuru</i> (100) 'the letter
+  [Chinese character] is well read,' <i>aqi,u</i> 'I am uncovered.'
+  <i>Qiri,u</i> 'I cut' is active, <i>qirare,uru</i> is passive, and
+  <i>qire,uru</i> 'I am cut' is neutral. This last form is used when a
+  sword cuts well because it is sharp. <i>Qiraxe,uru</i> is a causative
+  verb which means 'I make someone cut.' <i>Ague,uru</i> means 'I raise,'
+  <i>aguerare,uru</i> 'I am raised' passively, <i>aguesaxe,uru</i> 'I make
+  someone raise,' <i>agari,u</i> 'I am raised' neutrally,
+  <i>agarare,uru</i> 'to be ascendable,' <i>agaraxe,uru</i> 'I cause
+  something to be raised, or I cause him or it to raise himself or itself.'
+  If to these verbs are added the particles which indicate honor (see
+  below) other combinations are made. The adjectives when they are
+  conjugated have a neutral meaning; e.g., <i>fidarui</i> 'I am thirsty,'
+  <i>fucacatta</i> 'it was deep.'</p>
+
+  <p>The impersonal verbs (<i>verba impersonalia</i>) do not name or refer
+  to a person; e.g., <i>mi vo fatasu tomo it�uvari vo ivanu mono gia</i>
+  <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage39"></a>(39</span> (69v) 'even if
+  one were to die, one should not tell a lie,' <i>mono mo tabezu saqe mo
+  nomaide ichinichi fataraqu mono ca?</i> (69v) 'is it possible to work all
+  day without eating anything or drinking any wine?', <i>xujin no</i> <!--
+  Page 145 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page145"></a>[145]</span><i>maie de sono i�na coto vo i� mono
+  ca?</i> 'is it possible to speak this way in front of ones lord?'
+  Concerning the conjugations for these verbs they follow the rules
+  according to their roots.</p>
+
+  <p>The root of any verb of whatever conjugation can be taken from its
+  conjugation and changed to another conjugation by adding one of the
+  particles of honor (<i>honor</i>). The resulting form will belong to the
+  conjugation determined by the final letter of the particle. These
+  particles are: <i>maraxi,uru</i>, <i>ari,u</i>, <i>saxerare,uru</i>,
+  <i>xerare,uru</i>, <i>nasare,uru</i>, <i>saxemaxi,u</i>, <i>tamai,�</i>,
+  <i>rare</i> and <i>re</i>.<a name="NtA_115"
+  href="#Nt_115"><sup>[115]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>maraxi</i> does not add honor to that which is talked
+  about, but rather it is used to speak honorably to those in front of us.
+  For example; <i>cui,u</i> means 'I eat,'<a name="NtA_116"
+  href="#Nt_116"><sup>[116]</sup></a> but a servant in front of his master
+  will not say <i>nezumi ga c�ta</i> 'the mice ate the cheese'; he will
+  rather say <i>nezumi ga cui maraxita</i>. By itself <i>cui,u</i> is in
+  the third conjugation because its root ends in <i>ui</i>, but if
+  <i>maraxi</i> is added it becomes a verb in the first conjugation. When
+  we refer to something about a people (<i>natio</i>) we do not show honor
+  to that word but only pay attention to the person we are speaking to by
+  adding <i>maraxi</i> or not. For example, if we are addressing an
+  inferior we say <i>Nan ban jin va core vo cuvanu</i>; but if we are
+  addressing a person of nobility we say <i>Nan ban jin va core vo cui
+  maraxenu</i> 'Europeans do not eat this.' When <i>ari,u</i> is added to
+  the root of any verb it attaches a middling (<i>mediocris</i>) degree of
+  honor; e.g., <i>modori ar� ca?</i> 'are you going to come back?' If you
+  add <i>vo</i> in front of the verb it is honored moderately
+  (<i>satis</i>); e.g., <i>vomodori ar� ca?</i> 'Your Lordship is going to
+  come back?' <i>Tono sama vo xini atta toqi</i> 'when the master died,'
+  <i>Deus cono xecai vo gosacu atta</i> 'God created the world.'<a
+  name="NtA_117" href="#Nt_117"><sup>[117]</sup></a> We use these particles
+  when we are speaking with honored persons whom we like and with whom we
+  are on friendly terms.</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>nasare,uru</i> gives the highest (<i>supremus</i>), or
+  moderately great (<i>satis magnus</i>) honor and is placed after the root
+  of the verb; e.g., <i>Deus cono xecai vo gosacu nasareta</i> 'God created
+  the world.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particles <i>rare</i> and <i>re</i> add a middling and not a great
+  amount <!-- Page 146 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page146"></a>[146]</span>of honor to the verbs to which they are
+  added. The particle <i>rare</i> is added mainly when we are talking about
+  someone who is absent. It is formed by taking the <i>nu</i> from the
+  negative present and replacing <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage40"></a>(40</span> it with this particle; e.g.,
+  <i>aguerare,uru</i> means 'I offer' when the person to whom the offering
+  is made requires a middling degree of honor and respect
+  (<i>reverentia</i>). This verb coincides letter for letter with the
+  passive but is distinguished from it by the cases which it governs. The
+  particle <i>re</i> is placed after verbs of the second and third
+  conjugation only; e.g., <i>iomare,uru</i> 'to read' and
+  <i>naravare,uru</i> 'to learn,' said of a person having a good
+  reputation. We speak in this way when speaking of those who are equal to
+  us and the servants of our lord, but not of other servants, or
+  nobles.</p>
+
+  <p>The particles <i>saxemaxi</i> and <i>xemaxi</i> give the same degree
+  of honor as <i>ari,u</i> and <i>rare</i> or <i>re</i>. These particles
+  are added to the root of a first conjugation verb,<a name="NtA_118"
+  href="#Nt_118"><sup>[118]</sup></a> or to the negative present from which
+  the <i>nu</i> has been removed; <i>aguesaxemasu</i> 'he offers.'
+  <i>Maxi,u</i> [<i>Xemaxi,u</i>] is added to the negative present of the
+  second and third conjugation verbs after taking away <i>nu</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>iomaxemasu</i> 'he reads,' and <i>naravaxemasu</i> 'he learns.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particles <i>saxerare,uru</i> and <i>xerare,uru</i> attribute
+  great honor. The first is added to the negative present of verbs in the
+  first conjugation<a name="NtA_119" href="#Nt_119"><sup>[119]</sup></a>
+  after the <i>nu</i> is removed, and the second is added to the [other]
+  negatives in the same way; e.g., <i>aguesaxeraruru</i> 'I offer,'
+  <i>iomaxeraruru</i> 'I read,' <i>naravaxeraruru</i> 'I learn.' Because
+  these forms coincide letter for letter with the honorific causative, the
+  particle <i>ari,u</i> may be placed after the verb and the particle
+  <i>vo</i> may be placed before to avoid confusion; e.g., <i>yomaxe
+  aru</i> [<i>vo iomaxe aru</i>] 'I read' and <i>naravaxe aru</i> [<i>vo
+  naravaxe aru</i>] 'I learn.'</p>
+
+  <p>The passive verb, concerning which see below, also permits the
+  particle <i>saxerare,uru</i>; e.g., <i>viamavaresaxeraruru</i> (99v) 'I
+  am honored.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>tamai,�</i> bestows the highest honor. We use it when
+  speaking of God, saints, kings, or generals. It is added to the roots of
+  verbs and conjugated in the third conjugation. It is placed after the
+  root of the passive form when referring to God; e.g., <i>Deus filio,
+  umare</i> <!-- Page 147 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page147"></a>[147]</span><i>tam&#x1D2; toqi</i> 'when the son of
+  God was born,' <i>Deus agamerare tam&#x1D2;</i> 'God is honored.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>tate mat�uri,u</i> makes the meaning of the verb to
+  which it is added humble. It is placed after the root of affirmative
+  verbs; e.g., <i>Deus vo gotaixet ni zonji tate mat�uru coto va ichi
+  sugureta jen gia</i> 'to love God is the supreme virtue.' This particle
+  permits some degree of honor if <i>re</i> is added to it after the final
+  <i>e</i> [<i>i</i>] has been changed to <i>a</i>. Thus, when speaking of
+  the saints in respect to God, one says, <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage41"></a>(41</span> <i>Sancto Domingo, Deus vo gotaixet ni
+  zonji tatemat�urareta</i> 'St. Dominic loved God.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>maraxi</i> [<i>mairaxi</i>]<a name="NtA_120"
+  href="#Nt_120"><sup>[120]</sup></a> is able to elevate to honor the
+  particle <i>rare</i>; e.g., <i>tono iori cono coto vo Padre ni
+  vataximairaxerareta</i> 'the lord gave it to the priest.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Certain Verbs Which of Themselves Indicate Honor</i><a name="NtA_121" href="#Nt_121"><sup>[121]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Mesare,uru</i> indicates any act which can be done, or which is
+  properly done by a noble person (<i>persona nobilis</i>). This includes
+  such things as eating, drinking, sailing, riding a horse, etc.
+  <i>V�xerare,uru</i> means that a noble person speaks. <i>Vomaraxi,uru</i>
+  and <i>vomaraxi ari,u</i> mean that a noble person gives. <i>Voxe,uru</i>
+  [<i>V�xe,uru</i>] and <i>v�xe ari,u</i> mean that a middling person
+  (<i>persona mediocris</i>) says or declares.</p>
+
+  <p>Verbs preceded by <i>v�xe</i> or <i>mexi</i> are given the same degree
+  of honor by either; e.g., <i>v�xe t�uqerare,uru</i> 'I declare,' <i>mexi
+  t�ucavare,uru</i> 'I serve,' which have the same meanings as
+  <i>t�uqerare,uru</i> and <i>t�ucavare,uru</i>. To call someone we use
+  <i>coi</i> with an inferior, with someone not quite as inferior we use
+  <i>iorai</i>, with someone a little better we use <i>vaxei</i>, while
+  <i>vogiare</i> is the superior way to call. <i>Gozare</i>, which means
+  that your Lordship should come, and <i>gozar&#x1D2;</i> in the future
+  tense are even more honorable ways to indicate the imperative. <i>Voide
+  nasarei</i>, <i>voide nasare�</i>, or <i>voide nasarei caxi</i> mean
+  'might your Lordship come,' or 'Oh! would that your Lordship come.'
+  <i>Cudasare,uru</i> means that a noble person gives. <i>Tamavari,u</i>
+  means that a noble person gives to an inferior. <i>Tam�ri,u</i> means
+  that a middling person gives. <i>Mizzu vo nomaxete tam&#x1D2;re</i> 'Give
+  me a drink of water.' <i>Cudasare,uru</i> and <i>tam�ri,u</i> mean <!--
+  Page 148 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page148"></a>[148]</span>that
+  a humble person eats honoring his food. <i>Coximexi,u</i> and
+  <i>qicoximexi,u</i> mean that a noble person eats and hears.
+  <i>Voboximexi,u</i> and <i>voboximesare,uru</i> mean that a noble person
+  thinks. <i>Saxerare,uru</i> means that a noble person does.
+  <i>Nasare,uru</i>, <i>asobaxi,u</i>, and <i>asobasare,iuru</i>
+  [<i>asobasare,uru</i>] mean that a noble person does what is proper to
+  him such as hunting, writing, reading, or reciting. <i>Ii,�</i> is used
+  when the person addressed is humbler than the person or thing spoken to;
+  <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage42"></a>(42</span> and <i>mexi,u</i>
+  [<i>m�xi,u</i>] means the person or the thing spoken to is addressed with
+  honor. Therefore I would be incorrect were I to say <i>mi ni m�xe</i>
+  'tell me!' I should rather say <i>mi ni iie</i>. I should not say <i>tono
+  ni iie</i> 'tell it to the lord,' but rather <i>tono ni m�xe</i>.
+  <i>Mairi,u</i> means to go to a place to which honor should be shown;
+  e.g., <i>iglesia ie maire</i> 'go to church!' <i>Cure,uru</i> and
+  <i>toraxe,uru</i> mean to give in a way that humbles the person to whom
+  the thing is given. <i>Cui,�</i> means 'to eat' without showing respect
+  (<i>respectus</i>); <i>mexi,u</i> also means 'to eat' but it is
+  cultivated (<i>urbanum</i>); e.g., in addressing those deserving respect
+  I will not say <i>mexi vo cui maraxita</i> but rather <i>mexi vo tabe
+  maraxita</i> 'I ate.' <i>Mairi,u</i> or <i>vomairari,u</i> [<i>vomairi
+  ari,u</i>] means that a middling person eats, while
+  <i>agaraxerare,uru</i> and <i>voagari ari,u</i> are nobler ways to say
+  this. <i>Qiqi,u</i> means to hear and <i>uqetamavari,u</i> and
+  <i>uqetam�ri,u</i> mean to hear in a way which honors the person heard;
+  e.g., <i>goiqen vo uqetam&#x1D2;tta</i> 'I heard your advice.' <i>M�xi
+  ague,uru</i> means to speak in a way which humbles oneself while
+  bestowing honor on the person being addressed. <i>M�xi ire,uru</i> means
+  to speak between equals (<i>equales</i>). <i>Ch�mon xi,uru</i> means to
+  listen to the word of God. <i>Goranji,zuru</i> or <i>goranjerare,uru</i>
+  is to look at a noble thing. <i>Xi,uru</i> means to do in common way,
+  <i>itaxi,u</i> means to do in a cultivated way, and <i>t�ucamat�uri,u</i>
+  means to do in a humble way.</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Cautionary Remarks on the Conjugations of the Verb</i><a name="NtA_122" href="#Nt_122"><sup>[122]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>nama</i> placed before any verb in any tense means
+  that the action has been done poorly or in an incomplete manner; e.g.,
+  <i>nama ar�</i> 'I wash poorly,' <i>nama iaqu</i> 'I am incompletely
+  broiled.'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 149 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page149"></a>[149]</span></p>
+
+  <p>If the particles <i>t�ui</i>, <i>cai</i>, <i>uchi</i>, <i>faxe</i>,
+  <i>voi</i>, <i>ai</i>, and <i>tori</i><a name="NtA_123"
+  href="#Nt_123"><sup>[123]</sup></a> are placed in front of a verb they do
+  not change the meaning, but they add emphasis; e.g., <i>uchi cobosu</i>
+  has the same meaning as <i>cobosu</i> 'I pour,' <i>faxe noboru</i> is the
+  same as <i>noboru</i> 'I ascend,' <i>voxi comi,u</i> is the same as
+  <i>comi,u</i> 'I enclose,' <i>ai cavari,u</i> is the same as
+  <i>cavari,u</i> 'I am changed,' <i>t�ui mavari,u</i> is the same as
+  <i>mavari,u</i> 'I go around,' and <i>tori firogue,uru</i> is the same as
+  <i>firogue,uru</i> 'I spread out.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>qitte</i> is the gerund in <i>Do</i> for the verb
+  <i>qiri,u</i> and when it is placed after the roots of certain verbs it
+  gives them great emphasis; e.g., <i>tanomiqitte</i> 'imploring with great
+  prayers,' <i>vomoiqitte</i> <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage43"></a>(43</span> 'assuming a strong resolution.' The verbs
+  <i>tanomiqiri,u</i> and <i>vomoiqiri,u</i> are also used.</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>ma</i>, when placed in front of certain verbs and
+  nouns, gives them a stronger meaning; e.g., <i>mamucai</i> 'quite
+  present,' <i>macuroi</i> 'completely black.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle, or better root of the verb, <i>macari,u</i>, when placed
+  before verbs of motion, makes the verbs modest and a bit more cultivated;
+  e.g., <i>macari noboru</i> 'I ascend,' <i>macari cudari,u</i> 'I
+  descend,' and <i>macari i,iru</i> 'I am present.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>va</i> placed after a sentence confirms what has been
+  said before, as one might boast of making a prediction; e.g., <i>fune va
+  cuchinot�u ie iru va</i> 'the ship calls at Kuchinotsu; and, if he says
+  so or not, I say so,' <i>aru va</i> 'see if it is not as I have
+  said.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>aidani</i> means 'between' in the sense of the time
+  consumed in performing an action; e.g., <i>agura aidani</i> [<i>aguru
+  aidani</i>] 'while offering,' <i>i�da aidani</i> 'while he read,'
+  <i>narav�zuru aidani</i> 'while he will learn.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>ga</i> means 'but;' <i>s� i� ga; nanto ar� ca?</i>
+  'they say so, but will it be so?' or 'it may be so, but I don't know for
+  certain,' <i>furi va furu mai ga, fune no dasu coto nar� ca xiranu</i>
+  'it's not raining any more, but I still don't know if it will be possible
+  to launch the boat or not,' <i>sono qinpen ni va gozaru mai ga; doco cara
+  toraxeraruru zo?</i> (20)<a name="NtA_124"
+  href="#Nt_124"><sup>[124]</sup></a> 'there are probably none in the
+  neighborhood, or in the surroundings, so from where can they be
+  gotten?'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 150 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page150"></a>[150]</span></p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>gotoqu</i> is added to the present, preterit, and
+  future tenses meaning 'in the same way'; e.g., <i>coxiraiuru gotoqu</i>
+  'in the same way as you furnish or carry out,' <i>qiita gotoqu</i> 'as I
+  heard.' The form is sometimes <i>ga gotoqu</i>; e.g., <i>m�xita ga
+  gotoqu</i> 'as he said,' <i>caracav�zu ga gotoqu</i> 'as in jest I will
+  tease or laugh at.' This same meaning is obtained with <i>i&#x1D2;ni</i>;
+  <i>Nifon no catagui vo xirareta i&#x1D2;ni, v�xeraruru</i> (122v) 'he
+  speaks as one who knows the customs of Japan,'<a name="NtA_125"
+  href="#Nt_125"><sup>[125]</sup></a> <i>m�su i�ni</i> 'as I say.' The
+  particle <i>furi</i> is also used for the same purpose; e.g., <i>toza no
+  chijocu vo nogare�zuru tameni catana vo saita furi vo mixerareta</i>
+  (123) 'he showed himself wearing his sword in order to avoid the danger
+  of infamy.' <i>minu furi vo saxerareta</i> (123) 'he made it known that
+  he did not see.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>saie</i> is used [with the negative] to mean 'not at
+  all'; e.g., <i>mma saie nacatta</i> (118)<a name="NtA_126"
+  href="#Nt_126"><sup>[126]</sup></a> 'there are not any horses at all,'
+  <i>cotoba saie xiranu mono</i> (118) 'he does not know how to speak at
+  all,' <i>ji saie mixiranu mono</i> 'he does not know any letters at all.'
+  This same particle is used for emphasis; e.g., <i>qiden to saie
+  m&#x1D2;xeba</i> (119) 'it would <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage44"></a>(44</span> suffice if you were to say that you are,'
+  <i>Padre no t�ucavaruru to saie m�xeba</i> 'if only he had said that this
+  was useful to the priest,' or one might say 'it would suffice if,
+  etc.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>qere</i> is a confirmative particle which comes at the
+  end of a sentence with the meaning 'therefore'; e.g., <i>maitta qere</i>
+  'therefore he came,' <i>sate s� aru qere</i> 'finally this is the
+  situation.'<a name="NtA_127" href="#Nt_127"><sup>[127]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>coso</i> is of great importance among the Japanese for
+  they use it first in an adversative sense (<i>in sensu adversativo</i>);
+  <i>core coso i� gozare</i> [... <i>i�</i> ...] 'he is truly good.'<a
+  name="NtA_128" href="#Nt_128"><sup>[128]</sup></a> If the sentence in
+  which this particle is found ends in a verb, that verb ends in <i>e</i>,
+  as in the example above. If the verb is in the preterit it ends in
+  <i>re</i>; e.g., <i>y� coso gazattare!</i> (117) 'you are welcome!
+  (<i>bene veneris!</i>).' The exceptions to this rule are when the
+  sentence does not end in a verb or an adjective; e.g., <i>core coso xix�
+  y�</i> [... <i>io</i>] (116) 'he is a true teacher,' when after the
+  particle <i>coso</i> there is in the sentence a gerund in <i>e</i>, a
+  permissive in <i>tomo</i>, or a <!-- Page 151 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page151"></a>[151]</span>potential preterit in <i>t�ur�</i> or
+  <i>zzur�</i>;<a name="NtA_129" href="#Nt_129"><sup>[129]</sup></a> e.g.,
+  <i>vare coso iro iro xinro t�ucamat�utte cutatireba toxii�rini nari
+  maraxita</i> [... <i>cutabireba toxiiorini</i> ...] (117) 'suffering many
+  and various hardships, I became an old man,' <i>vare coso corosaruru
+  tomo</i> 'if I be killed,' <i>fara coso tatt�ur&#x1D2;</i> (117) 'he was
+  perchance quite angry,' <i>sato chicaqereba coso fi ga miiure</i> (116)
+  'the fire is already seen because the village is so near.' This [last]
+  sentence ends in <i>e</i> because it does not contain an exception to the
+  rule. <i>V�xerareta coto domo vo go c�quai de coso gozar�zure</i> (97)
+  'without doubt you will do penance for what you have said,' <i>catajiqe
+  n&#x1D2; coso gozare</i> (97) 'I congratulate you very much and thank
+  you.' If someone says, 'Who did that?' the answer is <i>Patre coso</i>
+  [<i>Padre coso</i>] 'the Priest did.' If someone asks, 'is there anyone
+  who did that?' and if he does not hear, or does not understand the
+  answer, and asks again, the person who answered will say <i>Juan coso</i>
+  'I have already said it was John.'</p>
+
+  <p>When someone is careless about what was said, or when he has not heard
+  something and asks again, the answer is; e.g., <i>tovoru na to iieba</i>
+  'I have already told you not to pass through,' <i>iome to iieba</i> 'I
+  have already told you to read,' <i>Padre coso to iieba</i> 'I have
+  already told you that it is the Priest.'</p>
+
+  <p>Adding the particles <i>maieni</i> and <i>saqini</i> to the negative
+  present tense makes the construction affirmative; e.g., <i>iglesia ie
+  mairanu maieni</i> (141v) 'before he goes to church.' They are also added
+  to the affirmative future tense; e.g., <i>mair&#x1D2;zuru tote no
+  saqini</i> 'a little before <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage45"></a>(45</span> I come.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>tocoro</i> signifies the time during which the action
+  indicated by the verb is done. It is placed after the verb; <i>taburu
+  tocoro ni</i> 'when I was eating,' <i>tabeta tocoro ni</i> 'after
+  dinner,' <i>tabe�zuru tocoro ni</i> or <i>tabe�zuru ni</i> 'when I will
+  be eating.' It also serves as a reduplicative particle which denotes a
+  reduplication to the degree possible; e.g., <i>jesu christo humanidad no
+  von tocoro va</i> (121v)<a name="NtA_130"
+  href="#Nt_130"><sup>[130]</sup></a> 'Jesus Christ in so far as he was a
+  man,' <i>vonore ga foxxezaru tocoro vo fodocosu coto nacare</i> (121) 'as
+  you do not want done to you, do not do to others,' <i>fudai no tocoro vo
+  vo iurusu</i> [... <i>tocoro vo iurusu</i>] (120v) 'I gave him his
+  freedom,' <i>fito no acu no tocoro ni va d�xin xenu</i> (121v) 'I do <!--
+  Page 152 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page152"></a>[152]</span>not
+  consent to the sins of man,' <i>utag� tocoro mo nai</i> (120v) 'there
+  remains no place to doubt, or for doubt,' <i>nocoru tocoro mo nai</i> 'it
+  does not remain any more,' <i>t�uini, sono tocoro ie mair�zu</i> (121v)
+  'finally he will arrive at this place,' <i>fumbet ni voiobanu tocoro
+  gia</i> (121v) 'there are some things which are not understood, or to
+  which one's comprehension does not extend,' <i>nani mo nai tocoro vo i�
+  qicoximexe</i> (120v) 'will your Lordship kindly eat from this littleness
+  which is nothing.' From these examples it is possible to see the force of
+  this particle.</p>
+
+  <p>The particles <i>tocoro</i>, <i>made</i>, and <i>made de gozaru</i>
+  are often added to an utterance (<i>cadentia</i>). They do not have any
+  special meaning and are the same as <i>coto de gozaru</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>naranu made</i> or <i>naranu coto de gozaru</i> mean the same as
+  <i>naranu</i> 'it is not possible.' <i>Guijet t�ucamat�ur&#x1D2; to
+  zonzuru coto va cacugo itasanu coto gia</i> (10v) 'the breaking of this
+  friendship does not come to mind.' Here the <i>itasanu coto gia</i> is
+  the same as <i>itasanu</i> alone.</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>madeio</i> is used to confirm what has been said;
+  e.g., <i>caita madeio</i> 'that which I wrote, I wrote.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>toqi</i> when added to the present tense, forms a
+  preterit imperfect; e.g., <i>jennin tachi va saigo ni voiobi tam� toqi va
+  buji ni gozatta</i> 'when saints arrive at the time of their death, they
+  are peaceful and quiet.'</p>
+
+  <p>Changing the <i>ta</i> of the preterit to <i>t�u</i> and the <i>da</i>
+  of the negative to <i>zzu</i><a name="NtA_131"
+  href="#Nt_131"><sup>[131]</sup></a> the meaning becomes 'I do it this way
+  and then that way'; e.g., <i>mono vo cait�u, i�zzu, nando xite curasu
+  bacari gia</i> 'I spend my life reading, writing and doing other things,'
+  <i>tatt�u it�u vocu iori zaxiqi ie ide zaxiqi iori vocu ie iri xitten
+  batt&#x1D2; xeraruru</i> (11v) 'standing and sitting, entering and
+  departing, he stands up and falls down.' The particle <i>ri</i> gives the
+  same meaning after the preterit; e.g., <i>xeqen no mono va netari
+  voqitari n&#x1D2;dari curasu bacari gia</i> (11) 'men of the world spend
+  their lives sleeping, arising, and drinking,' <i>mazzu</i> <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage46"></a>(46</span> <i>ite niva vo mo
+  facaxetari, cusa vo mo ficaxetari iroiro no xigoto vo ateg&#x1D2;te cos�
+  mair&#x1D2;zure</i> [... <i>coso</i> ...] (10v) 'I shall go and sweep out
+  the courtyard (<i>atrium</i>), pull up the weeds, and then having
+  dispensed with these things I shall go,' <i>ima cono io fuqe iuqeba nome
+  ia, utaie ia fito bito mot�u, ut&#x1D2;t�u sacamori suru</i> (129) 'when
+  it already is late at <!-- Page 153 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page153"></a>[153]</span>night, urging themselves on to drink and
+  sing, the men enjoy themselves dancing and singing.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>ie</i>, which is the root of the verb <i>ie iuru</i>
+  [<i>ie:uru</i>]<a name="NtA_132" href="#Nt_132"><sup>[132]</sup></a> 'I
+  can,' signifies, when placed before negative verbs, that the action
+  expressed by the verb cannot be done; e.g., <i>ie iomanu</i> 'I cannot
+  read.' This particle is also placed after the infinitive; e.g., <i>iomanu
+  coto vo ienu</i> 'I cannot read.' <i>Iomi va ieide</i>, or <i>iomi mo
+  ieide</i> 'since I could not read, or not being able to read' is also
+  said. The infinitive sometimes acts as a substitute verb (<i>suppositum
+  verbum</i>); e.g., <i>xinuru coto va vosoroxij</i> 'it is terrible to
+  die.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>tai</i> 'I want' is added to the roots of verbs and
+  signifies the desire to do the thing indicated by the verb; e.g.,
+  <i>mizzu vo nomi tai</i><a name="NtA_133"
+  href="#Nt_133"><sup>[133]</sup></a> 'I want to drink some water,'
+  <i>mizzu vo nomi t� gozaru</i> or <i>mizzu vo nomi t� zonzuru</i>, but
+  these last two forms are more noble. Here is an example of the noble form
+  in the negative, <i>t&#x1D2; mo nai</i>; e.g., <i>mizzu vo nomi t&#x1D2;
+  mo nai</i> 'I do not want to drink water,' and <i>mizzu vo nomi t&#x1D2;
+  mo gozaranu</i>. <i>Mairu t� mo zonjenu</i> means 'I do not want to go.'
+  When the particle <i>tai</i> is added to adjectives, or verbs indicating
+  a sensory act (<i>actionem sensitiuam</i>) in the first person,<a
+  name="NtA_134" href="#Nt_134"><sup>[134]</sup></a> the <i>i</i> is
+  changed to <i>c</i>; and the verb <i>ari,u</i> is added and conjugated in
+  the tense required by the sentence; e.g., <i>cuitacatta</i> 'I wanted to
+  eat.' If the verb is in the second or third person, the <i>i</i> is
+  changed to <i>g</i> and again the verb <i>ari,u</i> is added, or an
+  honorific particle depending upon what the person deserves, or without it
+  as an absolute form. But if the person is inferior, the <i>i</i> is
+  changed to <i>c</i> as said before.</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>de</i> sometimes gives a subjunctive sense when it is
+  added to nouns; e.g., <i>var�be de xinda</i> 'he died a child, or when he
+  was a child,' <i>vare ga buch�f� de tof� mo gozanai</i> (163v)<a
+  name="NtA_135" href="#Nt_135"><sup>[135]</sup></a> [... <i>buch�f�</i>
+  ...] 'since I am clumsy and not careful, nothing will work out in a way
+  that will be harmonious.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>i�</i> 'way' is added to the roots of verbs and also
+  to the <!-- Page 154 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page154"></a>[154]</span>verbs themselves. When the root governs
+  the genitive, the verb governs the same case; e.g., <i>cono qi&#x1D2; no
+  iomi i� va</i> 'the way of <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage47"></a>(47</span> reading this book,' or <i>cono qi� vo iomu
+  i&#x1D2; va</i>. In the first sentence <i>qi&#x1D2;</i> is in the
+  genitive with the particle <i>no</i>; in the second sentence it is in the
+  accusative with <i>vo</i> because <i>yomu</i> governs this case.
+  <i>Tei</i> signifies an extraordinary and marvelous way of doing
+  something; e.g., <i>machicanuru tei vo goron jerarei</i> (122)<a
+  name="NtA_136" href="#Nt_136"><sup>[136]</sup></a> 'might your Lordship
+  observe the way that they are expectant.' Also, <i>arisama</i> means
+  'way,' <i>me mo aterarenu arisama gia</i> 'it is a way, or a form
+  (<i>figura</i>), which is unable to be seen.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Sama</i> indicates the time of the action of the verb to which it
+  is added while governing the case required by the verb. It is added to
+  the root of the verb; e.g., <i>saqe vo nomi sama ni</i> (105) 'when he
+  actually drank the wine,' <i>iado ie caieri sama ni</i> (105) 'when he
+  returned home,' <i>fune iori agari sama ni</i> (105) 'when he actually
+  disembarked from the ship,' <i>fune ni nori sama ni</i> 'when he actually
+  boarded the ship.'</p>
+
+  <p>When there are in a sentence two verbs whose actions form a single
+  action, the first verb is put into the form of the gerund in <i>Do</i>;
+  e.g., <i>mizzu vo motte coi</i> 'bring some water, or come bringing
+  water,' <i>fune vo voite coi</i> 'bring the boat here, or come poling the
+  boat,' <i>core vo totte iqe</i> 'take this, or carry this and go.'</p>
+
+  <p>The gerund in <i>Do</i> when added to verbs of asking, giving, or
+  doing, means that one is asking to know or to acquire the thing which is
+  indicated by the verb to which it is added; e.g., <i>nifon guchi vo
+  voxiiete cure io</i> 'teach me Japanese,' <i>s&#x1D2; voxerarete
+  cudasaruru na</i> [<i>s&#x1D2; v�xerarete</i> ...] 'your Lordship ought
+  not say that,' <i>Deus no coto vo catatte tam&#x1D2;re</i> 'do me the
+  favor of relating to me those things which pertain to God.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>mo</i> placed after the gerund in <i>Do</i>, whether
+  it ends in <i>te</i> or <i>de</i>, means 'although'; e.g., <i>s&#x1D2;
+  m&#x1D2;xite mo</i> 'although you say so,' <i>ica fodo susumete mo,
+  corobu mai</i> 'no matter how much you try to persuade me, I will not
+  deny the faith.' They also use <i>s&#x1D2; m&#x1D2;xeba atte mo</i> 'even
+  if you say that,' <i>d&#x1D2;xitemo c&#x1D2;xitemo</i> (134v) 'what ever
+  you do.'</p>
+
+  <p>If the particle <i>coso</i> (see above) is added to the affirmative
+  gerund in <i>Do</i>; and, if the sentence ends in this particle, the
+  sentence becomes <!-- Page 155 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page155"></a>[155]</span>negative; e.g., <i>mite coso</i> 'I did
+  not see anything,' <i>atte coso</i> 'there is no way.' But if the
+  sentence does not end in <i>coso</i>, it becomes affirmative <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage48"></a>(48</span> and emphatic; e.g.,
+  <i>mite coso gozare</i> (116) 'I certainly saw.' The verb ends in
+  <i>e</i> according to the rule explained above when the particle
+  <i>coso</i> was being discussed.</p>
+
+  <p>When the negative gerund in <i>Do</i>, which ends in <i>e</i>, is
+  followed by <i>va</i>, <i>naranu</i>, or <i>canavanu</i> it expresses
+  necessity or the impossibility of the contrary; e.g., <i>mairaide
+  canavanu</i> (106v)<a name="NtA_137" href="#Nt_137"><sup>[137]</sup></a>
+  'it is necessary to go,' <i>ivaide va no coto naredomo, nanto x� ca?</i>
+  'and if the thing which is said to be necessary happens, what shall I
+  do?' <i>xitagavaide naranu</i> 'it is necessary to obey.' The same
+  meaning, but with less strength, is obtained with the future of the
+  affirmative or negative infinitive and the permissive subjunctive in
+  <i>domo</i>; e.g., <i>mair&#x1D2; coto de gozatta redomo</i> (18)<a
+  name="NtA_138" href="#Nt_138"><sup>[138]</sup></a> 'although I should
+  have gone,' <i>mairu mai queredomo</i> [... <i>qeredomo</i>] (18)<a
+  name="NtA_139" href="#Nt_139"><sup>[139]</sup></a> 'although I should not
+  be going,' <i>mair&#x1D2; coto de gozanacatta redomo</i> (18) 'although I
+  did not have to go.' They also use the negative gerund in <i>Do</i> to
+  obtain the meaning of 'if not'; e.g., <i>�racio vo m&#x1D2;saide c�
+  na</i> 'do not eat unless you have said your prayers.'</p>
+
+  <p>The gerund in <i>e</i> indicates an action already done; e.g., <i>mexi
+  c�te coi</i> 'come after eating!' <i>cono qi� ga caite gozaru</i> 'this
+  book was written,' <i>chichi ni fumi vo cacaide cuiaxi� gozaru</i> [...
+  <i>cuiax�</i> ...] 'I am ashamed that I did not send a letter to your
+  father,' <i>cono qi� ga caite gozaranu</i> 'this book was not
+  written.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>nagara</i>, when added to the root of a verb, forms a
+  gerund in <i>Do</i> if it is followed by a verb indicating a repugnant or
+  contrary action; e.g., <i>toganin Deus iori bacutai no go von, o
+  uqetatemat�uri nagara; caietta somuqi tatemat�uru</i> [... <i>go von vo
+  uqe</i> ...]<a name="NtA_140" href="#Nt_140"><sup>[140]</sup></a>
+  'sinners receiving, or even if sinners receive, benefits from God, they
+  will offend him rather than be grateful,' <i>Jesu Cristo Deus de gozari
+  nagara, fito ni taixite cruz ni cacaraxerareta</i> 'while Jesus Christ
+  was a God, he was crucified for man.' <i>Nagara</i> is also added to
+  nouns; e.g., <i>quantai nagara</i> (136v) 'although there was some lack
+  of education,' <i>sannin nagara</i> (137) 'three at the same time, or
+  even if there are three' <i>aqiraca</i> <!-- Page 156 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page156"></a>[156]</span><i>nagara</i> (136v)
+  'although he is famous.' In this instance <i>aqiraca na</i> loses its
+  <i>na</i> as do all the other adjectives that end in <i>na</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>iasui</i> is added to the roots of active and passive
+  verbs to form the supine in <i>Tu</i>; e.g., <i>iomi iasui</i> 'easy to
+  read,' <i>corosare iasui</i> 'easy to be killed.' The same thing is
+  achieved by the following way of speaking; <i>i�te va vosoroxij</i> 'it
+  is terrible to say,' <i>mite va</i> <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage49"></a>(49</span> <i>fuxiguina</i> 'it is admirable to see,'
+  <i>i� vo mo vosoroxij</i> 'it is terrible to say.'</p>
+
+<h3>The Adverbs</h3>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>First Section</i><a name="NtA_141" href="#Nt_141"><sup>[141]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>Adverbs are formed from adjectives ending in <i>ai</i> by changing the
+  <i>ai</i> to <i>�</i>; e.g., <i>fuc�</i> 'deeply,' for those ending in
+  <i>oi</i> by changing the <i>oi</i> to <i>�</i>; e.g., <i>caxico</i>
+  [<i>caxic�</i>] 'wisely,' for those ending in <i>ei</i> by changing the
+  <i>ei</i> to <i>e�</i>; e.g., <i>xigueo</i> [<i>xigue�</i>] 'densely,'
+  for those ending in <i>ui</i> by changing the <i>ui</i> to <i>�</i>;
+  e.g., <i>ai&#x1D4;</i> 'in danger,' and for those ending in <i>ij</i> by
+  changing the <i>ij</i> to <i>i�</i>; e.g., <i>cavai�</i> 'unhappily.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Adverbs of Place</i><a name="NtA_142" href="#Nt_142"><sup>[142]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The interrogative pronouns are eight in number;
+  <i>izzucu</i>[<i>?</i>], <i>izzucata</i>[<i>?</i>],
+  <i>donata</i>[<i>?</i>], <i>doco?</i>, <i>dochi?</i>, <i>dochira?</i>,
+  <i>dono tocoro</i>[<i>?</i>], and <i>dono f&#x1D2;?</i>, and they signify
+  'which place?' To these adverbs are added the particles <i>va</i>,
+  <i>no</i>, <i>ni</i>, <i>ie</i>, <i>vo</i>, <i>cara</i>, and <i>iori</i>
+  according to the case required, such as 'from where,' 'whither,' 'through
+  which place,' 'in what place,' etc. <i>Made</i> can also be added to them
+  with the meaning of 'to the limit of which'; <i>doco made ie iq�
+  ca</i>[<i>?</i>] 'up to where will you go?' The interrogative particle,
+  <i>ca?</i> or <i>zo</i>[<i>?</i>], is added to these questions but it is
+  better to use <i>zo</i> rather than <i>ca</i> in sentences with an
+  interrogative particle; e.g., <i>izzuru ie maitta zo</i> 'where did you
+  go,' <i>dono tocoro vo tovotta zo</i> 'at which place did you cross,'
+  <i>doco iori itta zo</i> 'through where did he enter,' <i>dochi cara qita
+  zo?</i> 'from where did he come?', <!-- Page 157 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page157"></a>[157]</span><i>donata va Pedro no
+  iado zo</i>[<i>?</i>] 'which is Peter's house?', <i>doco ni voru
+  zo</i>[<i>?</i>] 'where, or in what place is he?' One may respond in many
+  ways; <i>cono tocoro</i>, <i>coto moto</i>, [<i>coco moto</i>],
+  <i>core</i>, <i>conata</i>, <i>cochi</i>, <i>cochira</i>, <i>coco</i>,
+  <i>cocora</i>, <i>cono cata</i>, <i>cono f&#x1D2;</i>, which mean 'here
+  (<i>hic</i>)'; <i>sono tocoro</i>, <i>soco moto</i>, <i>sore</i>,
+  <i>sonata</i>, <i>sochi</i>, <i>sochira</i>, <i>soco</i>, <i>socora</i>,
+  <i>sono cata</i>, <i>sono f&#x1D2;</i> <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage50"></a>(50</span> which mean 'there (<i>istic</i>)'; <i>ano
+  tocoro</i>, <i>asoco moto</i>, <i>are</i>, <i>anata</i>, <i>achi</i>,
+  <i>achira</i>, <i>asoco</i>, <i>asocora</i>, <i>ano cata</i>,
+  <i>anof�</i>, which mean 'there (<i>illic</i>).' To these particles are
+  added the case particles. The interrogative adverbs with the case
+  particles and <i>mo</i> added mean 'everywhere,' 'through every place,'
+  or 'to every place,' e.g., <i>dono tocoro ie mo tovor&#x1D2;</i> 'I shall
+  go everywhere,' <i>doco ni mo</i> 'everywhere,' <i>doco cara mo</i> 'from
+  everywhere.' However, if, instead of <i>mo</i>, <i>nari tomo</i> is added
+  the meaning becomes 'any place,' in a distributive sense; e.g., <i>doco
+  ie nari tomo mair&#x1D2;</i> 'I shall go to each place individually.' The
+  same meaning is obtained by <i>doco zo</i> with the case particles placed
+  between the <i>doco</i> and the <i>zo</i>; e.g., <i>doco ni zo aru fodo
+  ni</i> 'if someone is any place.' <i>Coco caxico</i> means 'here and
+  there.' <i>Doco mo caxico mo</i> means 'the whole place.' The case
+  particles are placed before <i>mo</i>; e.g., <i>doco ni mo caxico ni
+  mo</i> 'in the whole place,' but after the adverb; e.g., <i>coco caxico
+  ni</i> 'here and there,' <i>coco caxico ie doco</i>, <i>caxico iori</i>
+  [<i>coco caxico ie</i> 'to here and there,' <i>coco caxico iori</i> 'from
+  here and there'], etc.<a name="NtA_143"
+  href="#Nt_143"><sup>[143]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>uie</i> means 'above.' The genitive case is placed
+  before it; e.g., <i>fandai no uie ni voqe</i> 'place it on the table,'
+  <i>cono uie va gozaru mai</i> 'it will not be above this,' that is to say
+  'it will not be better than this,' <i>sono uie ni</i> 'about that,'
+  <i>sono uie no sata vo catari are</i> 'tell me about that,' <i>core va
+  izzure iori mo uie de gozaru</i> 'one will not discover anything better
+  than his,' that is to say 'this is the best.' <i>Xita</i> means 'below.'
+  It governs the genitive; e.g., <i>fandai no xita ni voqe</i> 'place it
+  under the table,' <i>micotoba no xita iori</i> (141v) 'when the king
+  finishes speaking,' <i>voxita vo cudasarei</i> (141v) 'would your
+  Lordship be so kind as to give to me that which remains of your
+  drink.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>soba</i> means 'side' and governs the genitive; e.g.,
+  <i>fito no soba vo fanaruru</i> 'he separates himself from the side of
+  another.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>maie</i> means 'before' and governs the genitive;
+  e.g., <i>fito no maie vo tovoru</i> 'I pass in front of someone else,'
+  <i>cacugo no maie</i> <!-- Page 158 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page158"></a>[158]</span>(141v) 'according to ones disposition,'
+  <i>funbet no maie</i> (141v) 'as I believe, or think, or according to the
+  sense (<i>iuxta sensum</i>).'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>mavari</i> means 'around' and governs the genitive;
+  e.g., <i>iglesia no mavari ni t�uchi vo nague sut�uru na</i> 'do not put
+  earth around the church.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>uchi</i> means 'within,' and the noun which precedes
+  it must be in the genitive; e.g., <i>iglesia no uchi</i> 'in the church,'
+  <i>ano fito va, fito no uchi de va nai</i> 'that man is not among men,'
+  that is <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage51"></a>(51</span> to say
+  'he is not a man,' <i>futacuchi c�ta coto va, c�ta uchi de va nai</i>
+  (142v)<a name="NtA_144" href="#Nt_144"><sup>[144]</sup></a> 'to eat two
+  mouthfuls is not to eat.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>foca</i> means 'outside,' and the genitive is placed
+  before it; e.g., <i>igelsia no foca ni</i> 'outside the church,' <i>foca
+  ie iqe</i> 'go out, or go outside.' Sometimes the genitive particle is
+  replaced by <i>iori</i>; e.g., <i>Deus vonago ichinin iori foca t�ucuri
+  tamavanu</i> (142v)<a name="NtA_145" href="#Nt_145"><sup>[145]</sup></a>
+  'God did not create but one woman,' that is to say 'he created just one,'
+  <i>Tengu fito ni acu vo susumuru iori foca va, nai</i> (142v) 'the Devil
+  does nothing if he is not persuaded by man to sin,' <i>gox&#x1D2; vo
+  tasucaru tame baptismo vo sazzucaru iori foca bechi no michi ga nai</i>
+  'there is no other way to save men than by baptism,' that is to say
+  'without baptism we cannot be saved.' <i>Deus no gracia iori foca</i>
+  'without the grace of God.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>naca</i> means 'in the middle.' It is used when the
+  material is either dense or defuse; e.g., <i>qi no naca ni</i> 'in the
+  wood,' <i>fito no naca ni</i> 'among the men.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>nacaba</i> means 'in the midst of things' when
+  referring to a sequence. It follows the genitive; e.g., <i>dangui no
+  nacaba ni</i> 'in the midst of the sermon,' <i>sore vo qijte, nacaba va
+  vosore; nacaba va aqirete ita</i> (145v) 'hearing that, he feared and was
+  afraid,' that is to say 'he spent most of his time being afraid.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>ato</i> means 'behind' and governs the genitive; e.g.,
+  <i>sonata no ato cara mair&#x1D2;</i> 'I shall come after you' that is to
+  say 'I shall follow you.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>vaqi</i> means 'near' and governs the genitive; e.g.,
+  <i>Pedro no vaqi</i> 'near Peter,' <i>misa no vaqi</i> 'the mass is
+  ended,' <i>cono vaqi</i> 'in the last few days.' All of these adverbs
+  require after them the cases that are required by the verb which
+  follows.</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 159 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page159"></a>[159]</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Adverbs of Interrogation and Response</i><a name="NtA_146" href="#Nt_146"><sup>[146]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>There are many ways to ask 'why?' or 'for what reason[?]'; e.g.,
+  <i>najeni</i>[<i>?</i>], <i>najoni</i>[<i>?</i>], <i>nani xini?</i>,
+  <i>nani tote ca?</i>, <i>nani no iuie ni?</i>, <i>nanto xita coto
+  ni?</i>, <i>nani no xisai ni iotte?</i>. The question 'how?' is said;
+  <i>nanto xite?</i>, <i>nanto i&#x1D2; ni</i>[<i>?</i>], <i>icani to
+  xite?</i> The answer is 'because' or 'for the reason that'; e.g., <i>sono
+  iuie va</i>, <i>najeni to i�ni</i>. 'Because' is also said; <i>tocoro
+  de</i>, <i>fodo ni</i>, <i>ni iotte</i>, or <i>sacai ni</i>. The first
+  expresses <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage52"></a>(52</span> the
+  greatest degree of causality, the second not so much, and the third the
+  least.</p>
+
+  <p><i>Uie va</i> means 'since (<i>cum</i> or <i>si quidem</i>)'; e.g.,
+  <i>toganai uie va qizzucai ga nai</i> (40v)<a name="NtA_147"
+  href="#Nt_147"><sup>[147]</sup></a> 'I am not afraid because I have no
+  fault.' The same meaning is achieved by the particle <i>cara</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>cai&#x1D2; ni iro vo misuru cara va; cacusu coto va iranu</i> 'since
+  you have thus shown your feelings (<i>iro</i>), you can't hide them.'
+  'Since (<i>si quidem</i>)' means approximately the same as <i>toqi va</i>
+  and <i>xicaru toqi va</i>. <i>Sari nagara</i> means 'but,' <i>sari tote
+  va</i> means 'until,' <i>saru tote va</i> means 'since the thing is this
+  way,' <i>saru tote va, qicoienu coto gia</i> 'since it is so, it is
+  unbearable.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Adverbs of Time</i><a name="NtA_148" href="#Nt_148"><sup>[148]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>One asks 'when' with <i>it�u</i> or <i>it�ugoro</i>. One asks 'from
+  what day' with <i>icca saqi</i> or <i>icca maie</i>, 'from what month'
+  with <i>icut�uqi saqi</i>, and 'from what year' with <i>nannen maie</i>.
+  Usually <i>ni</i> is added when it is required by the verb, and the
+  interrogatives <i>ca</i> or <i>zo</i> are always put at the end of the
+  sentence, with <i>zo</i> preferred.</p>
+
+  <p>One answers 'now' with <i>ima</i> or <i>tada ima</i>, and 'already'
+  with <i>m&#x1D2;</i>, e.g., <i>m&#x1D2; iqe</i> 'be already gone!'
+  'Sometimes' is said with <i>toqi ni iotte</i> or <i>jibun ni iotte</i>.
+  'Afterwards' is <i>nochi</i>. <i>Sore cara</i> or <i>sore iori</i> means
+  'after that,' <i>core cara</i> or <i>core iori</i> means 'after this,'
+  and <i>are iori</i> or <i>are cara</i> means 'after that.' 'Immediately'
+  is said with <i>iagate</i>. 'Afterwards' or 'again' is <i>ima iori
+  nochi</i>, <i>ima iori xite va</i>, or <i>ima iori igo</i>. 'This
+  morning' is said with <i>qesa</i>. <i>Connichi</i> or <i>qio</i>
+  [<i>qi�</i>] is 'today,' and <i>asu</i> or <i>mi�nichi</i>
+  [<i>mi�nichi</i>]<a name="NtA_149" href="#Nt_149"><sup>[149]</sup></a> is
+  'tomorrow.' 'Tomorrow morning' is <i>asa</i>, <i>axitat�</i>, or <!--
+  Page 160 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page160"></a>[160]</span><i>asatocu</i>, and 'tomorrow night' is
+  <i>mionia</i> [<i>mi&#x1D2;ia</i>]. 'Before' is <i>ijen</i> or <i>saqi
+  ni</i>. 'Yesterday' is <i>qin�</i> or <i>sacujit</i>. 'The day before
+  yesterday' is <i>vototoi</i> or <i>fut�uca saqi ni</i>. 'Several days in
+  the past' is <i>cono gi&#x1D4;</i>. <i>Cono fodo</i> and <i>xenjit</i>
+  have the same meaning, as does <i>xendo</i>. <i>Condo</i> means 'several
+  days in the future.' 'The day after tomorrow' is <i>asatte</i> or
+  <i>mi�gonichi</i>. 'Three days hence' is <i>xiasatte</i> or
+  <i>mi�mi�gonichi</i>. <i>Qi�nen</i> [<i>Qionen</i>] or <i>cozo</i> means
+  'last year.' 'This year' is <i>cotoxi</i>. 'Two years ago' is
+  <i>vototoxi</i> or <i>votodoxi</i>. 'Three years ago' is
+  <i>sanuruvotodoxi</i> [<i>sannuru votodoxi</i>].<a name="NtA_150"
+  href="#Nt_150"><sup>[150]</sup></a> 'Immediately' is <i>tachimaqi</i>
+  [<i>tachimachi</i>] <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage53"></a>(53</span> or <i>socuij ni</i> [<i>socuji ni</i>].
+  <i>Sunavachi</i> is also 'immediately.' <i>Tanteqi</i> is 'in a
+  moment.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>It�umade?</i> means 'until when?' <i>It�umademo</i> means 'always.'
+  <i>It�u cara</i> means 'after what time.' <i>It�u iori</i> means 'from
+  what time.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Adverbs of Negation</i><a name="NtA_151" href="#Nt_151"><sup>[151]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Iia</i> or <i>iia</i> [<i>iia iia</i>]<a name="NtA_152"
+  href="#Nt_152"><sup>[152]</sup></a> means 'not.' <i>S� devanai</i> means
+  'it is not so.' <i>Iccana</i> or <i>iccanagueni</i> means 'by no means,'
+  <i>iume iume</i> means 'not even in a dream,' <i>sarani</i>,
+  <i>ichiien</i>, <i>cat�ute</i>, or <i>cat�ute motte</i> means 'in no
+  way,' and <i>io</i>, <i>iomo</i>, or <i>iomo iomo</i> means 'without
+  thinking'; e.g., <i>cat�ute mairu mai</i> 'in no way shall I come,'
+  <i>iomo s� va gozaru mai</i> (117v) 'it will in no way come to mind why
+  it will be so.' When affirmative verbs are added to these adverbs they
+  become negative; e.g., <i>iomo iomo to m&#x1D2;xitareba vo mairi atta</i>
+  (117v) 'although you said you would not go, you went,' <i>io mair�</i>
+  'in no way shall I go.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Adverbs of Affirmation</i><a name="NtA_153" href="#Nt_153"><sup>[153]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Nacanaca</i> means 'it is so,' <i>v�</i> means 'so,' when one
+  agrees. <i>Gueni</i> or <i>gueni gueni</i> means 'it is thus'; e.g.,
+  <i>gueni gueni s� mo ar�</i> 'without doubt the situation is thus.'
+  <i>Ch�do</i> means 'at all.' <i>Sai&#x1D2;ni</i>, <i>sono bun</i>,
+  <i>sono gotoqu</i>, <i>s&#x1D2; de gozaru</i>, <i>sore sore</i>,
+  <i>mass&#x1D2; gia</i>, or <i>xicato</i> means 'it is so.' <i>Mottomo</i>
+  means that something is reasonably said. <i>Guioi no gotoqu</i> means 'as
+  your Lordship believes, or says.' <i>Mochiron</i> indicates that a thing
+  does not come in to doubt or discussion. <i>Nacanaca naru</i> <!-- Page
+  161 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page161"></a>[161]</span><i>coto de
+  gozaranu</i> means 'truly it is not possible.' <i>Nacanaca no coto</i>
+  indicates a thing with which it is possible to agree. <i>Macotoni</i>
+  means 'truly,' as does <i>xinjit</i> or <i>xinjitni</i>. <i>Xeimon</i>
+  means 'I affirm by oath.' <i>Isasaca</i> or <i>isasaca motte</i> means
+  'not even a little,' and <i>issai</i> or <i>ixxet</i> means 'in no way,
+  or by no means,' and when these particles are added to the affirmative
+  they mean 'truly.'</p>
+
+  <p><span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage54"></a>(54</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Comparative Adverbs</i><a name="NtA_154" href="#Nt_154"><sup>[154]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Iori</i>, <i>iori mo</i>, and <i>iori mo navo</i> mean 'more' in a
+  comparison. The person compared is in the nominative case and the person
+  to whom he is compared is in the ablative with one of the particles which
+  we have listed above; e.g., <i>Pedro va juan iori mo gacux� de gozaru</i>
+  'Peter is wiser than John,' <i>soco ie noboru iori va; mairanu ga maxi
+  gia</i> 'it is better not to go than to climb up there.' <i>Gotoqu</i>,
+  <i>mama</i>, and <i>i&#x1D2;ni</i> are adverbs of similitude (<i>adverbia
+  similitudinis</i>) and require the genitive for the thing with which the
+  comparison is made. If the particle is preceded by a verb, no genitive is
+  required; e.g., <i>no iama ie nari tomo qitai mama ni qite, nurureba,
+  nugui suteraruru</i> (124v) 'if they were to go to the mountains or the
+  plains wearing such clothes as they want to wear, they will have to take
+  them off when they become wet on account of the water.' <i>Vom� mama ni,
+  vom� gotoqu</i>, and <i>vom� i&#x1D2;ni</i>, mean 'as I think,' <i>cono
+  mi no mama ni</i> 'according to his desires, or his pleasure.'
+  <i>Fodo</i> means 'to such a degree as (<i>tantum</i>),' or 'just as
+  (<i>quasi</i>)'; e.g., <i>qifen ano fito fodo no gacux� de gozaru</i><a
+  name="NtA_155" href="#Nt_155"><sup>[155]</sup></a> 'you are as wise as
+  he,' <i>fara ga cudaru fodo ioi</i> 'he will recover as soon as he has a
+  bowel movement,' <i>michi vo aruqu fodo cutabiruru</i> (123v) 'as I walk
+  so I get tired,' <i>acai fodo ioi</i> 'the redder the better,' <i>xinuru
+  fodo no vazzurai de va nai</i> 'this disease is not strong enough to
+  cause death,' <i>fune ni mesaruru fodo naraba vare mo nor�zu</i> (124)
+  'if Your Lordship would take up the task of boarding the ship, so shall
+  I,' <i>tamexi mo nai fodo ni atta to m&#x1D2;su</i> (124v) 'they say it
+  was as if it had never been,' <i>voquru fodo araba sore ie
+  mair&#x1D2;zu</i> (124) 'if I am able to arrive at the state where I can
+  get up from bed, I shall come to you,' <i>chicara no fodo vo mite</i>
+  'seeing the degree of his strength,' <i>fodo n� t�uita</i> 'he arrived in
+  <!-- Page 162 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page162"></a>[162]</span>an instant,' <i>core fodo</i> 'as this,'
+  <i>sore fodo</i> 'as that,' <i>are fodo</i> 'as that,' <i>vovoi fodo</i>
+  'while more,' <i>sucunai fodo</i> 'while less.'</p>
+
+  <p><span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage55"></a>(55</span></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Superlative Adverbs</i><a name="NtA_156" href="#Nt_156"><sup>[156]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Uie</i> means 'the highest'; e.g., <i>christian no voxiie va izzure
+  iori mo uie de gozaru</i> 'the doctrine and faith of Christianity are
+  supreme, or above all,' <i>cono saqe no uie va nai</i> 'there is no
+  better wine than that.' <i>Ichi</i> or <i>daiichi</i> means 'supreme, or
+  unique'; e.g., <i>gacux&#x1D2; no uchi ni Sancto Thomas daiichi de
+  gozatta</i> 'among wise men Saint Thomas was the best,' <i>core va are
+  iori uie</i> 'this is superior to that.' The particle <i>xita</i> has the
+  opposite meaning of 'inferior, or the lowest'; e.g., <i>xiqitai va anima
+  iori xita de gozaru</i> (141) 'the body is inferior to the soul.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Adverbs of Intensity and Exaggeration</i><a name="NtA_157" href="#Nt_157"><sup>[157]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Ichidan</i>, <i>chicagoro</i>, and <i>icc&#x1D2;</i> mean
+  'intensely (<i>valde</i>)'; e.g., <i>chicagoro no vo cocoro gaqe de
+  gozaru</i> 'this is the greatest care and diligence,' <i>sore va icco
+  varui coto gia</i> 'this is extremely bad.' <i>Bexxite</i> means
+  'chiefly,' <i>tori vaqe</i> means 'especially,' <i>coto no foca</i> means
+  'rarely, or extraordinarily,' <i>icanimo</i> means 'intensely,' and
+  <i>amarini</i> means 'too much.' As has been said, adverbs are formed
+  from adjectives according to the rules above, and these adverbs mean
+  adverbially what the adjectives mean adjectivally; e.g., <i>fucai</i>
+  means 'deep,' and <i>fuc�</i> means 'deeply.' <i>Icani mo xizzucani</i>
+  means 'extremely quietly,' <i>tani coto ni</i> means 'extraordinarily,'
+  and <i>xitatacani</i> or <i>gui�sanni</i> means 'in a way that is to be
+  feared' that is to say 'too much.' See the dictionary.<a name="NtA_158"
+  href="#Nt_158"><sup>[158]</sup></a></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Accumulative Adverbs</i><a name="NtA_159" href="#Nt_159"><sup>[159]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Voxinabete</i> means 'universally'; <i>s�bet</i> means 'generally,'
+  as do <i>t�uneni</i> and <i>sojite</i> [<i>s�jite</i>]; <i>feijeini</i>
+  means 'regularly'; and <i>voioso</i>, <i>tabun</i>, <i>vocata</i>,
+  <i>ioppodoni</i> mean 'for the most part,' and <i>qeccu</i> or
+  <i>caiette</i> <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage56"></a>(56</span>
+  means 'after all.' <i>Tennen</i> means 'perhaps,' as do <i>xijen</i> and
+  <i>icasama</i>. <i>Sadamete</i> means 'probably,' <i>canarazu</i> means
+  'without doubt,' <i>moxi xijien</i> [<i>moxi xijen</i>] means 'perhaps,'
+  <i>x&#x1D2;tocu</i> means 'naturally,' <i>jinen</i> <!-- Page 163
+  --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page163"></a>[163]</span>means 'by
+  chance,' <i>xidai vidai ni</i> or <i>jen jen ni</i> means 'gradually,'
+  and <i>vonozzucara</i> means 'by oneself.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Adverbs that Conclude and Claim Attention</i><a name="NtA_160" href="#Nt_160"><sup>[160]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Ficqi&#x1D2;</i> and <i>t�uini</i> mean 'finally, or in
+  conclusion.' <i>T�ug&#x1D2;</i> means 'in summary.' <i>N&#x1D2;
+  n&#x1D2;</i> means 'is it not so?' e.g., <i>n&#x1D2; n&#x1D2; icani
+  qicaxeruru ca?</i> 'do you hear me then?' <i>Moxi</i><a name="NtA_161"
+  href="#Nt_161"><sup>[161]</sup></a> means 'ho there (<i>heus</i>),' but
+  it is an elegant word; e.g., <i>moxi Padre sama</i> 'ho there, Reverend
+  Father.' <i>Iare</i> also means 'ho there,' but with inferiors; e.g.,
+  <i>iare tar&#x1D2; quaja to iieba</i> 'saying "Ho there,
+  Tar&#x14D;kaja."' <i>Iai</i> means 'ho there' with very low people; e.g.,
+  <i>iai sochi ga motta mono va nani zo?</i> 'hey! what is it that you
+  bring?' <i>Ia</i> has the same meaning; e.g., <i>ia vo tono bara domo va
+  nani vo savagu zo?</i> (128) 'hey! you soldiers and good men, why do you
+  quarrel?' The particle <i>ai</i> has the same meaning but it is placed
+  after the sentence; e.g., <i>izzure mo mina qiqe ai</i> (129) 'hey! all
+  of you listen.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particles <i>ca</i> and <i>zo</i>, as has been said above, are
+  used as interrogatives. The particles <i>ia</i> and <i>caia</i> have the
+  same function but they are more humble; e.g., <i>are va tare caia?</i>
+  'who is he?', <i>core ia</i>[<i>?</i>] 'this?', <i>io fuqete tare ca va
+  tazzune� zo?</i> (89v) 'when it becomes late at night, who will be able
+  to visit?', <i>sore de ar&#x1D2; ca to i� coto gia</i> 'I said, "will it
+  be this?"'</p>
+
+  <p><i>No?</i> asks for agreement; e.g., <i>gozar&#x1D2; ca no?</i> 'will
+  he come?'<a name="NtA_162" href="#Nt_162"><sup>[162]</sup></a>
+  <i>mair&#x1D2; to voxerareta no?</i> [... <i>v�xerareta no?</i>] 'did he
+  say that he will come?' <i>no Pedro dono?</i> 'isn't that so, Peter?'
+  <i>Na</i>[<i>?</i>] means the same thing, but it is used with inferiors;
+  e.g., <i>s&#x1D2; qiita na?</i> 'didn't you hear so?' Sometimes, in a
+  sentence containing <i>zo</i>, <i>baxi</i>, which is a dubitive particle
+  (<i>particula dubitandi</i>), is placed; e.g., <i>nanto xita xisai de
+  baxi gozaru zo?</i> (122v)<a name="NtA_163"
+  href="#Nt_163"><sup>[163]</sup></a> 'for what reason did this happen?',
+  <i>sate nanto i� voqiacu de baxi gozaru zo</i>[<i>?</i>] (123) 'what is
+  the name of your guest?', <i>goi� baxi gozaru ca?</i> 'isn't there
+  something of use to you?'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Io</i> and <i>zo</i> strengthen or give cadence to the sentence;
+  e.g., <i>caita zo</i> <!-- Page 164 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page164"></a>[164]</span>'he truly wrote,' <i>maitta io</i> 'he
+  certainly came,' <i>sono toqi vare</i> <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage57"></a>(57</span> <i>va ichi dan varui t�ucai vo xiraruite
+  gozaru io</i> [... <i>siaruite</i> ...] (95) 'at that time I was
+  following bad advice.' <i>Bacari</i> means 'only, or in only one way,'
+  <i>sore ni caguitte</i> means 'that only,' <i>core ni caguirazu</i> 'not
+  only this.' <i>Bacari</i> also means 'more or less'; e.g., <i>fiacu
+  bacari</i> 'there were a hundred,' <i>fiacunin bacari corosareta</i>
+  'about one hundred men were killed.' <i>N�</i>, <i>n�te</i>, <i>naqu
+  xite</i>, and <i>naqute</i> mean 'without'; e.g., <i>raxxi mo n�</i>
+  'without reason or order,' <i>cacugo n�</i> 'without any
+  preparation.'</p>
+
+  <p>The adverbs of sound (<i>adverbia sonus</i>) are many and vary in
+  accordance with the way that the Japanese perceive the sound. The
+  particle <i>to</i> is added to them; e.g., <i>va va to xite</i>
+  'vociferously saying <i>wa wa</i>,' and if they add <i>meqi,u</i>, it
+  means to make even a louder noise; e.g., <i>va meqi,u</i> 'to shout
+  saying <i>wa</i>.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Case Prepositions</i><a name="NtA_164" href="#Nt_164"><sup>[164]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Tame</i> or <i>ni</i> means 'concerning';<a name="NtA_165"
+  href="#Nt_165"><sup>[165]</sup></a> e.g., <i>sonata no tame</i> 'for you
+  (<i>tibi</i>).' It governs the genitive which precedes it; <i>nan no
+  tame</i> 'for what,' <i>nani ni naru ca?</i> 'for what is it?', <i>nani
+  ni x� ca?</i> 'what do you do that for?', <i>nani no i� ni tat�u ca?</i>
+  (171v) 'for what is it needed, or useful?', <i>maitte no i� va?</i> (130)
+  'what's the use of going?'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Tai xite</i> means 'on account of' or 'against'; e.g., <i>tengu ni
+  tai xite teqito</i> 'to fight against the devil, or resist him,' <i>Deus
+  ni tai xite cuguio vo coraiuru</i> 'I endure the pain (<i>labor</i>)
+  because of God.' <i>Uie iori</i> also means 'because'; e.g., <i>von jifi
+  no uie iori</i> (167) 'because of his mercy.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Ni iotte</i> signifies the reason for which; e.g., <i>Deus iori
+  fito no jento acu ni iotte go femp� vo ataiesaxerareozu</i> [...
+  <i>ataiesaxerare�zu</i>] (146v) 'God gives to man according to his
+  virtues and vices.' This form is derived from the verb <i>iori,u</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><i>Ni t�uite</i> means 'around, or about' and is derived from the verb
+  <i>t�uqi,u</i>; e.g., <i>core ni t�uite</i>, <i>core ni t�uqi</i>, or
+  <i>core ni t�uqete</i> means 'about that.' <i>Sono gui ni voite va
+  zonjenu</i> (120) 'I do not know anything about this matter,' <i>V�xe va
+  mottomo naredomo vagami ni totte va canai gatai</i> (120) 'Your Lordship
+  speaks well but what concerns me is that <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage58"></a>(58</span> <!-- Page 165 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page165"></a>[165]</span>it is difficult to do.' <i>Dai quan ni
+  itatte va ichinin bacari sadame io</i> (120)<a name="NtA_166"
+  href="#Nt_166"><sup>[166]</sup></a> 'decide that which concerns the
+  steward only.' <i>Itatte</i> and <i>totte</i><a name="NtA_167"
+  href="#Nt_167"><sup>[167]</sup></a> are the gerunds of verbs just as the
+  preceding. They also say <i>Padre coto va</i> 'the things belonging to
+  the priest,' <i>varera coto va</i> 'about my things, or those things
+  which belong to me.' <i>Xitagatte</i> or <i>xitag&#x1D2;te</i> means
+  'near' and is the gerund of the verb <i>xitagari,u</i> or
+  <i>xitagai,�</i>. As with the other verbs it governs the dative case;
+  e.g., <i>guioi ni xitagatte</i> or <i>xitag&#x1D2;te</i> 'according to
+  Your Lordship's understanding.' <i>Xidai</i> has the same meaning; e.g.,
+  <i>conata xidai</i> 'according to your wishes.' Sometimes it is added to
+  the roots of verbs; e.g., <i>mairi xidai</i> 'according to when he comes,
+  or according to his coming.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Ni</i> indicates the place in which. <i>Ni voite</i> has the same
+  meaning but indicates permanence; e.g., <i>fatto va fuximi ni voite
+  v�xeidasareta</i> 'he established the law while he was in Fushimi,'
+  <i>Bungo funai ni itatte</i> 'in the city of Funai in the kingdom of
+  Bungo,' <i>iglesia ni uoru</i> 'he is in church.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>De</i> indicates the place of an action; e.g., <i>michi de Pedro ni
+  v&#x1D2;ta</i> 'I met Peter in the street.' The same particle <i>de</i>,
+  together with <i>vo motte</i>, indicate the instrument with which an
+  action is done; e.g., <i>bo vo motte Pedro vo uchi coroita</i> 'he killed
+  Peter with a stick,' <i>Padre sama catarareta de navo qicoieta</i> 'from
+  what the Reverend Father told me, it became easier to understand,'
+  <i>necqi de xinda</i> 'he died of a fever.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Cara</i> or <i>iori</i> indicate the place from which; e.g.,
+  <i>iglesia cara</i> 'from church.' They also say <i>fune cara maitta</i>
+  'he came by ship' and <i>cachi cara maitta</i> 'he came on foot.' <i>Fune
+  de maitta</i> is the same as <i>fune cara maitta</i> and <i>fune ni notte
+  maitta</i>. <i>Fana cara me cara miguruxij mono gia</i> 'it is unpleasant
+  to the nose and the eyes.' <i>Iori</i> indicates the place through which;
+  e.g., <i>sama iori faitta</i> 'he entered through the window.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Tomo ni</i> means 'at the same time'; e.g., <i>sonata to tomo ni
+  mair&#x1D2;zu</i> I shall go at the same time as you,' <i>m&#x1D2;su to
+  tomo ni</i> 'at the same time as he spoke.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Ie</i> indicates the place to which; e.g., <i>achi ie
+  mair&#x1D2;</i> 'I shall go directly to court (<i>curia</i>),' <i>miiaco
+  no cata ie noboru</i> 'he went up to court' and also <i>miiaco no
+  f&#x1D2; ie noboru</i>. They also say <i>miiaco no iori</i>, <!-- Page
+  166 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page166"></a>[166]</span><i>miiaco
+  sama</i>, or <i>miiaco no gotoqu noboru</i>, but this is not a good way
+  of speaking and is more characteristic of a rustic (<i>rusticus</i>).</p>
+
+  <p><i>De</i> indicates the material from which; e.g., <i>t�uchi de
+  cavara</i> <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage59"></a>(59</span> <i>vo
+  t�uquru</i> 'to make bricks out of earth or mud,' <i>nande core vo
+  t�uquru ca?</i> 'from what is this made?'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Uie</i> means 'concerning'; e.g., <i>zuibun codomo no uie vo fito
+  ni mo naxi marasuru i&#x1D2;ni to cocoro gaqe marasuru</i> 'with great
+  diligence I took care of my sons so as to make them men.' <i>Sonata no
+  fiquan no vo saiban mesare io</i> [... <i>no uie vo</i> ...] (141) 'take
+  care of your servants.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Made</i> means 'until'; <i>asu made</i> 'until morning,' <i>inochi
+  vo uxin&#x1D2; made aru mai</i> 'he will not lose his life, or he will
+  not arrive at the loss of his life,' <i>sore made vomoi mo ioranu gui
+  gia</i> 'it will not come to my mind,' <i>cocoro zaxi areba canavanu made
+  mo xei vo iruru</i> 'when something is wished for, one uses his strength
+  up to the point of impossibility,' <i>m&#x1D2;su made mo nai</i> 'it is
+  not necessary to say,' <i>cono tocoro made maitta</i> 'I came to this
+  place.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Conjunction and Separation</i><a name="NtA_168" href="#Nt_168"><sup>[168]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>To</i> means 'and'; e.g., <i>Pedro to juan to Nagasaqi ie ita</i>
+  'Peter and John went to Nagasaki,' <i>core to, are to vo toru</i> 'I take
+  this and that.' <i>Mo</i> has the same meaning; e.g., <i>Pedro mo juan mo
+  Nagasaqi cara modotta</i> 'Peter and John returned from Nagasaki,'
+  <i>naqu mono mo ari, var� mono mo aru</i> 'there are those who cry and
+  those who laugh. <i>Mo</i> is often placed before negative verbs; e.g.,
+  <i>nanigoto mo gazaranu ca?</i> 'is that not something new?'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Mata</i> means 'and,' whether it is found between nouns or verbs.
+  <i>Ca</i> means 'or'; e.g., <i>Pedro ca; juan ca coi to iie</i> 'tell
+  Peter or John to come.' <i>Arui va</i> also means 'or'; e.g., <i>arui va
+  Pedro, arui va juan</i> 'either Peter or John,' <i>arui va iomu, arui va
+  caqu</i> 'I either read or write.' <i>Moxi va</i> means 'if in fact,' and
+  it is used in the middle of a sentence; e.g., <i>moxi va cane ga nai
+  naraba</i> 'if in fact you were to have no money.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Mata va</i> is used to bind the sentences more tightly together
+  (<i>ad orationem contexturam</i>). It means 'besides that, or besides';
+  e.g., <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage60"></a>(60</span> <i>arui va
+  iamai ga vocoru ca, mata va isogui no fumi qitaru ca etc.</i> [...
+  <i>ca</i>, etc.] (135) 'either some sickness occurs, or besides that some
+  urgent letter arrives.'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 167 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page167"></a>[167]</span></p>
+
+  <p><i>Xicareba</i> means 'since things are this way,' <i>sari nagara</i>
+  means 'but,' <i>s&#x1D2; aru tocoro de</i> means 'since it is thus,'
+  <i>saraba</i> means 'since it is so,' and <i>sareba sareba</i> means
+  'since then.' <i>Ca?</i> means 'if'; e.g., <i>maitta ca mi io</i> 'see if
+  he came, or went,' <i>maitta ca xiranu</i> 'I don't know if he went.'
+  <i>Iara</i> means 'if,' but distributively (<i>divisive</i>); e.g.,
+  <i>fito iara chicux&#x1D2; iara xiranu</i> 'I don't know if it's man or
+  beast,' <i>nani iara to m&#x1D2;xita</i> 'I wonder what he said.'</p>
+
+  <p>Some disjunctive and emphatic particles are formed from <i>nanica</i>
+  and <i>tocacu</i> with the addition of other particles; e.g., <i>nani ia
+  ca ia?</i> 'which thing?' The same meaning is expressed by <i>nani iara
+  ca iara?</i> and <i>nanto iara cato iara?</i> <i>Nanto xite</i>, <i>cato
+  xite</i> means 'how,' <i>nanto mo cato mo</i> means 'in no way,' and
+  <i>nani mo ca mo</i> means 'nothing.' <i>Nanigoto mo cagoto mo, mina
+  i�tuvari naru zo</i> [... <i>it�uvari</i> ...] 'when all is said and done
+  they are all lies.' <i>Nani no ca no</i>, and <i>nanto xite</i>, <i>cato
+  xite</i> are ways to excuse oneself. <i>Nani no ca no to i�te</i> means
+  'saying this and that.' <i>Domo como</i> means 'in whatever way it is,'
+  as does <i>d&#x1D2; xite mo c&#x1D2; xite mo</i>. <i>D&#x1D2; xite
+  c&#x1D2; xite</i> means 'doing this and that differently.' <i>D&#x1D2; x�
+  c&#x1D2; x�</i> means 'I shall do this and that.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Tomo cacumo</i> means 'all the same,' as do <i>toni cacuni</i>,
+  <i>tonimo cacunimo</i>, and <i>totemo cacutemo</i>. <i>Core to ij; care
+  to ij</i> means 'saying this and that, or making excuses.' <i>Care
+  core</i> means 'this and that,' <i>coco caxico</i> means 'here and there
+  (<i>hic and illic</i>).' <i>Vomoxir�, vocaxu</i><a name="NtA_169"
+  href="#Nt_169"><sup>[169]</sup></a> [<i>vomoxirovocax&#x1D4;</i>] is used
+  when accommodating oneself almost to flattery.</p>
+
+  <p>If the particle <i>motte</i> is added to the particles <i>cat�ute</i>,
+  <i>isasaca</i>, <i>tomoni</i>, <i>nani</i>, and <i>nani nani iori</i>
+  [... and <i>nani iori</i>] it adds strength and force; e.g., <i>cat�ute
+  motte s&#x1D2; aru mai</i> 'the situation will not be this way at
+  all.'</p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>Interjections</i><a name="NtA_170" href="#Nt_170"><sup>[170]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Sate</i>, <i>sate sate</i>, [<i>satemo</i>,] and <i>satemo
+  satemo</i> are interjections of admiration; e.g., <i>satemo Deus no
+  voqinaru vonjifi cana</i> 'oh! great mercy of God!'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 168 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page168"></a>[168]</span></p>
+
+  <p><i>Avare</i> is the interjection for pity; e.g., <i>avare mut�ucaxij
+  io no naca cana</i> 'oh! world replete with misery!'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Ha!</i><a name="NtA_171" href="#Nt_171"><sup>[171]</sup></a> is the
+  interjection of penetence; e.g., <i>ha faxi demo</i> <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage61"></a>(61</span> <i>vomoxiroi ga; tocoro
+  ni iote qicoie canuru</i> [... <i>ni iotte</i> ...] (127v) 'ah, the
+  workmanship of the sound and the harmony of the singing is most graceful,
+  but it is not able to be heard well.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Iara!</i> is the interjection for joy and pain; e.g., <i>iara iara
+  medeta ia</i> (128) 'oh! how much I rejoice.' <i>Ia</i> is also used;
+  e.g., <i>satemo iiaxii iat�ubara ia</i> (129)<a name="NtA_172"
+  href="#Nt_172"><sup>[172]</sup></a> 'oh! how vile and despicable,'
+  <i>gongo d&#x1D2;dan fuxigui na xisai cana</i> (128v) 'oh! how rare and
+  ridiculous a reason.' <i>Iei</i> is the interjection of wonder; e.g.,
+  <i>iei Padre sama cochi gozaru io</i> 'oh! here is the Reverend
+  Father.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Hat</i> is the interjection that indicates that one is repentent;
+  e.g., <i>Benqei core vo mite hat coto naxi to zonjite, sono mama niva ni
+  b&#x1D2; vo voraxi,</i> etc. (127v) 'Benkei seeing this,' etc.<a
+  name="NtA_173" href="#Nt_173"><sup>[173]</sup></a></p>
+
+<p class="cenhead"><i>The Syntax and the Cases that are Governed by the Verbs</i><a name="NtA_174" href="#Nt_174"><sup>[174]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>The nominative is placed at the beginning of the sentence and the verb
+  at the end: the remaining elements are placed according to the cadence
+  (<i>cadentia</i>) of the sentence; e.g., <i>Pedro va Nagasaqi de xutrai
+  xita iqi iqi ni t�uite juan vo coroita</i> 'Peter killed John because of
+  an argument that took place in Nagasaki.' In certain sentences of serious
+  import a substitute verb (<i>verbum suppositum</i>) is placed after the
+  verb, but this is rare; e.g., <i>tare mo canavanu futari no qimi ni
+  t�uc&#x1D2;ru coto va</i> (84)<a name="NtA_175"
+  href="#Nt_175"><sup>[175]</sup></a> 'no one can serve two masters.' In
+  this sentence the substitute verb is <i>t�uc&#x1D2;ru coto va</i>.
+  <i>Core ni iote tanomi tatemat�uru it�umo virgen</i> [<i>Core ni
+  iotte</i> ...] (84) 'therefore I pray to the ever virgin [Mary].'</p>
+
+  <p>Clauses (<i>orationes</i>) in the absolute or permissive subjunctive,
+  infinitive, conditional, and causative are always placed before clauses
+  that are in the indicative or imperative, even if it does not make sense
+  <!-- Page 169 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page169"></a>[169]</span>in Latin or any other European language;
+  e.g., <i>achi cara tomeraruru tomo; tomaru na</i> 'do not stay, even if
+  they want you to remain,' <i>sore vo qiitareba, fara vo tatete
+  modotta</i> 'when he heard that, he came back very angry,' <i>taxicani
+  uqetamotta ni iotte coso, m�xi ague maraxitare</i> 'I listened carefully,
+  and then I spoke,' <i>fai&#x1D2; gozatta raba vo mexi vo xinj� mono
+  vo</i> 'if you had come earlier, I would have offered you food.'</p>
+
+  <p>When there are two verbs in the same sentence, the first will <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage62"></a>(62</span> be in the gerund form
+  and the other will be in the tense that is required by the sense of the
+  sentence; e.g., <i>core vo totte giqi ni mi ga comono ni vataxe</i> 'take
+  this and give it to my servant at once.'</p>
+
+  <p>When there are two or more clauses which have the same subject or
+  tense, only the last verb will be in the tense that is required by the
+  sense of the sentence. The other verbs will be in the root form, while
+  still others will be in the gerund in <i>e</i> form; e.g., <i>tovazunba
+  cotaiezu, voxe raba t�uxxinde qiqi</i> [<i>tovaz&#x169;ba</i> ...
+  <i>v�xe</i> ... <i>qiqe</i>] (85v)<a name="NtA_176"
+  href="#Nt_176"><sup>[176]</sup></a> 'if they don't ask don't answer: if
+  they speak listen carefully,' <i>Deus no vo coto vo macoto ni uqe, go
+  voqite mo camavaide, sono mama inferno ni vochita</i> 'he did not believe
+  in God, and he did not respect His precepts; therefore, he fell into
+  Hell.'</p>
+
+  <p>Verbs are always placed in the third person to indicate honor. No one
+  honors himself except the king when he is speaking of himself; e.g.,
+  <i>iorocobi ni voboximesu</i> 'I am enjoying it very much.'</p>
+
+  <p>When there are many adjectives in a sentence, they will all be in the
+  adverbial form except the last; e.g., <i>qe nang&#x1D2;, iro cur�,
+  icanimo ut�ucuxij mono</i> [<i>qe nag&#x1D2;</i> ...]<a name="NtA_177"
+  href="#Nt_177"><sup>[177]</sup></a> 'a very beautiful person with long,
+  black hair.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>to</i> is placed before verbs of understanding,
+  believing, and hearing, takes the place of the verb 'to be,' and means
+  'that'; <i>fito to zonjita</i> 'I thought, or believed that he was a
+  man,' <i>qix� vo jennin to vomov� ca?</i> [<i>qixo</i> ...
+  <i>vomov&#x1D2; ca?</i>] 'shall I believe that you are a saint?' <i>Amata
+  no fito xini no fonovo ni moiuru vo misaxerare�</i> (20)<a name="NtA_178"
+  href="#Nt_178"><sup>[178]</sup></a> 'you <!-- Page 170 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page170"></a>[170]</span>will see many men
+  burning in the flames of indignation.' Here one has replaced <i>to</i>
+  with <i>moiuru vo</i>, which is a substitute verb. When <i>mo</i> is
+  added to <i>to</i> it strongly affirms what is said; e.g., <i>mair� to
+  mo</i> 'I shall certainly go, or I will be going.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>to</i>, in the first meaning, is sometimes replaced by
+  <i>i&#x1D2;ni</i>; e.g., <i>agueta i&#x1D2;ni gozaru</i> 'they say that
+  he offered it,' <i>ica i&#x1D2;na fito to va xiranu</i> 'I did not know
+  what kind of a man he was.' Sometimes the substantive verb takes the
+  place of the particle <i>to</i>; e.g., <i>mair� de gozatta</i> 'he said
+  that he would come,' <i>x� de va naqeredomo</i> 'although I did not say
+  that I would do it.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Qiuzo core vo mite, ima vo saigo no coto de areba</i> (97)<a
+  name="NtA_179" href="#Nt_179"><sup>[179]</sup></a> 'seeing this, Kiso
+  believed that the hour of death was present, etc.' Here the substantive
+  verb replaces <i>to</i> and serves as an active verb governing the
+  accusative <i>ima vo</i>, which also replaces <i>to</i>. The particles
+  <i>s&#x1D2;na</i> and <i>guena</i> mean 'it seems.' <i>S&#x1D2;na</i> is
+  added to the roots of verbs; e.g., <i>deqi</i> <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage63"></a>(63</span> <i>s&#x1D2;na</i> 'it seems that it is
+  finished.' If a substantive verb is placed after this particle the
+  <i>a</i> is changed to <i>i</i>; e.g., <i>deqi s&#x1D2;ni gozaru</i> 'it
+  seems that he will finish,' <i>deqi s&#x1D2;ni mo zonjenu</i> 'I believe
+  that it will not be finished.'<a name="NtA_180"
+  href="#Nt_180"><sup>[180]</sup></a> <i>S&#x1D2;na</i> is also added to
+  adjectives in <i>i</i>, and when it is the <i>i</i> is lost; e.g., <i>io
+  s&#x1D2;na</i> 'it seems good, or it seems that it is good,' <i>xigue
+  s&#x1D2;na</i> 'it seems dense,' and <i>aiau s&#x1D2;na</i> 'it seems
+  that I am in danger.' If this particle is added to adjectives in
+  <i>na</i>, the <i>na</i> is lost; e.g., <i>aqiraca s&#x1D2;na</i> 'it
+  seems that it is clear.'</p>
+
+  <p>The particle <i>guena</i> is added to the nouns and verbs previously
+  formed; e.g., <i>maitta guena</i> 'I believe that he has come.' If a
+  substantive verb is added to this particle the <i>a</i> changes to
+  <i>i</i>; e.g., <i>maitta gueni gozaru</i> 'I believe that he has come.'
+  <i>S&#x1D2;na</i> means 'it seems,' and <i>guena</i> means 'I believe,'
+  but either of these forms may occasionally be used in any of the examples
+  given.</p>
+
+  <p>When a sentence has two preterits, the first may be in the preterit
+  and the second in the future; e.g., <i>qesa cara s&#x1D2; v�xerareta raba
+  mo faia de marax�</i> 'If you would have said that this morning, I would
+  have already left.'</p>
+
+  <p>When reporting what someone else has said, it is said this way; <!--
+  Page 171 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page171"></a>[171]</span><i>Padre m�saruru va: iagate sonata ie
+  mair� to m&#x1D2;saruru</i> 'the priest said that he was going to come.'
+  Sometimes when one is excusing himself he will use <i>no</i> in place of
+  <i>to</i>; e.g., <i>asu no, raiguat no, nando to noburu na</i> 'don't
+  spread around that it is tomorrow, next month, or whenever.'</p>
+
+  <p>When <i>vo</i> follows <i>n</i> it loses its <i>v</i>; e.g., <i>go von
+  o uqetatemat�utta</i> 'I received benefits.'<a name="NtA_181"
+  href="#Nt_181"><sup>[181]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>Adverbs are always placed before their verbs except for the adverbs of
+  time which are placed at the beginning of the sentence; e.g., <i>sore vo
+  qijte icc� xicari maraxita</i> 'hearing that he was very angry,' <i>qi�
+  nen espana cara vatatta toqi</i> [<i>qio nen</i> ...] 'when I sailed from
+  Spain last year.' Each verb requires before it a subject in the
+  nominative case, either expressed or understood; e.g., <i>vare iqe</i> or
+  <i>iqe</i> 'come!', where the <i>vare</i> is understood. In some
+  sentences this rule is not respected; e.g., <i>xisai voba core ni m�sare
+  maraxozu</i> [... <i>marax�zu</i>] 'he will explain, or give the reason
+  for this.' In the following case we do not see the nominative, but rather
+  <i>are ni va</i>, which is in the dative or ablative; <i>are ni va, navo
+  voixri atta</i> [... <i>voxiri atta</i>] 'he knows better.' In this
+  sentence the <i>are ni va</i> ought to be in the nominative. <i>Cacaru vo
+  ni va cogane no cusari vo icusugi mo t�uqeta d�gu de gozaru</i> (138v)
+  'for a necklace (<i>torques</i>) he had a chain of gold with many
+  links.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Core ni va gozonji aru mai</i> 'Your Lordship does not know <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage64"></a>(64</span> about this.' Here the
+  <i>core ni va</i> replaces the accusative which is governed by
+  <i>zonji,uru</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The impersonal verb or the infinitive requires a nominative before it;
+  e.g., <i>Pedro va maitta to m�su</i> 'they say that Peter came.'</p>
+
+  <p>The verb <i>iri,u</i>, which means 'to need,' governs two nominatives,
+  one for the thing and the other for the person in need; e.g., <i>vatacuxi
+  va cono cane ga iru</i> 'I need, or I have a necessity for this money.'
+  It also governs the dative for the person; e.g., <i>sono tame ni va cane
+  ga iranu</i> 'he does not need any gold, or money.'</p>
+
+  <p>The active verb requires the accusative before it; e.g., <i>cane vo
+  motanu</i> 'I have no money.'</p>
+
+  <p>Certain <i>cobita</i> or <i>coie</i> nouns, as we have said above, are
+  borrowed from Chinese and govern the same cases as the Japanese verbs to
+  which <!-- Page 172 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page172"></a>[172]</span>they correspond; e.g., <i>niva vo qenbut
+  no aida ni mexi vo coxiraie io</i> 'prepare the food while we visit the
+  garden.' The noun <i>qenbut</i> requires the accusative <i>niva vo</i>.
+  The same is true with <i>fito ni guenzan suru</i> (97) which is like
+  <i>fito ni v�</i> 'I meet the man.' The <i>guenzan</i> governs the dative
+  just as does the verb <i>ai,�</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>When a borrowed word (<i>vocabulum cobitum</i>)<a name="NtA_182"
+  href="#Nt_182"><sup>[182]</sup></a> is a compound of two elements it is
+  possible to determine if it is a verb by seeing if the first part has the
+  meaning of a verb; e.g., <i>j�ten</i> is a verb which means 'to ascend to
+  heaven' with the <i>j&#x1D2;</i> meaning to 'go up.' <i>Tenj&#x1D2;</i>
+  is a noun in which the <i>j&#x1D2;</i> is placed after the <i>ten</i> and
+  means 'heaven.'</p>
+
+  <p>The passive verb has the ablative for its agent (<i>persona
+  agente</i>); e.g., <i>Pedro cara corosareta</i> 'he was killed by Peter,'
+  but it is better that it govern the dative; e.g., <i>Pedro ni
+  corosareta</i>, or <i>Pedro va nusubito ni cane vo torareta</i> 'Peter
+  had his money stolen by thieves.'</p>
+
+  <p>There are also certain neutral verbs which govern the accusative as if
+  they were active verbs; e.g., <i>xiqitai vo fanaruru</i> 'to depart from
+  the body, or to die,' <i>axi vo vazzur�</i> 'to have a pain in the foot.'
+  This is also true for <i>nigue,uru</i> 'to escape,' <i>nogare,uru</i> 'to
+  evade,' <i>de,uru</i> 'to go out,' <i>noqe,uru</i> 'to retreat,'
+  <i>tovori,u</i> 'to go across,' <i>nori,u</i> 'to sail,' as in
+  <i>caix&#x1D2; vo noru</i> 'I sail the sea,' <i>iuqi,u</i> 'to walk,' as
+  in <i>michi vo iuqu</i> 'I walk the streets,' <i>vovari,u</i> 'to
+  finish,' <i>mairi,u</i> as in <i>xogui vo mairu</i> 'I play chess
+  (<i>tabula laterucularia</i>),' <i>iorocobi,u</i> as in <i>cocoro vo
+  iorocobu</i> 'I gladden the heart,' <i>abi,uru</i>, as in <i>mizzu vo
+  abiru</i><a name="NtA_183" href="#Nt_183"><sup>[183]</sup></a> 'I wash
+  myself with water, or I pour water on myself,' <i>avaremi,u</i> 'I am
+  sad,' <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage65"></a>(65</span>
+  <i>canaximi,u</i> 'I am unhappy,' <i>coie,uru</i> 'to cross over,'
+  <i>fabacari,u</i> 'to be shy,' <i>facarai,&#x1D2;</i> 'to take care of,'
+  <i>faxiri,u</i> 'to sail,' as in <i>caix&#x1D2;, vo, faxiru</i>
+  [<i>caix&#x1D2; vo faxiru</i>] 'I sail the sea,' <i>fagi,zzuru</i> 'to be
+  ashamed,' <i>fedate,t�uru</i> 'to separate,' <i>fe,uru</i> 'to spend,' as
+  in <i>ficazu vo furu</i> 'I spend many days,' [<i>fumaie,uru</i> 'to be
+  based on,' as in] <i>dori vo fumaiuru</i> 'to be based on reason, or to
+  have reason as a basis,' <i>itami,u</i> 'to be sick,' <i>mavari,u</i> 'to
+  go around,' as in <i>cono cotovari vo m�xi mavatta</i> 'he goes around
+  and spreads the news here and there,' <i>meguri,u</i> has the same
+  meaning, <i>nagusami,u</i> 'to please,' as in <i>cocoro vo nagusamu</i>
+  'I make the heart <!-- Page 173 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page173"></a>[173]</span>happy,' <i>naqi,u</i> 'to weep,'
+  <i>tasucari,u</i> 'to be saved,' as in <i>inochi vo tasucaru</i> 'I am
+  saved from the dangers of life,' or <i>gox&#x1D2; vo tasucaru</i> 'to be
+  saved for a future life,' <i>tachi,t�u</i> 'to go away from,' as in
+  <i>tocoro vo tat�u</i> 'I go away from this place,' <i>tomurai,�</i> 'to
+  make a funeral for the dead,' <i>ucagai,�</i> 'to inquire with
+  hesitation,' <i>voximi,u</i> 'to value,' <i>urami,u</i> 'to enquire,'
+  <i>xinobi,u</i> 'to wait in hiding, almost insidiously,' as in <i>fito no
+  me vo xinobu</i> 'I am careful lest someone see me.'<a name="NtA_184"
+  href="#Nt_184"><sup>[184]</sup></a> A few of these verbs which require
+  the accusative of location admit to the use of the ablative with the
+  particles <i>cara</i> or <i>iori</i>; e.g., <i>tocoro vo tat�u</i> is the
+  same as <i>tocoro iori tat�u</i> 'I leave the place.'</p>
+
+  <p>There are some active verbs which require two accusative cases; e.g.,
+  <i>fori,u</i>, <i>daxi,u</i>, <i>fanaxi,u</i>, <i>tate,t�uru</i>. For
+  example, <i>Pedro vo soco vo voi idaita</i> 'they led Peter away from
+  that place.' It is possible that it governs the ablative of location;
+  e.g., <i>Pedro vo soco cara voi daita</i> [... <i>voi idaita</i>]. Some
+  take either the dative or the accusative; e.g., <i>fito vo</i>, or
+  <i>fito ni fanare,uru</i> 'to go away from the men,' <i>Deus vo</i>, or
+  <i>Deus ni somuqi,u</i> 'to offend God.' Verbs of this kind are generally
+  verbs of fearing, offending, or going away.<a name="NtA_185"
+  href="#Nt_185"><sup>[185]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>Many verbs of helping, harming, damning, obeying, recognizing as
+  superior or inferior, being subjugated, being victorious, and similar
+  verbs govern the dative; e.g., <i>chiie saicacu i&#x1D2;ni coieta</i> 'he
+  is superior to others in wisdom and industry.'<a name="NtA_186"
+  href="#Nt_186"><sup>[186]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>Verbs of giving, promising, and the like, govern the accusative for
+  the thing and the dative for the person; e.g., <i>fito ni cane vo
+  cururu</i> 'to give money to someone.'<a name="NtA_187"
+  href="#Nt_187"><sup>[187]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>There are many verbs which permit before themselves the roots of other
+  verbs without change, letting the roots take on the function of an
+  infinitive; e.g., <i>qiqi fajime,uru</i> 'to begin to hear.' Some of
+  these verbs are: <i>nare,uru</i> 'to become accustomed,' <i>t�uqe,uru</i>
+  with the same <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage66"></a>(66</span>
+  meaning, <i>fate,t�uru</i> 'to finish,' <i>narai,�</i> 'to learn,'
+  <i>some,uru</i> 'to begin,' <i>todoqe,uru</i> 'to continue,'
+  <i>ate,t�uru</i> 'to direct,' <i>atari,u</i> 'to find by chance,'
+  <i>vaqe,uru</i> 'to divide,' <i>cane,uru</i> 'to be able to do with
+  difficulty,' <i>soconai,&#x1D2;</i> 'to be wrong,' <i>sumaxi,u</i> 'to
+  finish,' <i>sugoxi,u</i> 'to exceed,' <i>fague maxi,u</i> <!-- Page 174
+  --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page174"></a>[174]</span>'to work much
+  and intensely,' <i>aqi,u</i> 'to become bored,' <i>tai</i> 'to want,' and
+  <i>t&#x1D2; mo nai</i> 'to not want.'<a name="NtA_188"
+  href="#Nt_188"><sup>[188]</sup></a> If the roots of verbs are placed
+  before certain adjectives ending in <i>i</i>, they form a kind of supine
+  in <i>Tu</i>; e.g., <i>iomi iasui</i> (92) 'easy to read (<i>facile
+  lectu</i>),' etc.</p>
+
+  <p>A numeral, if a substantive noun is placed after it, must be in the
+  genitive case; e.g., <i>fitot�u no toga</i> 'one sin.' The same is true
+  with the particle <i>fodo</i> when it means 'all'; e.g., <i>aru fodo no
+  fito</i> 'how so ever many.' The same is true with <i>iori</i>; e.g.,
+  <i>Nanban iori no mono</i> 'things from Europe.' But this is a relative
+  formation (<i>relatiuum</i>). The genitive is also required with nouns
+  that mean much or little; e.g., <i>amata no fito</i> 'many men.' These
+  nouns are; <i>bechi</i> 'other,' <i>fon</i> 'one's own,' <i>cazucazu</i>
+  'many,' <i>sama zama</i> 'many ways.' <i>Iro iro</i> 'much' is the same
+  as <i>iorozzu</i> and <i>izzure</i>. <i>Issai</i> means 'all,' as does
+  <i>vono vono</i>, <i>cotogotoqu</i>, and <i>reqi reqi</i> for a noble
+  person, <i>igue</i> 'that which follows,' <i>nocori</i> 'that which
+  remains,' <i>it�umo</i> 'always,' <i>it�umo no coto</i> 'that which
+  always is,' <i>t�une</i> 'usual,' <i>ima</i> 'now.' <i>Isasaca</i> means
+  'a little,' as does <i>soto</i> or <i>sucoxi</i>, <i>xotocu</i>
+  'natural,' <i>sono foca</i> 'others.'<a name="NtA_189"
+  href="#Nt_189"><sup>[189]</sup></a> These nouns are in the genitive if
+  they are followed by a substantive noun, but when they are not followed
+  by a noun they must be taken as adjectives. If they are followed by a
+  verb rather than a noun, they do not require the genitive; e.g.,
+  <i>iorozzu danc&#x1D2; xite iocar&#x1D2;</i> 'it will be good if you all
+  confer.'</p>
+
+<h2>Japanese Arithmetic and Numerical Matters<br />
+Concerning Which Much Painful<br />
+Labor Is Required</h2>
+
+  <p>There are two ways to count in Japanese.<a name="NtA_190"
+  href="#Nt_190"><sup>[190]</sup></a> The first is with the ordinary
+  numerals which are called <i>iomi</i>. With these one is able to count to
+  ten; e.g., <i>fitot�u</i> means 'one,' which is also used to <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage67"></a>(67</span> say 'a little,' as in
+  <i>saqe fitot�u nomaxite tam&#x1D2;re</i> 'give me a little sake to
+  drink.' <i>Futat�u</i> means 'two,' <i>mit�u</i> 'three,' <i>iot�u</i>
+  'four,' <i>it�ut�u</i> 'five,' <i>mut�u</i> 'six,' <i>nanat�u</i>
+  'seven,' <i>iat�u</i> 'eight,' <i>coconot�u</i> 'nine,' and <i>tovo</i>
+  <!-- Page 175 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page175"></a>[175]</span>'ten.' <i>Icut�u</i> means 'what?' and is
+  used when one does not have the proper number.</p>
+
+  <p>The second way of counting is with the <i>coie</i> vocables which are
+  borrowed from Chinese. These numbers are not used by themselves to count
+  to ten; but are rather used when counting things which are represented by
+  Chinese, and not Japanese vocables. These bound numerals (<i>termini
+  numerales</i>) are: <i>ichi</i> 'one,' <i>ni</i> 'two,' <i>san</i>
+  'three,' <i>xi</i> 'four,' <i>go</i> 'five,' <i>rocu</i> 'six,'
+  <i>xichi</i> 'seven,' <i>fachi</i> 'eight,' <i>cu</i> 'nine,' <i>j�</i>
+  'ten.' The numbers eleven and above are made by joining these numbers
+  together. Thus, 'eleven' is <i>j&#x1D4;ichi</i>; <i>j�ni</i> is 'twelve,'
+  <i>j�san</i> 'thirteen,' <i>j�cu</i> 'ninteen.' The tens are obtained by
+  placing one of the numbers in front of ten; e.g., <i>nij�</i> 'twenty,'
+  <i>sanj�</i> 'thirty,' <i>sanj&#x1D4;ichi</i> 'thirty-one,'
+  <i>cuj&#x1D4;</i> 'ninety.' <i>Fiacu</i> means 'hundred,' <i>fiacu
+  ichi</i> 'one hundred and one,' <i>fiacu j&#x1D4;</i> 'one hundred and
+  ten,' <i>fiacu sanj&#x1D4;</i> 'one hundred and thirty,' <i>ni fiacu</i>
+  'two hundred,' <i>sambiacu</i> 'three hundred.' <i>Xen</i> means
+  'thousand,' and <i>xen roppiacu sanj&#x1D4; ichi</i> is 'sixteen
+  thirty-one.'</p>
+
+  <p>By placing the Japanese numerals in front of Japanese vocables, which
+  are called <i>iomi</i>, and by removing the <i>t�u</i> of the
+  aforementioned numbers before they are joined to nouns or verb stems, one
+  is able to enumerate those things which are indicated by the vocable;
+  e.g., <i>fito cotoba</i> 'one word,' <i>futa cotovari</i> 'two reasons,'
+  <i>mi ami</i> 'three nets, or three casts of the net,' <i>iocama</i> 'to
+  bake something four times in an oven,' <i>it�u caqe</i> 'five attacks,'
+  <i>mu casane</i> 'six robes, or covers,' <i>nana catana</i> 'seven wounds
+  by a sword,' <i>ia catague</i> 'eight loads,' <i>cu cavari</i><a
+  name="NtA_191" href="#Nt_191"><sup>[191]</sup></a> 'nine changes,' <i>to
+  cusa</i> 'ten varieties.' Above the number ten this way of counting is
+  not used, instead they say <i>iro j�ichi</i> or <i>j�ichi no iro</i> for
+  'eleven colors.' The interrogative is <i>icut�u</i>. If the thing being
+  questioned is placed after the interrogative the particle <i>no</i> is
+  added; e.g., <i>it�ucu no qi zo</i> [<i>icut�u</i> ...] 'how many trees
+  are there?' To such a question the answer is <i>futat�u</i> 'two,'
+  <i>mit�u</i> 'three,' etc. If the <i>t�u</i> is removed from
+  <i>icut�u</i>, one may place it in front of the thing being asked about;
+  e.g., <i>icu tocoro</i> 'how many places?' <i>icu toqi</i> 'how many
+  hours?'; also <i>fito fanaxi</i> 'one sermon, or conversation,' <i>futa
+  sugi</i> 'two treads,' <i>io te</i> 'four hands, as in a fight,' <i>it�u
+  t�ubu</i> 'five grains,' <i>mu tocoro</i> 'six <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage68"></a>(68</span> places,' <i>ia mavari</i> 'six [eight]
+  circuits,' <i>cu ninai</i> 'nine loads, carried in <!-- Page 176 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page176"></a>[176]</span>the Japanese fashion on
+  a stick with the load in front,' <i>to vatari</i> 'ten crossings.' It is
+  possible to count the same thing in different ways. Thus, <i>mu
+  tocoro</i> is also <i>mut�u no tocoro</i> and <i>tocoro mut�u</i> 'six
+  places.' <i>Fito ie</i> means 'one plain thing,' <i>futa ie</i> 'doubled,
+  or duplicate,' <i>mi ie</i> 'triplicate,' etc. In the same way one may
+  add Chinese numerals to Chinese vocables, or <i>coie</i>. Usually in this
+  way of counting a [phonetic] change occurs in either the number or the
+  thing counted. Sometimes this change is in the first part, sometimes in
+  the second, and at other times in both. This is particularly true with
+  the first, second, third, sixth, tenth, and one hundredth numbers. With
+  the items below, if nothing is noted, it is an indication that nothing is
+  changed.</p>
+
+  <p>When asking about men one says <i>icutari?</i> 'how many men?' The
+  response is made by adding <i>nin</i> to the Chinese numeral; e.g.,
+  <i>ichi nin</i> 'one man,' <i>ni nin</i> 'two men,' <i>iottari</i> 'four
+  men'; this is because <i>xinin</i> means 'dead person.'</p>
+
+  <p>When asking about days one says <i>icca</i> 'how many days?' The
+  response is <i>fi fitoi</i>,<a name="NtA_192"
+  href="#Nt_192"><sup>[192]</sup></a> because <i>ichi nichi</i> means 'one
+  entire solar day,' <i>fut�uca</i> 'two days,' <i>micca</i> 'three days,'
+  <i>iocca</i> 'four days,' <i>it�uca</i> 'five days,' <i>muica</i> 'six
+  days,' <i>nanuca</i> 'seven days,' <i>i&#x1D2;ca</i> 'eight days,'
+  <i>coconoca</i> 'nine days,' <i>toca</i><a name="NtA_193"
+  href="#Nt_193"><sup>[193]</sup></a> 'ten days,' <i>fat�uca</i> 'twenty
+  days.' The remaining days are counted with <i>coie</i> numerals.</p>
+
+  <p>When counting nights <i>ia</i> is added to the <i>coie</i> numerals;
+  e.g., <i>ichi ia</i> 'one night,' <i>ni ia</i> 'two nights,' etc. It is
+  also possible to add <i>io</i> which means 'night' in Japanese to the
+  <i>iomi</i> numeral; e.g., <i>icu io</i> 'how many nights?' <i>futa
+  io</i> 'two nights,' <i>nana io</i> 'seven nights,' etc.</p>
+
+  <p>When enumerating the months of the year <i>guat</i> is added to the
+  <i>coie</i> numeral, with the exception that the first month is called
+  <i>x�guat</i>. The second is <i>niguat</i>, the third is <i>saguat</i>,<a
+  name="NtA_194" href="#Nt_194"><sup>[194]</sup></a> the fourth is
+  <i>xiguat</i>, the eleventh is <i>ximot�uqi</i>, and the twelfth and last
+  is <i>xi vasu</i>. When counting months the <i>t�u</i> is removed from
+  the <i>iomi</i> numeral and the word <i>t�uqi</i>, which means 'month,'
+  is added. <i>Icut�uqi?</i> means 'how many months.' In response one says
+  <i>fitot�uqi</i> 'one month,' up to ten which is <i>tot�uqi</i>, and from
+  there on one counts with <i>coie</i> numerals; e.g., <i>j�ichiguat</i>
+  'eleven months.' If one wants to ask what month it is, <!-- Page 177
+  --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page177"></a>[177]</span>January,
+  February, one says <i>nanguat</i>. The first month of the <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage69"></a>(69</span> Japanese year is
+  March.</p>
+
+  <p>In the enumeration of the years <i>nen</i> is placed after the
+  <i>coie</i> numeral. In asking how many, <i>nen</i> [<i>nan</i>] is
+  placed before <i>nen</i>; e.g., <i>nannen</i> 'how many years?' In
+  response one says <i>ichinen</i> 'one year,' <i>ionen</i> 'four years,'
+  <i>sanganen</i> 'three years,' <i>s&#x1D2; ionen</i><a name="NtA_195"
+  href="#Nt_195"><sup>[195]</sup></a> 'three or four years,' <i>s&#x1D2;
+  xij�nen</i> 'thirty or forty years,' <i>fatachi</i> means 'twenty years
+  of age,' as does <i>nij&#x1D4;nen</i>, <i>nij&#x1D4; no toxi</i>, or
+  <i>toxi niju</i>. They ask with <i>icutoxi</i> or <i>toxi icut�u</i> 'how
+  old are you.' They count the age of men and animals such as cattle and
+  horses by adding <i>sai</i> to the <i>coie</i> numeral; e.g.,
+  <i>issai</i> 'one,' <i>nisai</i> 'two,' <i>sanzai</i> 'three.'</p>
+
+  <p>In counting turns (<i>visis</i>) <i>do</i> is added to the <i>coie</i>
+  numerals; e.g., <i>nando</i> 'how many times,' <i>ichido</i> 'once,'
+  <i>iodo</i> 'four times,' <i>godo</i> 'five times,' <i>sai san</i> 'twice
+  or thrice.'</p>
+
+  <p>In the enumeration of ships <i>s�</i> is placed after the <i>coie</i>
+  numeral; e.g., <i>nanzo</i> [<i>nanz�</i>] 'how many ships,' to which one
+  answers <i>iss�</i> 'one ship,' <i>niso</i> [<i>nis�</i>] 'two,'
+  <i>sanz�</i> 'three,' <i>fass�</i> 'eight,' <i>j�ss�</i> [<i>jiss�</i>]
+  'ten.'</p>
+
+  <p><i>Ichiren</i> 'one string,' <i>niren</i> 'two,' <i>saren</i> 'three,'
+  as in figs or pearls.</p>
+
+  <p>When enumerating sermons, homilies (<i>tractatus</i>), or repetitions
+  of things, <i>fen</i> is placed after the numeral; e.g., <i>ippen</i>
+  'one sermon,' <i>nifen</i> 'two,' <i>sanben</i> 'three,' <i>ave maria
+  fiacu gojippen</i> 'one hundred and fifty Hail Mary's.'</p>
+
+  <p>In counting gold currency <i>momme</i> is placed after the numeral;
+  e.g., <i>ichi momme</i> 'one <i>momme</i>,' <i>ni momme</i> 'two,' <i>san
+  mome</i> [<i>san momme</i>] 'three.' When a <i>momme</i> is divided into
+  tenths it is called an <i>ippun</i> [<i>fun</i>]. Thus, <i>ippun</i>
+  means one tenth part of a <i>momme</i>, <i>nifun</i> means 'two tenths,'
+  <i>gofun</i> means half the basic unit (<i>media dragma</i>),
+  <i>roppun</i> means 'six tenths of a <i>momme</i>.'</p>
+
+  <p>When the tenth part of a <i>momme</i> is divided again into ten parts
+  it is counted as <i>ichirin</i>, <i>nirin</i>, <i>sarin</i>,
+  <i>iorin</i>, <i>gorin</i>, <i>rocurin</i>, <i>xichirin</i>,
+  <i>fachirin</i>, and <i>curin</i>. Then comes <i>ippun</i>, which is one
+  tenth of a <i>momme</i>. <i>Fiacu me</i> means 'one hundred
+  <i>momme</i>,' <i>fiacu ichi momme</i> 'one hundred and one,' <i>icquan
+  me</i> means 'one thousand <i>momme</i>,' <i>jicquanme</i> means 'ten
+  thousand.' There are other coins of silver which are counted by placing
+  <i>mai</i> or <i>mon</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ichi mon</i> means
+  one of <!-- Page 178 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page178"></a>[178]</span>that unit, <i>ni mon</i> is 'two,' <i>San
+  mai</i> is three hundred <i>mon</i>. They no longer produce a coin which
+  is one half of the gold coin, but one thousand of these coins make
+  <i>icquan</i>, while <i>jicquan</i> is 'ten <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage70"></a>(70</span> thousand <i>quan</i>.'<a name="NtA_196"
+  href="#Nt_196"><sup>[196]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p><i>Core va ica fodo ni suru</i> 'how much is this worth?' or <i>ica
+  fodo ni uru</i> 'at what price will you sell this?' <i>Ni momme suru</i>
+  'I consider it worth two <i>momme</i>,' or <i>ni momme ni iasui</i> 'I
+  can sell this for more than two <i>momme</i>, or at two <i>momme</i> this
+  is cheap.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of liquid measurements is done by placing the particle
+  <i>x�</i> in front of the liquid quantity; e.g., <i>ixxo</i>
+  [<i>ixx�</i>] 'one <i>x�</i>,' <i>nixo</i> [<i>nix�</i>] 'two,'
+  <i>sango</i> [<i>sanj�</i>] 'three.' Ten <i>x�</i> are <i>itto</i> which
+  is the particle <i>to</i> placed after the numeral; <i>nito</i> means
+  'twenty <i>x�</i>,' <i>sando</i> 'thirty.' For one tenth of a <i>x�</i>
+  one places the particle <i>go</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>Ichigo</i>
+  'one <i>go</i>,' <i>nigo</i> 'two,' <i>sango</i> 'three,' <i>ixx�
+  gogo</i> 'one and one half <i>x�</i>.' <i>Fatto</i> is eighty <i>x�</i>.
+  One hundred <i>x�</i> make <i>ichi cocu</i>. By placing the <i>cocu</i>
+  after numerals one obtains <i>ni cocu</i> 'two hundred <i>x�</i>,'
+  <i>sangocu</i> 'three hundred,' <i>jiccocu</i> 'one thousand,'
+  <i>xencocu</i> 'ten thousand,' <i>ichi mangocu</i> 'one hundred
+  thousand.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of the measurements of human height is achieved by
+  placing <i>fito</i> [<i>firo</i>] after the <i>iomi</i> numerals; e.g.,
+  <i>fito firo</i> 'one <i>firo</i>,' <i>futa firo</i> 'two,'
+  <i>jippiro</i> 'ten.' The measurement of a span (<i>palmus</i>) is made
+  by adding <i>xacu</i> to the <i>coie</i> numerals; e.g., <i>ixxacu</i>
+  'one span, or three spans by the Spanish measuring system,'<a
+  name="NtA_197" href="#Nt_197"><sup>[197]</sup></a> <i>sanjaku</i>
+  'three.' <i>Goxacu</i> is the same as <i>fito firo</i> which is a
+  measurement we have referred to before. Six <i>xacu</i> make up a
+  measurement called <i>icqen</i> 'one <i>qen</i>,' <i>nicqen</i>
+  [<i>niqen</i>] 'two,' <i>jicqen</i> 'ten,' and <i>sanguen</i> 'three.'
+  From sixty of these measurements one makes a measurement called
+  <i>icch�</i>, that is 'one mountain path,' <i>nicch&#x1D2;</i>
+  [<i>nich&#x1D2;</i>] 'two,' <i>jichi&#x1D2; [jicch&#x1D2;]</i> 'ten,'
+  <i>sangi&#x1D2;</i> 'three.' From sixty-three [thirty-six] <i>ch�</i>, as
+  measured in the northern part of Japan, one obtains <i>ichiri</i> which
+  is one league or one miliar. One enumerates by adding <i>ri</i> to the
+  <i>coie</i> numerals; e.g., <i>niri</i> 'two,' <i>sanri</i> 'three,'
+  <i>gori</i> 'five,' <i>j�ri</i> 'ten'; <i>iori</i> is 'four,' because
+  <i>xiri</i> means anus.<a name="NtA_198"
+  href="#Nt_198"><sup>[198]</sup></a> <i>Fan michi</i> <!-- Page 179
+  --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page179"></a>[179]</span>means 'a half
+  of a league.' They say; <i>ioco fan miqi tate ichiri</i> [...
+  <i>michi</i> ...] 'a half a <i>ri</i> wide and one <i>ri</i> long,'
+  <i>faba icqen</i> 'the width is one <i>qen</i>,' <i>iof&#x1D2; futa
+  firo</i> 'two <i>hiro</i> on all sides.'</p>
+
+  <p>The cardinal numbers first, second, etc. are made by adding <i>ban</i>
+  to the <i>coie</i> numerals; e.g., <i>ichi ban</i> 'first,' <i>ni ban</i>
+  'second.' To these are also added <i>me</i>, as said before; e.g., <i>xi
+  ban me</i> '<span class="correction" title="text reads `forth'"
+  >fourth</span>.' One may also make the cardinal numbers by placing
+  <i>dai</i> in front of the <i>coie</i> <span class="leftpage"><a
+  name="lpage71"></a>(71</span> numerals; e.g., <i>daiichi</i> 'first,'
+  <i>daini</i> 'second,' etc.</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of multiples is done by adding <i>bai</i> to the
+  numbers; e.g., <i>ichibai</i> 'double,' <i>nibai</i> 'triple,'
+  <i>sanbai</i> 'quadruple,'<a name="NtA_199"
+  href="#Nt_199"><sup>[199]</sup></a> <i>fiacu zobai</i> 'one hundred
+  fold.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of the parts from the whole is done by placing
+  <i>buichi</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ni buichi</i> 'one from two
+  parts,' <i>san buichi</i> 'one from three parts.'</p>
+
+  <p>To indicate one tenth <i>vari</i> is placed after the numeral; e.g.,
+  <i>ichi vari</i> 'one from ten parts,' <i>xi vari gobu</i> 'four and one
+  half from ten parts.' <i>J� buichi</i> is the same as <i>ichi
+  vari</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of oars, muskets, and long things made of wood is done
+  by placing <i>ch�</i> after the numerals; e.g., <i>icch�</i> 'one oar,'
+  <i>nich�</i> 'two,' <i>sangi&#x1D2;</i> 'three,' <i>jich�</i>
+  [<i>jicch�</i>] 'ten.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of fish and fire wood is done by placing <i>con</i>
+  after the numerals;<a name="NtA_200" href="#Nt_200"><sup>[200]</sup></a>
+  e.g., <i>iccon</i>, 'one fish,' <i>sangon</i> 'three,' <i>jiccon</i>
+  'ten,' <i>fiaccon</i> 'one hundred,' <i>fiacu goj&#x1D4; sangon</i> 'one
+  hundred and fifty-three.' This is the amount Saint Peter caught, and even
+  though he caught that number the net did not tear.</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of leaves of paper and sheets of gold, etc. is done by
+  placing <i>mai</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ichimai</i> 'one leaf,'
+  <i>cami gomai</i> 'five leaves of paper.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of the stories of a house is done by placing
+  <i>cai</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>nicai</i> 'the first floor,'
+  <i>sangai</i> 'the second,' <i>xigai</i> 'the third,' <i>gocai</i> 'the
+  fourth,' when counted as in a house in Madrid.</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of utensils and cups for drinking is done by placing
+  <i>fai</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ippai</i> 'one drink, or one
+  draught,' <i>nifai</i> 'two,' <i>sanbai</i> 'three,' <i>jippai</i>
+  'ten.'</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 180 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page180"></a>[180]</span></p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of rolls of silk or the like is done by placing
+  <i>tan</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ittan</i> 'one roll,' <i>nitan</i>
+  'two,' <i>sandan</i> 'three,' <i>jittan</i> 'ten.' <i>Xichitan bune</i>
+  is a ship with a sail seven <i>tan</i> wide.</p>
+
+  <p>This is also said by adding <i>mai</i> to the numeral; e.g.,
+  <i>gomai</i> 'five,' as in <i>gomai bune</i> 'a ship having a sail five
+  <i>mai</i> wide.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of four-footed animals is done by placing <i>fiqi</i>
+  after the numeral; e.g., <i>ippiqi</i> 'one animal,' <i>nifiqi</i> 'two,'
+  <i>sanbiqi</i> 'three,' <i>roppiqi</i> 'six,' <i>jippiqi</i> 'ten,'
+  <i>fiappiqi</i> 'one hundred,' <i>xenbiqi</i> 'one thousand.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of images, pictures, and medicines is done <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage72"></a>(72</span> by placing <i>fucu</i>
+  after the numeral; e.g., <i>ippucu</i> 'one item,' <i>nifucu</i> 'two,'
+  <i>sanbucu</i> 'three,' <i>roppucu</i> 'six,' <i>jippucu</i> 'ten.'
+  Needles are also counted this way.</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of pounds (<i>libra</i>) is done by placing <i>qin</i>
+  after the numeral; e.g., <i>icqin</i> 'one pound,' <i>niqin</i> 'two,'
+  <i>sanguin</i> 'three,' <i>rocqin</i> 'six,' <i>jicqin</i> 'ten,'
+  <i>fiacqin</i> 'one hundred,' <i>xenqin</i> 'one thousand.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of masses and congregations of men is done by placing
+  <i>za</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ichiza</i> 'one congregation,'
+  <i>niza</i> 'two,' <i>sanza</i> 'three,' <i>j&#x1D4;za</i>, or better
+  <i>toza</i> 'ten.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of sacks of rice, wheat, and the like, is done by
+  placing <i>fi�</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ippi�</i> 'one sack,'
+  <i>nifi�</i> 'two,' <i>sanbi�</i> 'three,' <i>xifio</i> [<i>xifi�</i>]
+  'four,' <i>roppio</i> [<i>roppi�</i>] 'six,' <i>jippio</i>
+  [<i>jippi�</i>] 'ten,' <i>fiiappio</i> [<i>fiappi�</i>] 'one hundred,'
+  <i>xembi�</i> [<i>xenbi�</i>] 'one thousand.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of pieces of wood, reeds, and needles is done by
+  placing <i>fon</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ippon</i> 'one item,'
+  <i>nifon</i> 'two,' <i>sanbon</i> 'three,' <i>roppon</i> 'six,'
+  <i>jippon</i> 'ten,' <i>fiappon</i> 'one hundred,' <i>xenbon</i> 'one
+  thousand.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of bundles (<i>fasciculus</i>) is done by placing
+  <i>va</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ichiva</i> 'one bundle,'
+  <i>niva</i> 'two,' <i>sanba</i> 'three,' <i>jippa</i> 'ten,'
+  <i>j�ichiva</i> 'eleven,' <i>ni jippa</i> 'twenty.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of burdens or the packs that horses carry is done by
+  placing <i>s�</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>iss�</i> 'one burden,'
+  <i>nis&#x1D2;</i> 'two,' <i>sanz�</i> 'three,' <i>jiss&#x1D2;</i> 'ten.'
+  In the same way one counts those furnishings called <i>bi&#x1D2;bu</i>;
+  two or a pair from a set is called <i>iss�</i>, etc.</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of that which in the vernacular is called a quire of
+  paper (<i>mano de papel</i>) is done by placing <i>gi�</i> after the
+  numeral; e.g., <i>ichigio</i> [<i>ichigi�</i>] 'one quire,' <i>nigio</i>
+  [<i>nigi�</i>] 'two,' <i>sangi�</i> 'three,' so on <!-- Page 181 --><span
+  class="pagenum"><a name="page181"></a>[181]</span>to ten. Units of ten
+  are counted by adding <i>socu</i> to the numeral; e.g., <i>issocu</i>
+  'ten quires, or what in the vernacular is called a half ream (<i>media
+  resma</i>),' <i>nisocu</i> 'twenty, or an entire ream.' With this
+  particle <i>socu</i> added to numerals one also counts pairs of shoes;
+  e.g., <i>issocu</i> 'a pair of shoes.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of substance (<i>substantia</i>) is done by placing
+  <i>tai</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>ittai</i> 'one substance,'
+  <i>nitai</i> 'two,' <i>sandai</i> 'three.' <i>Deus no von tocoro va
+  goittai de gozaru</i> 'God as God is of one substance and one
+  essence.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of the divisions in a writing (<i>capitulum</i>) is
+  done by placing <i>cagi�</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>iccagi�</i> 'one
+  chapter,' <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage73"></a>(73</span>
+  <i>nicagio</i> [<i>nicagi�</i>] 'two,' <i>sangagio</i> [<i>sangagi�</i>]
+  'three,' <i>roccagio</i> [<i>roccagi�</i>] 'six,' <i>fiaccagio</i>
+  [<i>fiaccagi�</i>] 'one hundred.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of drops is done by placing <i>teqi</i> after the
+  numeral; e.g., <i>itteqi</i> 'one drop,' <i>jitteqi</i> 'ten.' The same
+  meaning is obtained by adding <i>xizzucu</i> to the <i>iomi</i> numeral;
+  e.g., <i>fito xizzucu</i> 'one drop,' etc. In this case the <i>t�u</i>
+  must be removed from the numeral.</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of the pairs of small sticks (<i>paxillus</i>) with
+  which they eat is done by placing <i>t�ui</i> after the numeral; e.g.,
+  <i>it�ui</i> [<i>itt�ui</i>] 'one pair,' <i>jitt�ui</i> 'ten.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of bundles is done by placing <i>ca</i> after the
+  numeral; e.g., <i>icca</i> 'one bundle,' <i>nica</i> 'two,' <i>sanga</i>
+  'three.'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of books is done by placing <i>quan</i> after the
+  numeral; e.g., <i>icquan</i> 'one book,' <i>niquan</i> 'two,'
+  <i>sanguan</i> 'three,' <i>roquan</i> [<i>rocquan</i>] 'six,'
+  <i>jiquan</i> [<i>jicquan</i>] 'ten.'</p>
+
+  <p>With the interrogative <i>nan</i>, when it is placed before one of
+  these nouns, it changes it in the same way as does the number three;
+  e.g., <i>ano mmadomo va nanbiki zo?</i> 'how many horses are there?'</p>
+
+  <p>The enumeration of kingdoms (<i>regnum</i>) is done by placing
+  <i>cacocu</i> after the numeral; e.g., <i>iccacocu</i> 'one kingdom,'
+  <i>nicacocu</i> 'two,' <i>sangacocu</i> 'three,' <i>jiccacocu</i> 'ten.'
+  Kingdoms are divided into provinces or districts called <i>gun</i>, and
+  this word also is placed after the numeral; e.g., <i>ichigun</i> 'one
+  province,' <i>nigun</i> 'two,' <i>sangun</i> 'three,' etc.</p>
+
+  <p>Sermons and exhortations are enumerated by placing <i>dan</i> after
+  the numeral; <i>ichidan</i> 'one sermon, or assembly.' Words are
+  enumerated by <!-- Page 182 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page182"></a>[182]</span>placing <i>gon</i> or <i>guen</i> after
+  the numeral; e.g., <i>ichigon</i> 'one word,' <i>sanguen</i> 'three
+  words.'</p>
+
+  <p>Placing the particle <i>zzut�u</i> after either <i>coie</i> or
+  <i>iomi</i> numerals gives the meaning of 'each'; e.g., <i>ichinin ni uxi
+  sanbiki zzut�u vo toraxeta</i> 'he let the men have three oxen each,'
+  <i>ichinin zzut�u saqe sanbai zzut�u vo nomareta</i> 'each man drank
+  three sake each.'</p>
+
+  <p>In speaking of two or three things separately, they join the two
+  numbers; e.g., <i>xigonin</i> 'four or five men,' from which others may
+  be copied.</p>
+
+  <p>The honorific particles are four; <i>vo</i>, <i>von</i>, <i>go</i>,
+  and <i>mi</i>.<a name="NtA_201" href="#Nt_201"><sup>[201]</sup></a> The
+  first two are joined to <i>iomi</i> vocables. The last two are joined to
+  <i>coie</i>, or Chinese vocables. The last is the most honorific and is
+  used when speaking of things divine; e.g., <i>midexi tachi</i> 'disciples
+  of Christ the Lord,' <i>goichinin vocoite cudasarei</i> 'please send one
+  from among the Lords.'</p>
+
+  <p>The words which follow have honorific particles that have <span
+  class="leftpage"><a name="lpage74"></a>(74</span> been added by the
+  speaker. However, the honor is shown to the person addressed or to those
+  related to him; e.g., <i>go foc�</i> [<i>go f�c�</i>] 'a duty,' <i>von
+  furu mai</i> 'a banquet,' <i>von cotoba</i> 'a word, or a sermon,' <i>von
+  mono gatari</i> 'a conversation,' <i>von nat�ucaxij</i> or <i>von nocori
+  vovoi</i> which mean the same as what the Portuguese call <i>saudades</i>
+  (nostalgia) and the Spanish call <i>carino</i> (affection), <i>von tori
+  avaxe</i> 'intercession,' <i>von mi mai</i> 'a visit,' <i>von cha</i>
+  'that which one drinks when they invite you,' <i>go danc�</i> 'a
+  consultation or congregation for the purpose of obtaining advice,' <i>von
+  rei</i> 'an act of gratitude,' <i>von busata</i> 'a lapse of good
+  manners,' <i>vo motenaxi</i> 'to treat well and elegantly,' <i>go
+  chiso</i> [<i>go chis�</i>] 'esteem,' <i>go iqen</i> 'an opinion,' e.g.,
+  <i>fabacari nagara go iqen vo m&#x1D2;xitai</i> 'forgive me but I would
+  like to give you some advice,' etc.</p>
+
+<h2>Some Rules on the Conjugation of the Verb<br />
+in the Written Language</h2>
+
+  <p>If the final <i>u</i> is removed from the negative present it becomes
+  an affirmative verb; e.g., <i>oracio vo t�utomen toqi va</i> 'when I say
+  my prayers,' <!-- Page 183 --><span class="pagenum"><a
+  name="page183"></a>[183]</span><i>xosa no t�utomen tame ni va</i> 'in
+  order to execute the work,' <i>michibiqi tamavan to voboximexi</i>
+  'thinking of leading forth.'<a name="NtA_202"
+  href="#Nt_202"><sup>[202]</sup></a></p>
+
+  <p>For the affirmative future <i>beqi</i> is added to the affirmative
+  form with the <i>ru</i> removed; for the future negative <i>becarazu</i>
+  is added to the affirmative form; e.g., <i>m&#x1D2;su beqi</i> 'you will
+  speak,' <i>m�su becarazu</i> 'you will not speak.' When the sentence ends
+  in the future, <i>beqi</i> is changed to <i>bexi</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The infinitive for the future is formed by adding <i>coto</i> to the
+  future tense; e.g., <i>iomu beqi coto</i>. The subjunctive is formed by
+  adding <i>qereba</i> to the root of the verb; e.g., <i>sugure
+  qereba</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The gerund in <i>Do</i> is formed by adding <i>te</i> to the root of
+  the verb; e.g., <i>qiqi tamaite</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The substantive verb in the written language is <i>nari,u</i> or
+  <i>qeri,u</i>. If it comes at the end of the sentence it takes the root
+  form;<a name="NtA_203" href="#Nt_203"><sup>[203]</sup></a> e.g.,
+  <i>sadame naqi io no ixei nari</i> 'it is the dignity of a world without
+  stability.'</p>
+
+  <p>The preterit is formed by adding <i>ari,u</i> [<i>tari,u</i>] to the
+  root; e.g., <i>suguretaru</i>. If the form comes at the end of a sentence
+  <i>ari,u</i> <span class="leftpage"><a name="lpage75"></a>(75</span>
+  [<i>tari,u</i>] is retained in the root form; e.g.,
+  <i>suguretari</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>The pluperfect is formed by placing <i>nari</i> after the present
+  tense; e.g., <i>ague tam&#x1D2; nari</i> 'they had shown respect.'</p>
+
+  <p>Even though there are other rules for the written language, if the
+  reader knows Japanese well enough to read books, he will be able to
+  progress in the language without difficulty.</p>
+
+<h3><i>PRAISE BE TO GOD</i></h3>
+
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<p><!-- Page 185 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page185"></a>[185]</span></p>
+
+<h2>Works Consulted</h2>
+
+  <p>Alvarez, Manuel (Emmanuel Alvarus), <i>De Institutione Grammatica,
+  Libri III</i>, Lisbon, 1572. (Also Amakusa, 1594. Cf. <i>Laures</i>
+  #14.)</p>
+
+  <p>Collado, Diego, O.P., <i>Ars Grammaticae Iaponicae Linguae</i>, Rome,
+  1632. (Trans. by &#x14C;tsuka Takanobu as <i>Koiyaado-ch&#x14D; Nippon
+  bunten</i>, 1934 and revised as <i>Koryaado Nihon bunten</i>, 1957. Cf.
+  <i>Laures</i> #54.)</p>
+
+  <p>Collado, Diego, O.P., <i>Dictionarium sive Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae
+  Compendium</i>, Rome, 1632. (Edited by &#x14C;tsuka Mitsunobu as
+  <i>Koryaado Ra-Su-Nichi jiten</i>, 1966. Cf. <i>Laures</i> #56.)</p>
+
+  <p>Collado, Diego, O.P., <i>Niffon no cot�ba ni y� confesion</i>, Rome,
+  1632. (Transcribed by &#x14C;tsuka Mitsunobu as <i>Koryaado
+  zangeroku</i>, 1957. Cf. <i>Laures</i> #56.)</p>
+
+  <p>Doi Tadao <a href="images/kana1.png">[Japanese]</a>, <i>Kirishitan
+  gogaku no kenky&#x16B;</i> <a href="images/kana2.png">[Japanese]</a>,
+  Tokyo, 1971.</p>
+
+  <p>Doi Tadao <a href="images/kana1.png">[Japanese]</a>, "Koryaado Nihon
+  bunten no seiritsu <a href="images/kana3.png">[Japanese]</a>," <i>Nihon
+  gogaku shink&#x14D; iinkai keny&#x16B; h&#x14D;koku</i>, #3, 1941.</p>
+
+  <p>Doi Tadao <a href="images/kana1.png">[Japanese]</a>, ed., <i>Nippo
+  jisho</i> <a href="images/kana4.png">[Japanese]</a>, Tokyo, 1960.
+  (Japanese edition of the <i>Vocabulario</i>.)</p>
+
+  <p>Doi Tadao <a href="images/kana1.png">[Japanese]</a>, trs.,
+  <i>Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten</i> <a
+  href="images/kana5.png">[Japanese]</a> Tokyo, 1955. (Trans. of Rodriguez'
+  <i>Arte</i>.)</p>
+
+  <p>Fukushima Kunimichi <a href="images/kana6.png">[Japanese]</a>,
+  <i>Kirishitan Shiry&#x14D; to kokugo kenky&#x16B;</i> <a
+  href="images/kana7.png">[Japanese]</a>, Tokyo, 1973.</p>
+
+  <p>Hashimoto Shinkichi <a href="images/kana8.png">[Japanese]</a>,
+  <i>Kirishitan ky&#x14D;gi no kenky&#x16B;</i> <a
+  href="images/kana9.png">[Japanese]</a>, Tokyo, 1928.</p>
+
+  <p>Iwai Yoshio <a href="images/kana10.png">[Japanese]</a>,
+  <i>Nihongoh&#x14D;-shi: Muromachi-jidai hen</i> <a
+  href="images/kana11.png">[Japanese]</a> Tokyo, 1973.</p>
+
+  <p>Laures, Johannes, S.J., <i>Kirishitan Bunko</i>, Tokyo, 1957.</p>
+
+  <p>Lebrija, Antonio (Antonius Nebrissensis), <i>Introductiones
+  Latinae</i>, Salamanca, 1481.</p>
+
+  <p>Moran, Joseph F., <i>A Commentary on the Arte Breve da Lingoa Iapoa of
+  Jo�o Rodriguez, S.J.: With Particular Reference to Pronunciation</i>,
+  Unpublished doctoral thesis, Oxford, 1971.</p>
+
+  <p>&#x14C;tomo Shin'ichi <a href="images/kana12.png">[Japanese]</a>,
+  <i>Muromachi-jidai no kokugo-onsei no kenky&#x16B;</i> <a
+  href="images/kana13.png">[Japanese]</a>, Tokyo, 1963.</p>
+
+  <p>&#x14C;tsuka Mitsunobu <a href="images/kana14.png">[Japanese]</a>,
+  ed., <i>Koryaado Ra-Su-Nichi jiten</i> <a
+  href="images/kana15.png">[Japanese]</a>, Tokyo, 1966. (Japanese edition
+  of Collado's <i>Dictionarium</i>.)</p>
+
+  <p>&#x14C;tsuka Mitsunobu <a href="images/kana14.png">[Japanese]</a>,
+  ed., <i>Koryaado zangeroku</i> <a
+  href="images/kana16.png">[Japanese]</a>, Tokyo, 1957. (Japanese edition
+  of Collado's <i>Confesion</i>.)</p>
+
+<p><!-- Page 186 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page186"></a>[186]</span></p>
+
+  <p>&#x14C;tsuka Takanobu <a href="images/kana17.png">[Japanese]</a>, tr.,
+  <i>Koiyaado-ch&#x14D; Nihongo bunten</i> <a
+  href="images/kana18.png">[Japanese]</a>, Tokyo, 1934. (Revised as
+  <i>Koryaado Nihon bunten</i> <a href="images/kana19.png">[Japanese]</a>,
+  Tokyo, 1957. Translation of Collado's <i>Ars Grammaticae</i>.)</p>
+
+  <p>Rodriguez, Jo�o, S.J., <i>Arte Breve da Lingoa Iapoa</i>, Macao, 1620.
+  (Cf. <i>Laures</i> #35.)</p>
+
+  <p>Rodriguez, Jo�o, S.J., <i>Arte da Lingoa de Iapam</i>, Nagasaki,
+  1604-1608. (Translated by Doi Tadao as <i>Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten</i>,
+  1955. Cf. <i>Laures</i> #28.)</p>
+
+  <p>Rodriguez, Jo�o, S.J., ed., <i>Vocabulario da Lingoa de Iapam</i>,
+  Nagasaki, 1603-1604. (Edited by Doi Tadao as <i>Nippo Jisho</i>, 1960.
+  Cf. <i>Laures</i> #27.)</p>
+
+  <p>Thurot, Charles, <i>Extraits de divers manuscrits Latins pour servir a
+  l'historie des doctrines grammaticales au moyen-age</i>, Paris, 1869.</p>
+
+  <p>Yuzawa K&#x14D;kichir&#x14D; <a
+  href="images/kana20.png">[Japanese]</a>, <i>Muromachi-jidai gengo no
+  Kenky&#x16B;</i> <a href="images/kana21.png">[Japanese]</a>, Tokyo,
+  1958.</p>
+
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<p><!-- Page 187 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page187"></a>[187]</span></p>
+
+<h3>Index To Grammatical Categories</h3>
+
+  <p>The list which follows refers to the location of the general
+  categories defined by Collado's description of Japanese. A broader
+  classification of the grammar will be found in the table of contents
+  while the specific grammatical elements are listed in the index which
+  follows.</p>
+
+  <div class="poem">
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>ablative (<i>see</i> cases)</p>
+      <p>accusative (<i>see</i> cases)</p>
+      <p>adjectival roots <a href="#page114">114</a>, <a href="#page116">116</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a>, <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p>adjectives  <a href="#page114">114</a>-<a href="#page117">117</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a>, <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p>adjectives, conditional <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">gerund <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">negative <a href="#page138">138</a>, <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">permissive <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p>adverbial roots <a href="#page115">115</a>, <a href="#page139">139</a>, <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p>adverbs <a href="#page156">156</a>-<a href="#page164">164</a></p>
+      <p>adverbs, accumulative <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">affirmative <a href="#page160">160</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">comparative <a href="#page161">161</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">conclusive <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">exaggerative <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">exclamatory <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">intensifying <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">interrogative <a href="#page159">159</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">locational <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">negative <a href="#page160">160</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">superlative <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">temporal <a href="#page159">159</a></p>
+      <p>adversitive (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>alternative (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>arithmetic <a href="#page174">174</a>-<a href="#page182">182</a></p>
+      <p>auxiliaries <a href="#page145">145</a>-<a href="#page147">147</a>, <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p>auxiliaries, emphatic <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">humble <a href="#page147">147</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">honorific <a href="#page145">145</a>, <a href="#page146">146</a>, <a href="#page147">147</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>cases <a href="#page111">111</a>-<a href="#page113">113</a></p>
+      <p>cases, ablative <a href="#page113">113</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">accusative <a href="#page112">112</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">dative <a href="#page112">112</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">genitive <a href="#page112">112</a>, <a href="#page174">174</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">nominative <a href="#page111">111</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">vocative <a href="#page113">113</a></p>
+      <p>causative (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>conditional (<i>see</i> moods)</p>
+      <p>confirmation (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>conjugations <a href="#page166">166</a>, <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p>comparatives <a href="#page161">161</a></p>
+      <p>copulas <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p>copulas, negative <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>dative (<i>see</i> cases)</p>
+      <p>deciderative (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>disjunctive (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>disjunctive constructions <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p>distributive (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>dubitive (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>emphatic (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>exclamatory (<i>see</i> adverbs, particles)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>future tense (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>genitive (<i>see</i> cases)</p>
+      <p>gerund (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>honorific (<i>see</i> auxiliaries, particles, verbs)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>imperative (<i>see</i> moods)</p>
+      <p>imperfect aspect (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>infinitive (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>intensifier (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>interjections <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page132">132</a>, <a href="#page167">167</a>, <a href="#page168">168</a></p>
+      <p>interrogative (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>irregular verbs (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>moods <a href="#page125">125</a>-<a href="#page142">142</a></p>
+      <p>moods, conditional <a href="#page139">139</a>, <a href="#page140">140</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">imperative <a href="#page125">125</a>, <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page132">132</a>, <a href="#page135">135</a>-<a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">optative <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">permissive <a href="#page127">127</a>-<a href="#page129">129</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a>, <a href="#page139">139</a>, <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">potential <a href="#page140">140</a>, <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">subjunctive <a href="#page127">127</a>, <a href="#page128">128</a>, <a href="#page131">131</a>-<a href="#page133">133</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a>, <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>negative (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>neutral (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>nominalizers (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>nominative (<i>see</i> cases)</p>
+      <p>nouns <a href="#page111">111</a>-<a href="#page118">118</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>optative (<i>see</i> moods, particles)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>participle (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>particles <a href="#page113">113</a>-<a href="#page120">120</a>, <a href="#page148">148</a>-<a href="#page156">156</a>, <a href="#page164">164</a>-<a href="#page168">168</a>, <a href="#page182">182</a></p>
+      <p>particles, adversative <a href="#page150">150</a>, <a href="#page153">153</a>, <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">alternative <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">deciderative <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+<!-- Page 188 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page188"></a>[188]</span>
+      <p class="i2">disjunctive <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">distributive <a href="#page120">120</a>, <a href="#page157">157</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">dubitive <a href="#page162">162</a>, <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">emphatic <a href="#page124">124</a>, <a href="#page125">125</a>, <a href="#page149">149</a>, <a href="#page167">167</a>, <a href="#page150">150</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">exclamatory <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">honorific <a href="#page118">118</a>, <a href="#page119">119</a>, <a href="#page146">146</a>, <a href="#page147">147</a>, <a href="#page182">182</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">intensive <a href="#page120">120</a>, <a href="#page148">148</a>, <a href="#page149">149</a>, <a href="#page162">162</a>, <a href="#page163">163</a>, <a href="#page164">164</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">interrogative <a href="#page156">156</a>, <a href="#page159">159</a>, <a href="#page163">163</a>, <a href="#page168">168</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">nominalizing <a href="#page117">117</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">optative <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">pejorative <a href="#page119">119</a>, <a href="#page120">120</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">permissive <a href="#page128">128</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">pluralizing <a href="#page113">113</a>, <a href="#page114">114</a>, <a href="#page118">118</a>, <a href="#page119">119</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">presumptive <a href="#page170">170</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">quotative <a href="#page168">168</a>, <a href="#page170">170</a>, <a href="#page171">171</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">temporal <a href="#page149">149</a>, <a href="#page154">154</a>, <a href="#page159">159</a></p>
+      <p>particles of manner <a href="#page153">153</a>, <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p>particles of possibility <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+      <p>particles of similarity <a href="#page149">149</a>, <a href="#page150">150</a>, <a href="#page161">161</a></p>
+      <p>passive (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>perfect aspect (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>pejorative (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>permissive (<i>see</i> moods, particles)</p>
+      <p>pluralizers (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>pluperfect tense (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>possibility (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>potential (<i>see</i> moods, verbs)</p>
+      <p>prepositions <a href="#page164">164</a>, <a href="#page165">165</a>, <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p>present tense (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>presumptive (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+      <p>preterit tense (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>pronouns <a href="#page118">118</a>-<a href="#page122">122</a></p>
+      <p>pronouns, first person <a href="#page118">118</a>, <a href="#page119">119</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">second person <a href="#page119">119</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">third person <a href="#page120">120</a>, <a href="#page121">121</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>quotative (<i>see</i> particles)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>relative constructions <a href="#page122">122</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>subjunctive (<i>see</i> moods, particles)</p>
+      <p>substantive verbs (<i>see</i> copulas)</p>
+      <p>superlatives <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p>supine (<i>see</i> verbs)</p>
+      <p>syntax <a href="#page168">168</a>-<a href="#page174">174</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>temporal (<i>see</i> particles, adverbs)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>verbal roots <a href="#page123">123</a>, <a href="#page131">131</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a>-<a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p>verbs <a href="#page123">123</a>-<a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+      <p>verbs, causative <a href="#page143">143</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">future <a href="#page125">125</a>, <a href="#page135">135</a>-<a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">gerund <a href="#page129">129</a>, <a href="#page130">130</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a>, <a href="#page154">154</a>, <a href="#page155">155</a>, <a href="#page174">174</a>, <a href="#page183">183</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">honorific <a href="#page145">145</a>-<a href="#page147">147</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">imperfect <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">infinitive <a href="#page128">128</a>-<a href="#page130">130</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">irregular <a href="#page141">141</a>, <a href="#page142">142</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">negative, future <a href="#page132">132</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a>, <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">pluperfect <a href="#page132">132</a>, <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">present <a href="#page131">131</a>, <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p class="i4">preterit <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">neutral <a href="#page172">172</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">participle <a href="#page131">131</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">passive <a href="#page143">143</a>, <a href="#page172">172</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">perfect <a href="#page124">124</a>, <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">pluperfect <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">potential <a href="#page144">144</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">present <a href="#page123">123</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a>, <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">preterit <a href="#page124">124</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a>-<a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p class="i2">supine <a href="#page130">130</a>, <a href="#page131">131</a>, <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>vocative (<i>see</i> cases)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p>written style <a href="#page182">182</a>, <a href="#page183">183</a></p>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<p><!-- Page 189 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page189"></a>[189]</span></p>
+
+<h3>Index to Grammatical Elements</h3>
+
+  <p>There follows a list of those elements which Collado describes in his
+  grammar. To a certain degree I have regularized his morphophonological
+  analysis. For example, the preterit permissive form, described by Collado
+  as <i>redomo</i> after a preterit verb, is cross-listed as <i>-ta
+  redomo</i> in order to bring together morphologically similar forms. All
+  forms occurring in the text with the honorific <i>gozaru</i>, etc. are
+  indexed as <i>aru</i>, etc. For example, the element found in
+  <i>aguenande gozaru</i> 'I have not offered' will be indexed under
+  <i>-nande aru</i>. As a general rule in this index items beginning with a
+  hyphen are classified as endings, while the remaining items are
+  particles.</p>
+
+  <p>The spelling used in this index is that of the original. Those readers
+  more familiar with the modified Hepburn system of romanization, as
+  reflected in Kenky&#x16B;sha's Dictionary, will find the following
+  simplified chart of help. Syllables presented in <i>Kenky&#x16B;sha</i>
+  as beginning with the following initial letters will have the
+  corresponding spellings in Collado's grammar:</p>
+
+
+<table class="allb" summary="Collado vs. Hepburn" title="Collado vs. Hepburn">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="allb" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><i>e = ie</i></p>
+      <p><i>o = vo</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="allb" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left" rowspan="2">
+      <p><i>k = ca, qi, cu, qe, co</i></p>
+      <p><i>s = sa, xi, su, xe, so</i></p>
+      <p><i>z = za, ji, zu, je, zo</i></p>
+      <p><i>t = ta, chi, t�u, te, to</i></p>
+      <p><i>d = da, gi, zzu, de, do</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="allb" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left">
+      <p><i>h = f</i></p>
+      <p><i>y = i</i></p>
+      <p><i>w = v</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+  <p>The citations are numbered according to their location in the
+  translation and are limited to those places where the element is
+  explained or used to demonstrate a grammatical point.</p>
+
+  <p>The following abbreviations are used:</p>
+
+
+<table width="60%" class="nob" summary="Abbreviations" title="Abbreviations">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left; width:8%">
+      <p>abl.</p>
+      <p>adj.</p>
+      <p>adv.</p>
+      <p>advers.</p>
+      <p>acc.</p>
+      <p>aff.</p>
+      <p>alt.</p>
+      <p>aux.</p>
+      <p>concl.</p>
+      <p>cond.</p>
+      <p>conj.</p>
+      <p>const.</p>
+      <p>cop.</p>
+      <p>dat.</p>
+      <p>disj.</p>
+      <p>dist.</p>
+      <p>dub.</p>
+      <p>emph.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left; width:25%">
+      <p>ablative</p>
+      <p>adjective</p>
+      <p>adverb</p>
+      <p>adversitive</p>
+      <p>accusative</p>
+      <p>affirmative</p>
+      <p>alternative</p>
+      <p>auxiliary verb</p>
+      <p>conclusive</p>
+      <p>conditional</p>
+      <p>conjunction</p>
+      <p>construction</p>
+      <p>copula</p>
+      <p>dative</p>
+      <p>disjunctive</p>
+      <p>distributive</p>
+      <p>dubitive</p>
+      <p>emphatic</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left; width:8%">
+      <p>excl.</p>
+      <p>fut.</p>
+      <p>gen.</p>
+      <p>ger.</p>
+      <p>hon.</p>
+      <p>imp.</p>
+      <p>ind.</p>
+      <p>inf.</p>
+      <p>interj.</p>
+      <p>interr.</p>
+      <p>intens.</p>
+      <p>irr.</p>
+      <p>loc.</p>
+      <p>n.</p>
+      <p>neg.</p>
+      <p>nom.</p>
+      <p>opt.</p>
+      <p>p.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left; width:25%">
+      <p>exclamatory</p>
+      <p>future</p>
+      <p>genitive</p>
+      <p>gerund</p>
+      <p>honorific</p>
+      <p>imperative</p>
+      <p>indicative</p>
+      <p>infinitive</p>
+      <p>interjection</p>
+      <p>interrogative</p>
+      <p>intensive</p>
+      <p>irregular</p>
+      <p>locative</p>
+      <p>noun</p>
+      <p>negative</p>
+      <p>nominative</p>
+      <p>optative</p>
+      <p>particle</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left; width:8%">
+      <p>part.</p>
+      <p>perf.</p>
+      <p>perm.</p>
+      <p>pot.</p>
+      <p>plup.</p>
+      <p>prep.</p>
+      <p>pres.</p>
+      <p>pret.</p>
+      <p>pron.</p>
+      <p>quot.</p>
+      <p>subj.</p>
+      <p>temp.</p>
+      <p>v.</p>
+      <p>voc.</p>
+      <p>writ.</p>
+      <p>1st</p>
+      <p>2nd</p>
+      <p>3rd</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left; width:25%">
+      <p>participle</p>
+      <p>perfect</p>
+      <p>permissive</p>
+      <p>potential</p>
+      <p>pluperfect</p>
+      <p>preposition</p>
+      <p>present</p>
+      <p>preterit</p>
+      <p>pronoun</p>
+      <p>quotative</p>
+      <p>subjunctive</p>
+      <p>temporal</p>
+      <p>verb</p>
+      <p>vocative</p>
+      <p>written style</p>
+      <p>1st conjugation</p>
+      <p>2nd conjugation</p>
+      <p>3rd conjugation</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><!-- Page 190 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page190"></a>[190]</span></p>
+
+  <div class="poem">
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-aba</i> (cond., 2nd) <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ai</i> (adj.) <a href="#page114">114</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ai</i> (imp.) <a href="#page135">135</a>, n. <a href="#Nt_91">91</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ai</i> (v. root, 3rd) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p><i>ai</i> (emph.) <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>ai</i> (hort.) <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>aidani</i> (temp.) <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ananda</i> (neg. pret., 2nd) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p><i>-anu</i> (neg. pres., 2nd) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p><i>arisama</i> (p. of manner) <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p><i>ari,u</i> (hon. aux.) <a href="#page145">145</a>, <a href="#page146">146</a></p>
+      <p><i>arui va</i> (conj.) <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p><i>avare</i> (interj.) <a href="#page168">168</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. opt.) <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>-azu</i> (neg. root, 2nd) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-ba</i> (cond.) <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ba atte mo</i> (advers.) <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+      <p><i>bacari</i> (intens.) <a href="#page164">164</a></p>
+      <p><i>-baia</i> (w. fut.) <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ba tote</i> (perm.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>baxi</i> (dub.) <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>becarazu</i> (neg. fut., writ.) <a href="#page183">183</a></p>
+      <p><i>beqi</i> (fut., writ.) <a href="#page183">183</a></p>
+      <p><i>beqi coto</i> (fut. inf., writ.) <a href="#page183">183</a></p>
+      <p><i>bexi</i> (fut., writ.) <a href="#page183">183</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>ca</i> (interr.) <a href="#page156">156</a>, <a href="#page163">163</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(temp.) <a href="#page159">159</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(conj.) <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>cai-</i> (intens.) <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>caia</i> (interr.) <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>cana</i> (interj.) <a href="#page168">168</a></p>
+      <p><i>canavanu</i> (w. const. showing necessity) <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p><i>cara</i> (nom.) <a href="#page111">111</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(abl.) <a href="#page113">113</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. subj.) <a href="#page127">127</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. neutral v.) <a href="#page172">172</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. passive v.) <a href="#page172">172</a></p>
+      <p><i>-carananda</i> (neg. pret. adj.) <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-caranu</i> (neg. pres. adj.) <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-carazu</i> (neg. adj. root) <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-catte</i> (neg. adj. ger.) <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>caxi</i> (w. opt.) <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page132">132</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. subj.) <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>coso</i> (advers.) <a href="#page150">150</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. ind. ending in <i>-e</i>) <a href="#page150">150</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(neg. meaning w. aff. ger.) <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p><i>coto</i> (w. inf.) <a href="#page129">129</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. pot.) <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p><i>coto gia</i> (p. w. no special meaning) <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p><i>coto mo ar�zu</i> (w. pot.) <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-da</i> (see <i>-ta</i>)</p>
+      <p><i>-dari</i> (see <i>-tari</i>)</p>
+      <p><i>-de</i> (see <i>-te</i>)</p>
+      <p><i>de</i> (prep.) <a href="#page165">165</a>, <a href="#page166">166</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. subj.) <a href="#page127">127</a>, <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+      <p><i>-demo</i> (see <i>-temo</i>)</p>
+      <p><i>d�gu</i> (nominalizer) <a href="#page117">117</a></p>
+      <p><i>-domo</i> (perm.) <a href="#page127">127</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>domo</i> (p. of necessity) <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p><i>domo</i> (n. pluralizer) <a href="#page113">113</a>, <a href="#page114">114</a>, <a href="#page119">119</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-e</i> (ind. w. <i>coso</i>) <a href="#page150">150</a></p>
+      <p><i>-e</i> (see <i>-te</i>)</p>
+      <p><i>-e</i> (v. root, 1st) <a href="#page123">123</a></p>
+      <p><i>-e</i> (imp.) <a href="#page135">135</a>, <a href="#page136">136</a>, <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p><i>-eba</i> (pres. cond., 1st) <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-edomo</i> (see <i>redomo</i>)</p>
+      <p><i>-ei</i> (adj.) <a href="#page114">114</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-enu</i> (neg. pres., 1st) <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-e�</i> (adv.) <a href="#page115">115</a>, <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+      <p><i>-e�</i> (fut., 1st) <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p><i>-e�da</i> (pret., 1st) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ezu</i> (neg. v. root, 1st) <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>faia</i> (emph.) <a href="#page124">124</a>, <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p><i>faxi-</i> (intens.) <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>fito</i> (w. part.) <a href="#page131">131</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>fodo</i> (w. gen.) <a href="#page174">174</a></p>
+      <p><i>furi-</i> (p. of similarity) <a href="#page150">150</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>ga</i> (nom.) <a href="#page111">111</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(gen.) <a href="#page112">112</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(acc.) <a href="#page112">112</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. inf.) <a href="#page129">129</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(in relative const.) <a href="#page122">122</a></p>
+      <p><i>ga</i> (intens. w. pron.) <a href="#page120">120</a></p>
+      <p><i>ga</i> (conj.) <a href="#page148">148</a></p>
+      <p><i>ga gotoqu</i> (p. of similarity) <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>gana</i> (w. opt.) <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>go</i> (hon.) <a href="#page182">182</a></p>
+      <p><i>goto</i> (dist.) <a href="#page120">120</a></p>
+      <p><i>goto</i> (nominalizer) <a href="#page117">117</a></p>
+      <p><i>gotoqu</i> (p. of similarity) <a href="#page150">150</a>, <a href="#page161">161</a></p>
+      <p><i>guena</i> (presumptive) <a href="#page170">170</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>ha</i> (interj.) <a href="#page168">168</a></p>
+      <p><i>hat</i> (interj.) <a href="#page168">168</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-i</i> (adj.) <a href="#page116">116</a></p>
+      <p><i>-i</i> (imp.) <a href="#page135">135</a>, <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+<!-- Page 191 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page191"></a>[191]</span>
+      <p><i>-i</i> (v. root, 2nd) <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-i</i> (irr. v. root, 1st) <a href="#page123">123</a></p>
+      <p><i>ia</i> (excl.)    <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>ia</i> (interj.)    <a href="#page168">168</a></p>
+      <p><i>iai</i> (excl.)    <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>iara</i> (interj.)    <a href="#page168">168</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. disj. const.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>iare</i> (excl.)    <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>-iasui</i> (w. supine)    <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+      <p><i>icani</i> (voc.)    <a href="#page113">113</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. plurals)    <a href="#page113">113</a></p>
+      <p><i>-i caxi</i> (perm.)    <a href="#page129">129</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ide</i> (neg. ger.)    <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ide ar�zu</i> (neg. plup. showing completed action)    <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ide aru</i> (neg. plup.)    <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ide atta</i> (neg. plup.)    <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ide canavanu</i> (ending showing necessity)    <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p><i>-idemo</i> (neg. fut. perm.)    <a href="#page133">133</a>, <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ide naranu</i> (ending showing necessity)    <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ide nochi</i> (neg. ger.)    <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ide va</i> (ending showing necessity)   <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p><i>ie</i> (acc.)    <a href="#page112">112</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(dat.)    <a href="#page112">112</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(prep.)    <a href="#page165">165</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>ie</i> (w. neg. possibility)    <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+      <p><i>ie,uru</i> (aux. of neg. possibility)    <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p><i>iei</i> (interr.)    <a href="#page168">168</a></p>
+      <p><i>igo</i> (w. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ij</i> (adj.)    <a href="#page114">114</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>io</i> (intens.)    <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>io</i> (imp.)    <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p><i>i�</i> (p. of manner)    <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+      <p><i>io caxi</i> (w. opt.)    <a href="#page126">126</a></p>
+      <p><i>i�ni</i> (w. inf.)    <a href="#page129">129</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. quot.)    <a href="#page170">170</a></p>
+      <p><i>iori</i> (nom.)    <a href="#page111">111</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(abl.)    <a href="#page113">113</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. inf.)    <a href="#page130">130</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. ger.)    <a href="#page174">174</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. comparative const.)    <a href="#page161">161</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. relative const.)    <a href="#page122">122</a></p>
+      <p><i>iori mo</i> (w. comparative const.)    <a href="#page161">161</a></p>
+      <p><i>iori mo nao</i> (w. comparative const.)    <a href="#page161">161</a></p>
+      <p><i>-i tomo</i> (perm. adj.)    <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-i�</i> (adv.)    <a href="#page115">115</a>, <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>jibun</i> (w. ger.)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>ma-</i> (v. intensifier)    <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>macari-</i> (p. showing modesty)    <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>made</i> (prep.)    <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p><i>made gia</i> (p. w. no special meaning)    <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p><i>madeio</i> (w. perm.)    <a href="#page128">128</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(p. of confirmation)    <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai</i> (dist.)    <a href="#page120">120</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai</i> (neg. fut.)    <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai coto</i> (neg. fut. inf.)    <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai coto mo ar�zu</i> (neg. fut. pot.)    <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p><i>maieni</i> (w. neg. v.)    <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai mono</i> (neg. ger.)    <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai mono vo</i> (neg. opt.)    <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai qereba</i> (neg. subj.)    <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai qeredomo</i> (neg. perm.)    <a href="#page133">133</a>, <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p><i>mairaxi,u</i> (hon. aux.)    <a href="#page147">147</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai tomo</i> (neg. fut. perm.)    <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>mai tote</i> (neg. ger.)    <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>maji</i> (neg. fut., cf. <i>mai</i>)    <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>maji qere</i> (neg. cond.)    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>majiqu va</i> (neg. cond.)    <a href="#page140">140</a></p>
+      <p><i>mamaio</i> (w. perm.)    <a href="#page128">128</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>maraxi,u</i> (hon. aux.)    <a href="#page145">145</a></p>
+      <p><i>mata</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p><i>mata va</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p><i>me</i> (pejorative, w. pron.)    <a href="#page119">119</a>, <a href="#page120">120</a></p>
+      <p><i>me</i> (p. showing terminus of action)    <a href="#page117">117</a></p>
+      <p><i>me-</i> (feminine)    <a href="#page114">114</a></p>
+      <p><i>mega</i> (pejorative, w. pron.)    <a href="#page119">119</a>, <a href="#page120">120</a></p>
+      <p><i>mexi-</i> (hon.)    <a href="#page147">147</a></p>
+      <p><i>mi-</i> (hon.)    <a href="#page118">118</a>, <a href="#page182">182</a></p>
+      <p><i>mo</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page166">166</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(dist.)    <a href="#page157">157</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(advers. w. ger.)    <a href="#page154">154</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. subj.)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>mono</i> (p. showing performer of action)    <a href="#page117">117</a></p>
+      <p><i>mono</i> (w. part.)    <a href="#page131">131</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. pot.)    <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p><i>mono de ar�zu</i> (w. cond.)    <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p><i>mono vo</i> (w. opt.)    <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>motte</i> (emph.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>moxi</i> (excl.)    <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>moxi va</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-n</i> (pres., writ.)    <a href="#page182">182</a></p>
+      <p><i>na</i> (concl.)    <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>na</i> (neg. imp.)    <a href="#page132">132</a>, <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+<!-- Page 192 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page192"></a>[192]</span>
+      <p><i>na</i> (adj.) <a href="#page115">115</a>, <a href="#page117">117</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>na caxi</i> (neg. opt.) <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nagara</i> (ger.) <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p><i>nal coto mo ar�zu</i> (neg. pot. w. adj.) <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p><i>-naide</i> (neg. ger.) <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-naide cara</i> (neg. ger.) <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-naidemo</i> (neg. perf. perm.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>nama</i> (p. showing incomplete action) <a href="#page148">148</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanda</i> (neg. pret.) <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanda coto</i> (neg. pret. inf.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanda mono</i> (neg. ger.) <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanda mono de ar�zu</i> (neg. perf. pot.) <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nandaraba</i> (neg. perf. cond.) <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanda reba</i> (neg. perf. subj.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanda reba tote</i> (neg. perf. perm.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanda redomo</i> (neg. perf. subj.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanda ritomo</i> (neg. perf. perm.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanda to</i> (neg. perf. inf.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nande aru</i> (neg. plup.) <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nande atta</i> (neg. plup.) <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nanzzu r�</i> (neg. perf. pot.) <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p><i>-naraba</i> (cond.) <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>naranu</i> (w. const. showing necessity) <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p><i>nari,u</i> (pot. aux. w. adj.) <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p><i>nasare,uru</i> (hon. aux.) <a href="#page145">145</a></p>
+      <p><i>na ... so</i> (neg. imp.) <a href="#page132">132</a>, <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p><i>-neba</i> (neg. subj.) <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>-neba tote</i> (neg. perm.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nedomo</i> (neg. perm.) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>negavacu va</i> (w. opt.) <a href="#page126">126</a>, <a href="#page132">132</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni</i> (dat.) <a href="#page112">112</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(abl.) <a href="#page113">113</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(prep.) <a href="#page164">164</a>, <a href="#page165">165</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. ger.) <a href="#page130">130</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. cond.) <a href="#page138">138</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. subj.) <a href="#page127">127</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. supine) <a href="#page130">130</a>, <a href="#page131">131</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. passive v.) <a href="#page172">172</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(adv. form of <i>na</i>) <a href="#page121">121</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni iotte</i> (prep.) <a href="#page164">164</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. indefinite pron.) <a href="#page121">121</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni itatte</i> (prep.) <a href="#page165">165</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni tai xite</i> (prep.) <a href="#page164">164</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni t�uite</i> (prep.) <a href="#page164">164</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. inf.) <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni totte</i> (prep.) <a href="#page165">165</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni va</i> (w. cond.) <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni voite va</i> (prep.) <a href="#page165">165</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. cond.) <a href="#page139">139</a>, <a href="#page140">140</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni xitagatte</i> (prep.) <a href="#page165">165</a></p>
+      <p><i>ni xitag�te</i> (see <i>ni xitagatte</i>)</p>
+      <p><i>ni xite</i> (w. ger.) <a href="#page130">130</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>no</i> (nom.) <a href="#page111">111</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(gen.) <a href="#page112">112</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. quote.) <a href="#page171">171</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(to form adj.) <a href="#page114">114</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(in relative const.) <a href="#page122">122</a></p>
+      <p><i>n�</i> (p. of confirmation) <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>nochi</i> (w. subj.) <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>no gotoqu</i> (prep., dialect) <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p><i>no iori</i> (prep.) <a href="#page165">165</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nu</i> (neg. pres., 1st) <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nu madeio</i> (neg. pres. perm., 1st) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nu maie ni</i> (w. aff. meaning) <a href="#page151">151</a></p>
+      <p><i>-nu mamaio</i> (neg. pres. perm., 1st) <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>o</i> (form of <i>vo</i> after <i>n</i>) <a href="#page171">171</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�</i> (pres., 3rd) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�</i> (fut., 2nd) <a href="#page135">135</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(fut. imp., 2nd) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�</i> (adv.) <a href="#page115">115</a>, <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�</i> (pres., 3rd) <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�</i> (fut., 1st) <a href="#page125">125</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(fut. imp., 1st) <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�</i> (adv.) <a href="#page115">115</a>, <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� coto</i> (fut. inf., 1st) <a href="#page129">129</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� coto mo ar�zu</i> (fut. pot., 1st) <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�da</i> (pret., 2nd) <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�da</i> (pret., 2nd) <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� fito</i> (fut. part., 1st) <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-oi</i> (adj.) <a href="#page114">114</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-oi</i> (v. root, 3rd) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� mono</i> (fut. part., 1st) <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� ni</i> (ger., 1st) <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� tame</i> (ger., 1st) <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�te</i> (adj. ger.) <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�te</i> (adj. ger.) <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� to</i> (fut. inf., 1st) <a href="#page129">129</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� toqi</i> (fut. subj., 1st) <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� tote</i> (ger., 1st) <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-� xite</i> (adj. ger.) <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�zu</i> (fut., 2nd) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�zu</i> (imp., 1st) <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�zu mono vo</i> (perf. opt., 1st) <a href="#page126">126</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�zure</i> (fut., 1st, w. <i>coso</i>) <a href="#page151">151</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�zuru</i> (fut., 2nd) <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+<!-- Page 193 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page193"></a>[193]</span>
+      <p><i>-�zuru</i> (fut., 1st)    <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�zuru coto no saqi ni</i> (plup. subj., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�zuru ni</i> (plup. subj., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�zuru tocoro ni</i> (plup. subj., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�zu tomo</i> (fut. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>qere</i> (p. of confirmation)    <a href="#page150">150</a></p>
+      <p><i>qereba</i> (w. subj.)    <a href="#page133">133</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>qeredomo</i> (w. perm.)    <a href="#page133">133</a>, <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-qi</i> (adj.)    <a href="#page116">116</a></p>
+      <p><i>qiri,u</i> (emph. aux.)    <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>-qu</i> (adj. root)    <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-qu tomo</i> (adj. perm.)    <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-qu va</i> (adj. cond.)    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-qu xite</i> (adj. ger.)    <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>ra</i> (pluralizer)    <a href="#page113">113</a>, <a href="#page114">114</a>, <a href="#page118">118</a>, <a href="#page119">119</a></p>
+      <p><i>-raba</i> (cond.)    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-rare,uru</i> (pot., 1st)    <a href="#page144">144</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(hon., 1st)    <a href="#page145">145</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(passive, 1st)    <a href="#page143">143</a></p>
+      <p><i>-re,uru</i> (pot., w. 2nd &amp; 3rd) <a href="#page144">144</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(hon., w. 2nd &amp; 3rd) <a href="#page145">145</a>, <a href="#page147">147</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(passive, w. 2nd &amp; 3rd) <a href="#page143">143</a></p>
+      <p><i>-re</i> (pret. ending after <i>coso</i>, see <i>-tare</i>) <a href="#page150">150</a></p>
+      <p><i>-reba</i> (subj., 1st)    <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>reba</i> (w. perf. subj.)    <a href="#page132">132</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. cop.)    <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-redomo</i> (perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>redomo</i> (w. perf. perm.)    <a href="#page133">133</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. inf.)    <a href="#page130">130</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. cop.)    <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ri</i> (alt.)    <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p><i>ritomo</i> (w. perf. perm.)    <a href="#page128">128</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>r�</i> (pot.)    <a href="#page140">140</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ru</i> (see <i>-uru</i>)</p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>sa</i> (nominalizer for adj.)    <a href="#page117">117</a></p>
+      <p><i>sai</i> (imp.)    <a href="#page126">126</a></p>
+      <p><i>saie</i> (emph.)    <a href="#page150">150</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. cond.)    <a href="#page140">140</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. neg. const.)    <a href="#page150">150</a></p>
+      <p><i>sama</i> (prep., dialect)    <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p><i>sama</i> (temp.)    <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p><i>sama</i> (hon.)    <a href="#page119">119</a></p>
+      <p><i>saqini</i> (w. neg. v.)    <a href="#page151">151</a></p>
+      <p><i>saraba</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>sareba sareba</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>sari nagara</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>satemo</i> (interj.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>satemo satemo</i> (interj.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>sate sate</i> (interj.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>-saxe,uru</i> (causative)    <a href="#page143">143</a></p>
+      <p><i>saxemaxi,u</i> (hon. aux.)    <a href="#page145">145</a></p>
+      <p><i>-saxerare,uru</i> (hon.)    <a href="#page146">146</a></p>
+      <p><i>s� aru tocoro de</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>s�na</i> (p. of presumption)    <a href="#page170">170</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-ta</i> (pret., 1st)    <a href="#page124">124</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a>, <a href="#page136">136</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. adj. function)    <a href="#page116">116</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tacatta</i> (pret. of <i>-tai</i>)    <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+      <p><i>tachi</i> (pluralizer)    <a href="#page113">113</a>, <a href="#page119">119</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta coto</i> (pret. inf., 1st)    <a href="#page129">129</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta fito</i> (pret. part., 1st)    <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tagari,u</i> (2nd &amp; 3rd person deciderative)    <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tai</i> (deciderative)    <a href="#page153">153</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. imp. meaning)    <a href="#page126">126</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta madeio</i> (per. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>tamai,�</i> (hon. aux.)    <a href="#page145">145</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta mamaio</i> (perf. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>tame</i> (prep.)    <a href="#page164">164</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. ger.)    <a href="#page130">130</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>tameni</i> (w. supine)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta mono</i> (pret. part., 1st)    <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta mono de ar�zu</i> (perf. pot., 1st)    <a href="#page141">141</a></p>
+      <p><i>-taraba</i> (perf. cond., 1st)    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-taraba iocar� mono va</i> (perf. opt., 1st)    <a href="#page126">126</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tare</i> (pret. ending w. <i>coso</i>)    <a href="#page150">150</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta reba</i> (perf. subj., 1st)    <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta reba tote</i> (perf. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta redomo</i> (perf. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tari</i> (pret. writ.)    <a href="#page183">183</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tari</i> (alt.)    <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta ritomo</i> (perf. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tar� ni va</i> (perf. cond., 1st)    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tar� va</i> (perf. opt.)    <a href="#page126">126</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tar�zu</i> (plup., 1st)    <a href="#page125">125</a></p>
+      <p><i>tate mat�uri,u</i> (humble aux.)    <a href="#page147">147</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ta to</i> (pret. inf., 1st)    <a href="#page129">129</a></p>
+      <p><i>tatoi</i> (w. perm.)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-t�u</i> (alt.)    <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p><i>t�ui-</i> (intens.)    <a href="#page148">148</a></p>
+      <p><i>-t�u r�</i> (perf. pot., 1st)    <a href="#page140">140</a>, <a href="#page151">151</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te</i> (ger.)    <a href="#page129">129</a>, <a href="#page130">130</a>, <a href="#page155">155</a>, <a href="#page183">183</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(inf.)    <a href="#page129">129</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te</i> (part.)    <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te aranu</i> (neg. pret., completed action)    <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te ar�</i> (fut., completed action)    <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+<!-- Page 194 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page194"></a>[194]</span>
+      <p><i>-te ar� ni va iocar� mono vo</i> (perf. opt.)    <a href="#page126">126</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te ar�zu</i> (perf.) <a href="#page124">124</a>, <a href="#page137">137</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te atta</i> (perf.)  <a href="#page124">124</a>, <a href="#page137">137</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. perf. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te atta reba</i> (plup. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te cara</i> (plup. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te coso</i> (w. neg. meaning)    <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p><i>tei</i> (p. of manner)    <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te igo</i> (plup. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te mo</i> (subj.)    <a href="#page128">128</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. advers.)    <a href="#page154">154</a></p>
+      <p><i>-te nochi</i> (plup. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a></p>
+      <p><i>to</i> (gen.)    <a href="#page112">112</a></p>
+      <p><i>to</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p><i>to</i> (w. inf.)    <a href="#page129">129</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>to</i> (quot.)    <a href="#page168">168</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. adv. of sound)    <a href="#page163">163</a></p>
+      <p><i>tocacu</i> (disj.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>tocoro</i> (w. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(p. of completed action)    <a href="#page151">151</a></p>
+      <p><i>tocoro gia</i> (p. w. no special meaning)    <a href="#page151">151</a></p>
+      <p><i>tocoro no</i> (w. relative const.)    <a href="#page122">122</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tomo</i> (w. perm.)    <a href="#page128">128</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a>, <a href="#page150">150</a></p>
+      <p><i>to mo</i> (quot.)    <a href="#page170">170</a></p>
+      <p><i>-t� mo nai</i> (neg. of <i>-tai</i>)    <a href="#page153">153</a></p>
+      <p><i>toqi</i> (w. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. pret. imperfect)    <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p><i>tori-</i> (intens.)    <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>tote</i> (w. perm.)    <a href="#page128">128</a>, <a href="#page133">133</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. ger.)    <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>to tomo ni</i> (prep.)    <a href="#page165">165</a></p>
+      <p><i>to xite</i> (w. ger.)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-tta</i> (pret., 2nd)    <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-u</i> (pres., 2nd)    <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�</i> (adv.)    <a href="#page115">115</a>, <a href="#page156">156</a></p>
+      <p><i>-�</i> (pres., 3rd)    <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p><i>uchi-</i> (intens.)    <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ui</i> (adj.)    <a href="#page115">115</a>, <a href="#page138">138</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ui</i> (v. root, 3rd)    <a href="#page135">135</a></p>
+      <p><i>uie</i> (prep.)    <a href="#page166">166</a></p>
+      <p><i>uie iori</i> (prep.)    <a href="#page164">164</a></p>
+      <p><i>-unda</i> (pret., 2nd)    <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-ureba</i> (pres. cond.)    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru</i> (pres., 1st)    <a href="#page123">123</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru fito</i> (pres. part., 1st)    <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru iori</i> (pres. inf., 1st)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru jibun</i> (ger., 1st)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru madeio</i> (pres. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru mamaio</i> (pres. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru mo</i> (fut. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru mono</i> (pres. part., 1st)    <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru ni</i> (ger., 1st)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru ni t�uite</i> (pres. inf., 1st)   <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru tame</i> (ger., 1st)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru tameni</i> (supine, 1st)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru tomo</i> (fut. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru tote</i> (ger., 1st)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>-uru vo motte</i> (pres. inf., 1st)    <a href="#page128">128</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>va</i> (nom.)    <a href="#page111">111</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(acc.)    <a href="#page112">112</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. inf.)    <a href="#page130">130</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. cond.)    <a href="#page139">139</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. other p.)    <a href="#page114">114</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(replacing other p.)    <a href="#page114">114</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. const. showing necessity)    <a href="#page155">155</a></p>
+      <p><i>va</i> (p. of confirmation)    <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>-vaba</i> (cond., 3rd)    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-vananda</i> (neg. pret., 3rd)    <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p><i>-vanande aru</i> (neg. pret., 3rd)    <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p><i>-vanande atta</i> (neg. pret., 3rd)    <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p><i>-vanu</i> (neg. pres., 3rd)    <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p><i>-vazu</i> (neg. root, 3rd)    <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p><i>vo</i> (acc.)    <a href="#page113">113</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. subj.)    <a href="#page127">127</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. neutral v.)    <a href="#page172">172</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(becomes <i>o</i> after <i>n</i>)    <a href="#page171">171</a></p>
+      <p><i>vo-</i> (hon.)    <a href="#page146">146</a>, <a href="#page182">182</a></p>
+      <p><i>vo-</i> (masculine)    <a href="#page114">114</a></p>
+      <p><i>-v�</i> (fut., 3rd)    <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p><i>voba</i> (acc.)     <a href="#page112">112</a></p>
+      <p><i>voi-</i> (intens.)    <a href="#page149">149</a></p>
+      <p><i>vo motte</i> (prep.)    <a href="#page165">165</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(w. inf.)    <a href="#page130">130</a></p>
+      <p><i>von-</i> (hon.)   <a href="#page118">118</a>, <a href="#page182">182</a></p>
+      <p><i>v�xe-</i> (hon.)    <a href="#page147">147</a></p>
+      <p><i>-v�zu</i> (fut., 3rd)    <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+      <p><i>-v�zuru</i> (fut., 3rd)    <a href="#page136">136</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-xe,uru</i> (causative)    <a href="#page143">143</a></p>
+      <p><i>xemaxi,u</i> (hon. aux.)    <a href="#page145">145</a></p>
+      <p><i>-xerare,uru</i> (hon.)    <a href="#page146">146</a></p>
+      <p><i>-xi</i> (adj.)    <a href="#page116">116</a></p>
+      <p><i>xicareba</i> (conj.)    <a href="#page167">167</a></p>
+      <p><i>xidai</i> (prep.)    <a href="#page165">165</a></p>
+      <p><i>xite</i> (w. neg. ger.)    <a href="#page131">131</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>xu</i> (n. pluralizer)    <a href="#page113">113</a></p>
+    </div>
+
+    <div class="stanza">
+      <p><i>-zaru</i> (neg. pres., dialect)    <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+<!-- Page 195 --><span class="pagenum"><a name="page195"></a>[195]</span>
+      <p><i>-zatta</i> (neg. pret., dialect)    <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-zatta reba</i> (neg. perf. subj. dialect)    <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>zo</i> (interr.)    <a href="#page156">156</a>, <a href="#page159">159</a>, <a href="#page163">163</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(temp.)    <a href="#page159">159</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(dub.)    <a href="#page162">162</a>;</p>
+      <p class="i2">(intens.)    <a href="#page162">162</a></p>
+      <p><i>-zu</i> (neg. v. root, 1st)    <a href="#page131">131</a></p>
+      <p><i>-z&#x169;ba</i> (neg. cond.)    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-zumba</i> (see <i>z&#x169;ba</i>)</p>
+      <p><i>-zu tomo</i> (neg. perf. perm., 1st)    <a href="#page133">133</a></p>
+      <p><i>-zu va</i> (neg. cond.)    <a href="#page139">139</a></p>
+      <p><i>-zu xite</i> (neg. ger., 1st)    <a href="#page131">131</a>, <a href="#page134">134</a></p>
+      <p><i>-zzu</i> (alt.)    <a href="#page152">152</a></p>
+      <p><i>-zzu r�</i> (perf. pot.)    <a href="#page140">140</a>, <a href="#page151">151</a></p>
+    </div>
+  </div>
+<hr class="full" >
+
+<h3>Notes</h3>
+
+<div class="note">
+  <p><a name="Nt_1" href="#NtA_1">[1]</a> Diego Collado, O.P., <i>Niffon no
+  Cotoba no Y� Confesion</i>, etc. (Rome, 1632). For further bibliographic
+  data cf. Johannes Laures, <i>Kirishitan Bunko</i> (Tokyo, 1957). Cf. also
+  &#x14C;tsuka Mitsunobu, <i>Koriyaado zangeroku</i> (Tokyo, 1967), for a
+  Japanese transliteration and concordance. It should be noted that the
+  material in this work had no direct influence upon the concurrently
+  written grammar. The only example in the <i>Ars Grammaticae</i> which
+  might have been borrowed from the <i>Confesion</i> is on p. 23 where we
+  find <i>doco de qiqi marasuru mo, sono sata va m�sanu</i> 'although this
+  is heard everywhere, I have heard nothing of it.' which parallels the
+  <i>Confesion</i>, p. 6, l. 18; <i>docu </i>[<i>sic</i>]<i> de qiqi
+  marasuru mo; sono sata ga gozaranu</i> 'one hears about this everywhere;
+  but, it doesn't seem to be so.'</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_2" href="#NtA_2">[2]</a> The bibliographical data on these
+  and other works directly related to the study of Collado's Grammar will
+  be found in the section on bibliography which follows.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_3" href="#NtA_3">[3]</a> Other works by Collado have come
+  down to us; cf. a memorial by him published in 1633 (Laures,
+  <i>Kirishitan Bunko</i>, item 411). Such material is, however, only
+  peripherally related to the study of language.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_4" href="#NtA_4">[4]</a> For a brilliantly written
+  biography see Michael Cooper, S.J., <i>Rodrigues the Interpreter: An
+  Early Jesuit in Japan and China</i> (Tokyo, 1974).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_5" href="#NtA_5">[5]</a> The Press of the Congregation for
+  the Propagation of the Faith was founded in 1626 when the Congregation
+  was at the height of its activity. Grammars of the major non-European
+  languages published during this period are:</p>
+
+
+<table width="37%" class="nob" summary="Grammars" title="Grammars">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left; width:16%">
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1628</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left; width:33%">
+      <p>Syrian</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left; width:50%">
+      <p>Abraham Ecchell</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1630</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Ethiopian</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>V. M. Rearino</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1631</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Arabic</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Thomas Obicini</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1632</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Japanese</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Diego Collado</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1636</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Coptic</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>A. Kircher</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1637</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Arabic</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Germano de Silesia</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1642</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Arabic</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>P. Guadagnoli</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1643</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Georgian</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>F. M. Maggio</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1645</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Armenian</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Clemente Galano</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1647</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Syrian</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>J. Acurense</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1650</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Arabic</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Antonio de Aguila</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>1661</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Persian</p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="text-align:left">
+      <p>Ignazio de Jesu</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_6" href="#NtA_6">[6]</a> Rodriguez' own work is strongly
+  influenced by the format found in Manuel Alvarez (1526-1582), <i>De
+  Institutione Grammatica, Libri III</i> (Lisbon, 1572). So much a part of
+  the training in the Society of Jesus was this work that an edition was
+  printed in 1594 as one of the earliest products of the Mission Press at
+  Amakusa.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_7" href="#NtA_7">[7]</a> The palatal semi-vowel is
+  represented, as in most the Christian materials, by a number of
+  transcriptional devices such as <i>i</i>, <i>e</i>, <i>h</i>, and palatal
+  consonants; e.g., <i>fiacu</i>, <i>ague�</i>, <i>cha</i>, and
+  <i>x�</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_8" href="#NtA_8">[8]</a> See the translation, p. [82], n.
+  8.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_9" href="#NtA_9">[9]</a> Collado's and Rodriguez' analyses
+  agree in classifying the <i>ni-dan</i> verbs and <i>suru</i> into one
+  conjunction, the <i>yo-dan</i> verbs into a second, and the
+  <i>ha-gy&#x14D;</i> of the <i>yo-dan</i> into a third.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_10" href="#NtA_10">[10]</a> It should be recalled that the
+  <i>Ars Grammaticae</i> is numbered by the page and the <i>Arte</i> by the
+  leaf.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_11" href="#NtA_11">[11]</a> See p. 14, under <i>Dos nomes
+  adiectivos</i>, where the initial distinction is drawn between nominal
+  and verbal adjectives.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_12" href="#NtA_12">[12]</a> Rodriguez does not treat the
+  substantive verb in <i>Arte Breve</i>, but refers the reader to his
+  earlier work for its description.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_13" href="#NtA_13">[13]</a> <i>Verbo pessoal</i> as
+  contrasted with <i>verbo substantivo</i> and <i>verbo adjectivo</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_14" href="#NtA_14">[14]</a> Rodriguez defines this term
+  elsewhere (<i>Arte</i>, 56) as the vowels, <i>A</i>, <i>I</i>, <i>V</i>,
+  <i>Ye</i>, <i>Vo</i>, in that order. See also the introduction to the
+  <i>Vocabulario</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_15" href="#NtA_15">[15]</a> This term, not found in the
+  <i>Arte</i>, is applied to the entire complex of "spelling" rules which
+  Rodriguez introduces into his description. While no clear-cut influences
+  can be established, it is generally held by Doi and others that these
+  rules are based upon <i>Kanazukai no chikamichi</i> or some similar work.
+  See <i>Kokugogaku taikei</i>, Vol. 9 (Tokyo, 1964), pp. 69-77.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_16" href="#NtA_16">[16]</a> Latin <i>liquesco</i>, "to
+  become fluid, or melt." Used here as a term to describe the palatal and
+  labial series.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_17" href="#NtA_17">[17]</a> This last phrase is to be
+  understood in the context of the following passages which deal with
+  euphonic change in the absence of a devise, <i>nigori ten</i>, to show
+  voicing.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_18" href="#NtA_18">[18]</a> Rodriguez used <i>Vma</i>
+  regularly in the <i>Arte</i>, but notes the variant <i>Muma</i> on
+  178v.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_19" href="#NtA_19">[19]</a> Presumably a reference to such
+  variants as <i>Samur�</i> for <i>Sabur�</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_20" href="#NtA_20">[20]</a> <i>Liurinho</i>, presumably a
+  treatise such as the <i>Kanazukai no chikamichi</i>, by Ichij&#x14D;
+  Kanera.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_21" href="#NtA_21">[21]</a> In this passage Rodriguez is
+  suggesting that certain European grammarians, out of ignorance of native
+  grammatical theory, have misinterpreted the formational rules; and that,
+  perhaps for pedogogical convenience, he has retained some of these
+  "unnatural" rules in his description.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_22" href="#NtA_22">[22]</a> Read <i>Taxxi</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_23" href="#NtA_23">[23]</a> Read <i>tatesai</i>. The
+  punctuation <i>Tateyo</i>. <i>Tatei</i>, <i>tatesai</i>, is in all
+  likelihood a typesetter's error for <i>Tateyo</i>, <i>tatei</i>,
+  <i>tatesai</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_24" href="#NtA_24">[24]</a> The conjugational display
+  (27v) lists <i>motomuruni</i> and <i>motomurutocoroni</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_25" href="#NtA_25">[25]</a> Rodriguez is here confusing
+  the usage of the classical particle <i>ran, ramu</i> with the
+  construction <i>te + ara + mu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_26" href="#NtA_26">[26]</a> In the conjugational charts we
+  find:</p>
+
+
+<table width="16%" class="nob" summary="Future Conjunctive" title="Future Conjunctive">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left; width:61%">
+      <p><i>motome�</i><br /> <i>motometar&#x1D2;</i><br />
+      <i>motome�zuru</i></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left; width:7%">
+      <p><img src="images/$rbrace.png" style="height:6ex; width:0.8em"
+      alt="right brace" /></p>
+    </td>
+    <td class="single" style="vertical-align:middle; text-align:left; width:30%">
+      <p><i>toki</i></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_27" href="#NtA_27">[27]</a> The following notes are
+  necessary to correct the printer's errors that occur in this listing:</p>
+
+  <p>a. In the perfect conditional of <span class="correction" title="text reads `Nobi'"
+  ><i>Vabi</i></span> read <i>bitaraba</i> for <i>bitaraaba</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>b. The form <i>Fitobi</i> should in all likelihood read <i>Fotobi</i>
+  'to be wet.'</p>
+
+  <p>c. The forms <i>Fotobi</i>, <i>Fokorobi</i>, and <i>Fusabi</i> are all
+  given present indicatives in <i>bu</i>. There seems to be no reason for
+  the ending appropriate to the classical <i>sh&#x16B;shikei</i> to be used
+  for these particular verbs and the <i>bu</i> is taken as a misprint of
+  <i>buru</i>. The <i>Arte</i> (28) lists these forms as regular.</p>
+
+  <p>d. In the perfect conditional of <i>Mochiy</i> read <i>ytaraba</i> for
+  <i>yttaraba</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>e. The form <i>Coru</i> should read <i>Cori</i>.</p>
+
+  <p>f. It will be noticed in the final segment of this listing, beginning
+  with Y, Rodriguez makes no effort to distinguish among
+  <i>Kami-ichidan</i>, <i>kami-nidan</i>, and the irregular verb <i>Ki</i>
+  'to come.'</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_28" href="#NtA_28">[28]</a> By this single rule Rodriguez
+  brings the two <i>na-hen</i> verbs into the second conjugation.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_29" href="#NtA_29">[29]</a> Read <i>naj�da</i> and
+  <i>nij�da</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_30" href="#NtA_30">[30]</a> Although the spelling
+  <i>auogh&#x1D2;</i> would contain a redundancy it would agree with such
+  forms as <i>aghuru</i>, <i>coghanu</i> and <i>cogh&#x1D2;</i> found
+  elsewhere.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_31" href="#NtA_31">[31]</a> This use of the imperative
+  reflects a purely formal solution to the morphological problem.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_32" href="#NtA_32">[32]</a> Read <i>Y�dareba</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_33" href="#NtA_33">[33]</a> This rule, which consciously
+  or unconsciously associates the future and the conditional, is also
+  applied to the third conjugation, while the first conjugation uses the
+  root.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_34" href="#NtA_34">[34]</a> The future is the same as the
+  present.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_35" href="#NtA_35">[35]</a> This spelling of the final
+  root consonant with a <i>c</i> is irregular for verbs. Cf. <i>cakanu</i>
+  just below.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_36" href="#NtA_36">[36]</a> The association of the
+  negative with the future, and by extension with the conditional, suggests
+  a keen awareness of the underlying system, particularly since the
+  <i>Canadzucai</i> rules to which he refers require the formation be made
+  from the present. It should be noted that this rule is significantly more
+  elegant than that which derives the negative from the root.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_37" href="#NtA_37">[37]</a> The <i>ij</i> in the original
+  is the digraph <i>ij</i>, as elsewhere.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_38" href="#NtA_38">[38]</a> Read <i>Redomo</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_39" href="#NtA_39">[39]</a> <i>Majij</i> with the digraph
+  would be more regular.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_40" href="#NtA_40">[40]</a> A photostatic copy of the
+  entire text has been made available by Shima Sh&#x14D;z&#x14D;,
+  <i>Rodorigesu Nihon daibunten</i> (Tokyo, Bunka Shob&#x14D;, 1969).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_41" href="#NtA_41">[41]</a> &#x14C;tsuka's comparison of
+  the Spanish manuscript with the printed version of the text suggests that
+  many of the typographical errors found in our text are the result of
+  material being too hastily transcribed from a more correct original while
+  the work was being translated from Latin.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_42" href="#NtA_42">[42]</a> This Reference is to
+  <i>Arte</i> of 1604-8. The <i>Arte Breve</i>, printed in 1620 in Macao,
+  was not available to Collado.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_43" href="#NtA_43">[43]</a> The <i>Dictionarium sive
+  Thesauri Linguae Iaponicae</i>, which was in fact published at the same
+  time.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_44" href="#NtA_44">[44]</a> See the Introduction for the
+  regularized usage of these symbols in the translation. (The transcription
+  of <i>gacux&#x1D2;</i>, and the <i>aia&#x1D4;</i> below, are at variance
+  with the rule for the translation and are here transcribed as
+  printed.)</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_45" href="#NtA_45">[45]</a> This convention is not
+  transcribed in the translation (cf. Introduction).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_46" href="#NtA_46">[46]</a> More regularly
+  <i>synaloephy</i>&mdash;the contraction of two syllables into one.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_47" href="#NtA_47">[47]</a> The geminates that actually
+  appear in the text are; <i>tt</i>, <i>xx</i>, <i>zz</i>, <i>cq</i>,
+  <i>ij</i> &amp; <i>pp</i>, as well as <i>cc</i> (<i>cch</i>), <i>mm</i>,
+  <i>nn</i>, and <i>ss</i>. Two appear initially <i>mm</i>, as in
+  <i>mma</i> 'horse,' and <i>zz</i>, as in <i>zzuru</i> 'to leave.' The
+  form <i>qq</i> which would be phonetically equivalent to <i>cq</i> is not
+  recorded.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_48" href="#NtA_48">[48]</a> This sequence is not used in
+  the body of the grammar, rather the less phonetically accurate <i>ia</i>,
+  <i>ie</i>, etc. It should be noted that the <i>Dictionarium</i>, which
+  was written contemporaniously, does use <i>y</i> for the semivowel.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_49" href="#NtA_49">[49]</a> For <i>s</i> read <i>g</i>.
+  The <i>Arte</i> (177v) discusses this phenomenon as being characteristic
+  of vowels before <i>d</i>, <i>dz</i>, and <i>g</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_50" href="#NtA_50">[50]</a> Since in fact the accent has
+  been carelessly recorded in the text&mdash;in places added in an almost
+  random fashion by either the author, his helpers, or the printer&mdash;we
+  have not included its marking in the translation. (Cf. Introduction.)</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_51" href="#NtA_51">[51]</a> The <i>Dictionarium</i> has
+  the spelling <i>fibic�xi</i> in one entry and in the only other it is
+  transcribed as above.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_52" href="#NtA_52">[52]</a> Acts, 19:20. Referring to the
+  servant in the parable of the pounds who is condemned for keeping his
+  money "laid away in a napkin."</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_53" href="#NtA_53">[53]</a> The text uses
+  <i>reduplicatiuus</i>, with the grammatical meaning of plural singular;
+  e.g., the singular I with the meaning of myself and those around me.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_54" href="#NtA_54">[54]</a> Both the <i>Dictionarium</i>
+  and the <i>Vocabulario</i> have either <i>Nifon</i> or <i>Nippon</i>, but
+  do not record this form. It seems not to be a simple typographical error
+  since the spelling is used in the title of the companion piece to this
+  work, the <i>Confesion</i>, and since the text itself has <i>niffion</i>
+  and it is changed to <i>niffon</i> in the <i>errata</i>. <i>Nifon</i>
+  appears on page 43.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_55" href="#NtA_55">[55]</a> The <i>Arte</i> and the
+  <i>Vocabulario</i> use the forms <i>goran</i> and <i>gor&#x1D2;</i> in
+  free variation. Collado here and in the <i>Dictionarium</i> uses what
+  appears to be the less phonetically accurate transcription. The Spanish
+  manuscript has <i>goranjerarei</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_56" href="#NtA_56">[56]</a> May I submit this as a
+  candidate for the most exotic bit of anti-semitism in Christendom.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_57" href="#NtA_57">[57]</a> The text reads <i>fun�-de</i>,
+  and apparently Collado is attempting to indicate both accent and
+  nasalization at the same time. He does not continue this practice.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_58" href="#NtA_58">[58]</a> The text has <i>caper
+  silvester</i> 'the wild he-goat' presumably the <i>capreolus
+  capreolus</i> which is similar in appearance to the Japanese deer,
+  <i>cervus sika</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_59" href="#NtA_59">[59]</a> While this rule is operative
+  for <i>caij</i>, it creates difficulties after <i>x</i>. Rodriguez' rule
+  is <i>ij</i> becomes <i>&#x1D4;</i> with the example of
+  <i>atarax&#x1D4;</i>. Collado's rule would create <i>ataraxi�</i>. (Cf.
+  p. 33.)</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_60" href="#NtA_60">[60]</a> Neither Collado nor Rodriguez
+  make a clear distinction between the quantitative function of <i>no</i>
+  and the qualitative function of <i>na</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_61" href="#NtA_61">[61]</a> Collado usually make a clear
+  distinction between colloquial and literary forms. He apparently is
+  suggesting that these non-colloquial forms are heard in the spoken
+  language. Here, not only is the style left unexplained, but the
+  translation <i>faciendo bonam consultationem</i> is less than
+  ellucidating. Here the <i>ioqu</i> is in fact adverbial.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_62" href="#NtA_62">[62]</a> From <i>kobu</i> 'to flatter.'
+  An abbreviation of <i>kobita kotoba</i>, and used to indicate refined
+  speech; i.e., that speech containing Chinese borrowings. See Doi Tadao,
+  <i>Kirishitan gogaku no kenky&#x16B;</i> (Tokyo, 1942, pp. 67-70). The
+  term is also found in the introduction to the <i><span class="correction"
+  title="text reads `Vorabulario'">Vocabulario</span></i> in the expression
+  <i>palauras Cobitas</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_63" href="#NtA_63">[63]</a> The text reads <i>De pronomine
+  secundae personae</i>....</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_64" href="#NtA_64">[64]</a> This list, unquestionably
+  derived from the <i>Arte</i> (67v), has been in several ways confounded.
+  The <i>mi</i> is out of order and the second <i>vare</i> is clearly in
+  error. If we put aside the genitive forms from Rodriguez' list, the first
+  four forms should be <i>vare</i>, <i>varera</i>, <i>vatacuxi</i>, and
+  <i>soregaxi</i>. Rodriguez' second set consists of <i>mi</i>,
+  <i>midomo</i>, and <i>midomora</i>. We would suggest that Collado meant
+  to include <i>ura</i>, which is listed by Rodriguez as the genitive form
+  <i>vraga</i>. I offer <i>vatacuxi</i>, <i>soregaxi</i>, <i>vare</i>,
+  <i>varera</i>, <i>mi</i>, <i>midomo</i>, <i>midomora</i>, and <i>ura</i>
+  as the intended list, with the order of <i>mi</i> and <i>varera</i>
+  reversed to accommodate the sentence which follows.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_65" href="#NtA_65">[65]</a> The forms for the second
+  person are derived from the <i>Arte</i> (68). Throughout this section the
+  accent marks are quite erratic. In several places, for example, Collado
+  has <i>s�nata</i> and even <i>s�nat�</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_66" href="#NtA_66">[66]</a> In the material which follows
+  Collado has brought together items from several sections of the
+  <i>Arte</i>; for the interrogatives see (65-65v), the indefinites (66),
+  and the demonstratives (68).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_67" href="#NtA_67">[67]</a> These reduplicated forms are
+  not derived from Rodriguez' description and are apparently misstatements
+  of the forms <i>care</i> and <i>are</i> which would otherwise be
+  missing.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_68" href="#NtA_68">[68]</a> An abbreviated form of
+  <i>monom�su</i>; cf. <i>Arte</i> (139v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_69" href="#NtA_69">[69]</a> Collado is here speaking with
+  reference to the normal order in Latin.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_70" href="#NtA_70">[70]</a> The treatment of the verbal
+  system by Collado follows in a general way the <i>Arte</i> (6v-54v). In
+  the material that follows specific references will be made when a
+  comparison of the two works is suggested.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_71" href="#NtA_71">[71]</a> The text has <i>secundae
+  coniugationis</i>. This error, which is repeated throughout the text, is
+  not present in the Spanish manuscript.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_72" href="#NtA_72">[72]</a> The text again has <i>secundae
+  coniugationis</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_73" href="#NtA_73">[73]</a> This list covering the
+  <i>Kami-ichidan</i> and <i>Kami-nidan</i> verbs is derived from a
+  similarly defined sub-group of the first conjugation in the <i>Arte</i>
+  (28). Since the verbs <i>cabi</i>, <i>sabi</i>, and <i>deqi</i> are in no
+  way indicated as extraordinary in Rodriguez' presentation, I have amended
+  the text to include their present tense form.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_74" href="#NtA_74">[74]</a> The text reads for this gloss
+  <i>fucore afficior</i>. The proper word is <i>mucore</i> 'mould,' with
+  the literal translation being 'I am affected by mould.'</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_75" href="#NtA_75">[75]</a> The <i>Dictionarium</i> has
+  this verb listed as <i>kami-nidan</i>, <i>xij</i>, <i>uru</i>, and
+  therefore not exceptional.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_76" href="#NtA_76">[76]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (7) where a
+  similar list is presented.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_77" href="#NtA_77">[77]</a> For the source of Collado's
+  description of the future tense cf. <i>Arte</i> (7v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_78" href="#NtA_78">[78]</a> The text reads <i>secundae
+  coniugationis</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_79" href="#NtA_79">[79]</a> Rodriguez more correctly has
+  this rule as the root plus <i>i</i> or <i>yo</i>; e.g., <i>aguei</i> or
+  <i>agueyo</i>. The form <i>aguei</i> is used by Collado in the
+  construction of the optative below.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_80" href="#NtA_80">[80]</a> This form is correct but does
+  not follow his rule for the formation of the imperative (see note
+  79).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_81" href="#NtA_81">[81]</a> Rodriguez has <i>baquemono</i>
+  'evil spirit' and the Spanish manuscript <i>baqemono</i>, rather than
+  <i>banguemono</i> 'soothsayer.'</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_82" href="#NtA_82">[82]</a> Extracted from Rodriguez'
+  version of a sentence in the Amakusa edition of Esop's Fables (p. 417).
+  The original reads, <i>Arutoqi Xantho chinsui xite yraruru tocoroye,
+  fitoga qite daicaino vxiuouo fitocuchino nomi t�ucusaruru michiga
+  ar&#x1D2;cato t�ni</i>,... 'One time when Xantho [Esop's master] was
+  drunk, a man came and asked if there was a way to drink all the waters of
+  the ocean in one swallow....' it is abbreviated by Collado in such a way
+  as to obscure the construction.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_83" href="#NtA_83">[83]</a> Also apparently extracted from
+  the <i>Esopo</i> (p. 477). The original has, ... <i>ri&#x1D2;b&#x1D2;ni
+  tachiuacarete yru tocoroni qit�unega yosocara coreuo mite, futat�uno
+  nacani vocareta fitt�u jiuo totte cur&#x1D2;ta</i>, 'when they [two
+  lions] had gone their separate ways, the fox, seeing this from afar, took
+  the sheep which had been between the two of them and ate it.' By changing
+  <i>ri&#x1D2;b&#x1D2;</i> to <i>nh�b�</i> Collado created a less than
+  satisfactory example.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_84" href="#NtA_84">[84]</a> Modeled on <i>Iyeuo idzuru
+  tocorouo cubiuo quiri votoita</i> 'when he went outside his head was cut
+  off.'</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_85" href="#NtA_85">[85]</a> Modeled on <i>Missauo
+  asobasaruru tocoroye v�jei faxe at�umatta</i> 'when mass was being
+  celebrated, many came running and gathered around.'</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_86" href="#NtA_86">[86]</a> Apparently modelled after
+  <i>Arte</i> (20v) <i>nantomo voxiare caxi</i> 'whatever you say,' with
+  the imperative formation again confounded.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_87" href="#NtA_87">[87]</a> Rodriguez (25v) specifies the
+  location of this usage as Ch&#x16B;goku, Bungo, Hakata, and other
+  <i>Ximo</i> districts.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_88" href="#NtA_88">[88]</a> This example, together with
+  <i>so zonze na</i> below, reflects the loss of a distinction between
+  <i>z</i> and <i>j</i> which was taking place during this period.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_89" href="#NtA_89">[89]</a> The text has <i>secundae
+  coniugationis</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_90" href="#NtA_90">[90]</a> The <i>Arte</i> (27) records
+  here <i>aguenedomo</i>, <i>aguenuto m&#x1D2;xedomo</i>,
+  <i>aguezutomo</i>, <i>aguenebatote</i>, and <i>agueidemo</i>. Neither
+  <i>aguenaidemo</i> nor the participle <i>aguenaide</i>, below, are found
+  in the <i>Arte</i>, though they are attested to elsewhere. Cf. Yuzawa
+  K&#x14D;kichir&#x14D;, <i>Edo kotoba no kenky&#x16B;</i> (Tokyo, 1954),
+  p. 626.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_91" href="#NtA_91">[91]</a> This rule, derived from
+  Rodriguez (<i>Arte</i>, 29), is misformulated by Collado. Rodriguez' rule
+  is correct; change the <i>nu</i> of the negative present to <i>i</i>. It
+  is formulated correctly for the third conjugation, below.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_92" href="#NtA_92">[92]</a> Collado's rule clearly
+  confuses the formulation of the present with that of the future.
+  Significantly in the <i>Arte</i> Rodriguez never refers to the future
+  forms of any verb other than his model <i>narai</i>. If Collado had had
+  access to the <i>Arte Breve</i> he would have found (41) the following
+  principal parts for <i>vomoi</i>; <i> vomoi</i>, <i>vom�</i>,
+  <i>vom�ta</i>, <i>vomov&#x1D2;</i>, <i>vomoye</i>. The only other use in
+  the <i>Ars Grammaticae</i> of this form is on page <a
+  href="#lpage62">62</a> where Collado has the incorrect form
+  <i>vomov�</i>. The manuscript does not record this form.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_93" href="#NtA_93">[93]</a> Although Collado's
+  transcription permits this rule to yield the appropriate forms, it
+  obscures the fact that the final <i>i</i> of the root is a vowel, while
+  the <i>i</i> of the imperative is a semivowel. Rodriguez' transcription
+  better reflects the phonological facts; <i>naraye</i>, <i>vomoye</i>, and
+  <i>cuye</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_94" href="#NtA_94">[94]</a> This completes Collado's
+  treatment of the third negative conjugation. The two paragraphs which
+  follow are part of his treatment of the substantive verb. There is no
+  section heading for the affirmative substantive verb; and clearly a
+  portion of the text has been deleted. The Spanish manuscript (cf.
+  &#x14C;tsuka's 1957 edition, p. 45) includes a new section which begins
+  by recording the following substantive verb forms; <i>ari:aru</i>,
+  <i>gozari:gozaru</i>, <i>i:iru</i>, and <i>vori:voru</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_95" href="#NtA_95">[95]</a> Collado's presentation of the
+  substantive verbs is obscure. The text reads: <i>Verba ver� substantiua
+  sunt</i>, gozaru, gozaranu, voru, uori nai, dea <i>vel</i> gia: deuanai,
+  aru:aranu, <i>vel</i>, gozaranu uoru ��rinai, <i>&amp;</i> .... The
+  translation attempts to punctuate the list to reflect the contrast
+  between affirmative and negative forms. The main confusion is the
+  apparent effort to contrast <i>voru</i> and <i>vorinai</i>. <i>Voru</i>
+  (glossed by the supplement of the <i>Vocabulario</i> as <i>estar</i>, and
+  used in the <i>Dictionarium</i> as the gloss for <i>existo</i>,
+  <i>etc.</i>) is not used by Rodriguez in the <i>Arte</i>. <i>Vorinai</i>
+  (unglossed in the dictionaries) is clearly defined by Rodriguez as the
+  negative of the polite verb <i>voriaru</i>, which is derived by him from
+  <i>von iri+aru</i> (<i>Arte</i>, 165v). Possibly Collado had intended to
+  contrast <i>voru</i> with <i>voranu</i> and <i>voriaru</i> with
+  <i>vorinai</i> but confounded the two pairs and then repeated his error
+  at the end of the list; or again he may, in the absence of Rodriguez'
+  guidance, have simply misunderstood the matter. Putting the alternative
+  forms aside, the list should read <i>gozaru:gozaranu</i>, <i>vori
+  aru:vori nai</i>, <i>gia:devanai</i>, <i>aru:aranu</i>, and
+  <i>voru:voranu</i>. Collado's treatment is patterned only loosely after
+  the <i>Arte</i> (2v-6v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_96" href="#NtA_96">[96]</a> Collado seems to be unaware of
+  the irregularity of <i>vonaji</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_97" href="#NtA_97">[97]</a> Collado is following the
+  general rule established on p. <a href="#lpage10">10</a> for such forms
+  as <i>caij</i>. He might better have followed Rodriguez who would
+  transcribe <i>canax&#x1D4;te</i>, as do we.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_98" href="#NtA_98">[98]</a> The missing 'closed o' aside,
+  Collado's transcription of this form with an <i>n</i> is indicative of
+  the clarity with which he perceived the nasalization in this context.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_99" href="#NtA_99">[99]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (18v-19v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_100" href="#NtA_100">[100]</a> The text reads <i>c� vaau
+  ni voite va</i>, with the errata changing the verb to <i>cuvazu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_101" href="#NtA_101">[101]</a> This historically
+  inaccurate rule is derived from the <i>Arte</i> (18v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_102" href="#NtA_102">[102]</a> In the one example of this
+  construction, on page 62, Collado has the form <i>tovazunba</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_103" href="#NtA_103">[103]</a> The original is in the
+  <i>soro</i> style; <i>I&#x1D2;j&#x1D2;ni voiteua uquetori m&#x1D2;subequ
+  soro.</i></p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_104" href="#NtA_104">[104]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (19v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_105" href="#NtA_105">[105]</a> Here and throughout the
+  section Collado transcribes as <i>ro</i> the potential particle which
+  should correctly be written <i>r�</i> (cf. <i>Arte</i>, 11v). It will be
+  noticed that all but one instance of the 'open o' on p. <a
+  href="#lpage35">35</a> of the text has been left unmarked.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_106" href="#NtA_106">[106]</a> Collado has derived this
+  list from the <i>Arte</i> (45-47). His terminology is, however, rather
+  misleading. What he classifies as <i>verba irregularia</i> are those
+  which Rodriguez considers deponent, that is <i>verbo <span
+  class="correction" title="text reads `defectino'">defectiuo</span></i>,
+  with the term <i>verbo irregular</i> being used by Rodriguez for the
+  adjective. Given this misunderstanding Collado begins his list with an
+  explanation of the irregularities of <i>qi,uru</i>. This verb is on
+  Rodriguez' list only because "it lacks certain forms in the affirmative"
+  (45v). Rodriguez has a list of 43 deponent verbs, beginning with
+  <i>tari</i>, from which Collado has selected the first 14 and then a few
+  from the remainder.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_107" href="#NtA_107">[107]</a> In the restricted context
+  of an adjectival; cf. modern <i>arayuru koto</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_108" href="#NtA_108">[108]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (45v) where
+  Rodriguez transcribes <i>vreyeyo</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_109" href="#NtA_109">[109]</a> Loc. cit. Rodriguez
+  presents <i>vre�ru</i> as an alternative form for <i>vre�</i> in the
+  present tense and then selects that <span class="correction" title="text reads `varient'"
+  >variant</span> for the infinitive.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_110" href="#NtA_110">[110]</a> Formation (<i>formatio</i>)
+  is to be understood here in the sense of derivation, and diversity
+  (<i>differentia</i>) in the sense of class membership.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_111" href="#NtA_111">[111]</a> The opening paragraphs of
+  this section follow the <i>Arte</i> (68-70 and 96-108v). The list of
+  particles, beginning with <i>maraxi</i>, follows 160-168.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_112" href="#NtA_112">[112]</a> The text, here and in the
+  next sentence, reads <i>secundae coningationis</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_113" href="#NtA_113">[113]</a> The form <i>dojucu</i> is
+  incorrect. It is taken by &#x14C;tsuka to be <i>d&#x14D;shuku</i> 'a
+  person living in the same house.' The <i>Vocabulario</i> records the item
+  <i>d�jucu</i> 'a young boy who serves a priest.' <i>D�jucu</i> best fits
+  Collado's translation.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_114" href="#NtA_114">[114]</a> The text again reads
+  <i>secundae coniugationis</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_115" href="#NtA_115">[115]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (160-164)
+  from which this list and the following material have been derived.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_116" href="#NtA_116">[116]</a> Throughout his treatment of
+  the respect language Collado glosses his verb forms in the first person,
+  even though that translation might be inappropriate to any context.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_117" href="#NtA_117">[117]</a> Rodriguez (<i>Arte</i>,
+  162v) specifies the distribution of <i>vo</i> and <i>go</i>, using
+  <i>gosacu atta</i> as his example of the construction in context of a
+  Chinese vocabulary item. Collado does not refer to this distinction.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_118" href="#NtA_118">[118]</a> The text reads <i>secundae
+  coniugationis</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_119" href="#NtA_119">[119]</a> The text reads <i>secundae
+  coniugationis</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_120" href="#NtA_120">[120]</a> &#x14C;tsuka (1957)
+  suggests <i>maraxi</i> is correct and alters the example. Since the list
+  begins with <i>maraxi</i>, I assume the error to be in the citation.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_121" href="#NtA_121">[121]</a> The material for this
+  section is derived from the <i>Arte</i> (164v-168).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_122" href="#NtA_122">[122]</a> While the material for this
+  section is drawn from various sections of the <i>Arte</i>, the bulk of
+  the particles and their descriptions are derived from Rodriguez'
+  treatment of postpositional (73-77) and adverbial constructions
+  (112v-125).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_123" href="#NtA_123">[123]</a> Rodriguez' list (77v) runs
+  as follows; <i>vchi</i>, <i>voi</i>, <i>faxe</i>, <i>ai</i>, <i>tori</i>,
+  <i>mexi</i>, <i>t�ui</i>, and <i>voxi</i>. On the basis of Collado's
+  examples <i>voxi</i> should have been included in his list.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_124" href="#NtA_124">[124]</a> Collado's transcription
+  <i>qinpen</i> is phonemically correct while being phonetically less
+  accurate than Rodriguez' <i>quimpen</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_125" href="#NtA_125">[125]</a> Collado has altered
+  Rodriguez' version from <i>Nippon</i>, even though the
+  <i>Dictionarium</i> glosses <i>consuetudo japonica</i> as <i>Nippon
+  catagui</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_126" href="#NtA_126">[126]</a> Collado, in the
+  <i>Dictionarium</i> and here, prefers <i>mmu</i> to <i>uma</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_127" href="#NtA_127">[127]</a> This particle is not
+  described in the <i>Arte</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_128" href="#NtA_128">[128]</a> Rodriguez (<i>Arte</i>,
+  116) records <i>Core coso yocar&#x1D2;zure</i> and states that in this
+  context <i>coso</i> has the same meaning as <i>Queccu</i> and
+  <i>Cayette</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_129" href="#NtA_129">[129]</a> Cf. the <i>Arte</i> (117)
+  where the list is given as <i>Reba</i>, <i>Ni</i>, <i>Tomo</i>, the
+  potential, and <i>Te</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_130" href="#NtA_130">[130]</a> Rodriguez' version runs
+  <i>Iesu Christo fitono vontocoroua</i>. (For Collado's use of
+  <i>reduplicatiuus</i> see note <a href="#Nt_53">53</a>.)</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_131" href="#NtA_131">[131]</a> As the first example
+  indicates, the <i>zzu</i> <span class="correction" title="text reads `varient'"
+  >variant</span> is not restricted to the negative preterit, but is the
+  form which appears for <i>da</i> in all contexts, as here with the
+  preterit of <i>iomu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_132" href="#NtA_132">[132]</a> In the absence of other
+  examples it is not possible to determine if Collado assumed the present
+  tense form to be <i>iuru</i> or <i>uru</i>. The correction here follows
+  the spelling used consistently in the <i>Arte</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_133" href="#NtA_133">[133]</a> Both Collado and Rodriguez
+  agree that verbs ending in <i>tai</i> govern the accusative case; cf.
+  <i>Nanigaxiuo yobitai</i> (<i>Arte</i>, 14v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_134" href="#NtA_134">[134]</a> The text reads <i>secunda
+  persona</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_135" href="#NtA_135">[135]</a> Rodriguez has <i>Vatacuxiua
+  nantomo buch�f�de tof&#x1D2; ga gozanai</i> [... <i>buch�f&#x1D2;de</i>
+  ...].</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_136" href="#NtA_136">[136]</a> Rodriguez uses the
+  transcription <i>gor&#x1D2;jerarei</i> in the example from which this
+  sentence is derived. (The ten other occurrences in the <i>Arte</i> have
+  <i>goran</i>.) The <i>Dictionarium</i> uses only <i>goron</i>, while the
+  <i>Vocabulario</i> lists both <i>goran</i> and <i>goron</i>. The Spanish
+  manuscript has <i>goran</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_137" href="#NtA_137">[137]</a> Rodriguez has <i>mairade
+  canauanu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_138" href="#NtA_138">[138]</a> The <i>Arte</i> has the
+  plain form <i>mair&#x1D2;cotode attaredomo</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_139" href="#NtA_139">[139]</a> The <i>Arte</i> has
+  <i>mairumajiqueredomo</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_140" href="#NtA_140">[140]</a> Perhaps an attempt to
+  follow the rule, established in the syntax below, that states the
+  <i>v</i> of the accusative particle is lost after <i>n</i>. If this is
+  the intent, the comma is in error.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_141" href="#NtA_141">[141]</a> Rodriguez treats adverbs in
+  two sections of the <i>Arte</i>; under the parts of speech (73v-77), and
+  under the syntax (113-125). As has been observed in the introduction,
+  there is little consistancy of classification between Rodriguez and
+  Collado in this area of grammatical description.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_142" href="#NtA_142">[142]</a> The interrogatives are
+  derived from the <i>Arte</i> (110v) and are presented in substantially
+  the same order. The adverbial particles which begin with <i>uie</i> are
+  taken from (140-148v) and classified by Rodriguez as
+  <i>posposi�ao</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_143" href="#NtA_143">[143]</a> The errata has; page 50,
+  line 10, <i>doco</i> read <i>coco</i>. This would require the <i>doco
+  zo</i> above to read <i>coco zo</i>. It seems that the errata should have
+  read; page 50, line 16, which would have corrected this error. The
+  punctuation is not corrected by the errata.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_144" href="#NtA_144">[144]</a> Rodriguez has the complete
+  version; <i>Fitocuchi futacuchi c&#x1D4; cotoua c&#x1D4;ta vchideua
+  nai</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_145" href="#NtA_145">[145]</a> Rodriguez uses <i>vonna</i>
+  for <i>vonago</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_146" href="#NtA_146">[146]</a> The material for this
+  section is derived from the <i>Arte</i> (74v and 76v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_147" href="#NtA_147">[147]</a> Rodriguez has <i>Ayamari
+  nai vyeua</i>, ...</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_148" href="#NtA_148">[148]</a> For the temporal
+  interrogatives cf. <i>Arte</i> (89v-90v) and for the remaining forms
+  107-107v.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_149" href="#NtA_149">[149]</a> Cf. the <i>Dictionarium</i>
+  under <i>cras</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_150" href="#NtA_150">[150]</a> The <i>Vocabulario</i> has
+  <i>s�nuru</i> and <i>sannuru</i> as the <i>ombin</i> form of the
+  attributive perfective <i>sarinuru</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_151" href="#NtA_151">[151]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (74v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_152" href="#NtA_152">[152]</a> The Spanish manuscript has
+  <i>iya iya</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_153" href="#NtA_153">[153]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (74v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_154" href="#NtA_154">[154]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (75, 94v,
+  and 123v-124v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_155" href="#NtA_155">[155]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (94v)
+  <i>Quixoua ano fito fodono gacux&#x1D2;deua nai.</i></p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_156" href="#NtA_156">[156]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (95 and
+  141).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_157" href="#NtA_157">[157]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (75).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_158" href="#NtA_158">[158]</a> The <i>Dictionarium</i> has
+  a selection of a dozen intensifying adverbs listed under
+  <i>valde</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_159" href="#NtA_159">[159]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (74v, 75,
+  and 76).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_160" href="#NtA_160">[160]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (74, 75,
+  and 75v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_161" href="#NtA_161">[161]</a> The <i>Dictionarium</i>
+  also has the spelling <i>moxi</i> which suggests that Collado perceived a
+  different vowel quantity than Rodriguez who has <i>m&#x1D2;xi</i>, as
+  does the <i>Vocabulario</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_162" href="#NtA_162">[162]</a> The Latin particle is
+  <i>nonne</i>, which expects an affirmative answer.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_163" href="#NtA_163">[163]</a> Rodriguez, and consequently
+  Doi (<i>Nihon daibunten</i>, p. 449), have <i>xidai</i> for <i>xisai</i>.
+  The original source is the <i>Esopo no Fabulas</i> where on p. 493 the
+  form is <i>xisai</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_164" href="#NtA_164">[164]</a> While the material for this
+  section has been drawn from various portions of the <i>Arte</i>,
+  Rodriguez handles the bulk of the matters dealt with here on 106v-108v
+  and 140-148v.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_165" href="#NtA_165">[165]</a> The text is not clear at
+  this point. It reads: Tame, <i>significat ni vel erga: v.g.</i> ... where
+  one would expect: Tame <i>vel</i> ni <i>significat erga: v.g.</i> ...
+  &#x14C;tsuka translates this passage as if it were the later, as do
+  I.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_166" href="#NtA_166">[166]</a> Collado has recast into the
+  colloquial a quote from the <i>Shikimoku</i>. Rodriguez records: <i>Mata
+  daiquanni itatteua ichininnomi sadamubequi nari</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_167" href="#NtA_167">[167]</a> The text reads: itatte
+  <i>v.g.</i> totte.... where the <i>v.g.</i> is clearly a misprint of
+  <i>vel</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_168" href="#NtA_168">[168]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i>
+  (130-137).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_169" href="#NtA_169">[169]</a> This item is the only one
+  in this paragraph which Rodriguez does not list as a <i>casane cotoba</i>
+  on 134v of the <i>Arte</i>. Collado is apparently interpreting this
+  construction as a repetition of two adverbs, as for example <i>coco
+  caxico</i>. If so, the form should be spelled <i>vomoxir�</i>,
+  <i>vocaxi�</i> (if we follow his rule for the formation of adverbs from
+  <i>ij</i> ending adjectives). However, the form which he seems to be
+  recording is more likely the compound adverb which is listed in the
+  <i>Vocabulario</i> as <i>vomoxirovocax&#x1D4;</i> and glossed as
+  <i>contemporizando de boa maneira</i> '<span class="correction"
+  title="text reads `temperizing'">temporizing</span> in a carefree
+  manner.' The spelling that we suggest is derived from the attested
+  lexical item without the application of Collado's formational rules.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_170" href="#NtA_170">[170]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i>
+  (125-130v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_171" href="#NtA_171">[171]</a> This interjection, together
+  with <i>hat</i> below, are the only uses of initial <i>h</i> found in the
+  description. Rodriguez transcribes the latter item as <i>at</i> or
+  <i>vat</i> (<i>Arte</i>, 127) which suggests a close relationship between
+  the labial and glottal aspirates.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_172" href="#NtA_172">[172]</a> Rodriguez has <i>Benquei
+  satemo yasaxij yat�ubaraya</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_173" href="#NtA_173">[173]</a> Rodriguez has: ...
+  <i>nituaye b&#x1D2;no saxivorosu</i>. The entire passage would be,
+  'Benkei, seeing this, thought, "Oh, this isn't very important," and
+  dropped the stick into the garden.' which Rodriguez explains to mean
+  being sorry for not paying sufficient attention to a matter.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_174" href="#NtA_174">[174]</a> The material for this
+  section is derived from various sections in Book II of the
+  <i>Arte</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_175" href="#NtA_175">[175]</a> Matthew, 6:24.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_176" href="#NtA_176">[176]</a> Rodriguez has the spelling
+  <i>touazumba</i>. In transcribing the form Collado failed to follow the
+  rule he established in his treatment of conditional constructions.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_177" href="#NtA_177">[177]</a> The model for this sentence
+  appears to be <i>Arte</i> (62): <i>Ichidan medzuraxij yenoco, que
+  nag&#x1D2;, uquino gotoqu xir&#x1D2;</i> [<i>sic</i>], <i>me cur�, cauo
+  icanimo airaxijuo cureta.</i> If this is the source of Collado's example,
+  he is clearly demonstrating his sensitivity to the nasalization of such
+  items such as <i>nag&#x1D2;</i>. The <i>Dictionarium</i> under
+  <i>longus</i> has <i>nagai</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_178" href="#NtA_178">[178]</a> Collado's transcription is
+  unable accurately to express the proper phonological, or morphological,
+  form of <i>shin'i</i> 'indignation.' He would have been well advised to
+  follow Rodriguez' model and transcribe this item as <i>xiny</i> with the
+  specification that consonant plus <i>y</i> indicates a morphological
+  juncture.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_179" href="#NtA_179">[179]</a> Rodriguez has the spelling
+  <i>Quiso</i>, which agrees with the <i>Amakusaban Heike</i> (p. 239), the
+  ultimate source of the sentence. Collado's spelling in the translation is
+  <i>quiuzo</i>. The Spanish manuscript has <i>Kiso</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_180" href="#NtA_180">[180]</a> One might expect the more
+  literal 'I do not believe that it will be finished,' but Collado has
+  <i>credo quod non finietur</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_181" href="#NtA_181">[181]</a> This rule, which might more
+  appropriately have been included with the phonology, is not followed in
+  Collado's description, with the possible exception of p. <a
+  href="#lpage48">48</a> where the same construction is apparently
+  used.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_182" href="#NtA_182">[182]</a> Collado here demonstrates
+  the absorbitive capacity of Latin as he creates an accusative singular
+  adjective from the past attributive of the verb <i>kobu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_183" href="#NtA_183">[183]</a> The use of <i>abiru</i>,
+  where one would expect <i>aburu</i>, may be a simple typographical error
+  or evidence that Collado accepted the shift from <i>ni-dan</i> to
+  <i>ichi-dan katsuy&#x14D;</i> as unworthy of notice. Rodriguez
+  (<i>Arte</i>, 101v) has <i>midzuuo aburu</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_184" href="#NtA_184">[184]</a> This list is derived from
+  the <i>Arte</i> (101v-102v). From <i>abi,uru</i> on, the list is in the
+  same order as that made by Rodriguez. <i>Fanaruru</i>, <i>zzuru</i>,
+  <i>nosquru</i>, <i>noru</i>, <i>vovaru</i>, and <i>mairu</i> are
+  Collado's contributions.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_185" href="#NtA_185">[185]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (101v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_186" href="#NtA_186">[186]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (100).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_187" href="#NtA_187">[187]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (98).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_188" href="#NtA_188">[188]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (104).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_189" href="#NtA_189">[189]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i> (64 and
+  79).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_190" href="#NtA_190">[190]</a> The material presented in
+  this section is gleaned from the exhaustive treatment of the numerical
+  system which makes up the last 20 leaves of Rodriguez' grammar.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_191" href="#NtA_191">[191]</a> This compound does not
+  follow the rule, since <i>cu</i> is not a <i>iomi</i> numeral. See also
+  <i>cu ninai</i> below.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_192" href="#NtA_192">[192]</a> Rodriguez has <i>fitoi</i>
+  or <i>fifitoi</i> (Arte, 228v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_193" href="#NtA_193">[193]</a> While this form fits the
+  general rule for combining counters and days, Rodriguez (<i>Arte</i>,
+  228v) has <i>t&#x1D2;ca</i>, which is a misprint for <i>t�ca</i>, cf.
+  Doi, <i>Daibunten</i>, p. 818.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_194" href="#NtA_194">[194]</a> Spelled with a <span
+  class="correction" title="text reads `tilda'">tilde</span>,
+  <i>s�guat</i>, as are all the other forms before <i>guat</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_195" href="#NtA_195">[195]</a> For the <i>s&#x1D2;</i> and
+  <i>sa</i> allomorph of <i>san</i> cf. <i>Arte</i> (173v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_196" href="#NtA_196">[196]</a> Rodriguez gives the
+  following equivalents in the monetary system on 217-217v of the
+  <i>Arte</i>: ... ten <i>Rin</i> in one <i>Fun</i>, ten <i>Fun</i> in one
+  <i>Momme</i>, one thousand <i>Momme</i> in one <i>Quamme</i>.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_197" href="#NtA_197">[197]</a> The text is confused at
+  this point. It runs: Ixxacu, <i>unus palmus seu tertia quam Hispania
+  vocant</i> sanjacu. <i>tres</i>, ...</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_198" href="#NtA_198">[198]</a> The text has <i>culus</i>
+  'posterior,' but the errata changes the word to <i>anus</i>. The original
+  seems closer to the Japanese.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_199" href="#NtA_199">[199]</a> The examples here lag one
+  behind the glosses.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_200" href="#NtA_200">[200]</a> Here and elsewhere Collado
+  combines homophonous enumerators which Rodriguez keeps distinct. Cf.
+  <i>Arte</i> (220-223v) for an extensive list of enumerators.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_201" href="#NtA_201">[201]</a> Cf. <i>Arte</i>
+  (159-159v).</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_202" href="#NtA_202">[202]</a> This rule, apparently an
+  invention of Collado's, has no precedent in Rodriguez or in linguistic
+  derivation. The <i>n</i> in this construction is the contracted form of
+  the classical <i>mu</i>, the source for what Collado calls the
+  future.</p>
+
+  <p><a name="Nt_203" href="#NtA_203">[203]</a> These forms might better
+  have been presented as <i>nari,i</i> and <i>qeri,i</i> to indicate that
+  the sentence-ending forms are <i>nari</i> and <i>qeri</i>.</p>
+
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Diego Collado's Grammar of the
+Japanese Language, by Diego Collado
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JAPANESE LANGUAGE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 21197-h.htm or 21197-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/1/9/21197/
+
+Produced by David Starner, Keith Edkins and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/21197-h/images/$lbrace.png b/21197-h/images/$lbrace.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97e5141
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/$lbrace.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/$rbrace.png b/21197-h/images/$rbrace.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c76c09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/$rbrace.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana1.png b/21197-h/images/kana1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..512beb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana1.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana10.png b/21197-h/images/kana10.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4677b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana10.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana11.png b/21197-h/images/kana11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..253bd9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana11.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana12.png b/21197-h/images/kana12.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fafeaf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana12.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana13.png b/21197-h/images/kana13.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27089a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana13.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana14.png b/21197-h/images/kana14.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f6b872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana14.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana15.png b/21197-h/images/kana15.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d8c1d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana15.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana16.png b/21197-h/images/kana16.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8c994a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana16.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana17.png b/21197-h/images/kana17.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..501e13d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana17.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana18.png b/21197-h/images/kana18.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25d82a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana18.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana19.png b/21197-h/images/kana19.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a693688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana19.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana2.png b/21197-h/images/kana2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d37f40a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana2.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana20.png b/21197-h/images/kana20.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4078c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana20.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana21.png b/21197-h/images/kana21.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5a9ee2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana21.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana3.png b/21197-h/images/kana3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c2cd5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana3.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana4.png b/21197-h/images/kana4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51ec397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana4.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana5.png b/21197-h/images/kana5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd3584f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana5.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana6.png b/21197-h/images/kana6.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccd6326
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana6.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana7.png b/21197-h/images/kana7.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89b8a68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana7.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana8.png b/21197-h/images/kana8.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b82524
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana8.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/kana9.png b/21197-h/images/kana9.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6898751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/kana9.png
diff --git a/21197-h/images/vignette.png b/21197-h/images/vignette.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8c0bd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-h/images/vignette.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/f001.png b/21197-page-images/f001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..beac263
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/f001.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/f002.png b/21197-page-images/f002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fecde25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/f002.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/f003.png b/21197-page-images/f003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..410702e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/f003.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/f004.png b/21197-page-images/f004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3d32bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/f004.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/f005.png b/21197-page-images/f005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..028b894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/f005.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/f006.png b/21197-page-images/f006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b45b29e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/f006.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g001.png b/21197-page-images/g001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2138f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g001.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g002.png b/21197-page-images/g002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5458b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g002.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g003.png b/21197-page-images/g003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e127594
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g003.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g004.png b/21197-page-images/g004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d12456f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g004.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g005.png b/21197-page-images/g005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b0779c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g005.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g006.png b/21197-page-images/g006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44bda35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g006.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g007.png b/21197-page-images/g007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c66cc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g007.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g008.png b/21197-page-images/g008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7b2c70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g008.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g009.png b/21197-page-images/g009.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdbd840
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g009.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g010.png b/21197-page-images/g010.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4000b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g010.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g011.png b/21197-page-images/g011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..998ccf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g011.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g012.png b/21197-page-images/g012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e25dcee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g012.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g013.png b/21197-page-images/g013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..248f851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g013.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g014.png b/21197-page-images/g014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe38a84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g014.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g015.png b/21197-page-images/g015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9466b56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g015.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g016.png b/21197-page-images/g016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fc2ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g016.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g017.png b/21197-page-images/g017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43bdc3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g017.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g018.png b/21197-page-images/g018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..532e8ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g018.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g019.png b/21197-page-images/g019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd69fc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g019.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g020.png b/21197-page-images/g020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce7d9a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g020.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g021.png b/21197-page-images/g021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e81399
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g021.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g022.png b/21197-page-images/g022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..613bcc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g022.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g023.png b/21197-page-images/g023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54e950f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g023.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g024.png b/21197-page-images/g024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dc210b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g024.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g025.png b/21197-page-images/g025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfc2552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g025.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g026.png b/21197-page-images/g026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c796b8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g026.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g027.png b/21197-page-images/g027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..075a750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g027.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g028.png b/21197-page-images/g028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55332e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g028.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g029.png b/21197-page-images/g029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2547be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g029.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/g030.png b/21197-page-images/g030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63e1c33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/g030.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p031.png b/21197-page-images/p031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55c0f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p031.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p033.png b/21197-page-images/p033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1325fdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p033.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p034.png b/21197-page-images/p034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c432d37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p034.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p035.png b/21197-page-images/p035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d03d759
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p035.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p036.png b/21197-page-images/p036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6da4e9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p036.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p037.png b/21197-page-images/p037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7430b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p037.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p038.png b/21197-page-images/p038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c9073c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p038.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p039.png b/21197-page-images/p039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b732040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p039.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p040.png b/21197-page-images/p040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e56995a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p040.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p041.png b/21197-page-images/p041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a6f6d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p041.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p042.png b/21197-page-images/p042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c84e042
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p042.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p043.png b/21197-page-images/p043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98544b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p043.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p044.png b/21197-page-images/p044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dc4d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p044.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p045.png b/21197-page-images/p045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c4d63f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p045.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p046.png b/21197-page-images/p046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61c67bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p046.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p047.png b/21197-page-images/p047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7eb06e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p047.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p048.png b/21197-page-images/p048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81cb42d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p048.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p049.png b/21197-page-images/p049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..959005e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p049.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p050.png b/21197-page-images/p050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de6c5e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p050.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p051.png b/21197-page-images/p051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bdf073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p051.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p124.png b/21197-page-images/p124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f62ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p124.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p125.png b/21197-page-images/p125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9dc8f07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p125.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p126.png b/21197-page-images/p126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1477173
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p126.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p127.png b/21197-page-images/p127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4109ec0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p127.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p128.png b/21197-page-images/p128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe82240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p128.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p129.png b/21197-page-images/p129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc4f707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p129.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p130.png b/21197-page-images/p130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa3d14c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p130.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p131.png b/21197-page-images/p131.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f412fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p131.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p132.png b/21197-page-images/p132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0305d2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p132.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p133.png b/21197-page-images/p133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1bf2d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p133.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p134.png b/21197-page-images/p134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e962ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p134.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p135.png b/21197-page-images/p135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b221b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p135.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p136.png b/21197-page-images/p136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be85854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p136.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p137.png b/21197-page-images/p137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cf73c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p137.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p138.png b/21197-page-images/p138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4e3d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p138.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p139.png b/21197-page-images/p139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f2b360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p139.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p140.png b/21197-page-images/p140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29fc457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p140.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p141.png b/21197-page-images/p141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5cdc90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p141.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p142.png b/21197-page-images/p142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5081ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p142.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p143.png b/21197-page-images/p143.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af09512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p143.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p144.png b/21197-page-images/p144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8440ec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p144.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p145.png b/21197-page-images/p145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afa5702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p145.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p146.png b/21197-page-images/p146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f4a304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p146.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p147.png b/21197-page-images/p147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..495a6f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p147.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p148.png b/21197-page-images/p148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be77cf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p148.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p149.png b/21197-page-images/p149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ba8c16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p149.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p150.png b/21197-page-images/p150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a67203c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p150.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p151.png b/21197-page-images/p151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73abf80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p151.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p152.png b/21197-page-images/p152.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f540871
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p152.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p153.png b/21197-page-images/p153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ec3772
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p153.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p154.png b/21197-page-images/p154.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff46090
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p154.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p155.png b/21197-page-images/p155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4f48b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p155.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p156.png b/21197-page-images/p156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6617e13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p156.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p157.png b/21197-page-images/p157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1951c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p157.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p158.png b/21197-page-images/p158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afe8562
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p158.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p159.png b/21197-page-images/p159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48c1828
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p159.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p160.png b/21197-page-images/p160.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35cc75d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p160.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p161.png b/21197-page-images/p161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..259e0be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p161.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p162.png b/21197-page-images/p162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80561fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p162.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p163.png b/21197-page-images/p163.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fde1140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p163.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p164.png b/21197-page-images/p164.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e5a5ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p164.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p165.png b/21197-page-images/p165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35220f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p165.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p166.png b/21197-page-images/p166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..347a17b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p166.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p167.png b/21197-page-images/p167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c77911
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p167.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p168.png b/21197-page-images/p168.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bed219
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p168.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p169.png b/21197-page-images/p169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60880b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p169.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p170.png b/21197-page-images/p170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97a2651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p170.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p171.png b/21197-page-images/p171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76d225c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p171.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p172.png b/21197-page-images/p172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db64b01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p172.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p173.png b/21197-page-images/p173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f9f138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p173.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p174.png b/21197-page-images/p174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a11a9e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p174.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p175.png b/21197-page-images/p175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23bfd7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p175.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p176.png b/21197-page-images/p176.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7d1858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p176.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p177.png b/21197-page-images/p177.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c10bdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p177.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p178.png b/21197-page-images/p178.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f2e26d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p178.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p179.png b/21197-page-images/p179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb35a1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p179.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p180.png b/21197-page-images/p180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0464ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p180.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p181.png b/21197-page-images/p181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b408d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p181.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p182.png b/21197-page-images/p182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6babc2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p182.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p183.png b/21197-page-images/p183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a94399f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p183.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p184.png b/21197-page-images/p184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e09f7b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p184.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p185.png b/21197-page-images/p185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6e8f3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p185.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p186.png b/21197-page-images/p186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fc45ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p186.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p187.png b/21197-page-images/p187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..789c1a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p187.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p188.png b/21197-page-images/p188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..733609e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p188.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p189.png b/21197-page-images/p189.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b44a4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p189.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p190.png b/21197-page-images/p190.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68564f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p190.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p191.png b/21197-page-images/p191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..812e223
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p191.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p192.png b/21197-page-images/p192.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65d7182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p192.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p193.png b/21197-page-images/p193.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bd1a6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p193.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p194.png b/21197-page-images/p194.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d766ee4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p194.png
diff --git a/21197-page-images/p195.png b/21197-page-images/p195.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04ee4e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/21197-page-images/p195.png
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8d99c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #21197 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/21197)